Forage Aristotle · Politics
Aristotle

Politics

Πολιτικά

“A human being is by nature a political animal.” Aristotle’s Politics begins from that claim and asks what a city is for, who should count as a citizen, and which form of government is best.

He compares constitutions (kingship, aristocracy, polity, and their corrupt forms: tyranny, oligarchy, democracy), gathers evidence from the Greek cities, including 158 constitutions his school had studied, and analyzes why governments fall into civil strife and revolution. He praises a large middle class as the source of stability and ends with a sketch of the best city and the education of its young.

Some of its arguments, notably the defense of slavery in Book I, are rightly rejected today; they are translated faithfully here as part of the historical record.

Greek text: W. D. Ross, Politica (Oxford, 1957), via the Perseus Digital Library, CC BY-SA 4.0. English: translated from the Greek with AI (Claude), then edited for accuracy and consistency. Not reviewed by a human specialist. Free to reuse under CC BY-SA 4.0. Margin numbers are the standard Bekker page references.
ListenRead by George · AI voice · 8 hr 35 min
Chapters

    MP3 of this part (24 MB)

    Download

    About Aristotle

    Aristotle (384–322 BC) was a Greek philosopher from Stagira who studied with Plato in Athens for twenty years, tutored Alexander the Great, and founded his own school, the Lyceum. His works shaped logic, science, ethics and politics for two thousand years.

    Who’s who

    Socrates
    Speaker of Plato’s Republic; Book II criticizes his proposal that the guardians share property, women and children.
    Plato
    Aristotle’s teacher, whose Republic and Laws are examined in Book II as proposals for the best city.
    Phaleas of Chalcedon
    Political thinker, known only from Book II, who proposed that citizens hold equal amounts of property.
    Hippodamus of Miletus
    Fifth-century BC town planner who laid out the Piraeus and proposed an ideal constitution, criticized in Book II.
    Lycurgus
    Legendary lawgiver of Sparta, whose constitution Aristotle examines and criticizes in Book II.
    Solon
    Athenian lawgiver (sixth century BC) whose reforms Aristotle credits with mixing the Athenian constitution.
    Charondas
    Lawgiver of Catana in Sicily, cited among the best lawgivers, who came from the middle class.
    Pittacus
    Statesman and sage of Mytilene on Lesbos (around 600 BC), elected to rule with full powers against exiles.
    Cleisthenes
    Athenian who reorganized the tribes and constitution in 508/7 BC, enrolling many new citizens.
    Periander
    Tyrant of Corinth (around 600 BC) who advised Thrasybulus to cut down the most outstanding citizens.
    Thrasybulus
    Tyrant of Miletus (around 600 BC) who received Periander’s advice about removing prominent men.
    Gelon
    Tyrant of Syracuse from 485 BC, whose family’s tyranny fell through internal quarrels.
    Dionysius I
    Tyrant of Syracuse (405–367 BC), cited in Books I, III and V as an example of tyrannical methods.
    Homer
    Epic poet whose Iliad and Odyssey Aristotle quotes on kingship, households and education.

    Key terms

    city πόλις polis
    The self-governing Greek city-state: a town with its territory and citizen body. It is the complete community, existing by nature for the sake of living well.
    citizen πολίτης politēs
    In Book III, someone entitled to share in deliberative and judicial office; who counts as a citizen varies with the constitution.
    constitution πολιτεία politeia
    The arrangement of a city’s offices, above all of the sovereign one; it defines who rules and what the city lives for.
    polity πολιτεία politeia
    The correct form of rule by the many; in practice a mixture of oligarchy and democracy that relies on a large middle class.
    political animal πολιτικὸν ζῷον politikon zōon
    Aristotle’s description of human beings: by nature they live in cities, and only there can they fully develop speech, justice and excellence.
    household management οἰκονομική oikonomikē
    The art of running a household: ruling over wife, children and slaves, and using the property the household needs.
    the art of acquiring wealth χρηματιστική chrēmatistikē
    Money-making. Book I accepts the natural kind, which gathers what a household needs, and criticizes trade and lending pursued for unlimited gain.
    natural slave φύσει δοῦλος phusei doulos
    Aristotle’s notion, in Book I, of a person suited by nature to be ruled by a master; he also admits that many are enslaved only by law and force.
    lawgiver νομοθέτης nomothetēs
    The founder who frames a city’s laws and constitution, such as Solon or Lycurgus; the Politics is written partly as advice for lawgivers.
    sovereign κύριος kurios
    Having final authority in the city. Which body should be sovereign (the many, the rich, the good, or the law) is a central question of Book III.
    ruling and being ruled ἄρχειν καὶ ἄρχεσθαι archein kai archesthai
    Taking turns in office among equals; the mark of political rule and of the good citizen, as opposed to rule over slaves.
    civil strife στάσις stasis
    Conflict between factions within a city, from feuding to revolution; Book V examines its causes and how constitutions can prevent it.
    middle class οἱ μέσοι hoi mesoi
    Citizens of moderate property, between the well-off and the poor. Where they are numerous, Aristotle argues, a city is most stable and least prone to strife.
    leisure σχολή scholē
    Time free from necessary work, needed for excellence and political activity; the best city is organized so that its citizens can use leisure well.
    happiness εὐδαιμονία eudaimonia
    Living and acting well, the goal of the city and of the individual; Book VII makes it the standard for judging the best constitution.
    excellence ἀρετή aretē
    Goodness of character and mind. Book III asks whether the excellence of a good citizen is the same as that of a good man.
    GreekEnglish

    Book I

    The household, slavery, and wealth-getting.

    The city as the highest community

    Aristotle argues that the city is the community that aims at the highest good of all.

    ἐπειδὴ πᾶσαν πόλιν ὁρῶμεν κοινωνίαν τινὰ οὖσαν καὶ πᾶσαν κοινωνίαν ἀγαθοῦ τινος ἕνεκεν συνεστηκυῖαν (τοῦ γὰρ εἶναι δοκοῦντος ἀγαθοῦ χάριν πάντα πράττουσι πάντες), δῆλον ὡς πᾶσαι μὲν ἀγαθοῦ τινος στοχάζονται, μάλιστα δὲ καὶ τοῦ κυριωτάτου πάντων ἡ πασῶν κυριωτάτη καὶ πάσας περιέχουσα τὰς ἄλλας. αὕτη δ’ ἐστὶν ἡ καλουμένη πόλις καὶ ἡ κοινωνία ἡ πολιτική.

    We see that every city is a kind of community, and that every community is formed for the sake of some good—for everyone does everything for the sake of what they take to be good. Clearly, then, while all communities aim at some good, the community that is most authoritative of all and embraces all the others aims most of all at the most authoritative good of all. This is what is called the city, the political community.

    “City” translates polis, the self-governing Greek city-state: a town together with its territory and citizen body. It is not a “state” in the modern sense.

    ὅσοι μὲν οὖν οἴονται πολιτικὸν καὶ βασιλικὸν καὶ οἰκονομικὸν καὶ δεσποτικὸν εἶναι τὸν αὐτὸν οὐ καλῶς λέγουσιν (πλήθει γὰρ καὶ ὀλιγότητι νομίζουσι διαφέρειν ἀλλ’ οὐκ εἴδει τούτων ἕκαστον, οἷον ἂν μὲν ὀλίγων, δεσπότην, ἂν δὲ πλειόνων, οἰκονόμον, ἂν δ’ ἔτι πλειόνων, πολιτικὸν ἢ βασιλικόν, ὡς οὐδὲν διαφέρουσαν μεγάλην οἰκίαν ἢ μικρὰν πόλιν· καὶ πολιτικὸν δὲ καὶ βασιλικόν, ὅταν μὲν αὐτὸς ἐφεστήκῃ, βασιλικόν, ὅταν δὲ κατὰ τοὺς λόγους τῆς ἐπιστήμης τῆς τοιαύτης κατὰ μέρος ἄρχων καὶ ἀρχόμενος, πολιτικόν· ταῦτα δ’ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθῆ)· δῆλον δ’ ἔσται τὸ λεγόμενον ἐπισκοποῦσι κατὰ τὴν ὑφηγημένην μέθοδον.

    Those who think that the statesman, the king, the household manager and the master of slaves are one and the same are mistaken. They suppose that each of these differs by the number of people ruled, not in kind: that someone who rules a few is a master, someone who rules more is a household manager, and someone who rules still more is a statesman or a king—as though a large household were no different from a small city. As for the statesman and the king, they say that when one person is in charge by himself he is a king, and when he rules and is ruled in turn according to the principles of this kind of knowledge, he is a statesman. None of this is true. What I mean will become clear if we examine the matter by the method we have been following.

    ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις τὸ σύνθετον μέχρι τῶν ἀσυνθέτων ἀνάγκη διαιρεῖν (ταῦτα γὰρ ἐλάχιστα μόρια τοῦ παντός), οὕτω καὶ πόλιν ἐξ ὧν σύγκειται σκοποῦντες ὀψόμεθα καὶ περὶ τούτων μᾶλλον, τί τε διαφέρουσιν ἀλλήλων καὶ εἴ τι τεχνικὸν ἐνδέχεται λαβεῖν περὶ ἕκαστον τῶν ῥηθέντων.

    Just as in other cases we must divide a composite down to its uncompounded elements (for these are the smallest parts of the whole), so too, by examining what a city is made up of, we will see more clearly how these rulers differ from one another, and whether it is possible to get any expert grasp of each of the kinds just mentioned.

    The city exists by nature

    The household and the village grow into the city, and the human being is by nature a political animal.

    εἰ δή τις ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὰ πράγματα φυόμενα βλέψειεν, ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις, καὶ ἐν τούτοις κάλλιστ’ ἂν οὕτω θεωρήσειεν. ἀνάγκη δὴ πρῶτον συνδυάζεσθαι τοὺς ἄνευ ἀλλήλων μὴ δυναμένους εἶναι, οἷον θῆλυ μὲν καὶ ἄρρεν τῆς γενέσεως ἕνεκεν (καὶ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐκ προαιρέσεως, ἀλλ’ ὥσπερ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ζῴοις καὶ φυτοῖς φυσικὸν τὸ ἐφίεσθαι, οἷον αὐτό, τοιοῦτον καταλιπεῖν ἕτερον), ἄρχον δὲ καὶ ἀρχόμενον φύσει, διὰ τὴν σωτηρίαν. τὸ μὲν γὰρ δυνάμενον τῇ διανοίᾳ προορᾶν ἄρχον φύσει καὶ δεσπόζον φύσει, τὸ δὲ δυνάμενον τῷ σώματι ταῦτα πονεῖν ἀρχόμενον καὶ φύσει δοῦλον· διὸ δεσπότῃ καὶ δούλῳ ταὐτὸ συμφέρει.

    If one looks at how things grow from their beginning, here as elsewhere, this is the best way to study them. First, then, those who cannot exist without each other must pair up. Female and male pair for the sake of reproduction—not by decision, but because, as with the other animals and with plants, it is natural to want to leave behind another like oneself. And what naturally rules pairs with what is naturally ruled, for the sake of survival. For what can look ahead with its mind is by nature ruler and by nature master, while what can carry out these tasks with its body is ruled and by nature a slave. That is why the same thing benefits master and slave.

    φύσει μὲν 1252b οὖν διώρισται τὸ θῆλυ καὶ τὸ δοῦλον (οὐθὲν γὰρ ἡ φύσις ποιεῖ τοιοῦτον οἷον οἱ χαλκοτύποι τὴν Δελφικὴν μάχαιραν, πενιχρῶς, ἀλλ’ ἓν πρὸς ἕν· οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ἀποτελοῖτο κάλλιστα τῶν ὀργάνων ἕκαστον, μὴ πολλοῖς ἔργοις ἀλλ’ ἑνὶ δουλεῦον)· ἐν δὲ τοῖς βαρβάροις τὸ θῆλυ καὶ τὸ δοῦλον τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει τάξιν. αἴτιον δ’ ὅτι τὸ φύσει ἄρχον οὐκ ἔχουσιν, ἀλλὰ γίνεται ἡ κοινωνία αὐτῶν δούλης καὶ δούλου. διό φασιν οἱ ποιηταὶ βαρβάρων δ’ Ἕλληνας ἄρχειν εἰκός, ὡς ταὐτὸ φύσει βάρβαρον καὶ δοῦλον ὄν. ἐκ μὲν οὖν τούτων τῶν δύο κοινωνιῶν οἰκία πρώτη, καὶ ὀρθῶς Ἡσίοδος εἶπε ποιήσας οἶκον μὲν πρώτιστα γυναῖκά τε βοῦν τ’ ἀροτῆρα· ὁ γὰρ βοῦς ἀντ’ οἰκέτου τοῖς πένησίν ἐστιν.

    By nature, then, 1252b female and slave are distinct. For nature makes nothing in a stingy way, like the smiths who make the Delphic knife, but one thing for one purpose; each tool is best made when it serves not many tasks but one. Among non-Greeks, however, the female and the slave have the same rank. The reason is that they have no natural ruler: their community is one of a female slave and a male slave. That is why the poets say “It is fitting that Greeks rule non-Greeks”—on the assumption that the non-Greek and the slave are by nature the same. Out of these two communities, then, the household first arises, and Hesiod was right when he wrote, “First of all a house, a wife, and an ox to plough”—for the poor, an ox takes the place of a servant.

    “Non-Greeks” translates barbaroi (“barbarians”), which for Greeks meant simply people who did not speak Greek. The Delphic knife was apparently a cheap multi-purpose blade.

    ἡ μὲν οὖν εἰς πᾶσαν ἡμέραν συνεστηκυῖα κοινωνία κατὰ φύσιν οἶκός ἐστιν, οὓς Χαρώνδας μὲν καλεῖ ὁμοσιπύους, Ἐπιμενίδης δὲ ὁ Κρὴς ὁμοκάπους· ἡ δ’ ἐκ πλειόνων οἰκιῶν κοινωνία πρώτη χρήσεως ἕνεκεν μὴ ἐφημέρου κώμη. μάλιστα δὲ κατὰ φύσιν ἔοικεν ἡ κώμη ἀποικία οἰκίας εἶναι, οὓς καλοῦσί τινες ὁμογάλακτας, [παῖδάς τε καὶ παίδων παῖδας]. διὸ καὶ τὸ πρῶτον ἐβασιλεύοντο αἱ πόλεις, καὶ νῦν ἔτι τὰ ἔθνη· ἐκ βασιλευομένων γὰρ συνῆλθον· πᾶσα γὰρ οἰκία βασιλεύεται ὑπὸ τοῦ πρεσβυτάτου, ὥστε καὶ αἱ ἀποικίαι, διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν. καὶ τοῦτ’ ἐστὶν ὃ λέγει Ὅμηρος θεμιστεύει δὲ ἕκαστος / παίδων ἠδ’ ἀλόχων. σποράδες γάρ· καὶ οὕτω τὸ ἀρχαῖον ᾤκουν.

    The community that is formed by nature to meet everyday needs is the household, whose members Charondas calls “bread-bin sharers” and Epimenides the Cretan “manger sharers.” The first community formed from several households for the sake of more than daily needs is the village. The village seems to be, most naturally, a colony of the household; some call its members “sharers of the same milk,” children and children’s children. That is why cities were at first ruled by kings, as non-Greek peoples still are: they came together from people already under kingly rule. For every household is ruled as a kingdom by its eldest member, and so too its offshoots, because of their kinship. This is what Homer means: “each lays down the law / for his children and wives.” For they lived scattered, and that is how people lived in ancient times.

    Charondas was a lawgiver of Catana in Sicily; Epimenides a Cretan seer of the sixth century BC.

    καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς δὲ διὰ τοῦτο πάντες φασὶ βασιλεύεσθαι, ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ οἱ μὲν ἔτι καὶ νῦν οἱ δὲ τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἐβασιλεύοντο, ὥσπερ δὲ καὶ τὰ εἴδη ἑαυτοῖς ἀφομοιοῦσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, οὕτω καὶ τοὺς βίους τῶν θεῶν.

    And this is why everyone says that the gods too are ruled by a king: because people themselves were ruled by kings, some still now and others in ancient times. Just as people imagine the gods’ appearance to be like their own, so too they imagine their way of life.

    ἡ δ’ ἐκ πλειόνων κωμῶν κοινωνία τέλειος πόλις, ἤδη πάσης ἔχουσα πέρας τῆς αὐταρκείας ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, γινομένη μὲν τοῦ ζῆν ἕνεκεν, οὖσα δὲ τοῦ εὖ ζῆν. διὸ πᾶσα πόλις φύσει ἔστιν, εἴπερ καὶ αἱ πρῶται κοινωνίαι. τέλος γὰρ αὕτη ἐκείνων, ἡ δὲ φύσις τέλος ἐστίν· οἷον γὰρ ἕκαστόν ἐστι τῆς γενέσεως τελεσθείσης, ταύτην φαμὲν τὴν φύσιν εἶναι ἑκάστου, ὥσπερ ἀνθρώπου ἵππου οἰκίας. ἔτι τὸ οὗ ἕνεκα καὶ τὸ τέλος βέλτιστον· 1253a ἡ δ’ αὐτάρκεια καὶ τέλος καὶ βέλτιστον.

    The complete community formed from several villages is the city. It has reached the limit of self-sufficiency, practically speaking; it comes into being for the sake of living, but it exists for the sake of living well. That is why every city exists by nature, since the first communities do too. For the city is their end, and nature is an end: what each thing is when its coming-to-be is complete is what we call its nature—of a human being, a horse, a household. Further, that for the sake of which a thing exists, its end, is best; 1253a and self-sufficiency is both an end and best.

    Famous passage The political animalAristotle’s most famous claim: “a human being is by nature a political animal,” and one who needs no city is “either a beast or a god.”

    ἐκ τούτων οὖν φανερὸν ὅτι τῶν φύσει ἡ πόλις ἐστί, καὶ ὅτι ὁ ἄνθρωπος φύσει πολιτικὸν ζῷον, καὶ ὁ ἄπολις διὰ φύσιν καὶ οὐ διὰ τύχην ἤτοι φαῦλός ἐστιν, ἢ κρείττων ἢ ἄνθρωπος· ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ ὑφ’ Ὁμήρου λοιδορηθεὶς ἀφρήτωρ ἀθέμιστος ἀνέστιος· ἅμα γὰρ φύσει τοιοῦτος καὶ πολέμου ἐπιθυμητής, ἅτε περ ἄζυξ ὢν ὥσπερ ἐν πεττοῖς. διότι δὲ πολιτικὸν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ζῷον πάσης μελίττης καὶ παντὸς ἀγελαίου ζῴου μᾶλλον, δῆλον.

    It is evident from this, then, that the city is among the things that exist by nature, and that a human being is by nature a political animal. Anyone who is without a city because of his nature and not by chance is either a low sort or better than human—like the man Homer reviles as “clanless, lawless, hearthless.” For someone like this by nature is at once a lover of war, being like an isolated piece in a board game. And it is clear why a human being is more of a political animal than any bee or any herd animal.

    οὐθὲν γάρ, ὡς φαμέν, μάτην ἡ φύσις ποιεῖ· λόγον δὲ μόνον ἄνθρωπος ἔχει τῶν ζῴων· ἡ μὲν οὖν φωνὴ τοῦ λυπηροῦ καὶ ἡδέος ἐστὶ σημεῖον, διὸ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑπάρχει ζῴοις (μέχρι γὰρ τούτου ἡ φύσις αὐτῶν ἐλήλυθε, τοῦ ἔχειν αἴσθησιν λυπηροῦ καὶ ἡδέος καὶ ταῦτα σημαίνειν ἀλλήλοις), ὁ δὲ λόγος ἐπὶ τῷ δηλοῦν ἐστι τὸ συμφέρον καὶ τὸ βλαβερόν, ὥστε καὶ τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὸ ἄδικον· τοῦτο γὰρ πρὸς τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἴδιον, τὸ μόνον ἀγαθοῦ καὶ κακοῦ καὶ δικαίου καὶ ἀδίκου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων αἴσθησιν ἔχειν· ἡ δὲ τούτων κοινωνία ποιεῖ οἰκίαν καὶ πόλιν. καὶ πρότερον δὲ τῇ φύσει πόλις ἢ οἰκία καὶ ἕκαστος ἡμῶν ἐστιν.

    For nature, as we say, does nothing in vain, and of the animals only human beings have speech. Voice is a sign of what is painful and pleasant, which is why other animals have it too: their nature has come this far—to perceive what is painful and pleasant and to signal it to one another. But speech serves to make clear what is beneficial and what is harmful, and so also what is just and unjust. For this is what is distinctive of human beings compared with the other animals: they alone perceive good and bad, just and unjust, and the rest. And it is community in these things that makes a household and a city. The city is also prior by nature to the household and to each of us.

    τὸ γὰρ ὅλον πρότερον ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τοῦ μέρους· ἀναιρουμένου γὰρ τοῦ ὅλου οὐκ ἔσται ποὺς οὐδὲ χείρ, εἰ μὴ ὁμωνύμως, ὥσπερ εἴ τις λέγοι τὴν λιθίνην (διαφθαρεῖσα γὰρ ἔσται τοιαύτη), πάντα δὲ τῷ ἔργῳ ὥρισται καὶ τῇ δυνάμει, ὥστε μηκέτι τοιαῦτα ὄντα οὐ λεκτέον τὰ αὐτὰ εἶναι ἀλλ’ ὁμώνυμα. ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἡ πόλις καὶ φύσει πρότερον ἢ ἕκαστος, δῆλον· εἰ γὰρ μὴ αὐτάρκης ἕκαστος χωρισθείς, ὁμοίως τοῖς ἄλλοις μέρεσιν ἕξει πρὸς τὸ ὅλον, ὁ δὲ μὴ δυνάμενος κοινωνεῖν ἢ μηδὲν δεόμενος δι’ αὐτάρκειαν οὐθὲν μέρος πόλεως, ὥστε ἢ θηρίον ἢ θεός.

    For the whole must be prior to the part. If the whole body is destroyed, there will be no foot or hand, except in name—as when someone speaks of a stone hand, for a dead hand will be like that. Everything is defined by its function and its capacity, so that when things are no longer such as to perform them, we should not say they are the same things, only that they share a name. It is clear, then, that the city is both natural and prior to each individual. For if each individual, when separated, is not self-sufficient, he will stand to the whole as other parts do to theirs. Anyone who cannot share in a community, or who needs nothing because he is self-sufficient, is no part of a city: he is either a beast or a god.

    φύσει μὲν οὖν ἡ ὁρμὴ ἐν πᾶσιν ἐπὶ τὴν τοιαύτην κοινωνίαν· ὁ δὲ πρῶτος συστήσας μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν αἴτιος. ὥσπερ γὰρ καὶ τελεωθὲν βέλτιστον τῶν ζῴων ὁ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν, οὕτω καὶ χωρισθεὶς νόμου καὶ δίκης χείριστον πάντων. χαλεπωτάτη γὰρ ἀδικία ἔχουσα ὅπλα· ὁ δὲ ἄνθρωπος ὅπλα ἔχων φύεται φρονήσει καὶ ἀρετῇ, οἷς ἐπὶ τἀναντία ἔστι χρῆσθαι μάλιστα. διὸ ἀνοσιώτατον καὶ ἀγριώτατον ἄνευ ἀρετῆς, καὶ πρὸς ἀφροδίσια καὶ ἐδωδὴν χείριστον. ἡ δὲ δικαιοσύνη πολιτικόν· ἡ γὰρ δίκη πολιτικῆς κοινωνίας τάξις ἐστίν, ἡ δὲ δικαιοσύνη τοῦ δικαίου κρίσις.

    By nature, then, all people have an impulse toward this kind of community, and the person who first put one together was responsible for the greatest of goods. For just as a human being is the best of animals when perfected, so when separated from law and justice he is the worst of all. Injustice is most dangerous when it has weapons, and a human being is born with weapons for practical wisdom and excellence to use—weapons that can all too easily be used for the opposite ends. That is why, without excellence, he is the most unholy and savage of animals, and the worst where sex and food are concerned. But justice belongs to the city: for the administration of justice is the ordering of the political community, and justice is the judgment of what is just.

    The parts of the household

    Household management is divided into the relations of master and slave, husband and wife, parent and child.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ φανερὸν ἐξ ὧν μορίων ἡ πόλις συνέστηκεν, ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον περὶ οἰκονομίας εἰπεῖν· πᾶσα γὰρ σύγκειται πόλις ἐξ οἰκιῶν. οἰκονομίας δὲ μέρη ἐξ ὧν πάλιν οἰκία συνέστηκεν· οἰκία δὲ τέλειος ἐκ δούλων καὶ ἐλευθέρων. ἐπεὶ δ’ ἐν τοῖς ἐλαχίστοις πρῶτον ἕκαστον ζητητέον, πρῶτα δὲ καὶ ἐλάχιστα μέρη οἰκίας δεσπότης καὶ δοῦλος, καὶ πόσις καὶ ἄλοχος, καὶ πατὴρ καὶ τέκνα, περὶ τριῶν ἂν τούτων σκεπτέον εἴη τί ἕκαστον καὶ ποῖον δεῖ εἶναι. ταῦτα δ’ ἐστὶ δεσποτικὴ καὶ γαμική (ἀνώνυμον γὰρ ἡ γυναικὸς καὶ ἀνδρὸς σύζευξις) καὶ τρίτον τεκνοποιητική (καὶ γὰρ αὕτη οὐκ ὠνόμασται ἰδίῳ ὀνόματι). ἔστωσαν δὴ αὗται τρεῖς ἃς εἴπομεν.

    Now that it is clear what parts the city is made up of, we must first discuss household management, since every city is composed of households. The parts of household management correspond to the parts that make up the household, and a complete household consists of slaves and free people. Since each thing should first be examined in its smallest parts, and the first and smallest parts of a household are master and slave, husband and wife, and father and children, we should consider these three relationships, what each is and what it should be like. They are mastership, the marital relationship (the union of wife and husband has no name of its own), and third, the parental relationship (this too has no special name). Let these be the three we have mentioned.

    ἔστι δέ τι μέρος ὃ δοκεῖ τοῖς μὲν εἶναι οἰκονομία, τοῖς δὲ μέγιστον μέρος αὐτῆς· ὅπως δ’ ἔχει, θεωρητέον· λέγω δὲ περὶ τῆς καλουμένης χρηματιστικῆς. πρῶτον δὲ περὶ δεσπότου καὶ δούλου εἴπωμεν, ἵνα τά τε πρὸς τὴν ἀναγκαίαν χρείαν ἴδωμεν, κἂν εἴ τι πρὸς τὸ εἰδέναι περὶ αὐτῶν δυναίμεθα λαβεῖν βέλτιον τῶν νῦν ὑπολαμβανομένων. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ δοκεῖ ἐπιστήμη τέ τις εἶναι ἡ δεσποτεία, καὶ ἡ αὐτὴ οἰκονομία καὶ δεσποτεία καὶ πολιτικὴ καὶ βασιλική, καθάπερ εἴπομεν ἀρχόμενοι· τοῖς δὲ παρὰ φύσιν τὸ δεσπόζειν (νόμῳ γὰρ τὸν μὲν δοῦλον εἶναι τὸν δ’ ἐλεύθερον, φύσει δ’ οὐθὲν διαφέρειν)· διόπερ οὐδὲ δίκαιον· βίαιον γάρ.

    There is another part, which some think is household management itself and others its largest part. We must consider how things stand with it; I mean what is called the art of acquiring wealth. But first let us discuss master and slave, so as to see what bears on necessary needs, and whether we can get a better understanding of the subject than the views now held. Some think that mastership is a kind of knowledge, and that household management, mastership, statesmanship and kingship are all the same, as we said at the beginning. Others think that being a master is contrary to nature: that it is by law that one person is a slave and another free, while by nature they do not differ at all—and so it is not just either, since it rests on force.

    The slave as a living tool

    Property is a collection of tools for living, and the slave is a living piece of property.

    ἐπεὶ οὖν ἡ κτῆσις μέρος τῆς οἰκίας ἐστὶ καὶ ἡ κτητικὴ μέρος τῆς οἰκονομίας (ἄνευ γὰρ τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἀδύνατον καὶ ζῆν καὶ εὖ ζῆν), ὥσπερ δὲ ταῖς ὡρισμέναις τέχναις ἀναγκαῖον ἂν εἴη ὑπάρχειν τὰ οἰκεῖα ὄργανα, εἰ μέλλει ἀποτελεσθήσεσθαι τὸ ἔργον, οὕτω καὶ τῷ οἰκονομικῷ. τῶν δ’ ὀργάνων τὰ μὲν ἄψυχα τὰ δὲ ἔμψυχα (οἷον τῷ κυβερνήτῃ ὁ μὲν οἴαξ ἄψυχον ὁ δὲ πρῳρεὺς ἔμψυχον· ὁ γὰρ ὑπηρέτης ἐν ὀργάνου εἴδει ταῖς τέχναις ἐστίν)· οὕτω καὶ τὸ κτῆμα ὄργανον πρὸς ζωήν ἐστι, καὶ ἡ κτῆσις πλῆθος ὀργάνων ἐστί, καὶ ὁ δοῦλος κτῆμά τι ἔμψυχον, καὶ ὥσπερ ὄργανον πρὸ ὀργάνων πᾶς ὑπηρέτης.

    Property is part of the household, and the art of acquiring property is part of household management, since without the necessities it is impossible to live, let alone to live well. Now just as the specialized crafts must have their proper tools if their work is to be accomplished, so too must the household manager. Some tools are lifeless and some are alive: for a ship’s captain, the rudder is lifeless and the lookout is alive—for in the crafts an assistant is a kind of tool. In the same way, a piece of property is a tool for living, property as a whole is a collection of tools, a slave is a living piece of property, and every assistant is like a tool that comes before other tools.

    εἰ γὰρ ἠδύνατο ἕκαστον τῶν ὀργάνων κελευσθὲν ἢ προαισθανόμενον ἀποτελεῖν τὸ αὑτοῦ ἔργον, ⟨καὶ⟩ ὥσπερ τὰ Δαιδάλου φασὶν ἢ τοὺς τοῦ Ἡφαίστου τρίποδας, οὕς φησιν ὁ ποιητὴς αὐτομάτους θεῖον δύεσθαι ἀγῶνα, οὕτως αἱ κερκίδες ἐκέρκιζον αὐταὶ καὶ τὰ πλῆκτρα ἐκιθάριζεν, οὐδὲν ἂν ἔδει οὔτε τοῖς ἀρχιτέκτοσιν 1254a ὑπηρετῶν οὔτε τοῖς δεσπόταις δούλων. τὰ μὲν οὖν λεγόμενα ὄργανα ποιητικὰ ὄργανά ἐστι, τὸ δὲ κτῆμα πρακτικόν· ἀπὸ μὲν γὰρ τῆς κερκίδος ἕτερόν τι γίνεται παρὰ τὴν χρῆσιν αὐτῆς, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς ἐσθῆτος καὶ τῆς κλίνης ἡ χρῆσις μόνον. ἔτι δ’ ἐπεὶ διαφέρει ἡ ποίησις εἴδει καὶ ἡ πρᾶξις, καὶ δέονται ἀμφότεραι ὀργάνων, ἀνάγκη καὶ ταῦτα τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχειν διαφοράν. ὁ δὲ βίος πρᾶξις, οὐ ποίησις, ἐστιν· διὸ καὶ ὁ δοῦλος ὑπηρέτης τῶν πρὸς τὴν πρᾶξιν.

    For if each tool could do its own work when ordered, or by anticipating what is wanted—like the statues of Daedalus in the story, or the tripods of Hephaestus, which the poet says “entered the gods’ assembly of their own accord”—if shuttles wove by themselves and picks played the kithara, then master craftsmen would have no need 1254a of assistants, nor masters of slaves. Now the things called tools are tools of production, while a piece of property is a tool of action. From a shuttle something else comes about beyond its use, but from a garment or a bed there is only the use. Further, since production and action differ in kind, and both need tools, their tools must differ in the same way. Life is action, not production. That is why the slave, too, is an assistant in matters of action.

    τὸ δὲ κτῆμα λέγεται ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ μόριον. τό γὰρ μόριον οὐ μόνον ἄλλου ἐστὶ μόριον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἁπλῶς ἄλλου· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὸ κτῆμα. διὸ ὁ μὲν δεσπότης τοῦ δούλου δεσπότης μόνον, ἐκείνου δ’ οὐκ ἔστιν· ὁ δὲ δοῦλος οὐ μόνον δεσπότου δοῦλός ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅλως ἐκείνου.

    A piece of property is spoken of in the same way as a part. A part is not only part of something else but belongs wholly to something else; and the same is true of property. That is why the master is only the master of the slave and does not belong to him, while the slave is not only the slave of the master but belongs to him wholly.

    τίς μὲν οὖν ἡ φύσις τοῦ δούλου καὶ τίς ἡ δύναμις, ἐκ τούτων δῆλον· ὁ γὰρ μὴ αὑτοῦ φύσει ἀλλ’ ἄλλου ἄνθρωπος ὤν, οὗτος φύσει δοῦλός ἐστιν, ἄλλου δ’ ἐστὶν ἄνθρωπος ὃς ἂν κτῆμα ᾖ ἄνθρωπος ὤν, κτῆμα δὲ ὄργανον πρακτικὸν καὶ χωριστόν.

    From this it is clear what the nature and capacity of the slave are. Anyone who, though human, belongs by nature not to himself but to another is by nature a slave. And a human being belongs to another if, though human, he is a piece of property; and a piece of property is a tool for action that can be separated from its owner.

    Natural slavery

    Aristotle argues that some people are slaves by nature, for whom being ruled is beneficial and just.

    Famous passage Natural slaveryThe notorious argument that some people are slaves by nature, long cited and now rejected.

    πότερον δ’ ἔστι τις φύσει τοιοῦτος ἢ οὔ, καὶ πότερον βέλτιον καὶ δίκαιόν τινι δουλεύειν ἢ οὔ, ἀλλὰ πᾶσα δουλεία παρὰ φύσιν ἐστί, μετὰ ταῦτα σκεπτέον. οὐ χαλεπὸν δὲ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ θεωρῆσαι καὶ ἐκ τῶν γινομένων καταμαθεῖν. τὸ γὰρ ἄρχειν καὶ ἄρχεσθαι οὐ μόνον τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν συμφερόντων ἐστί, καὶ εὐθὺς ἐκ γενετῆς ἔνια διέστηκε τὰ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ ἄρχεσθαι τὰ δ’ ἐπὶ τὸ ἄρχειν.

    We must next consider whether anyone is by nature like this or not, and whether it is better and just for anyone to be a slave, or whether all slavery is instead contrary to nature. It is not difficult either to see this by reasoning or to learn it from what actually happens. For ruling and being ruled are not only necessary but also beneficial, and some things are marked out right from birth, some to be ruled and others to rule.

    καὶ εἴδη πολλὰ καὶ ἀρχόντων καὶ ἀρχομένων ἔστιν (καὶ ἀεὶ βελτίων ἡ ἀρχὴ ἡ τῶν βελτιόνων ἀρχομένων, οἷον ἀνθρώπου ἢ θηρίου· τὸ γὰρ ἀποτελούμενον ὑπὸ τῶν βελτιόνων βέλτιον ἔργον· ὅπου δὲ τὸ μὲν ἄρχει τὸ δ’ ἄρχεται, ἔστι τι τούτων ἔργον)· ὅσα γὰρ ἐκ πλειόνων συνέστηκε καὶ γίνεται ἕν τι κοινόν, εἴτε ἐκ συνεχῶν εἴτε ἐκ διῃρημένων, ἐν ἅπασιν ἐμφαίνεται τὸ ἄρχον καὶ τὸ ἀρχόμενον, καὶ τοῦτο ἐκ τῆς ἁπάσης φύσεως ἐνυπάρχει τοῖς ἐμψύχοις· καὶ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς μὴ μετέχουσι ζωῆς ἔστι τις ἀρχή, οἷον ἁρμονίας. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ἴσως ἐξωτερικωτέρας ἐστὶ σκέψεως· τὸ δὲ ζῷον πρῶτον συνέστηκεν ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος, ὧν τὸ μὲν ἄρχον ἐστὶ φύσει τὸ δ’ ἀρχόμενον.

    There are many kinds of rulers and ruled, and rule over better subjects is always better—rule over a human being, for instance, rather than over a beast; for work accomplished by better agents is better work, and where one thing rules and another is ruled, there is some work that belongs to them together. For wherever something is made up of several parts and becomes one common thing, whether from continuous parts or separate ones, a ruling element and a ruled element show up in all of them. This comes to living things from nature as a whole; even in things that do not share in life there is a kind of rule, as in a musical scale. But this perhaps belongs to an inquiry further removed from our subject. An animal, to begin with, consists of soul and body, of which one is by nature the ruler and the other the ruled.

    δεῖ δὲ σκοπεῖν ἐν τοῖς κατὰ φύσιν ἔχουσι μᾶλλον τὸ φύσει, καὶ μὴ ἐν τοῖς διεφθαρμένοις· διὸ καὶ τὸν βέλτιστα διακείμενον καὶ κατὰ σῶμα καὶ κατὰ ψυχὴν ἄνθρωπον θεωρητέον, ἐν ᾧ τοῦτο δῆλον· τῶν γὰρ μοχθηρῶν ἢ 1254b μοχθηρῶς ἐχόντων δόξειεν ἂν ἄρχειν πολλάκις τὸ σῶμα τῆς ψυχῆς διὰ τὸ φαύλως καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἔχειν.

    But we should look for what is natural in things that are in their natural condition, not in those that are corrupted. So we must study the human being who is in the best condition in both body and soul, since in him this is clear. For in those who are bad, or 1254b in a bad condition, the body would often seem to rule the soul, because they are in a poor and unnatural state.

    ἔστι δ’ οὖν, ὥσπερ λέγομεν, πρῶτον ἐν ζῴῳ θεωρῆσαι καὶ δεσποτικὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ πολιτικήν· ἡ μὲν γὰρ ψυχὴ τοῦ σώματος ἄρχει δεσποτικὴν ἀρχήν, ὁ δὲ νοῦς τῆς ὀρέξεως πολιτικὴν ἢ βασιλικήν· ἐν οἷς φανερόν ἐστιν ὅτι κατὰ φύσιν καὶ συμφέρον τὸ ἄρχεσθαι τῷ σώματι ὑπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς, καὶ τῷ παθητικῷ μορίῳ ὑπὸ τοῦ νοῦ καὶ τοῦ μορίου τοῦ λόγον ἔχοντος, τὸ δ’ ἐξ ἴσου ἢ ἀνάπαλιν βλαβερὸν πᾶσιν. πάλιν ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ζῴοις ὡσαύτως· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἥμερα τῶν ἀγρίων βελτίω τὴν φύσιν, τούτοις δὲ πᾶσι βέλτιον ἄρχεσθαι ὑπ’ ἀνθρώπου· τυγχάνει γὰρ σωτηρίας οὕτως. ἔτι δὲ τὸ ἄρρεν πρὸς τὸ θῆλυ φύσει τὸ μὲν κρεῖττον τὸ δὲ χεῖρον, καὶ τὸ μὲν ἄρχον τὸ δ’ ἀρχόμενον.

    It is possible, then, as we say, to observe first in an animal both the rule of a master and the rule of a statesman. The soul rules the body with the rule of a master, and intellect rules desire with the rule of a statesman or a king. In these cases it is evident that it is natural and beneficial for the body to be ruled by the soul, and for the part that has feelings to be ruled by intellect and the part that has reason, while equality between them, or the reverse, is harmful to all. The same holds again for human beings and the other animals. Tame animals have a better nature than wild ones, and it is better for all of them to be ruled by human beings, since that is how they are kept safe. Again, the male is by nature superior and the female inferior, and the one rules and the other is ruled.

    τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων ἀνθρώπων. ὅσοι μὲν οὖν τοσοῦτον διεστᾶσιν ὅσον ψυχὴ σώματος καὶ ἄνθρωπος θηρίου (διάκεινται δὲ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ὅσων ἐστὶν ἔργον ἡ τοῦ σώματος χρῆσις, καὶ τοῦτ’ ἐστ’ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν βέλτιστον), οὗτοι μέν εἰσι φύσει δοῦλοι, οἷς βέλτιόν ἐστιν ἄρχεσθαι ταύτην τὴν ἀρχήν, εἴπερ καὶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις. ἔστι γὰρ φύσει δοῦλος ὁ δυνάμενος ἄλλου εἶναι (διὸ καὶ ἄλλου ἐστίν), καὶ ὁ κοινωνῶν λόγου τοσοῦτον ὅσον αἰσθάνεσθαι ἀλλὰ μὴ ἔχειν. τὰ γὰρ ἄλλα ζῷα οὐ λόγῳ [αἰσθανόμενα] ἀλλὰ παθήμασιν ὑπηρετεῖ. καὶ ἡ χρεία δὲ παραλλάττει μικρόν· ἡ γὰρ πρὸς τἀναγκαῖα τῷ σώματι βοήθεια γίνεται παρ’ ἀμφοῖν, παρά τε τῶν δούλων καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἡμέρων ζῴων.

    The same must hold for all human beings. Those who differ from others as much as soul differs from body, or human from beast—and people are in this condition when their work is the use of their body, and this is the best that can come from them—are natural slaves, and for them it is better to be ruled with this kind of rule, if it is better for the things just mentioned. For a natural slave is someone who is capable of belonging to another (which is why he does belong to another), and who shares in reason to the extent of perceiving it but not having it. The other animals obey not reason but their feelings. And the use made of them differs only a little: help with the body’s necessities comes from both, from slaves and from tame animals.

    βούλεται μὲν οὖν ἡ φύσις καὶ τὰ σώματα διαφέροντα ποιεῖν τὰ τῶν ἐλευθέρων καὶ τῶν δούλων, τὰ μὲν ἰσχυρὰ πρὸς τὴν ἀναγκαίαν χρῆσιν, τὰ δ’ ὀρθὰ καὶ ἄχρηστα πρὸς τὰς τοιαύτας ἐργασίας, ἀλλὰ χρήσιμα πρὸς πολιτικὸν βίον (οὗτος δὲ καὶ γίνεται διῃρημένος εἴς τε τὴν πολεμικὴν χρείαν καὶ τὴν εἰρηνικήν), συμβαίνει δὲ πολλάκις καὶ τοὐναντίον, τοὺς μὲν τὰ σώματα ἔχειν ἐλευθέρων τοὺς δὲ τὰς ψυχάς· ἐπεὶ τοῦτό γε φανερόν, ὡς εἰ τοσοῦτον γένοιντο διάφοροι τὸ σῶμα μόνον ὅσον αἱ τῶν θεῶν εἰκόνες, τοὺς ὑπολειπομένους πάντες φαῖεν ἂν ἀξίους εἶναι τούτοις δουλεύειν. εἰ δ’ ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος τοῦτ’ ἀληθές, πολὺ δικαιότερον ἐπὶ τῆς ψυχῆς τοῦτο διωρίσθαι· ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὁμοίως ῥᾴδιον ἰδεῖν 1255a τό τε τῆς ψυχῆς κάλλος καὶ τὸ τοῦ σώματος.

    Nature tends, then, to make the bodies of free people and slaves different too: the one strong for necessary work, the other upright and useless for such tasks but useful for the life of a citizen (which in turn is divided between the needs of war and those of peace). But the opposite often happens as well: some have the bodies of free people, others the souls. For this much is evident: if some people were as superior in body alone as the statues of the gods, everyone would say that those who fell short deserved to be their slaves. And if this is true of the body, it is far more just to make this distinction in the case of the soul. But it is not as easy to see 1255a the beauty of the soul as that of the body.

    ὅτι μὲν τοίνυν εἰσὶ φύσει τινὲς οἱ μὲν ἐλεύθεροι οἱ δὲ δοῦλοι, φανερόν, οἷς καὶ συμφέρει τὸ δουλεύειν καὶ δίκαιόν ἐστιν.

    It is evident, then, that some people are by nature free and others slaves, and that for the latter being a slave is both beneficial and just.

    Slavery by law

    Slavery by conquest is disputed, and Aristotle grants that not every slave is a slave by nature.

    ὅτι δὲ καὶ οἱ τἀναντία φάσκοντες τρόπον τινὰ λέγουσιν ὀρθῶς, οὐ χαλεπὸν ἰδεῖν. διχῶς γὰρ λέγεται τὸ δουλεύειν καὶ ὁ δοῦλος. ἔστι γάρ τις καὶ κατὰ νόμον δοῦλος καὶ δουλεύων· ὁ γὰρ νόμος ὁμολογία τίς ἐστιν ἐν ᾧ τὰ κατὰ πόλεμον κρατούμενα τῶν κρατούντων εἶναί φασιν. τοῦτο δὴ τὸ δίκαιον πολλοὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς νόμοις ὥσπερ ῥήτορα γράφονται παρανόμων, ὡς δεινὸν ⟨ὂν⟩ εἰ τοῦ βιάσασθαι δυναμένου καὶ κατὰ δύναμιν κρείττονος ἔσται δοῦλον καὶ ἀρχόμενον τὸ βιασθέν. καὶ τοῖς μὲν οὕτως δοκεῖ τοῖς δ’ ἐκείνως, καὶ τῶν σοφῶν.

    But it is not hard to see that those who assert the opposite are also right in a way. For “slavery” and “slave” are used in two senses. There is also a slave, and slavery, by law: the law in question is a kind of agreement under which whatever is conquered in war is said to belong to the victors. Many people versed in law challenge this claim of justice as they would indict a speaker for proposing an unlawful measure: they think it outrageous that whatever is overpowered should become the slave and subject of whatever is able to overpower it and is superior in power. Some hold one view, others the other, even among the wise.

    αἴτιον δὲ ταύτης τῆς ἀμφισβητήσεως, καὶ ὃ ποιεῖ τοὺς λόγους ἐπαλλάττειν, ὅτι τρόπον τινὰ ἀρετὴ τυγχάνουσα χορηγίας καὶ βιάζεσθαι δύναται μάλιστα, καὶ ἔστιν ἀεὶ τὸ κρατοῦν ἐν ὑπεροχῇ ἀγαθοῦ τινος, ὥστε δοκεῖν μὴ ἄνευ ἀρετῆς εἶναι τὴν βίαν, ἀλλὰ περὶ τοῦ δικαίου μόνον εἶναι τὴν ἀμφισβήτησιν (διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο τοῖς μὲν ἄνοια δοκεῖν τὸ δίκαιον εἶναι, τοῖς δ’ αὐτὸ τοῦτο δίκαιον, τὸ τὸν κρείττονα ἄρχειν)· ἐπεὶ διαστάντων γε χωρὶς τούτων τῶν λόγων οὔτε ἰσχυρὸν οὐθὲν ἔχουσιν οὔτε πιθανὸν ἅτεροι λόγοι, ὡς οὐ δεῖ τὸ βέλτιον κατ’ ἀρετὴν ἄρχειν καὶ δεσπόζειν.

    The cause of this dispute, and what makes the arguments overlap, is this: in a way, excellence, when it happens to have the resources, is best able to use force, and what prevails always does so by being superior in some good. So it seems that force does not come without excellence, and that the dispute is only about what is just. (That is why some think justice is goodwill, while others think it is just this: that the stronger should rule.) For when these arguments are set apart from each other, the other arguments—that the one who is better in excellence should not rule and be master—have nothing forceful or persuasive about them.

    ὅλως δ’ ἀντεχόμενοί τινες, ὡς οἴονται, δικαίου τινός (ὁ γὰρ νόμος δίκαιόν τι) τὴν κατὰ πόλεμον δουλείαν τιθέασι δικαίαν, ἅμα δ’ οὔ φασιν· τήν τε γὰρ ἀρχὴν ἐνδέχεται μὴ δικαίαν εἶναι τῶν πολέμων, καὶ τὸν ἀνάξιον δουλεύειν οὐδαμῶς ἂν φαίη τις δοῦλον εἶναι· εἰ δὲ μή, συμβήσεται τοὺς εὐγενεστάτους εἶναι δοκοῦντας δούλους εἶναι καὶ ἐκ δούλων, ἐὰν συμβῇ πραθῆναι ληφθέντας. διόπερ αὐτοὺς οὐ βούλονται λέγειν δούλους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς βαρβάρους. καίτοι ὅταν τοῦτο λέγωσιν, οὐθὲν ἄλλο ζητοῦσιν ἢ τὸ φύσει δοῦλον ὅπερ ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἴπομεν· ἀνάγκη γὰρ εἶναί τινας φάναι τοὺς μὲν πανταχοῦ δούλους τοὺς δ’ οὐδαμοῦ.

    Some, clinging, as they think, to a kind of justice (for law is a kind of justice), hold outright that slavery resulting from war is just; yet in the same breath they deny it. For the war may have been unjust in its origins, and no one would say that someone who does not deserve to be a slave is a slave. Otherwise, those thought to be of the noblest birth would turn out to be slaves and the children of slaves, if they happened to be captured and sold. That is why they are unwilling to call themselves slaves, but only non-Greeks. Yet when they say this, they are looking for nothing other than the natural slave we spoke of at the start. For they have to say that some people are slaves everywhere and others nowhere.

    τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον καὶ περὶ εὐγενείας· αὑτοὺς μὲν γὰρ οὐ μόνον παρ’ αὑτοῖς εὐγενεῖς ἀλλὰ πανταχοῦ νομίζουσιν, τοὺς δὲ βαρβάρους οἴκοι μόνον, ὡς ὄν τι τὸ μὲν ἁπλῶς εὐγενὲς καὶ ἐλεύθερον τὸ δ’ οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ὥσπερ καὶ ἡ Θεοδέκτου Ἑλένη φησὶ θείων δ’ ἀπ’ ἀμφοῖν ἔκγονον ῥιζωμάτων / τίς ἂν προσειπεῖν ἀξιώσειεν λάτριν; ὅταν δὲ τοῦτο λέγωσιν, οὐθενὶ ἀλλ’ ἢ ἀρετῇ καὶ κακίᾳ διορίζουσι τὸ δοῦλον καὶ ἐλεύθερον, καὶ τοὺς εὐγενεῖς καὶ τοὺς 1255b δυσγενεῖς. ἀξιοῦσι γάρ, ὥσπερ ἐξ ἀνθρώπου ἄνθρωπον καὶ ἐκ θηρίων γίνεσθαι θηρίον, οὕτω καὶ ἐξ ἀγαθῶν ἀγαθόν. ἡ δὲ φύσις βούλεται μὲν τοῦτο ποιεῖν πολλάκις, οὐ μέντοι δύναται.

    It is the same with good birth. They consider themselves well born not only at home but everywhere, while they think non-Greeks are well born only at home—as though there were one kind of good birth and freedom that is unqualified and another that is not. So Helen says in Theodectes’ play: “Sprung from divine roots on either side, / who would think fit to call me a servant?” But when they say this, they are distinguishing slave and free, well born and 1255b low born, by nothing but excellence and vice. For they think that just as a human comes from a human and a beast from beasts, so a good person comes from good people. Nature does often tend to do this, but it cannot always manage it.

    Theodectes was a fourth-century BC tragic poet and orator, a friend of Aristotle.

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἔχει τινὰ λόγον ἡ ἀμφισβήτησις, καὶ οὐκ εἰσί τινες οἱ μὲν φύσει δοῦλοι οἱ δ’ ἐλεύθεροι, δῆλον, καὶ ὅτι ἔν τισι διώρισται τὸ τοιοῦτον, ὧν συμφέρει τῷ μὲν τὸ δουλεύειν τῷ δὲ τὸ δεσπόζειν [καὶ δίκαιον], καὶ δεῖ τὸ μὲν ἄρχεσθαι τὸ δ’ ἄρχειν ἣν πεφύκασιν ἀρχὴν ἄρχειν, ὥστε καὶ δεσπόζειν, τὸ δὲ κακῶς ἀσυμφόρως ἐστὶν ἀμφοῖν (τὸ γὰρ αὐτὸ συμφέρει τῷ μέρει καὶ τῷ ὅλῳ, καὶ σώματι καὶ ψυχῇ, ὁ δὲ δοῦλος μέρος τι τοῦ δεσπότου, οἷον ἔμψυχόν τι τοῦ σώματος κεχωρισμένον δὲ μέρος· διὸ καὶ συμφέρον ἐστί τι καὶ φιλία δούλῳ καὶ δεσπότῃ πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοῖς φύσει τούτων ἠξιωμένοις, τοῖς δὲ μὴ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον, ἀλλὰ κατὰ νόμον καὶ βιασθεῖσι, τοὐναντίον).

    It is clear, then, that the dispute has some reason in it, and that it is not simply the case that some are natural slaves and others naturally free. It is also clear that in some cases such a distinction does exist, where it benefits one person to be a slave and another to be master, and where one should be ruled and the other should exercise the rule for which they are naturally fitted—and so be master—while exercising it badly is harmful to both. For the same thing benefits the part and the whole, the body and the soul; and the slave is a kind of part of the master, a living but separate part of his body. That is why there is a common benefit and friendship between slave and master when they have been placed in these positions by nature, but the opposite when it is not so, but by law and force.

    The master’s knowledge

    Rule over slaves differs from political rule; the master need only know how to use slaves.

    φανερὸν δὲ καὶ ἐκ τούτων ὅτι οὐ ταὐτόν ἐστι δεσποτεία καὶ πολιτική, οὐδὲ πᾶσαι ἀλλήλαις αἱ ἀρχαί, ὥσπερ τινές φασιν. ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἐλευθέρων φύσει ἡ δὲ δούλων ἐστίν, καὶ ἡ μὲν οἰκονομικὴ μοναρχία (μοναρχεῖται γὰρ πᾶς οἶκος), ἡ δὲ πολιτικὴ ἐλευθέρων καὶ ἴσων ἀρχή. ὁ μὲν οὖν δεσπότης οὐ λέγεται κατ’ ἐπιστήμην, ἀλλὰ τῷ τοιόσδ’ εἶναι, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ὁ δοῦλος καὶ ὁ ἐλεύθερος. ἐπιστήμη δ’ ἂν εἴη καὶ δεσποτικὴ καὶ δουλική, δουλικὴ μὲν οἵαν περ ὁ ἐν Συρακούσαις ἐπαίδευεν· ἐκεῖ γὰρ λαμβάνων τις μισθὸν ἐδίδασκε τὰ ἐγκύκλια διακονήματα τοὺς παῖδας· εἴη δ’ ἂν καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον τῶν τοιούτων μάθησις, οἷον ὀψοποιικὴ καὶ τἆλλα τὰ τοιαῦτα γένη τῆς διακονίας.

    It is evident from this too that the rule of a master and the rule of a statesman are not the same, and that all kinds of rule are not the same as one another, as some claim. The one is rule over those who are by nature free, the other over slaves; household management is monarchy (for every household is ruled by one person), while political rule is rule over free and equal people. Now a master is not called a master because of knowledge, but because he is of a certain sort, and similarly with the slave and the free person. But there could be knowledge that belongs to a master and knowledge that belongs to a slave. Slave knowledge would be the kind that a man in Syracuse used to teach: there someone charged a fee to teach boys the routine household tasks. Instruction in such matters could go further, too, for instance cookery and other such kinds of service.

    ἔστι γὰρ ἕτερα ἑτέρων τὰ μὲν ἐντιμότερα ἔργα τὰ δ’ ἀναγκαιότερα, καὶ κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν δοῦλος πρὸ δούλου, δεσπότης πρὸ δεσπότου. αἱ μὲν οὖν τοιαῦται πᾶσαι δουλικαὶ ἐπιστῆμαί εἰσι· δεσποτικὴ δ’ ἐπιστήμη ἐστὶν ἡ χρηστικὴ δούλων. ὁ γὰρ δεσπότης οὐκ ἐν τῷ κτᾶσθαι τοὺς δούλους, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῷ χρῆσθαι δούλοις. ἔστι δ’ αὕτη ἡ ἐπιστήμη οὐδὲν μέγα ἔχουσα οὐδὲ σεμνόν· ἃ γὰρ τὸν δοῦλον ἐπίστασθαι δεῖ ποιεῖν, ἐκεῖνον δεῖ ταῦτα ἐπίστασθαι ἐπιτάττειν. διὸ ὅσοις ἐξουσία μὴ αὐτοὺς κακοπαθεῖν, ἐπίτροπός ⟨τις⟩ λαμβάνει ταύτην τὴν τιμήν, αὐτοὶ δὲ πολιτεύονται ἢ φιλοσοφοῦσιν. ἡ δὲ κτητικὴ ἑτέρα ἀμφοτέρων τούτων, οἷον ἡ δικαία, πολεμική τις οὖσα ἢ θηρευτική. περὶ μὲν οὖν δούλου καὶ δεσπότου τοῦτον διωρίσθω τὸν τρόπον.

    For some tasks are more honorable and others more necessary—as the proverb says, “slave before slave, master before master.” All such kinds of knowledge are slave knowledge. The master’s knowledge is the knowledge of how to use slaves, for the master is a master not in acquiring slaves but in using them. There is nothing great or dignified about this knowledge: the master need only know how to order what the slave must know how to do. That is why those who can afford to avoid the trouble have a steward take on this office, while they themselves engage in politics or philosophy. The art of acquiring slaves—the just kind of acquisition, that is—is different from both of these, being a kind of warfare or hunting. So much for how master and slave are to be defined.

    Natural acquisition

    Ways of life differ with ways of getting food, and natural acquisition of property has a limit.

    ὅλως δὲ περὶ πάσης κτήσεως καὶ χρηματιστικῆς θεωρήσωμεν κατὰ τὸν ὑφηγημένον τρόπον, ἐπείπερ καὶ ὁ δοῦλος τῆς κτήσεως μέρος τι ἦν. πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ἀπορήσειεν ἄν τις πότερον ἡ χρηματιστικὴ ἡ αὐτὴ τῇ οἰκονομικῇ ἐστιν ἢ μέρος τι, ἢ ὑπηρετική, καὶ εἰ ὑπηρετική, πότερον ὡς ἡ κερκιδοποιικὴ τῇ ὑφαντικῇ ἢ ὡς ἡ χαλκουργικὴ τῇ ἀνδριαντοποιίᾳ (οὐ γὰρ ὡσαύτως ὑπηρετοῦσιν, ἀλλ’ ἡ μὲν ὄργανα παρέχει, ἡ δὲ τὴν ὕλην· λέγω δὲ ὕλην τὸ ὑποκείμενον ἐξ οὗ τι ἀποτελεῖται ἔργον, οἷον ὑφάντῃ μὲν ἔρια ἀνδριαντοποιῷ δὲ χαλκόν).

    Let us now study property in general, and the art of acquiring wealth, following our usual method, since the slave too was one part of property. First one might ask whether the art of acquiring wealth is the same as household management, or a part of it, or subordinate to it; and if subordinate, whether in the way shuttle-making serves weaving or in the way bronze-working serves the making of statues. They do not serve in the same way: the one supplies tools and the other the material. By material I mean the underlying stuff from which a work is produced: wool for the weaver, bronze for the sculptor.

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν οὐχ ἡ αὐτὴ ἡ οἰκονομικὴ τῇ χρηματιστικῇ, δῆλον (τῆς μὲν γὰρ τὸ πορίσασθαι, τῆς δὲ τὸ χρήσασθαι· τίς γὰρ ἔσται ἡ χρησομένη τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν παρὰ τὴν οἰκονομικήν;)· πότερον δὲ μέρος αὐτῆς ἐστί τι ἢ ἕτερον εἶδος, ἔχει διαμφισβήτησιν· εἰ γάρ ἐστι τοῦ χρηματιστικοῦ θεωρῆσαι πόθεν χρήματα καὶ κτῆσις ἔσται, ἥ δὲ κτῆσις πολλὰ περιείληφε μέρη καὶ ὁ πλοῦτος, ὥστε πρῶτον ἡ γεωργικὴ πότερον μέρος τι τῆς οἰκονομικῆς ἢ ἕτερόν τι γένος, καὶ καθόλου ἡ περὶ τὴν τροφὴν ἐπιμέλεια καὶ κτῆσις; ἀλλὰ μὴν εἴδη γε πολλὰ τροφῆς, διὸ καὶ βίοι πολλοὶ καὶ τῶν ζῴων καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰσίν· οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε ζῆν ἄνευ τροφῆς, ὥστε αἱ διαφοραὶ τῆς τροφῆς τοὺς βίους πεποιήκασι διαφέροντας τῶν ζῴων.

    It is clear that household management is not the same as the art of acquiring wealth: it belongs to the latter to provide and to the former to use—for what art will use the things in the household besides household management? But whether it is a part of household management or a different kind of thing is disputed. For if it belongs to the person skilled in acquiring wealth to study where money and property will come from, and property and wealth include many parts, we must first ask whether farming is a part of household management or a different kind of thing, and in general the care and acquisition of food. Now there are many kinds of food, which is why there are many ways of life among both animals and human beings. It is not possible to live without food, so differences in food have made the ways of life of animals different.

    τῶν τε γὰρ θηρίων τὰ μὲν ἀγελαῖα τὰ δὲ σποραδικά ἐστιν, ὁποτέρως συμφέρει πρὸς τὴν τροφὴν αὐτοῖς διὰ τὸ τὰ μὲν ζῳοφάγα τὰ δὲ καρποφάγα τὰ δὲ παμφάγα αὐτῶν εἶναι, ὥστε πρὸς τὰς ῥᾳστώνας καὶ τὴν αἵρεσιν τὴν τούτων ἡ φύσις τοὺς βίους αὐτῶν διώρισεν, ἐπεὶ δ’ οὐ ταὐτὸ ἑκάστῳ ἡδὺ κατὰ φύσιν ἀλλὰ ἕτερα ἑτέροις, καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν ζῳοφάγων καὶ τῶν καρποφάγων οἱ βίοι πρὸς ἄλληλα διεστᾶσιν· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. πολὺ γὰρ διαφέρουσιν οἱ τούτων βίοι.

    Among wild animals, some live in herds and others scattered, whichever is advantageous for getting their food, since some are carnivorous, others eat fruits and plants, and others eat everything. So nature has marked out their ways of life to suit the ease of getting, and the choice of, these foods. And since the same things are not naturally pleasant to each, but different things to different animals, the ways of life of the carnivores and of the plant-eaters themselves also differ from one another. The same is true of human beings, whose ways of life differ greatly.

    οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀργότατοι νομάδες εἰσίν (ἡ γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν ἡμέρων τροφὴ ζῴων ἄνευ πόνου γίνεται σχολάζουσιν· ἀναγκαίου δ’ ὄντος μεταβάλλειν τοῖς κτήνεσι διὰ τὰς νομὰς καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀναγκάζονται συνακολουθεῖν, ὥσπερ γεωργίαν ζῶσαν γεωργοῦντες)· οἱ δ’ ἀπὸ θήρας ζῶσι, καὶ θήρας ἕτεροι ἑτέρας, οἷον οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ λῃστείας, οἱ δ’ ἀφ’ ἁλιείας, ὅσοι λίμνας καὶ ἕλη καὶ ποταμοὺς ἢ θάλατταν τοιαύτην προσοικοῦσιν, οἱ δ’ ἀπ’ ὀρνίθων ἢ θηρίων ἀγρίων· τὸ δὲ πλεῖστον γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ζῇ καὶ τῶν ἡμέρων καρπῶν.

    The laziest are nomads. They get their food from tame animals without toil, at their leisure; but since their herds have to move about in search of pasture, they are forced to follow along, as if they were farming a living farm. Others live by hunting, and different people by different kinds of hunting: some by raiding, some by fishing—those who live beside lakes, marshes, rivers or a sea suited to it—and some by hunting birds or wild animals. But the largest class of human beings lives from the land and its cultivated crops.

    οἱ μὲν οὖν βίοι τοσοῦτοι σχεδόν εἰσιν, ὅσοι γε αὐτόφυτον ἔχουσι τὴν ἐργασίαν καὶ μὴ δι’ ἀλλαγῆς καὶ καπηλείας 1256b πορίζονται τὴν τροφήν, νομαδικὸς λῃστρικὸς ἁλιευτικὸς θηρευτικὸς γεωργικός. οἱ δὲ καὶ μιγνύντες ἐκ τούτων ἡδέως ζῶσι, προσαναπληροῦντες τὸν ἐνδεέστερον βίον, ᾗ τυγχάνει ἐλλείπων πρὸς τὸ αὐτάρκης εἶναι, οἷον οἱ μὲν νομαδικὸν ἅμα καὶ λῃστρικόν, οἱ δὲ γεωργικὸν καὶ θηρευτικόν· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ περὶ τοὺς ἄλλους· ὡς ἂν ἡ χρεία συναναγκάζῃ, τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον διάγουσιν. ἡ μὲν οὖν τοιαύτη κτῆσις ὑπ’ αὐτῆς φαίνεται τῆς φύσεως διδομένη πᾶσιν, ὥσπερ κατὰ τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν εὐθύς, οὕτω καὶ τελειωθεῖσιν.

    These, then, are roughly the ways of life, at least of those whose work is self-directed and who do not get their food by exchange and trade: 1256b herding, raiding, fishing, hunting, farming. Some live pleasantly by combining them, supplementing the more deficient way of life where it falls short of being self-sufficient: some are at once herders and raiders, others farmers and hunters, and similarly with the rest; they live in whatever way need compels. This kind of acquisition, then, is evidently given by nature herself to all creatures, both right at their first birth and when they are fully grown.

    καὶ γὰρ κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς γένεσιν τὰ μὲν συνεκτίκτει τῶν ζῴων τοσαύτην τροφὴν ὥσθ’ ἱκανὴν εἶναι μέχρις οὗ ἂν δύνηται αὐτὸ αὑτῷ πορίζειν τὸ γεννηθέν, οἷον ὅσα σκωληκοτοκεῖ ἢ ᾠοτοκεῖ· ὅσα δὲ ζῳοτοκεῖ, τοῖς γεννωμένοις ἔχει τροφὴν ἐν αὑτοῖς μέχρι τινός, τὴν τοῦ καλουμένου γάλακτος φύσιν. ὥστε ὁμοίως δῆλον ὅτι καὶ γενομένοις οἰητέον τά τε φυτὰ τῶν ζῴων ἕνεκεν εἶναι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα τῶν ἀνθρώπων χάριν, τὰ μὲν ἥμερα καὶ διὰ τὴν χρῆσιν καὶ διὰ τὴν τροφήν, τῶν δ’ ἀγρίων, εἰ μὴ πάντα, ἀλλὰ τά γε πλεῖστα τῆς τροφῆς καὶ ἄλλης βοηθείας ἕνεκεν, ἵνα καὶ ἐσθὴς καὶ ἄλλα ὄργανα γίνηται ἐξ αὐτῶν. εἰ οὖν ἡ φύσις μηθὲν μήτε ἀτελὲς ποιεῖ μήτε μάτην, ἀναγκαῖον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἕνεκεν αὐτὰ πάντα πεποιηκέναι τὴν φύσιν.

    At the very beginning of their birth, some animals produce along with their offspring enough food to last until the newborn can provide for itself—for instance, those that produce larvae or eggs. Those that bear live young carry food for their offspring within themselves for a certain time, the natural substance called milk. So in the same way it is clear that we must suppose that, once they are born, plants exist for the sake of animals, and the other animals for the sake of human beings: the tame ones for use and for food, and most if not all of the wild ones for food and other kinds of help, so that clothing and other tools can be made from them. If, then, nature makes nothing incomplete or in vain, it must have made all of them for the sake of human beings.

    διὸ καὶ ἡ πολεμικὴ φύσει κτητική πως ἔσται (ἡ γὰρ θηρευτικὴ μέρος αὐτῆς), ᾗ δεῖ χρῆσθαι πρός τε τὰ θηρία καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὅσοι πεφυκότες ἄρχεσθαι μὴ θέλουσιν, ὡς φύσει δίκαιον τοῦτον ὄντα τὸν πόλεμον.

    That is why the art of war too will in a way be by nature an art of acquisition (hunting is a part of it). It ought to be used against wild animals and against those human beings who are by nature fitted to be ruled but are unwilling, since this kind of war is just by nature.

    ἓν μὲν οὖν εἶδος κτητικῆς κατὰ φύσιν τῆς οἰκονομικῆς μέρος ἐστίν, καθὸ δεῖ ἤτοι ὑπάρχειν ἢ πορίζειν αὐτὴν ὅπως ὑπάρχῃ ὧν ἔστι θησαυρισμὸς χρημάτων πρὸς ζωὴν ἀναγκαίων, καὶ χρησίμων εἰς κοινωνίαν πόλεως ἢ οἰκίας. καὶ ἔοικεν ὅ γ’ ἀληθινὸς πλοῦτος ἐκ τούτων εἶναι. ἡ γὰρ τῆς τοιαύτης κτήσεως αὐτάρκεια πρὸς ἀγαθὴν ζωὴν οὐκ ἄπειρός ἐστιν, ὥσπερ Σόλων φησὶ ποιήσας πλούτου δ’ οὐθὲν τέρμα πεφασμένον ἀνδράσι κεῖται. κεῖται γὰρ ὥσπερ καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις τέχναις· οὐδὲν γὰρ ὄργανον ἄπειρον οὐδεμιᾶς ἐστι τέχνης οὔτε πλήθει οὔτε μεγέθει, ὁ δὲ πλοῦτος ὀργάνων πλῆθός ἐστιν οἰκονομικῶν καὶ πολιτικῶν. ὅτι μὲν τοίνυν ἔστι τις κτητικὴ κατὰ φύσιν τοῖς οἰκονόμοις καὶ τοῖς πολιτικοῖς, καὶ δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν, δῆλον.

    One kind of acquisition, then, is by nature a part of household management, insofar as household management must either have on hand, or itself provide so that there is on hand, the goods that can be stored—those necessary for life and useful to the community of a city or a household. And true wealth seems to consist of these. For the self-sufficiency of this kind of property for a good life is not unlimited, as Solon says it is in his poem: “For wealth no limit has been set or shown to men.” But a limit has been set, just as in the other crafts. No tool of any craft is unlimited in number or size, and wealth is a collection of tools for household managers and statesmen. It is clear, then, that there is a natural art of acquisition for household managers and statesmen, and why.

    Solon was the Athenian statesman and poet (early sixth century BC) whose reforms were remembered as the foundation of Athens’ laws.

    Money and trade

    Exchange leads to money, and trade seeks wealth without limit, unlike household management.

    ἔστι δὲ γένος ἄλλο κτητικῆς, ἣν μάλιστα καλοῦσι, καὶ δίκαιον αὐτὸ καλεῖν, χρηματιστικήν, δι’ ἣν οὐδὲν δοκεῖ 1257a πέρας εἶναι πλούτου καὶ κτήσεως· ἣν ὡς μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν τῇ λεχθείσῃ πολλοὶ νομίζουσι διὰ τὴν γειτνίασιν· ἔστι δ’ οὔτε ἡ αὐτὴ τῇ εἰρημένῃ οὔτε πόρρω ἐκείνης. ἔστι δ’ ἡ μὲν φύσει ἡ δ’ οὐ φύσει αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ δι’ ἐμπειρίας τινὸς καὶ τέχνης γίνεται μᾶλλον. λάβωμεν δὲ περὶ αὐτῆς τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐντεῦθεν. ἑκάστου γὰρ κτήματος διττὴ ἡ χρῆσίς ἐστιν, ἀμφότεραι δὲ καθ’ αὑτὸ μὲν ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὁμοίως καθ’ αὑτό, ἀλλ’ ἡ μὲν οἰκεία ἡ δ’ οὐκ οἰκεία τοῦ πράγματος, οἷον ὑποδήματος ἥ τε ὑπόδεσις καὶ ἡ μεταβλητική.

    But there is another kind of acquisition, which people especially call—and rightly call—the art of acquiring wealth, because of which there seems to be no 1257a limit to wealth and property. Many think it is one and the same as the kind just described, because it is close to it. It is neither the same as that one nor far from it: the one is natural, while the other is not natural but comes about rather through a kind of experience and skill. Let us take our starting point about it from here. Every piece of property has two uses. Both belong to the thing itself, but not in the same way: one is proper to the thing and the other is not. A shoe, for instance, can be worn or exchanged.

    ἀμφότεραι γὰρ ὑποδήματος χρήσεις· καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἀλλαττόμενος τῷ δεομένῳ ὑποδήματος ἀντὶ νομίσματος ἢ τροφῆς χρῆται τῷ ὑποδήματι ᾗ ὑπόδημα, ἀλλ’ οὐ τὴν οἰκείαν χρῆσιν· οὐ γὰρ ἀλλαγῆς ἕνεκεν γέγονε. τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον ἔχει καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων κτημάτων. ἔστι γὰρ ἡ μεταβλητικὴ πάντων, ἀρξαμένη τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν, τῷ τὰ μὲν πλείω τὰ δὲ ἐλάττω τῶν ἱκανῶν ἔχειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους (ᾗ καὶ δῆλον ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι φύσει τῆς χρηματιστικῆς ἡ καπηλική· ὅσον γὰρ ἱκανὸν αὐτοῖς, ἀναγκαῖον ἦν ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀλλαγήν). ἐν μὲν οὖν τῇ πρώτῃ κοινωνίᾳ (τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶν οἰκία) φανερὸν ὅτι οὐδὲν ἔστιν ἔργον αὐτῆς, ἀλλ’ ἤδη πλειόνων τῆς κοινωνίας οὔσης.

    Both are uses of a shoe. Someone who exchanges a shoe with a person who needs one, for money or food, is using the shoe as a shoe, but not in its proper use, since it was not made for the sake of exchange. The same holds for other possessions too. Exchange applies to all of them, and it began in the first place from what is natural, from the fact that people have more than enough of some things and less of others. (This also makes it clear that retail trade is not by nature part of the art of acquiring wealth, since people needed to make exchanges only to the extent of having enough.) In the first community, the household, it evidently has no work to do; it has a role only once the community has grown larger.

    οἱ μὲν γὰρ τῶν αὑτῶν ἐκοινώνουν πάντων, οἱ δὲ κεχωρισμένοι πολλῶν πάλιν καὶ ἑτέρων, ὧν κατὰ τὰς δεήσεις ἀναγκαῖον ποιεῖσθαι τὰς μεταδόσεις, καθάπερ ἔτι πολλὰ ποιεῖ καὶ τῶν βαρβαρικῶν ἐθνῶν, κατὰ τὴν ἀλλαγήν. αὐτὰ γὰρ τὰ χρήσιμα πρὸς αὑτὰ καταλλάττονται, ἐπὶ πλέον δ’ οὐθέν, οἷον οἶνον πρὸς σῖτον διδόντες καὶ λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τοιούτων ἕκαστον. ἡ μὲν οὖν τοιαύτη μεταβλητικὴ οὔτε παρὰ φύσιν οὔτε χρηματιστικῆς ἐστιν εἶδος οὐδέν (εἰς ἀναπλήρωσιν γὰρ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν αὐταρκείας ἦν)· ἐκ μέντοι ταύτης ἐγένετ’ ἐκείνη κατὰ λόγον. ξενικωτέρας γὰρ γενομένης τῆς βοηθείας τῷ εἰσάγεσθαι ὧν ἐνδεεῖς ⟨ἦσαν⟩ καὶ ἐκπέμπειν ὧν ἐπλεόναζον, ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἡ τοῦ νομίσματος ἐπορίσθη χρῆσις.

    For the members of a household shared all the same things, while those who had separated shared many different things, which they had to exchange with one another according to their needs, as many non-Greek peoples still do, by barter. They trade useful things directly for useful things, and nothing beyond that—giving and taking wine for grain, for example, and so on with each thing of that kind. This kind of exchange is neither contrary to nature nor any form of acquiring wealth, since it existed to fill out natural self-sufficiency. Yet the other kind arose from it, reasonably enough. For as people came to rely more on foreign sources, importing what they lacked and exporting what they had in surplus, the use of money was necessarily introduced.

    οὐ γὰρ εὐβάστακτον ἕκαστον τῶν κατὰ φύσιν ἀναγκαίων· διὸ πρὸς τὰς ἀλλαγὰς τοιοῦτόν τι συνέθεντο πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς διδόναι καὶ λαμβάνειν, ὃ τῶν χρησίμων αὐτὸ ὂν εἶχε τὴν χρείαν εὐμεταχείριστον πρὸς τὸ ζῆν, οἷον σίδηρος καὶ ἄργυρος κἂν εἴ τι τοιοῦτον ἕτερον, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἁπλῶς ὁρισθὲν μεγέθει καὶ σταθμῷ, τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον καὶ χαρακτῆρα ἐπιβαλλόντων, ἵνα ἀπολύσῃ τῆς μετρήσεως αὑτούς· ὁ γὰρ χαρακτὴρ ἐτέθη τοῦ ποσοῦ σημεῖον.

    For not all the natural necessities are easy to carry. So for their exchanges people agreed to give and take something that was itself one of the useful things and was easy to handle for the purposes of life—iron, silver, or anything else of this sort. At first its value was defined simply by size and weight, but eventually they also stamped it, to spare themselves from measuring it; for the stamp was put on as a sign of the amount.

    πορισθέντος οὖν ἤδη νομίσματος ἐκ τῆς ἀναγκαίας ἀλλαγῆς θάτερον εἶδος τῆς χρηματιστικῆς ἐγένετο, τὸ καπηλικόν, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἁπλῶς ἴσως γινόμενον, εἶτα δι’ ἐμπειρίας ἤδη τεχνικώτερον, πόθεν καὶ πῶς μεταβαλλόμενον πλεῖστον ποιήσει κέρδος. διὸ δοκεῖ ἡ χρηματιστικὴ μάλιστα περὶ τὸ νόμισμα εἶναι, καὶ ἔργον αὐτῆς τὸ δύνασθαι θεωρῆσαι πόθεν ἔσται πλῆθος, ποιητικὴ γὰρ εἶναι πλούτου καὶ χρημάτων. καὶ γὰρ τὸν πλοῦτον πολλάκις τιθέασι νομίσματος πλῆθος, διὰ τὸ περὶ τοῦτ’ εἶναι τὴν χρηματιστικὴν καὶ τὴν καπηλικήν.

    Once money had been introduced out of necessary exchange, the other form of acquiring wealth arose: trade. At first it probably happened in a simple way, but then through experience it became more skilled, as people learned where and how to exchange so as to make the most profit. That is why the art of acquiring wealth seems to be above all concerned with money, and its work seems to be the ability to see where a great quantity can come from—for it is thought to produce riches and money. Indeed people often take wealth to be a large quantity of money, because the art of acquiring wealth and trade are concerned with it.

    ὁτὲ δὲ πάλιν λῆρος εἶναι δοκεῖ τὸ νόμισμα καὶ νόμος παντάπασι, φύσει δ’ οὐθέν, ὅτι μεταθεμένων τε τῶν χρωμένων οὐθενὸς ἄξιον οὐδὲ χρήσιμον πρὸς οὐδὲν τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐστί, καὶ νομίσματος πλουτῶν πολλάκις ἀπορήσει τῆς ἀναγκαίας τροφῆς· καίτοι ἄτοπον τοιοῦτον εἶναι πλοῦτον οὗ εὐπορῶν λιμῷ ἀπολεῖται, καθάπερ καὶ τὸν Μίδαν ἐκεῖνον μυθολογοῦσι διὰ τὴν ἀπληστίαν τῆς εὐχῆς πάντων αὐτῷ γιγνομένων τῶν παρατιθεμένων χρυσῶν. διὸ ζητοῦσιν ἕτερόν τι τὸν πλοῦτον καὶ τὴν χρηματιστικήν, ὀρθῶς ζητοῦντες. ἔστι γὰρ ἑτέρα ἡ χρηματιστικὴ καὶ ὁ πλοῦτος ὁ κατὰ φύσιν, καὶ αὕτη μὲν οἰκονομική, ἡ δὲ καπηλική, ποιητικὴ πλούτου οὐ πάντως ἀλλὰ διὰ χρημάτων μεταβολῆς. καὶ δοκεῖ περὶ τὸ νόμισμα αὕτη εἶναι· τὸ γὰρ νόμισμα στοιχεῖον καὶ πέρας τῆς ἀλλαγῆς ἐστιν.

    At other times, on the other hand, money seems to be nonsense, a pure convention with no basis in nature: if those who use it switch to another currency, it is worth nothing and useless for any of the necessities, and a person rich in money will often go short of the food he needs. Yet it is absurd for wealth to be something such that a person who has plenty of it will die of hunger—like Midas in the story, when, because of his insatiable prayer, everything set before him turned to gold. That is why people look for some other account of wealth and of the art of acquiring it, and they are right to look. For the art of acquiring wealth and wealth according to nature are something different: this belongs to household management, while the other is trade, which produces wealth not in every way but only through the exchange of goods. And it seems to be concerned with money, since money is the starting point and the limit of exchange.

    καὶ ἄπειρος δὴ οὗτος ὁ πλοῦτος, ὁ ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς χρηματιστικῆς. ὥσπερ γὰρ ἡ ἰατρικὴ τοῦ ὑγιαίνειν εἰς ἄπειρόν ἐστι, καὶ ἑκάστη τῶν τεχνῶν τοῦ τέλους εἰς ἄπειρον (ὅτι μάλιστα γὰρ ἐκεῖνο βούλονται ποιεῖν), τῶν δὲ πρὸς τὸ τέλος οὐκ εἰς ἄπειρον (πέρας γὰρ τὸ τέλος πάσαις), οὕτω καὶ ταύτης τῆς χρηματιστικῆς οὐκ ἔστι τοῦ τέλους πέρας, τέλος δὲ ὁ τοιοῦτος πλοῦτος καὶ χρημάτων κτῆσις. τῆς δ’ οἰκονομικῆς χρηματιστικῆς ἔστι πέρας· οὐ γὰρ τοῦτο τῆς οἰκονομικῆς ἔργον. διὸ τῇ μὲν φαίνεται ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι παντὸς πλούτου πέρας, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν γινομένων ὁρῶμεν συμβαῖνον τοὐναντίον· πάντες γὰρ εἰς ἄπειρον αὔξουσιν οἱ χρηματιζόμενοι τὸ νόμισμα. αἴτιον δὲ τὸ σύνεγγυς αὐτῶν. ἐπαλλάττει γὰρ ἡ χρῆσις τοῦ αὐτοῦ οὖσα ἑκατέρας τῆς χρηματιστικῆς.

    The wealth that comes from this art of acquiring wealth is unlimited. Just as medicine pursues health without limit, and each of the crafts pursues its end without limit (for they want to achieve it as fully as possible), while the means to the end are not unlimited (since the end is a limit for all of them), so too this art of acquiring wealth has no limit to its end; its end is wealth of this sort, the acquisition of money. But the form of acquiring wealth that belongs to household management does have a limit, since this is not the work of household management. So in one way it appears that there must be a limit to all wealth; yet in practice we see the opposite happening, for all who are engaged in acquiring wealth increase their money without limit. The reason is that the two are so close. They overlap because each form of acquiring wealth makes use of the same thing.

    τῆς γὰρ αὐτῆς ἐστι κτήσεως χρῆσις, ἀλλ’ οὐ κατὰ ταὐτόν, ἀλλὰ τῆς μὲν ἕτερον τέλος, τῆς δ’ ἡ αὔξησις. ὥστε δοκεῖ τισι τοῦτ’ εἶναι τῆς οἰκονομικῆς ἔργον, καὶ διατελοῦσιν ἢ σῴζειν οἰόμενοι δεῖν ἢ αὔξειν τὴν τοῦ νομίσματος οὐσίαν εἰς ἄπειρον. αἴτιον δὲ ταύτης τῆς διαθέσεως τὸ σπουδάζειν περὶ τὸ ζῆν, ἀλλὰ 1258a μὴ τὸ εὖ ζῆν· εἰς ἄπειρον οὖν ἐκείνης τῆς ἐπιθυμίας οὔσης, καὶ τῶν ποιητικῶν ἀπείρων ἐπιθυμοῦσιν. ὅσοι δὲ καὶ τοῦ εὖ ζῆν ἐπιβάλλονται τὸ πρὸς τὰς ἀπολαύσεις τὰς σωματικὰς ζητοῦσιν, ὥστ’ ἐπεὶ καὶ τοῦτ’ ἐν τῇ κτήσει φαίνεται ὑπάρχειν, πᾶσα ἡ διατριβὴ περὶ τὸν χρηματισμόν ἐστι, καὶ τὸ ἕτερον εἶδος τῆς χρηματιστικῆς διὰ τοῦτ’ ἐλήλυθεν.

    They use the same property, but not in the same way: for one the end is something else, for the other it is increase. So some people think this is the work of household management, and they go on believing that they must either preserve their money or increase it without limit. The reason for this attitude is that they are serious about living, but 1258a not about living well. Since that desire is unlimited, they desire unlimited means to satisfy it. And even those who aim at living well seek what contributes to bodily enjoyments; and since this too seems to depend on property, their whole activity is spent on making money, and this is how the other form of acquiring wealth has come about.

    ἐν ὑπερβολῇ γὰρ οὔσης τῆς ἀπολαύσεως, τὴν τῆς ἀπολαυστικῆς ὑπερβολῆς ποιητικὴν ζητοῦσιν· κἂν μὴ διὰ τῆς χρηματιστικῆς δύνωνται πορίζειν, δι’ ἄλλης αἰτίας τοῦτο πειρῶνται, ἑκάστῃ χρώμενοι τῶν δυνάμεων οὐ κατὰ φύσιν. ἀνδρείας γὰρ οὐ χρήματα ποιεῖν ἐστιν ἀλλὰ θάρσος, οὐδὲ στρατηγικῆς καὶ ἰατρικῆς, ἀλλὰ τῆς μὲν νίκην τῆς δ’ ὑγίειαν. οἱ δὲ πάσας ποιοῦσι χρηματιστικάς, ὡς τοῦτο τέλος ὄν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ τέλος ἅπαντα δέον ἀπαντᾶν.

    For since enjoyment lies in excess, they look for the art that produces the excess that enjoyment requires. And if they cannot provide it through the art of acquiring wealth, they try to do so by some other means, using each of their capacities in a way contrary to nature. It is not the work of courage to make money, but to produce confidence; nor is it the work of generalship or medicine, but of the one to produce victory and of the other health. Yet these people make all of them into ways of making money, as though that were the end, and everything had to be directed toward the end.

    περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς τε μὴ ἀναγκαίας χρηματιστικῆς, καὶ τίς, καὶ δι’ αἰτίαν τίνα ἐν χρείᾳ ἐσμὲν αὐτῆς, εἴρηται, καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀναγκαίας, ὅτι ἑτέρα μὲν αὐτῆς οἰκονομικὴ δὲ κατὰ φύσιν ἡ περὶ τὴν τροφήν, οὐχ ὥσπερ αὕτη ἄπειρος ἀλλ’ ἔχουσα ὅρον.

    We have now discussed the unnecessary art of acquiring wealth: what it is, and why we come to need it. We have also discussed the necessary kind: that it is different from the other, and that it is the natural part of household management concerned with food, not unlimited like the other but having a boundary.

    Usury

    Natural acquisition belongs to household management, while lending at interest is the most unnatural kind.

    δῆλον δὲ καὶ τὸ ἀπορούμενον ἐξ ἀρχῆς, πότερον τοῦ οἰκονομικοῦ καὶ πολιτικοῦ ἐστιν ἡ χρηματιστικὴ ἢ οὔ, ἀλλὰ δεῖ τοῦτο μὲν ὑπάρχειν (ὥσπερ γὰρ καὶ ἀνθρώπους οὐ ποιεῖ ἡ πολιτική, ἀλλὰ λαβοῦσα παρὰ τῆς φύσεως χρῆται αὐτοῖς, οὕτω καὶ τροφὴν τὴν φύσιν δεῖ παραδοῦναι γῆν ἢ θάλατταν ἢ ἄλλο τι), ἐκ δὲ τούτων, ὡς δεῖ ταῦτα διαθεῖναι προσήκει τὸν οἰκονόμον. οὐ γὰρ τῆς ὑφαντικῆς ἔρια ποιῆσαι, ἀλλὰ χρήσασθαι αὐτοῖς, καὶ γνῶναι δὲ τὸ ποῖον χρηστὸν καὶ ἐπιτήδειον, ἢ φαῦλον καὶ ἀνεπιτήδειον. καὶ γὰρ ἀπορήσειεν ἄν τις διὰ τί ἡ μὲν χρηματιστικὴ μόριον τῆς οἰκονομίας, ἡ δ’ ἰατρικὴ οὐ μόριον· καίτοι δεῖ ὑγιαίνειν τοὺς κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν, ὥσπερ ζῆν ἢ ἄλλο τι τῶν ἀναγκαίων.

    What was puzzling at the start is now clear too: whether the art of acquiring wealth belongs to the household manager and the statesman or not. The answer is that wealth must already be available. Just as statesmanship does not make human beings but takes them from nature and uses them, so too nature must provide food, from land or sea or some other source; and it is the household manager’s business to arrange these things as they should be. It is not the job of weaving to make wool but to use it, and to know which kind is good and suitable and which poor and unsuitable. One might also ask why the art of acquiring wealth is a part of household management while medicine is not, even though the members of the household must be healthy, just as they must live or have any other necessity.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔστι μὲν ὡς τοῦ οἰκονόμου καὶ τοῦ ἄρχοντος καὶ περὶ ὑγιείας ἰδεῖν, ἔστι δ’ ὡς οὔ, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἰατροῦ, οὕτω καὶ περὶ τῶν χρημάτων ἔστι μὲν ὡς τοῦ οἰκονόμου, ἔστι δ’ ὡς οὔ, ἀλλὰ τῆς ὑπηρετικῆς· μάλιστα δέ, καθάπερ εἴρηται πρότερον, δεῖ φύσει τοῦτο ὑπάρχειν. φύσεως γάρ ἐστιν ἔργον τροφὴν τῷ γεννηθέντι παρέχειν· παντὶ γάρ, ἐξ οὗ γίνεται, τροφὴ τὸ λειπόμενόν ἐστι. διὸ κατὰ φύσιν ἐστὶν ἡ χρηματιστικὴ πᾶσιν ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν καὶ τῶν ζῴων.

    In a way it is the business of the household manager and the ruler to see to health, and in a way it is not, but the doctor’s. So too with wealth: in a way it is the household manager’s business, and in a way not, but that of a subordinate art. Above all, as was said before, it must be supplied by nature. For it is nature’s work to provide food for what is born, since for everything, what remains of that from which it is born is its food. That is why the art of acquiring wealth from crops and animals is natural for everyone.

    διπλῆς δ’ οὔσης αὐτῆς, ὥσπερ εἴπομεν, καὶ τῆς μὲν καπηλικῆς τῆς δ’ οἰκονομικῆς, καὶ ταύτης μὲν ἀναγκαίας καὶ ἐπαινουμένης, τῆς 1258b δὲ μεταβλητικῆς ψεγομένης δικαίως (οὐ γὰρ κατὰ φύσιν ἀλλ’ ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων ἐστίν), εὐλογώτατα μισεῖται ἡ ὀβολοστατικὴ διὰ τὸ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τοῦ νομίσματος εἶναι τὴν κτῆσιν καὶ οὐκ ἐφ’ ὅπερ ἐπορίσθη. μεταβολῆς γὰρ ἐγένετο χάριν, ὁ δὲ τόκος αὐτὸ ποιεῖ πλέον (ὅθεν καὶ τοὔνομα τοῦτ’ εἴληφεν· ὅμοια γὰρ τὰ τικτόμενα τοῖς γεννῶσιν αὐτά ἐστιν, ὁ δὲ τόκος γίνεται νόμισμα ἐκ νομίσματος)· ὥστε καὶ μάλιστα παρὰ φύσιν οὗτος τῶν χρηματισμῶν ἐστιν.

    The art of acquiring wealth is twofold, as we said: one kind belongs to trade, the other to household management. The latter is necessary and praised, while the 1258b kind that is based on exchange is justly blamed, since it is not natural but involves gain at one another’s expense. So usury is hated with the best of reasons, because its gain comes from money itself and not from what money was introduced for. Money came into being for the sake of exchange, but interest makes it grow larger. (This is also where it got its name: offspring resemble their parents, and interest is money born of money.) So of all the forms of acquiring wealth this one is the most contrary to nature.

    The Greek word for interest, tokos, also means “offspring.”

    Practical money-making

    The practical branches of acquiring wealth are listed, with Thales’ olive presses as an example of monopoly.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τὴν γνῶσιν διωρίκαμεν ἱκανῶς, τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρῆσιν δεῖ διελθεῖν. πάντα δὲ τὰ τοιαῦτα τὴν μὲν θεωρίαν ἐλευθέραν ἔχει, τὴν δ’ ἐμπειρίαν ἀναγκαίαν. ἔστι δὲ χρηματιστικῆς μέρη χρήσιμα· τὸ περὶ τὰ κτήματα ἔμπειρον εἶναι, ποῖα λυσιτελέστατα καὶ ποῦ καὶ πῶς, οἷον ἵππων κτῆσις ποία τις ἢ βοῶν ἢ προβάτων, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ζῴων (δεῖ γὰρ ἔμπειρον εἶναι πρὸς ἄλληλά τε τούτων τίνα λυσιτελέστατα, καὶ ποῖα ἐν ποίοις τόποις· ἄλλα γὰρ ἐν ἄλλαις εὐθηνεῖ χώραις), εἶτα περὶ γεωργίας, καὶ ταύτης ἤδη ψιλῆς τε καὶ πεφυτευμένης, καὶ μελιττουργίας, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων τῶν πλωτῶν ἢ πτηνῶν, ἀφ’ ὅσων ἔστι τυγχάνειν βοηθείας.

    Now that we have dealt adequately with the theory, we must go through what concerns practice. With all such matters, studying the theory is fit for a free person, while practical experience is a matter of necessity. The useful parts of the art of acquiring wealth are these. First, experience with livestock: which kinds are most profitable, and where, and how—for example, what sort of horses, cattle or sheep to acquire, and similarly the other animals. One must know from experience which of these are most profitable compared with one another, and which do well in which places, for different ones thrive in different regions. Next, experience of farming, both of cleared land and of land planted with trees; of beekeeping; and of the other creatures, fish or birds, from which help can be had.

    τῆς μὲν οὖν οἰκειοτάτης χρηματιστικῆς ταῦτα μόρια καὶ πρῶτα· τῆς δὲ μεταβλητικῆς μέγιστον μὲν ἐμπορία (καὶ ταύτης μέρη τρία, ναυκληρία φορτηγία παράστασις· διαφέρει δὲ τούτων ἕτερα ἑτέρων τῷ τὰ μὲν ἀσφαλέστερα εἶναι, τὰ δὲ πλείω πορίζειν τὴν ἐπικαρπίαν), δεύτερον δὲ τοκισμός, τρίτον δὲ μισθαρνία (ταύτης δ’ ἡ μὲν τῶν βαναύσων τεχνῶν, ἡ δὲ τῶν ἀτέχνων καὶ τῷ σώματι μόνῳ χρησίμων)· τρίτον δὲ εἶδος χρηματιστικῆς μεταξὺ ταύτης καὶ τῆς πρώτης (ἔχει γὰρ καὶ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν τι μέρος καὶ τῆς μεταβλητικῆς), ὅσα ἀπὸ γῆς καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ γῆς γιγνομένων, ἀκάρπων μὲν χρησίμων δέ, οἷον ὑλοτομία τε καὶ πᾶσα μεταλλευτική. αὕτη δὲ πολλὰ ἤδη περιείληφε γένη· πολλὰ γὰρ εἴδη τῶν ἐκ γῆς μεταλλευομένων ἔστιν.

    These are the parts, and the primary ones, of the most proper art of acquiring wealth. Of the art of exchange, the largest part is commerce, which has three parts: shipowning, transport of goods, and retail selling. These differ from one another in that some are safer and others bring a larger return. The second part is lending at interest, and the third is working for wages—some in the vulgar crafts, some unskilled and useful only for their bodies. There is a third form of acquiring wealth between this one and the first, since it has something both of the natural kind and of exchange: all that comes from the earth and from things that grow from the earth which bear no fruit but are useful, such as logging and all mining. Mining itself already covers many kinds, since there are many kinds of things mined from the earth.

    “Vulgar” renders banausos, used of manual and mechanical trades practiced for a living, which Greek aristocrats looked down on.

    εἰσὶ δὲ τεχνικώταται μὲν τῶν ἐργασιῶν ὅπου ἐλάχιστον τῆς τύχης, βαναυσόταται δ’ ἐν αἷς τὰσώματα λωβῶνται μάλιστα, δουλικώταται δὲ ὅπου τοῦ σώματος πλεῖσται χρήσεις, ἀγεννέσταται δὲ ὅπου ἐλάχιστον προσδεῖ ἀρετῆς. περὶ ἑκάστου δὲ τούτων καθόλου μὲν εἴρηται καὶ νῦν, τὸ δὲ κατὰ μέρος ἀκριβολογεῖσθαι χρήσιμον μὲν πρὸς τὰς ἐργασίας, φορτικὸν δὲ τὸ ἐνδιατρίβειν.

    The most skilled occupations are those where chance plays the smallest part; the most vulgar are those that most damage the body; the most slavish are those that make the most use of the body; and the most ignoble are those that least require excellence. We have now spoken about each of these in general terms. To go into detail would be useful for those who practice them, but to dwell on it would be tedious.

    ἐπεὶ δ’ ἔστιν ἐνίοις γεγραμμένα περὶ τούτων, οἷον Χαρητίδῃ τῷ Παρίῳ καὶ 1259a Ἀπολλοδώρῳ τῷ Λημνίῳ περὶ γεωργίας καὶ ψιλῆς καὶ πεφυτευμένης, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἄλλοις περὶ ἄλλων, ταῦτα μὲν ἐκ τούτων θεωρείτω ὅτῳ ἐπιμελές· ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὰ λεγόμενα σποράδην, δι’ ὧν ἐπιτετυχήκασιν ἔνιοι χρηματιζόμενοι, δεῖ συλλέγειν. πάντα γὰρ ὠφέλιμα ταῦτ’ ἐστὶ τοῖς τιμῶσι τὴν χρηματιστικήν, οἷον καὶ τὸ Θάλεω τοῦ Μιλησίου· τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι κατανόημά τι χρηματιστικόν, ἀλλ’ ἐκείνῳ μὲν διὰ τὴν σοφίαν προσάπτουσι, τυγχάνει δὲ καθόλου τι ὄν.

    Since some people have written on these subjects—for example, Charetides of Paros and 1259a Apollodorus of Lemnos on farming, both of cleared and of planted land, and others on other subjects—anyone who is interested can study them from these writers. One should also collect the scattered stories of how some people have succeeded in making money, since all of these are useful to those who value the art of acquiring wealth—for example, the story of Thales of Miletus. It is a scheme for making money, which people attribute to him because of his wisdom, but it actually applies generally.

    Thales of Miletus (early sixth century BC) was traditionally counted the first Greek philosopher and one of the Seven Sages.

    ὀνειδιζόντων γὰρ αὐτῷ διὰ τὴν πενίαν ὡς ἀνωφελοῦς τῆς φιλοσοφίας οὔσης, κατανοήσαντά φασιν αὐτὸν ἐλαιῶν φορὰν ἐσομένην ἐκ τῆς ἀστρολογίας, ἔτι χειμῶνος ὄντος εὐπορήσαντα χρημάτων ὀλίγων ἀρραβῶνας διαδοῦναι τῶν ἐλαιουργίων τῶν τ’ ἐν Μιλήτῳ καὶ Χίῳ πάντων, ὀλίγου μισθωσάμενον ἅτ’ οὐθενὸς ἐπιβάλλοντος· ἐπειδὴ δ’ ὁ καιρὸς ἧκε, πολλῶν ζητουμένων ἅμα καὶ ἐξαίφνης, ἐκμισθοῦντα ὃν τρόπον ἠβούλετο, πολλὰ χρήματα συλλέξαντα ἐπιδεῖξαι ὅτι ῥᾴδιόν ἐστι πλουτεῖν τοῖς φιλοσόφοις, ἂν βούλωνται, ἀλλ’ οὐ τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ περὶ ὃ σπουδάζουσιν. Θαλῆς μὲν οὖν λέγεται τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ἐπίδειξιν ποιήσασθαι τῆς σοφίας· ἔστι δ’, ὥσπερ εἴπομεν, καθόλου τὸ τοιοῦτον χρηματιστικόν, ἐάν τις δύνηται μονοπωλίαν αὑτῷ κατασκευάζειν. διὸ καὶ τῶν πόλεων ἔνιαι τοῦτον ποιοῦνται τὸν πόρον, ὅταν ἀπορῶσι χρημάτων· μονοπωλίαν γὰρ τῶν ὠνίων ποιοῦσιν.

    People were reproaching him for his poverty, the story goes, as proof that philosophy is useless. From his study of the stars he realized there would be a large olive crop, so while it was still winter he raised a little money and paid deposits on all the olive presses in Miletus and Chios, renting them cheaply since no one bid against him. When the season came, and many people wanted presses all at once and suddenly, he rented them out on whatever terms he liked. Having made a lot of money, he showed that it is easy for philosophers to be rich if they want to, but that this is not what they are serious about. This is how Thales is said to have given a demonstration of his wisdom. But as we said, this kind of thing is a general principle of making money: if one can create a monopoly for oneself. That is why some cities too resort to this source of revenue when they are short of money: they create a monopoly of goods for sale.

    ἐν Σικελίᾳ δέ τις τεθέντος παρ’ αὐτῷ νομίσματος συνεπρίατο πάντα τὸν σίδηρον ἐκ τῶν σιδηρείων, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ὡς ἀφίκοντο ἐκ τῶν ἐμπορίων οἱ ἔμποροι, ἐπώλει μόνος, οὐ πολλὴν ποιήσας ὑπερβολὴν τῆς τιμῆς· ἀλλ’ ὅμως ἐπὶ τοῖς πεντήκοντα ταλάντοις ἐπέλαβεν ἑκατόν. τοῦτο μὲν οὖν Διονύσιος αἰσθόμενος τὰ μὲν χρήματα ἐκέλευσεν ἐκκομίσασθαι, μὴ μέντοι γε ἔτι μένειν ἐν Συρακούσαις, ὡς πόρους εὑρίσκοντα τοῖς αὑτοῦ πράγμασιν ἀσυμφόρους· τὸ μέντοι ὅραμα Θάλεω καὶ τοῦτο ταὐτόν ἐστιν· ἀμφότεροι γὰρ ἑαυτοῖς ἐτέχνασαν γενέσθαι μονοπωλίαν. χρήσιμον δὲ γνωρίζειν ταῦτα καὶ τοῖς πολιτικοῖς. πολλαῖς γὰρ πόλεσι δεῖ χρηματισμοῦ καὶ τοιούτων πόρων, ὥσπερ οἰκίᾳ, μᾶλλον δέ· διόπερ τινὲς καὶ πολιτεύονται τῶν πολιτευομένων ταῦτα μόνον.

    In Sicily, a man with whom money had been deposited used it to buy up all the iron from the ironworks. Later, when merchants arrived from the markets, he was the only seller, and though he did not raise the price very much, he still made a hundred talents on his fifty. When Dionysius learned of this, he told the man to take his money away, but not to stay in Syracuse any longer, since he had found ways of making money that were harmful to Dionysius’ own affairs. Yet Thales’ insight and this are the same: both contrived to create a monopoly for themselves. It is useful for statesmen too to know these things. Many cities need money-making and sources of revenue like these, just as a household does, and even more so. That is why some statesmen even devote their political activity to these matters alone.

    Dionysius I was tyrant of Syracuse (405–367 BC). A talent was a very large sum of money.

    Rule over wife and children

    A husband rules his wife as a statesman rules, and a father rules his children as a king.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ τρία μέρη τῆς οἰκονομικῆς ἦν, ἓν μὲν δεσποτική, περὶ ἧς εἴρηται πρότερον, ἓν δὲ πατρική, τρίτον δὲ γαμική (καὶ γὰρ γυναικὸς ἄρχει καὶ τέκνων, ὡς ἐλευθέρων μὲν ἀμφοῖν, οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἀλλὰ 1259b γυναικὸς μὲν πολιτικῶς τέκνων δὲ βασιλικῶς· τό τε γὰρ ἄρρεν φύσει τοῦ θήλεος ἡγεμονικώτερον, εἰ μή που συνέστηκε παρὰ φύσιν, καὶ τὸ πρεσβύτερον καὶ τέλειον τοῦ νεωτέρου καὶ ἀτελοῦς)—ἐν μὲν οὖν ταῖς πολιτικαῖς ἀρχαῖς ταῖς πλείσταις μεταβάλλει τὸ ἄρχον καὶ τὸ ἀρχόμενον (ἐξ ἴσου γὰρ εἶναι βούλεται τὴν φύσιν καὶ διαφέρειν μηδέν), ὅμως δέ, ὅταν τὸ μὲν ἄρχῃ τὸ δ’ ἄρχηται, ζητεῖ διαφορὰν εἶναι καὶ σχήμασι καὶ λόγοις καὶ τιμαῖς, ὥσπερ καὶ Ἄμασις εἶπε τὸν περὶ τοῦ ποδανιπτῆρος λόγον· τὸ δ’ ἄρρεν ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸ θῆλυ τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον.

    There were three parts of household management: one is the rule of a master, which we have discussed already; another is the rule of a father; and the third is the rule of a husband. For a man rules over his wife and children—over both as free people, but not with the same kind of rule: 1259b over his wife he rules as a statesman, over his children as a king. For the male is by nature more fitted to lead than the female, unless things are somehow constituted contrary to nature, and the older and fully developed is more fitted than the younger and undeveloped. Now in most political offices, ruler and ruled change places, since they tend to be equal in nature and to differ in nothing. Even so, when one rules and the other is ruled, the ruler seeks a distinction in dress, in forms of address and in honors—as in what Amasis said in his story about the footbath. The male always stands in this relation to the female.

    Amasis, a king of Egypt of humble origins, had a gold footbath recast into a statue of a god and told his people that he, like it, now deserved honor whatever he had been before (Herodotus 2.172).

    ἡ δὲ τῶν τέκνων ἀρχὴ βασιλική· τὸ γὰρ γεννῆσαν καὶ κατὰ φιλίαν ἄρχον καὶ κατὰ πρεσβείαν ἐστίν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ βασιλικῆς εἶδος ἀρχῆς. διὸ καλῶς Ὅμηρος τὸν Δία προσηγόρευσεν εἰπὼν πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε τὸν βασιλέα τούτων ἁπάντων. φύσει γὰρ τὸν βασιλέα διαφέρειν μὲν δεῖ, τῷ γένει δ’ εἶναι τὸν αὐτόν· ὅπερ πέπονθε τὸ πρεσβύτερον πρὸς τὸ νεώτερον καὶ ὁ γεννήσας πρὸς τὸ τέκνον.

    Rule over children is kingly, since the parent rules both by affection and by age, which is the kingly kind of rule. That is why Homer was right to address Zeus, the king of them all, as “father of men and gods.” For a king should be superior by nature, but the same in kind as his subjects—and this is the relation of older to younger, and of parent to child.

    The excellence of the ruled

    Women, children, and slaves have excellence too, but not the same excellence as the ruler.

    φανερὸν τοίνυν ὅτι πλείων ἡ σπουδὴ τῆς οἰκονομίας περὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἢ περὶ τὴν τῶν ἀψύχων κτῆσιν, καὶ περὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν τούτων ἢ περὶ τὴν τῆς κτήσεως, ὃν καλοῦμεν πλοῦτον, καὶ τῶν ἐλευθέρων μᾶλλον ἢ δούλων. πρῶτον μὲν οὖν περὶ δούλων ἀπορήσειεν ἄν τις, πότερον ἔστιν ἀρετή τις δούλου παρὰ τὰς ὀργανικὰς καὶ διακονικὰς ἄλλη τιμιωτέρα τούτων, οἷον σωφροσύνη καὶ ἀνδρεία καὶ δικαιοσύνη καὶτῶν ἄλλων τῶν τοιούτων ἕξεων, ἢ οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία παρὰ τὰς σωματικὰς ὑπηρεσίας (ἔχει γὰρ ἀπορίαν ἀμφοτέρως· εἴτε γὰρ ἔστιν, τί διοίσουσι τῶν ἐλευθέρων; εἴτε μὴ ἔστιν, ὄντων ἀνθρώπων καὶ λόγου κοινωνούντων ἄτοπον).

    It is evident, then, that household management is more concerned with human beings than with acquiring lifeless things, and more with their excellence than with the excellence of property, which we call wealth; and more with free people than with slaves. First, then, one might raise a question about slaves: is there any excellence of a slave besides the excellences of a tool and a servant, some other more valuable one, such as moderation, courage, justice and the other states of this kind? Or is there none besides bodily service? Either answer presents a difficulty. If there is, how will slaves differ from free people? And if there is not, that is absurd, since they are human beings and share in reason.

    σχεδὸν δὲ ταὐτόν ἐστι τὸ ζητούμενον καὶ περὶ γυναικὸς καὶ παιδός, πότερα καὶ τούτων εἰσὶν ἀρεταί, καὶ δεῖ τὴν γυναῖκα εἶναι σώφρονα καὶ ἀνδρείαν καὶ δικαίαν, καὶ παῖς ἔστι καὶ ἀκόλαστος καὶ σώφρων, ἢ οὔ; καθόλου δὴ τοῦτ’ ἐστὶν ἐπισκεπτέον περὶ ἀρχομένου φύσει καὶ ἄρχοντος, πότερον ἡ αὐτὴ ἀρετὴ ἢ ἑτέρα. εἰ μὲν γὰρ δεῖ ἀμφοτέρους μετέχειν καλοκαγαθίας, διὰ τί τὸν μὲν ἄρχειν δέοι ἂν τὸν δὲ ἄρχεσθαι καθάπαξ; οὐδὲ γὰρ τῷ μᾶλλον καὶ ἧττον οἷόν τε διαφέρειν· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἄρχεσθαι καὶ ἄρχειν εἴδει διαφέρει, τὸ δὲ μᾶλλον καὶ ἧττον οὐδέν. εἰ δὲ τὸν μὲν δεῖ τὸν δὲ μή, θαυμαστόν. εἴτε γὰρ ὁ ἄρχων μὴ ἔσται σώφρων καὶ δίκαιος, πῶς ἄρξει καλῶς; εἴθ’ ὁ ἀρχόμενος, πῶς ἀρχθήσεται 1260a καλῶς;

    Much the same question arises about a woman and a child: do they too have excellences? Must a woman be moderate, courageous and just, and can a child be both undisciplined and moderate, or not? We must consider this question generally about what is by nature ruled and what rules: is their excellence the same or different? If both must share in being fine and good, why should one rule and the other be ruled once and for all? They cannot differ by more and less, since being ruled and ruling differ in kind, while more and less do not. But if one must have it and the other not, that is astonishing. For if the ruler is not to be moderate and just, how will he rule well? And if the one ruled is not, how will he be ruled 1260a well?

    ἀκόλαστος γὰρ ὢν καὶ δειλὸς οὐδὲν ποιήσει τῶν προσηκόντων. φανερὸν τοίνυν ὅτι ἀνάγκη μὲν μετέχειν ἀμφοτέρους ἀρετῆς, ταύτης δ’ εἶναι διαφοράς, (ὥσπερ καὶ τῶν φύσει ἀρχομένων). καὶ τοῦτο εὐθὺς ὑφήγηται ⟨τὰ⟩ περὶ τὴν ψυχήν· ἐν ταύτῃ γάρ ἐστι φύσει τὸ μὲν ἄρχον τὸ δ’ ἀρχόμενον, ὧν ἑτέραν φαμὲν εἶναι ἀρετήν, οἷον τοῦ λόγον ἔχοντος καὶ τοῦ ἀλόγου. δῆλον τοίνυν ὅτι τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἔχει καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων, ὥστε φύσει πλείω τὰ ἄρχοντα καὶ ἀρχόμενα. ἄλλον γὰρ τρόπον τὸ ἐλεύθερον τοῦ δούλου ἄρχει καὶ τὸ ἄρρεν τοῦ θήλεος καὶ ἀνὴρ παιδός, καὶ πᾶσιν ἐνυπάρχει μὲν τὰ μόρια τῆς ψυχῆς, ἀλλ’ ἐνυπάρχει διαφερόντως.

    For if he is undisciplined and cowardly, he will do none of his duties. It is evident, then, that both must share in excellence, but that there are differences within it, as there are among those who are by nature ruled. And the nature of the soul shows us this directly: in it there is by nature a part that rules and a part that is ruled, and we say that each has a different excellence—the part that has reason and the part without reason. Clearly the same holds in other cases too, so that most instances of ruling and being ruled are natural. The free rules the slave in a different way from that in which the male rules the female and a man rules a child. The parts of the soul are present in all of them, but present in different ways.

    ὁ μὲν γὰρ δοῦλος ὅλως οὐκ ἔχει τὸ βουλευτικόν, τὸ δὲ θῆλυ ἔχει μέν, ἀλλ’ ἄκυρον, ὁ δὲ παῖς ἔχει μέν, ἀλλ’ ἀτελές.διὸ τὸν μὲν ἄρχοντα τελέαν ἔχειν δεῖ τὴν διανοητικὴν ἀρετήν (τὸ γὰρ ἔργον ἐστὶν ἁπλῶς τοῦ ἀρχιτέκτονος, ὁ δὲ λόγος ἀρχιτέκτων), τῶν δ’ ἄλλων ἕκαστον ὅσον ἐπιβάλλει αὐτοῖς. ὁμοίως τοίνυν ἀναγκαίως ἔχειν καὶ περὶ τὰς ἠθικὰς ἀρετὰς ὑποληπτέον, δεῖν μὲν μετέχειν πάντας, ἀλλ’ οὐ τὸν αὐτὸντρόπον, ἀλλ’ ὅσον ἑκάστῳ πρὸς τὸ αὑτοῦ ἔργον. ὥστε φανερὸν ὅτι ἔστιν ἠθικὴ ἀρετὴ τῶν εἰρημένων πάντων, καὶ οὐχ ἡ αὐτὴ σωφροσύνη γυναικὸς καὶ ἀνδρός, οὐδ’ ἀνδρεία καὶ δικαιοσύνη, καθάπερ ᾤετο Σωκράτης, ἀλλ’ ἡ μὲν ἀρχικὴ ἀνδρεία ἡ δ’ ὑπηρετική, ὁμοίως δ’ ἔχει καὶ περὶ τὰς ἄλλας.

    The slave does not have the deliberative part at all; the female has it, but without authority; the child has it, but not fully developed. So the ruler must have intellectual excellence complete (for his work, taken without qualification, is that of a master craftsman, and reason is the master craftsman), while each of the others must have as much as falls to them. We must suppose that the same necessarily holds for the excellences of character: all must share in them, but not in the same way, only as much as each needs for his own work. It is evident, then, that all those we have mentioned have excellence of character, and that the moderation of a woman and of a man is not the same, nor their courage and justice, as Socrates thought: one courage is that of a ruler, the other that of a subordinate, and the same holds for the other excellences.

    δῆλον δὲ τοῦτο καὶ κατὰ μέρος μᾶλλον ἐπισκοποῦσιν· καθόλου γὰρ οἱ λέγοντες ἐξαπατῶσιν ἑαυτοὺς ὅτι τὸ εὖ ἔχειν τὴν ψυχὴν ἀρετή, ἢ τὸ ὀρθοπραγεῖν, ἤ τι τῶν τοιούτων· πολὺ γὰρ ἄμεινον λέγουσιν οἱ ἐξαριθμοῦντες τὰς ἀρετάς, ὥσπερ Γοργίας, τῶν οὕτως ὁριζομένων. διὸ δεῖ, ὥσπερ ὁ ποιητὴς εἴρηκε περὶ γυναικός, οὕτω νομίζειν ἔχειν περὶ πάντων· γυναικὶ κόσμον ἡ σιγὴ φέρει, ἀλλ’ ἀνδρὶ οὐκέτι τοῦτο. ἐπεὶ δ’ ὁ παῖς ἀτελής, δῆλον ὅτι τούτου μὲν καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ οὐκ αὐτοῦ πρὸς αὑτόν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ τέλος καὶ τὸν ἡγούμενον· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ δούλου πρὸς δεσπότην. ἔθεμεν δὲ πρὸς τἀναγκαῖα χρήσιμον εἶναι τὸν δοῦλον, ὥστε δῆλον ὅτι καὶ ἀρετῆς δεῖται μικρᾶς, καὶ τοσαύτης ὅπως μήτε δι’ ἀκολασίαν μήτε διὰ δειλίαν ἐλλείψῃ τῶν ἔργων.

    This also becomes clear if we look at the matter in more detail. For those who speak in general terms deceive themselves when they say that excellence is the good condition of the soul, or acting rightly, or something of the sort. Those who enumerate the excellences, like Gorgias, speak much better than those who define it in this way. So we should consider that what the poet said about a woman holds for everyone: “Silence brings a woman credit”—but not so a man. And since the child is not fully developed, clearly his excellence too is not his own in relation to himself, but relative to his completed self and to the one who guides him. Similarly, the slave’s excellence is relative to the master. We laid down that the slave is useful for necessities, so clearly he needs only a little excellence—just enough not to fall short in his work through lack of discipline or cowardice.

    Gorgias of Leontini was a celebrated fifth-century BC rhetorician; the verse is from Sophocles’ Ajax.

    ἀπορήσειε δ’ ἄν τις, τὸ νῦν εἰρημένον εἰ ἀληθές, ἆρα καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας δεήσει ἔχειν ἀρετήν· πολλάκις γὰρ δι’ ἀκολασίαν ἐλλείπουσι τῶν ἔργων. ἢ διαφέρει τοῦτο πλεῖστον; ὁ μὲν γὰρ δοῦλος κοινωνὸς ζωῆς, ὁ δὲ πορρώτερον, καὶ τοσοῦτον ἐπιβάλλει ἀρετῆς ὅσον περ καὶ δουλείας· ὁ γὰρ βάναυσος τεχνίτης 1260b ἀφωρισμένην τινὰ ἔχει δουλείαν, καὶ ὁ μὲν δοῦλος τῶν φύσει, σκυτοτόμος δ’ οὐθείς, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων τεχνιτῶν. φανερὸν τοίνυν ὅτι τῆς τοιαύτης ἀρετῆς αἴτιον εἶναι δεῖ τῷ δούλῳ τὸν δεσπότην, ἀλλ’ οὐ τὴν διδασκαλικὴν ἔχοντα τῶν ἔργων [δεσποτικήν]. διὸ λέγουσιν οὐ καλῶς οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες καὶ φάσκοντες ἐπιτάξει χρῆσθαι μόνον· νουθετητέον γὰρ μᾶλλον τοὺς δούλους ἢ τοὺς παῖδας.

    If what we have just said is true, one might ask whether craftsmen too will need to have excellence, since they often fall short in their work through lack of discipline. Or is there a very great difference here? The slave shares his master’s life, while the craftsman is further removed, and he has only as much excellence as he has servitude. For the vulgar craftsman 1260b has a kind of limited servitude; and while the slave is one of the things that exist by nature, no shoemaker is, nor any other craftsman. It is evident, then, that the master should be the cause of this sort of excellence in the slave, and not someone who has the art of teaching him his tasks. That is why those who deny slaves reason and say that one should only give them orders are wrong: slaves should be admonished even more than children.

    ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τούτων διωρίσθω τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον· περὶ δ’ ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικός, καὶ τέκνων καὶ πατρός, τῆς τε περὶ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ὁμιλίας, τί τὸ καλῶς καὶ μὴ καλῶς ἐστι, καὶ πῶς δεῖ τὸ μὲν εὖ διώκειν τὸ δὲ κακῶς φεύγειν, ἐν τοῖς περὶ τὰς πολιτείας ἀναγκαῖον ἐπελθεῖν. ἐπεὶ γὰρ οἰκία μὲν πᾶσα μέρος πόλεως, ταῦτα δ’ οἰκίας, τὴν δὲ τοῦ μέρους πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὅλου δεῖ βλέπειν ἀρετήν, ἀναγκαῖον πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν βλέποντας παιδεύειν καὶ τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας, εἴπερ τι διαφέρει πρὸς τὸ τὴν πόλιν εἶναι σπουδαίαν καὶ ⟨τὸ⟩ τοὺς παῖδας εἶναι σπουδαίους καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας σπουδαίας.

    But let this be how we settle these matters. As for husband and wife, children and father, the excellence belonging to each and their relations with one another—what is fine and what is not, and how one should pursue the good and avoid the bad—these must be gone into in our discussion of constitutions. For since every household is part of a city, and these relationships are parts of the household, and the excellence of the part must be viewed in relation to that of the whole, children and women must be educated with an eye to the constitution—if indeed it makes any difference to the city’s being excellent that its children and its women are excellent.

    ἀναγκαῖον δὲ διαφέρειν· αἱ μὲν γὰρ γυναῖκες ἥμισυ μέρος τῶν ἐλευθέρων, ἐκ δὲ τῶν παίδων οἱ κοινωνοὶ γίνονται τῆς πολιτείας. ὥστ’, ἐπεὶ περὶ μὲν τούτων διώρισται, περὶ δὲ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐν ἄλλοις λεκτέον, ἀφέντες ὡς τέλος ἔχοντας τοὺς νῦν λόγους, ἄλλην ἀρχὴν ποιησάμενοι λέγωμεν, καὶ πρῶτον ἐπισκεψώμεθα περὶ τῶν ἀποφηναμένων περὶ τῆς πολιτείας τῆς ἀρίστης.

    And it must make a difference, since women are half of the free population, and it is from children that those who share in the constitution come. So, since these matters have been settled, and the rest must be discussed elsewhere, let us set aside the present discussion as complete and make a fresh start. And let us first examine the views of those who have put forward ideas about the best constitution.

    Book II

    Ideal constitutions proposed by others, and the best existing ones.

    Chapter 1

    ἐπεὶ δὲ προαιρούμεθα θεωρῆσαι περὶ τῆς κοινωνίας τῆς πολιτικῆς, τίς κρατίστη πασῶν τοῖς δυναμένοις ζῆν ὅτι μάλιστα κατ’ εὐχήν, δεῖ καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἐπισκέψασθαι πολιτείας, αἷς τε χρῶνταί τινες τῶν πόλεων τῶν εὐνομεῖσθαι λεγομένων, κἂν εἴ τινες ἕτεραι τυγχάνουσιν ὑπὸ τινῶν εἰρημέναι καὶ δοκοῦσαι καλῶς ἔχειν, ἵνα τό τ’ ὀρθῶς ἔχον ὀφθῇ καὶ τὸ χρήσιμον, ἔτι δὲ τὸ ζητεῖν τι παρ’ αὐτὰς ἕτερον μὴ δοκῇ πάντως εἶναι σοφίζεσθαι βουλομένων, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μὴ καλῶς ἔχειν ταύτας τὰς νῦν ὑπαρχούσας, διὰ τοῦτο ταύτην δοκῶμεν ἐπιβαλέσθαι τὴν μέθοδον. ἀρχὴν δὲ πρῶτον ποιητέον ἥπερ πέφυκεν ἀρχὴ ταύτης τῆς σκέψεως. ἀνάγκη γὰρ ἤτοι πάντας πάντων κοινωνεῖν τοὺς πολίτας, ἢ μηδενός, ἢ τινῶν μὲν τινῶν δὲ μή.

    Since we propose to study which political community is best of all for people able to live as closely as possible to what they would pray for, we must also examine other constitutions—both those in use in some of the cities said to be well governed, and any others that have been proposed by certain thinkers and are thought to be good. That way we can see what is right and useful in them, and also make it clear that looking for something different from them is not a matter of wanting to show off our cleverness, but that we have undertaken this inquiry because the constitutions now in existence are not good. We must begin at the natural starting point of this inquiry. Necessarily, either the citizens share everything, or nothing, or some things but not others.

    τὸ μὲν οὖν μηδενὸς κοινωνεῖν φανερὸν ὡς ἀδύνατον (ἡ γὰρ πολιτεία κοινωνία τίς ἐστι, καὶ πρῶτον ἀνάγκη τοῦ τόπου κοινωνεῖν· ὁ μὲν γὰρ τόπος εἷς ὁ τῆς 1261a μιᾶς πόλεως, οἱ δὲ πολῖται κοινωνοὶ τῆς μιᾶς πόλεως)· ἀλλὰ πότερον ὅσων ἐνδέχεται κοινωνῆσαι, πάντων βέλτιον κοινωνεῖν τὴν μέλλουσαν οἰκήσεσθαι πόλιν καλῶς, ἢ τινῶν μὲν τινῶν δ’ οὒ βέλτιον; ἐνδέχεται γὰρ καὶ τέκνων καὶ γυναικῶν καὶ κτημάτων κοινωνεῖν τοὺς πολίτας ἀλλήλοις, ὥσπερ ἐν τῇ Πολιτείᾳ τῇ Πλάτωνος· ἐκεῖ γὰρ ὁ Σωκράτης φησὶ δεῖν κοινὰ τὰ τέκνα καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας εἶναι καὶ τὰς κτήσεις. τοῦτο δὴ πότερον ὡς νῦν οὕτω βέλτιον ἔχειν, ἢ κατὰ τὸν ἐν τῇ Πολιτείᾳ γεγραμμένον νόμον;

    It is evident that sharing nothing is impossible. A constitution is a kind of community, and first of all the citizens must share a location: the location of 1261a a single city is one, and the citizens are sharers in that one city. But is it better for a city that is to be well run to share everything that can be shared, or is it better to share some things and not others? For the citizens could share children, women and property with one another, as in Plato’s Republic, where Socrates says that children, women and property should be held in common. Is it better as things are now, then, or according to the law described in the Republic?

    Too much unity

    Socrates’ aim of making the city as unified as possible would destroy it.

    ἔχει δὴ δυσχερείας ἄλλας τε πολλὰς τὸ πάντων εἶναι τὰς γυναῖκας κοινάς, καὶ δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν φησὶ δεῖν νενομοθετῆσθαι τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον ὁ Σωκράτης, οὐ φαίνεται συμβαῖνον ἐκ τῶν λόγων. ἔτι δὲ πρός, τὸ τέλος ὅ φησι τῇ πόλει δεῖν ὑπάρχειν, ὡς μὲν εἴρηται νῦν, ἀδύνατον, πῶς δὲ δεῖ διελεῖν, οὐδὲν διώρισται. λέγω δὲ τὸ μίαν εἶναι τὴν πόλιν ὡς ἄριστον ὂν ὅτι μάλιστα πᾶσαν· λαμβάνει γὰρ ταύτην ⟨τὴν⟩ ὑπόθεσιν ὁ Σωκράτης.

    Having the women common to all involves many difficulties. In particular, the reason Socrates gives for why it should be legislated in this way does not evidently follow from his arguments. Moreover, the end he says the city should have is impossible as he now states it, and he has not specified how it ought to be interpreted. I mean the idea that it is best for the whole city to be as much one as possible, since Socrates takes this as his premise.

    καίτοι φανερόν ἐστιν ὡς προϊοῦσα καὶ γινομένη μία μᾶλλον οὐδὲ πόλις ἔσται· πλῆθος γάρ τι τὴν φύσιν ἐστὶν ἡ πόλις, γινομένη τε μία μᾶλλον οἰκία μὲν ἐκ πόλεως ἄνθρωπος δ’ ἐξ οἰκίας ἔσται· μᾶλλον γὰρ μίαν τὴν οἰκίαν τῆς πόλεως φαίημεν ἄν, καὶ τὸν ἕνα τῆς οἰκίας· ὥστ’ εἰ καὶ δυνατός τις εἴη τοῦτο δρᾶν, οὐ ποιητέον· ἀναιρήσει γὰρ τὴν πόλιν.

    Yet it is evident that if a city goes on becoming more and more one, it will no longer be a city at all. For a city is by nature a kind of multitude, and as it becomes more one it will turn from a city into a household, and from a household into a single human being—for we would say that a household is more one than a city, and a single person more one than a household. So even if someone were able to do this, it should not be done, since it would destroy the city.

    οὐ μόνον δ’ ἐκ πλειόνων ἀνθρώπων ἐστὶν ἡ πόλις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ εἴδει διαφερόντων. οὐ γὰρ γίνεται πόλις ἐξ ὁμοίων. ἕτερον γὰρ συμμαχία καὶ πόλις· τὸ μὲν γὰρ τῷ ποσῷ χρήσιμον, κἂν ᾖ τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ εἴδει (βοηθείας γὰρ χάριν ἡ συμμαχία πέφυκεν), ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ σταθμὸς πλεῖον ἑλκύσειε, ἐξ ὧν δὲ δεῖ ἓν γενέσθαι εἴδει διαφέρειν (διοίσει δὲ τῷ τοιούτῳ καὶ πόλις ἔθνους, ὅταν μὴ κατὰ κώμας ὦσι κεχωρισμένοι τὸ πλῆθος, ἀλλ’ οἷον Ἀρκάδες). διόπερ τὸ ἴσον τὸ ἀντιπεπονθὸς σῴζει τὰς πόλεις, ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς Ἠθικοῖς εἴρηται πρότερον· ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐλευθέροις καὶ ἴσοις ἀνάγκη τοῦτ’ εἶναι· ἅμα γὰρ οὐχ οἷόν τε πάντας ἄρχειν, ἀλλ’ ἢ κατ’ ἐνιαυτὸν ἢ κατά τινα ἄλλην τάξιν [ἢ] χρόνου.

    A city is made up not only of a number of human beings but of human beings who differ in kind: a city does not come from people who are alike. A military alliance and a city are different things. An alliance is useful by virtue of its size, even if its members are the same in kind, since an alliance exists by nature for mutual help—just as a heavier weight pulls the scale further down. But the things from which a unity is to come must differ in kind. (This is also how a city will differ from a people, when its population is not scattered in villages but lives like the Arcadians.) That is why reciprocal equality preserves cities, as was said earlier in the Ethics. This must exist even among people who are free and equal, since they cannot all rule at once, but must rule for a year or some other fixed period of time.

    The Arcadians of the central Peloponnese lived in scattered communities loosely linked as a people rather than in a single city.

    καὶ συμβαίνει δὴ τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον ὥστε πάντας ἄρχειν, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ μετέβαλλον οἱ σκυτεῖς καὶ οἱ τέκτονες καὶ μὴ ἀεὶ οἱ αὐτοὶ σκυτοτόμοι καὶ τέκτονες ἦσαν. ἐπεὶ δὲ βέλτιον οὕτως ἔχει καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν κοινωνίαν τὴν πολιτικήν, δῆλον ὡς τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἀεὶ βέλτιον ἄρχειν, εἰ δυνατόν, ἐν οἷς δὲ μὴ δυνατὸν διὰ τὸ τὴν 1261b φύσιν ἴσους εἶναι πάντας, ἅμα δὲ καὶ δίκαιον, εἴτ’ ἀγαθὸν εἴτε φαῦλον τὸ ἄρχειν. πάντας αὐτοῦ μετέχειν, τοῦτό γε μιμεῖται τὸ ἐν μέρει τοὺς ἴσους εἴκειν τό ἀνομοίους εἶναι ἔξω ἀρχῆς· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄρχουσιν οἱ δ’ ἄρχονται κατὰ μέρος ὥσπερ ἂν ἄλλοι γενόμενοι. τὸν αὐτὸν δὴ τρόπον ἀρχόντων ἕτεροι ἑτέρας ἄρχουσιν ἀρχάς.

    In this way it turns out that all rule, just as if shoemakers and carpenters changed places, and the same people were not always shoemakers and carpenters. Since it is better for things to be like this in political communities too, it is clearly better for the same people always to rule, if possible. But where this is not possible because 1261b all are equal by nature—and where it is also just for all to share in ruling, whether ruling is a good thing or a bad one—then those who are equal taking turns to give way imitates the original inequality: some rule and others are ruled in turn, as if they had become different people. And in the same way, among those who rule, different people hold different offices.

    φανερὸν τοίνυν ἐκ τούτων ὡς οὔτε πέφυκε μίαν οὕτως εἶναι τὴν πόλιν ὥσπερ λέγουσί τινες, καὶ τὸ λεχθὲν ὡς μέγιστον ἀγαθὸν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ὅτι τὰς πόλεις ἀναιρεῖ· καίτοι τό γε ἑκάστου ἀγαθὸν σῴζει ἕκαστον. ἔστι δὲ καὶ κατ’ ἄλλον τρόπον φανερὸν ὅτι τὸ λίαν ἑνοῦν ζητεῖν τὴν πόλιν οὐκ ἔστιν ἄμεινον. οἰκία μὲν γὰρ αὐταρκέστερον ἑνός, πόλις δ’ οἰκίας, καὶ βούλεταί γ’ ἤδη τότε εἶναι πόλις ὅταν αὐτάρκη συμβαίνῃ τὴν κοινωνίαν εἶναι τοῦ πλήθους· εἴπερ οὖν αἱρετώτερον τὸ αὐταρκέστερον, καὶ τὸ ἧττον ἓν τοῦ μᾶλλον αἱρετώτερον.

    It is evident from this, then, that the city is not by nature one in the way some people say, and that what was said to be the greatest good in cities actually destroys them—yet the good of each thing preserves it. It is evident in another way too that seeking to unify the city excessively is not better. A household is more self-sufficient than one person, and a city than a household, and a city tends to be a city only once the community of its population is self-sufficient. If, then, what is more self-sufficient is more choiceworthy, what is less one is more choiceworthy than what is more one.

    Common wives and children

    Sharing women and children would weaken care and affection rather than create unity.

    ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδ’ εἰ τοῦτο ἄριστόν ἐστι, τὸ μίαν ὅτι μάλιστ’ εἶναι τὴν κοινωνίαν, οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀποδείκνυσθαι φαίνεται κατὰ τὸν λόγον, ἐὰν πάντες ἅμα λέγωσι τὸ ἐμὸν καὶ τὸ μὴ ἐμόν· τοῦτο γὰρ οἴεται ὁ Σωκράτης σημεῖον εἶναι τοῦ τὴν πόλιν τελέως εἶναι μίαν. τὸ γὰρ πάντες διττόν. εἰ μὲν οὖν ὡς ἕκαστος, τάχ’ ἂν εἴη μᾶλλον ὃ βούλεται ποιεῖν ὁ Σωκράτης (ἕκαστος γὰρ υἱὸν ἑαυτοῦ φήσει τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ γυναῖκα δὴ τὴν αὐτήν, καὶ περὶ τῆς οὐσίας καὶ περὶ ἑκάστου δὴ τῶν συμβαινόντων ὡσαύτως)· νῦν δ’ οὐχ οὕτως φήσουσιν οἱ κοιναῖς χρώμενοι ταῖς γυναιξὶ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις, ἀλλὰ πάντες μέν, οὐχ ὡς ἕκαστος δ’ αὐτῶν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν πάντες μέν, οὐχ ὡς ἕκαστος δ’ αὐτῶν.

    But even if it is best for the community to be as much one as possible, this does not appear to be demonstrated by the argument that the city is one if all say “mine” and “not mine” at the same time—which Socrates thinks is a sign that the city is completely one. For “all” has two senses. If it means each individually, perhaps this would come closer to what Socrates wants to achieve: each will call the same boy his son and the same woman his wife, and will speak in the same way of property and of everything that happens. But this is not how people with women and children in common will speak. They will all say it, but not each of them individually; and similarly with property, all will say it, but not each of them individually.

    ὅτι μὲν τοίνυν παραλογισμός τίς ἐστι τὸ λέγειν πάντας, φανερόν (τὸ γὰρ πάντες καὶ ἀμφότεροι, καὶ περιττὰ καὶ ἄρτια, διὰ τὸ διττὸν καὶ ἐν τοῖς λόγοις ἐριστικοὺς ποιεῖ συλλογισμούς· διό ἐστι τὸ πάντας τὸ αὐτὸ λέγειν ὡδὶ μὲν καλὸν ἀλλ’ οὐ δυνατόν, ὡδὶ δ’ οὐδὲν ὁμονοητικόν)· πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἑτέραν ἔχει βλάβην τὸ λεγόμενον. ἥκιστα γὰρ ἐπιμελείας τυγχάνει τὸ πλείστων κοινόν· τῶν γὰρ ἰδίων μάλιστα φροντίζουσιν, τῶν δὲ κοινῶν ἧττον, ἢ ὅσον ἑκάστῳ ἐπιβάλλει· πρὸς γὰρ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὡς ἑτέρου φροντίζοντος ὀλιγωροῦσι μᾶλλον, ὥσπερ ἐν ταῖς οἰκετικαῖς διακονίαις οἱ πολλοὶ θεράποντες ἐνίοτε χεῖρον ὑπηρετοῦσι τῶν ἐλαττόνων. γίνονται δ’ ἑκάστῳ χίλιοι τῶν πολιτῶν υἱοί, καὶ οὗτοι οὐχ ὡς ἑκάστου, ἀλλὰ τοῦ τυχόντος ὁ τυχὼν 1262a ὁμοίως ἐστὶν υἱός· ὥστε πάντες ὁμοίως ὀλιγωρήσουσιν.

    It is evident, then, that there is a fallacy in saying “all.” For “all,” “both,” “odd” and “even,” because of their double meaning, give rise to contentious arguments even in discussion. So for all to say the same thing is in one sense fine but impossible, and in the other sense does nothing for harmony. Besides, what is proposed has another drawback. What is shared by the most people receives the least care. People care most for what is their own, and less for what is common, or only as much as falls to each of them. Among other things, they neglect it more because they think someone else is looking after it—just as in household service many servants sometimes serve worse than fewer. Each citizen will have a thousand sons, and these will not be sons of each individually; any son will be equally the son of anyone 1262a whatever. So all will neglect them equally.

    ἔτι οὕτως ἕκαστος ἐμὸς λέγει τὸν εὖ πράττοντα τῶν πολιτῶν ἢ κακῶς, ὁπόστος τυγχάνει τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὤν, οἷον ἐμὸς ἢ τοῦ δεῖνος, τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον λέγων καθ’ ἕκαστον τῶν χιλίων, ἢ ὅσων ἡ πόλις ἐστί, καὶ τοῦτο διστάζων· ἄδηλον γὰρ ᾧ συνέβη γενέσθαι τέκνον καὶ σωθῆναι γενόμενον. καίτοι πότερον οὕτω κρεῖττον τὸ ἐμὸν λέγειν ἕκαστον, τὸ αὐτὸ ἐμὸν προσαγορεύοντα δισχιλίων καὶ μυρίων, ἢ μᾶλλον ὡς νῦν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι τὸ ἐμὸν λέγουσιν; ὁ μὲν γὰρ υἱὸν αὑτοῦ ὁ δὲ ἀδελφὸν αὑτοῦ προσαγορεύει τὸν αὐτόν, ὁ δ’ ἀνεψιόν, ἢ κατ’ ἄλλην τινὰ συγγένειαν [ἢ] πρὸς αἵματος ἢ κατ’ οἰκειότητα καὶ κηδείαν αὑτοῦ πρῶτον ἢ τῶν αὑτοῦ, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἕτερος φράτορα φυλέτην. κρεῖττον γὰρ ἴδιον ἀνεψιὸν εἶναι ἢ τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον υἱόν.

    Further, each person says “mine” of any citizen who is doing well or badly only in the sense of being one of however many there are: he says “mine” or “so-and-so’s,” speaking this way of each of the thousand, or however many the city has—and even then he says it with doubt, since it is unclear who happened to have a child, and whether it survived once born. Yet is it better for each to say “mine” in this way, applying the same word to two thousand or ten thousand people, or rather in the way people now say “mine” in cities? Now one man calls someone his son, another calls the same person his brother, another his cousin, or some other relative by blood, or by kinship and marriage, whether his own or that of his relatives; and besides these, someone else calls him a fellow member of his phratry or tribe. It is better to be someone’s own cousin than a son in that way.

    A phratry (“brotherhood”) was a hereditary association of families; phratries and tribes were subdivisions of the citizen body.

    οὐ μὴν ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ διαφυγεῖν δυνατὸν τὸ μή τινας ὑπολαμβάνειν ἑαυτῶν ἀδελφούς τε καὶ παῖδας καὶ πατέρας καὶ μητέρας· κατὰ γὰρ τὰς ὁμοιότητας αἳ γίνονται τοῖς τέκνοις πρὸς τοὺς γεννήσαντας ἀναγκαῖον λαμβάνειν περὶ ἀλλήλων τὰς πίστεις. ὅπερ φασὶ καὶ συμβαίνειν τινὲς τῶν τὰς τῆς γῆς περιόδους πραγματευομένων· εἶναι γάρ τισι τῶν ἄνω Λιβύων κοινὰς τὰς γυναῖκας, τὰ μέντοι γινόμενα τέκνα διαιρεῖσθαι κατὰ τὰς ὁμοιότητας. εἰσὶ δέ τινες καὶ γυναῖκες καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων, οἷον ἵπποι καὶ βόες, αἳ σφόδρα πεφύκασιν ὅμοια ἀποδιδόναι τὰ τέκνα τοῖς γονεῦσιν, ὥσπερ ἡ ἐν Φαρσάλῳ κληθεῖσα Δικαία ἵππος.

    And it is not possible to avoid people supposing that certain others are their brothers, children, fathers and mothers. They will inevitably come to believe things about one another from the resemblances that children bear to their parents. Some of those who write accounts of journeys around the world say this actually happens: among some of the peoples of inland Libya, the women are held in common, but the children who are born are assigned according to their resemblances. And there are some females, both women and those of other animals such as horses and cattle, who have a strong natural tendency to produce offspring resembling their parents, like the mare at Pharsalus called “Just.”

    Pharsalus was a town in Thessaly; the mare was named “Just” because her foals faithfully resembled their sires.

    The dangers of common families

    Common families would invite offenses against unrecognized kin and dilute friendship.

    ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὰς τοιαύτας δυσχερείας οὐ ῥᾴδιον εὐλαβηθῆναι τοῖς ταύτην κατασκευάζουσι τὴν κοινωνίαν, οἷον αἰκίας καὶ φόνους ἀκουσίους τοὺς δὲ ἑκουσίους, καὶ μάχας καὶ λοιδορίας· ὧν οὐδὲν ὅσιόν ἐστι γίνεσθαι πρὸς πατέρας καὶ μητέρας καὶ τοὺς μὴ πόρρω τῆς συγγενείας ὄντας, ὥσπερ πρὸς τοὺς ἄπωθεν· ἃ καὶ πλεῖον συμβαίνειν ἀναγκαῖον ἀγνοούντων ἢ γνωριζόντων, καὶ γενομένων τῶν μὲν γνωριζομένων ἐνδέχεται τὰς νομιζομένας γίνεσθαι λύσεις, τῶν δὲ μή, οὐδεμίαν. ἄτοπον δὲ καὶ τὸ κοινοὺς ποιήσαντα τοὺς υἱοὺς τὸ συνεῖναι μόνον ἀφελεῖν τῶν ἐρώντων, τὸ δ’ ἐρᾶν μὴ κωλῦσαι, μηδὲ τὰς χρήσεις τὰς ἄλλας ἃς πατρὶ πρὸς υἱὸν εἶναι πάντων ἐστὶν ἀπρεπέστατον καὶ ἀδελφῷ πρὸς ἀδελφόν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ ἐρᾶν μόνον.

    Further, those who set up this kind of community cannot easily guard against such harms as assaults and killings, some involuntary and some voluntary, and fights and verbal abuse. None of these is holy when committed against fathers, mothers and close relatives, as it is not against those more remote. And they are bound to happen more often when people do not know their relationship than when they do; and when they do happen, those who know can perform the customary expiations, while those who do not can perform none. It is also strange that, having made sons common, he forbids only sexual intercourse between lovers, but does not prohibit love itself, or the other intimacies that are most improper of all between father and son, or between brother and brother—since even love alone is improper.

    ἄτοπον δὲ καὶ τὸ τὴν συνουσίαν ἀφελεῖν δι’ ἄλλην μὲν αἰτίαν μηδεμίαν, ὡς λίαν δὲ ἰσχυρᾶς τῆς ἡδονῆς γινομένης, ὅτι δ’ ὁ μὲν πατὴρ ἢ υἱός, οἱ δ’ ἀδελφοὶ ἀλλήλων, μηδὲν οἴεσθαι διαφέρειν.

    It is strange too that he forbids intercourse for no other reason than that the pleasure is too intense, while thinking it makes no difference that the two are father and son, or brothers of one another.

    ἔοικε δὲ μᾶλλον τοῖς γεωργοῖς εἶναι χρήσιμον τὸ κοινὰς εἶναι τὰς γυναῖκας καὶ τοὺς παῖδας 1262b ἢ τοῖς φύλαξιν· ἧττον γὰρ ἔσται φιλία κοινῶν ὄντων τῶν τέκνων καὶ τῶν γυναικῶν, δεῖ δὲ τοιούτους εἶναι τοὺς ἀρχομένους πρὸς τὸ πειθαρχεῖν καὶ μὴ νεωτερίζειν. ὅλως δὲ συμβαίνειν ἀνάγκη τοὐναντίον διὰ τὸν τοιοῦτον νόμον ὧν προσήκει τοὺς ὀρθῶς κειμένους νόμους αἰτίους γίνεσθαι, καὶ δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν ὁ Σωκράτης οὕτως οἴεται δεῖν τάττειν τὰ περὶ τὰ τέκνα καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας.

    Having women and children in common seems to be more useful for the farmers than 1262b for the guardians. For there will be less friendship when children and women are held in common, and that is how the ruled ought to be, so that they obey and do not attempt revolution. In general, such a law is bound to produce the opposite of what rightly laid-down laws should bring about, and the opposite of the reason why Socrates thinks the matter of children and women should be arranged in this way.

    φιλίαν τε γὰρ οἰόμεθα μέγιστον εἶναι τῶν ἀγαθῶν ταῖς πόλεσιν (οὕτως γὰρ ἂν ἥκιστα στασιάζοιεν), καὶ τὸ μίαν εἶναι τὴν πόλιν ἐπαινεῖ μάλισθ’ ὁ Σωκράτης, ὃ καὶ δοκεῖ κἀκεῖνος εἶναί φησι τῆς φιλίας ἔργον, καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς ἐρωτικοῖς λόγοις ἴσμεν λέγοντα τὸν Ἀριστοφάνην ὡς τῶν ἐρώντων διὰ τὸ σφόδρα φιλεῖν ἐπιθυμούντων συμφῦναι καὶ γενέσθαι ἐκ δύο ὄντων ἀμφοτέρους ἕνα· ἐνταῦθα μὲν οὖν ἀνάγκη ἀμφοτέρους ἐφθάρθαι ἢ τὸν ἕνα, ἐν δὲ τῇ πόλει τὴν φιλίαν ἀναγκαῖον ὑδαρῆ γίνεσθαι διὰ τὴν κοινωνίαν τὴν τοιαύτην, καὶ ἥκιστα λέγειν τὸν ἐμὸν ἢ υἱὸν πατέρα ἢ πατέρα υἱόν.

    For we think friendship is the greatest good for cities, since it makes them least likely to fall into civil strife; and Socrates praises the unity of the city above all, which he, like everyone, takes to be the work of friendship. So we know that in the discussion of love Aristophanes says that lovers, because of the intensity of their affection, long to grow together and become one instead of two. In that case both, or one of them, would necessarily be destroyed. But in the city, friendship is bound to become watery because of such a community, and a son will be least likely to say “my father,” or a father “my son.”

    In Plato’s Symposium, the comic poet Aristophanes tells a myth of lovers as halves of a split being who long to be joined again. “Civil strife” renders stasis, conflict between factions within a city, often ending in bloodshed or revolution.

    ὥσπερ γὰρ μικρὸν γλυκὺ εἰς πολὺ ὕδωρ μειχθὲν ἀναίσθητον ποιεῖ τὴν κρᾶσιν, οὕτω συμβαίνει καὶ τὴν οἰκειότητα τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀνομάτων τούτων, διαφροντίζειν ἥκιστα ἀναγκαῖον ὂν ἐν τῇ πολιτείᾳ τῇ τοιαύτῃ ἢ πατέρα ὡς υἱῶν ἢ υἱὸν ὡς πατρός, ἢ ὡς ἀδελφοὺς ἀλλήλων. δύο γάρ ἐστιν ἃ μάλιστα ποιεῖ κήδεσθαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ φιλεῖν, τό τε ἴδιον καὶ τὸ ἀγαπητόν· ὧν οὐδέτερον οἷόν τε ὑπάρχειν τοῖς οὕτω πολιτευομένοις. ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ περὶ τοῦ μεταφέρειν τὰ γινόμενα τέκνα, τὰ μὲν ἐκ τῶν γεωργῶν καὶ τεχνιτῶν εἰς τοὺς φύλακας, τὰ δ’ ἐκ τούτων εἰς ἐκείνους, πολλὴν ἔχει ταραχὴν τίνα ἔσται τρόπον· καὶ γινώσκειν ἀναγκαῖον τοὺς διδόντας καὶ μεταφέροντας τίσι τίνας διδόασιν.

    Just as a little sweet wine mixed into a lot of water makes the mixture imperceptible, so it turns out with the sense of kinship toward one another that these names convey: in such a constitution, there is the least necessity for a father to care for his sons, or a son for his father, or brothers for one another. For there are two things that most make people care and feel affection: that something is their own, and that it is precious to them. Neither can exist for those governed in this way. Moreover, there is a great deal of confusion about how the transfer of children will happen—moving those born among the farmers and craftsmen to the guardians, and those born among the guardians to the others. Those who hand them over and transfer them must know who is given to whom.

    ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὰ πάλαι λεχθέντα μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τούτων ἀναγκαῖον συμβαίνειν, οἷον αἰκίας ἔρωτας φόνους· οὐ γὰρ ἔτι προσαγορεύσουσιν ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τέκνα καὶ πατέρας καὶ μητέρας οἵ τε εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους πολίτας δοθέντες τοὺς φύλακας καὶ πάλιν οἱ παρὰ τοῖς φύλαξιν τοὺς ἄλλους πολίτας, ὥστ’ εὐλαβεῖσθαι τῶν τοιούτων τι πράττειν διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν.

    Further, the things mentioned earlier—assaults, love affairs, killings—are bound to happen even more with these people. For those given to the other citizens will no longer call the guardians brothers, children, fathers and mothers, nor will those placed with the guardians call the other citizens so, and so be careful not to do any such thing because of their kinship.

    περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς περὶ τὰ τέκνα καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας κοινωνίας διωρίσθω τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον.

    So let this be our conclusion about the community of children and women.

    Common property

    Property should be private in ownership but common in use; the Republic has further flaws.

    ἐχόμενον δὲ τούτων ἐστὶν ἐπισκέψασθαι περὶ τῆς κτήσεως, τίνα τρόπον δεῖ κατασκευάζεσθαι τοῖς μέλλουσι πολιτεύεσθαι τὴν ἀρίστην πολιτείαν, πότερον κοινὴν ἢ μὴ κοινὴν εἶναι τὴν κτῆσιν. τοῦτο δ’ ἄν τις καὶ χωρὶς σκέψαιτο ἀπὸ τῶν περὶ τὰ τέκνα καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας νενομοθετημένων, λέγω 1263a δὲ τὰ περὶ τὴν κτῆσιν πότερον κἂν ᾖ ἐκεῖνα χωρίς, καθ’ ὃν νῦν τρόπον ἔχει πᾶσι, τάς γε κτήσεις κοινὰς εἶναι βέλτιον καὶ τὰς χρήσεις, οἷον τὰ μὲν γήπεδα χωρίς, τοὺς δὲ καρποὺς εἰς τὸ κοινὸν φέροντας ἀναλίσκειν (ὅπερ ἔνια ποιεῖ τῶν ἐθνῶν), ἢ τοὐναντίον τὴν μὲν γῆν κοινὴν εἶναι καὶ γεωργεῖν κοινῇ, τοὺς δὲ καρποὺς διαιρεῖσθαι πρὸς τὰς ἰδίας χρήσεις (λέγονται δέ τινες καὶ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον κοινωνεῖν τῶν βαρβάρων), ἢ καὶ τὰ γήπεδα καὶ τοὺς καρποὺς κοινούς.

    Next we must consider property: how should it be arranged for those who are to live under the best constitution—should property be common or not? This question could be considered separately from the laws about children and women. I mean, 1263a regarding property, even if children and women are held separately, as they are now everywhere, whether it is better for property, or its use, to be common. For example, the plots of land might be held separately, while the crops are brought into a common store and consumed (as some peoples do); or, on the contrary, the land might be common and farmed in common, while the crops are divided for private use (some non-Greeks are said to share things in this way too); or both the plots of land and the crops might be common.

    ἑτέρων μὲν οὖν ὄντων τῶν γεωργούντων ἄλλος ἂν εἴη τρόπος καὶ ῥᾴων, αὐτῶν δ’ αὑτοῖς διαπονούντων τὰ περὶ τὰς κτήσεις πλείους ἂν παρέχοι δυσκολίας. καὶ γὰρ ἐν ταῖς ἀπολαύσεσι καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις μὴ γινομένων ἴσων ἀλλ’ ἀνίσων ἀναγκαῖον ἐγκλήματα γίνεσθαι πρὸς τοὺς ἀπολαύοντας μὲν ἢ λαμβάνοντας πολλά, ὀλίγα δὲ πονοῦντας, τοῖς ἐλάττω μὲν λαμβάνουσι, πλείω δὲ πονοῦσιν. ὅλως δὲ τὸ συζῆν καὶ κοινωνεῖν τῶν ἀνθρωπικῶν πάντων χαλεπόν, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν τοιούτων. δηλοῦσι δ’ αἱ τῶν συναποδήμων κοινωνίαι· σχεδὸν γὰρ οἱ πλεῖστοι διαφέρονται ἐκ τῶν ἐν ποσὶ καὶ ἐκ μικρῶν προσκρούοντες ἀλλήλοις. ἔτι δὲ τῶν θεραπόντων τούτοις μάλιστα προσκρούομεν οἷς πλεῖστα προσχρώμεθα πρὸς τὰς διακονίας τὰς ἐγκυκλίους.

    If the land is farmed by others, the situation would be different and easier. But if the citizens labor for themselves, arrangements about property would cause more trouble. For if people are not equal but unequal in what they enjoy and in what they do, complaints are bound to arise against those who enjoy or take a lot while working little, from those who take less and work more. In general, living together and sharing in any human affairs is difficult, and especially in things like these. Partnerships of fellow travelers show this: most of them quarrel, clashing with one another over everyday things and trifles. Again, among servants, we clash most with those we use most for routine services.

    τὸ μὲν οὖν κοινὰς εἶναι τὰς κτήσεις ταύτας τε καὶ ἄλλας τοιαύτας ἔχει δυσχερείας, ὃν δὲ νῦν τρόπον ἔχει καὶ ἐπικοσμηθὲν ἔθεσι καὶ τάξει νόμων ὀρθῶν, οὐ μικρὸν ἂν διενέγκαι. ἕξει γὰρ τὸ ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων ἀγαθόν· λέγω δὲ τὸ ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων τὸ ἐκ τοῦ κοινὰς εἶναι τὰς κτήσεις καὶ τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίας. δεῖ γὰρ πὼς μὲν εἶναι κοινάς, ὅλως δ’ ἰδίας. αἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπιμέλειαι διῃρημέναι τὰ ἐγκλήματα πρὸς ἀλλήλους οὐ ποιήσουσιν, μᾶλλον δ’ ἐπιδώσουσιν ὡς πρὸς ἴδιον ἑκάστου προσεδρεύοντος· δι’ ἀρετὴν δ’ ἔσται πρὸς τὸ χρῆσθαι, κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν, κοινὰ τὰ φίλων.

    Holding property in common, then, has these and other such difficulties. The present arrangement, if improved by good habits and an order of right laws, would be much better. It would have the good of both—I mean the good of property being common and the good of its being private. For property should be common in a way, but private in general. When the care of property is divided, people will not complain against one another, but will rather make more progress, since each will be attending to his own; while because of excellence, when it comes to use, it will be as the proverb says: “Friends share what they have.”

    ἔστι δὲ καὶ νῦν τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον ἐν ἐνίαις πόλεσιν οὕτως ὑπογεγραμμένον, ὡς οὐκ ὂν ἀδύνατον, καὶ μάλιστα ἐν ταῖς καλῶς οἰκουμέναις τὰ μὲν ἔστι τὰ δὲ γένοιτ’ ἄν· ἰδίαν γὰρ ἕκαστος τὴν κτῆσιν ἔχων τὰ μὲν χρήσιμα ποιεῖ τοῖς φίλοις, τοῖς δὲ χρῆται κοινοῖς, οἷον καὶ ἐν Λακεδαίμονι τοῖς τε δούλοις χρῶνται τοῖς ἀλλήλων ὡς εἰπεῖν ἰδίοις, ἔτι δ’ ἵπποις καὶ κυσίν, κἂν δεηθῶσιν ἐφοδίων ἐν τοῖς ἀγροῖς κατὰ τὴν χώραν. φανερὸν τοίνυν ὅτι βέλτιον εἶναι μὲν ἰδίας τὰς κτήσεις, τῇ δὲ χρήσει ποιεῖν κοινάς· ὅπως δὲ γίνωνται τοιοῦτοι, τοῦ νομοθέτου τοῦτ’ ἔργον ἴδιόν ἐστιν. ἔτι δὲ καὶ πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἀμύθητον ὅσον διαφέρει τὸ νομίζειν ἴδιόν τι. μὴ γὰρ οὐ μάτην τὴν πρὸς 1263b αὑτὸν αὐτὸς ἔχει φιλίαν ἕκαστος, ἀλλ’ ἔστι τοῦτο φυσικόν.

    Even now this arrangement exists in outline in some cities, which shows it is not impossible; and especially in well-governed cities, parts of it are already in place and parts could come about. Each person has his own property, but he makes some of it available to his friends and uses some of theirs as common. In Sparta, for instance, people use one another’s slaves as practically their own, and horses and dogs too, and if they need provisions on a journey they take them from the fields anywhere in the countryside. It is clear, then, that it is better for property to be privately owned but to make it common in use; and seeing to it that citizens become people of this kind is the lawgiver’s own special task. Further, where pleasure is concerned, it makes an untold difference to regard something as one’s own. It is surely not for nothing that each person has love 1263b for himself: this is natural.

    τὸ δὲ φίλαυτον εἶναι ψέγεται δικαίως· οὐκ ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο τὸ φιλεῖν ἑαυτόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ μᾶλλον ἢ δεῖ φιλεῖν, καθάπερ καὶ τὸ φιλοχρήματον, ἐπεὶ φιλοῦσί γε πάντες ὡς εἰπεῖν ἕκαστον τῶν τοιούτων. ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τὸ χαρίσασθαι καὶ βοηθῆσαι φίλοις ἢ ξένοις ἢ ἑταίροις ἥδιστον· ὃ γίνεται τῆς κτήσεως ἰδίας οὔσης. ταῦτά τε δὴ οὐ συμβαίνει τοῖς λίαν ἓν ποιοῦσι τὴν πόλιν, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ἀναιροῦσιν ἔργα δυοῖν ἀρεταῖν φανερῶς, σωφροσύνης μὲν τὸ περὶ τὰς γυναῖκας (ἔργον γὰρ καλὸν ἀλλοτρίας οὔσης ἀπέχεσθαι διὰ σωφροσύνην), ἐλευθεριότητος δὲ τὸ περὶ τὰς κτήσεις· οὔτε γὰρ ἔσται φανερὸς ἐλευθέριος ὤν, οὔτε πράξει πρᾶξιν ἐλευθέριον οὐδεμίαν· ἐν τῇ γὰρ χρήσει τῶν κτημάτων τὸ τῆς ἐλευθεριότητος ἔργον ἐστίν.

    Being selfish is rightly blamed; but that is not loving oneself, it is loving oneself more than one should—just as with loving money, since practically everyone loves each of these things. Again, doing favors for friends, guests, or companions and helping them out is a great pleasure, and this happens when property is private. These things, then, do not come about for those who make the city excessively one. Besides that, they plainly do away with the work of two excellences: moderation with regard to women (for it is a fine act to keep away, out of moderation, from a woman who belongs to another), and generosity with regard to property. No one will be seen to be generous, or do a single generous act, since the work of generosity lies in the use of possessions.

    εὐπρόσωπος μὲν οὖν ἡ τοιαύτη νομοθεσία καὶ φιλάνθρωπος ἂν εἶναι δόξειεν· ὁ γὰρ ἀκροώμενος ἄσμενος ἀποδέχεται, νομίζων ἔσεσθαι φιλίαν τινὰ θαυμαστὴν πᾶσι πρὸς ἅπαντας, ἄλλως τε καὶ ὅταν κατηγορῇ τις τῶν νῦν ὑπαρχόντων ἐν ταῖς πολιτείαις κακῶν ὡς γινομένων διὰ τὸ μὴ κοινὴν εἶναι τὴν οὐσίαν, λέγω δὲ δίκας τε πρὸς ἀλλήλους περὶ συμβολαίων καὶ ψευδομαρτυριῶν κρίσεις καὶ πλουσίων κολακείας· ὧν οὐδὲν γίνεται διὰ τὴν ἀκοινωνησίαν ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν μοχθηρίαν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τοὺς κοινὰ κεκτημένους καὶ κοινωνοῦντας πολλῷ διαφερομένους μᾶλλον ὁρῶμεν ἢ τοὺς χωρὶς τὰς οὐσίας ἔχοντας· ἀλλὰ θεωροῦμεν ὀλίγους τοὺς ἐκ τῶν κοινωνιῶν διαφερομένους, πρὸς πολλοὺς συμβάλλοντες τοὺς κεκτημένους ἰδίᾳ τὰς κτήσεις. ἔτι δὲ δίκαιοιν μὴ μόνον λέγειν ὅσων στερήσονται κακῶν κοινωνήσαντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσων ἀγαθῶν· φαίνεται δ’ εἶναι πάμπαν ἀδύνατος ὁ βίος.

    Legislation of this kind, then, looks attractive and might seem humane. The listener welcomes it gladly, imagining that there will be some wonderful friendship of everyone toward everyone—especially when someone blames the evils now found in constitutions on property not being held in common. I mean lawsuits against one another over contracts, trials for perjury, and the flattering of the rich. None of these arises from the lack of common ownership; they arise from wickedness. In fact we see people who own and share things in common quarrelling far more than those who hold their property separately; it is just that we notice few people falling out over joint ownership, because we are comparing them with the many who own their property privately. Further, it is only fair to state not just how many evils people will be spared by sharing, but also how many good things they will lose; and that life appears to be altogether impossible.

    αἴτιον δὲ τῷ Σωκράτει τῆς παρακρούσεως χρὴ νομίζειν τὴν ὑπόθεσιν οὐκ οὖσαν ὀρθήν. δεῖ μὲν γὰρ εἶναί πως μίαν καὶ τὴν οἰκίαν καὶ τὴν πόλιν, ἀλλ’ οὐ πάντως. ἔστι μὲν γὰρ ὡς οὐκ ἔσται προϊοῦσα πόλις, ἔστι δ’ ὡς ἔσται μέν, ἐγγὺς δ’ οὖσα τοῦ μὴ πόλις εἶναι χείρων πόλις, ὥσπερ κἂν εἴ τις τὴν συμφωνίαν ποιήσειεν ὁμοφωνίαν ἢ τὸν ῥυθμὸν βάσιν μίαν. ἀλλὰ δεῖ πλῆθος ὄν, ὥσπερ εἴρηται πρότερον, διὰ τὴν παιδείαν κοινὴν καὶ μίαν ποιεῖν· καὶ τόν γε μέλλοντα παιδείαν εἰσάγειν καὶ νομίζοντα διὰ ταύτης ἔσεσθαι τὴν πόλιν σπουδαίαν ἄτοπον τοῖς τοιούτοις οἴεσθαι διορθοῦν, ἀλλὰ μὴ τοῖς ἔθεσι καὶ τῇ φιλοσοφίᾳ καὶ τοῖς νόμοις, ὥσπερ τὰ περὶ τὰς κτήσεις ἐν Λακεδαίμονι καὶ Κρήτῃ τοῖς συσσιτίοις ὁ 1264a νομοθέτης ἐκοίνωσε.

    We should consider the cause of Socrates’ error to be his premise, which is not correct. The household and the city must be one in a certain way, but not in every way. For there is a point at which, as it goes further, it will not be a city at all; and a point at which it will still be a city, but, being close to not being one, a worse city—just as if someone were to turn a harmony into a unison, or a rhythm into a single beat. Rather, since the city is a plurality, as was said before, it must be made common and one through education. And it is strange that someone who intends to introduce education, and who believes that the city will become excellent through it, should think he can set things right by measures like these, and not by habits, philosophy, and laws—the way in Sparta and Crete the 1264a lawgiver made property common through the common meals.

    The common meals (syssitia) were communal messes to which citizens contributed from their own resources; in Sparta, belonging to one was a condition of full citizenship.

    δεῖ δὲ μηδὲ τοῦτο αὐτὸ ἀγνοεῖν, ὅτι χρὴ προσέχειν τῷ πολλῷ χρόνῳ καὶ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἔτεσιν, ἐν οἷς οὐκ ἂν ἔλαθεν, εἰ ταῦτα καλῶς εἶχεν· πάντα γὰρ σχεδὸν εὕρηται μέν, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν οὐ συνῆκται, τοῖς δ’ οὐ χρῶνται γινώσκοντες. μάλιστα δ’ ἂν γένοιτο φανερὸν εἴ τις τοῖς ἔργοις ἴδοι τὴν τοιαύτην πολιτείαν κατασκευαζομένην· οὐ γὰρ δυνήσεται μὴ μερίζων αὐτὰ καὶ χωρίζων ποιῆσαι τὴν πόλιν, τὰ μὲν εἰς συσσίτια τὰ δὲ εἰς φατρίας καὶ φυλάς. ὥστε οὐδὲν ἄλλο συμβήσεται νενομοθετημένον πλὴν μὴ γεωργεῖν τοὺς φύλακας· ὅπερ καὶ νῦν Λακεδαιμόνιοι ποιεῖν ἐπιχειροῦσιν.

    Nor should we ignore this very point: we must pay attention to the long stretch of time, the many years, in which it would not have gone unnoticed if these arrangements were good. Practically everything has been discovered already; but some things have not been brought together, and others people know about but do not put to use. It would become especially clear if one saw such a constitution actually being set up. He will not be able to create the city without dividing and separating its members, some into common meals, others into brotherhoods and tribes. So nothing else will end up being legislated except that the guardians are not to farm—which is what the Spartans are trying to do even now.

    οὐ μὴν ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ ὁ τρόπος τῆς ὅλης πολιτείας τίς ἔσται τοῖς κοινωνοῦσιν, οὔτ’ εἴρηκεν ὁ Σωκράτης οὔτε ῥᾴδιον εἰπεῖν. καίτοι σχεδὸν τό γε πλῆθος τῆς πόλεως τὸ τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν γίνεται πλῆθος, περὶ ὧν οὐδὲν διώρισται, πότερον καὶ τοῖς γεωργοῖς κοινὰς εἶναι δεῖ τὰς κτήσεις ἢ καὶ καθ’ ἕκαστον ἰδίας, ἔτι δὲ καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ παῖδας ἰδίους ἢ κοινούς. εἰ μὲν γὰρ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον κοινὰ πάντα πάντων, τί διοίσουσιν οὗτοι ἐκείνων τῶν φυλάκων; ἢ τί πλεῖον αὐτοῖς ὑπομένουσι τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτῶν, ἢ τί μαθόντες ὑπομενοῦσι τὴν ἀρχήν, ἐὰν μή τι σοφίζωνται τοιοῦτον οἷον Κρῆτες; ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ τἆλλα ταὐτὰ τοῖς δούλοις ἐφέντες μόνον ἀπειρήκασι τὰ γυμνάσια καὶ τὴν τῶν ὅπλων κτῆσιν.

    Nor, for that matter, has Socrates said what form the constitution as a whole will take for those who share in it, and it is not easy to say. And yet the bulk of the city will pretty much consist of the bulk of the other citizens, about whom nothing has been settled: whether the farmers too should have their property in common or each privately, and further whether their wives and children should be private or common. If everything is common to all of them in the same way, how will they differ from the guardians? Or what more will they get for submitting to their rule? Or what will persuade them to submit to it—unless the guardians devise some trick like the Cretans? The Cretans allow their slaves everything else that they have themselves, and forbid them only the gymnasiums and the possession of arms.

    εἰ δέ, καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσι, καὶ παρ’ ἐκείνοις ἔσται τὰ τοιαῦτα, τίς ὁ τρόπος ἔσται τῆς κοινωνίας; ἐν μιᾷ γὰρ πόλει δύο πόλεις ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι, καὶ ταύτας ὑπεναντίας ἀλλήλαις. ποιεῖ γὰρ τοὺς μὲν φύλακας οἷον φρουρούς, τοὺς δὲ γεωργοὺς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πολίτας· ἐγκλήματα δὲ καὶ δίκαι, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα ταῖς πόλεσιν ὑπάρχειν φησὶ κακά, πάνθ’ ὑπάρξει καὶ τούτοις. καίτοι λέγει ὁ Σωκράτης ὡς οὐ πολλῶν δεήσονται νομίμων διὰ τὴν παιδείαν, οἷον ἀστυνομικῶν καὶ ἀγορανομικῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τοιούτων, ἀποδιδοὺς μόνον τὴν παιδείαν τοῖς φύλαξιν. ἔτι δὲ κυρίους ποιεῖ τῶν κτημάτων τοὺς γεωργοὺς ⟨τοὺς⟩ ἀποφορὰν φέροντας· ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον εἰκὸς εἶναι χαλεποὺς καὶ φρονημάτων πλήρεις, ἢ τὰς παρ’ ἐνίοις εἱλωτείας τε καὶ πενεστείας καὶ δουλείας.

    But if, as in other cities, these things are private among the farmers too, what form will the community take? There will inevitably be two cities in one, and these opposed to each other. For he makes the guardians a kind of garrison, and the farmers, craftsmen, and the rest the citizens. Accusations and lawsuits, and all the other evils he says exist in cities, will all exist among these people too. And yet Socrates says that thanks to their education they will not need many regulations—those on city management, on markets, and the like—even though he gives the education only to the guardians. Further, he makes the farmers the owners of their holdings, paying a share of the produce; but they are likely to be far more troublesome and full of pride than the helots, the penestae, and the slaves that some peoples have.

    The helots of Sparta and the penestae of Thessaly were subject populations bound to the land and made to work it for their masters.

    ἀλλὰ γὰρ εἴτ’ ἀναγκαῖα ταῦθ’ ὁμοίως εἴτε μή, νῦν γε οὐδὲν διώρισται. καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐχομένων τίς ἡ τούτων τε πολιτεία καὶ παιδεία καὶ νόμοι τίνες. ἔστι δ’ οὔθ’ εὑρεῖν ῥᾴδιον, οὔτε τὸ διαφέρον μικρὸν, τὸ ποιούς τινας εἶναιτούτους πρὸς τὸ σῴζεσθαι τὴν τῶν φυλάκων κοινωνίαν. ἀλλὰ 1264b μὴν εἴ γε τὰς μὲν γυναῖκας ποιήσει κοινὰς τὰς δὲ κτήσεις ἰδίας, τίς οἰκονομήσει ὥσπερ τὰ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀγρῶν οἱ ἄνδρες αὐτῶν—κἂν εἰ κοιναὶ αἱ κτήσεις καὶ αἱ τῶν γεωργῶν γυναῖκες; ἄτοπον δὲ καὶ τὸ ἐκ τῶν θηρίων ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν, ὅτι δεῖ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐπιτηδεύειν τὰς γυναῖκας τοῖς ἀνδράσιν, οἷς οἰκονομίας οὐδὲν μέτεστιν.

    Whether these matters are equally necessary or not, nothing at any rate has been settled so far; nor on the related questions of what their constitution, their education, and their laws are to be. It is not easy to work out, and it makes no small difference, what sort of people these must be if the community of the guardians is to be preserved. But 1264b if he makes the wives common and the property private, who will manage the household, as the men manage things in the fields? And who will, even if both the property and the farmers’ wives are common? It is strange, too, to draw the comparison from wild animals, arguing that women should pursue the same activities as men—animals, which have no household to manage.

    ἐπισφαλὲς δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας ὡς καθίστησιν ὁ Σωκράτης. ἀεὶ γὰρ ποιεῖ τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἄρχοντας· τοῦτο δὲ στάσεως αἴτιον γίνεται καὶ παρὰ τοῖς μηδὲν ἀξίωμα κεκτημένοις, ἦ που δῆθεν παρά γε θυμοειδέσι καὶ πολεμικοῖς ἀνδράσιν. ὅτι δ’ ἀναγκαῖον αὐτῷ ποιεῖν τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἄρχοντας, φανερόν· οὐ γὰρ ὁτὲ μὲν ἄλλοις ὁτὲ δὲ ἄλλοις μέμεικται ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὁ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ χρυσός, ἀλλ’ ἀεὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς. φησὶ δὲ τοῖς μὲν εὐθὺς γινομένοις μεῖξαι χρυσόν, τοῖς δ’ ἄργυρον, χαλκὸν δὲ καὶ σίδηρον τοῖς τεχνίταις μέλλουσιν ἔσεσθαι καὶ γεωργοῖς. ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ἀφαιρούμενος τῶν φυλάκων, ὅλην φησὶ δεῖν εὐδαίμονα ποιεῖν τὴν πόλιν τὸν νομοθέτην. ἀδύνατον δὲ εὐδαιμονεῖν ὅλην, μὴ τῶν πλείστων ἢ μὴ πάντων μερῶν ἢ τινῶν ἐχόντων τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν.

    The way Socrates appoints the rulers is also hazardous. He always makes the same people rulers; and this becomes a cause of civil strife even among people who have no standing at all, let alone among spirited and warlike men. That he has to make the same people rulers is clear: the gold from the god is not mixed into the souls of some people at one time and of others at another, but always of the same ones. He says that right at birth the god mixed gold into some, silver into others, and bronze and iron into those who are going to be craftsmen and farmers. Further, while taking happiness away from the guardians, he says that the lawgiver must make the whole city happy. But the whole cannot be happy unless most of its parts, or all, or at least some, have happiness.

    The reference is to the “noble lie” of Plato’s Republic, the myth of metals mixed into citizens’ souls at birth. “Happiness” renders eudaimonia: flourishing, a whole life going well.

    οὐ γὰρ τῶν αὐτῶν τὸ εὐδαιμονεῖν ὧνπερ τὸ ἄρτιον· τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ ἐνδέχεται τῷ ὅλῳ ὑπάρχειν, τῶν δὲ μερῶν μηδετέρῳ, τὸ δὲ εὐδαιμονεῖν ἀδύνατον. ἀλλὰ μὴν εἰ οἱ φύλακες μὴ εὐδαίμονες, τίνες ἕτεροι; οὐ γὰρ δὴ οἵ γε τεχνῖται καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τὸ τῶν βαναύσων. ἡ μὲν οὖν πολιτεία περὶ ἧς ὁ Σωκράτης εἴρηκεν ταύτας τε τὰς ἀπορίας ἔχει καὶ τούτων οὐκ ἐλάττους ἑτέρας.

    Being happy is not like being even. Evenness can belong to a whole without belonging to either of its parts, but happiness cannot. And if the guardians are not happy, who else is? Surely not the craftsmen and the mass of vulgar workers. The constitution Socrates has described, then, has these difficulties, and others no smaller.

    Plato’s Laws

    The constitution of Plato’s Laws is criticized for its size, its property rules, and its oligarchic leanings.

    σχεδὸν δὲ παραπλησίως καὶ τὰ περὶ τοὺς Νόμους ἔχει τοὺς ὕστερον γραφέντας, διὸ καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐνταῦθα πολιτείας ἐπισκέψασθαι μικρὰ βέλτιον. καὶ γὰρ ἐν τῇ Πολιτείᾳ περὶ ὀλίγων πάμπαν διώρικεν ὁ Σωκράτης, περί τε γυναικῶν καὶ τέκνων κοινωνίας, πῶς ἔχειν δεῖ, καὶ περὶ κτήσεως, καὶ τῆς πολιτείας τὴν τάξιν (διαιρεῖται γὰρ εἰς δύο μέρη τὸ πλῆθος τῶν οἰκούντων, τὸ μὲν εἰς τοὺς γεωργούς, τὸ δὲ εἰς τὸ προπολεμοῦν μέρος· τρίτον δ’ ἐκ τούτων τὸ βουλευόμενον καὶ κύριον τῆς πόλεως), περὶ δὲ τῶν γεωργῶν καὶ τῶν τεχνιτῶν, πότερον οὐδεμιᾶς μεθέξουσιν ἤ τινος ἀρχῆς, καὶ πότερον ὅπλα δεῖ κεκτῆσθαι καὶ τούτους καὶ συμπολεμεῖν ἢ μή, περὶ τούτων οὐδὲν διώρικεν ὁ Σωκράτης, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν γυναῖκας οἴεται δεῖν συμπολεμεῖν καὶ παιδείας μετέχειν τῆς αὐτῆς τοῖς φύλαξιν, τὰ δ’ ἄλλα τοῖς ἔξωθεν πεπλήρωκε τὸν λόγον καὶ περὶ τῆς παιδείας, ποίαν τινὰ δεῖ γίνεσθαι 1265a τῶν φυλάκων.

    Much the same holds for the Laws, which was written later, so we had better examine the constitution there briefly too. In the Republic Socrates has settled very few matters: how the sharing of women and children should be arranged, property, and the structure of the constitution. (The mass of inhabitants is divided into two parts, the farmers and the part that fights for the city; a third, drawn from the latter, is the part that deliberates and is sovereign over the city.) But about the farmers and craftsmen—whether they will share in no office or in some, and whether they too must own arms and join in fighting or not—on these questions Socrates has settled nothing. He thinks the women should join in fighting and share the same education as the guardians; otherwise he has filled out the discussion with extraneous matters, and with what sort of education 1265a the guardians should have.

    Plato’s Laws was his last work. Its main speaker is an unnamed Athenian, not Socrates, but Aristotle treats both works as Socrates’ discourse.

    τῶν δὲ Νόμων τὸ μὲν πλεῖστον μέρος νόμοι τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες, ὀλίγα δὲ περὶ τῆς πολιτείας εἴρηκεν, καὶ ταύτην βουλόμενος κοινοτέραν ποιεῖν ταῖς πόλεσι κατὰ μικρὸν περιάγει πάλιν πρὸς τὴν ἑτέραν πολιτείαν. ἔξω γὰρ τῆς τῶν γυναικῶν κοινωνίας καὶ τῆς κτήσεως, τὰ ἄλλα ταὐτὰ ἀποδίδωσιν ἀμφοτέραις ταῖς πολιτείαις· καὶ γὰρ παιδείαν τὴν αὐτήν, καὶ τὸ τῶν ἔργων τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἀπεχομένους ζῆν, καὶ περὶ συσσιτίων ὡσαύτως· πλὴν ἐν ταύτῃ φησὶ δεῖν εἶναι συσσίτια καὶ γυναικῶν, καὶ τὴν μὲν χιλίων τῶν ὅπλα κεκτημένων, ταύτην δὲ πεντακισχιλίων.

    Most of the Laws in fact consists of laws; he has said little about the constitution. And though he wants to make it more suitable for cities in general, he gradually brings it back round to the other constitution. Apart from the sharing of women and property, he gives both constitutions the same features: the same education, living free of necessary work, and common meals likewise—except that in this one he says there should be common meals for women too, and that the former has a thousand men bearing arms and this one five thousand.

    τὸ μὲν οὖν περιττὸν ἔχουσι πάντες οἱ τοῦ Σωκράτους λόγοι καὶ τὸ κομψὸν καὶ τὸ καινοτόμον καὶ τὸ ζητητικόν, καλῶς δὲ πάντα ἴσως χαλεπόν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ νῦν εἰρημένον πλῆθος δεῖ μὴ λανθάνειν ὅτι χώρας δεήσει τοῖς τοσούτοις Βαβυλωνίας ἤ τινος ἄλλης ἀπεράντου τὸ πλῆθος, ἐξ ἧς ἀργοὶ πεντακισχίλιοι θρέψονται, καὶ περὶ τούτους γυναικῶν καὶ θεραπόντων ἕτερος ὄχλος πολλαπλάσιος. δεῖ μὲν οὖν ὑποτίθεσθαι κατ’ εὐχήν, μηδὲν μέντοι ἀδύνατον. λέγεται δ’ ὡς δεῖ τὸν νομοθέτην πρὸς δύο βλέποντα τιθέναι τοὺς νόμους, πρός τε τὴν χώραν καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.

    All of Socrates’ discourses have brilliance, sophistication, originality, and a spirit of inquiry; but it is probably hard to get everything right. Take the population just mentioned: we must not overlook that so many people will need a territory the size of Babylon’s, or some other land of boundless extent, to feed five thousand people who do no work, and around them another crowd, many times larger, of women and servants. One should make one’s assumptions as one would wish, but nothing impossible. It is said that in laying down laws the lawgiver must keep two things in view: the territory and the people.

    ἔτι δὲ καλῶς ἔχει προσθεῖναι καὶ πρὸς τοὺς γειτνιῶντας τόπους, πρῶτον μὲν εἰ δεῖ τὴν πόλιν ζῆν βίον πολιτικόν (οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν αὐτὴν τοιούτοις χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον ὅπλοις ἃ χρήσιμα κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν χώραν ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω τόπους)· εἰ δέ τις μὴ τοιοῦτον ἀποδέχεται βίον, μήτε τὸν ἴδιον μήτε τὸν κοινὸν τῆς πόλεως, ὅμως οὐδὲν ἧττον δεῖ φοβεροὺς εἶναι τοῖς πολεμίοις, μὴ μόνον ἐλθοῦσιν εἰς τὴν χώραν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπελθοῦσιν.

    It would also be good to add the neighboring regions, first, if the city is to live a political life. (It must use for war not only such weapons as are useful within its own territory, but also those that are useful against places outside it.) And if one does not accept such a life, either for the individual or for the city in common, the citizens must nonetheless be formidable to their enemies, not only when these invade their territory but also when they withdraw from it.

    καὶ τὸ πλῆθος δὲ τῆς κτήσεως ὁρᾶν δεῖ, μή ποτε βέλτιον ἑτέρως διορίσαι τῷ σαφῶς μᾶλλον. τοσαύτην γὰρ εἶναί φησι δεῖν ὥστε ζῆν σωφρόνως, ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις εἶπεν ὥστε ζῆν εὖ. τοῦτο δ’ ἄρ’ ἐστι καθόλου μᾶλλον, ἐπειδὴ ἔστι σωφρόνως μὲν ταλαιπώρως δὲ ζῆν, ἀλλὰ βελτίων ὅρος τὸ σωφρόνως καὶ ἐλευθερίως (χωρὶς γὰρ ἑκατέρῳ τῷ μὲν τὸ τρυφᾶν ἀκολουθήσει, τῷ δὲ τὸ ἐπιπόνως), ἐπεὶ μόναι γ’ εἰσὶν ἕξεις αἱρεταὶ περὶ τὴν τῆς οὐσίας χρῆσιν αὗται, οἷον οὐσίᾳ πράως μὲν ἢ ἀνδρείως χρῆσθαι οὐκ ἔστιν, σωφρόνως δὲ καὶ ἐλευθερίως ἔστιν, ὥστε καὶ τὰς ἕξεις ἀναγκαῖον περὶ αὐτὴν εἶναι ταύτας.

    The amount of property also needs looking at: it might be better to define it differently, more clearly. He says it should be enough to live moderately—as if one said “enough to live well.” That is too general, since one can live moderately and yet wretchedly. A better definition is “moderately and generously” (taken separately, the one will lead to luxury, the other to a life of toil), since these are the only desirable dispositions concerning the use of wealth. One cannot use wealth gently or courageously, for instance, but one can use it moderately and generously; so these must be the dispositions that concern it.

    ἄτοπον δὲ καὶ τὸ τὰς κτήσεις ἰσάζοντα τὸ περὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πολιτῶν μὴ κατασκευάζειν, ἀλλ’ ἀφεῖναι τὴν τεκνοποιίαν ἀόριστον ὡς ἱκανῶς ἀνομαλισθησομένην εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ πλῆθος διὰ τὰς ἀτεκνίας ὁσωνοῦν γεννωμένων, 1265b ὅτι δοκεῖ τοῦτο καὶ νῦν συμβαίνειν περὶ τὰς πόλεις. δεῖ δὲ τοῦτ’ οὐχ ὁμοίως ἀκριβῶς ἔχειν περὶ τὰς πόλεις τότε καὶ νῦν· νῦν μὲν γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἀπορεῖ, διὰ τὸ μερίζεσθαι τὰς οὐσίας εἰς ὁποσονοῦν πλῆθος, τότε δὲ ἀδιαιρέτων οὐσῶν ἀνάγκη τοὺς παράζυγας μηδὲν ἔχειν, ἐάν τ’ ἐλάττους ὦσι τὸ πλῆθος ἐάν τε πλείους. μᾶλλον δὲ δεῖν ὑπολάβοι τις ἂν ὡρίσθαι τῆς οὐσίας τὴν τεκνοποιίαν, ὥστε ἀριθμοῦ τινὸς μὴ πλείονα γεννᾶν, τοῦτο δὲ τιθέναι τὸ πλῆθος ἀποβλέποντα πρὸς τὰς τύχας, ἂν συμβαίνῃ τελευτᾶν τινας τῶν γεννηθέντων, καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἄλλων ἀτεκνίαν.

    It is strange, too, to equalize property but make no provision about the number of citizens, leaving the begetting of children unlimited, on the grounds that the total will even out well enough to the same number because some couples are childless, however many children others have, 1265b since that seems to be what happens in cities now. But this needs far more precision in that city than in cities now. Nowadays nobody is left destitute, because estates are divided among any number of heirs; but there, since estates cannot be divided, the extra children must have nothing, whether they are fewer or more numerous. One might rather suppose that the begetting of children should be limited, more than property, so that no one has more than a certain number; and that this number should be set with an eye to chance, in case some of the children die, and to the childlessness of others.

    τὸ δ’ ἀφεῖσθαι, καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς πλείσταις πόλεσι, πενίας ἀναγκαῖον αἴτιον γίνεσθαι τοῖς πολίταις, ἡ δὲ πενία στάσιν ἐμποιεῖ καὶ κακουργίαν. Φείδων μὲν οὖν ὁ Κορίνθιος, ὢν νομοθέτης τῶν ἀρχαιοτάτων, τοὺς οἴκους ἴσους ᾠήθη δεῖν διαμένειν καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πολιτῶν, καὶ εἰ τὸ πρῶτον τοὺς κλήρους ἀνίσους εἶχον πάντες κατὰ μέγεθος· ἐν δὲ τοῖς νόμοις τούτοις τοὐναντίον ἐστίν. ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τούτων πῶς οἰόμεθα βέλτιον ἂν ἔχειν, λεκτέον ὕστερον· ἐλλέλειπται δ’ ἐν τοῖς νόμοις τούτοις καὶ τὰ περὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας πῶς ἔσονται διαφέροντες τῶν ἀρχομένων. φησὶ γὰρ δεῖν, ὥσπερ ἐξ ἑτέρου τὸ στημόνιον ἐρίου γίνεται τῆς κρόκης, οὕτω καὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἔχειν πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχομένους.

    Leaving it unregulated, as most cities do, inevitably causes poverty among the citizens, and poverty breeds civil strife and crime. Pheidon of Corinth, one of the most ancient lawgivers, thought that the households and the number of citizens should stay equal, even if at the start everyone’s allotments were unequal in size; but in these Laws it is the opposite. How we think these matters would be better arranged must be discussed later. These Laws also leave out how the rulers are to differ from the ruled. He says that, just as the warp is made from a different wool from the woof, so the rulers should stand toward the ruled.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ τὴν πᾶσαν οὐσίαν ἐφίησι γίνεσθαι μείζονα μέχρι πενταπλασίας, διὰ τί τοῦτ’ οὐκ ἂν εἴη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς μέχρι τινός; καὶ τὴν τῶν οἰκοπέδων δὲ διαίρεσιν δεῖ σκοπεῖν, μή ποτ’ οὐ συμφέρει πρὸς οἰκονομίαν· δύο γὰρ οἰκόπεδα ἑκάστῳ ἔνειμε διελὼν χωρίς, χαλεπὸν δὲ οἰκίας δύο οἰκεῖν.

    And since he allows a person’s total property to increase up to fivefold, why should the same not hold for land, up to some limit? The division of house plots must also be examined, in case it does not serve household management well: he assigned each man two plots, set apart from each other, but it is hard to run two houses.

    ἡ δὲ σύνταξις ὅλη βούλεται μὲν εἶναι μήτε δημοκρατία μήτε ὀλιγαρχία, μέση δὲ τούτων, ἣν καλοῦσι πολιτείαν· ἐκ γὰρ τῶν ὁπλιτευόντων ἐστίν. εἰ μὲν οὖν ὡς κοινοτάτην ταύτην κατασκευάζει ταῖς πόλεσι τῶν ἄλλων πολιτειῶν, καλῶς εἴρηκεν ἴσως· εἰ δ’ ὡς ἀρίστην μετὰ τὴν πρώτην πολιτείαν, οὐ καλῶς. τάχα γὰρ τὴν τῶν Λακώνων ἄν τις ἐπαινέσειε μᾶλλον, ἢ κἂν ἄλλην τινὰ ἀριστοκρατικωτέραν.

    The whole arrangement aims to be neither democracy nor oligarchy but something in between, what people call a polity; for it is made up of those who serve as hoplites. If he is setting this up as the constitution most commonly shared by cities, perhaps he is right; but if as the best after the first constitution, he is not. One might well praise the Spartan constitution more, or perhaps some other that is more aristocratic.

    Hoplites were heavy-armed infantry who supplied their own armor, and so had to own a certain amount of property. “Polity” renders politeia, the Greek word for “constitution,” used also for this particular mixed form.

    ἔνιοι μὲν οὖν λέγουσιν ὡς δεῖ τὴν ἀρίστην πολιτείαν ἐξ ἁπασῶν εἶναι τῶν πολιτειῶν μεμειγμένην, διὸ καὶ τὴν τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων ἐπαινοῦσιν (εἶναι γὰρ αὐτὴν οἱ μὲν ἐξ ὀλιγαρχίας καὶ μοναρχίας καὶ δημοκρατίας φασίν, λέγοντες τὴν μὲν βασιλείαν μοναρχίαν, τὴν δὲ τῶν γερόντων ἀρχὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν, δημοκρατεῖσθαι δὲ κατὰ τὴν τῶν ἐφόρων ἀρχὴν διὰ τὸ ἐκ τοῦ δήμου εἶναι τοὺς ἐφόρους· οἱ δὲ τὴν μὲν ἐφορείαν εἶναι τυραννίδα, δημοκρατεῖσθαι δὲ κατά τε τὰ συσσίτια καὶ τὸν ἄλλον βίον τὸν 1266a καθ’ ἡμέραν)· ἐν δὲ τοῖς νόμοις εἴρηται τούτοις ὡς δέον συγκεῖσθαι τὴν ἀρίστην πολιτείαν ἐκ δημοκρατίας καὶ τυραννίδος, ἃς ἢ τὸ παράπαν οὐκ ἄν τις θείη πολιτείας ἢ χειρίστας πασῶν. βέλτιον οὖν λέγουσιν οἱ πλείους μιγνύντες· ἡ γὰρ ἐκ πλειόνων συγκειμένη πολιτεία βελτίων.

    Some people say that the best constitution must be a mixture of all constitutions, and for this reason they praise the Spartan one. Some of them say it is made up of oligarchy, monarchy, and democracy: the kingship is monarchy, the office of the elders oligarchy, and it is democratic in the office of the ephors, because the ephors come from the people. Others say that the ephorate is a tyranny, and that the constitution is democratic in its common meals and the rest of its 1266a daily life. But in these Laws it is said that the best constitution should be composed of democracy and tyranny—which one would either not count as constitutions at all, or count as the worst of all. So those who mix more of them are closer to the truth; for a constitution made up of more elements is better.

    The ephors were five Spartan magistrates, elected annually from the whole citizen body, with wide powers over the kings and the city.

    ἔπειτ’ οὐδ’ ἔχουσα φαίνεται μοναρχικὸν οὐδέν, ἀλλ’ ὀλιγαρχικὰ καὶ δημοκρατικά· μᾶλλον δ’ ἐγκλίνειν βούλεται πρὸς τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν. δῆλον δὲ ἐκ τῆς τῶν ἀρχόντων καταστάσεως· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐξ αἱρετῶν κληρωτοὺς κοινὸν ἀμφοῖν, τὸ δὲ τοῖς μὲν εὐπορωτέροις ἐπάναγκες ἐκκλησιάζειν εἶναι καὶ φέρειν ἄρχοντας ἤ τι ποιεῖν ἄλλο τῶν πολιτικῶν, τοὺς δ’ ἀφεῖσθαι, τοῦτο δ’ ὀλιγαρχικόν, καὶ τὸ πειρᾶσθαι πλείους ἐκ τῶν εὐπόρων εἶναι τοὺς ἄρχοντας, καὶ τὰς μεγίστας ἐκ τῶν μεγίστων τιμημάτων. ὀλιγαρχικὴν δὲ ποιεῖ καὶ τὴν τῆς βουλῆς αἵρεσιν.

    Next, it plainly has nothing monarchic in it, only oligarchic and democratic features, and it tends to lean toward oligarchy. This is clear from how officials are appointed. Choosing by lot from elected candidates is common to both. But requiring the better-off to attend the assembly, vote for officials, or perform some other political function, while the others are exempt, is oligarchic; so is trying to have most officials come from the well-off, and the highest offices from the highest property classes. He also makes the election of the council oligarchic.

    αἱροῦνται μὲν γὰρ πάντες ἐπάναγκες, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ πρώτου τιμήματος, εἶτα πάλιν ἴσους ἐκ τοῦ δευτέρου· εἶτ’ ἐκ τῶν τρίτων, πλὴν οὐ πᾶσιν ἐπάναγκες ἦν τοῖς ἐκ τῶν τρίτων ἢ τετάρτων, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ τετάρτου μόνοις ἐπάναγκες τοῖς πρώτοις καὶ τοῖς δευτέροις· εἶτ’ ἐκ τούτων ἴσον ἀφ’ ἑκάστου τιμήματος ἀποδεῖξαί φησι δεῖν ἀριθμόν. ἔσονται δὴ πλείους οἱ ἐκ τῶν μεγίστων τιμημάτων καὶ βελτίους διὰ τὸ ἐνίους μὴ αἱρεῖσθαι τῶν δημοτικῶν διὰ τὸ μὴ ἐπάναγκες. ὡς μὲν οὖν οὐκ ἐκ δημοκρατίας καὶ μοναρχίας δεῖ συνιστάναι τὴν τοιαύτην πολιτείαν, ἐκ τούτων φανερὸν καὶ τῶν ὕστερον ῥηθησομένων, ὅταν ἐπιβάλλῃ περὶ τῆς τοιαύτης πολιτείας ἡ σκέψις· ἔχει δὲ καὶ περὶ τὴν αἵρεσιν τῶν ἀρχόντων τὸ ἐξ αἱρετῶν αἱρετοὺς ἐπικίνδυνον.

    Everyone is required to vote, but first for candidates from the first property class, then again for an equal number from the second, then from the third—except that not everyone was obliged to vote for candidates from the third or fourth class, and for the fourth class only members of the first and second were obliged. Then from these, he says, an equal number must be designated from each property class. So those from the highest property classes will be more numerous and better, because some of the common people will not vote, since they are not compelled to. That a constitution of this kind should not be composed of democracy and monarchy is clear from these points and from what will be said later, when the inquiry turns to this sort of constitution. Electing officials from elected candidates is also dangerous.

    εἰ γάρ τινες συστῆναι θέλουσι καὶ μέτριοι τὸ πλῆθος, αἰεὶ κατὰ τὴν τούτων αἱρεθήσονται βούλησιν. τὰ μὲν οὖν περὶ τὴν πολιτείαν τὴν ἐν τοῖς Νόμοις τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον.

    If some people, even a moderate number, choose to band together, the elections will always go as they wish. That, then, is how matters stand with the constitution in the Laws.

    Phaleas and equal property

    Phaleas proposes equal property, but desires need equalizing more than possessions.

    εἰσὶ δέ τινες πολιτεῖαι καὶ ἄλλαι, αἱ μὲν ἰδιωτῶν αἱ δὲ φιλοσόφων καὶ πολιτικῶν, πᾶσαι δὲ τῶν καθεστηκυιῶν καὶ καθ’ ἃς πολιτεύονται νῦν ἐγγύτερόν εἰσι τούτων ἀμφοτέρων. οὐδεὶς γὰρ οὔτε τὴν περὶ τὰ τέκνα κοινότητα καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ἄλλος κεκαινοτόμηκεν, οὔτε περὶ τὰ συσσίτια τῶν γυναικῶν, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἄρχονται μᾶλλον. δοκεῖ γάρ τισι τὸ περὶ τὰς οὐσίας εἶναι μέγιστον τετάχθαι καλῶς· περὶ γὰρ τούτων ποιεῖσθαί φασι τὰς στάσεις πάντας. διὸ Φαλέας ὁ Χαλκηδόνιος τοῦτ’ εἰσήνεγκε πρῶτος· φησὶ γὰρ δεῖν ἴσας εἶναι τὰς κτήσεις τῶν πολιτῶν.

    There are also some other constitutions, proposed some by private individuals and some by philosophers and statesmen; but all of them are closer than these two to the constitutions that are established and under which people now live. No one else has introduced the novelty of sharing children and wives, or of common meals for women; they start instead from necessities. Some people think the most important thing is to have property well arranged, since they say all civil strife arises over it. That is why Phaleas of Chalcedon was the first to introduce this idea: he says that the citizens’ holdings should be equal.

    Phaleas of Chalcedon, on the Bosporus, is known only from this discussion.

    τοῦτο 1266b δὲ κατοικιζομέναις μὲν εὐθὺς οὐ χαλεπὸν ᾤετο ποιεῖν, τὰς δ’ ἤδη κατοικουμένας ἐργωδέστερον μέν, ὅμως δὲ τάχιστ’ ἂν ὁμαλισθῆναι τῷ τὰς προῖκας τοὺς μὲν πλουσίους διδόναι μὲν λαμβάνειν δὲ μή, τοὺς δὲ πένητας μὴ διδόναι μὲν λαμβάνειν δέ. Πλάτων δὲ τοὺς Νόμους γράφων μέχρι μέν τινος ᾤετο δεῖν ἐᾶν, πλεῖον δὲ τοῦ πενταπλασίαν εἶναι τῆς ἐλαχίστης μηδενὶ τῶν πολιτῶν ἐξουσίαν εἶναι κτήσασθαι, καθάπερ εἴρηται καὶ πρότερον.

    This 1266b he thought would not be hard to do in cities that were just being founded. In those already settled it was more laborious, but even so, equality could be reached very quickly if the rich gave dowries but did not receive them, and the poor received them but did not give them. Plato, when writing the Laws, thought inequality should be allowed up to a point, but that no citizen should be permitted to acquire more than five times the smallest property, as was said earlier.

    δεῖ δὲ μηδὲ τοῦτο λανθάνειν τοὺς οὕτω νομοθετοῦντας, ὃ λανθάνει νῦν, ὅτι τὸ τῆς οὐσίας τάττοντας πλῆθος προσήκει καὶ τῶν τέκνων τὸ πλῆθος τάττειν· ἐὰν γὰρ ὑπεραίρῃ τῆς οὐσίας τὸ μέγεθος ὁ τῶν τέκνων ἀριθμός, ἀνάγκη τόν γε νόμον λύεσθαι, καὶ χωρὶς τῆς λύσεως φαῦλον τὸ πολλοὺς ἐκ πλουσίων γίνεσθαι πένητας· ἔργον γὰρ μὴ νεωτεροποιοὺς εἶναι τοὺς τοιούτους.

    Those who legislate in this way must not overlook something they now do overlook: in fixing the amount of property, they ought to fix the number of children as well. If the number of children outgrows the size of the property, the law is bound to be broken; and quite apart from its being broken, it is a bad thing for many people to go from rich to poor, since it is hard to keep such people from becoming revolutionaries.

    διότι μὲν οὖν ἔχει τινὰ δύναμιν εἰς τὴν πολιτικὴν κοινωνίαν ἡ τῆς οὐσίας ὁμαλότης, καὶ τῶν πάλαι τινὲς φαίνονται διεγνωκότες, οἷον καὶ Σόλων ἐνομοθέτησεν, καὶ παρ’ ἄλλοις ἔστι νόμος ὃς κωλύει κτᾶσθαι γῆν ὁπόσην ἂν βούληταί τις, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν πωλεῖν οἱ νόμοι κωλύουσιν, ὥσπερ ἐν Λοκροῖς νόμος ἐστὶ μὴ πωλεῖν ἐὰν μὴ φανερὰν ἀτυχίαν δείξῃ συμβεβηκυῖαν, ἔτι δὲ τοὺς παλαιοὺς κλήρους διασῴζειν (τοῦτο δὲ λυθὲν καὶ περὶ Λευκάδα δημοτικὴν ἐποίησε λίαν τὴν πολιτείαν αὐτῶν· οὐ γὰρ ἔτι συνέβαινεν ἀπὸ τῶν ὡρισμένων τιμημάτων εἰς τὰς ἀρχὰς βαδίζειν)· ἀλλ’ ἔστι τὴν ἰσότητα μὲν ὑπάρχειν τῆς οὐσίας, ταύτην δ’ ἢ λίαν εἶναι πολλήν, ὥστε τρυφᾶν, ἢ λίαν ὀλίγην, ὥστε ζῆν γλίσχρως.

    That equality of property has some power over the political community, some people in the past as well plainly recognized. Solon, for instance, made a law about it, and elsewhere there is a law preventing anyone from acquiring as much land as he wants. Laws likewise prevent people from selling their property: at Locri, for example, there is a law against selling unless one can show that an evident misfortune has befallen one; and there are laws requiring the ancient allotments to be preserved. (The repeal of this law at Leucas made their constitution excessively democratic, since it no longer came about that people entered office from the fixed property classes.) But it is possible for there to be equality of property, and yet for the amount to be either too great, so that people live in luxury, or too small, so that they live meanly.

    δῆλον οὖν ὡς οὐχ ἱκανὸν τὸ τὰς οὐσίας ἴσας ποιῆσαι τὸν νομοθέτην, ἀλλὰ τοῦ μέσου στοχαστέον. ἔτι δ’ εἴ τις καὶ τὴν μετρίαν τάξειεν οὐσίαν πᾶσιν, οὐδὲν ὄφελος· μᾶλλον γὰρ δεῖ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ὁμαλίζειν ἢ τὰς οὐσίας, τοῦτο δ’ οὐκ ἔστι μὴ παιδευομένοις ἱκανῶς ὑπὸ τῶν νόμων. ἀλλ’ ἴσως ἂν εἴπειεν ὁ Φαλέας ὅτι ταῦτα τυγχάνει λέγων αὐτός· οἴεται γὰρ δυοῖν τούτοιν ἰσότητα δεῖν ὑπάρχειν ταῖς πόλεσιν, κτήσεως καὶ παιδείας. ἀλλὰ τήν [τε] παιδείαν ἥτις ἔσται δεῖ λέγειν, καὶ τὸ μίαν εἶναι καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν οὐδὲν ὄφελος· ἔστι γὰρ τὴν αὐτὴν μὲν εἶναι καὶ μίαν, ἀλλὰ ταύτην εἶναι τοιαύτην ἐξ ἧς ἔσονται προαιρετικοὶ τοῦ πλεονεκτεῖν ἢ χρημάτων ἢ τιμῆς ἢ συναμφοτέρων.

    It is clear, then, that it is not enough for the lawgiver to make property equal; he must aim at the mean. And even if one assigned a moderate property to everyone, it would do no good; for one should equalize desires rather than properties, and that cannot happen unless people are adequately educated by the laws. Phaleas might perhaps reply that this is just what he says himself, since he thinks cities should have equality in these two things, property and education. But one has to say what the education is to be; its merely being one and the same is no help. It can be one and the same and yet be the kind that makes people inclined to grasp for more money, or honor, or both.

    ἔτι στασιάζουσιν οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ἀνισότητα τῆς κτήσεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν τῶν τιμῶν, τοὐναντίον δὲ περὶ ἑκάτερον· οἱ μὲν γὰρ πολλοὶ διὰ τὸ περὶ τὰς κτήσεις ἄνισον, 1267a οἱ δὲ χαρίεντες περὶ τῶν τιμῶν, ἐὰν ἴσαι· ὅθεν καὶ ἐν δὲ ἰῇ τιμῇ ἠμὲν κακὸς ἠδὲ καὶ ἐσθλός. οὐ μόνον δ’ οἱ ἄνθρωποι διὰ τἀναγκαῖα ἀδικοῦσιν, ὧν ἄκος εἶναι νομίζει τὴν ἰσότητα τῆς οὐσίας, ὥστε μὴ λωποδυτεῖν διὰ τὸ ῥιγοῦν ἢ πεινῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅπως χαίρωσι καὶ μὴ ἐπιθυμῶσιν· ἐὰν γὰρ μείζω ἔχωσιν ἐπιθυμίαν τῶν ἀναγκαίων, διὰ τὴν ταύτης ἰατρείαν ἀδικήσουσιν· οὐ τοίνυν διὰ ταύτην μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ [ἂν ἐπιθυμοῖεν] ἵνα χαίρωσι ταῖς ἄνευ λυπῶν ἡδοναῖς. τί οὖν ἄκος τῶν τριῶν τούτων;

    Further, people fall into civil strife not only because of inequality of property but also because of inequality of honors, though in opposite ways in each case: the many over inequality of property, 1267a the refined over honors, if these are equal—hence the line “in equal honor both the bad and the good.” Nor do people do wrong only because of necessities, for which he thinks equality of property is the cure, so that no one will rob people of their cloaks because he is cold or hungry. They also do wrong for enjoyment, and so as not to be left wanting. If they have a desire beyond the necessities, they will do wrong to cure it; and not only for that reason, but also to enjoy pleasures that come without pain. What, then, is the cure for these three?

    The line is from Homer, Iliad 9.319, where Achilles complains that brave and cowardly receive the same reward.

    τοῖς μὲν οὐσία βραχεῖα καὶ ἐργασία, τοῖς δὲ σωφροσύνη· τρίτον δ’, εἴ τινες βούλοιντο δι’ αὑτῶν χαίρειν, οὐκ ἂν ἐπιζητοῖεν εἰ μὴ παρὰ φιλοσοφίας ἄκος. αἱ γὰρ ἄλλαι ἀνθρώπων δέονται· ἐπεὶ ἀδικουσί γε τὰ μέγιστα διὰ τὰς ὑπερβολάς, ἀλλ’ οὐ διὰ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα (οἷον τυραννοῦσιν οὐχ ἵνα μὴ ῥιγῶσιν· διὸ καὶ αἱ τιμαὶ μεγάλαι, ἂν ἀποκτείνῃ τις οὐ κλέπτην ἀλλὰ τύραννον)· ὥστε πρὸς τὰς μικρὰς ἀδικίας βοηθητικὸς μόνον ὁ τρόπος τῆς Φαλέου πολιτείας. ἔτι τὰ πολλὰ βούλεται κατασκευάζειν ἐξ ὧν τὰ πρὸς αὑτοὺς πολιτεύσονται καλῶς, δεῖ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς γειτνιῶντας καὶ τοὺς ἔξωθεν πάντας. ἀναγκαῖον ἄρα τὴν πολιτείαν συντετάχθαι πρὸς τὴν πολεμικὴν ἰσχύν, περὶ ἧς ἐκεῖνος οὐδὲν εἴρηκεν. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ περὶ τῆς κτήσεως.

    For the first, a modest property and work; for the second, moderation; and third, if some want to find enjoyment through themselves alone, they will find no cure for it except from philosophy, since the other pleasures need other people. In fact the greatest wrongs are done out of excess, not for the sake of necessities: people do not become tyrants to keep from being cold. That is why the honors are great for killing not a thief but a tyrant. So the kind of constitution Phaleas proposes helps only against small wrongs. Further, he mostly wants to set up arrangements that will let the citizens govern well among themselves; but they must also do so with respect to their neighbors and all outsiders. The constitution must therefore be organized with a view to military strength, about which he has said nothing. The same goes for property.

    δεῖ γὰρ οὐ μόνον πρὸς τὰς πολιτικὰς χρήσεις ἱκανὴν ὑπάρχειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἔξωθεν κινδύνους· διόπερ οὔτε τοσοῦτον δεῖ πλῆθος ὑπάρχειν ὅσου οἱ πλησίον καὶ κρείττους ἐπιθυμήσουσιν, οἱ δὲ ἔχοντες ἀμύνειν οὐ δυνήσονται τοὺς ἐπιόντας, οὔθ’ οὕτως ὀλίγην ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαι πόλεμον ὑπενεγκεῖν μηδὲ τῶν ἴσων καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων. ἐκεῖνος μὲν οὖν οὐδὲν διώρικεν, δεῖ δὲ τοῦτο μὴ λανθάνειν, ὅ τι συμφέρει πλῆθος οὐσίας. ἴσως οὖν ἄριστος ὅρος τὸ μὴ λυσιτελεῖν τοῖς κρείττοσι διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν πολεμεῖν, ἀλλ’ οὕτως ὡς ἂν καὶ μὴ ἐχόντων τοσαύτην οὐσίαν.

    It must be sufficient not only for use within the city but also against dangers from outside. So there should not be so much of it that nearby, stronger peoples will covet it while its owners are unable to fend off the attackers; nor so little that they cannot sustain a war even against equals and peers. He has determined nothing about this, but we must not overlook it: what amount of wealth is advantageous. Perhaps the best limit is that it should not pay the stronger to go to war because of the excess, but that they would do so only as they would if the property were not so large.

    οἷον Εὔβουλος Αὐτοφραδάτου μέλλοντος Ἀταρνέα πολιορκεῖν ἐκέλευσεν αὐτόν, σκεψάμενον ἐν πόσῳ χρόνῳ λήψεται τὸ χωρίον, λογίσασθαι τοῦ χρόνου τούτου τὴν δαπάνην· ἐθέλειν γὰρ ἔλαττον τούτου λαβὼν ἐκλιπεῖν ἤδη τὸν Ἀταρνέα· ταῦτα δ’ εἰπὼν ἐποίησε τὸν Αὐτοφραδάτην σύννουν γενόμενον παύσασθαι τῆς πολιορκίας.

    When Autophradates, for example, was about to besiege Atarneus, Eubulus told him to consider how long it would take to capture the place, and to reckon up what that length of time would cost; for he himself was willing to take less than that and abandon Atarneus at once. By saying this he made Autophradates think it over and give up the siege.

    Eubulus ruled Atarneus, on the coast of Asia Minor opposite Lesbos; Autophradates was a Persian governor. The episode belongs to the mid-fourth century BC.

    ἔστι μὲν οὖν τι τῶν συμφερόντων τὸ τὰς οὐσίας ἴσας εἶναι τοῖς πολίταις πρὸς τὸ μὴ στασιάζειν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, οὐ μὴν μέγα οὐδὲν ὡς εἰπεῖν. καὶ γὰρ [ἂν] οἱ χαρίεντες ἀγανακτοῖεν ὡς οὐκ ἴσων ὄντες ἄξιοι, διὸ καὶ φαίνονται πολλάκις ἐπιτιθέμενοι καὶ στασιάζοντες· ἔτι δ’ 1267b ἡ πονηρία τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἄπληστον, καὶ τὸ πρῶτον μὲν ἱκανὸν διωβελία μόνον, ὅταν δ’ ἤδη τοῦτ’ ᾖ πάτριον, ἀεὶ δέονται τοῦ πλείονος, ἕως εἰς ἄπειρον ἔλθωσιν. ἄπειρος γὰρ ἡ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας φύσις, ἧς πρὸς τὴν ἀναπλήρωσιν οἱ πολλοὶ ζῶσιν. τῶν οὖν τοιούτων ἀρχή, μᾶλλον τοῦ τὰς οὐσίας ὁμαλίζειν, τὸ τοὺς μὲν ἐπιεικεῖς τῇ φύσει τοιούτους παρασκευάζειν ὥστε μὴ βούλεσθαι πλεονεκτεῖν, τοὺς δὲ φαύλους ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαι· τοῦτο δ’ ἐστίν, ἂν ἥττους τε ὦσι καὶ μὴ ἀδικῶνται.

    Equality of property among citizens, then, is one of the things that help to prevent civil strife among them, but not, so to speak, a great one. The refined might resent it, feeling they deserve more than an equal share, and this is why they are often seen launching attacks and stirring up strife. Further, 1267b human wickedness is insatiable. At first two obols are enough, but once that has become traditional, people always want more, until they go on without limit. For the nature of desire is limitless, and most people live to satisfy it. The starting point in such matters, then, rather than equalizing property, is to train those who are decent by nature not to want to grasp for more, and to make the base unable to; and that happens if they are kept weaker and are not treated unjustly.

    Two obols was the payment Athens made to citizens, apparently for attending festivals; the obol was a small silver coin.

    οὐ καλῶς δὲ οὐδὲ τὴν ἰσότητα τῆς οὐσίας εἴρηκεν. περὶ γὰρ τὴν τῆς γῆς κτῆσιν ἰσάζει μόνον, ἔστι δὲ καὶ δούλων καὶ βοσκημάτων πλοῦτος καὶ νομίσματος, καὶ κατασκευὴ πολλὴ τῶν καλουμένων ἐπίπλων· ἢ πάντων οὖν τούτων ἰσότητα ζητητέον ἢ τάξιν τινὰ μετρίαν, ἢ πάντα ἐατέον. φαίνεται δ’ ἐκ τῆς νομοθεσίας κατασκευάζων τὴν πόλιν μικράν, εἴ γ’ οἱ τεχνῖται πάντες δημόσιοι ἔσονται καὶ μὴ πλήρωμά τι παρέξονται τῆς πόλεως. ἀλλ’ εἴπερ δεῖ δημοσίους εἶναι τοὺς τὰ κοινὰ ἐργαζομένους, δεῖ (καθάπερ ἐν Ἐπιδάμνῳ τε καὶ ὡς Διόφαντός ποτε κατεσκεύαζεν Ἀθήνησι) τοῦτον ἔχειν τὸν τρόπον. περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς Φαλέου πολιτείας σχεδὸν ἐκ τούτων ἄν τις θεωρήσειεν, εἴ τι τυγχάνει καλῶς εἰρηκὼς ἢ μὴ καλῶς.

    Nor has he dealt well with equality of property. He equalizes only landholding; but there is also wealth in slaves, livestock, and money, and a large stock of what are called movables. So one must seek equality in all of these, or some moderate regulation, or else leave them all alone. It also appears from his legislation that he is making the city small, if all the craftsmen are to be public slaves and not form any part of the citizen body. But if those who carry out public works are to be public slaves, it should be on the pattern followed at Epidamnus and once instituted by Diophantus at Athens. As for Phaleas’ constitution, then, one can pretty well see from this whether he has said anything well or not.

    Hippodamus and changing laws

    Hippodamus’ planned city is examined, and Aristotle asks when ancestral laws should be changed.

    Ἱππόδαμος δὲ Εὐρυφῶντος Μιλήσιος (ὃς καὶ τὴν τῶν πόλεων διαίρεσιν εὗρε καὶ τὸν Πειραιᾶ κατέτεμεν, γενόμενος καὶ περὶ τὸν ἄλλον βίον περιττότερος διὰ φιλοτιμίαν οὕτως ὥστε δοκεῖν ἐνίοις ζῆν περιεργότερον τριχῶν τε πλήθει καὶ κόσμῳ πολυτελεῖ, ἔτι δὲ ἐσθῆτος εὐτελοῦς μὲν ἀλεεινῆς δέ, οὐκ ἐν τῷ χειμῶνι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοὺς θερινοὺς χρόνους, λόγιος δὲ καὶ περὶ τὴν ὅλην φύσιν εἶναι βουλόμενος) πρῶτος τῶν μὴ πολιτευομένων ἐνεχείρησέ τι περὶ πολιτείας εἰπεῖν τῆς ἀρίστης. κατεσκεύαζε δὲ τὴν πόλιν τῷ πλήθει μὲν μυρίανδρον, εἰς τρία δὲ μέρη διῃρημένην· ἐποίει γὰρ ἓν μὲν μέρος τεχνίτας, ἓν δὲ γεωργούς, τρίτον δὲ τὸ προπολεμοῦν καὶ τὰ ὅπλα ἔχον.

    Hippodamus of Miletus, son of Euryphon, invented the division of cities into planned districts and laid out the Piraeus. In the rest of his life, too, he became rather eccentric out of love of distinction, so that some people thought he lived too affectedly, with his long hair and costly ornaments, and his clothing, which was cheap but warm, worn not only in winter but in the summer months too; and he aspired to be learned about nature as a whole. He was the first of those not active in politics to try to say something about the best constitution. He designed the city with a population of ten thousand men, divided into three parts: one part craftsmen, one farmers, and a third the part that fights for the city and bears arms.

    Hippodamus, a fifth-century BC town planner, is associated with the grid plan; the Piraeus is the port of Athens.

    διῄρει δ’ εἰς τρία μέρη τὴν χώραν, τὴν μὲν ἱερὰν τὴν δὲ δημοσίαν τὴν δ’ ἰδίαν· ὅθεν μὲν τὰ νομιζόμενα ποιήσουσι πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, ἱεράν, ἀφ’ ὧν δ’ οἱ προπολεμοῦντες βιώσονται, κοινήν, τὴν δὲ τῶν γεωργῶν ἰδίαν. ᾤετο δ’ εἴδη καὶ τῶν νόμων εἶναι τρία μόνον· περὶ ὧν γὰρ αἱ δίκαι γίνονται, τρία ταῦτ’ εἶναι τὸν ἀριθμόν, ὕβριν βλάβην θάνατον. ἐνομοθέτει δὲ καὶ δικαστήριον ἓν τὸ κύριον, εἰς ὃ πάσας ἀνάγεσθαι δεῖν τὰς μὴ καλῶς κεκρίσθαι δοκούσας δίκας· τοῦτο δὲ κατεσκεύαζεν ἐκ τινῶν γερόντων 1268a αἱρετῶν. τὰς δὲ κρίσεις ἐν τοῖς δικαστηρίοις οὐ διὰ ψηφοφορίας ᾤετο γίγνεσθαι δεῖν, ἀλλὰ φέρειν ἕκαστον πινάκιον, ἐν ᾧ γράφειν, εἰ καταδικάζοι ἁπλῶς, τὴν δίκην, εἰ δ’ ἀπολύοι ἁπλῶς, κενόν, εἰ δὲ τὸ μὲν τὸ δὲ μή, τοῦτο διορίζειν.

    He divided the territory into three parts: sacred, public, and private. The sacred land was to provide for the customary offerings to the gods; the public land was to support the defenders; and the private land was to belong to the farmers. He thought there were also only three kinds of law, since the matters that lawsuits arise over are three in number: outrage, damage, and death. He also legislated a single supreme court, to which all cases thought to have been wrongly decided were to be appealed; he composed it of certain elected 1268a elders. He thought verdicts in the courts should not be given by casting ballots. Instead, each juror should carry a tablet: if he convicted outright, he would write the penalty on it; if he acquitted outright, he would leave it blank; and if he convicted on one point but not another, he would specify this.

    νῦν γὰρ οὐκ ᾤετο νενομοθετῆσθαι καλῶς· ἀναγκάζειν γὰρ ἐπιορκεῖν ἢ ταῦτα ἢ ταῦτα δικάζοντας. ἔτι δὲ νόμον ἐτίθει περὶ τῶν εὑρισκόντων τι τῇ πόλει συμφέρον, ὅπως τυγχάνωσι τιμῆς, καὶ τοῖς παισὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τελευτώντων ἐκ δημοσίου γίνεσθαι τὴν τροφήν, ὡς οὔπω τοῦτο παρ’ ἄλλοις νενομοθετημένον (ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἐν Ἀθήναις οὗτος ὁ νόμος νῦν καὶ ἐν ἑτέραις τῶν πόλεων)· τοὺς δ’ ἄρχοντας αἱρετοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου εἶναι πάντας. δῆμον δ’ ἐποίει τὰ τρία μέρη τῆς πόλεως· τοὺς δ’ αἱρεθέντας ἐπιμελεῖσθαι κοινῶν καὶ ξενικῶν καὶ ὀρφανικῶν.

    He thought the present law was badly made, since it forces jurors to perjure themselves whichever way they vote. He also proposed a law that those who discover something useful to the city should receive an honor, and that the children of those who die in war should be brought up at public expense—as though this had never yet been legislated elsewhere, though in fact this law exists now at Athens and in other cities too. All the officials were to be elected by the people, and he made the people consist of the three parts of the city. Those elected were to take care of public affairs, matters concerning foreigners, and matters concerning orphans.

    τὰ μὲν οὖν πλεῖστα καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἀξιόλογα τῆς Ἱπποδάμου τάξεως ταῦτ’ ἐστίν· ἀπορήσειε δ’ ἄν τις πρῶτον μὲν τὴν διαίρεσιν τοῦ πλήθους τῶν πολιτῶν. οἵ τε γὰρ τεχνῖται καὶ οἱ γεωργοὶ καὶ οἱ τὰ ὅπλα ἔχοντες κοινωνοῦσι τῆς πολιτείας πάντες, οἱ μὲν γεωργοὶ οὐκ ἔχοντες ὅπλα, οἱ δὲ τεχνῖται οὔτε γῆν οὔτε ὅπλα, ὥστε γίνονται σχεδὸν δοῦλοι τῶν τὰ ὅπλα κεκτημένων. μετέχειν μὲν οὖν πασῶν τῶν τιμῶν ἀδύνατον (ἀνάγκη γὰρ ἐκ τῶν τὰ ὅπλα ἐχόντων καθίστασθαι καὶ στρατηγοὺς καὶ πολιτοφύλακας καὶ τὰς κυριωτάτας ἀρχὰς ὡς εἰπεῖν)· μὴ μετέχοντας δὲ τῆς πολιτείας πῶς οἷόν τε φιλικῶς ἔχειν πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν; ἀλλὰ δεῖ καὶ κρείττους εἶναι τοὺς τὰ ὅπλα γε κεκτημένους ἀμφοτέρων τῶν μερῶν.

    These, then, are most of the features of Hippodamus’ arrangement, and the most noteworthy. The first difficulty one might raise concerns the division of the body of citizens. The craftsmen, the farmers, and those who bear arms all share in the constitution; but the farmers have no arms, and the craftsmen have neither land nor arms, so that they become practically slaves of those who possess the arms. It is impossible, then, for them to share in all the offices, since generals, guardians of the citizens, and, broadly speaking, the most authoritative officials must be appointed from those who bear arms. But if they have no share in the constitution, how can they feel friendly toward it? Well then, those who possess the arms must be stronger than both the other parts.

    τοῦτο δ’ οὐ ῥᾴδιον μὴ πολλοὺς ὄντας· εἰ δὲ τοῦτ’ ἔσται, τί δεῖ τοὺς ἄλλους μετέχειν τῆς πολιτείας καὶ κυρίους εἶναι τῆς τῶν ἀρχόντων καταστάσεως; ἔτι οἱ γεωργοὶ τί χρήσιμοι τῇ πόλει; τεχνίτας μὲν γὰρ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι (πᾶσα γὰρ δεῖται πόλις τεχνιτῶν), καὶ δύνανται διαγίγνεσθαι καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσιν ἀπὸ τῆς τέχνης· οἱ δὲ γεωργοὶ πορίζοντες μὲν τοῖς τὰ ὅπλα κεκτημένοις τὴν τροφὴν εὐλόγως ἂν ἦσάν τι τῆς πόλεως μέρος, νῦν δ’ ἰδίαν ἔχουσιν καὶ ταύτην ἰδίᾳ γεωργήσουσιν.

    That is not easy unless they are numerous; and if they are, why should the others share in the constitution and have authority over the appointment of officials? Again, what use are the farmers to the city? Craftsmen are necessary, since every city needs craftsmen, and they can make a living from their craft as in other cities. The farmers, if they supplied food to those who possess arms, might reasonably be some part of the city; but as it is, they have their own land and will farm it for themselves.

    ἔτι δὲ τὴν κοινήν, ἀφ’ ἧς οἱ προπολεμοῦντες ἕξουσι τὴν τροφήν, εἰ μὲν αὐτοὶ γεωργήσουσιν, οὐκ ἂν εἴη τὸ μάχιμον ἕτερον καὶ τὸ γεωργοῦν, βούλεται δ’ ὁ νομοθέτης· εἰ δ’ ἕτεροί τινες ἔσονται τῶν τε τὰ ἴδια γεωργούντων καὶ τῶν μαχίμων, τέταρτον αὖ μόριον ἔσται τοῦτο τῆς πόλεως, οὐδενὸς μετέχον, ἀλλὰ ἀλλότριον τῆς πολιτείας· ἀλλὰ μὴν εἴ τις τοὺς αὐτοὺς θήσει τούς τε τὴν ἰδίαν καὶ τοὺς τὴν κοινὴν γεωργοῦντας, τό τε πλῆθος ἄπορον ἔσται τῶν καρπῶν ἐξ ὧν 1268b ἕκαστος γεωργήσει δύο οἰκίαις, καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐκ εὐθὺς ἀπὸ τῆς ⟨αὐτῆς⟩ γῆς καὶ τῶν αὐτῶν κλήρων αὑτοῖς τε τὴν τροφὴν λήψονται καὶ τοῖς μαχίμοις παρέξουσιν; ταῦτα δὴ πάντα πολλὴν ἔχει ταραχήν.

    Further, as for the common land from which the defenders are to get their food: if they farm it themselves, the fighting part would not be distinct from the farming part, which is what the lawgiver wants. If some other people are to farm it, distinct both from those who farm their own land and from the fighters, this will be yet a fourth part of the city, sharing in nothing and alien to the constitution. And if one makes the same people farm both the private and the common land, the quantity of produce will be insufficient for 1268b each of them to farm for two households; and why will they not straight away take food for themselves and supply it to the fighters from the same land and the same allotments? All of this involves a great deal of confusion.

    οὐ καλῶς δ’ οὐδ’ ὁ περὶ τῆς κρίσεως ἔχει νόμος, τὸ κρίνειν ἀξιοῦν διαιροῦντα, τῆς δίκης ἁπλῶς γεγραμμένης, καὶ γίνεσθαι τὸν δικαστὴν διαιτητήν. τοῦτο δὲ ἐν μὲν τῇ διαίτῃ καὶ πλείοσιν ἐνδέχεται (κοινολογοῦνται γὰρ ἀλλήλοις περὶ τῆς κρίσεως), ἐν δὲ τοῖς δικαστηρίοις οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὐναντίον τούτου τῶν νομοθετῶν οἱ πολλοὶ παρασκευάζουσιν ὅπως οἱ δικασταὶ μὴ κοινολογῶνται πρὸς ἀλλήλους. ἔπειτα πῶς οὐκ ἔσται ταραχώδης ἡ κρίσις, ὅταν ὀφείλειν μὲν ὁ δικαστὴς οἴηται, μὴ τοσοῦτον δ’ ὅσον ὁ δικαζόμενος; ὁ μὲν γὰρ εἴκοσι μνᾶς, ὁ δὲ δικαστὴς κρινεῖ δέκα μνᾶς (ἢ ὁ μὲν πλέον ὁ δ’ ἔλασσον), ἄλλος δὲ πέντε, ὁ δὲ τέτταρας, καὶ τοῦτον δὴ τὸν τρόπον δῆλον ὅτι μεριοῦσιν· οἱ δὲ πάντα καταδικάσουσιν, οἱ δ’ οὐδέν.

    Nor is the law about judging well made, the one requiring a juror to make distinctions in his verdict when the charge has been written without qualification, so that the juror becomes an arbitrator. In arbitration this is possible even with several arbitrators, since they confer with one another about the verdict; but in the courts it is not possible. On the contrary, most lawgivers take steps to prevent jurors from conferring with one another. Then how will the verdict not be a muddle, when a juror thinks the defendant owes something, but not as much as the plaintiff claims? The plaintiff claims twenty minas, but one juror will award ten (or the one more and the other less), another five, another four; clearly they will split it up in this way, while some will award the whole sum and others nothing.

    The mina was a large sum of money: a hundred drachmas.

    τίς οὖν ὁ τρόπος ἔσται τῆς διαλογῆς τῶν ψήφων; ἔτι δ’ οὐδὲν ἐπιορκεῖν ἀναγκάζει τὸν ἁπλῶς ἀποδικάσαντα ἢ καταδικάσαντα, εἴπερ ἁπλῶς τὸ ἔγκλημα γέγραπται, δικαίως· οὐ γὰρ μηδὲν ὀφείλειν ὁ ἀποδικάσας κρίνει, ἀλλὰ τὰς εἴκοσι μνᾶς· ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖνος ἤδη ἐπιορκεῖ, ὁ καταδικάσας, μὴ νομίζων ὀφείλειν τὰς εἴκοσι μνᾶς.

    How, then, will the votes be counted? Further, nothing forces a juror to perjure himself who simply acquits or convicts, provided the charge has been written without qualification, and rightly so. The one who acquits is not judging that nothing is owed, only that the twenty minas are not owed. It is the one who convicts who perjures himself, if he does not believe the twenty minas are owed.

    περὶ δὲ τοῦ τοῖς εὑρίσκουσί τι τῇ πόλει συμφέρον ὡς δεῖ γίνεσθαί τινα τιμήν, οὐκ ἔστιν ἀσφαλὲς τὸ νομοθετεῖν, ἀλλ’ εὐόφθαλμον ἀκοῦσαι μόνον· ἔχει γὰρ συκοφαντίας καὶ κινήσεις, ἂν τύχῃ, πολιτείας. ἐμπίπτει δ’ εἰς ἄλλο πρόβλημα καὶ σκέψιν ἑτέραν· ἀποροῦσι γάρ τινες πότερον βλαβερὸν ἢ συμφέρον ταῖς πόλεσι τὸ κινεῖν τοὺς πατρίους νόμους, ἂν ᾖ τις ἄλλος βελτίων. διόπερ οὐ ῥᾴδιον τῷ λεχθέντι ταχὺ συγχωρεῖν, εἴπερ μὴ συμφέρει κινεῖν, ἐνδέχεται δ’ εἰσηγεῖσθαί τινας νόμων λύσιν ἢ πολιτείας ὡς κοινὸν ἀγαθόν. ἐπεὶ δὲ πεποιήμεθα μνείαν, ἔτι μικρὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ διαστείλασθαι βέλτιον. ἔχει γάρ, ὥσπερ εἴπομεν, ἀπορίαν, καὶ δόξειεν ἂν βέλτιον εἶναι τὸ κινεῖν.

    As for his proposal that those who discover something useful to the city should receive some honor, it is not safe to legislate this; it only sounds attractive. It invites malicious prosecutions and, it may be, changes of constitution. It also leads into another problem and a different inquiry. Some people are puzzled whether it is harmful or beneficial to cities to change their ancestral laws when some other law is better. That is why it is not easy to agree readily with what he proposed, if in fact change is not beneficial; for people may propose the abolition of laws or of the constitution as a common good. Since we have mentioned it, it is better to set out a little more about it. It does, as we said, involve a difficulty, and it might seem better to change.

    ἐπὶ γοῦν τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιστημῶν τοῦτο συνενήνοχεν, οἷον ἰατρικὴ κινηθεῖσα παρὰ τὰ πάτρια καὶ γυμναστικὴ καὶ ὅλως αἱ τέχναι πᾶσαι καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις, ὥστ’ ἐπεὶ μίαν τούτων θετέον καὶ τὴν πολιτικήν, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ περὶ ταύτην ἀναγκαῖον ὁμοίως ἔχειν. σημεῖον δ’ ἂν γεγονέναι φαίη τις ἐπ’ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων· τοὺς γὰρ ἀρχαίους νόμους λίαν ἁπλοῦς εἶναι καὶ βαρβαρικούς. ἐσιδηροφοροῦντό τε γὰρ οἱ Ἕλληνες, καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ἐωνοῦντο παρ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅσα τε λοιπὰ τῶν ἀρχαίων ἐστί που νομίμων εὐήθη πάμπαν ἐστίν, 1269a οἷον ἐν Κύμῃ περὶ τὰ φονικὰ νόμος ἔστιν, ἂν πλῆθός τι παράσχηται μαρτύρων ὁ διώκων τὸν φόνον τῶν αὑτοῦ συγγενῶν, ἔνοχον εἶναι τῷ φόνῳ τὸν φεύγοντα.

    At any rate, in the other sciences this has proved beneficial: medicine, for instance, has been changed from its ancestral ways, and gymnastic training, and in general all the arts and capacities. So since statesmanship too must be counted as one of these, it is clear that the same must hold for it as well. One might say that the facts themselves provide evidence: the ancient laws were excessively simple and uncivilized. The Greeks used to go about carrying iron weapons, and bought their wives from one another; and whatever remains of ancient custom anywhere is altogether foolish. 1269a At Cyme, for example, there is a law about homicide: if the prosecutor produces a certain number of witnesses from among his own relatives, the defendant is guilty of the murder.

    Cyme was a Greek city on the coast of Asia Minor.

    ζητοῦσι δ’ ὅλως οὐ τὸ πάτριον ἀλλὰ τἀγαθὸν πάντες· εἰκός τε τοὺς πρώτους, εἴτε γηγενεῖς ἦσαν εἴτ’ ἐκ φθορᾶς τινος ἐσώθησαν, ὁμοίους εἶναι καὶ τοὺς τυχόντας καὶ τοὺς ἀνοήτους, ὥσπερ καὶ λέγεται κατὰ τῶν γηγενῶν, ὥστε ἄτοπον τὸ μένειν ἐν τοῖς τούτων δόγμασιν. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οὐδὲ τοὺς γεγραμμένους ἐᾶν ἀκινήτους βέλτιον. ὥσπερ γὰρ καὶ περὶ τὰς ἄλλας τέχνας, καὶ τὴν πολιτικὴν τάξιν ἀδύνατον ἀκριβῶς πάντα γραφῆναι· καθόλου γὰρ ἀναγκαῖον γράφειν, αἱ δὲ πράξεις περὶ τῶν καθ’ ἕκαστόν εἰσιν.

    In general, everyone seeks not what is ancestral but what is good. And it is likely that the first human beings, whether they were born from the earth or were survivors of some catastrophe, were like ordinary or even foolish people today—which is in fact what is said of the earthborn—so it would be strange to abide by their opinions. Besides, it is not better to leave even written laws unchanged. Just as in the other arts, so with political order it is impossible for everything to be written down precisely, since what is written must be universal, whereas actions concern particulars.

    ἐκ μὲν οὖν τούτων φανερὸν ὅτι κινητέοι καὶ τινὲς καὶ ποτὲ τῶν νόμων εἰσίν· ἄλλον δὲ τρόπον ἐπισκοποῦσιν εὐλαβείας ἂν δόξειεν εἶναι πολλῆς. ὅταν γὰρ ᾖ τὸ μὲν βέλτιον μικρόν, τὸ δ’ ἐθίζειν εὐχερῶς λύειν τοὺς νόμους φαῦλον, φανερὸν ὡς ἐατέον ἐνίας ἁμαρτίας καὶ τῶν νομοθετῶν καὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων· οὐ γὰρ τοσοῦτον ὠφελήσεται κινήσας ὅσον βλαβήσεται τοῖς ἄρχουσιν ἀπειθεῖν ἐθισθείς. ψεῦδος δὲ καὶ τὸ παράδειγμα τὸ περὶ τῶν τεχνῶν· οὐ γὰρ ὅμοιον τὸ κινεῖν τέχνην καὶ νόμον· ὁ γὰρ νόμος ἰσχὺν οὐδεμίαν ἔχει πρὸς τὸ πείθεσθαι παρὰ τὸ ἔθος, τοῦτο δ’ οὐ γίνεται εἰ μὴ διὰ χρόνου πλῆθος, ὥστε τὸ ῥᾳδίως μεταβάλλειν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων νόμων εἰς ἑτέρους νόμους καινοὺς ἀσθενῆ ποιεῖν ἐστι τὴν τοῦ νόμου δύναμιν.

    From these considerations it is clear, then, that some laws must be changed at certain times. But looked at another way, it would seem to call for great caution. When the improvement is small, and it is a bad thing to accustom people to abolish laws lightly, it is clear that some mistakes of both lawgivers and officials should be let stand. The city will not gain as much from the change as it will lose by being accustomed to disobey its officials. The analogy with the arts is also false: changing an art is not like changing a law. Law has no strength to secure obedience except habit, and habit is formed only over a long period of time; so easily changing from existing laws to new ones weakens the power of law.

    ἔτι δ’ εἰ καὶ κινητέοι, πότερον πάντες καὶ ἐν πάσῃ πολιτείᾳ, ἢ οὔ; καὶ πότερον τῷ τυχόντι ἢ τισίν; ταῦτα γὰρ ἔχει μεγάλην διαφοράν. διὸ νῦν μὲν ἀφῶμεν ταύτην τὴν σκέψιν· ἄλλων γάρ ἐστι καιρῶν.

    Further, even if laws are to be changed, should all of them be, and in every constitution, or not? And by anyone at all, or by certain people? These questions make a great difference. So let us leave this inquiry for now; it belongs to another occasion.

    The Spartan constitution

    Sparta’s serfs, women, land, offices, common meals, and finances are examined and criticized.

    περὶ δὲ τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων πολιτείας καὶ τῆς Κρητικῆς, σχεδὸν δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολιτειῶν, δύο εἰσὶν αἱ σκέψεις, μία μὲν εἴ τι καλῶς ἢ μὴ καλῶς πρὸς τὴν ἀρίστην νενομοθέτηται τάξιν, ἑτέρα δ’ εἴ τι πρὸς τὴν ὑπόθεσιν καὶ τὸν τρόπον ὑπεναντίως τῆς προκειμένης αὐτοῖς πολιτείας. ὅτι μὲν οὖν δεῖ τῇ μελλούσῃ καλῶς πολιτεύεσθαι τὴν τῶν ἀναγκαίων ὑπάρχειν σχολήν, ὁμολογούμενόν ἐστιν· τίνα δὲ τρόπον ὑπάρχειν, οὐ ῥᾴδιον λαβεῖν. ἥ τε γὰρ Θετταλῶν πενεστεία πολλάκις ἐπέθετο τοῖς Θετταλοῖς, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοῖς Λάκωσιν οἱ εἵλωτες (ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐφεδρεύοντες τοῖς ἀτυχήμασι διατελοῦσιν)· περὶ δὲ τοὺς Κρῆτας οὐδέν πω τοιοῦτον συμβέβηκεν.

    About the constitutions of Sparta and Crete, and indeed pretty much about the other constitutions as well, there are two questions to consider. One is whether some provision is well or badly made with respect to the best arrangement; the other is whether it runs counter to the fundamental principle and character of the constitution they have set before themselves. It is agreed that a city that is to be well governed must have leisure from the necessities; but how this is to be secured is not easy to grasp. The penestae of Thessaly often rose against the Thessalians, and in the same way the helots against the Spartans, for they are constantly lying in wait, as it were, for their masters’ misfortunes. Among the Cretans, however, nothing of the kind has yet happened.

    αἴτιον δ’ ἴσως τὸ τὰς γειτνιώσας 1269b πόλεις, καίπερ πολεμούσας ἀλλήλαις, μηδεμίαν εἶναι σύμμαχον τοῖς ἀφισταμένοις διὰ τὸ μὴ συμφέρειν ⟨ταῖς⟩ καὶ αὐταῖς κεκτημέναις περιοίκους, τοῖς δὲ Λάκωσιν οἱ γειτνιῶντες ἐχθροὶ πάντες ἦσαν, Ἀργεῖοι καὶ Μεσήνιοι καὶ Ἀρκάδες· ἐπεὶ καὶ τοῖς Θετταλοῖς κατ’ ἀρχὰς ἀφίσταντο διὰ τὸ πολεμεῖν ἔτι τοῖς προσχώροις, Ἀχαιοῖς καὶ Περραιβοῖς καὶ Μάγνησιν. ἔοικε δὲ καὶ εἰ μηδὲν ἕτερον, ἀλλὰ τό γε τῆς ἐπιμελείας ἐργῶδες εἶναι, τίνα δεῖ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁμιλῆσαι τρόπον· ἀνιέμενοί τε γὰρ ὑβρίζουσι καὶ τῶν ἴσων ἀξιοῦσιν ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς κυρίοις, καὶ κακοπαθῶς ζῶντες ἐπιβουλεύουσι καὶ μισοῦσιν. δῆλον οὖν ὡς οὐκ ἐξευρίσκουσι τὸν βέλτιστον τρόπον οἷς τοῦτο συμβαίνει περὶ τὴν εἱλωτείαν.

    The reason is perhaps that the neighboring 1269b cities, even when at war with one another, never ally themselves with rebels, since that is not in their interest, as they too have subject populations of their own. The Spartans, by contrast, had neighbors who were all hostile—Argives, Messenians, and Arcadians. The Thessalians too first faced revolts because they were still at war with the peoples bordering them, the Achaeans, Perrhaebians, and Magnesians. And even if there were nothing else, the task of supervising them seems troublesome in itself: how one ought to deal with them. If given free rein they become insolent and claim equality with their masters; if made to live wretchedly, they plot against them and hate them. Clearly, then, those who have this experience with their serf population have not found the best way.

    ἔτι δ’ ἡ περὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ἄνεσις καὶ πρὸς τὴν προαίρεσιν τῆς πολιτείας βλαβερὰ καὶ πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν πόλεως. ὥσπερ γὰρ οἰκίας μέρος ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνή, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ πόλιν ἐγγὺς τοῦ δίχα διῃρῆσθαι δεῖ νομίζειν εἴς τε τὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν πλῆθος καὶ τὸ τῶν γυναικῶν, ὥστ’ ἐν ὅσαις πολιτείαις φαύλως ἔχει τὸ περὶ τὰς γυναῖκας, τὸ ἥμισυ τῆς πόλεως εἶναι δεῖ νομίζειν ἀνομοθέτητον. ὅπερ ἐκεῖ συμβέβηκεν· ὅλην γὰρ τὴν πόλιν ὁ νομοθέτης εἶναι βουλόμενος καρτερικήν, κατὰ μὲν τοὺς ἄνδρας φανερός ἐστι τοιοῦτος ὤν, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν γυναικῶν ἐξημέληκεν· ζῶσι γὰρ ἀκολάστως πρὸς ἅπασαν ἀκολασίαν καὶ τρυφερῶς.

    Further, the laxity regarding women is harmful both to the aim of the constitution and to the happiness of the city. Just as man and woman are each a part of a household, clearly the city too must be regarded as divided nearly in two, into the body of men and the body of women. So in any constitution where matters concerning women are badly handled, half the city must be regarded as unregulated by law. That is what has happened there. The lawgiver wanted the whole city to be hardy, and he evidently made it so as far as the men are concerned, but he neglected the women; they live without restraint in every kind of licentiousness, and in luxury.

    ὥστ’ ἀναγκαῖον ἐν τῇ τοιαύτῃ πολιτείᾳ τιμᾶσθαι τὸν πλοῦτον, ἄλλως τε κἂν τύχωσι γυναικοκρατούμενοι, καθάπερ τὰ πολλὰ τῶν στρατιωτικῶν καὶ πολεμικῶν γενῶν, ἔξω Κελτῶν ἢ κἂν εἴ τινες ἕτεροι φανερῶς τετιμήκασι τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἄρρενας συνουσίαν. ἔοικε γὰρ ὁ μυθολογήσας πρῶτος οὐκ ἀλόγως συζεῦξαι τὸν Ἄρην πρὸς τὴν Ἀφροδίτην· ἢ γὰρ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀρρένων ὁμιλίαν ἢ πρὸς τὴν τῶν γυναικῶν φαίνονται κατοκώχιμοι πάντες οἱ τοιοῦτοι. διὸ παρὰ τοῖς Λάκωσι τοῦθ’ ὑπῆρχεν, καὶ πολλὰ διῳκεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν γυναικῶν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτῶν. καίτοι τί διαφέρει γυναῖκας ἄρχειν ἢ τοὺς ἄρχοντας ὑπὸ τῶν γυναικῶν ἄρχεσθαι; ταὐτὸ γὰρ συμβαίνει. χρησίμου δ’ οὔσης τῆς θρασύτητος πρὸς οὐδὲν τῶν ἐγκυκλίων, ἀλλ’ εἴπερ, πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον, βλαβερώταται καὶ πρὸς ταῦθ’ αἱ τῶν Λακώνων ἦσαν.

    So in such a constitution wealth is inevitably held in honor, especially if the men happen to be dominated by their women, as is true of most military and warlike peoples—apart from the Celts and any others who have openly held sexual relations between males in honor. The first teller of myths seems to have had good reason to pair Ares with Aphrodite, for all such peoples appear to be strongly drawn either to intimacy with males or to women. This is why it was so among the Spartans, and in the days of their empire many things were managed by women. And yet what difference is there between women ruling and rulers being ruled by women? The result is the same. Boldness is of no use in everyday affairs, but only, if at all, in war; yet even here Spartan women were extremely harmful.

    Ares was the god of war, Aphrodite the goddess of love; in myth they were lovers.

    ἐδήλωσαν δ’ ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν Θηβαίων ἐμβολῆς· χρήσιμοι μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲν ἦσαν, ὥσπερ ἐν ἑτέραις πόλεσιν, θόρυβον δὲ παρεῖχον πλείω τῶν πολεμίων. ἐξ ἀρχῆς μὲν οὖν ἔοικε συμβεβηκέναι τοῖς Λάκωσιν εὐλόγως ἡ τῶν γυναικῶν 1270a ἄνεσις. ἔξω γὰρ τῆς οἰκείας διὰ τὰς στρατείας ἀπεξενοῦντο πολὺν χρόνον, πολεμοῦντες τόν τε πρὸς Ἀργείους πόλεμον καὶ πάλιν τὸν πρὸς Ἀρκάδας καὶ Μεσηνίους· σχολάσαντες δὲ αὑτοὺς μὲν παρεῖχον τῷ νομοθέτῃ προωδοπεποιημένους διὰ τὸν στρατιωτικὸν βίον (πολλὰ γὰρ ἔχει μέρη τῆς ἀρετῆς), τὰς δὲ γυναῖκάς φασι μὲν ἄγειν ἐπιχειρῆσαι τὸν Λυκοῦργον ὑπὸ τοὺς νόμους, ὡς δ’ ἀντέκρουον, ἀποστῆναι πάλιν.

    They showed this at the time of the Theban invasion: they were of no use at all, as women in other cities are, and caused more confusion than the enemy. It seems, then, that from the beginning the laxity regarding women 1270a arose among the Spartans with some reason. The men spent long periods abroad away from their own land on campaign, fighting the war against the Argives and then again the one against the Arcadians and Messenians. When they had leisure they presented themselves to the lawgiver already prepared by military life, which contains many elements of excellence. But as for the women, they say Lycurgus tried to bring them under the laws, but when they resisted he gave up.

    Thebes invaded Spartan territory in 369 BC, after defeating Sparta at Leuctra. Lycurgus was the legendary lawgiver of Sparta.

    αἰτίαι μὲν οὖν εἰσιν αὗται τῶν γενομένων, ὥστε δῆλον ὅτι καὶ ταύτης τῆς ἁμαρτίας· ἀλλ’ ἡμεῖς οὐ τοῦτο σκοποῦμεν, τίνι δεῖ συγγνώμην ἔχειν ἢ μὴ ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ περὶ τοῦ ὀρθῶς καὶ μὴ ὀρθῶς. τὰ δὲ περὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ἔχοντα μὴ καλῶς ἔοικεν, ὥσπερ ἐλέχθη καὶ πρότερον, οὐ μόνον ἀπρέπειάν τινα ποιεῖν τῆς πολιτείας αὐτῆς καθ’ αὑτήν, ἀλλὰ συμβάλλεσθαί τι πρὸς τὴν φιλοχρηματίαν. μετὰ γὰρ τὰ νῦν ῥηθέντα τοῖς περὶ τὴν ἀνωμαλίαν τῆς κτήσεως ἐπιτιμήσειεν ἄν τις. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν συμβέβηκε κεκτῆσθαι πολλὴν λίαν οὐσίαν, τοῖς δὲ πάμπαν μικράν· διόπερ εἰς ὀλίγους ἧκεν ἡ χώρα.

    These, then, are the causes of what happened, and so clearly of this error too. But we are not examining whom we should excuse or not excuse, but what is right and not right. The poor state of affairs concerning women seems, as was said before, not only to create a certain unseemliness in the constitution taken by itself, but also to contribute something to love of money. After what has just been said, one might criticize the unevenness in the distribution of property. Some Spartans have come to own far too much property, others very little indeed; that is why the land has fallen into the hands of a few.

    τοῦτο δὲ καὶ διὰ τῶν νόμων τέτακται φαύλως· ὠνεῖσθαι μὲν γάρ, ἢ πωλεῖν τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν, ἐποίησεν οὐ καλόν, ὀρθῶς ποιήσας, διδόναι δὲ καὶ καταλείπειν ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκε τοῖς βουλομένοις· καίτοι ταὐτὸ συμβαίνειν ἀναγκαῖον ἐκείνως τε καὶ οὕτως. ἔστι δὲ καὶ τῶν γυναικῶν σχεδὸν τῆς πάσης χώρας τῶν πέντε μερῶν τὰ δύο, τῶν τ’ ἐπικλήρων πολλῶν γινομένων, καὶ διὰ τὸ προῖκας διδόναι μεγάλας. καίτοι βέλτιον ἦν μηδεμίαν ἢ ὀλίγην ἢ καὶ μετρίαν τετάχθαι. νῦν δ’ ἔξεστι δοῦναί τε τὴν ἐπίκληρον ὅτῳ ἂν βούληται, κἂν ἀποθάνῃ μὴ διαθέμενος, ὃν ἂν καταλίπῃ κληρονόμον, οὗτος ᾧ ἂν θέλῃ δίδωσιν. τοιγαροῦν δυναμένης τῆς χώρας χιλίους ἱππεῖς τρέφειν καὶ πεντακοσίους, καὶ ὁπλίτας τρισμυρίους, οὐδὲ χίλιοι τὸ πλῆθος ἦσαν.

    This too has been badly arranged by the laws. The lawgiver made it dishonorable to buy or sell land one already holds, and in this he did right; but he gave anyone who wished the freedom to give it away or bequeath it—and yet the same result must follow either way. Almost two-fifths of all the land belongs to women, both because there are many heiresses and because large dowries are given. Yet it would have been better to prescribe no dowry, or a small or at any rate moderate one. As it is, a man may give an heiress in marriage to whomever he likes; and if he dies without a will, whoever he leaves as heir gives her to whomever he wishes. The result is that although the land could support fifteen hundred cavalry and thirty thousand hoplites, their number fell below a thousand.

    An heiress (epikleros) was a daughter with no brothers, through whom her father’s estate passed to her husband and children.

    γέγονε δὲ διὰ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῶν δῆλον ὅτι φαύλως αὐτοῖς εἶχε τὰ περὶ τὴν τάξιν ταύτην· μίαν γὰρ πληγὴν οὐχ ὑπήνεγκεν ἡ πόλις, ἀλλ’ ἀπώλετο διὰ τὴν ὀλιγανθρωπίαν. λέγουσι δ’ ὡς ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν προτέρων βασιλέων μετεδίδοσαν τῆς πολιτείας, ὥστ’ οὐ γίνεσθαι τότε ὀλιγανθρωπίαν, πολεμούντων πολὺν χρόνον, καί φασιν εἶναί ποτε τοῖς Σπαρτιάταις καὶ μυρίους· οὐ μὴν ἀλλ’, εἴτ’ ἐστὶν ἀληθῆ ταῦτα εἴτε μή, βέλτιον τὸ διὰ τῆς κτήσεως ὡμαλισμένης πληθύειν ἀνδρῶν τὴν πόλιν. ὑπεναντίος δὲ καὶ ὁ περὶ τὴν τεκνοποιίαν νόμος πρὸς ταύτην τὴν διόρθωσιν. 1270b βουλόμενος γὰρ ὁ νομοθέτης ὡς πλείστους εἶναι τοὺς Σπαρτιάτας, προάγεται τοὺς πολίτας ὅτι πλείστους ποιεῖσθαι παῖδας· ἔστι γὰρ αὐτοῖς νόμος τὸν μὲν γεννήσαντα τρεῖς υἱοὺς ἄφρουρον εἶναι, τὸν δὲ τέτταρας ἀτελῆ πάντων.

    The facts themselves have made it clear that this arrangement of theirs was bad: the city could not withstand a single blow, but was ruined by its shortage of men. They say that under the earlier kings they used to grant citizenship to others, so that there was no shortage of men then, despite their being at war for long periods; and they say that the Spartiates once numbered as many as ten thousand. Whether or not this is true, it is better for the city to be full of men through the equalization of property. The law about having children also runs counter to this reform. 1270b Wishing the Spartiates to be as numerous as possible, the lawgiver encourages the citizens to have as many children as possible: they have a law that a man who has fathered three sons is exempt from military guard duty, and one who has fathered four is exempt from all taxes.

    The single blow was the defeat at Leuctra. Spartiates were the full citizens of Sparta.

    καίτοι φανερὸν ὅτι πολλῶν γινομένων, τῆς δὲ χώρας οὕτω διῃρημένης, ἀναγκαῖον πολλοὺς γίνεσθαι πένητας.

    Yet it is clear that if many are born while the land is divided up as it is, many must inevitably become poor.

    ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν ἐφορείαν ἔχει φαύλως. ἡ γὰρ ἀρχὴ κυρία μὲν αὐτὴ τῶν μεγίστων αὐτοῖς ἐστιν, γίνονται δ’ ἐκ τοῦ δήμου παντός, ὥστε πολλάκις ἐμπίπτουσιν ἄνθρωποι σφόδρα πένητες εἰς τὸ ἀρχεῖον, οἳ διὰ τὴν ἀπορίαν ὤνιοι ἦσαν. ἐδήλωσαν δὲ πολλάκις μὲν καὶ πρότερον, καὶ νῦν δὲ ἐν τοῖς Ἀνδρίοις· διαφθαρέντες γὰρ ἀργυρίῳ τινές, ὅσον ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῖς, ὅλην τὴν πόλιν ἀπώλεσαν, καὶ διὰ τὸ τὴν ἀρχὴν εἶναι λίαν μεγάλην καὶ ἰσοτύραννον δημαγωγεῖν [αὐτοὺς] ἠναγκάζοντο καὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς, ὥστε καὶ ταύτῃ συνεπιβλάπτεσθαι τὴν πολιτείαν· δημοκρατία γὰρ ἐξ ἀριστοκρατίας συνέβαινεν.

    The arrangements concerning the ephorate are also bad. This office has authority over their most important affairs, but the ephors come from the whole people, so that very poor men often end up in office, who because of their poverty were open to bribery. They have often shown this in the past, and recently too in the affair at Andros: some of them, corrupted by money, did all they could to ruin the whole city. And because the office is too great and equal to a tyranny, even the kings were forced to court their favor, so that in this way too the constitution was damaged along with them: from an aristocracy it became a democracy.

    The Andros affair is otherwise unknown.

    συνέχει μὲν οὖν τὴν πολιτείαν τὸ ἀρχεῖον τοῦτο—ἡσυχάζει γὰρ ὁ δῆμος διὰ τὸ μετέχειν τῆς μεγίστης ἀρχῆς, ὥστ’ εἴτε διὰ τὸν νομοθέτην εἴτε διὰ τύχην τοῦτο συμπέπτωκεν, συμφερόντως ἔχει τοῖς πράγμασιν· δεῖ γὰρ τὴν πολιτείαν τὴν μέλλουσαν σῴζεσθαι πάντα βούλεσθαι τὰ μέρη τῆς πόλεως εἶναι καὶ διαμένειν κατὰ ταὐτά· οἱ μὲν οὖν βασιλεῖς διὰ τὴν αὑτῶν τιμὴν οὕτως ἔχουσιν, οἱ δὲ καλοὶ κἀγαθοὶ διὰ τὴν γερουσίαν (ἆθλον γὰρ ἡ ἀρχὴ αὕτη τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐστιν), ὁ δὲ δῆμος διὰ τὴν ἐφορείαν (καθίσταται γὰρ ἐξ ἁπάντων)—ἀλλ’ αἱρετὴν ἔδει τὴν ἀρχὴν εἶναι ταύτην ἐξ ἁπάντων μέν, μὴ τὸν τρόπον δὲ τοῦτον ὃν νῦν (παιδαριώδης γάρ ἐστι λίαν). ἔτι δὲ καὶ κρίσεών εἰσι μεγάλων κύριοι, ὄντες οἱ τυχόντες, διόπερ οὐκ αὐτογνώμονας βέλτιον κρίνειν ἀλλὰ κατὰ γράμματα καὶ τοὺς νόμους.

    This office does hold the constitution together: the people keep quiet because they share in the highest office, so whether it came about through the lawgiver or by chance, it serves their affairs well. For a constitution that is to be preserved must have all the parts of the city wanting it to exist and to continue on the same terms. The kings are in this state because of their own honor, the gentlemen because of the council of elders (for this office is a prize for excellence), and the people because of the ephorate (for it is filled from everyone). But while this office should be elected from everyone, it should not be in the way it is now, which is extremely childish. Further, the ephors have authority over important judgments, though they are just anyone; so it would be better for them to judge not on their own discretion but according to written rules and the laws.

    “Gentlemen” renders kaloi kagathoi, literally “the fine and good,” a standard Greek term for the upper class.

    ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἡ δίαιτα τῶν ἐφόρων οὐχ ὁμολογουμένη τῷ βουλήματι τῆς πόλεως· αὐτὴ μὲν γὰρ ἀνειμένη λίαν ἐστίν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις μᾶλλον ὑπερβάλλει ἐπὶ τὸ σκληρόν, ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαι καρτερεῖν ἀλλὰ λάθρᾳ τὸν νόμον ἀποδιδράσκοντας ἀπολαύειν τῶν σωματικῶν ἡδονῶν.

    The way of life of the ephors, too, is not in keeping with the aim of the city. Their own is too relaxed, whereas for the others it goes rather to the extreme of harshness, so that they cannot endure it, but secretly evade the law and enjoy bodily pleasures.

    ἔχει δὲ καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν τῶν γερόντων ἀρχὴν οὐ καλῶς αὐτοῖς. ἐπιεικῶν μὲν γὰρ ὄντων καὶ πεπαιδευμένων ἱκανῶς πρὸς ἀνδραγαθίαν τάχ’ ἂν εἴπειέ τις συμφέρειν τῇ πόλει, καίτοι τό γε διὰ βίου κυρίους εἶναι κρίσεων μεγάλων ἀμφισβητήσιμον (ἔστι γάρ, ὥσπερ καὶ σώματος, καὶ διανοίας γῆρας)· 1271a τὸν τρόπον δὲ τοῦτον πεπαιδευμένων ὥστε καὶ τὸν νομοθέτην αὐτὸν ἀπιστεῖν ὡς οὐκ ἀγαθοῖς ἀνδράσιν, οὐκ ἀσφαλές. φαίνονται δὲ καὶ καταδωροδοκούμενοι καὶ καταχαριζόμενοι πολλὰ τῶν κοινῶν οἱ κεκοινωνηκότες τῆς ἀρχῆς ταύτης. διόπερ βέλτιον αὐτοὺς μὴ ἀνευθύνους εἶναι· νῦν δ’ εἰσίν. δόξειε δ’ ἂν ἡ τῶν ἐφόρων ἀρχὴ πάσας εὐθύνειν τὰς ἀρχάς· τοῦτο δὲ τῇ ἐφορείᾳ μέγα λίαν τὸ δῶρον, καὶ τὸν τρόπον οὐ τοῦτον λέγομεν διδόναι δεῖν τὰς εὐθύνας.

    Their arrangements concerning the office of the elders are not good either. If the elders were decent men, adequately educated in manly excellence, one might perhaps say that it benefits the city—though their having authority over important judgments for life is open to dispute, since the mind, like the body, grows old. 1271a But when they are educated in such a way that even the lawgiver himself distrusts them as not being good men, it is not safe. Those who have shared in this office are clearly guilty of taking bribes and of giving away much public property as favors. That is why it would be better for them not to be exempt from audit; but at present they are. It might seem that the office of the ephors audits all the offices; but this is far too great a prize for the ephorate, and this is not the way we say audits ought to be conducted.

    The Spartan council of elders (gerousia) had twenty-eight members over sixty, elected for life, together with the two kings.

    ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὴν αἵρεσιν ἣν ποιοῦνται τῶν γερόντων κατά τε τὴν κρίσιν ἐστὶ παιδαριώδης, καὶ τὸ αὐτὸν αἰτεῖσθαι τὸν ἀξιωθησόμενον τῆς ἀρχῆς οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἔχει· δεῖ γὰρ καὶ βουλόμενον καὶ μὴ βουλόμενον ἄρχειν τὸν ἄξιον τῆς ἀρχῆς. νῦν δ’ ὅπερ καὶ περὶ τὴν ἄλλην πολιτείαν ὁ νομοθέτης φαίνεται ποιῶν· φιλοτίμους γὰρ κατασκευάζων τοὺς πολίτας τούτῳ κέχρηται πρὸς τὴν αἵρεσιν τῶν γερόντων· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἂν ἄρχειν αἰτήσαιτο μὴ φιλότιμος ὤν. καίτοι τῶν γ’ ἀδικημάτων τῶν γ’ ἑκουσίων τὰ πλεῖστα συμβαίνει σχεδὸν διὰ φιλοτιμίαν καὶ διὰ φιλοχρηματίαν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.

    Further, the way they elect the elders is childish in its method of decision, and it is not right for the person who is to be judged worthy of the office to ask for it himself: the man worthy of the office should hold it whether he wants to or not. As it is, the lawgiver is evidently doing here what he does in the rest of the constitution: he makes the citizens ambitious for honor and has used this in the election of the elders, since no one would ask to hold office unless he were ambitious. And yet most of the wrongs that people commit deliberately arise pretty much from love of honor and love of money.

    περὶ δὲ βασιλείας, εἰ μὲν βέλτιόν ἐστιν ὑπάρχειν ταῖς πόλεσιν ἢ μὴ βέλτιον, ἄλλος ἔστω λόγος· ἀλλὰ μὴν βέλτιόν γε μὴ καθάπερ νῦν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν αὑτοῦ βίον ἕκαστον κρίνεσθαι τῶν βασιλέων. ὅτι δ’ ὁ νομοθέτης οὐδ’ αὐτὸς οἴεται δύνασθαι ποιεῖν καλοὺς κἀγαθούς, δῆλον· ἀπιστεῖ γοῦν ὡς οὐκ οὖσιν ἱκανῶς ἀγαθοῖς ἀνδράσιν· διόπερ ἐξέπεμπον συμπρεσβευτὰς τοὺς ἐχθρούς, καὶ σωτηρίαν ἐνόμιζον τῇ πόλει εἶναι τὸ στασιάζειν τοὺς βασιλεῖς. οὐ καλῶς δ’ οὐδὲ περὶ τὰ συσσίτια τὰ καλούμενα φιδίτια νενομοθέτηται τῷ καταστήσαντι πρῶτον. ἔδει γὰρ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ μᾶλλον εἶναι τὴν σύνοδον, καθάπερ ἐν Κρήτῃ· παρὰ δὲ τοῖς Λάκωσιν ἕκαστον δεῖ φέρειν, καὶ σφόδρα πενήτων ἐνίων ὄντων καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἀνάλωμα οὐ δυναμένων δαπανᾶν, ὥστε συμβαίνει τοὐναντίον τῷ νομοθέτῃ τῆς προαιρέσεως.

    As for kingship, whether or not it is better for cities to have it must be a subject for another discussion. But at any rate it is better that each king should be judged, not as now, but on the basis of his own life. That the lawgiver himself does not think he can make them fine and good men is clear: at any rate he distrusts them as not being good enough men. That is why the Spartans used to send out the kings’ enemies as fellow ambassadors with them, and thought the kings’ quarrelling was the city’s safety. Nor did the man who first instituted the common meals, the so-called phiditia, legislate well about them. The gathering should rather be at public expense, as in Crete. Among the Spartans each man must make his own contribution, even though some are very poor and cannot afford this expense, so that the result is the opposite of what the lawgiver intended.

    Sparta had two kings at once, from two royal houses.

    βούλεται μὲν γὰρ δημοκρατικὸν εἶναι τὸ κατασκεύασμα τῶν συσσιτίων, γίνεται δ’ ἥκιστα δημοκρατικὸν οὕτω νενομοθετημένον. μετέχειν μὲν γὰρ οὐ ῥᾴδιον τοῖς λίαν πένησιν, ὅρος δὲ τῆς πολιτείας οὗτός ἐστιν αὐτοῖς ὁ πάτριος, τὸν μὴ δυνάμενον τοῦτο τὸ τέλος φέρειν μὴ μετέχειν αὐτῆς· τῷ δὲ περὶ τοὺς ναυάρχους νόμῳ καὶ ἕτεροί τινες ἐπιτετιμήκασιν, ὀρθῶς ἐπιτιμῶντες. στάσεως γὰρ γίνεται αἴτιος· ἐπὶ γὰρ τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν, οὖσι στρατηγοῖς ἀιδίοις, ἡ ναυαρχία σχεδὸν ἑτέρα βασιλεία καθέστηκεν. καὶ ὡδὶ δὲ τῇ ὑποθέσει τοῦ νομοθέτου ἐπιτιμήσειεν 1271b ἄν τις, ὅπερ καὶ Πλάτων ἐν τοῖς Νόμοις ἐπιτετίμηκεν· πρὸς γὰρ μέρος ἀρετῆς ἡ πᾶσα σύνταξις τῶν νόμων ἐστί, τὴν πολεμικήν· αὕτη γὰρ χρησίμη πρὸς τὸ κρατεῖν.

    The institution of the common meals is meant to be democratic, but legislated in this way it turns out to be the least democratic of all. It is not easy for the very poor to take part, yet their ancestral definition of citizenship is that anyone unable to pay this contribution does not share in it. The law about the admirals has also been criticized by others, and rightly so, since it becomes a cause of civil strife: alongside the kings, who are permanent generals, the admiralty has been set up as practically another kingship. One might also criticize 1271b the lawgiver’s fundamental principle on this ground, as Plato too has criticized it in the Laws: the whole system of laws aims at one part of excellence, the military part, since this is useful for conquest.

    The Spartan admiral (nauarch) held command of the fleet for a year, independently of the kings.

    τοιγαροῦν ἐσῴζοντο μὲν πολεμοῦντες, ἀπώλλυντο δὲ ἄρξαντες διὰ τὸ μὴ ἐπίστασθαι σχολάζειν μηδὲ ἠσκηκέναι μηδεμίαν ἄσκησιν ἑτέραν κυριωτέραν τῆς πολεμικῆς. τούτου δὲ ἁμάρτημα οὐκ ἔλαττον· νομίζουσι μὲν γὰρ γίνεσθαι τἀγαθὰ τὰ περιμάχητα δι’ ἀρετῆς μᾶλλον ἢ κακίας, καὶ τοῦτο μὲν καλῶς, ὅτι μέντοι ταῦτα κρείττω τῆς ἀρετῆς ὑπολαμβάνουσιν, οὐ καλῶς. φαύλως δ’ ἔχει καὶ περὶ τὰ κοινὰ χρήματα τοῖς Σπαρτιάταις. οὔτε γὰρ ἐν τῷ κοινῷ τῆς πόλεως ἔστιν οὐδὲν πολέμους μεγάλους ἀναγκαζομένοις πολεμεῖν, εἰσφέρουσί τε κακῶς· διὰ γὰρ τὸ τῶν Σπαρτιατῶν εἶναι τὴν πλείστην γῆν οὐκ ἐξετάζουσιν ἀλλήλων τὰς εἰσφοράς. ἀποβέβηκέ τε τοὐναντίον τῷ νομοθέτῃ τοῦ συμφέροντος· τὴν μὲν γὰρ πόλιν πεποίηκεν ἀχρήματον, τοὺς δ’ ἰδιώτας φιλοχρημάτους. περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων πολιτείας ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον εἰρήσθω· ταῦτα γάρ ἐστιν ἃ μάλιστ’ ἄν τις ἐπιτιμήσειεν.

    So they remained secure while they were at war, but came to ruin once they had an empire, because they did not know how to use leisure and had never practiced any discipline higher than that of war. There is another mistake no smaller than this. They believe that the goods people fight over are won by excellence rather than by vice, and in this they are right; but they suppose that these goods are better than excellence, and in this they are wrong. The Spartiates’ public finances are also badly managed. There is nothing in the city’s treasury, even though they are compelled to fight major wars, and they are bad at paying their taxes: since most of the land belongs to the Spartiates, they do not scrutinize one another’s contributions. The outcome is the opposite of what benefits the lawgiver’s aim: he has made the city short of money and its private citizens fond of it. So much, then, for the constitution of Sparta; these are the points one would most criticize.

    The Cretan constitution

    Crete’s institutions resemble Sparta’s, with better common meals but worse officials.

    ἡ δὲ Κρητικὴ πολιτεία πάρεγγυς μέν ἐστι ταύτης, ἔχει δὲ μικρὰ μὲν οὐ χεῖρον, τὸ δὲ πλεῖον ἧττον γλαφυρῶς. καὶ γὰρ ἔοικε καὶ λέγεταί γε τὰ πλεῖστα μεμιμῆσθαι τὴν Κρητικὴν πολιτείαν ἡ τῶν Λακώνων· τὰ δὲ πλεῖστα τῶν ἀρχαίων ἧττον διήρθρωται τῶν νεωτέρων. φασὶ γὰρ τὸν Λυκοῦργον, ὅτε τὴν ἐπιτροπείαν τὴν Χαριλάου τοῦ βασιλέως καταλιπὼν ἀπεδήμησεν, τότε τὸν πλεῖστον διατρῖψαι χρόνον περὶ Κρήτην διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν· ἄποικοι γὰρ οἱ Λύκτιοι τῶν Λακώνων ἦσαν, κατέλαβον δ’ οἱ πρὸς τὴν ἀποικίαν ἐλθόντες τὴν τάξιν τῶν νόμων ὑπάρχουσαν ἐν τοῖς τότε κατοικοῦσιν. διὸ καὶ νῦν οἱ περίοικοι τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον χρῶνται αὐτοῖς, ὡς κατασκευάσαντος Μίνω πρώτου τὴν τάξιν τῶν νόμων.

    The Cretan constitution comes close to this one. In a few respects it is no worse, but for the most part it is less polished. The Spartan constitution does seem—and is actually said—to have copied the Cretan in most respects, and most older things are less fully worked out than newer ones. They say that when Lycurgus gave up his guardianship of King Charillus and went abroad, he spent most of his time in Crete because of the kinship between the two peoples. The Lyctians were colonists of the Spartans, and those who went out to the colony found the system of laws already in place among the people then living there. That is why even now the subject population uses these laws in the same way, on the view that Minos first established the system of laws.

    Lyctus was a city in central Crete. Minos was the legendary king of Crete.

    δοκεῖ δ’ ἡ νῆσος καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν πεφυκέναι καὶ κεῖσθαι καλῶς· πάσῃ γὰρ ἐπίκειται τῇ θαλάττῃ, σχεδὸν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἱδρυμένων περὶ τὴν θάλατταν πάντων· ἀπέχει γὰρ τῇ μὲν τῆς Πελοποννήσου μικρόν, τῇ δὲ τῆς Ἀσίας τοῦ περὶ Τριόπιον τόπου καὶ Ῥόδου. διὸ καὶ τὴν τῆς θαλάττης ἀρχὴν κατέσχεν ὁ Μίνως, καὶ τὰς νήσους τὰς μὲν ἐχειρώσατο τὰς δ’ ᾤκισεν, τέλος δὲ ἐπιθέμενος τῇ Σικελίᾳ τὸν βίον ἐτελεύτησεν ἐκεῖ περὶ Καμικόν.

    The island seems to be naturally suited, and well situated, to rule over the Greek world. It lies across the whole sea, around which nearly all the Greeks are settled: on one side it is not far from the Peloponnese, on the other from Asia, near Triopium and Rhodes. That is why Minos gained command of the sea, conquering some of the islands and settling others; and in the end he attacked Sicily and died there, near Camicus.

    Triopium is a cape in southwestern Asia Minor, near Rhodes.

    ἔχει δ’ ἀνάλογον ἡ Κρητικὴ τάξις πρὸς τὴν Λακωνικήν. γεωργοῦσί τε γὰρ τοῖς μὲν οἱ εἵλωτες 1272a τοῖς δὲ Κρησὶν οἱ περίοικοι, καὶ συσσίτια παρ’ ἀμφοτέροις ἔστιν, καὶ τό γε ἀρχαῖον ἐκάλουν οἱ Λάκωνες οὐ φιδίτια ἀλλὰ ἀνδρεῖα, καθάπερ οἱ Κρῆτες, ᾗ καὶ δῆλον ὅτι ἐκεῖθεν ἐλήλυθεν. ἔτι δὲ τῆς πολιτείας ἡ τάξις.

    The Cretan arrangement corresponds to the Spartan. The land is farmed for the Spartans by the helots, 1272a for the Cretans by their subject population; and both have common meals. In early times the Spartans called them not phiditia but andreia, as the Cretans do—which also makes it clear that they came from there. The arrangement of the constitution corresponds too.

    οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἔφοροι τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχουσι δύναμιν τοῖς ἐν τῇ Κρήτῃ καλουμένοις κόσμοις, πλὴν οἱ μὲν ἔφοροι πέντε τὸν ἀριθμὸν οἱ δὲ κόσμοι δέκα εἰσίν· οἱ δὲ γέροντες τοῖς γέρουσιν, οὓς καλοῦσιν οἱ Κρῆτες βουλήν, ἴσοι· βασιλεία δὲ πρότερον μὲν ἦν, εἶτα κατέλυσαν οἱ Κρῆτες, καὶ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν οἱ κόσμοι τὴν κατὰ πόλεμον ἔχουσιν· ἐκκλησίας δὲ μετέχουσι πάντες, κυρία δ’ οὐδενός ἐστιν ἀλλ’ ἢ συνεπιψηφίσαι τὰ δόξαντα τοῖς γέρουσι καὶ τοῖς κόσμοις.

    The ephors have the same power as the officials in Crete called kosmoi, except that the ephors are five in number and the kosmoi ten. The elders correspond to the elders whom the Cretans call the council. There used to be a kingship, but later the Cretans abolished it, and the kosmoi hold command in war. Everyone takes part in the assembly, but it has authority over nothing except to ratify by vote what the elders and the kosmoi have decided.

    τὰ μὲν οὖν τῶν συσσιτίων ἔχει βέλτιον τοῖς Κρησὶν ἢ τοῖς Λάκωσιν. ἐν μὲν γὰρ Λακεδαίμονι κατὰ κεφαλὴν ἕκαστος εἰσφέρει τὸ τεταγμένον, εἰ δὲ μή, μετέχειν νόμος κωλύει τῆς πολιτείας, καθάπερ εἴρηται καὶ πρότερον, ἐν δὲ Κρήτῃ κοινοτέρως· ἀπὸ πάντων γὰρ τῶν γινομένων καρπῶν τε καὶ βοσκημάτων δημοσίων, καὶ ἐκ τῶν φόρων οὓς φέρουσιν οἱ περίοικοι, τέτακται μέρος τὸ μὲν πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ τὰς κοινὰς λειτουργίας, τὸ δὲ τοῖς συσσιτίοις, ὥστ’ ἐκ κοινοῦ τρέφεσθαι πάντας, καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ παῖδας καὶ ἄνδρας· πρὸς δὲ τὴν ὀλιγοσιτίαν ὡς ὠφέλιμον πολλὰ πεφιλοσόφηκεν ὁ νομοθέτης, καὶ πρὸς τὴν διάζευξιν τῶν γυναικῶν, ἵνα μὴ πολυτεκνῶσι, τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἄρρενας ποιήσας ὁμιλίαν, περὶ ἧς εἰ φαύλως ἢ μὴ φαύλως, ἕτερος ἔσται τοῦ διασκέψασθαι καιρός.

    The common meals are better arranged among the Cretans than among the Spartans. In Sparta each person contributes a fixed amount per head, and if he does not, the law bars him from sharing in the constitution, as was said earlier. In Crete it is done on a more communal basis. Of all the crops and livestock produced on public land, and of the tribute that the subject population pays, one portion is assigned to the gods and to public services, and another to the common meals, so that everyone—women, children, and men—is fed at public expense. The lawgiver has devised many ingenious measures to encourage eating little, as beneficial, and to keep men apart from their wives so that they will not have many children, instituting sexual relations between males. Whether this was bad or not, there will be another occasion to examine.

    ὅτι δὴ τὰ περὶ τὰ συσσίτια βέλτιον τέτακται τοῖς Κρησὶν ἢ τοῖς Λάκωσι, φανερόν· τὰ δὲ περὶ τοὺς κόσμους ἔτι χεῖρον τῶν ἐφόρων. ὃ μὲν γὰρ ἔχει κακὸν τὸ τῶν ἐφόρων ἀρχεῖον, ὑπάρχει καὶ τούτοις (γίνονται γὰρ οἱ τυχόντες), ὃ δ’ ἐκεῖ συμφέρει πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν, ἐνταῦθ’ οὐκ ἔστιν. ἐκεῖ μὲν γάρ, διὰ τὸ τὴν αἵρεσιν ἐκ πάντων εἶναι, μετέχων ὁ δῆμος τῆς μεγίστης ἀρχῆς βούλεται μένειν τὴν πολιτείαν· ἐνταῦθα δ’ οὐκ ἐξ ἁπάντων αἱροῦνται τοὺς κόσμους ἀλλ’ ἐκ τινῶν γενῶν, καὶ τοὺς γέροντας ἐκ τῶν κεκοσμηκότων, περὶ ὧν τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἄν τις εἴπειε λόγους καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐν Λακεδαίμονι γινομένων· τὸ γὰρ ἀνυπεύθυνον καὶ τὸ διὰ βίου μεῖζόν ἐστι γέρας τῆς ἀξίας αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὸ μὴ κατὰ γράμματα ἄρχειν ἀλλ’ αὐτογνώμονας ἐπισφαλές.

    It is clear, then, that the common meals are better arranged among the Cretans than among the Spartans; but the arrangements concerning the kosmoi are even worse than those concerning the ephors. The defect that the ephors’ office has also belongs to them, since just anyone can become one; but what benefits the constitution there is absent here. There, because the election is made from everyone, the people share in the highest office and want the constitution to remain. Here they elect the kosmoi not from everyone but from certain families, and the elders from those who have served as kosmoi; and one might say the same about them as about those who hold the office in Sparta. Freedom from audit and tenure for life are a greater privilege than they deserve, and ruling not according to written rules but at their own discretion is hazardous.

    τὸ δ’ ἡσυχάζειν μὴ μετέχοντα τὸν δῆμον οὐδὲν σημεῖον τοῦ τετάχθαι καλῶς. οὐδὲν γὰρ λήμματος ἔστι τοῖς κόσμοις ὥσπερ τοῖς ἐφόροις, πόρρω γ’ 1272b ἀποικοῦσιν ἐν νήσῳ τῶν διαφθερούντων.

    That the people keep quiet though they have no share in office is no sign that things are well arranged. The kosmoi have no chance of profit, as the ephors do, since they live far 1272b away, on an island, from anyone who might corrupt them.

    ἣν δὲ ποιοῦνται τῆς ἁμαρτίας ταύτης ἰατρείαν, ἄτοπος καὶ οὐ πολιτικὴ ἀλλὰ δυναστευτική. πολλάκις γὰρ ἐκβάλλουσι συστάντες τινὲς τοὺς κόσμους ἢ τῶν συναρχόντων αὐτῶν ἢ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν· ἔξεστι δὲ καὶ μεταξὺ τοῖς κόσμοις ἀπειπεῖν τὴν ἀρχήν. ταῦτα δὴ πάντα βέλτιον γίνεσθαι κατὰ νόμον ἢ κατ’ ἀνθρώπων βούλησιν· οὐ γὰρ ἀσφαλὴς ὁ κανών. πάντων δὲ φαυλότατον τὸ τῆς ἀκοσμίας τῶν δυνατῶν, ἣν καθιστᾶσι πολλάκις οἳ ἂν μὴ δίκας βούλωνται δοῦναι τῶν δυνατῶν· ᾗ καὶ δῆλον ὡς ἔχει τι πολιτείας ἡ τάξις, ἀλλ’ οὐ πολιτεία ἐστὶν ἀλλὰ δυναστεία μᾶλλον. εἰώθασι δὲ διαλαμβάνοντες τὸν δῆμον καὶ τοὺς φίλους ἀναρχίαν ποιεῖν καὶ στασιάζειν καὶ μάχεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους· καίτοι τί διαφέρει τὸ τοιοῦτον ἢ διά τινος χρόνου μηκέτι πόλιν εἶναι τὴν τοιαύτην, ἀλλὰ λύεσθαι τὴν πολιτικὴν κοινωνίαν;

    The remedy they use for this defect is strange, and not constitutional but the mark of a clique of the powerful. Often some people band together, either some of their fellow officials or private citizens, and expel the kosmoi; and the kosmoi are also allowed to resign their office partway through their term. It would be better for all this to happen according to law rather than at the will of individuals, since that is not a safe standard. Worst of all is the suspension of the office of kosmoi, which powerful men often bring about when they do not want to submit to justice. This makes it clear that the arrangement has something of a constitution about it, but is not a constitution; it is rather the rule of a clique. They are in the habit of splitting the people and their own friends into rival camps, creating anarchy, falling into civil strife, and fighting one another. Yet how is such a state of affairs any different from the city ceasing, for a time, to be a city, and the political community being dissolved?

    ἔστι δ’ ἐπικίνδυνος οὕτως ἔχουσα πόλις, τῶν βουλομένων ἐπιτίθεσθαι καὶ δυναμένων. ἀλλά, καθάπερ εἴρηται, σῴζεται διὰ τὸν τόπον· ξενηλασίας γὰρ τὸ πόρρω πεποίηκεν. διὸ καὶ τὸ τῶν περιοίκων μένει τοῖς Κρησίν, οἱ δ’ εἵλωτες ἀφίστανται πολλάκις. οὔτε γὰρ ἐξωτερικῆς ἀρχῆς κοινωνοῦσιν οἱ Κρῆτες, νεωστί τε πόλεμος ξενικὸς διαβέβηκεν εἰς τὴν νῆσον, ὃς πεποίηκε φανερὰν τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῶν ἐκεῖ νόμων. περὶ μὲν οὖν ταύτης εἰρήσθω τοσαῦθ’ ἡμῖν τῆς πολιτείας.

    A city in this condition is in danger from those who want to attack it and are able to. But, as was said, it is kept safe by its location, since its distance has had the effect of an expulsion of foreigners. That is also why the subject population stays loyal to the Cretans, whereas the helots frequently revolt. The Cretans take no part in any foreign empire, and only recently a foreign war has crossed over to the island, which has made plain the weakness of the laws there. So much, then, for this constitution.

    The foreign war is probably the campaign of mercenaries who crossed to Crete around 345 BC.

    The Carthaginian constitution

    Carthage’s well-regarded constitution is examined, with its tendency to honor wealth.

    πολιτεύεσθαι δὲ δοκοῦσι καὶ Καρχηδόνιοι καλῶς καὶ πολλὰ περιττῶς πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους, μάλιστα δ’ ἔνια παραπλησίως τοῖς Λάκωσιν. αὗται γὰρ αἱ τρεῖς πολιτεῖαι ἀλλήλαις τε σύνεγγύς πώς εἰσι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολὺ διαφέρουσιν, ἥ τε Κρητικὴ καὶ ἡ Λακωνικὴ καὶ τρίτη τούτων ἡ τῶν Καρχηδονίων. καὶ πολλὰ τῶν τεταγμένων ἔχει παρ’ αὐτοῖς καλῶς· σημεῖον δὲ πολιτείας συντεταγμένης τὸ τὸν δῆμον ἑκουσίον διαμένειν ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς πολιτείας, καὶ μήτε στάσιν, ὅ τι καὶ ἄξιον εἰπεῖν, γεγενῆσθαι μήτε τύραννον.

    The Carthaginians also seem to have a fine constitution, remarkable in many respects compared with the others, and especially close in some points to the Spartan. These three constitutions—the Cretan, the Spartan, and third the Carthaginian—are in a way close to one another and very different from the rest. Many of the Carthaginians’ arrangements are good. It is a sign of a well-ordered constitution that the people willingly remain within the arrangement of the constitution, and that there has been neither civil strife worth mentioning nor a tyrant.

    Carthage, a Phoenician city in North Africa (near modern Tunis), was the great power of the western Mediterranean in Aristotle’s time.

    ἔχει δὲ παραπλήσια τῇ Λακωνικῇ πολιτείᾳ τὰ μὲν συσσίτια τῶν ἑταιριῶν τοῖς φιδιτίοις, τὴν δὲ τῶν ἑκατὸν καὶ τεττάρων ἀρχὴν τοῖς ἐφόροις (πλὴν ὃ οὐ χεῖρον· οἱ μὲν ἐκ τῶν τυχόντων εἰσί, ταύτην δ’ αἱροῦνται τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀριστίνδην), τοὺς δὲ βασιλεῖς καὶ τὴν γερουσίαν ἀνάλογον τοῖς ἐκεῖ βασιλεῦσι καὶ γέρουσιν· καὶ βέλτιον δὲ τοὺς βασιλεῖς μήτε καθ’ αὑτὸ εἶναι γένος μήτε τοῦτο τὸ τυχόν, εἰ δέ τι διαφέρει, ἐκ τούτων αἱρετοὺς μᾶλλον ἢ καθ’ ἡλικίαν. μεγάλων γὰρ κύριοι καθεστῶτες, ἂν εὐτελεῖς ὦσι 1273a μεγάλα βλάπτουσι, καὶ ἔβλαψαν ἤδη τὴν πόλιν τὴν τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων.

    It resembles the Spartan constitution in these respects: the common meals of its associations correspond to the phiditia, and the office of the Hundred and Four to the ephors—except that it is not worse: the ephors come from just anyone, whereas the Carthaginians elect this office on the basis of merit. Their kings and council of elders correspond to the kings and elders there. It is also better that the kings are neither a separate family nor just any family, and that if a family is outstanding, they are elected from it rather than by seniority. Placed in authority over important matters, if they are worthless 1273a they do great harm, and they have already harmed the city of Sparta.

    τὰ μὲν οὖν πλεῖστα τῶν ἐπιτιμηθέντων ἂν διὰ τὰς παρεκβάσεις κοινὰ τυγχάνει πάσαις ὄντα ταῖς εἰρημέναις πολιτείαις· τῶν δὲ παρὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν τῆς ἀριστοκρατίας καὶ τῆς πολιτείας τὰ μὲν εἰς δῆμον ἐκκλίνει μᾶλλον, τὰ δ’ εἰς ὀλιγαρχίαν. τοῦ μὲν γὰρ τὰ μὲν προσάγειν τὰ δὲ μὴ προσάγειν πρὸς τὸν δῆμον οἱ βασιλεῖς κύριοι μετὰ τῶν γερόντων, ἂν ὁμογνωμονῶσι πάντες, εἰ δὲ μή, καὶ τούτων ὁ δῆμος. ἃ δ’ ἂν εἰσφέρωσιν οὗτοι, οὐ διακοῦσαι μόνον ἀποδιδόασι τῷ δήμῳ τὰ δόξαντα τοῖς ἄρχουσιν, ἀλλὰ κύριοι κρίνειν εἰσὶ καὶ τῷ βουλομένῳ τοῖς εἰσφερομένοις ἀντειπεῖν ἔξεστιν, ὅπερ ἐν ταῖς ἑτέραις πολιτείαις οὐκ ἔστιν.

    Most of the points one might criticize as deviations happen to be common to all the constitutions we have discussed. Of those that depart from the principle of aristocracy and polity, some lean more toward democracy, others toward oligarchy. The kings, together with the elders, have authority to decide whether to bring a matter before the people or not, if they all agree; if not, the people decide these matters too. And whatever the kings and elders do bring forward, they do not merely grant the people a hearing of the officials’ decisions: the people have authority to judge, and anyone who wishes may speak against the proposals—which is not the case in the other constitutions.

    τὸ δὲ τὰς πενταρχίας κυρίας οὔσας πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων ὑφ’ αὑτῶν αἱρετὰς εἶναι, καὶ τὴν τῶν ἑκατὸν ταύτας αἱρεῖσθαι, τὴν μεγίστην ἀρχήν, ἔτι δὲ ταύτας πλείονα ἄρχειν χρόνον τῶν ἄλλων (καὶ γὰρ ἐξεληλυθότες ἄρχουσι καὶ μέλλοντες) ὀλιγαρχικόν, τὸ δὲ ἀμίσθους καὶ μὴ κληρωτὰς ἀριστοκρατικὸν θετέον, καὶ εἴ τι τοιοῦτον ἕτερον, καὶ τὸ τὰς δίκας ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχείων δικάζεσθαι πάσας (καὶ μὴ ἄλλας ὑπ’ ἄλλων, καθάπερ ἐν Λακεδαίμονι). παρεκβαίνει δὲ τῆς ἀριστοκρατίας ἡ τάξις τῶν Καρχηδονίων μάλιστα πρὸς τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν κατά τινα διάνοιαν ἣ συνδοκεῖ τοῖς πολλοῖς· οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἀριστίνδην ἀλλὰ καὶ πλουτίνδην οἴονται δεῖν αἱρεῖσθαι τοὺς ἄρχοντας· ἀδύνατον γὰρ τὸν ἀποροῦντα καλῶς ἄρχειν καὶ σχολάζειν.

    That the boards of five, which have authority over many important matters, are chosen by co-option, that they elect the Hundred, the highest office, and further that they hold office longer than the others (they are in power both after leaving office and before entering it)—all this is oligarchic. That they are unpaid and not chosen by lot must be counted aristocratic, as must any other such feature, and also that all lawsuits are judged by the boards, not some by some officials and others by others as in Sparta. But the arrangement of the Carthaginians deviates from aristocracy toward oligarchy most of all through an idea that most people share: they think officials should be chosen not only on merit but also on wealth, since it is impossible for a poor man to rule well and have leisure.

    εἴπερ οὖν τὸ μὲν αἱρεῖσθαι πλουτίνδην ὀλιγαρχικὸν τὸ δὲ κατ’ ἀρετὴν ἀριστοκρατικόν, αὕτη τις ἂν εἴη τάξις τρίτη, καθ’ ἥνπερ συντέτακται [καὶ] τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις τὰ περὶ τὴν πολιτείαν· αἱροῦνται γὰρ εἰς δύο ταῦτα βλέποντες, καὶ μάλιστα τὰς μεγίστας, τούς τε βασιλεῖς καὶ τοὺς στρατηγούς.

    If, then, choosing by wealth is oligarchic and choosing by excellence is aristocratic, this would be a third arrangement, the one on which the Carthaginian constitution is organized. They elect with an eye to these two things, especially for the highest offices, the kings and the generals.

    δεῖ δὲ νομίζειν ἁμάρτημα νομοθέτου τὴν παρέκβασιν εἶναι τῆς ἀριστοκρατίας ταύτην. ἐξ ἀρχῆς γὰρ τοῦθ’ ὁρᾶν ἐστι τῶν ἀναγκαιοτάτων, ὅπως οἱ βέλτιστοι δύνωνται σχολάζειν καὶ μηδὲν ἀσχημονεῖν, μὴ μόνον ἄρχοντες ἀλλὰ μηδ’ ἰδιωτεύοντες. εἰ δὲ δεῖ βλέπειν καὶ πρὸς εὐπορίαν χάριν σχολῆς, φαῦλον τὸ τὰς μεγίστας ὠνητὰς εἶναι τῶν ἀρχῶν, τήν τε βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν στρατηγίαν. ἔντιμον γὰρ ὁ νόμος οὗτος ποιεῖ τὸν πλοῦτον μᾶλλον τῆς ἀρετῆς, καὶ τὴν πόλιν ὅλην φιλοχρήματον. ὅ τι δ’ ἂν ὑπολάβῃ τίμιον εἶναι τὸ κύριον, ἀνάγκη καὶ τὴν τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν δόξαν ἀκολουθεῖν τούτοις. ὅπου δὲ μὴ μάλιστα ἀρετὴ τιμᾶται, ταύτην 1273b οὐχ οἷόν τε βεβαίως ἀριστοκρατεῖσθαι τὴν πολιτείαν.

    But this deviation from aristocracy must be considered a lawgiver’s mistake. One of the most necessary things is to see to it from the start that the best people can have leisure and not have to do anything unbecoming, not only while in office but also as private citizens. And if one must look to wealth too for the sake of leisure, it is bad that the highest offices, the kingship and the generalship, should be for sale. This law makes wealth more honored than excellence and makes the whole city fond of money. Whatever the authoritative element regards as honorable, the opinion of the other citizens is bound to follow it; and where excellence is not held in the highest honor, 1273b the constitution cannot be securely aristocratic.

    ἐθίζεσθαι δ’ εὔλογον κερδαίνειν τοὺς ὠνουμένους, ὅταν δαπανήσαντες ἄρχωσιν· ἄτοπον γὰρ εἰ πένης μὲν ὢν ἐπιεικὴς δὲ βουλήσεται κερδαίνειν, φαυλότερος δ’ ὢν οὐ βουλήσεται δαπανήσας. διὸ δεῖ τοὺς δυναμένους ἄριστ’ ἀρχεῖν, τούτους ἄρχειν. βέλτιον δ’, εἰ καὶ προεῖτο τὴν εὐπορίαν τῶν ἐπιεικῶν ὁ νομοθέτης, ἀλλὰ ἀρχόντων γε ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τῆς σχολῆς. φαῦλον δ’ ἂν δόξειεν εἶναι καὶ τὸ πλείους ἀρχὰς τὸν αὐτὸν ἄρχειν· ὅπερ εὐδοκιμεῖ παρὰ τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις· ἓν γὰρ ὑφ’ ἑνὸς ἔργον ἄριστ’ ἀποτελεῖται. δεῖ δ’ ὅπως γίνηται τοῦθ’ ὁρᾶν τὸν νομοθέτην, καὶ μὴ προστάττειν τὸν αὐτὸν αὐλεῖν καὶ σκυτοτομεῖν. ὥσθ’ ὅπου μὴ μικρὰ ⟨ἡ⟩ πόλις, πολιτικώτερον πλείονας μετέχειν τῶν ἀρχῶν, καὶ δημοτικώτερον· κοινότερόν τε γὰρ καθάπερ εἴπομεν καὶ κάλλιον ἕκαστον ἀποτελεῖται τῶν αὐτῶν καὶ θᾶττον.

    It is reasonable to expect that those who buy office will get into the habit of making a profit from it, when they have spent money to hold it. It would be strange if a man who is poor but decent will want to make a profit, while a worse man who has spent money will not. That is why those able to rule best should be the ones who rule. And even if the lawgiver passed over the wealth of decent people, it would be better at least to see to their leisure while they hold office. It would also seem bad for the same man to hold several offices, which is well regarded among the Carthaginians; for one task is best done by one person. The lawgiver must see to it that this happens, and not require the same man to play the pipes and make shoes. So where the city is not small, it is more constitutional, and more democratic, for more people to share in the offices. It is more widely shared, as we said, and each task is done better and more quickly when the same people do the same things.

    δῆλον δὲ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τῶν πολεμικῶν καὶ τῶν ναυτικῶν· ἐν τούτοις γὰρ ἀμφοτέροις διὰ πάντων ὡς εἰπεῖν διελήλυθε τὸ ἄρχειν καὶ τὸ ἄρχεσθαι. ὀλιγαρχικῆς δ’ οὔσης τῆς πολιτείας ἄριστα ἐκφεύγουσι τῷ πλουτεῖν αἰεί τι τοῦ δήμου μέρος, ἐκπέμποντες ἐπὶ τὰς πόλεις. τούτῳ γὰρ ἰῶνται καὶ ποιοῦσι μόνιμον τὴν πολιτείαν. ἀλλὰ τουτί ἐστι τύχης ἔργον, δεῖ δὲ ἀστασιάστους εἶναι διὰ τὸν νομοθέτην. νῦν δέ, ἂν ἀτυχία γένηταί τις καὶ τὸ πλῆθος ἀποστῇ τῶν ἀρχομένων, οὐδὲν ἔστι φάρμακον διὰ τῶν νόμων τῆς ἡσυχίας. περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων πολιτείας καὶ Κρητικῆς καὶ τῆς Καρχηδονίων, αἵπερ δικαίως εὐδοκιμοῦσι, τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον.

    This is clear in military and naval affairs: in both of these, ruling and being ruled extend through pretty much everyone. Although the constitution is oligarchic, they escape its dangers very well by growing rich, constantly sending out part of the people to the cities. In this way they cure the problem and make the constitution stable. But this is the work of fortune, whereas freedom from civil strife should be due to the lawgiver. As it is, if some misfortune occurs and the mass of those who are ruled revolt, the laws provide no remedy to restore peace. Such, then, are the constitutions of Sparta, Crete, and Carthage, which are justly well regarded.

    Solon and other lawgivers

    A survey of lawgivers, from Solon and Zaleucus to Draco and Pittacus.

    τῶν δὲ ἀποφηναμένων τι περὶ πολιτείας ἔνιοι μὲν οὐκ ἐκοινώνησαν πράξεων πολιτικῶν οὐδ’ ὡντινωνοῦν, ἀλλὰ διετέλεσαν ἰδιωτεύοντες τὸν βίον, περὶ ὧν εἴ τι ἀξιόλογον, εἴρηται σχεδὸν περὶ πάντων, ἔνιοι δὲ νομοθέται γεγόνασιν, οἱ μὲν ταῖς οἰκείαις πόλεσιν οἱ δὲ καὶ τῶν ὀθνείων τισί, πολιτευθέντες αὐτοί· καὶ τούτων οἱ μὲν νόμων ἐγένοντο δημιουργοὶ μόνον, οἱ δὲ καὶ πολιτείας, οἷον καὶ Λυκοῦργος καὶ Σόλων· οὗτοι γὰρ καὶ νόμους καὶ πολιτείας κατέστησαν. περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων εἴρηται, Σόλωνα δ’ ἔνιοι μὲν οἴονται νομοθέτην γενέσθαι σπουδαῖον· ὀλιγαρχίαν τε γὰρ καταλῦσαι λίαν ἄκρατον οὖσαν, καὶ δουλεύοντα τὸν δῆμον παῦσαι, καὶ δημοκρατίαν καταστῆσαι τὴν πάτριον, μείξαντα καλῶς τὴν πολιτείαν· εἶναι γὰρ τὴν μὲν ἐν Ἀρείῳ πάγῳ βουλὴν ὀλιγαρχικόν, τὸ δὲ τὰς ἀρχὰς αἱρετὰς ἀριστοκρατικόν, τὰ δὲ δικαστήρια δημοτικόν.

    Of those who have put forward views about constitutions, some took no part whatever in political affairs but lived their whole lives as private individuals; about them we have said pretty much everything worth mentioning. Others have been lawgivers, some for their own cities and some for certain foreign ones too, having taken part in politics themselves. Of these, some were framers only of laws, others of constitutions as well, like Lycurgus and Solon, who established both laws and constitutions. The Spartan constitution has been discussed. As for Solon, some think he was a good lawgiver: he did away with an oligarchy that was too unmixed, put an end to the enslavement of the people, and established the ancestral democracy by mixing the constitution well. The council of the Areopagus was oligarchic, the election of officials aristocratic, and the courts democratic.

    The Areopagus was the ancient council of Athens, made up of former chief magistrates and named for the hill where it met.

    ἔοικε δὲ Σόλων 1274a ἐκεῖνα μὲν ὑπάρχοντα πρότερον οὐ καταλῦσαι, τήν τε βουλὴν καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀρχῶν αἵρεσιν, τὸν δὲ δῆμον καταστῆσαι, τὰ δικαστήρια ποιήσας ἐκ πάντων. διὸ καὶ μέμφονταί τινες αὐτῷ· λῦσαι γὰρ θάτερα, κύριον ποιήσαντα τὸ δικαστήριον πάντων, κληρωτὸν ὄν. ἐπεὶ γὰρ τοῦτ’ ἴσχυσεν, ὥσπερ τυράννῳ τῷ δήμῳ χαριζόμενοι τὴν πολιτείαν εἰς τὴν νῦν δημοκρατίαν μετέστησαν· καὶ τὴν μὲν ἐν Ἀρείῳ πάγῳ βουλὴν Ἐφιάλτης ἐκόλουσε καὶ Περικλῆς, τὰ δὲ δικαστήρια μισθοφόρα κατέστησε Περικλῆς, καὶ τοῦτον δὴ τὸν τρόπον ἕκαστος τῶν δημαγωγῶν προήγαγεν αὔξων εἰς τὴν νῦν δημοκρατίαν.

    But it seems that Solon 1274a did not abolish the institutions that already existed, the council and the election of officials, but established the people’s power by making the courts open to all. That is why some people blame him: they say he undid the other elements by making the court, which was chosen by lot, sovereign over everything. For once the court grew strong, people courted the favor of the people as if it were a tyrant and changed the constitution into the present democracy. Ephialtes and Pericles curtailed the council of the Areopagus; Pericles introduced pay for jurors; and in this way each of the demagogues increased the people’s power and carried the constitution forward to the present democracy.

    Ephialtes and Pericles were Athenian popular leaders of the mid-fifth century BC; Ephialtes’ reform of the Areopagus came in 462 BC.

    φαίνεται δ’ οὐ κατὰ τὴν Σόλωνος γενέσθαι τοῦτο προαίρεσιν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἀπὸ συμπτώματος (τῆς ναυαρχίας γὰρ ἐν τοῖς Μηδικοῖς ὁ δῆμος αἴτιος γενόμενος ἐφρονηματίσθη καὶ δημαγωγοὺς ἔλαβε φαύλους ἀντιπολιτευομένων τῶν ἐπιεικῶν), ἐπεὶ Σόλων γε ἔοικε τὴν ἀναγκαιοτάτην ἀποδιδόναι τῷ δήμῳ δύναμιν, τὸ τὰς ἀρχὰς αἱρεῖσθαι καὶ εὐθύνειν (μηδὲ γὰρ τούτου κύριος ὢν ὁ δῆμος δοῦλος ἂν εἴη καὶ πολέμιος), τὰς δ’ ἀρχὰς ἐκ τῶν γνωρίμων καὶ τῶν εὐπόρων κατέστησε πάσας, ἐκ τῶν πεντακοσιομεδίμνων καὶ ζευγιτῶν καὶ τρίτου τέλους τῆς καλουμένης ἱππάδος· τὸ δὲ τέταρτον τὸ θητικόν, οἷς οὐδεμιᾶς ἀρχῆς μετῆν.

    But this seems to have happened not according to Solon’s intention, but rather by circumstance. The people, having been responsible for naval supremacy in the Persian Wars, grew proud and took up worthless demagogues when the decent people opposed their policies. Solon, at any rate, seems to have given the people only the most necessary power, that of electing officials and auditing them (for if the people did not have authority even over this, they would be enslaved and hostile). He appointed all the officials from the notable and well-off, from the five-hundred-bushel men, the teamsters, and a third class called the knights; the fourth class, the laborers, had no share in any office.

    These were Solon’s four property classes, defined by annual yield of produce; the laborers (thetes) were the poorest citizens.

    νομοθέται δ’ ἐγένοντο Ζάλευκός τε Λοκροῖς τοῖς ἐπιζεφυρίοις, καὶ Χαρώνδας ὁ Καταναῖος τοῖς αὑτοῦ πολίταις καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις ταῖς Χαλκιδικαῖς πόλεσι ταῖς περὶ Ἰταλίαν καὶ Σικελίαν. πειρῶνται δέ τινες καὶ συνάγειν ὡς Ὀνομακρίτου μὲν γενομένου πρώτου δεινοῦ περὶ νομοθεσίαν, γυμνασθῆναι δ’ αὐτὸν ἐν Κρήτῃ, Λοκρὸν ὄντα καὶ ἐπιδημοῦντα, κατὰ τέχνην μαντικήν· τούτου δὲ γενέσθαι Θάλητα ἑταῖρον, Θάλητος δ’ ἀκροατὴν Λυκοῦργον καὶ Ζάλευκον, Ζαλεύκου δὲ Χαρώνδαν. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν λέγουσιν ἀσκεπτότερον τῶν χρόνων ἔχοντες. ἐγένετο δὲ καὶ Φιλόλαος ὁ Κορίνθιος νομοθέτης Θηβαίοις. ἦν δ’ ὁ Φιλόλαος τὸ μὲν γένος τῶν Βακχιαδῶν, ἐραστὴς δὲ γενόμενος Διοκλέους τοῦ νικήσαντος Ὀλυμπίασιν, ὡς ἐκεῖνος τὴν πόλιν ἔλιπε διαμισήσας τὸν ἔρωτα τὸν τῆς μητρὸς Ἀλκυόνης, ἀπῆλθεν εἰς Θήβας· κἀκεῖ τὸν βίον ἐτελεύτησαν ἀμφότεροι.

    Other lawgivers were Zaleucus for the Western Locrians, and Charondas of Catana for his own citizens and for the other Chalcidian cities in Italy and Sicily. Some people also try to link them together: Onomacritus, they say, was the first to become skilled in lawmaking, and he trained in Crete, being a Locrian who was staying there to practice the art of divination; Thales was his companion, and Lycurgus and Zaleucus were pupils of Thales, and Charondas of Zaleucus. But in saying this they pay too little attention to chronology. Philolaus of Corinth also became a lawgiver for the Thebans. Philolaus was by birth a member of the Bacchiad family; he became the lover of Diocles, the Olympic victor, and when Diocles left the city in disgust at the passion his mother Alcyone had for him, Philolaus went away to Thebes. There they both ended their lives.

    This Thales is Thaletas, a Cretan poet and musician, not the philosopher. The Bacchiads were the ruling family of early Corinth.

    καὶ νῦν ἔτι δεικνύουσι τοὺς τάφους αὐτῶν ἀλλήλοις μὲν εὐσυνόπτους ὄντας, πρὸς δὲ τὴν τῶν Κορινθίων χώραν τὸν μὲν σύνοπτον τὸν δ’ οὐ σύνοπτον· μυθολογοῦσι γὰρ αὐτοὺς οὕτω τάξασθαι τὴν ταφήν, τὸν μὲν Διοκλέα διὰ τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τοῦ πάθους, ὅπως μὴ ἄποπτος ἔσται ἡ Κορινθία ἀπὸ τοῦ χώματος, τὸν δὲ Φιλόλαον ὅπως 1274b ἄποπτος. ᾤκησαν μὲν οὖν διὰ τὴν τοιαύτην αἰτίαν παρὰ τοῖς Θηβαίοις, νομοθέτης δ’ αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο Φιλόλαος περί τ’ ἄλλων τινῶν καὶ περὶ τῆς παιδοποιίας, οὓς καλοῦσιν ἐκεῖνοι νόμους θετικούς· καὶ τοῦτ’ ἐστὶν ἰδίως ὑπ’ ἐκείνου νενομοθετημένον, ὅπως ὁ ἀριθμὸς σῴζηται τῶν κλήρων. Χαρώνδου δ’ ἴδιον μὲν οὐδέν ἐστι πλὴν αἱ δίκαι τῶν ψευδομαρτυριῶν (πρῶτος γὰρ ἐποίησε τὴν ἐπίσκηψιν), τῇ δ’ ἀκριβείᾳ τῶν νόμων ἐστὶ γλαφυρώτερος καὶ τῶν νῦν νομοθετῶν.

    Even now people point out their tombs, which are in full view of each other, but one of which is in view of the territory of Corinth while the other is not. The story goes that they arranged their burial in this way: Diocles, out of loathing for what he had suffered, so that Corinthian land would not be visible from his burial mound, and Philolaus so that it 1274b would. That, then, is why they settled among the Thebans. Philolaus became their lawgiver on various matters, including the having of children—the laws they call laws of adoption. This is his distinctive legislation, meant to preserve the number of allotments. There is nothing distinctive of Charondas except lawsuits for perjury, since he was the first to introduce the formal denunciation of false witnesses; but in the precision of his laws he is more polished even than present-day lawgivers.

    Φαλέου δ’ ἴδιον ἡ τῶν οὐσιῶν ἀνομάλωσις, Πλάτωνος δ’ ἥ τε τῶν γυναικῶν καὶ παίδων καὶ τῆς οὐσίας κοινότης καὶ τὰ συσσίτια τῶν γυναικῶν, ἔτι δ’ ὁ περὶ τὴν μέθην νόμος, τὸ τοὺς νήφοντας συμποσιαρχεῖν, καὶ τὴν ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς ἄσκησιν ὅπως ἀμφιδέξιοι γίνωνται κατὰ τὴν μελέτην, ὡς δέον μὴ τὴν μὲν χρήσιμον εἶναι τοῖν χεροῖν τὴν δὲ ἄχρηστον. Δράκοντος δὲ νόμοι μὲν εἰσί, πολιτείᾳ δ’ ὑπαρχούσῃ τοὺς νόμους ἔθηκεν· ἴδιον δ’ ἐν τοῖς νόμοις οὐδὲν ἔστιν ὅ τι καὶ μνείας ἄξιον, πλὴν ἡ χαλεπότης διὰ τὸ τῆς ζημίας μέγεθος.

    Distinctive of Phaleas is the equalization of property. Distinctive of Plato are the sharing of women, children, and property, the common meals for women, the law about drunkenness, that the sober should preside over drinking parties, and military training designed to make people ambidextrous through practice, on the grounds that one of the two hands should not be useful and the other useless. There are laws by Draco, but he laid them down for an already existing constitution; there is nothing distinctive in them worth mentioning except their harshness, owing to the severity of the penalties.

    Draco gave Athens its first written laws, in the late seventh century BC.

    ἐγένετο δὲ καὶ Πιττακὸς νόμων δημιουργὸς ἀλλ’ οὐ πολιτείας· νόμος δ’ ἴδιος αὐτοῦ τὸ τοὺς μεθύοντας, ἄν τι πταίσωσι, πλείω ζημίαν ἀποτίνειν τῶν νηφόντων· διὰ γὰρ τὸ πλείους ὑβρίζειν μεθύοντας ἢ νήφοντας οὐ πρὸς τὴν συγγνώμην ἀπέβλεψεν, ὅτι δεῖ μεθύουσιν ἔχειν μᾶλλον, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον. ἐγένετο δὲ καὶ Ἀνδροδάμας Ῥηγῖνος νομοθέτης Χαλκιδεῦσι τοῖς ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης, οὗ τὰ περί τε τὰ φονικὰ καὶ τὰς ἐπικλήρους ἐστίν· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ ἴδιόν γε οὐδὲν αὐτοῦ λέγειν ἔχοι τις ἄν. τὰ μὲν οὖν περὶ τὰς πολιτείας, τάς τε κυρίας καὶ τὰς ὑπὸ τινῶν εἰρημένας, ἔστω τεθεωρημένα τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον.

    Pittacus too was a craftsman of laws, though not of a constitution. A law peculiar to him is that drunk people who commit some offense pay a heavier penalty than sober ones. Because more people commit violent outrages when drunk than when sober, he looked not to the leniency that one might think drunk people deserve, but to what is advantageous. Androdamas of Rhegium also became lawgiver to the Chalcidians in Thrace; the laws about homicide and about heiresses are his. Still, there is nothing peculiar to him that one could point to. So let our study of constitutions, both those actually in force and those proposed by particular thinkers, be taken as complete in this way.

    Pittacus was a statesman and sage of Mytilene on Lesbos, around 600 BC.

    Book III

    Citizenship and the classification of constitutions.

    Chapter 1

    τῷ περὶ πολιτείας ἐπισκοποῦντι, καὶ τίς ἑκάστη καὶ ποία τις, σχεδὸν πρώτη σκέψις περὶ πόλεως ἰδεῖν, τί ποτέ ἐστιν ἡ πόλις. νῦν γὰρ ἀμφισβητοῦσιν, οἱ μὲν φάσκοντες τὴν πόλιν πεπραχέναι τὴν πρᾶξιν, οἱ δ’ οὐ τὴν πόλιν ἀλλὰ τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν ἢ τὸν τύραννον· τοῦ δὲ πολιτικοῦ καὶ τοῦ νομοθέτου πᾶσαν ὁρῶμεν τὴν πραγματείαν οὖσαν περὶ πόλιν, ἡ δὲ πολιτεία τῶν τὴν πόλιν οἰκούντων ἐστὶ τάξις τις. ἐπεὶ δ’ ἡ πόλις τῶν συγκειμένων, καθάπερ ἄλλο τι τῶν ὅλων μὲν συνεστώτων δ’ ἐκ πολλῶν μορίων, δῆλον ὅτι πρότερον ὁ πολίτης ζητητέος· ἡ γὰρ πόλις πολιτῶν τι πλῆθός ἐστιν. 1275a ὥστε τίνα χρὴ καλεῖν πολίτην καὶ τίς ὁ πολίτης ἐστὶ σκεπτέον.

    For anyone investigating constitutions, what each one is and what sort of thing it is, the first inquiry, more or less, is to look at the city and ask what exactly a city is. At present there is a dispute: some claim that the city performed a given action, others that it was not the city but the oligarchy or the tyrant. And we see that the whole business of the statesman and the lawgiver concerns the city, while a constitution is a certain ordering of those who live in the city. Since the city is a composite, like any other thing that is a whole but made up of many parts, it is clear that we must first inquire into the citizen; for a city is a certain multitude of citizens. 1275a So we must consider whom we should call a citizen, and what the citizen is.

    καὶ γὰρ ὁ πολίτης ἀμφισβητεῖται πολλάκις· οὐ γὰρ τὸν αὐτὸν ὁμολογοῦσι πάντες εἶναι πολίτην· ἔστι γάρ ὅστις ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ πολίτης ὢν ἐν ὀλιγαρχίᾳ πολλάκις οὐκ ἔστι πολίτης. τοὺς μὲν οὖν ἄλλως πως τυγχάνοντας ταύτης τῆς προσηγορίας, οἷον τοὺς ποιητοὺς πολίτας, ἀφετέον· ὁ δὲ πολίτης οὐ τῷ οἰκεῖν που πολίτης ἐστίν (καὶ γὰρ μέτοικοι καὶ δοῦλοι κοινωνοῦσι τῆς οἰκήσεως), οὐδ’ οἱ τῶν δικαίων μετέχοντες οὕτως ὥστε καὶ δίκην ὑπέχειν καὶ δικάζεσθαι (τοῦτο γὰρ ὑπάρχει καὶ τοῖς ἀπὸ συμβόλων κοινωνοῦσιν [καὶ γὰρ ταῦτα τούτοις ὑπάρχει]· πολλαχοῦ μὲν οὖν οὐδὲ τούτων τελέως οἱ μέτοικοι μετέχουσιν, ἀλλὰ νέμειν ἀνάγκη προστάτην, ὥστε ἀτελῶς πως μετέχουσι τῆς τοιαύτης κοινωνίας), ἀλλὰ καθάπερ καὶ παῖδας τοὺς μήπω δι’ ἡλικίαν ἐγγεγραμμένους καὶ τοὺς γέροντας τοὺς ἀφειμένους φατέον εἶναι μέν πως πολίτας, οὐχ ἁπλῶς δὲ λίαν ἀλλὰ προστιθέντας τοὺς μὲν ἀτελεῖς τοὺς δὲ παρηκμακότας ἤ τι τοιοῦτον ἕτερον (οὐδὲν γὰρ διαφέρει· δῆλον γὰρ τὸ λεγόμενον).

    For the citizen too is often disputed: not everyone agrees that the same person is a citizen. Someone who is a citizen in a democracy is often not a citizen in an oligarchy. Now we should set aside those who obtain the title in some other way, such as citizens by grant. A citizen is not a citizen by living in a place (resident foreigners and slaves share the place of residence too). Nor are those citizens who share in legal rights only to the extent of being able to be sued and to sue (this belongs also to those who share in them under treaties [for they too have these rights]—indeed in many places resident foreigners do not share fully even in this, but must take a patron, so that they share in this sort of community incompletely). Rather, just as with children who are not yet enrolled because of their age, and old men who have been released from their duties, we must say they are citizens in a sense, but not quite without qualification: we must add that the former are incomplete and the latter past their prime, or something else of the kind (it makes no difference, since what is meant is clear).

    Resident foreigners (metics) were free non-citizens living in a city; at Athens each had to be represented by a citizen patron. Square brackets mark words the editor of the Greek text judges to be later additions.

    ζητοῦμεν γὰρ τὸν ἁπλῶς πολίτην καὶ μηδὲν ἔχοντα τοιοῦτον ἔγκλημα διορθώσεως δεόμενον, ἐπεὶ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀτίμων καὶ φυγάδων ἔστι τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ διαπορεῖν καὶ λύειν. πολίτης δ’ ἁπλῶς οὐδενὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὁρίζεται μᾶλλον ἢ τῷ μετέχειν κρίσεως καὶ ἀρχῆς. τῶν δ’ ἀρχῶν αἱ μέν εἰσι διῃρημέναι κατὰ χρόνον, ὥστ’ ἐνίας μὲν ὅλως δὶς τὸν αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἄρχειν, ἢ διὰ τινῶν ὡρισμένων χρόνων· ὁ δ’ ἀόριστος, οἷον ὁ δικαστὴς καὶ ⟨ὁ⟩ ἐκκλησιαστής. τάχα μὲν οὖν ἂν φαίη τις οὐδ’ ἄρχοντας εἶναι τοὺς τοιούτους, οὐδὲ μετέχειν διὰ ταῦτ’ ἀρχῆς· καίτοι γελοῖον τοὺς κυριωτάτους ἀποστερεῖν ἀρχῆς. ἀλλὰ διαφερέτω μηδέν· περὶ ὀνόματος γὰρ ὁ λόγος· ἀνώνυμον γὰρ τὸ κοινὸν ἐπὶ δικαστοῦ καὶ ἐκκλησιαστοῦ, τί δεῖ ταῦτ’ ἄμφω καλεῖν. ἔστω δὴ διορισμοῦ χάριν ἀόριστος ἀρχή.

    For we are looking for the citizen without qualification, the one with no defect of this kind that needs correcting; similar difficulties can be raised, and solved, about those who have lost their civic rights and about exiles. The citizen without qualification is defined by nothing else so much as by sharing in judgment and office. Some offices are limited in time, so that some may not be held twice by the same person at all, or only after fixed intervals. Another kind is indefinite, like that of the juror and the assembly member. Now someone might perhaps say that such people are not officials at all, and do not share in office through these roles; yet it’s ridiculous to deny office to those who hold the most authority. But let this make no difference, since the argument is about a word: what is common to juror and assembly member, the thing we should call them both, has no name. For the sake of a definition, then, let it be called “indefinite office.”

    τίθεμεν δὴ πολίτας τοὺς οὕτω μετέχοντας.

    We set down, then, as citizens those who share in office in this way.

    ὁ μὲν οὖν μάλιστ’ ἂν ἐφαρμόσας πολίτης ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς λεγομένους πολίτας σχεδὸν τοιοῦτός ἐστιν· δεῖ δὲ μὴ λανθάνειν ὅτι τῶν πραγμάτων ἐν οἷς τὰ ὑποκείμενα διαφέρει τῷ εἴδει, καὶ τὸ μὲν αὐτῶν ἐστι πρῶτον τὸ δὲ δεύτερον τὸ δ’ ἐχόμενον, ἢ τὸ παράπαν οὐδὲν ἔνεστιν, ᾗ τοιαῦτα, τὸ κοινόν, ἢ γλίσχρως. τὰς δὲ πολιτείας ὁρῶμεν εἴδει διαφερούσας ἀλλήλων, καὶ τὰς μὲν ὑστέρας τὰς δὲ 1275b προτέρας οὔσας· τὰς γὰρ ἡμαρτημένας καὶ παρεκβεβηκυίας ἀναγκαῖον ὑστέρας εἶναι τῶν ἀναμαρτήτων (τὰς δὲ παρεκβεβηκυίας πῶς λέγομεν, ὕστερον ἔσται φανερόν). ὥστε καὶ τὸν πολίτην ἕτερον ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τὸν καθ’ ἑκάστην πολιτείαν. διόπερ ὁ λεχθεὶς ἐν μὲν δημοκρατίᾳ μάλιστ’ ἐστὶ πολίτης, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἄλλαις ἐνδέχεται μέν, οὐ μὴν ἀναγκαῖον.

    The definition of citizen that would best fit all those called citizens, then, is roughly of this kind. But we must not overlook that in things whose underlying members differ in kind, one coming first, another second, another next in line, there is either nothing at all that they have in common, insofar as they are such, or only barely. Now we see that constitutions differ from one another in kind, and that some are posterior and others 1275b prior; for those that are mistaken and deviant must be posterior to those without mistakes (what we mean by “deviant” will become clear later). So the citizen too must be different under each constitution. That is why the citizen as we have described him is a citizen above all in a democracy; in the other constitutions he may be, but need not be.

    ἐν ἐνίαις γὰρ οὐκ ἔστι δῆμος, οὐδ’ ἐκκλησίαν νομίζουσιν ἀλλὰ συγκλήτους, καὶ τὰς δίκας δικάζουσι κατὰ μέρος, οἷον ἐν Λακεδαίμονι τὰς τῶν συμβολαίων δικάζει τῶν ἐφόρων ἄλλος ἄλλας, οἱ δὲ γέροντες τὰς φονικάς, ἑτέρα δ’ ἴσως ἀρχή τις ἑτέρας. οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον καὶ περὶ Καρχηδόνα· πάσας γὰρ ἀρχαί τινες κρίνουσι τὰς δίκας. ἀλλ’ ἔχει διόρθωσιν ὁ τοῦ πολίτου διορισμός. ἐν γὰρ ταῖς ἄλλαις πολιτείαις οὐχ ὁ ἀόριστος ἄρχων ἐκκλησιαστής ἐστι καὶ δικαστής, ἀλλὰ ὁ κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν ὡρισμένος· τούτων γὰρ ἢ πᾶσιν ἢ τισὶν ἀποδέδοται τὸ βουλεύεσθαι καὶ δικάζειν ἢ περὶ πάντων ἢ περὶ τινῶν.

    For in some there is no popular element, and they do not recognize an assembly but only specially summoned councils, and they judge lawsuits by sections. In Sparta, for instance, the ephors judge suits about contracts, different ephors taking different cases, while the elders judge homicide cases, and perhaps some other office judges still others. It’s not the same way in Carthage either, where certain offices judge all the lawsuits. But our definition of the citizen admits of correction. For in the other constitutions it is not the holder of indefinite office who is assembly member and juror, but the holder of an office defined by its term; it is to all or some of these that deliberating and judging are assigned, either about all matters or about some.

    τίς μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ὁ πολίτης, ἐκ τούτων φανερόν· ᾧ γὰρ ἐξουσία κοινωνεῖν ἀρχῆς βουλευτικῆς ἢ κριτικῆς, πολίτην ἤδη λέγομεν εἶναι ταύτης τῆς πόλεως, πόλιν δὲ τὸ τῶν τοιούτων πλῆθος ἱκανὸν πρὸς αὐτάρκειαν ζωῆς, ὡς ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν.

    What the citizen is, then, is evident from this: anyone who has the right to share in deliberative or judicial office we now say is a citizen of that city, and a city, to put it simply, is a multitude of such people large enough for a self-sufficient life.

    Citizens by descent

    Citizenship by descent and citizenship granted after a change of constitution are examined.

    ὁρίζονται δὲ πρὸς τὴν χρῆσιν πολίτην τὸν ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων πολιτῶν καὶ μὴ θατέρου μόνον, οἷον πατρὸς ἢ μητρός, οἱ δὲ καὶ τοῦτ’ ἐπὶ πλέον ζητοῦσιν, οἷον ἐπὶ πάππους δύο ἢ τρεῖς ἢ πλείους. οὕτω δὲ ὁριζομένων πολιτικῶς καὶ ταχέως, ἀποροῦσί τινες τὸν τρίτον ἐκεῖνον ἢ τέταρτον, πῶς ἔσται πολίτης. Γοργίας μὲν οὖν ὁ Λεοντῖνος, τὰ μὲν ἴσως ἀπορῶν τὰ δ’ εἰρωνευόμενος, ἔφη, καθάπερ ὅλμους εἶναι τοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν ὁλμοποιῶν πεποιημένους, οὕτω καὶ Λαρισαίους τοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν δημιουργῶν πεποιημένους· εἶναι γάρ τινας λαρισοποιούς. ἔστι δ’ ἁπλοῦν. εἰ γὰρ μετεῖχον κατὰ τὸν ῥηθέντα διορισμὸν τῆς πολιτείας, ἦσαν πολῖται· καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ δυνατὸν ἐφαρμόττειν τὸ ἐκ πολίτου ἢ ἐκ πολίτιδος ἐπὶ τῶν πρώτων οἰκησάντων ἢ κτισάντων.

    For practical purposes, though, people define a citizen as one born of citizens on both sides, and not of just one, father or mother; some push this further back, to two or three or more generations of grandparents. But when it is defined in this way, politically and hastily, some raise the puzzle of how that third or fourth ancestor will be a citizen. Gorgias of Leontini, partly perhaps in real puzzlement and partly in irony, said that just as mortars are what mortar-makers make, so Larisaeans are what the magistrates make, since some of them are “Larisa-makers.” But the matter is simple. If they shared in the constitution according to the definition given, they were citizens; for “born of a citizen father or a citizen mother” cannot even be applied to the first inhabitants or founders.

    A pun: at Larisa in Thessaly the magistrates were called dēmiourgoi, “craftsmen,” and a larisa was also a kind of kettle made there.

    ἀλλ’ ἴσως ἐκεῖνο μᾶλλον ἔχει ἀπορίαν, ὅσοι μετέσχον μεταβολῆς γενομένης πολιτείας, οἷον Ἀθήνησιν ἐποίησε Κλεισθένης μετὰ τὴν τῶν τυράννων ἐκβολήν· πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐφυλέτευσε ξένους καὶ δούλους μετοίκους. τὸ δ’ ἀμφισβήτημα πρὸς τούτους ἐστὶν οὐ τίς πολίτης, ἀλλὰ πότερον ἀδίκως ἢ δικαίως. καίτοι κἂν τοῦτό τις ἔτι προσαπορήσειεν, 1276a ἆρ’ εἰ μὴ δικαίως πολίτης, οὐ πολίτης, ὡς ταὐτὸ δυναμένου τοῦ τ’ ἀδίκου καὶ τοῦ ψευδοῦς. ἐπεὶ δ’ ὁρῶμεν καὶ ἄρχοντάς τινας ἀδίκως, οὓς ἄρχειν μὲν φήσομεν ἀλλ’ οὐ δικαίως, ὁ δὲ πολίτης ἀρχῇ τινὶ διωρισμένος ἐστίν (ὁ γὰρ κοινωνῶν τῆς τοιᾶσδε ἀρχῆς πολίτης ἐστίν, ὡς ἔφαμεν), δῆλον ὅτι πολίτας μὲν εἶναι φατέον καὶ τούτους·

    But perhaps there is more of a puzzle about those who gained a share after a change of constitution, like those whom Cleisthenes enrolled at Athens after the expulsion of the tyrants: he put many foreigners and slave resident foreigners into the tribes. The dispute about these people is not who is a citizen, but whether they are citizens unjustly or justly. And yet one might raise the further puzzle 1276a whether someone who is not justly a citizen is not a citizen at all, as though “unjust” amounted to the same thing as “false.” But since we also see some people holding office unjustly, whom we will say do hold office, though not justly, and since the citizen is defined by a kind of office (for one who shares in such office is a citizen, as we said), it is clear that these people too must be called citizens.

    Cleisthenes reorganized the Athenian tribes and constitution in 508/7 BC, after the fall of the tyranny of Peisistratus’ sons.

    When is a city the same?

    A city’s identity depends on its constitution, not on its walls or its inhabitants.

    περὶ δὲ τοῦ δικαίως ἢ μὴ δικαίως συνάπτει πρὸς τὴν εἰρημένην πρότερον ἀμφισβήτησιν. ἀποροῦσι γάρ τινες πόθ’ ἡ πόλις ἔπραξε καὶ πότε οὐχ ἡ πόλις, οἷον ὅταν ἐξ ὀλιγαρχίας ἢ τυραννίδος γένηται δημοκρατία (τότε γὰρ οὔτε τὰ συμβόλαια ἔνιοι βούλονται διαλύειν, ὡς οὐ τῆς πόλεως ἀλλὰ τοῦ τυράννου λαβόντος, οὔτ’ ἄλλα πολλὰ τῶν τοιούτων, ὡς ἐνίας τῶν πολιτειῶν τῷ κρατεῖν οὔσας, ἀλλὰ οὐ διὰ τὸ κοινῇ συμφέρον)· εἴπερ οὖν καὶ δημοκρατοῦνταί τινες κατὰ τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον, ὁμοίως τῆς πόλεως φατέον εἶναι ταύτης τὰς τῆς πολιτείας ταύτης πράξεις καὶ τὰς ἐκ τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας καὶ τῆς τυραννίδος. ἔοικε δ’ οἰκεῖος ὁ λόγος εἶναι τῆς ἀπορίας ταύτης πως ποτὲ χρὴ λέγειν τὴν πόλιν εἶναι τὴν αὐτὴν ἢ μὴ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀλλ’ ἑτέραν.

    Whether justly or not justly connects with the dispute mentioned earlier. For some raise the puzzle of when an act is the city’s and when it is not, for instance when a democracy arises out of an oligarchy or a tyranny. At such times some people are unwilling to honor contracts, on the ground that it was not the city but the tyrant who took the money, and unwilling to honor many other things of that sort, on the ground that some constitutions exist by force and not for the common advantage. Well then, if some democracies too are run in this way, we must say that the acts of this constitution belong to the city in the same way as those of the oligarchy and the tyranny. The argument seems to be closely connected with the puzzle of how we should say that a city is the same, or not the same but different.

    ἡ μὲν οὖν ἐπιπολαιοτάτη τῆς ἀπορίας ζήτησις περὶ τὸν τόπον καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐστίν· ἐνδέχεται γὰρ διαζευχθῆναι τὸν τόπον καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἕτερον τοὺς δ’ ἕτερον οἰκῆσαι τόπον.

    The most superficial way of investigating the puzzle concerns the place and the people: for the place and the people can be split apart, and some can settle in one place and others in another.

    ταύτην μὲν οὖν πραοτέραν θετέον τὴν ἀπορίαν, πολλαχῶς γὰρ τῆς πόλεως λεγομένης, ἐστί πως εὐμάρεια τῆς τοιαύτης ζητήσεως· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῶν τὸν αὐτὸν κατοικούντων ἀνθρώπων πότε δεῖ νομίζειν μίαν εἶναι τὴν πόλιν; οὐ γὰρ δὴ τοῖς τείχεσιν· εἴη γὰρ ἂν Πελοποννήσῳ περιβαλεῖν ἓν τεῖχος. τοιαύτη δ’ ἴσως ἐστὶ καὶ Βαβυλὼν καὶ πᾶσα ἥτις ἔχει περιγραφὴν μᾶλλον ἔθνους ἢ πόλεως· ἧς γέ φασιν ἑαλωκυίας τρίτην ἡμέραν οὐκ αἰσθέσθαι τι μέρος τῆς πόλεως.

    This form of the puzzle should be regarded as the easier one: since “city” is said in many ways, the inquiry is fairly easy in a sense. Similarly, when people live in the same place, when should we consider the city to be one? Certainly not by its walls, since one could throw a single wall around the Peloponnese. Babylon is perhaps like this, and any place that has the circumference of a nation rather than a city; it is said that when Babylon was captured, part of the city hadn’t noticed by the third day.

    ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν ταύτης τῆς ἀπορίας εἰς ἄλλον καιρὸν χρήσιμος ἡ σκέψις (περὶ γὰρ μεγέθους τῆς πόλεως, τό τε πόσον καὶ πότερον ἔθνος ἓν ἢ πλείω συμφέρει, δεῖ μὴ λανθάνειν τὸν πολιτικόν)· ἀλλὰ τῶν αὐτῶν κατοικούντων τὸν αὐτὸν τόπον, πότερον ἕως ἂν ᾖ τὸ γένος ταὐτὸ τῶν κατοικούντων, τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι φατέον πόλιν, καίπερ αἰεὶ τῶν μὲν φθειρομένων τῶν δὲ γινομένων, ὥσπερ καὶ ποταμοὺς εἰώθαμεν λέγειν τοὺς αὐτοὺς καὶ κρήνας τὰς αὐτάς, καίπερ αἰεὶ τοῦ μὲν ἐπιγινομένου νάματος τοῦ δ’ ὑπεξιόντος, ἢ τοὺς μὲν ἀνθρώπους φατέον εἶναι τοὺς αὐτοὺς διὰ τὴν τοιαύτην αἰτίαν, τὴν δὲ 1276b πόλιν ἑτέραν;

    But the examination of this puzzle will be useful on another occasion (for the statesman must not overlook the size of the city, both how large it should be and whether it is advantageous for it to consist of one people or several). But when the same people inhabit the same place, should we say that it is the same city as long as the inhabitants are of the same stock, even though some are always dying and others being born, just as we customarily say that rivers and springs are the same, even though some water is always flowing in and some flowing away? Or should we say that the people are the same for this sort of reason, but the 1276b city is different?

    εἴπερ γάρ ἐστι κοινωνία τις ἡ πόλις, ἔστι δὲ κοινωνία πολιτῶν πολιτείας, γινομένης ἑτέρας τῷ εἴδει καὶ διαφερούσης τῆς πολιτείας ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι δόξειεν ἂν καὶ τὴν πόλιν εἶναι μὴ τὴν αὐτήν, ὥσπερ γε καὶ χορὸν ὁτὲ μὲν κωμικὸν ὁτὲ δὲ τραγικὸν ἕτερον εἶναί φαμεν, τῶν αὐτῶν πολλάκις ἀνθρώπων ὄντων, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ πᾶσαν ἄλλην κοινωνίαν καὶ σύνθεσιν ἑτέραν, ἂν εἶδος ἕτερον ᾖ τῆς συνθέσεως, οἷον ἁρμονίαν τῶν αὐτῶν φθόγγων ἑτέραν εἶναι λέγομεν, ἂν ὁτὲ μὲν ᾖ Δώριος ὁτὲ δὲ Φρύγιος. εἰ δὴ τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον, φανερὸν ὅτι μάλιστα λεκτέον τὴν αὐτὴν πόλιν εἰς τὴν πολιτείαν βλέποντας· ὄνομα δὲ καλεῖν ἕτερον ἢ ταὐτὸν ἔξεστι καὶ τῶν αὐτῶν κατοικούντων αὐτὴν καὶ πάμπαν ἑτέρων ἀνθρώπων.

    For if the city is a kind of community, and it is a community of citizens in a constitution, then when the constitution becomes different in kind and changes, it would seem necessary that the city too is not the same. Just so, we say a chorus is different when it is comic at one time and tragic at another, though it is often made up of the same people. Likewise every other community and combination is different if the form of the combination is different: we say, for instance, that a musical mode made of the same notes is different if it is Dorian at one time and Phrygian at another. If this is how things stand, it is evident that we should call a city the same chiefly by looking to its constitution; it is possible to call it by a different name or the same one whether the same people inhabit it or entirely different people.

    εἰ δὲ δίκαιον διαλύειν ἢ μὴ διαλύειν, ὅταν εἰς ἑτέραν μεταβάλῃ πολιτείαν ἡ πόλις, λόγος ἕτερος.

    Whether it is just to discharge obligations or not when a city changes to a different constitution is another question.

    The good man and the good citizen

    The good citizen’s excellence is relative to the constitution and differs from the good man’s.

    τῶν δὲ νῦν εἰρημένων ἐχόμενόν ἐστιν ἐπισκέψασθαι πότερον τὴν αὐτὴν ἀρετὴν ἀνδρὸς ἀγαθοῦ καὶ πολίτου σπουδαίου θετέον, ἢ μὴ τὴν αὐτήν. ἀλλὰ μὴν εἴ γε τοῦτο τυχεῖν δεῖ ζητήσεως, τὴν τοῦ πολίτου τύπῳ τινὶ πρῶτον ληπτέον. ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ πλωτὴρ εἷς τις τῶν κοινωνῶν ἐστιν, οὕτω καὶ τὸν πολίτην φαμέν. τῶν δὲ πλωτήρων καίπερ ἀνομοίων ὄντων τὴν δύναμιν (ὁ μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἐρέτης, ὁ δὲ κυβερνήτης, ὁ δὲ πρῳρεύς, ὁ δ’ ἄλλην τιν’ ἔχων τοιαύτην ἐπωνυμίαν) δῆλον ὡς ὁ μὲν ἀκριβέστατος ἑκάστου λόγος ἴδιος ἔσται τῆς ἀρετῆς, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ κοινός τις ἐφαρμόσει πᾶσιν. ἡ γὰρ σωτηρία τῆς ναυτιλίας ἔργον ἐστὶν αὐτῶν πάντων· τούτου γὰρ ἕκαστος ὀρέγεται τῶν πλωτήρων.

    Next after what has just been said, we should examine whether the excellence of a good man and of a good citizen is to be set down as the same or not. But if this is to be investigated, we must first grasp the excellence of the citizen in outline. Just as a sailor is one member of a community, so, we say, is the citizen. And although sailors are unlike in capacity (one is a rower, another a helmsman, another a lookout at the prow, another has some other such title), it is clear that the most precise account of the excellence of each will be specific to him, but likewise that some common account will fit them all. For the safety of the voyage is the work of them all; this is what each of the sailors strives for.

    ὁμοίως τοίνυν καὶ τῶν πολιτῶν, καίπερ ἀνομοίων ὄντων, ἡ σωτηρία τῆς κοινωνίας ἔργον ἐστί, κοινωνία δ’ ἐστὶν ἡ πολιτεία· διὸ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τοῦ πολίτου πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν. εἴπερ οὖν ἔστι πλείω πολιτείας εἴδη, δῆλον ὡς οὐκ ἐνδέχεται τοῦ σπουδαίου πολίτου μίαν ἀρετὴν εἶναι, τὴν τελείαν· τὸν δ’ ἀγαθὸν ἄνδρα φαμὲν κατὰ μίαν ἀρετὴν εἶναι τὴν τελείαν.

    Similarly, then, with citizens: though they are unlike, their work is the safety of the community, and the community is the constitution. That is why the excellence of the citizen must be relative to the constitution. If, then, there are several kinds of constitution, it is clear that there cannot be a single excellence of the good citizen, the complete excellence; but the good man, we say, is good in virtue of a single excellence, the complete one.

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἐνδέχεται πολίτην ὄντα σπουδαῖον μὴ κεκτῆσθαι τὴν ἀρετὴν καθ’ ἣν σπουδαῖος ἀνήρ, φανερόν· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ κατ’ ἄλλον τρόπον ἔστι διαποροῦντας ἐπελθεῖν τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον περὶ τῆς ἀρίστης πολιτείας. εἰ γὰρ ἀδύνατον ἐξ ἁπάντων σπουδαίων ὄντων εἶναι πόλιν, δεῖ γ’ ἕκαστον τὸ καθ’ αὑτὸν ἔργον εὖ ποιεῖν, τοῦτο δὲ ἀπ’ ἀρετῆς· ἐπειδὴ ἀδύνατον ὁμοίους εἶναι πάντας τοὺς πολίτας, οὐκ ἂν 1277a εἴη μία ἀρετὴ πολίτου καὶ ἀνδρὸς ἀγαθοῦ. τὴν μὲν γὰρ τοῦ σπουδαίου πολίτου δεῖ πᾶσιν ὑπάρχειν (οὕτω γὰρ ἀρίστην ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τὴν πόλιν), τὴν δὲ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἀδύνατον, εἰ μὴ πάντας ἀναγκαῖον ἀγαθοὺς εἶναι τοὺς ἐν τῇ σπουδαίᾳ πόλει πολίτας.

    It is evident, then, that it is possible to be a good citizen without possessing the excellence by which one is a good man. But one can also go through the same argument in another way, by raising puzzles about the best constitution. If it is impossible for a city to consist entirely of good people, yet each person must do his own work well, and this comes from excellence, then, since it is impossible for all the citizens to be alike, the excellence of citizen and of good man 1277a could not be one. For the excellence of the good citizen must belong to all (this is how the city must be the best), but that of the good man cannot, unless all the citizens in a good city must be good men.

    ἔτι ἐπεὶ ἐξ ἀνομοίων ἡ πόλις, ὥσπερ ζῷον εὐθὺς ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος, καὶ ψυχὴ ἐκ λόγου καὶ ὀρέξεως, καὶ οἰκία ἐξ ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικός, καὶ κτῆσις ἐκ δεσπότου καὶ δούλου, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ πόλις ἐξ ἁπάντων τε τούτων καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ἐξ ἄλλων ἀνομοίων συνέστηκεν εἰδῶν, ἀνάγκη μὴ μίαν εἶναι τὴν τῶν πολιτῶν πάντων ἀρετήν, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ τῶν χορευτῶν κορυφαίου καὶ παραστάτου.

    Again, a city is made up of unlike parts. Just as an animal consists, to begin with, of soul and body, and soul of reason and desire, and a household of husband and wife, and property of master and slave, in the same way a city is composed of all these and of other unlike kinds besides. So the excellence of all the citizens cannot be one, just as the excellence of a chorus leader and of the dancer beside him is not.

    διότι μὲν τοίνυν ἁπλῶς οὐχ ἡ αὐτή, φανερὸν ἐκ τούτων· ἀλλ’ ἆρα ἔσται τινὸς ἡ αὐτὴ ἀρετὴ πολίτου τε σπουδαίου καὶ ἀνδρὸς σπουδαίου; φαμὲν δὴ τὸν ἄρχοντα τὸν σπουδαῖον ἀγαθὸν εἶναι καὶ φρόνιμον, τὸν δὲ πολίτην οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι φρόνιμον. καὶ τὴν παιδείαν δ’ εὐθὺς ἑτέραν εἶναι λέγουσί τινες ἄρχοντος, ὥσπερ καὶ φαίνονται οἱ τῶν βασιλέων υἱεῖς ἱππικὴν καὶ πολεμικὴν παιδευόμενοι, καὶ Εὐριπίδης φησὶ μή μοι τὰ κόμψ’... ἀλλ’ ὧν πόλει δεῖ, ὡς οὖσάν τινα ἄρχοντος παιδείαν.

    Why the excellence is not the same without qualification, then, is evident from this. But will the excellence of a good citizen and a good man be the same for some particular citizen? We say that a good ruler is good and practically wise, but a citizen need not be practically wise. Some say, too, that the education of a ruler is different from the start, as the sons of kings are evidently educated in horsemanship and war, and as Euripides says, “No clever refinements for me… but what the city needs,” implying that there is a special education for a ruler.

    εἰ δὲ ἡ αὐτὴ ἀρετὴ ἄρχοντός τε ἀγαθοῦ καὶ ἀνδρὸς ἀγαθοῦ, πολίτης δ’ ἐστὶ καὶ ὁ ἀρχόμενος, οὐχ ἡ αὐτὴ ἁπλῶς ἂν εἴη πολίτου καὶ ἀνδρός, τινὸς μέντοι πολίτου· οὐ γὰρ ἡ αὐτὴ ἄρχοντος καὶ πολίτου, καὶ διὰ τοῦτ’ ἴσως Ἰάσων ἔφη πεινῆν ὅτε μὴ τυραννοῖ, ὡς οὐκ ἐπιστάμενος ἰδιώτης εἶναι.

    But if the excellence of a good ruler and of a good man is the same, and the one who is ruled is also a citizen, then the excellence of citizen and man would not be the same without qualification, though it would be for a particular citizen; for the excellence of a ruler and of a citizen is not the same. And perhaps this is why Jason said he went hungry whenever he was not a tyrant, meaning that he did not know how to be a private individual.

    Jason of Pherae was tyrant in Thessaly until his assassination in 370 BC.

    ἀλλὰ μὴν ἐπαινεῖταί γε τὸ δύνασθαι ἄρχειν καὶ ἄρχεσθαι, καὶ πολίτου δοκεῖ που ἡ ἀρετὴ εἶναι τὸ δύνασθαι καὶ ἄρχειν καὶ ἄρχεσθαι καλῶς. εἰ οὖν τὴν μὲν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἀνδρὸς τίθεμεν ἀρχικήν, τὴν δὲ τοῦ πολίτου ἄμφω, οὐκ ἂν εἴη ἄμφω ἐπαινετὰ ὁμοίως. ἐπεὶ οὖν ποτε δοκεῖ ἀμφότερα, καὶ οὐ ταὐτὰ δεῖν τὸν ἄρχοντα μανθάνειν καὶ τὸν ἀρχόμενον, τὸν δὲ πολίτην ἀμφότερ’ ἐπίστασθαι καὶ μετέχειν ἀμφοῖν, τοὐντεῦθεν ἂν κατίδοι τις. ἔστι γὰρ ἀρχὴ δεσποτική· ταύτην δὲ τὴν περὶ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα λέγομεν, ἃ ποιεῖν ἐπίστασθαι τὸν ἄρχοντα οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον, ἀλλὰ χρῆσθαι μᾶλλον· θάτερον δὲ καὶ ἀνδραποδῶδες. λέγω δὲ θάτερον τὸ δύνασθαι καὶ ὑπηρετεῖν τὰς διακονικὰς πράξεις. δούλου δ’ εἴδη πλείω λέγομεν· αἱ γὰρ ἐργασίαι πλείους.

    Yet being able to rule and to be ruled is praised, and the excellence of a citizen is thought, I suppose, to be the ability both to rule and to be ruled well. If, then, we set down the good man’s excellence as a ruling one, and the citizen’s as both, the two would not be equally praiseworthy. Since, then, both views seem to hold at times, that ruler and ruled should not learn the same things, and that the citizen should know both and share in both, one can see the answer from what follows. There is the rule of a master. By this we mean rule concerned with necessary tasks, which the ruler need not know how to do, but rather how to make use of; the other capacity is actually servile. By “the other” I mean being able to perform menial services. We speak of several kinds of slave, since there are several kinds of work.

    ὧν ἓν μέρος κατέχουσιν οἱ χερνῆτες· οὗτοι δ’ εἰσίν, ὥσπερ σημαίνει καὶ τοὔνομ’ αὐτούς, οἱ ζῶντες ἀπὸ 1277b τῶν χειρῶν, ἐν οἷς ὁ βάναυσος τεχνίτης ἐστίν. διὸ παρ’ ἐνίοις οὐ μετεῖχον οἱ δημιουργοὶ τὸ παλαιὸν ἀρχῶν, πρὶν δῆμον γενέσθαι τὸν ἔσχατον. τὰ μὲν οὖν ἔργα τῶν ἀρχομένων οὕτως οὐ δεῖ τὸν ἀγαθὸν οὐδὲ τὸν πολιτικὸν οὐδὲ τὸν πολίτην τὸν ἀγαθὸν μανθάνειν, εἰ μή ποτε χρείας χάριν αὐτῷ πρὸς αὑτόν· οὐ γὰρ ἔτι συμβαίνει γίνεσθαι τὸν μὲν δεσπότην τὸν δὲ δοῦλον.

    One class of these is made up of manual laborers, who are, as their very name indicates, those who live by 1277b their hands; the vulgar craftsman belongs among them. That is why in some places, in the old days, craftsmen had no share in offices, before the extreme form of democracy arose. So neither the good man, nor the statesman, nor the good citizen should learn the tasks of those who are ruled in this way, except perhaps for his own personal use; otherwise the distinction between master and slave no longer holds.

    ἀλλ’ ἔστι τις ἀρχὴ καθ’ ἣν ἄρχει τῶν ὁμοίων τῷ γένει καὶ τῶν ἐλευθέρων. ταύτην γὰρ λέγομεν εἶναι τὴν πολιτικὴν ἀρχήν, ἣν δεῖ τὸν ἄρχοντα ἀρχόμενον μαθεῖν, οἷον ἱππαρχεῖν ἱππαρχηθέντα, στρατηγεῖν στρατηγηθέντα καὶ ταξιαρχήσαντα καὶ λοχαγήσαντα. διὸ λέγεται καὶ τοῦτο καλῶς, ὡς οὐκ ἔστιν εὖ ἄρξαι μὴ ἀρχθέντα. τούτων δὲ ἀρετὴ μὲν ἑτέρα, δεῖ δὲ τὸν πολίτην τὸν ἀγαθὸν ἐπίστασθαι καὶ δύνασθαι καὶ ἄρχεσθαι καὶ ἄρχειν, καὶ αὕτη ἀρετὴ πολίτου, τὸ τὴν τῶν ἐλευθέρων ἀρχὴν ἐπίστασθαι ἐπ’ ἀμφότερα. καὶ ἀνδρὸς δὴ ἀγαθοῦ ἄμφω, καὶ εἰ ἕτερον εἶδος σωφροσύνης καὶ δικαιοσύνης ἀρχικῆς.

    But there is a kind of rule by which one rules those who are similar in birth and free. This we call political rule, and the ruler must learn it by being ruled: as one learns to command cavalry by serving under a cavalry commander, and to be a general by serving under a general and by having commanded a regiment and a company. That is why this too is well said: that one cannot rule well without having been ruled. The excellence of each of these is different, but the good citizen must know how, and be able, both to be ruled and to rule; and this is the excellence of a citizen, to understand rule over free people from both sides. Both belong to the good man as well, even if the moderation and justice of a ruler are of a different kind.

    καὶ γὰρ ἀρχομένου μὲν ἐλευθέρου δὲ δῆλον ὅτι οὐ μία ἂν εἴη τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἀρετή, οἷον δικαιοσύνη, ἀλλ’ εἴδη ἔχουσα καθ’ ἃ ἄρξει καὶ ἄρξεται, ὥσπερ ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικὸς ἑτέρα σωφροσύνη καὶ ἀνδρεία (δόξαι γὰρ ἂν εἶναι δειλὸς ἀνήρ, εἰ οὕτως ἀνδρεῖος εἴη ὥσπερ γυνὴ ἀνδρεία, καὶ γυνὴ λάλος, εἰ οὕτω κοσμία εἴη ὥσπερ ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ ἀγαθός· ἐπεὶ καὶ οἰκονομία ἑτέρα ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικός· τοῦ μὲν γὰρ κτᾶσθαι τῆς δὲ φυλάττειν ἔργον ἐστίν). ἡ δὲ φρόνησις ἄρχοντος ἴδιος ἀρετὴ μόνη. τὰς γὰρ ἄλλας ἔοικεν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι κοινὰς καὶ τῶν ἀρχομένων καὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων, ἀρχομένου δέ γε οὐκ ἔστιν ἀρετὴ φρόνησις, ἀλλὰ δόξα ἀληθής· ὥσπερ αὐλοποιὸς γὰρ ὁ ἀρχόμενος, ὁ δ’ ἄρχων αὐλητὴς ὁ χρώμενος.

    For clearly the excellence of a good man who is ruled but free, justice for example, would not be single; it would have kinds, one by which he will rule and one by which he will be ruled, just as a man’s moderation and courage differ from a woman’s. (A man would seem a coward if he were brave the way a brave woman is, and a woman would seem talkative if she were as reserved as a good man; since household management too is different for a man and a woman: his work is to acquire, hers to preserve.) Practical wisdom is the only excellence peculiar to the ruler. The others, it seems, must be common to both the ruled and the rulers; but for the ruled, the excellence is not practical wisdom but true opinion. The one ruled is like a pipe-maker, while the ruler is like the piper who uses the pipe.

    πότερον μὲν οὖν ἡ αὐτὴ ἀρετὴ ἀνδρὸς ἀγαθοῦ καὶ πολίτου σπουδαίου ἢ ἑτέρα, καὶ πῶς ἡ αὐτὴ καὶ πῶς ἑτέρα, φανερὸν ἐκ τούτων.

    Whether, then, the excellence of a good man and of a good citizen is the same or different, and how it is the same and how different, is evident from this.

    Should workers be citizens?

    Whether vulgar craftsmen and hired laborers are citizens depends on the constitution.

    περὶ δὲ τὸν πολίτην ἔτι λείπεταί τις τῶν ἀποριῶν. ὡς ἀληθῶς γὰρ πότερον πολίτης ἐστὶν ᾧ κοινωνεῖν ἔξεστιν ἀρχῆς, ἢ καὶ τοὺς βαναύσους πολίτας θετέον; εἰ μὲν οὖν καὶ τούτους θετέον οἷς μὴ μέτεστιν ἀρχῶν, οὐχ οἷόν τε παντὸς εἶναι πολίτου τὴν τοιαύτην ἀρετήν (οὗτος γὰρ πολίτης)· εἰ δὲ μηδεὶς τῶν τοιούτων πολίτης, ἐν τίνι μέρει θετέος ἕκαστος; οὐδὲ γὰρ μέτοικος οὐδὲ ξένος. ἢ διά γε τοῦτον τὸν λόγον 1278a οὐδὲν φήσομεν συμβαίνειν ἄτοπον; οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ δοῦλοι τῶν εἰρημένων οὐδέν, οὐδ’ οἱ ἀπελεύθεροι. τοῦτο γὰρ ἀληθές, ὡς οὐ πάντας θετέον πολίτας ὧν ἄνευ οὐκ ἂν εἴη πόλις, ἐπεὶ οὐδ’ οἱ παῖδες ὡσαύτως πολῖται καὶ οἱ ἄνδρες, ἀλλ’ οἱ μὲν ἁπλῶς οἱ δ’ ἐξ ὑποθέσεως· πολῖται μὲν γάρ εἰσιν, ἀλλ’ ἀτελεῖς.

    But one of the puzzles about the citizen still remains. Is the citizen really someone who is permitted to share in office, or should vulgar craftsmen also be counted as citizens? If these too are to be counted, though they have no share in offices, then this kind of excellence cannot belong to every citizen (since this man is a citizen). But if none of these is a citizen, in what class should each be placed? For he is neither a resident foreigner nor a visitor. Or shall we say that, on this argument at least, 1278a nothing absurd follows? For slaves are not any of the classes mentioned either, nor are freedmen. This is true: not everyone without whom there would be no city is to be counted a citizen, since children are not citizens in the same way as men either. Men are citizens without qualification, children only on a presupposition: they are citizens, but incomplete ones.

    ἐν μὲν οὖν τοῖς ἀρχαίοις χρόνοις παρ’ ἐνίοις ἦν δοῦλον τὸ βάναυσον ἢ ξενικόν, διόπερ οἱ πολλοὶ τοιοῦτοι καὶ νῦν· ἡ δὲ βελτίστη πόλις οὐ ποιήσει βάναυσον πολίτην. εἰ δὲ καὶ οὗτος πολίτης, ἀλλὰ πολίτου ἀρετὴν ἣν εἴπομεν λεκτέον οὐ παντός, οὐδ’ ἐλευθέρου μόνον, ἀλλ’ ὅσοι τῶν ἔργων εἰσὶν ἀφειμένοι τῶν ἀναγκαίων. τῶν δ’ ἀναγκαίων οἱ μὲν ἑνὶ λειτουργοῦντες τὰ τοιαῦτα δοῦλοι, οἱ δὲ κοινοὶ βάναυσοι καὶ θῆτες. φανερὸν δ’ ἐντεῦθεν μικρὸν ἐπισκεψαμένοις πῶς ἔχει περὶ αὐτῶν[· αὐτὸ γὰρ φανὲν τὸ λεχθὲν ποιεῖ δῆλον].

    In ancient times, in some places, the vulgar class was slave or foreign, which is why most vulgar craftsmen are such even now. The best city will not make a vulgar craftsman a citizen. But if he too is a citizen, then the citizen’s excellence we described must be said to belong not to everyone, nor to the free alone, but only to those who are released from necessary work. Of those who do the necessary work, those who serve one person are slaves, while those who serve the public are vulgar craftsmen and hired laborers. How things stand with them is evident with a little further examination [indeed, what has been said makes it plain, once it is understood].

    ἐπεὶ γὰρ πλείους εἰσὶν αἱ πολιτεῖαι, καὶ εἴδη πολίτου ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι πλείω, καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ ἀρχομένου πολίτου, ὥστ’ ἐν μὲν τινὶ πολιτείᾳ τὸν βάναυσον ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι καὶ τὸν θῆτα πολίτας, ἐν τισὶ δ’ ἀδύνατον, οἷον εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἣν καλοῦσιν ἀριστοκρατικὴν καὶ ἐν ᾗ κατ’ ἀρετὴν αἱ τιμαὶ δίδονται καὶ κατ’ ἀξίαν· οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τ’ ἐπιτηδεῦσαι τὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς ζῶντα βίον βάναυσον ἢ θητικόν. ἐν δὲ ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις θῆτα μὲν οὐκ ἐνδέχεται εἶναι πολίτην (ἀπὸ τιμημάτων γὰρ μακρῶν αἱ μεθέξεις τῶν ἀρχῶν), βάναυσον δὲ ἐνδέχεται· πλουτοῦσι γὰρ καὶ οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν τεχνιτῶν. ἐν Θήβαις δὲ νόμος ἦν τὸν διὰ δέκα ἐτῶν μὴ ἀπεσχημένον τῆς ἀγορᾶς μὴ μετέχειν ἀρχῆς.

    For since there are several constitutions, there must also be several kinds of citizen, and especially of the citizen who is ruled. So in one constitution the vulgar craftsman and the hired laborer must be citizens, while in others this is impossible: for example, in any constitution that people call aristocratic, in which honors are given according to excellence and merit, since one cannot pursue the things of excellence while living the life of a vulgar craftsman or a hired laborer. In oligarchies a hired laborer cannot be a citizen (since a share in offices depends on high property assessments), but a vulgar craftsman can, since even most craftsmen become rich. At Thebes there was a law that anyone who had not kept away from the market for ten years could not share in office.

    ἐν πολλαῖς δὲ πολιτείαις προσεφέλκει τινὰς καὶ τῶν ξένων ὁ νόμος· ὁ γὰρ ἐκ πολίτιδος ἔν τισι δημοκρατίαις πολίτης ἐστίν, τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον ἔχει καὶ τὰ περὶ τοὺς νόθους παρὰ πολλοῖς. οὐ μὴν ἀλλ’ ἐπεὶ δι’ ἔνδειαν τῶν γνησίων πολιτῶν ποιοῦνται πολίτας τοὺς τοιούτους (διὰ γὰρ ὀλιγανθρωπίαν οὕτω χρῶνται τοῖς νόμοις), εὐποροῦντες δὴ ὄχλου κατὰ μικρὸν παραιροῦνται τοὺς ἐκ δούλου πρῶτον ἢ δούλης, εἶτα τοὺς ἀπὸ γυναικῶν, τέλος δὲ μόνον τοὺς ἐξ ἀμφοῖν ἀστῶν πολίτας ποιοῦσιν.

    In many constitutions the law even draws in some foreigners: in some democracies a man born of a citizen mother is a citizen, and in many places the same holds for illegitimate children. But since they make such people citizens through a shortage of legitimate citizens (it is underpopulation that leads them to use their laws this way), when they are well supplied with a population they gradually exclude first those with a slave father or slave mother, then those whose citizenship comes through their mothers, and finally they make citizens only of those born of two citizen parents.

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν εἴδη πλείω πολίτου, φανερὸν ἐκ τούτων, καὶ ὅτι λέγεται μάλιστα πολίτης ὁ μετέχων τῶν τιμῶν, ὥσπερ καὶ Ὅμηρος ἐποίησεν ὡς εἴ τιν’ ἀτίμητον μετανάστην· ὥσπερ μέτοικος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ τῶν τιμῶν μὴ μετέχων. ἀλλ’ ἐστὶν ὅπου τὸ τοιοῦτον ἐπικεκρυμμένον ἐστίν, ἀπάτης χάριν τῶν συνοικούντων ἐστίν. πότερον μὲν οὖν ἑτέραν ἢ τὴν αὐτὴν θετέον, 1278b καθ’ ἣν ἀνὴρ ἀγαθός ἐστι καὶ πολίτης σπουδαῖος, δῆλον ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων, ὅτι τινὸς μὲν πόλεως ὁ αὐτὸς τινὸς δ’ ἕτερος, κἀκεῖνος οὐ πᾶς ἀλλ’ ὁ πολιτικὸς καὶ κύριος ἢ δυνάμενος εἶναι κύριος, ἢ καθ’ αὑτὸν ἢ μετ’ ἄλλων, τῆς τῶν κοινῶν ἐπιμελείας.

    That there are several kinds of citizen, then, is evident from this, and also that the one who shares in honors is called a citizen in the fullest sense. So Homer too wrote, “like some dishonored wanderer”; for someone who does not share in honors is like a resident foreigner. Where this is concealed, it is for the sake of deceiving those who live alongside. Whether we should set down as different or the same 1278b the excellence by which a man is good and that by which he is a good citizen is clear from what has been said: in some cities they belong to the same person, in others to different people; and even there, not to everyone, but to the statesman, the one who has authority, or is capable of having authority, over the care of common affairs, whether by himself or with others.

    “Honors” (timai) also means public offices. The line is Achilles’ complaint against Agamemnon in Iliad 9.

    Rule for the common good

    Constitutions that aim at the common advantage are correct; those that serve the rulers are deviations.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα διώρισται, τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα σκεπτέον, πότερον μίαν θετέον πολιτείαν ἢ πλείους, κἂν εἰ πλείους, τίνες καὶ πόσαι, καὶ διαφοραὶ τίνες αὐτῶν εἰσιν. ἔστι δὲ πολιτεία πόλεως τάξις τῶν τε ἄλλων ἀρχῶν καὶ μάλιστα τῆς κυρίας πάντων. κύριον μὲν γὰρ πανταχοῦ τὸ πολίτευμα τῆς πόλεως, πολίτευμα δ’ ἐστὶν ἡ πολιτεία. λέγω δ’ οἷον ἐν μὲν ταῖς δημοκρατίαις κύριος ὁ δῆμος, οἱ δ’ ὀλίγοι τοὐναντίον ἐν ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις, φαμὲν δὲ καὶ πολιτείαν ἑτέραν εἶναι τούτων. τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τοῦτον ἐροῦμεν λόγον καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων. ὑποθετέον δὴ πρῶτον τίνος χάριν συνέστηκε πόλις, καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς εἴδη πόσα τῆς περὶ ἄνθρωπον καὶ τὴν κοινωνίαν τῆς ζωῆς.

    With these points determined, we must next consider whether we should set down one constitution or several, and if several, which they are and how many, and what the differences between them are. A constitution is the ordering of a city’s offices, and especially of the one that has authority over everything. For the governing body is everywhere sovereign in the city, and the governing body is the constitution. I mean, for example, that in democracies the people are sovereign, and in oligarchies, by contrast, the few; and we say the constitution of each is different. We will give the same account of the others too. We must first lay down for the sake of what a city has been formed, and how many kinds of rule there are over human beings and over the community of life.

    εἴρηται δὴ κατὰ τοὺς πρώτους λόγους, ἐν οἷς περὶ οἰκονομίας διωρίσθη καὶ δεσποτείας, καὶ ὅτι φύσει μέν ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος ζῷον πολιτικόν. διὸ καὶ μηδὲν δεόμενοι τῆς παρὰ ἀλλήλων βοηθείας οὐκ ἔλαττον ὀρέγονται τοῦ συζῆν· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ κοινῇ συμφέρον συνάγει, καθ’ ὅσον ἐπιβάλλει μέρος ἑκάστῳ τοῦ ζῆν καλῶς. μάλιστα μὲν οὖν τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ τέλος, καὶ κοινῇ πᾶσι καὶ χωρίς· συνέρχονται δὲ καὶ τοῦ ζῆν ἕνεκεν αὐτοῦ καὶ συνέχουσι τὴν πολιτικὴν κοινωνίαν, ἴσως γὰρ ἔνεστί τι τοῦ καλοῦ μόριον καὶ κατὰ τὸ ζῆν αὐτὸ μόνον· ἂν μὴ τοῖς χαλεποῖς κατὰ τὸν βίον ὑπερβάλῃ λίαν, δῆλον δ’ ὡς καρτεροῦσι πολλὴν κακοπάθειαν οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γλιχόμενοι τοῦ ζῆν, ὡς ἐνούσης τινὸς εὐημερίας ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ γλυκύτητος φυσικῆς.

    It was said in our first discussions, in which household management and mastery were determined, that the human being is by nature a political animal. That is why, even when they need no help from one another, people desire to live together no less. Nonetheless the common advantage also brings them together, to the extent that each gets a share of living well. This, above all, is the end, both for all in common and for each separately. But they also come together for the sake of life itself, and maintain the political community for that; for perhaps there is some share of what is fine even in mere living, as long as life’s hardships are not too overwhelming. It is evident that most people endure much suffering in their clinging to life, as if there were a kind of joy and natural sweetness in it.

    ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς γε τοὺς λεγομένους τρόπους ῥᾴδιον διελεῖν· καὶ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἐξωτερικοῖς λόγοις διοριζόμεθα περὶ αὐτῶν πολλάκις. ἡ μὲν γὰρ δεσποτεία, καίπερ ὄντος κατ’ ἀλήθειαν τῷ τε φύσει δούλῳ καὶ τῷ φύσει δεσπότῃ ταὐτοῦ συμφέροντος, ὅμως ἄρχει πρὸς τὸ τοῦ δεσπότου συμφέρον οὐδὲν ἧττον, πρὸς δὲ τὸ τοῦ δούλου κατὰ συμβεβηκός, οὐ γὰρ ἐνδέχεται φθειρομένου τοῦ δούλου σῴζεσθαι τὴν δεσποτείαν. ἡ δὲ τέκνων ἀρχὴ καὶ γυναικὸς [καὶ τῆς οἰκίας πάσης, ἣν δὴ καλοῦμεν οἰκονομικήν] ἤτοι τῶν ἀρχομένων χάριν ἐστὶν ἢ κοινοῦ τινὸς ἀμφοῖν, καθ’ αὑτὸ μὲν τῶν ἀρχομένων, ὥσπερ ὁρῶμεν καὶ τὰς ἄλλας 1279a τέχνας, οἷον ἰατρικὴν καὶ γυμναστικήν, κατὰ συμβεβηκὸς δὲ κἂν αὐτῶν εἶεν.

    Again, it is easy to distinguish the ways of ruling that are commonly spoken of; indeed we often draw distinctions about them in our exoteric discussions too. Rule by a master, although in truth the same thing is advantageous to the natural slave and the natural master, nonetheless rules for the master’s advantage, and for the slave’s only incidentally, since mastery cannot be preserved if the slave perishes. Rule over children and wife [and over the whole household, which we call household management] is either for the sake of the ruled or for some good common to both: in itself for the sake of the ruled, as we see with the other 1279a arts too, such as medicine and physical training, though incidentally it may be for the rulers’ own sake too.

    “Exoteric” discussions were those aimed at a wider audience, as opposed to technical lectures within the school.

    οὐδὲν γὰρ κωλύει τὸν παιδοτρίβην ἕνα τῶν γυμναζομένων ἐνίοτ’ εἶναι καὶ αὐτόν, ὥσπερ ὁ κυβερνήτης εἷς ἐστιν ἀεὶ τῶν πλωτήρων· ὁ μὲν οὖν παιδοτρίβης ἢ κυβερνήτης σκοπεῖ τὸ τῶν ἀρχομένων ἀγαθόν, ὅταν δὲ τούτων εἷς γένηται καὶ αὐτός, κατὰ συμβεβηκὸς μετέχει τῆς ὠφελείας. ὁ μὲν γὰρ πλωτήρ, ὁ δὲ τῶν γυμναζομένων εἷς γίνεται, παιδοτρίβης ὤν. διὸ καὶ τὰς πολιτικὰς ἀρχάς, ὅταν ᾖ κατ’ ἰσότητα τῶν πολιτῶν συνεστηκυῖα καὶ καθ’ ὁμοιότητα, κατὰ μέρος ἀξιοῦσιν ἄρχειν, πρότερον μέν, ᾗ πέφυκεν, ἀξιοῦντες ἐν μέρει λειτουργεῖν, καὶ σκοπεῖν τινα πάλιν τὸ αὑτοῦ ἀγαθόν, ὥσπερ πρότερον αὐτὸς ἄρχων ἐσκόπει τὸ ἐκείνου συμφέρον· νῦν δὲ διὰ τὰς ὠφελείας τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν κοινῶν καὶ τὰς ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς βούλονται συνεχῶς ἄρχειν, οἷον εἰ συνέβαινεν ὑγιαίνειν ἀεὶ τοῖς ἄρχουσι νοσακεροῖς οὖσιν.

    For nothing prevents the trainer from sometimes being one of those in training himself, just as the helmsman is always one of the sailors. The trainer or helmsman looks to the good of those under his rule, but when he himself becomes one of them, he shares in the benefit incidentally: the helmsman is a sailor, and the trainer, while remaining a trainer, becomes one of those in training. That is why, in the case of political offices too, when the constitution is established on the basis of equality and similarity among the citizens, they think it right to rule in turn. In earlier times, as is natural, people thought it right to serve in turn, and for someone else in his turn to look to their good, just as they themselves, when in office, had looked to his advantage. But now, because of the benefits to be had from public property and from office, people want to be in office continuously, as if officeholders, sickly as they were, always happened to be healthy while in office.

    καὶ γὰρ ἂν οὕτως ἴσως ἐδίωκον τὰς ἀρχάς. φανερὸν τοίνυν ὡς ὅσαι μὲν πολιτεῖαι τὸ κοινῇ συμφέρον σκοποῦσιν, αὗται μὲν ὀρθαὶ τυγχάνουσιν οὖσαι κατὰ τὸ ἁπλῶς δίκαιον, ὅσαι δὲ τὸ σφέτερον μόνον τῶν ἀρχόντων, ἡμαρτημέναι πᾶσαι καὶ παρεκβάσεις τῶν ὀρθῶν πολιτειῶν· δεσποτικαὶ γάρ, ἡ δὲ πόλις κοινωνία τῶν ἐλευθέρων ἐστίν.

    In that case they would perhaps chase after offices in just this way. It is evident, then, that all constitutions that look to the common advantage are correct according to what is just without qualification, while all those that look only to the rulers’ own advantage are mistaken, deviations from the correct constitutions. For they are like the rule of a master, whereas the city is a community of free people.

    The six constitutions

    Kingship, aristocracy, and polity are the correct constitutions; tyranny, oligarchy, and democracy are their deviations.

    Famous passage The six constitutionsThe classic scheme of three correct constitutions and their three deviations, sorted by whether rulers serve the common good.

    διωρισμένων δὲ τούτων ἐχόμενόν ἐστι τὰς πολιτείας ἐπισκέψασθαι, πόσαι τὸν ἀριθμὸν καὶ τίνες εἰσί, καὶ πρῶτον τὰς ὀρθὰς αὐτῶν· καὶ γὰρ αἱ παρεκβάσεις ἔσονται φανεραὶ τούτων διορισθεισῶν. ἐπεὶ δὲ πολιτεία μὲν καὶ πολίτευμα σημαίνει ταὐτόν, πολίτευμα δ’ ἐστὶ τὸ κύριον τῶν πόλεων, ἀνάγκη δ’ εἶναι κύριον ἢ ἕνα ἢ ὀλίγους ἢ τοὺς πολλούς, ὅταν μὲν ὁ εἷς ἢ οἱ ὀλίγοι ἢ οἱ πολλοὶ πρὸς τὸ κοινὸν συμφέρον ἄρχωσι, ταύτας μὲν ὀρθὰς ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τὰς πολιτείας, τὰς δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἴδιον ἢ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἢ τῶν ὀλίγων ἢ τοῦ πλήθους παρεκβάσεις. ἢ γὰρ οὐ πολίτας φατέον εἶναι τοὺς μετέχοντας, ἢ δεῖ κοινωνεῖν τοῦ συμφέροντος.

    With these points determined, the next thing is to examine the constitutions, how many there are and what they are, and first the correct ones, since once these are defined the deviations will be evident too. “Constitution” and “governing body” mean the same thing, and the governing body is what is sovereign in cities, and the sovereign must be either one person, or a few, or the many. So whenever the one or the few or the many rule for the common advantage, these constitutions must be correct, while those that rule for the private advantage of the one, the few, or the multitude are deviations. For either those who take part should not be called citizens, or they must share in the advantage.

    καλεῖν δ’ εἰώθαμεν τῶν μὲν μοναρχιῶν τὴν πρὸς τὸ κοινὸν ἀποβλέπουσαν συμφέρον βασιλείαν, τὴν δὲ τῶν ὀλίγων μὲν πλειόνων δ’ ἑνὸς ἀριστοκρατίαν (ἢ διὰ τὸ τοὺς ἀρίστους ἄρχειν, ἢ διὰ τὸ πρὸς τὸ ἄριστον τῇ πόλει καὶ τοῖς κοινωνοῦσιν αὐτῆς), ὅταν δὲ τὸ πλῆθος πρὸς τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύηται συμφέρον, καλεῖται τὸ κοινὸν ὄνομα πασῶν τῶν πολιτειῶν, πολιτεία. (συμβαίνει δ’ εὐλόγως· ἕνα μὲν γὰρ διαφέρειν κατ’ ἀρετὴν ἢ ὀλίγους ἐνδέχεται, πλείους δ’ ἤδη χαλεπὸν 1279b ἠκριβῶσθαι πρὸς πᾶσαν ἀρετήν, ἀλλὰ μάλιστα τὴν πολεμικήν· αὕτη γὰρ ἐν πλήθει γίγνεται· διόπερ κατὰ ταύτην τὴν πολιτείαν κυριώτατον τὸ προπολεμοῦν καὶ μετέχουσιν αὐτῆς οἱ κεκτημένοι τὰ ὅπλα.) παρεκβάσεις δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων τυραννὶς μὲν βασιλείας, ὀλιγαρχία δὲ ἀριστοκρατίας, δημοκρατία δὲ πολιτείας.

    Among monarchies, we usually call the one that looks to the common advantage kingship; rule by a few, but more than one, we call aristocracy (either because the best people rule, or because it aims at what is best for the city and those who share in it); and when the multitude governs for the common advantage, it is called by the name common to all constitutions: polity. (This happens with good reason. It is possible for one person or a few to be outstanding in excellence, but for larger numbers it is hard 1279b to be accomplished in every excellence, except above all in military excellence, since this arises in a multitude. That is why in this constitution the class that fights in its defense is most sovereign, and those who possess arms share in it.) The deviations from those mentioned are tyranny from kingship, oligarchy from aristocracy, and democracy from polity.

    ἡ μὲν γὰρ τυραννίς ἐστι μοναρχία πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον τὸ τοῦ μοναρχοῦντος, ἡ δ’ ὀλιγαρχία πρὸς τὸ τῶν εὐπόρων, ἡ δὲ δημοκρατία πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον τὸ τῶν ἀπόρων· πρὸς δὲ τὸ τῷ κοινῷ λυσιτελοῦν οὐδεμία αὐτῶν.

    For tyranny is monarchy aimed at the advantage of the monarch, oligarchy at that of the well-off, and democracy at the advantage of the poor; none of them aims at what benefits the community.

    Wealth, not numbers

    Oligarchy and democracy are defined by wealth and poverty rather than by few and many.

    δεῖ δὲ μικρῷ διὰ μακροτέρων εἰπεῖν τίς ἑκάστη τούτων τῶν πολιτειῶν ἐστιν· καὶ γὰρ ἔχει τινὰς ἀπορίας, τῷ δὲ περὶ ἑκάστην μέθοδον φιλοσοφοῦντι καὶ μὴ μόνον ἀποβλέποντι πρὸς τὸ πράττειν οἰκεῖόν ἐστι τὸ μὴ παρορᾶν μηδέ τι καταλείπειν, ἀλλὰ δηλοῦν τὴν περὶ ἕκαστον ἀλήθειαν. ἔστι δὲ τυραννὶς μὲν μοναρχία, καθάπερ εἴρηται, δεσποτικὴ τῆς πολιτικῆς κοινωνίας, ὀλιγαρχία δ’ ὅταν ὦσι κύριοι τῆς πολιτείας οἱ τὰς οὐσίας ἔχοντες, δημοκρατία δὲ τοὐναντίον ὅταν οἱ μὴ κεκτημένοι πλῆθος οὐσίας ἀλλ’ ἄποροι. πρώτη δ’ ἀπορία πρὸς τὸν διορισμόν ἐστιν.

    We must say at a little more length what each of these constitutions is, since there are some puzzles involved, and for someone who pursues philosophy in each inquiry, and does not look only to practice, it is proper not to overlook or leave out anything, but to make clear the truth about each. Tyranny is monarchy, as has been said, that rules the political community as a master rules; oligarchy is when those who hold property are sovereign over the constitution; democracy, by contrast, is when those who have not acquired much property, the poor, are sovereign. The first puzzle concerns this definition.

    εἰ γὰρ εἶεν οἱ πλείους, ὄντες εὔποροι, κύριοι τῆς πόλεως, δημοκρατία δ’ ἐστὶν ὅταν ᾖ κύριον τὸ πλῆθος—ὁμοίως δὲ πάλιν κἂν εἴ που συμβαίνοι τοὺς ἀπόρους ἐλάττους μὲν εἶναι τῶν εὐπόρων, κρείττους δ’ ὄντας κυρίους εἶναι τῆς πολιτείας, ὅπου δ’ ὀλίγον κύριον πλῆθος, ὀλιγαρχίαν εἶναί φασιν—οὐκ ἂν καλῶς δόξειεν διωρίσθαι περὶ τῶν πολιτειῶν.

    For suppose the majority, being well-off, were sovereign over the city, when democracy is when the multitude is sovereign; and similarly, again, suppose it somewhere happened that the poor were fewer than the well-off but stronger, and sovereign over the constitution, when people say that where a small number is sovereign there is oligarchy. Then the constitutions would not seem to have been well defined.

    ἀλλὰ μὴν κἄν εἴ τις συνθεὶς τῇ μὲν εὐπορίᾳ τὴν ὀλιγότητα τῇ δ’ ἀπορίᾳ τὸ πλῆθος οὕτω προσαγορεύῃ τὰς πολιτείας, ὀλιγαρχίαν μὲν ἐν ᾗ τὰς ἀρχὰς ἔχουσιν οἱ εὔποροι, ὀλίγοι τὸ πλῆθος ὄντες, δημοκρατίαν δὲ ἐν ᾗ οἱ ἄποροι, πολλοὶ τὸ πλῆθος ὄντες, ἄλλην ἀπορίαν ἔχει. τίνας γὰρ ἐροῦμεν τὰς ἄρτι λεχθείσας πολιτείας, τὴν ἐν ᾗ πλείους οἱ εὔποροι καὶ τὴν ἐν ᾗ ἐλάττους οἱ ἄποροι, κύριοι δ’ ἑκάτεροι τῶν πολιτειῶν, εἴπερ μηδεμία ἄλλη πολιτεία παρὰ τὰς εἰρημένας ἔστιν;

    Again, suppose one combines fewness with wealth and multitude with poverty, and names the constitutions accordingly: oligarchy as the one in which the well-off, being few in number, hold the offices, and democracy as the one in which the poor, being many in number, do. This has another puzzle. What shall we call the constitutions just mentioned, the one in which the well-off are more numerous and the one in which the poor are fewer, each being sovereign over its constitution, if there is no other constitution besides those stated?

    ἔοικε τοίνυν ὁ λόγος ποιεῖν δῆλον ὅτι τὸ μὲν ὀλίγους ἢ πολλοὺς εἶναι κυρίους συμβεβηκός ἐστιν, τὸ μὲν ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις τὸ δὲ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις, διὰ τὸ τοὺς μὲν εὐπόρους ὀλίγους, πολλοὺς δ’ εἶναι τοὺς ἀπόρους πανταχοῦ (διὸ καὶ οὐ συμβαίνει τὰς ῥηθείσας αἰτίας ⟨αἰτίας⟩ γίνεσθαι διαφορᾶς), ᾧ δὲ διαφέρουσιν ἥ τε δημοκρατία καὶ ἡ ὀλιγαρχία ἀλλήλων πενία καὶ πλοῦτός 1280a ἐστιν, καὶ ἀναγκαῖον μέν, ὅπου ἂν ἄρχωσι διὰ πλοῦτον, ἄν τ’ ἐλάττους ἄν τε πλείους, εἶναι ταύτην ὀλιγαρχίαν, ὅπου δ’ οἱ ἄποροι, δημοκρατίαν, ἀλλὰ συμβαίνει, καθάπερ εἴπομεν, τοὺς μὲν ὀλίγους εἶναι τοὺς δὲ πολλούς. εὐποροῦσι μὲν γὰρ ὀλίγοι, τῆς δὲ ἐλευθερίας μετέχουσι πάντες· δι’ ἃς αἰτίας ἀμφισβητοῦσιν ἀμφότεροι τῆς πολιτείας.

    The argument seems, then, to make clear that whether few or many are sovereign is incidental, the one to oligarchies and the other to democracies, because everywhere the well-off are few and the poor are many (which is also why the factors mentioned do not turn out to be the causes of the difference). What democracy and oligarchy really differ by is poverty and wealth; 1280a and necessarily, wherever people rule because of wealth, whether they are fewer or more, this is oligarchy, and wherever the poor rule, democracy. But it happens, as we said, that the one group is few and the other many. For few are well-off, but all share in freedom; and these are the grounds on which both lay claim to the constitution.

    What the city is for

    The city exists for living well and for fine actions, not merely for trade or defense.

    ληπτέον δὲ πρῶτον τίνας ὅρους λέγουσι τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας καὶ δημοκρατίας, καὶ τί τὸ δίκαιον τό τε ὀλιγαρχικὸν καὶ δημοκρατικόν. πάντες γὰρ ἅπτονται δικαίου τινός, ἀλλὰ μέχρι τινὸς προέρχονται, καὶ λέγουσιν οὐ πᾶν τὸ κυρίως δίκαιον. οἷον δοκεῖ ἴσον τὸ δίκαιον εἶναι, καὶ ἔστιν, ἀλλ’ οὐ πᾶσιν ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἴσοις· καὶ τὸ ἄνισον δοκεῖ δίκαιον εἶναι, καὶ γὰρ ἔστιν, ἀλλ’ οὐ πᾶσιν ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀνίσοις· οἱ δὲ τοῦτ’ ἀφαιροῦσι, τὸ οἷς, καὶ κρίνουσι κακῶς. τὸ δ’ αἴτιον ὅτι περὶ αὑτῶν ἡ κρίσις· σχεδὸν δ’ οἱ πλεῖστοι φαῦλοι κριταὶ περὶ τῶν οἰκείων.

    We must first grasp what definitions people give of oligarchy and democracy, and what oligarchic and democratic justice are. For all of them lay hold of some kind of justice, but they go only so far, and do not state the whole of what is just in the proper sense. For example, justice seems to be equality, and it is, but not for everyone, only for equals. And inequality seems to be just, and indeed it is, but not for everyone, only for unequals. But they strip away this “for whom,” and so judge badly. The reason is that the judgment concerns themselves, and most people, more or less, are poor judges in their own case.

    ὥστ’ ἐπεὶ τὸ δίκαιον τισίν, καὶ διῄρηται τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἐπί τε τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ οἷς, καθάπερ εἴρηται πρότερον ἐν τοῖς Ἠθικοῖς, τὴν μὲν τοῦ πράγματος ἰσότητα ὁμολογοῦσι, τὴν δὲ οἷς ἀμφισβητοῦσι, μάλιστα μὲν διὰ τὸ λεχθὲν ἄρτι, διότι κρίνουσι τὰ περὶ αὑτοὺς κακῶς, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ διὰ τὸ λέγειν μέχρι τινὸς ἑκατέρους δίκαιόν τι νομίζουσι δίκαιον λέγειν ἁπλῶς. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἂν κατά τι ἄνισοι ὦσιν, οἷον χρήμασιν, ὅλως οἴονται ἄνισοι εἶναι, οἱ δ’ ἂν κατά τι ἴσοι, οἷον ἐλευθερίᾳ, ὅλως ἴσοι.

    So since justice is for certain persons, and is divided in the same way with respect to the things and to the persons, as was said earlier in the Ethics, they agree about the equality of the thing but dispute about the equality of the persons. This is chiefly for the reason just given, that they judge badly about what concerns themselves, but also because both sides speak of justice up to a point and think they are speaking of justice without qualification. The one side think that if they are unequal in some respect, such as wealth, they are wholly unequal; the others think that if they are equal in some respect, such as freedom, they are wholly equal.

    τὸ δὲ κυριώτατον οὐ λέγουσιν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ τῶν κτημάτων χάριν ἐκοινώνησαν καὶ συνῆλθον, τοσοῦτον μετέχουσι τῆς πόλεως ὅσον περ καὶ τῆς κτήσεως, ὥσθ’ ὁ τῶν ὀλιγαρχικῶν λόγος δόξειεν ἂν ἰσχύειν (οὐ γὰρ εἶναι δίκαιον ἴσον μετέχειν τῶν ἑκατὸν μνῶν τὸν εἰσενέγκαντα μίαν μνᾶν τῷ δόντι τὸ λοιπὸν πᾶν, οὔτε τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς οὔτε τῶν ἐπιγινομένων)· εἰ δὲ μήτε τοῦ ζῆν μόνον ἕνεκεν ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον τοῦ εὖ ζῆν (καὶ γὰρ ἂν δούλων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων ἦν πόλις· νῦν δ’ οὐκ ἔστι, διὰ τὸ μὴ μετέχειν εὐδαιμονίας μηδὲ τοῦ ζῆν κατὰ προαίρεσιν), μήτε συμμαχίας ἕνεκεν, ὅπως ὑπὸ μηδενὸς ἀδικῶνται, μήτε διὰ τὰς ἀλλαγὰς καὶ τὴν χρῆσιν τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους—καὶ γὰρ ἂν Τυρρηνοὶ καὶ Καρχηδόνιοι, καὶ πάντες οἷς ἔστι σύμβολα πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ὡς μιᾶς ἂν πολῖται πόλεως ἦσαν· εἰσὶ γοῦν αὐτοῖς συνθῆκαι περὶ τῶν εἰσαγωγίμων καὶ σύμβολα περὶ τοῦ μὴ ἀδικεῖν καὶ γραφαὶ περὶ συμμαχίας.

    But the most important point they do not state. If people formed a community and came together for the sake of possessions, they share in the city exactly as much as they share in the property, so that the oligarchs’ argument would seem strong. (It isn’t just, they say, for someone who contributed one mina out of a hundred to have an equal share with the one who gave all the rest, either of the original sum or of what accrues.) But suppose they came together not only for the sake of living but rather for living well (otherwise there could be a city of slaves or of other animals, but as it is there is not, since these have no share in happiness or in a life guided by decision); and not for the sake of an alliance, so as to suffer wrong from no one; nor for exchange and dealings with one another. For then the Etruscans and the Carthaginians, and all who have agreements with one another, would be like citizens of a single city. They do at any rate have compacts about imports, agreements about not wronging each other, and written treaties of alliance.

    ἀλλ’ οὔτ’ ἀρχαὶ πᾶσιν ἐπὶ 1280b τούτοις κοιναὶ καθεστᾶσιν, ἀλλ’ ἕτεραι παρ’ ἑκατέροις, οὔτε τοῦ ποίους τινὰς εἶναι δεῖ φροντίζουσιν ἅτεροι τοὺς ἑτέρους, οὐδ’ ὅπως μηδεὶς ἄδικος ἔσται τῶν ὑπὸ τὰς συνθήκας μηδὲ μοχθηρίαν ἕξει μηδεμίαν, ἀλλὰ μόνον ὅπως μηδὲν ἀδικήσουσιν ἀλλήλους. περὶ δ’ ἀρετῆς καὶ κακίας πολιτικῆς διασκοποῦσιν ὅσοι φροντίζουσιν εὐνομίας. ᾗ καὶ φανερὸν ὅτι δεῖ περὶ ἀρετῆς ἐπιμελὲς εἶναι τῇ γ’ ὡς ἀληθῶς ὀνομαζομένῃ πόλει, μὴ λόγου χάριν. γίγνεται γὰρ ἡ κοινωνία συμμαχία, τῶν ἄλλων τόπῳ διαφέρουσα μόνον, τῶν ἄπωθεν συμμάχων. καὶ ὁ νόμος συνθήκη καί, καθάπερ ἔφη Λυκόφρων ὁ σοφιστής, ἐγγυητὴς ἀλλήλοις τῶν δικαίων, ἀλλ’ οὐχ οἷος ποιεῖν ἀγαθοὺς καὶ δικαίους τοὺς πολίτας. ὅτι δὲ τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον, φανερόν.

    But neither are there offices common to all of them for 1280b these purposes, each side having its own; nor does either side care what sort of people the others are, or that no one covered by the agreements should be unjust or have any vice at all, but only that they not wrong one another. Those who care about good order, though, look into political excellence and vice. Hence it is evident that a city that is truly so called, and not just for the sake of the word, must concern itself with excellence. Otherwise the community becomes an alliance, differing only in location from the other alliances whose members live far apart. And the law becomes a compact and, as the sophist Lycophron said, a guarantor of just dealings with one another, but not the sort of thing to make the citizens good and just. That this is how things are is evident.

    εἰ γάρ τις καὶ συναγάγοι τοὺς τόπους εἰς ἕν, ὥστε ἅπτεσθαι τὴν Μεγαρέων πόλιν καὶ Κορινθίων τοῖς τείχεσιν, ὅμως οὐ μία πόλις· οὐδ’ εἰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπιγαμίας ποιήσαιντο· καίτοι τοῦτο τῶν ἰδίων ταῖς πόλεσι κοινωνημάτων ἐστίν. ὁμοίως δ’ οὐδ’ εἴ τινες οἰκοῖεν χωρὶς μέν, μὴ μέντοι τοσοῦτον ἄπωθεν ὥστε μὴ κοινωνεῖν, ἀλλ’ εἴησαν αὐτοῖς νόμοι τοῦ μὴ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀδικεῖν περὶ τὰς μεταδόσεις, οἷον εἰ ὁ μὲν εἴη τέκτων ὁ δὲ γεωργὸς ὁ δὲ σκυτοτόμος ὁ δ’ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον, καὶ τὸ πλῆθος εἶεν μύριοι, μὴ μέντοι κοινωνοῖεν ἄλλου μηδενὸς ἢ τῶν τοιούτων, οἷον ἀλλαγῆς καὶ συμμαχίας, οὐδ’ οὕτω πω πόλις.

    For even if someone were to bring the places together into one, so that the city of the Megarians and that of the Corinthians touched each other’s walls, it would still not be one city, not even if they gave each other rights of intermarriage, though this is one of the forms of community peculiar to cities. Likewise, suppose some people lived apart, but not so far apart as to have no dealings, and had laws against wronging one another in their exchanges: for instance, one was a carpenter, another a farmer, another a shoemaker, another something else of the kind, and they numbered ten thousand. If they shared in nothing else but things like exchange and alliance, even so this would not yet be a city.

    διὰ τίνα δή ποτ’ αἰτίαν; οὐ γὰρ δὴ διὰ τὸ μὴ σύνεγγυς τῆς κοινωνίας. εἰ γὰρ καὶ συνέλθοιεν οὕτω κοινωνοῦντες (ἕκαστος μέντοι χρῷτο τῇ ἰδίᾳ οἰκίᾳ ὥσπερ πόλει) καὶ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς ὡς ἐπιμαχίας οὔσης βοηθοῦντες ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας μόνον, οὐδ’ οὕτως ἂν εἶναι δόξειεν πόλις τοῖς ἀκριβῶς θεωροῦσιν, εἴπερ ὁμοίως ὁμιλοῖεν συνελθόντες καὶ χωρίς. φανερὸν τοίνυν ὅτι ἡ πόλις οὐκ ἔστι κοινωνία τόπου, καὶ τοῦ μὴ ἀδικεῖν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ τῆς μεταδόσεως χάριν· ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ἀναγκαῖον ὑπάρχειν, εἴπερ ἔσται πόλις, οὐ μὴν οὐδ’ ὑπαρχόντων τούτων ἁπάντων ἤδη πόλις, ἀλλ’ ἡ τοῦ εὖ ζῆν κοινωνία καὶ ταῖς οἰκίαις καὶ τοῖς γένεσι, ζωῆς τελείας χάριν καὶ αὐτάρκους. οὐκ ἔσται μέντοι τοῦτο μὴ τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ ἕνα κατοικούντων τόπον καὶ χρωμένων ἐπιγαμίαις.

    Why is that? Surely not because their community is not close at hand. For even if they came together while sharing in this way (each, however, treating his own household as a city), and helped one another only against wrongdoers, as though in a defensive alliance, even so it would not seem a city to those who examine it precisely, if their dealings were the same when they came together as when they were apart. It is evident, then, that the city is not a community of place, nor one for the sake of not wronging each other and of exchange. These things must be present if there is to be a city, but even when they are all present there is not yet a city. The city is the community of living well, for households and families, for the sake of a complete and self-sufficient life. This will not be possible, however, unless they inhabit one and the same place and practice intermarriage.

    διὸ κηδεῖαί τ’ ἐγένοντο κατὰ τὰς πόλεις καὶ φατρίαι καὶ θυσίαι καὶ διαγωγαὶ τοῦ συζῆν. τὸ δὲ τοιοῦτον φιλίας ἔργον· ἡ γὰρ τοῦ συζῆν προαίρεσις φιλία. τέλος μὲν οὖν πόλεως τὸ εὖ ζῆν, ταῦτα δὲ τοῦ τέλους χάριν. πόλις δὲ ἡ γενῶν καὶ κωμῶν 1281a κοινωνία ζωῆς τελείας καὶ αὐτάρκους, τοῦτο δ’ ἐστίν, ὡς φαμέν, τὸ ζῆν εὐδαιμόνως καὶ καλῶς. τῶν καλῶν ἄρα πράξεων χάριν θετέον εἶναι τὴν πολιτικὴν κοινωνίαν ἀλλ’ οὐ τοῦ συζῆν. διόπερ ὅσοι συμβάλλονται πλεῖστον εἰς τὴν τοιαύτην κοινωνίαν, τούτοις τῆς πόλεως μέτεστι πλεῖον ἢ τοῖς κατὰ μὲν ἐλευθερίαν καὶ γένος ἴσοις ἢ μείζοσι κατὰ δὲ τὴν πολιτικὴν ἀρετὴν ἀνίσοις, ἢ τοῖς κατὰ πλοῦτον ὑπερέχουσι κατ’ ἀρετὴν δ’ ὑπερεχομένοις.

    That is why marriage connections arose in cities, and brotherhoods, sacrifices, and the cultivated pastimes of living together. This sort of thing is the work of friendship, since friendship is the decision to live together. The end of the city, then, is living well, and these things are for the sake of the end. A city is the community of families and villages 1281a in a complete and self-sufficient life, and this, as we say, is living happily and finely. The political community must therefore be set down as existing for the sake of fine actions, not for the sake of living together. That is why those who contribute most to such a community have a greater share in the city than those who are equal or greater in freedom and birth but unequal in political excellence, or than those who surpass others in wealth but are surpassed in excellence.

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν πάντες οἱ περὶ τῶν πολιτειῶν ἀμφισβητοῦντες μέρος τι τοῦ δικαίου λέγουσι, φανερὸν ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων.

    It is evident, then, from what has been said, that all who dispute about constitutions speak of some part of justice.

    Who should be sovereign?

    Every candidate for sovereign power—the many, the rich, the decent, one man—raises difficulties.

    ἔχει δ’ ἀπορίαν τί δεῖ τὸ κύριον εἶναι τῆς πόλεως. ἢ γάρ τοι τὸ πλῆθος, ἢ τοὺς πλουσίους, ἢ τοὺς ἐπιεικεῖς, ἢ τὸν βέλτιστον ἕνα πάντων, ἢ τύραννον. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα πάντα ἔχειν φαίνεται δυσκολίαν. τί γάρ; ἂν οἱ πένητες διὰ τὸ πλείους εἶναι διανέμωνται τὰ τῶν πλουσίων, τοῦτ’ οὐκ ἄδικόν ἐστιν; ἔδοξε γὰρ νὴ Δία τῷ κυρίῳ δικαίως. τὴν οὖν ἀδικίαν τί χρὴ λέγειν τὴν ἐσχάτην; πάλιν τε πάντων ληφθέντων, οἱ πλείους τὰ τῶν ἐλαττόνων ἂν διανέμωνται, φανερὸν ὅτι φθείρουσι τὴν πόλιν. ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐχ ἥ γ’ ἀρετὴ φθείρει τὸ ἔχον αὐτήν, οὐδὲ τὸ δίκαιον πόλεως φθαρτικόν· ὥστε δῆλον ὅτι καὶ τὸν νόμον τοῦτον οὐχ οἷόν τ’ εἶναι δίκαιον.

    There is a puzzle about what should be sovereign in the city: the multitude, or the rich, or the decent, or the one best person of all, or a tyrant. But all these seem to involve difficulties. Why so? If the poor, because they are more numerous, divide up the property of the rich among themselves, isn’t this unjust? “No, by Zeus, since the sovereign body decided it justly!” Then what should we call the extreme of injustice? And again, taking everyone together, if the majority divide up the property of the minority, it is evident that they are destroying the city. Yet excellence surely does not destroy what possesses it, nor is justice destructive of a city; so it is clear that this law too cannot be just.

    ἔτι καὶ τὰς πράξεις ὅσας ὁ τύραννος ἔπραξεν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι πάσας δικαίας· βιάζεται γὰρ ὢν κρείττων, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τοὺς πλουσίους. ἀλλ’ ἆρα τοὺς ἐλάττους δίκαιον ἄρχειν καὶ τοὺς πλουσίους; ἂν οὖν κἀκεῖνοι ταῦτα ποιῶσι καὶ διαρπάζωσι καὶ ἀφαιρῶνται τὰ κτήματα τοῦ πλήθους, τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ δίκαιον· καὶ θάτερον ἄρα. ταῦτα μὲν τοίνυν ὅτι πάντα φαῦλα καὶ οὐ δίκαια, φανερόν· ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἐπιεικεῖς ἄρχειν δεῖ καὶ κυρίους εἶναι πάντων; οὐκοῦν ἀνάγκη τοὺς ἄλλους ἀτίμους εἶναι πάντας, μὴ τιμωμένους ταῖς πολιτικαῖς ἀρχαῖς· τιμὰς γὰρ λέγομεν εἶναι τὰς ἀρχάς, ἀρχόντων δ’ αἰεὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τοὺς ἄλλους ἀτίμους. ἀλλ’ ἕνα τὸν σπουδαιότατον ἄρχειν βέλτιον; ἀλλ’ ἔτι τοῦτο ὀλιγαρχικώτερον· οἱ γὰρ ἄτιμοι πλείους.

    Again, all the actions a tyrant has performed would have to be just, since he uses force because he is stronger, just as the multitude does with the rich. But then is it just for the minority, the rich, to rule? If they too do the same, plundering and seizing the possessions of the multitude, is that just? Then so is the other. That all these things are bad and unjust, then, is evident. But should the decent rule and be sovereign over everything? Then all the others must be without honor, not honored with political offices; for we say that offices are honors, and when the same people are always in office, the others must be without honor. Is it better, then, for the one most excellent person to rule? But that is still more oligarchic, since those without honor are more numerous.

    ἀλλ’ ἴσως φαίη τις ἂν τὸ κύριον ὅλως ἄνθρωπον εἶναι ἀλλὰ μὴ νόμον φαῦλον, ἔχοντά γε τὰ συμβαίνοντα πάθη περὶ τὴν ψυχήν. ἂν οὖν ᾖ νόμος μὲν ὀλιγαρχικὸς δὲ ἢ δημοκρατικός, τί διοίσει περὶ τῶν ἠπορημένων; συμβήσεται γὰρ ὁμοίως τὰ λεχθέντα πρότερον.

    But perhaps someone might say that it is bad for a human being, rather than law, to be sovereign at all, since a human being is subject to the feelings that arise in the soul. But if the law is oligarchic or democratic, what difference will it make to the puzzles raised? The same results described before will follow.

    The wisdom of the many

    Many people judging together may do better than a few excellent ones.

    Famous passage The wisdom of the manyMany ordinary people judging together may be better than a few experts, “just as dinners to which many contribute are better.”

    Περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν ἄλλων ἔστω τις ἕτερος λόγος· ὅτι δὲ δεῖ κύριον εἶναι μᾶλλον τὸ πλῆθος ἢ τοὺς ἀρίστους μὲν ὀλίγους δέ, δόξειεν ἂν λύεσθαι καί τιν’ ἔχειν ἀπορίαν, τάχα δὲ κἂν ἀλήθειαν. τοὺς γὰρ πολλούς, ὧν ἕκαστός ἐστιν 1281b οὐ σπουδαῖος ἀνήρ, ὅμως ἐνδέχεται συνελθόντας εἶναι βελτίους ἐκείνων, οὐχ ὡς ἕκαστον ἀλλ’ ὡς σύμπαντας, οἷον τὰ συμφορητὰ δεῖπνα τῶν ἐκ μιᾶς δαπάνης χορηγηθέντων· πολλῶν γὰρ ὄντων ἕκαστον μόριον ἔχειν ἀρετῆς καὶ φρονήσεως, καὶ γίνεσθαι συνελθόντας ὥσπερ ἕνα ἄνθρωπον τὸ πλῆθος, πολύποδα καὶ πολύχειρα καὶ πολλὰς ἔχοντ’ αἰσθήσεις, οὕτω καὶ περὶ τὰ ἤθη καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν. διὸ καὶ κρίνουσιν ἄμεινον οἱ πολλοὶ καὶ τὰ τῆς μουσικῆς ἔργα καὶ τὰ τῶν ποιητῶν· ἄλλοι γὰρ ἄλλο τι μόριον, πάντα δὲ πάντες.

    Let the other cases be discussed another time. But the view that the multitude should be sovereign rather than the best people, who are few, would seem to be defensible; it involves some puzzle, but perhaps also some truth. For the many, each of whom is 1281b not an excellent man, may nonetheless, when they come together, be better than those few, not individually but all together, just as dinners to which many contribute are better than those provided at one person’s expense. For when there are many, each has some portion of excellence and practical wisdom, and when they come together the multitude becomes like a single human being with many feet, many hands, and many senses, and so too with regard to character and thought. That is why the many are also better judges of works of music and of the poets: different people judge different parts, and all of them judge the whole.

    ἀλλὰ τούτῳ διαφέρουσιν οἱ σπουδαῖοι τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἑκάστου τῶν πολλῶν, ὥσπερ καὶ τῶν μὴ καλῶν τοὺς καλούς φασι, καὶ τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τέχνης τῶν ἀληθινῶν, τῷ συνῆχθαι τὰ διεσπαρμένα χωρὶς εἰς ἕν, ἐπεὶ κεχωρισμένων γε κάλλιον ἔχειν τοῦ γεγραμμένου τουδὶ μὲν τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἑτέρου δέ τινος ἕτερον μόριον.

    But excellent men differ from each individual among the many in the same way as beautiful people, they say, differ from those who are not beautiful, and painted images from real things: by bringing together into one what is scattered separately. For taken separately, this person’s eye, or some other part of someone else, would be more beautiful than the painted figure.

    εἰ μὲν οὖν περὶ πάντα δῆμον καὶ περὶ πᾶν πλῆθος ἐνδέχεται ταύτην εἶναι τὴν διαφορὰν τῶν πολλῶν πρὸς τοὺς ὀλίγους σπουδαίους, ἄδηλον, ἴσως δὲ νὴ Δία δῆλον ὅτι περὶ ἐνίων ἀδύνατον (ὁ γὰρ αὐτὸς κἂν ἐπὶ τῶν θηρίων ἁρμόσειε λόγος· καίτοι τί διαφέρουσιν ἔνιοι τῶν θηρίων ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν;)· ἀλλὰ περὶ τὶ πλῆθος οὐδὲν εἶναι κωλύει τὸ λεχθὲν ἀληθές. διὸ καὶ τὴν πρότερον εἰρημένην ἀπορίαν λύσειεν ἄν τις διὰ τούτων καὶ τὴν ἐχομένην αὐτῆς, τίνων δεῖ κυρίους εἶναι τοὺς ἐλευθέρους καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πολιτῶν. τοιοῦτοι δ’ εἰσὶν ὅσοι μήτε πλούσιοι μήτε ἀξίωμα ἔχουσιν ἀρετῆς μηδὲ ἕν.

    Whether this difference between the many and the excellent few can hold for every people and every multitude is unclear; or rather, by Zeus, perhaps it is clear that for some it is impossible (for the same argument would apply to beasts too; and yet how do some people differ from beasts, practically speaking?). But nothing prevents what was said from being true of some multitude. Through these considerations, then, one might resolve the puzzle stated earlier and the one connected with it: over what things should the free, the mass of citizens, be sovereign? These are the people who are neither rich nor have any claim to excellence at all.

    τὸ μὲν γὰρ μετέχειν αὐτοὺς τῶν ἀρχῶν τῶν μεγίστων οὐκ ἀσφαλές (διά τε γὰρ ἀδικίαν καὶ δι’ ἀφροσύνην τὰ μὲν ἀδικεῖν ἀνάγκη τὰ δ’ ἁμαρτάνειν αὐτούς)· τὸ δὲ μὴ μεταδιδόναι μηδὲ μετέχειν φοβερόν (ὅταν γὰρ ἄτιμοι πολλοὶ καὶ πένητες ὑπάρχωσι, πολεμίων ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι πλήρη τὴν πόλιν ταύτην). λείπεται δὴ τοῦ βουλεύεσθαι καὶ κρίνειν μετέχειν αὐτούς. διόπερ καὶ Σόλων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τινὲς νομοθετῶν τάττουσιν ἐπί τε τὰς ἀρχαιρεσίας καὶ τὰς εὐθύνας τῶν ἀρχόντων, ἄρχειν δὲ κατὰ μόνας οὐκ ἐῶσιν. πάντες μὲν γὰρ ἔχουσι συνελθόντες ἱκανὴν αἴσθησιν, καὶ μιγνύμενοι τοῖς βελτίοσι τὰς πόλεις ὠφελοῦσιν, καθάπερ ἡ μὴ καθαρὰ τροφὴ μετὰ τῆς καθαρᾶς τὴν πᾶσαν ποιεῖ χρησιμωτέραν τῆς ὀλίγης· χωρὶς δ’ ἕκαστος ἀτελὴς περὶ τὸ κρίνειν ἐστίν.

    For it is not safe for them to share in the highest offices, since through injustice and folly they would inevitably do wrong in some things and make mistakes in others. But not to give them a share, and not to let them participate, is dangerous, since when many people are without honor and poor, that city is bound to be full of enemies. What remains, then, is for them to share in deliberating and judging. That is why Solon and some other lawgivers assign them to the election of officials and the auditing of officials, but do not allow them to hold office individually. For all of them together have adequate perception, and mixed with the better sort they benefit their cities, just as impure food mixed with pure makes the whole more useful than a small amount of pure; but each of them on his own is incomplete in judging.

    The audits (euthynai) were reviews of officials’ conduct at the end of their term.

    ἔχει δ’ ἡ τάξις αὕτη τῆς πολιτείας ἀπορίαν πρώτην μὲν ὅτι δόξειεν ἂν τοῦ αὐτοῦ εἶναι τὸ κρῖναι τίς ὀρθῶς ἰάτρευκεν, οὗπερ καὶ τὸ ἰατρεῦσαι καὶ ποιῆσαι ὑγιᾶ τὸν κάμνοντα τῆς νόσου τῆς παρούσης· οὗτος δ’ ἐστὶν ὁ ἰατρός. ὁμοίως δὲ τοῦτο καὶ 1282a περὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἐμπειρίας καὶ τέχνας. ὥσπερ οὖν ἰατρὸν δεῖ διδόναι τὰς εὐθύνας ἐν ἰατροῖς, οὕτω καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐν τοῖς ὁμοίοις. ἰατρὸς δ’ ὅ τε δημιουργὰς καὶ ὁ ἀρχιτεκτονικὸς καὶ τρίτος ὁ πεπαιδευμένος περὶ τὴν τέχνην (εἰσὶ γάρ τινες τοιοῦτοι καὶ περὶ πάσας ὡς εἰπεῖν τὰς τέχνας)· ἀποδίδομεν δὲ τὸ κρίνειν οὐδὲν ἧττον τοῖς πεπαιδευμένοις ἢ τοῖς εἰδόσιν. ἔπειτα καὶ περὶ τὴν αἵρεσιν τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν δόξειεν ἔχειν τρόπον.

    This arrangement of the constitution involves a puzzle. First, it would seem that judging who has treated a patient correctly belongs to the same person who can treat him and make him healthy from his present illness, namely the doctor. And the same goes 1282a for the other kinds of expertise and crafts. So just as a doctor must submit his audit to doctors, so must others submit theirs to their peers. But “doctor” means the ordinary practitioner, the master of the craft, and, third, the person educated in the craft (there are people of this sort in practically all the crafts); and we grant the right to judge no less to the educated than to those who know. Next, it would seem the same holds for elections.

    καὶ γὰρ τὸ ἑλέσθαι ὀρθῶς τῶν εἰδότων ἔργον ἐστίν, οἷον γεωμέτρην τε τῶν γεωμετρικῶν καὶ κυβερνήτην τῶν κυβερνητικῶν. εἰ γὰρ καὶ περὶ ἐνίων ἔργων καὶ τεχνῶν μετέχουσι καὶ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν τινες, ἀλλ’ οὔ τι τῶν εἰδότων γε μᾶλλον. ὥστε κατὰ μὲν τοῦτον τὸν λόγον οὐκ ἂν εἴη τὸ πλῆθος ποιητέον κύριον οὔτε τῶν ἀρχαιρεσιῶν οὔτε τῶν εὐθυνῶν.

    For choosing correctly is also the work of those who know: a geometer should be chosen by those who know geometry, and a helmsman by those who know navigation. Even if in some tasks and crafts some laymen also have a say, they do not have more of one than those who know. So by this argument the multitude should not be made sovereign over either the election of officials or their audits.

    ἀλλ’ ἴσως οὐ πάντα ταῦτα λέγεται καλῶς διά τε τὸν πάλαι λόγον, ἂν ᾖ τὸ πλῆθος μὴ λίαν ἀνδραποδῶδες (ἔσται γὰρ ἕκαστος μὲν χείρων κριτὴς τῶν εἰδότων, ἅπαντες δὲ συνελθόντες ἢ βελτίους ἢ οὐ χείρους), καὶ ὅτι περὶ ἐνίων οὔτε μόνον ὁ ποιήσας οὔτ’ ἄριστ’ ἂν κρίνειεν, ὅσων τἆργα γινώσκουσι καὶ οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες τὴν τέχνην, οἷον οἰκίαν οὐ μόνον ἐστὶ γνῶναι τοῦ ποιήσαντος, ἀλλὰ καὶ βέλτιον ὁ χρώμενος αὐτῇ κρινεῖ (χρῆται δ’ ὁ οἰκονόμος), καὶ πηδάλιον κυβερνήτης τέκτονος, καὶ θοίνην ὁ δαιτυμὼν ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὁ μάγειρος.

    But perhaps not all of this is well said. This is partly because of the earlier argument, provided the multitude is not too servile (for each individual will be a worse judge than those who know, but all of them together will be better, or no worse). It is also because in some cases the maker would not be the only or the best judge: in the case of those things whose products are recognized even by people who lack the craft. For instance, knowing a house is not only for the one who built it; the one who uses it will judge it even better (and the user is the householder). Likewise a helmsman will judge a rudder better than a carpenter, and a guest will judge a feast, not the cook.

    ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν ἀπορίαν τάχα δόξειέ τις ἂν οὕτω λύειν ἱκανῶς· ἄλλη δ’ ἐστὶν ἐχομένη ταύτης. δοκεῖ γὰρ ἄτοπον εἶναι τὸ μειζόνων εἶναι κυρίους τοὺς φαύλους τῶν ἐπιεικῶν, αἱ δ’ εὔθυναι καὶ αἱ τῶν ἀρχῶν αἱρέσεις εἰσὶ μέγιστον· ἃς ἐν ἐνίαις πολιτείαις, ὥσπερ εἴρηται, τοῖς δήμοις ἀποδιδόασιν· ἡ γὰρ ἐκκλησία κυρία πάντων τῶν τοιούτων ἐστίν. καίτοι τῆς μὲν ἐκκλησίας μετέχουσι καὶ βουλεύουσι καὶ δικάζουσιν ἀπὸ μικρῶν τιμημάτων καὶ τῆς τυχούσης ἡλικίας, ταμιεύουσι δὲ καὶ στρατηγοῦσι καὶ τὰς μεγίστας ἀρχὰς ἄρχουσιν ἀπὸ μεγάλων. ὁμοίως δή τις ἂν λύσειε καὶ ταύτην τὴν ἀπορίαν. ἴσως γὰρ ἔχει καὶ ταῦτ’ ὀρθῶς.

    This puzzle, then, one might think is adequately resolved in this way. But there is another connected with it. It seems absurd for inferior people to be sovereign over greater matters than the decent are, and audits and elections of officials are the greatest matters; yet in some constitutions, as has been said, these are assigned to the people, since the assembly is sovereign over all such things. And yet people take part in the assembly, sit on the council, and serve on juries with small property assessments and at any age, while treasurers, generals, and holders of the greatest offices come from those with large assessments. One might resolve this puzzle in the same way; for perhaps these things too are correct.

    οὐ γὰρ ὁ δικαστὴς οὐδ’ ὁ βουλευτὴς οὐδ’ ὁ ἐκκλησιαστὴς ἄρχων ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ τὸ δικαστήριον καὶ ἡ βουλὴ καὶ ὁ δῆμος· τῶν δὲ ῥηθέντων ἕκαστος μόριόν ἐστι τούτων (λέγω δὲ μόριον τὸν βουλευτὴν καὶ τὸν ἐκκλησιαστὴν καὶ τὸν δικαστήν)· ὥστε δικαίως κύριον μειζόνων τὸ πλῆθος· ἐκ γὰρ πολλῶν ὁ δῆμος καὶ ἡ βουλὴ καὶ τὸ δικαστήριον. καὶ τὸ τίμημα δὲ πλεῖον τὸ πάντων τούτων ἢ τὸ τῶν καθ’ ἕνα καὶ κατ’ ὀλίγους μεγάλας ἀρχὰς ἀρχόντων.

    For it is not the individual juror, council member, or assembly member who rules, but the court, the council, and the people; each of those mentioned is a part of these (by “part” I mean the council member, the assembly member, and the juror). So it is just for the multitude to be sovereign over greater matters, since the people, the council, and the court are made up of many. And the combined property assessment of all of these is greater than that of those who hold the great offices individually or in small numbers.

    ταῦτα μὲν οὖν διωρίσθω 1282b τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον· ἡ δὲ πρώτη λεχθεῖσα ἀπορία ποιεῖ φανερὸν οὐδὲν οὕτως ἕτερον ὡς ὅτι δεῖ τοὺς νόμους εἶναι κυρίους κειμένους ὀρθῶς, τὸν ἄρχοντα δέ, ἄν τε εἷς ἄν τε πλείους ὦσι, περὶ τούτων εἶναι κυρίους περὶ ὅσων ἐξαδυνατοῦσιν οἱ νόμοι λέγειν ἀκριβῶς διὰ τὸ μὴ ῥᾴδιον εἶναι καθόλου διορίσαι περὶ πάντων. ὁποίους μέντοι τινὰς εἶναι δεῖ τοὺς ὀρθῶς κειμένους νόμους, οὐδέν πω δῆλον, ἀλλ’ ἔτι μένει τὸ πάλαι διαπορηθέν. ἅμα γὰρ καὶ ὁμοίως ταῖς πολιτείαις ἀνάγκη καὶ τοὺς νόμους φαύλους ἢ σπουδαίους εἶναι, καὶ δικαίους ἢ ἀδίκους. πλὴν τοῦτό γε φανερόν, ὅτι δεῖ πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν κεῖσθαι τοὺς νόμους.

    Let these points be settled 1282b in this way. The first puzzle mentioned makes nothing so evident as that the laws, rightly laid down, should be sovereign, and that the ruler, whether one or more, should be sovereign over those matters on which the laws cannot speak precisely, since it is not easy to make universal determinations about everything. But what sort of laws the rightly laid down ones should be is not yet clear at all; the puzzle raised long ago still remains. For laws too must be bad or good, just or unjust, at the same time and in the same way as constitutions. This much, at any rate, is evident: the laws must be laid down to suit the constitution.

    ἀλλὰ μὴν εἰ τοῦτο, δῆλον ὅτι τοὺς μὲν κατὰ τὰς ὀρθὰς πολιτείας ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι δικαίους τοὺς δὲ κατὰ τὰς παρεκβεβηκυίας οὐ δικαίους.

    But if so, it is clear that laws in accordance with the correct constitutions must be just, and those in accordance with the deviant ones unjust.

    Justice as equality

    Offices should be distributed by claims relevant to the city, not by any superiority whatever.

    ἐπεὶ δ’ ἐν πάσαις μὲν ταῖς ἐπιστήμαις καὶ τέχναις ἀγαθὸν τὸ τέλος, μέγιστον δὲ καὶ μάλιστα ἐν τῇ κυριωτάτῃ πασῶν, αὕτη δ’ ἐστὶν ἡ πολιτικὴ δύναμις, ἔστι δὲ τὸ πολιτικὸν ἀγαθὸν τὸ δίκαιον, τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶ τὸ κοινῇ συμφέρον, δοκεῖ δὴ πᾶσιν ἴσον τι τὸ δίκαιον εἶναι, καὶ μέχρι γέ τινος ὁμολογοῦσι τοῖς κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν λόγοις, ἐν οἷς διώρισται περὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν (τὶ γὰρ καὶ τισὶ τὸ δίκαιον, καὶ δεῖν τοῖς ἴσοις ἴσον εἶναι φασιν), ποίων δὴ ἰσότης ἐστὶ καὶ ποίων ἀνισότης, δεῖ μὴ λανθάνειν. ἔχει γὰρ τοῦτ’ ἀπορίαν καὶ φιλοσοφίαν πολιτικήν.

    In all sciences and crafts the end is a good, and the greatest good, the good in the highest degree, is the end of the most authoritative of them all, which is political capacity. The political good is justice, and this is the common advantage. Now everyone thinks justice is some kind of equality, and up to a point they agree with the philosophical discussions in which ethical matters have been determined (for they say justice is something, and is for certain persons, and that it should be equal for equals). But equality in what, and inequality in what? This must not be overlooked, for it involves a puzzle and calls for political philosophy.

    ἴσως γὰρ ἂν φαίη τις κατὰ παντὸς ὑπεροχὴν ἀγαθοῦ δεῖν ἀνίσως νενεμῆσθαι τὰς ἀρχάς, εἰ πάντα τὰ λοιπὰ μηδὲν διαφέροιεν ἀλλ’ ὅμοιοι τυγχάνοιεν ὄντες· τοῖς γὰρ διαφέρουσιν ἕτερον εἶναι τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὸ κατ’ ἀξίαν. ἀλλὰ μὴν εἰ τοῦτ’ ἀληθές, ἔσται καὶ κατὰ χρῶμα καὶ κατὰ μέγεθος καὶ καθ’ ὁτιοῦν τῶν ἀγαθῶν πλεονεξία τις τῶν πολιτικῶν δικαίων τοῖς ὑπερέχουσιν. ἢ τοῦτο ἐπιπόλαιον τὸ ψεῦδος; φανερὸν δ’ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιστημῶν καὶ δυνάμεων· τῶν γὰρ ὁμοίων αὐλητῶν τὴν τέχνην οὐ δοτέον πλεονεξίαν τῶν αὐλῶν τοῖς εὐγενεστέροις (οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐλήσουσι βέλτιον), δεῖ δὲ τῷ κατὰ τὸ ἔργον ὑπερέχοντι διδόναι καὶ τῶν ὀργάνων τὴν ὑπεροχήν. εἰ δὲ μήπω δῆλον τὸ λεγόμενον, ἔτι μᾶλλον αὐτὸ προαγαγοῦσιν ἔσται φανερόν.

    For perhaps someone might say that offices should be distributed unequally on the basis of superiority in any good whatever, provided that in every other respect people did not differ but happened to be alike; for those who differ, what is just and what accords with merit are different. But if this is true, then complexion, height, or any good at all will give those who excel in it some advantage in political rights. Or is this falsehood obvious? It is evident in the other sciences and capacities. Among pipers who are alike in their craft, the better pipes should not be given to those of better birth (they won’t play any better); it is the one who excels at the work who should be given the superior instruments. If what is being said is not yet clear, it will become more evident if we take it further.

    εἰ γὰρ εἴη τις ὑπερέχων μὲν κατὰ τὴν αὐλητικήν, πολὺ δ’ ἐλλείπων κατ’ εὐγένειαν ἢ κάλλος, εἰ καὶ μεῖζον ἕκαστον ἐκείνων ἀγαθόν ἐστι τῆς αὐλητικῆς (λέγω δὲ τήν τ’ εὐγένειαν καὶ τὸ κάλλος), καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν ὑπερέχουσι πλέον τῆς αὐλητικῆς ἢ ἐκεῖνος κατὰ τὴν αὐλητικήν, ὅμως τούτῳ δοτέον τοὺς διαφέροντας 1283a τῶν αὐλῶν. δεῖ γὰρ εἰς τὸ ἔργον συμβάλλεσθαι τὴν ὑπεροχὴν καὶ τοῦ πλούτου καὶ τῆς εὐγενείας, συμβάλλονται δ’ οὐδέν.

    Suppose someone excels at piping but falls far short in good birth or beauty. Even if each of these is a greater good than piping (I mean good birth and beauty), and even if proportionally they exceed piping by more than he excels at piping, still the outstanding 1283a pipes must be given to him. For superiority in wealth and good birth ought to contribute to the work, and they contribute nothing.

    ἔτι κατά γε τοῦτον τὸν λόγον πᾶν ἀγαθὸν πρὸς πᾶν ἂν εἴη συμβλητόν. εἰ γὰρ μᾶλλον τὸ τὶ μέγεθος, καὶ ὅλως ἂν τὸ μέγεθος ἐνάμιλλον εἴη καὶ πρὸς πλοῦτον καὶ πρὸς ἐλευθερίαν· ὥστ’ εἰ πλεῖον ὁδὶ διαφέρει κατὰ μέγεθος ἢ ὁδὶ κατ’ ἀρετήν, καὶ πλεῖον ὑπερέχει ὅλως ἀρετὴ μεγέθους, εἴη ἂν συμβλητὰ πάντα. τοσόνδε γὰρ [μέγεθος] εἰ κρεῖττον τοσοῦδε, τοσόνδε δῆλον ὡς ἴσον. ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦτ’ ἀδύνατον, δῆλον ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πολιτικῶν εὐλόγως οὐ κατὰ πᾶσαν ἀνισότητ’ ἀμφισβητοῦσι τῶν ἀρχῶν (εἰ γὰρ οἱ μὲν βραδεῖς οἱ δὲ ταχεῖς, οὐδὲν διὰ τοῦτο δεῖ τοὺς μὲν πλεῖον τοὺς δ’ ἔλαττον ἔχειν, ἀλλ’ ἐν τοῖς γυμνικοῖς ἀγῶσιν ἡ τούτων διαφορὰ λαμβάνει τὴν τιμήν)· ἀλλ’ ἐξ ὧν πόλις συνέστηκεν, ἐν τούτοις ἀναγκαῖον ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀμφισβήτησιν.

    Again, by this argument every good would be commensurable with every other. For if a certain height counted for more, height in general would compete both with wealth and with freedom. So if this person excels more in height than that one in excellence, and height in general is superior to excellence, then all goods would be commensurable; for if so much of one is better than so much of another, clearly some amount is equal. Since this is impossible, it is clear that in political matters too people reasonably do not dispute over offices on the basis of every kind of inequality. (If some are slow and others fast, that is no reason for the one to have more and the other less; it is in athletic contests that this difference wins its honor.) The dispute must be conducted on the basis of the things of which a city is made up.

    διόπερ εὐλόγως ἀντιποιοῦνται τῆς τιμῆς οἱ εὐγενεῖς καὶ ἐλεύθεροι καὶ πλούσιοι. δεῖ γὰρ ἐλευθέρους τ’ εἶναι καὶ τίμημα φέροντας, οὐ γὰρ ἂν εἴη πόλις ἐξ ἀπόρων πάντων, ὥσπερ οὐδ’ ἐκ δούλων· ἀλλὰ μὴν εἰ δεῖ τούτων, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ τῆς πολιτικῆς ἀρετῆς, οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄνευ τούτων οἰκεῖσθαι πόλιν δυνατόν· πλὴν ἄνευ μὲν τῶν προτέρων ἀδύνατον εἶναι πόλιν, ἄνευ δὲ τούτων οἰκεῖσθαι καλῶς.

    That is why the well-born, the free, and the rich reasonably lay claim to honor. For there must be free people and people who pay property taxes, since a city could not consist entirely of the poor, any more than of slaves. But if these are needed, clearly justice and political excellence are needed too, since without these a city cannot be managed either; except that without the former a city cannot exist, while without the latter it cannot be managed well.

    Rival claims and ostracism

    Rival claims to rule are weighed, along with ostracism and the case of one surpassingly excellent man.

    πρὸς μὲν οὖν τὸ πόλιν εἶναι δόξειεν ἂν ἢ πάντα ἢ ἔνιά γε τούτων ὀρθῶς ἀμφισβητεῖν, πρὸς μέντοι ζωὴν ἀγαθὴν ἡ παιδεία καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ μάλιστα δικαίως ἂν ἀμφισβητοίησαν, καθάπερ εἴρηται καὶ πρότερον. ἐπεὶ δ’ οὔτε πάντων ἴσον ἔχειν δεῖ τοὺς ἴσους ἕν τι μόνον ὄντας, οὔτε ἄνισον τοὺς ἀνίσους καθ’ ἕν, ἀνάγκη πάσας εἶναι τὰς τοιαύτας πολιτείας περεκβάσεις.

    For the existence of a city, then, it would seem that all or at least some of these have a correct claim; but for a good life, education and excellence would have the most just claim, as was said before too. But since those who are equal in one thing only should not have an equal share of everything, nor those unequal in one thing an unequal share of everything, all constitutions of this sort must be deviations.

    εἴρηται μὲν οὖν καὶ πρότερον ὅτι διαμφισβητοῦσι τρόπον τινὰ δικαίως πάντες, ἁπλῶς δ’ οὐ πάντες δικαίως· οἱ πλούσιοι μὲν ὅτι πλεῖον μέτεστι τῆς χώρας αὐτοῖς, ἡ δὲ χώρα κοινόν, ἔτι πρὸς τὰ συμβόλαια πιστοὶ μᾶλλον ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλέον· οἱ δὲ ἐλεύθεροι καὶ εὐγενεῖς ὡς ἐγγὺς ἀλλήλων (πολῖται γὰρ μᾶλλον οἱ γενναιότεροι τῶν ἀγεννῶν, ἡ δ’ εὐγένεια παρ’ ἑκάστοις οἴκοι τίμιος)· ἔτι διότι βελτίους εἰκὸς τοὺς ἐκ βελτιόνων, εὐγένεια γάρ ἐστιν ἀρετὴ γένους· ὁμοίως δὲ φήσομεν δικαίως καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἀμφισβητεῖν, κοινωνικὴν γὰρ ἀρετὴν εἶναί φαμεν τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ᾗ πάσας ἀναγκαῖον ἀκολουθεῖν τὰς ἄλλας· ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ οἱ πλείους πρὸς τοὺς ἐλάττους, καὶ γὰρ κρείττους καὶ πλουσιώτεροι καὶ βελτίους εἰσίν, ὡς λαμβανομένων τῶν πλειόνων πρὸς τοὺς ἐλάττους.

    It has been said before too that all dispute with a kind of justice, but not all with justice without qualification. The rich claim because they have a greater share of the land, and the land is common property, and further because they are for the most part more reliable in contracts. The free and the well-born claim on grounds closely connected with each other (for the better born are more truly citizens than the lowborn, and good birth is held in honor at home among every people); and further, because those from better parents are likely to be better, since good birth is excellence of family. Likewise we shall say that excellence too has a just claim, since we say justice is the excellence of community, which all the others must follow. And the majority too have a claim against the minority, since they are stronger, richer, and better, when the majority is taken together in comparison with the minority.

    ἆρ’ οὖν 1283b εἰ πάντες εἶεν ἐν μιᾷ πόλει, λέγω δ’ οἷον οἵ τ’ ἀγαθοὶ καὶ οἱ πλούσιοι καὶ ⟨οἱ⟩ εὐγενεῖς, ἔτι δὲ πλῆθος ἄλλο τι πολιτικόν, πότερον ἀμφισβήτησις ἔσται τίνας ἄρχειν δεῖ, ἢ οὐκ ἔσται; καθ’ ἑκάστην μὲν οὖν πολιτείαν τῶν εἰρημένων ἀναμφισβήτητος ἡ κρίσις τίνας ἄρχειν δεῖ (τοῖς γὰρ κυρίοις διαφέρουσιν ἀλλήλων, οἷον ἡ μὲν τῷ διὰ πλουσίων ἡ δὲ τῷ διὰ τῶν σπουδαίων ἀνδρῶν εἶναι, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἑκάστη τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον)· ἀλλ’ ὅμως σκοπῶμεν, ὅταν περὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ταῦθ’ ὑπάρχῃ χρόνον, πῶς διοριστέον. εἰ δὴ τὸν ἀριθμὸν εἶεν ὀλίγοι πάμπαν οἱ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἔχοντες, τίνα δεῖ διελεῖν τρόπον; ἢ τὸ “ὀλίγοι” πρὸς τὸ ἔργον δεῖ σκοπεῖν, εἰ δυνατοὶ διοικεῖν τὴν πόλιν ἢ τοσοῦτοι τὸ πλῆθος ὥστ’ εἶναι πόλιν ἐξ αὐτῶν;

    Suppose, then, 1283b that all were present in one city, I mean, for example, the good, the rich, and the well-born, and besides them some other citizen multitude: will there be a dispute about who should rule, or not? Under each of the constitutions mentioned, the decision about who should rule is undisputed, since they differ from one another in what is sovereign: one, for example, is rule by the rich, another rule by excellent men, and each of the others in the same way. Nevertheless, let us consider how the matter is to be determined when all these are present at the same time. If those who have excellence are extremely few in number, how should we decide? Should “few” be judged with reference to the work, by whether they are able to manage the city, or by whether they are numerous enough to make up a city by themselves?

    ἔστι δὲ ἀπορία τις πρὸς ἅπαντας τοὺς διαμφισβητοῦντας περὶ τῶν πολιτικῶν τιμῶν. δόξαιεν γὰρ ἂν οὐδὲν λέγειν δίκαιον οἱ διὰ τὸν πλοῦτον ἀξιοῦντες ἄρχειν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ οἱ κατὰ γένος· δῆλον γὰρ ὡς εἴ τις πάλιν εἷς πλουσιώτερος ἁπάντων ἐστί, δηλονότι κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ δίκαιον τοῦτον ἄρχειν τὸν ἕνα ἁπάντων δεήσει, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὸν εὐγενείᾳ διαφέροντα τῶν ἀμφισβητούντων δι’ ἐλευθερίαν. ταὐτὸ δὲ τοῦτο ἴσως συμβήσεται καὶ περὶ τὰς ἀριστοκρατίας ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς· εἰ γάρ τις εἷς ἀμείνων ἀνὴρ εἴη τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ἐν τῷ πολιτεύματι σπουδαίων ὄντων, τοῦτον εἶναι δεῖ κύριον κατὰ ταὐτὸ δίκαιον.

    There is a puzzle facing all who dispute over political honors. Those who claim to rule because of their wealth would seem to have nothing just to say, and likewise those who claim on the basis of birth. For clearly, if again some one person is richer than all the rest, then by the same justice this one person will have to rule over all; and likewise the one outstanding in good birth will have to rule over those whose claim rests on freedom. Perhaps the same will happen with aristocracies in the case of excellence: if some one man were better than the others in the governing body, excellent though they are, then by the same justice this man should be sovereign.

    οὐκοῦν εἰ καὶ τὸ πλῆθος εἶναί γε δεῖ κύριον διότι κρείττους εἰσὶ τῶν ὀλίγων, κἂν εἷς ἢ πλείους μὲν τοῦ ἑνὸς ἐλάττους δὲ τῶν πολλῶν κρείττους ὦσι τῶν ἄλλων, τούτους ἂν δέοι κυρίους εἶναι μᾶλλον ἢ τὸ πλῆθος. πάντα δὴ ταῦτ’ ἔοικε φανερὸν ποιεῖν ὅτι τούτων τῶν ὅρων οὐδεὶς ὀρθός ἐστι καθ’ ὃν ἀξιοῦσιν αὐτοὶ μὲν ἄρχειν τοὺς δ’ ἄλλους ὑπὸ σφῶν ἄρχεσθαι πάντας. καὶ γὰρ δὴ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς κατ’ ἀρετὴν ἀξιοῦντας κυρίους εἶναι τοῦ πολιτεύματος, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοὺς κατὰ πλοῦτον, ἔχοιεν ἂν λέγειν τὰ πλήθη λόγον τινὰ δίκαιον· οὐδὲν γὰρ κωλύει ποτὲ τὸ πλῆθος εἶναι βέλτιον· τῶν ὀλίγων καὶ πλουσιώτερον, οὐχ ὡς καθ’ ἕκαστον ἀλλ’ ὡς ἀθρόους. διὸ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀπορίαν ἣν ζητοῦσι καὶ προβάλλουσί τινες ἐνδέχεται τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ἀπαντᾶν.

    Then if the multitude too should be sovereign because they are stronger than the few, then if one person, or more than one but fewer than the many, were stronger than the rest, these would have to be sovereign rather than the multitude. All this seems to make evident that none of these definitions is correct by which people claim that they themselves should rule and everyone else be ruled by them. For against those who claim to be sovereign over the governing body on the basis of excellence, and likewise against those who claim on the basis of wealth, the multitudes could offer a just argument: nothing prevents the multitude from sometimes being better and richer than the few, not individually but collectively. So this is also how one may respond to the puzzle that some people investigate and put forward.

    ἀποροῦσι γάρ τινες πότερον τῷ νομοθέτῃ νομοθετητέον, βουλομένῳ τίθεσθαι τοὺς ὀρθοτάτους νόμους, πρὸς τὸ τῶν βελτιόνων συμφέρον ἢ πρὸς τὸ τῶν πλειόνων, ὅταν συμβαίνῃ τὸ λεχθέν· τὸ δ’ ὀρθὸν ληπτέον ἴσως· τὸ δ’ ἴσως ὀρθὸν πρὸς τὸ τῆς πόλεως ὅλης συμφέρον καὶ πρὸς τὸ κοινὸν τὸ τῶν πολιτῶν· πολίτης δὲ κοινῇ μὲν ὁ μετέχων τοῦ ἄρχειν καὶ ἄρχεσθαί 1284a ἐστι, καθ’ ἑκάστην δὲ πολιτείαν ἕτερος, πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἀρίστην ὁ δυνάμενος καὶ προαιρούμενος ἄρχεσθαι καὶ ἄρχειν πρὸς τὸν βίον τὸν κατ’ ἀρετήν.

    For some raise the puzzle whether a lawgiver who wishes to lay down the most correct laws should legislate for the advantage of the better people or for that of the majority, when the situation described arises. What is correct must be taken as what is equal; and what is correct in the sense of equal is correct with a view to the advantage of the whole city and the common good of the citizens. A citizen in general is one who shares in ruling and being ruled, 1284a but he differs under each constitution, and under the best constitution he is one who is able and chooses to be ruled and to rule with a view to the life that accords with excellence.

    εἰ δέ τις ἔστιν εἷς τοσοῦτον διαφέρων κατ’ ἀρετῆς ὑπερβολήν, ἢ πλείους μὲν ἑνὸς μὴ μέντοι δυνατοὶ πλήρωμα παρασχέσθαι πόλεως, ὥστε μὴ συμβλητὴν εἶναι τὴν τῶν ἄλλων ἀρετὴν πάντων μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῶν τὴν πολιτικὴν πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνων, εἰ πλείους, εἰ δ’ εἷς, τὴν ἐκείνου μόνον, οὐκέτι θετέον τούτους μέρος πόλεως· ἀδικήσονται γὰρ ἀξιούμενοι τῶν ἴσων, ἄνισοι τοσοῦτον κατ’ ἀρετὴν ὄντες καὶ τὴν πολιτικὴν δύναμιν· ὥσπερ γὰρ θεὸν ἐν ἀνθρώποις εἰκὸς εἶναι τὸν τοιοῦτον. ὅθεν δῆλον ὅτι καὶ τὴν νομοθεσίαν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι περὶ τοὺς ἴσους καὶ τῷ γένει καὶ τῇ δυνάμει, κατὰ δὲ τῶν τοιούτων οὐκ ἔστι νόμος· αὐτοὶ γάρ εἰσι νόμος. καὶ γὰρ γελοῖος ἂν εἴη νομοθετεῖν τις πειρώμενος κατ’ αὐτῶν.

    But suppose there is one person so outstanding in superiority of excellence, or several, though not enough to make up the full complement of a city, that the excellence and political capacity of all the others are not comparable with theirs (if there are several) or with his alone (if there is one). Then such people should no longer be counted as part of the city. They would be wronged if treated as deserving equal shares, being so unequal in excellence and political capacity; for such a person would likely be like a god among human beings. From this it is clear that legislation too must concern those who are equal in birth and in capacity, while for people like these there is no law: they themselves are law. Indeed, anyone who tried to legislate for them would be ridiculous.

    λέγοιεν γὰρ ἂν ἴσως ἅπερ Ἀντισθένης ἔφη τοὺς λέοντας δημηγορούντων τῶν δασυπόδων καὶ τὸ ἴσον ἀξιούντων πάντας ἔχειν. διὸ καὶ τίθενται τὸν ὀστρακισμὸν αἱ δημοκρατούμεναι πόλεις, διὰ τὴν τοιαύτην αἰτίαν· αὗται γὰρ δὴ δοκοῦσι διώκειν τὴν ἰσότητα μάλιστα πάντων, ὥστε τοὺς δοκοῦντας ὑπερέχειν δυνάμει διὰ πλοῦτον ἢ πολυφιλίαν ἤ τινα ἄλλην πολιτικὴν ἰσχὺν ὠστράκιζον καὶ μεθίστασαν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως χρόνους ὡρισμένους. μυθολογεῖται δὲ καὶ τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας τὸν Ἡρακλέα καταλιπεῖν διὰ τοιαύτην αἰτίαν· οὐ γὰρ ἐθέλειν αὐτὸν ἄγειν τὴν Ἀργὼ μετὰ τῶν πλωτήρων τῶν ἄλλων, ὡς ὑπερβάλλοντα πολύ.

    For they would perhaps say what Antisthenes’ lions said when the hares made speeches in the assembly and claimed that everyone should have equal shares. That is why democratically governed cities institute ostracism, and for this sort of reason. They seem to pursue equality above all things, so they used to ostracize those who seemed to be superior in power because of wealth or many friends or some other political strength, and remove them from the city for fixed periods. The story goes that the Argonauts left Heracles behind for this sort of reason too: the Argo refused to carry him along with the other sailors, since he so far surpassed them.

    In the fable the lions reply, “Where are your claws and teeth?” Ostracism was a vote by which Athens exiled a citizen for ten years without loss of property.

    διὸ καὶ τοὺς ψέγοντας τὴν τυραννίδα καὶ τὴν Περιάνδρου Θρασυβούλῳ συμβουλίαν οὐχ ἁπλῶς οἰητέον ὀρθῶς ἐπιτιμᾶν (φασὶ γὰρ τὸν Περίανδρον εἰπεῖν μὲν οὐδὲν πρὸς τὸν πεμφθέντα κήρυκα περὶ τῆς συμβουλίας, ἀφαιροῦντα δὲ τοὺς ὑπερέχοντας τῶν σταχύων ὁμαλῦναι τὴν ἄρουραν· ὅθεν ἀγνοοῦντος μὲν τοῦ κήρυκος τοῦ γιγνομένου τὴν αἰτίαν, ἀπαγγείλαντος δὲ τὸ συμπεσόν, συννοῆσαι τὸν Θρασύβουλον ὅτι δεῖ τοὺς ὑπερέχοντας ἄνδρας ἀναιρεῖν). τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ μόνον συμφέρει τοῖς τυράννοις, οὐδὲ μόνον οἱ τύραννοι ποιοῦσιν, ἀλλ’ ὁμοίως ἔχει καὶ περὶ τὰς ὀλιγαρχίας καὶ τὰς δημοκρατίας· ὁ γὰρ ὀστρακισμὸς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει δύναμιν τρόπον τινὰ τῷ κολούειν τοὺς ὑπερέχοντας καὶ φυγαδεύειν.

    So those who criticize tyranny, and Periander’s advice to Thrasybulus, should not be thought entirely right in their censure. (They say that Periander said nothing to the herald sent to ask his advice, but leveled the field by lopping off the ears of grain that stood out; the herald did not understand the reason for what was happening, but reported what had occurred, and Thrasybulus realized that he should do away with the outstanding men.) For this is not only advantageous to tyrants, nor do tyrants alone do it; it is the same with oligarchies and democracies. Ostracism has in a way the same effect, by cutting down and exiling those who stand out.

    Periander was tyrant of Corinth and Thrasybulus tyrant of Miletus, around 600 BC.

    τὸ δ’ αὐτὸ καὶ περὶ τὰς πόλεις καὶ τὰ ἔθνη ποιοῦσιν οἱ κύριοι τῆς δυνάμεως, οἷον Ἀθηναῖοι μὲν περὶ Σαμίους καὶ Χίους καὶ Λεσβίους (ἐπεὶ γὰρ θᾶττον ἐγκρατῶς ἔσχον τὴν ἀρχήν, ἐταπείνωσαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τὰς συνθήκας), ὁ δὲ Περσῶν 1284b βασιλεὺς Μήδους καὶ Βαβυλωνίους καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τοὺς πεφρονηματισμένους διὰ τὸ γενέσθαι ποτ’ ἐπ’ ἀρχῆς ἐπέκοπτε πολλάκις.

    Those who control power do the same to cities and peoples: the Athenians, for instance, to the Samians, Chians, and Lesbians (once they had a firm hold on their empire, they humbled them in violation of the treaties), while the Persian 1284b king repeatedly cut down the Medes, the Babylonians, and any others who had grown proud from having once held power.

    τὸ δὲ πρόβλημα καθόλου περὶ πάσας ἐστὶ τὰς πολιτείας, καὶ τὰς ὀρθάς· αἱ μὲν γὰρ παρεκβεβηκυῖαι πρὸς τὸ ἴδιον ἀποσκοποῦσαι τοῦτο δρῶσιν, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ περὶ τὰς τὸ κοινὸν ἀγαθὸν ἐπισκοπούσας τὸν αὐτὸν ἔχει τρόπον. δῆλον δὲ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων τεχνῶν καὶ ἐπιστημῶν· οὔτε γὰρ γραφεὺς ἐάσειεν ἂν τὸν ὑπερβάλλοντα πόδα τῆς συμμετρίας ἔχειν τὸ ζῷον, οὐδ’ εἰ διαφέροι τὸ κάλλος, οὔτε ναυπηγὸς πρύμναν ἢ τῶν ἄλλων τι μορίων τῶν τῆς νεώς, οὐδὲ δὴ χοροδιδάσκαλος τὸν μεῖζον καὶ κάλλιον τοῦ παντὸς χοροῦ φθεγγόμενον ἐάσει συγχορεύειν. ὥστε διὰ τοῦτο μὲν οὐδὲν κωλύει τοὺς μονάρχους συμφωνεῖν ταῖς πόλεσιν, εἰ τῆς οἰκείας ἀρχῆς ὠφελίμου ταῖς πόλεσιν οὔσης τοῦτο δρῶσιν. διὸ κατὰ τὰς ὁμολογουμένας ὑπεροχὰς ἔχει τι δίκαιον πολιτικὸν ὁ λόγος ὁ περὶ τὸν ὀστρακισμόν.

    The problem is universal and concerns all constitutions, even the correct ones. The deviant ones do this looking to their private advantage, but the same holds for those that look to the common good. This is clear in the other crafts and sciences too. A painter would not let a figure have a foot out of proportion, even if it were outstandingly beautiful, nor would a shipbuilder allow this with the stern or any other part of the ship; nor will a chorus master let someone who sings louder and more beautifully than the whole chorus be a member of it. So for this reason nothing prevents monarchs from being in harmony with their cities when they do this, provided their own rule benefits the cities. Hence, in cases of acknowledged superiority, the argument for ostracism has a certain political justice.

    βέλτιον μὲν οὖν τὸν νομοθέτην ἐξ ἀρχῆς οὕτω συστῆσαι τὴν πολιτείαν ὥστε μὴ δεῖσθαι τοιαύτης ἰατρείας· δεύτερος δὲ πλοῦς, ἂν συμβῇ, πειρᾶσθαι τοιούτῳ τινὶ διορθώματι διορθοῦν. ὅπερ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο περὶ τὰς πόλεις· οὐ γὰρ ἔβλεπον πρὸς τὸ τῆς πολιτείας τῆς οἰκείας συμφέρον, ἀλλὰ στασιαστικῶς ἐχρῶντο τοῖς ὀστρακισμοῖς. ἐν μὲν οὖν ταῖς παρεκβεβηκυίαις πολιτείαις ὅτι μὲν ἰδίᾳ συμφέρει καὶ δίκαιόν ἐστι, φανερόν, ἴσως δὲ καὶ ὅτι οὐχ ἁπλῶς δίκαιον, καὶ τοῦτο φανερόν· ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρίστης πολιτείας ἔχει πολλὴν ἀπορίαν, οὐ κατὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἀγαθῶν τὴν ὑπεροχήν, οἷον ἰσχύος καὶ πλούτου καὶ πολυφιλίας, ἀλλὰ ἄν τις γένηται διαφέρων κατ’ ἀρετήν, τί χρὴ ποιεῖν;

    It is better, then, for the lawgiver to establish the constitution from the start in such a way that it needs no such remedy; but the second-best course, if the need arises, is to try to set things right with a corrective of this kind. This is not what happened in the cities: they did not look to the advantage of their own constitution but used ostracism as a weapon in civil strife. In the deviant constitutions, then, it is evident that ostracism is advantageous and just from their own point of view; perhaps it is also evident that it is not just without qualification. But in the best constitution there is a great puzzle, not about superiority in other goods, like strength, wealth, and many friends, but about what should be done if someone turns up who is outstanding in excellence.

    οὐ γὰρ δὴ φαῖεν ἂν δεῖν ἐκβάλλειν καὶ μεθιστάναι τὸν τοιοῦτον· ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδ’ ἄρχειν γε τοῦ τοιούτου· παραπλήσιον γὰρ κἂν εἰ τοῦ Διὸς ἄρχειν ἀξιοῖεν, μερίζοντες τὰς ἀρχάς. λείπεται τοίνυν, ὅπερ ἔοικε πεφυκέναι, πείθεσθαι τῷ τοιούτῳ πάντας ἀσμένως, ὥστε βασιλέας εἶναι τοὺς τοιούτους ἀιδίους ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν.

    Surely people would not say that such a man should be expelled and banished; but neither should he be ruled, since that would be like claiming to rule Zeus by sharing out the offices. What remains, and what seems natural, is for everyone to obey such a person gladly, so that people like this are permanent kings in their cities.

    Kinds of kingship

    Five kinds of kingship are distinguished, from Spartan generalship to absolute rule.

    ἴσως δὲ καλῶς ἔχει μετὰ τοὺς εἰρημένους λόγους μεταβῆναι καὶ σκέψασθαι περὶ βασιλείας· φαμὲν γὰρ τῶν ὀρθῶν πολιτειῶν μίαν εἶναι ταύτην. σκεπτέον δὲ πότερον συμφέρει τῇ μελλούσῃ καλῶς οἰκήσεσθαι καὶ πόλει καὶ χώρᾳ βασιλεύεσθαι, ἢ οὔ, ἀλλ’ ἄλλη τις πολιτεία μᾶλλον, ἢ τισὶ μὲν συμφέρει τισὶ δ’ οὐ συμφέρει. δεῖ δὴ πρῶτον διελέσθαι πότερον ἕν τι γένος ἔστιν αὐτῆς ἢ πλείους 1285a ἔχει διαφοράς. ῥᾴδιον δὴ τοῦτό γε καταμαθεῖν, ὅτι πλείω τε γένη περιέχει καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς ὁ τρόπος ἐστὶν οὐχ εἷς πασῶν. ἡ γὰρ ἐν τῇ Λακωνικῇ πολιτείᾳ δοκεῖ μὲν εἶναι βασιλεία μάλιστα τῶν κατὰ νόμον, οὐκ ἔστι δὲ κυρία πάντων, ἀλλ’ ὅταν ἐξέλθῃ τὴν χώραν ἡγεμών ἐστι τῶν πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον· ἔτι δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς ἀποδέδοται τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν.

    Perhaps it is good, after the arguments just given, to move on and examine kingship, since we say it is one of the correct constitutions. We must consider whether it is advantageous for a city and territory that is to be well managed to be ruled by a king, or not, but rather by some other constitution, or whether it is advantageous for some and not for others. We must first determine whether it is a single kind or has several 1285a varieties. This at least is easy to see: it includes several kinds, and the manner of rule is not the same in all of them. The kingship in the Spartan constitution seems to be the most of all a kingship according to law, but it is not sovereign over everything: when the king leaves the country he is the leader in matters of war, and matters concerning the gods are also assigned to the kings.

    αὕτη μὲν οὖν ἡ βασιλεία οἷον στρατηγία τις αὐτοκρατόρων καὶ ἀίδιός ἐστιν· κτεῖναι γὰρ οὐ κύριος, εἰ μὴ ἔν τινι καιρῷ, καθάπερ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων ἐν ταῖς πολεμικαῖς ἐξόδοις, ἐν χειρὸς νόμῳ. δηλοῖ δ’ Ὅμηρος· ὁ γὰρ Ἀγαμέμνων κακῶς μὲν ἀκούων ἠνείχετο ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις, ἐξελθόντων δὲ καὶ κτεῖναι κύριος ἦν· λέγει γοῦν ὃν δέ κ’ ἐγὼν ἀπάνευθε μάχης... /... οὔ οἱ / ἄρκιον ἐσσεῖται φυγέειν κύνας ἠδ’ οἰωνούς· / πὰρ γὰρ ἐμοὶ θάνατος.

    This kingship, then, is a kind of generalship with full powers, held for life. For the king has no authority to put anyone to death, except in certain circumstances, as in ancient times on military expeditions, by right of force. Homer shows this: Agamemnon put up with being abused in the assemblies, but when they had marched out he had authority even to kill. At any rate he says: “Whomever I see away from the battle… / … he will have no sure hope / of escaping the dogs and birds; / for death is in my hands.”

    Adapted from Iliad 2.391–393; the last phrase is not in our text of Homer.

    ἓν μὲν οὖν τοῦτ’ εἶδος βασιλείας, στρατηγία διὰ βίου, τούτων δ’ αἱ μὲν κατὰ γένος εἰσὶν αἱ δ’ αἱρεταί· παρὰ ταύτην δ’ ἄλλο μοναρχίας εἶδος, οἷαι παρ’ ἐνίοις εἰσὶ βασιλεῖαι τῶν βαρβάρων. ἔχουσι δ’ αὗται τὴν δύναμιν πᾶσαι παραπλησίαν τυραννίσιν, εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ κατὰ νόμον καὶ πάτριαι· διὰ γὰρ τὸ δουλικώτεροι εἶναι τὰ ἤθη φύσει οἱ μὲν βάρβαροι τῶν Ἑλλήνων, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν τῶν περὶ τὴν Εὐρώπην, ὑπομένουσι τὴν δεσποτικὴν ἀρχὴν οὐδὲν δυσχεραίνοντες. τυραννικαὶ μὲν οὖν διὰ τὸ τοιοῦτόν εἰσιν, ἀσφαλεῖς δὲ διὰ τὸ πάτριαι καὶ κατὰ νόμον εἶναι. καὶ ἡ φυλακὴ δὲ βασιλικὴ καὶ οὐ τυραννικὴ διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν.

    This, then, is one kind of kingship, generalship for life, some of these being hereditary and some elected. Besides this there is another kind of monarchy, such as the kingships found among some non-Greeks. These all have power close to that of tyrannies, but they are according to law and ancestral. For because non-Greeks are by nature more servile in character than Greeks, and those in Asia than those in Europe, they endure the rule of a master without resentment. These kingships are tyrannical, then, for this reason, but secure because they are ancestral and according to law. Their bodyguard, too, is that of a king and not of a tyrant, for the same reason.

    οἱ γὰρ πολῖται φυλάττουσιν ὅπλοις τοὺς βασιλεῖς, τοὺς δὲ τυράννους ξενικόν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ νόμον καὶ ἑκόντων οἱ δ’ ἀκόντων ἄρχουσιν, ὥσθ’ οἱ μὲν παρὰ τῶν πολιτῶν οἱ δ’ ἐπὶ τοὺς πολίτας ἔχουσι τὴν φυλακήν.

    For citizens guard kings with their arms, while tyrants are guarded by a foreign force; kings rule according to law and over willing subjects, tyrants over unwilling ones, so that kings have a guard drawn from the citizens, tyrants a guard against them.

    δύο μὲν οὖν εἴδη ταῦτα μοναρχίας, ἕτερον δ’ ὅπερ ἦν ἐν τοῖς ἀρχαίοις Ἕλλησιν, οὓς καλοῦσιν αἰσυμνήτας. ἔστι δὲ τοῦθ’ ὡς ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν αἱρετὴ τυραννίς, διαφέρουσα δὲ τῆς βαρβαρικῆς οὐ τῷ μὴ κατὰ νόμον ἀλλὰ τῷ μὴ πάτριος εἶναι μόνον. ἦρχον δ’ οἱ μὲν διὰ βίου τὴν ἀρχὴν ταύτην, οἱ δὲ μέχρι τινῶν ὡρισμένων χρόνων ἢ πράξεων, οἷον εἵλοντό ποτε Μυτιληναῖοι Πιττακὸν πρὸς τοὺς φυγάδας ὧν προειστήκεσαν Ἀντιμενίδης καὶ Ἀλκαῖος ὁ ποιητής. δηλοῖ δ’ Ἀλκαῖος ὅτι τύραννον εἵλοντο τὸν Πιττακὸν ἔν τινι τῶν σκολιῶν μελῶν· ἐπιτιμᾷ γὰρ ὅτι τὸν κακοπάτριδα Πίττακον πόλιος τᾶς ἀχόλω καὶ 1285b βαρυδαίμονος ἐστάσαντο τύραννον μέγ’ ἐπαινέοντες ἀόλλεες.

    These, then, are two kinds of monarchy. Another is the one that existed among the early Greeks, whose rulers are called aisymnetes. This is, to put it simply, an elected tyranny, differing from the non-Greek kind not in being contrary to law but only in not being ancestral. Some held this office for life, others for certain fixed periods or for particular tasks, as when the Mytileneans once elected Pittacus against the exiles led by Antimenides and Alcaeus the poet. Alcaeus shows in one of his drinking songs that they chose Pittacus as tyrant, for he rebukes them because “the lowborn Pittacus, of that spiritless and 1285b ill-starred city, they set up as tyrant, all of them heaping praise on him.”

    An aisymnete was a ruler elected with extraordinary powers, often to end civil strife. Alcaeus, lyric poet of Lesbos, was Pittacus’ political opponent.

    αὗται μὲν οὖν εἰσί τε καὶ ἦσαν διὰ μὲν τὸ δεσποτικαὶ εἶναι τυραννικαί, διὰ δὲ τὸ αἱρεταὶ καὶ ἑκόντων βασιλικαί· τέταρτον δ’ εἶδος μοναρχίας βασιλικῆς αἱ κατὰ τοὺς ἡρωικοὺς χρόνους ἑκούσιαί τε καὶ πάτριαι γιγνόμεναι κατὰ νόμον. διὰ γὰρ τὸ τοὺς πρώτους γενέσθαι τοῦ πλήθους εὐεργέτας κατὰ τέχνας ἢ πόλεμον, ἢ διὰ τὸ συναγαγεῖν ἢ πορίσαι χώραν, ἐγίγνοντο βασιλεῖς ἑκόντων καὶ τοῖς παραλαμβάνουσι πάτριοι. κύριοι δ’ ἦσαν τῆς τε κατὰ πόλεμον ἡγεμονίας καὶ τῶν θυσιῶν, ὅσαι μὴ ἱερατικαί, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις τὰς δίκας ἔκρινον. τοῦτο δ’ ἐποίουν οἱ μὲν οὐκ ὀμνύοντες οἱ δ’ ὀμνύοντες· ὁ δ’ ὅρκος ἦν τοῦ σκήπτρου ἐπανάτασις.

    These, then, are and were tyrannical because they rule as masters, but kingly because they are elected and rule over willing subjects. A fourth kind of kingly monarchy is that of the heroic age, which was voluntary, ancestral, and according to law. Because the first kings had been benefactors of the multitude in crafts or war, or by bringing them together or providing them with land, they became kings over willing subjects, and the kingship passed down to their successors. They had authority over leadership in war and over sacrifices, except those reserved for priests, and in addition they judged lawsuits. Some did this without taking an oath, others under oath; the oath consisted in raising the scepter.

    οἱ μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων χρόνων καὶ τὰ κατὰ πόλιν καὶ τὰ ἔνδημα καὶ τὰ ὑπερόρια συνεχῶς ἦρχον· ὕστερον δὲ τὰ μὲν αὐτῶν παριέντων τῶν βασιλέων, τὰ δὲ τῶν ὄχλων παραιρουμένων, ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσιν αἱ θυσίαι κατελείφθησαν τοῖς βασιλεῦσι μόνον, ὅπου δ’ ἄξιον εἰπεῖν εἶναι βασιλείαν, ἐν τοῖς ὑπερορίοις τῶν πολεμικῶν τὴν ἡγεμονίαν μόνον εἶχον.

    In ancient times, then, these kings ruled continuously over the affairs of the city, both at home and beyond the borders. But later, as the kings gave up some of these powers and the crowds took away others, in most cities only the sacrifices were left to the kings, and where there was anything worth calling a kingship, they held only the leadership in wars beyond the borders.

    βασιλείας μὲν οὖν εἴδη ταῦτα, τέτταρα τὸν ἀριθμόν, μία μὲν ἡ περὶ τοὺς ἡρωικοὺς χρόνους (αὕτη δ’ ἦν ἑκόντων μέν, ἐπὶ τισὶ δ’ ὡρισμένοις· στρατηγός τε γὰρ ἦν καὶ δικαστὴς ὁ βασιλεύς, καὶ τῶν πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς κύριος), δευτέρα δ’ ἡ βαρβαρική (αὕτη δ’ ἐστὶν ἐκ γένους ἀρχὴ δεσποτικὴ κατὰ νόμον), τρίτη δὲ ἣν αἰσυμνητείαν προσαγορεύουσιν (αὕτη δ’ ἐστὶν αἱρετὴ τυραννίς), τετάρτη δ’ ἡ Λακωνικὴ τούτων (αὕτη δ’ ἐστὶν ὡς εἰπεῖν ἁπλῶς στρατηγία κατὰ γένος ἀίδιος). αὗται μὲν οὖν τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον διαφέρουσιν ἀλλήλων· πέμπτον δ’ εἶδος βασιλείας, ὅταν ᾖ πάντων κύριος εἷς ὤν, ὥσπερ ἕκαστον ἔθνος καὶ πόλις ἑκάστη τῶν κοινῶν, τεταγμένη κατὰ τὴν οἰκονομικήν. ὥσπερ γὰρ ἡ οἰκονομικὴ βασιλεία τις οἰκίας ἐστίν, οὕτως ἡ παμβασιλεία πόλεως καὶ ἔθνους ἑνὸς ἢ πλειόνων οἰκονομία.

    These, then, are the kinds of kingship, four in number. One is that of the heroic age (this was over willing subjects, but in certain defined areas, since the king was general and judge and had authority over matters concerning the gods). The second is the non-Greek kind (this is hereditary rule, like a master’s, according to law). The third is what they call aisymnetia (this is elected tyranny). The fourth of these is the Spartan (this is, to put it simply, hereditary generalship for life). These, then, differ from one another in this way. A fifth kind of kingship is when one person is sovereign over everything, just as each nation and each city is over its common affairs, arranged on the model of household management. For just as household management is a kind of kingship over a household, so absolute kingship is household management of a city, or of one nation or several.

    The best man or the best laws?

    Rule by one excellent man is weighed against rule by law and by the many.

    Σχεδὸν δὴ δύο ἐστὶν ὡς εἰπεῖν εἴδη βασιλείας περὶ ὧν σκεπτέον, αὕτη τε καὶ ἡ Λακωνική· τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων αἱ πολλαὶ μεταξὺ τούτων εἰσίν· ἐλαττόνων μὲν γὰρ κύριοι τῆς παμβασιλείας, πλειόνων δ’ εἰσὶ τῆς Λακωνικῆς. ὥστε τὸ σκέμμα σχεδὸν περὶ δυοῖν ἐστιν, ἓν μὲν πότερον συμφέρει ταῖς πόλεσι στρατηγὸν ἀίδιον εἶναι, καὶ τοῦτον ἢ κατὰ γένος ἢ κατὰ μέρος, 1286a ἢ οὐ συμφέρει, ἓν δὲ πότερον ἕνα συμφέρει κύριον εἶναι πάντων, ἢ οὐ συμφέρει. τὸ μὲν οὖν περὶ τῆς τοιαύτης στρατηγίας ἐπισκοπεῖν νόμων ἔχει μᾶλλον εἶδος ἢ πολιτείας (ἐν ἁπάσαις γὰρ ἐνδέχεται γίγνεσθαι τοῦτο ταῖς πολιτείαις), ὥστ’ ἀφείσθω τὴν πρώτην· ὁ δὲ λοιπὸς τρόπος τῆς βασιλείας πολιτείας εἶδός ἐστιν, ὥστε περὶ τούτου δεῖ θεωρῆσαι καὶ τὰς ἀπορίας ἐπιδραμεῖν τὰς ἐνούσας.

    There are, then, roughly speaking, two kinds of kingship to consider: this one and the Spartan. Most of the others lie between these, since they are sovereign over fewer things than absolute kingship, and over more than the Spartan. So the inquiry is roughly about two questions: one, whether it is advantageous for cities to have a general for life, and whether by family or in rotation, 1286a or not; the other, whether it is advantageous for one person to be sovereign over everything, or not. Examining this sort of generalship has more the character of an inquiry into laws than into constitutions, since it can occur under any constitution; so let us set the first question aside. The remaining mode of kingship is a kind of constitution, so we must study it and run through the puzzles it involves.

    ἀρχὴ δ’ ἐστὶ τῆς ζητήσεως αὕτη, πότερον συμφέρει μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀρίστου ἀνδρὸς ἄρχεσθαι ἢ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρίστων νόμων.

    The starting point of the inquiry is this: whether it is more advantageous to be ruled by the best man or by the best laws.

    δοκοῦσι δὴ τοῖς νομίζουσι συμφέρειν βασιλεύεσθαι τὸ καθόλου μόνον οἱ νόμοι λέγειν, ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς τὰ προσπίπτοντα ἐπιτάττειν, ὥστ’ ἐν ὁποιᾳοῦν τέχνῃ τὸ κατὰ γράμματ’ ἄρχειν ἠλίθιον (καὶ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ μετὰ τὴν τετρήμερον κινεῖν ἔξεστι τοῖς ἰατροῖς, ἐὰν δὲ πρότερον, ἐπὶ τῷ αὑτοῦ κινδύνῳ). φανερὸν τοίνυν ὡς οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ κατὰ γράμματα καὶ νόμους ἀρίστη πολιτεία, διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν. ἀλλὰ μὴν κἀκεῖνον δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λόγον, τὸν καθόλου, τοῖς ἄρχουσιν. κρεῖττον δ’ ᾧ μὴ πρόσεστι τὸ παθητικὸν ὅλως ἢ ᾧ συμφυές· τῷ μὲν οὖν νόμῳ τοῦτο οὐχ ὑπάρχει, ψυχὴν δ’ ἀνθρωπίνην ἀνάγκη τοῦτ’ ἔχειν πᾶσαν. ἀλλ’ ἴσως ἂν φαίη τις ὡς ἀντὶ τούτου βουλεύσεται περὶ τῶν καθ’ ἕκαστα κάλλιον.

    Those who think it advantageous to be ruled by a king hold that laws speak only in general terms and do not give instructions for circumstances as they arise, so that in any craft whatever it is foolish to govern by written rules. (In Egypt, doctors are allowed to change the treatment after the fourth day; if they do so earlier, it is at their own risk.) It is clear, then, that for the same reason the constitution that goes by written rules and laws is not the best. And yet rulers must have that general principle too. And what has no emotional element at all is better than what has one by nature. Law does not have this element, whereas every human soul necessarily has it. But perhaps someone might say that, in exchange, a human being will deliberate better about particular cases.

    ὅτι μὲν τοίνυν ἀνάγκη νομοθέτην αὐτὸν εἶναι, δῆλον, καὶ κεῖσθαι νόμους, ἀλλὰ μὴ κυρίους ᾗ παρεκβαίνουσιν, ἐπεὶ περὶ τῶν γ’ ἄλλων εἶναι δεῖ κυρίους· ὅσα δὲ μὴ δυνατὸν τὸν νόμον κρίνειν ἢ ὅλως ἢ εὖ, πότερον ἕνα τὸν ἄριστον δεῖ ἄρχειν ἢ πάντας; καὶ γὰρ νῦν συνιόντες δικάζουσι καὶ βουλεύονται καὶ κρίνουσιν, αὗται δ’ αἱ κρίσεις εἰσὶ πᾶσαι περὶ τῶν καθ’ ἕκαστον. καθ’ ἕνα μὲν οὖν συμβαλλόμενος ὁστισοῦν ἴσως χείρων· ἀλλ’ ἐστὶν ἡ πόλις ἐκ πολλῶν, ὥσπερ δ’ ἑστίασις συμφορητὸς καλλίων μιᾶς καὶ ἁπλῆς· διὰ τοῦτο καὶ κρίνει ἄμεινον ὄχλος πολλὰ ἢ εἷς ὁστισοῦν.

    Clearly, then, he must himself be a lawgiver, and there must be laws laid down; but they must not be authoritative where they go astray, though they should be authoritative in all other matters. As for the things the law cannot decide, either at all or well, should the one best man rule, or everyone? For as things are now, people come together to try cases, deliberate and make judgments, and these judgments all concern particulars. Taken one at a time, any one of them is perhaps inferior. But the city is made up of many, and just as a feast to which many contribute is finer than a single, simple one, so for this reason a crowd also judges many things better than any one person.

    ἔτι μᾶλλον ἀδιάφθορον τὸ πολύ—καθάπερ ὕδωρ τὸ πλεῖον, οὕτω καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ὀλίγων ἀδιαφθορώτερον· τοῦ δ’ ἑνὸς ὑπ’ ὀργῆς κρατηθέντος ἤ τινος ἑτέρου πάθους τοιούτου ἀναγκαῖον διεφθάρθαι τὴν κρίσιν, ἐκεῖ δ’ ἔργον ἅμα πάντας ὀργισθῆναι καὶ ἁμαρτεῖν. ἔστω δὲ τὸ πλῆθος οἱ ἐλεύθεροι, μηδὲν παρὰ τὸν νόμον πράττοντες ἀλλ’ ἢ περὶ ὧν ἐκλείπειν ἀναγκαῖον αὐτόν. εἰ δὲ δὴ τοῦτο μὴ ῥᾴδιον ἐν πολλοῖς, ἀλλ’ εἰ πλείους εἶεν ἀγαθοὶ καὶ ἄνδρες καὶ πολῖται, πότερον ὁ εἷς ἀδιαφθορώτερος ἄρχων, ἢ μᾶλλον οἱ πλείους μὲν τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἀγαθοὶ 1286b δὲ πάντες; ἢ δῆλον ὡς οἱ πλείους; ἀλλ’ οἱ μὲν στασιάσουσιν ὁ δὲ εἷς ἀστασίαστος. ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοῦτ’ ἀντιθετέον ἴσως ὅτι σπουδαῖοι τὴν ψυχήν, ὥσπερ κἀκεῖνος ὁ εἷς.

    Moreover, the many are less corruptible: like a larger quantity of water, the multitude is less easily corrupted than the few. When a single person is overcome by anger or some other such feeling, his judgment is bound to be corrupted, whereas in the other case it is hard for everyone to get angry and go wrong at the same moment. Let the multitude be the free, doing nothing contrary to the law except in matters where it necessarily falls short. And if this is not easy with a large number, still, suppose there were several who were good both as men and as citizens: would the one ruler be less corruptible, or rather those who are more in number but 1286b all good? Isn’t it clear that the several are? “But the many will fall into civil strife, while the one will be free of it.” To this one should perhaps reply that they are excellent in soul, just like that one man.

    εἰ δὴ τὴν μὲν τῶν πλειόνων ἀρχὴν ἀγαθῶν δ’ ἀνδρῶν πάντων ἀριστοκρατίαν θετέον, τὴν δὲ τοῦ ἑνὸς βασιλείαν, αἱρετώτερον ἂν εἴη ταῖς πόλεσιν ἀριστοκρατία βασιλείας, καὶ μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ χωρὶς δυνάμεως οὔσης τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἂν ᾖ λαβεῖν πλείους ὁμοίους. καὶ διὰ τοῦτ’ ἴσως ἐβασιλεύοντο πρότερον, ὅτι σπάνιον ἦν εὑρεῖν ἄνδρας πολὺ διαφέροντας κατ’ ἀρετήν, ἄλλως τε καὶ τότε μικρὰς οἰκοῦντας πόλεις. ἔτι δ’ ἀπ’ εὐεργεσίας καθίστασαν τοὺς βασιλεῖς, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἔργον τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν. ἐπεὶ δὲ συνέβαινε γίγνεσθαι πολλοὺς ὁμοίους πρὸς ἀρετήν, οὐκέτι ὑπέμενον ἀλλ’ ἐζήτουν κοινόν τι καὶ πολιτείαν καθίστασαν. ἐπεὶ δὲ χείρους γιγνόμενοι ἐχρηματίζοντο ἀπὸ τῶν κοινῶν, ἐντεῦθέν ποθεν εὔλογον γενέσθαι τὰς ὀλιγαρχίας· ἔντιμον γὰρ ἐποίησαν τὸν πλοῦτον.

    If, then, the rule of a number of people who are all good men is to be counted as aristocracy, and the rule of one as kingship, aristocracy would be preferable to kingship for cities—whether the office is backed by force or not—provided it is possible to find a number of people who are alike. And perhaps this is why people were ruled by kings in earlier times: it was rare to find men who greatly surpassed others in excellence, especially since in those days they lived in small cities. Besides, they appointed their kings on the strength of benefactions, which is the work of good men. But when it came about that there were many people alike in excellence, they no longer put up with this; they looked for something shared in common and established a constitution. And when they grew worse and began enriching themselves from public property, it is reasonable to suppose that oligarchies arose from something of this sort, for they made wealth a thing of honor.

    ἐκ δὲ τούτων πρῶτον εἰς τυραννίδας μετέβαλλον, ἐκ δὲ τῶν τυραννίδων εἰς δημοκρατίαν· αἰεὶ γὰρ εἰς ἐλάττους ἄγοντες δι’ αἰσχροκέρδειαν ἰσχυρότερον τὸ πλῆθος κατέστησαν, ὥστ’ ἐπιθέσθαι καὶ γενέσθαι δημοκρατίας. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ μείζους εἶναι συμβέβηκε τὰς πόλεις, ἴσως οὐδὲ ῥᾴδιον ἔτι γίγνεσθαι πολιτείαν ἑτέραν παρὰ δημοκρατίαν.

    From oligarchies they changed first into tyrannies, and from tyrannies into democracy. For by constantly narrowing power into fewer hands out of greed for gain, they made the multitude stronger, so that it rose against them and democracies came into being. And now that cities have in fact grown larger, it is perhaps no longer easy for any constitution other than democracy to arise.

    εἰ δὲ δή τις ἄριστον θείη τὸ βασιλεύεσθαι ταῖς πόλεσιν, πῶς ἕξει τὰ περὶ τῶν τέκνων; πότερον καὶ τὸ γένος δεῖ βασιλεύειν; ἀλλὰ γιγνομένων ὁποῖοί τινες ἔτυχον, βλαβερόν. ἀλλ’ οὐ παραδώσει κύριος ὢν τοῖς τέκνοις. ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἔτι τοῦτο ῥᾴδιον πιστεῦσαι· χαλεπὸν γάρ, καὶ μείζονος ἀρετῆς ἢ κατ’ ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν. ἔχει δ’ ἀπορίαν καὶ περὶ τῆς δυνάμεως, πότερον ἔχειν δεῖ τὸν μέλλοντα βασιλεύειν ἰσχύν τινα περὶ αὑτόν, ᾗ δυνήσεται βιάζεσθαι τοὺς μὴ βουλομένους πειθαρχεῖν, ἢ πῶς ἐνδέχεται τὴν ἀρχὴν διοικεῖν; εἰ γὰρ καὶ κατὰ νόμον εἴη κύριος, μηδὲν πράττων κατὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ βούλησιν παρὰ τὸν νόμον, ὅμως ἀναγκαῖον ὑπάρχειν αὐτῷ δύναμιν ᾗ φυλάξει τοὺς νόμους.

    But if someone does take being ruled by a king to be best for cities, how will things stand with the children? Should the family reign as well? But if the children turn out as some happen to, that is harmful. “But the king, being sovereign, won’t hand power over to his children.” That is no longer easy to believe: it is hard, and calls for greater excellence than human nature allows. There is also a difficulty about force: should the man who is to be king have some armed strength around him with which he can compel those unwilling to obey, or how else can he administer his office? For even if he were sovereign in accordance with law, doing nothing by his own wish contrary to the law, he would still need to have a force with which to protect the laws.

    τάχα μὲν οὖν τὰ περὶ τὸν βασιλέα τὸν τοιοῦτον οὐ χαλεπὸν διορίσαι· δεῖ γὰρ αὐτὸν μὲν ἔχειν ἰσχύν, εἶναι δὲ τοσαύτην τὴν ἰσχὺν ὥστε ἑκάστου μὲν καὶ ἑνὸς καὶ συμπλειόνων κρείττω τοῦ δὲ πλήθους ἥττω, καθάπερ οἵ τ’ ἀρχαῖοι τὰς φυλακὰς ἐδίδοσαν, ὅτε καθισταῖέν τινα τῆς πόλεως ὃν ἐκάλουν αἰσυμνήτην ἢ τύραννον, καὶ Διονυσίῳ τις, ὅτ’ ᾔτει τοὺς φύλακας, συνεβούλευε τοῖς Συρακουσίοις διδόναι τοσούτους τοὺς φύλακας.

    Perhaps, then, it is not hard to settle matters concerning such a king. He should have a force, and it should be large enough to be stronger than any one individual, or even several together, but weaker than the multitude. This is how the ancients assigned bodyguards whenever they appointed someone over the city whom they called an aesymnete or tyrant; and when Dionysius asked for bodyguards, someone advised the Syracusans to give him guards in that number.

    The rule of law

    Critics of absolute kingship argue that the law, as intellect without desire, should rule.

    περὶ δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ κατὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ βούλησιν πάντα πράττοντος ὅ τε λόγος ἐφέστηκε νῦν καὶ ποιητέον τὴν σκέψιν. ὁ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ νόμον λεγόμενος βασιλεὺς οὐκ ἔστιν εἶδος, καθάπερ εἴπομεν, πολιτείας (ἐν πάσαις γὰρ ὑπάρχειν ἐνδέχεται στρατηγίαν ἀίδιον, οἷον ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ καὶ ἀριστοκρατίᾳ, καὶ πολλοὶ ποιοῦσιν ἕνα κύριον τῆς διοικήσεως· τοιαύτη γὰρ ἀρχή τις ἔστι καὶ περὶ Ἐπίδαμνον, καὶ περὶ Ὀποῦντα δὲ κατά τι μέρος ἔλαττον)· περὶ δὲ τῆς παμβασιλείας καλουμένης (αὕτη δ’ ἐστὶ καθ’ ἣν ἄρχει πάντων κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ βούλησιν ὁ βασιλεύς) δοκεῖ [δέ] τισιν οὐδὲ κατὰ φύσιν εἶναι τὸ κύριον ἕνα πάντων εἶναι τῶν πολιτῶν, ὅπου συνέστηκεν ἐξ ὁμοίων ἡ πόλις· τοῖς γὰρ ὁμοίοις φύσει τὸ αὐτὸ δίκαιον ἀναγκαῖον καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀξίαν κατὰ φύσιν εἶναι, ὥστ’ εἴπερ καὶ τὸ ἴσην ἔχειν τοὺς ἀνίσους τροφὴν ἢ ἐσθῆτα βλαβερὸν τοῖς σώμασιν, οὕτως ἔχειν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὰς τιμάς· ὁμοίως τοίνυν καὶ τὸ ἄνισον τοὺς ἴσους· διόπερ οὐδένα μᾶλλον ἄρχειν ἢ ἄρχεσθαι δίκαιον, καὶ τὸ ἀνὰ μέρος τοίνυν ὡσαύτως.

    But it is the king who does everything by his own wish that our discussion has now reached, and we must make the inquiry. For the so-called king in accordance with law is not, as we said, a kind of constitution. A permanent generalship can exist in any constitution, for instance in democracy and aristocracy, and many cities make one person sovereign over their administration: there is an office of this kind at Epidamnus, and at Opus too, though with somewhat less power. As for so-called absolute kingship (this is where the king rules over everything by his own wish), some people think it is not even in accordance with nature for one person to be sovereign over all the citizens where the city is made up of people who are alike. For those who are alike by nature must have the same justice and the same worth by nature. And so, if it is harmful to the body for unequal people to have equal food or clothing, the same holds for honors; and likewise, too, for equal people to have unequal shares. That is why it is just for no one to rule any more than to be ruled, and so for people to take turns in the same way.

    Epidamnus was a Greek city on the Adriatic coast (modern Durrës in Albania); Opus was the chief city of eastern Locris in central Greece.

    τοῦτο δ’ ἤδη νόμος· ἡ γὰρ τάξις νόμος. τὸν ἄρα νόμον ἄρχειν αἱρετώτερον μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν πολιτῶν ἕνα τινά, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ λόγον τοῦτον, κἂν εἴ τινας ἄρχειν βέλτιον, τούτους καταστατέον νομοφύλακας καὶ ὑπηρέτας τοῖς νόμοις· ἀναγκαῖον γὰρ εἶναί τινας ἀρχάς, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἕνα τοῦτον εἶναί φασι δίκαιον, ὁμοίων γε ὄντων πάντων. ἀλλὰ μὴν ὅσα γε μὴ δοκεῖ δύνασθαι διορίζειν ὁ νόμος, οὐδ’ ἄνθρωπος ἂν δύναιτο γνωρίζειν. ἀλλ’ ἐπίτηδες παιδεύσας ὁ νόμος ἐφίστησι τὰ λοιπὰ τῇ δικαιοτάτῃ γνώμῃ κρίνειν καὶ διοικεῖν τοὺς ἄρχοντας. ἔτι δ’ ἐπανορθοῦσθαι δίδωσιν ὅ τι ἂν δόξῃ πειρωμένοις ἄμεινον εἶναι τῶν κειμένων.

    And this is already law, since an arrangement is a law. It is therefore preferable for the law to rule rather than any one of the citizens. And by this same reasoning, even if it is better for certain people to rule, they should be appointed as guardians of the law and servants of the laws. For there must be some offices, but it is not just, they say, for this to be one person—at least when all are alike. And yet whatever the law seems unable to determine, a human being could not discern either. Rather, the law deliberately educates the officials and then sets them to judge and administer the remaining matters “by the most just judgment.” Further, it allows them to amend whatever seems to them, from experience, to be better than the established laws.

    Famous passage Law as intellect without desireTo bid the law rule is to bid “god and intellect alone” rule; to add a human ruler adds a wild beast.

    ὁ μὲν οὖν τὸν νόμον κελεύων ἄρχειν δοκεῖ κελεύειν ἄρχειν τὸν θεὸν καὶ τὸν νοῦν μόνους, ὁ δ’ ἄνθρωπον κελεύων προστίθησι καὶ θηρίον· ἥ τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμία τοιοῦτον, καὶ ὁ θυμὸς ἄρχοντας διαστρέφει καὶ τοὺς ἀρίστους ἄνδρας. διόπερ ἄνευ ὀρέξεως νοῦς ὁ νόμος ἐστίν. τὸ δὲ τῶν τεχνῶν εἶναι δοκεῖ παράδειγμα ψεῦδος, ὅτι τὸ κατὰ γράμματα ἰατρεύεσθαι φαῦλον, ἀλλὰ αἱρετώτερον χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἔχουσι τὰς τέχνας. οἱ μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲν διὰ φιλίαν παρὰ τὸν λόγον ποιοῦσιν, ἀλλ’ ἄρνυνται τὸν μισθὸν τοὺς κάμνοντας ὑγιάσαντες· οἱ δ’ ἐν ταῖς πολιτικαῖς ἀρχαῖς πολλὰ πρὸς ἐπήρειαν καὶ χάριν εἰώθασι πράττειν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τοὺς ἰατροὺς ὅταν ὑποπτεύωσι πιστευθέντας τοῖς ἐχθροῖς διαφθείρειν διὰ κέρδος, τότε τὴν ἐκ τῶν γραμμάτων θεραπείαν ζητήσαιεν ἂν μᾶλλον.

    Anyone who bids the law to rule, then, seems to bid god and intellect alone to rule; whoever bids a human being to rule adds a wild beast as well. For appetite is like that, and spiritedness distorts rulers, even the best of men. That is why law is intellect without desire. The example from the crafts seems to be false—that doctoring by the book is poor, and it is preferable to rely on those who have the craft. For doctors do nothing contrary to reason out of friendship; they earn their fee by curing the sick. But those in political offices are accustomed to do many things out of spite or to curry favor. Indeed, when people suspect that doctors have been won over by their enemies to do away with them for gain, then they would rather look for treatment by the book.

    ἀλλὰ μὴν εἰσάγονταί γ’ ἐφ’ ἑαυτοὺς 1287b οἱ ἰατροὶ κάμνοντες ἄλλους ἰατροὺς καὶ οἱ παιδοτρίβαι γυμναζόμενοι παιδοτρίβας, ὡς οὐ δυνάμενοι κρίνειν τὸ ἀληθὲς διὰ τὸ κρίνειν περί τε οἰκείων καὶ ἐν πάθει ὄντες. ὥστε δῆλον ὅτι τὸ δίκαιον ζητοῦντες τὸ μέσον ζητοῦσιν· ὁ γὰρ νόμος τὸ μέσον. ἔτι κυριώτεροι καὶ περὶ κυριωτέρων τῶν κατὰ γράμματα νόμων οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθη εἰσίν, ὥστ’ εἰ τῶν κατὰ γράμματα ἄνθρωπος ἄρχων ἀσφαλέστερος, ἀλλ’ οὐ τῶν κατὰ τὸ ἔθος.

    And yet doctors 1287b who fall ill call in other doctors to treat them, and trainers who are exercising call in other trainers, on the grounds that they can’t judge the truth, because they are judging their own case and are under the influence of feeling. So it is clear that in seeking what is just people are seeking the mean, for the law is the mean. Further, laws based on custom are more authoritative, and concern more authoritative matters, than written laws; so even if a human ruler is safer than written laws, he is not safer than customary ones.

    ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδὲ ῥᾴδιον ἐφορᾶν πολλὰ τὸν ἕνα· δεήσει ἄρα πλείονας εἶναι τοὺς ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ καθισταμένους ἄρχοντας, ὥστε τί διαφέρει τοῦτο ἐξ ἀρχῆς εὐθὺς ὑπάρχειν ἢ τὸν ἕνα καταστῆσαι τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον; ἔτι, ὃ καὶ πρότερον εἰρημένον ἐστίν, εἴπερ ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ σπουδαῖος, διότι βελτίων, ἄρχειν δίκαιος, τοῦ γε ἑνὸς οἱ δύο ἀγαθοὶ βελτίους· τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ σύν τε δύ’ ἐρχομένω καὶ ἡ εὐχὴ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος τοιοῦτοι δέκα μοι συμφράδμονες. εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ νῦν περὶ ἐνίων αἱ ἀρχαὶ κύριαι κρίνειν, ὥσπερ ὁ δικαστής, περὶ ὧν ὁ νόμος ἀδυνατεῖ διορίζειν, ἐπεὶ περὶ ὧν γε δυνατός, οὐδεὶς ἀμφισβητεῖ περὶ τούτων ὡς οὐκ ἂν ἄριστα ὁ νόμος ἄρξειε καὶ κρίνειεν.

    Again, it isn’t easy for one person to oversee many things. So there will need to be a number of officials appointed by him—and then what difference is there between having this arrangement right from the start and having one man appoint them in this way? Further, as was said earlier, if the excellent man is entitled to rule because he is better, then two good men are better than one. This is the point of “two going together,” and of Agamemnon’s prayer, “Would I had ten such counselors.” Even now there are offices with authority to judge, as a juror does, those matters the law is unable to determine; for where it is able, no one disputes that the law would rule and judge best.

    Both quotations are from Homer’s Iliad (10.224 and 2.372).

    ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ τὰ μὲν ἐνδέχεται περιληφθῆναι τοῖς νόμοις τὰ δὲ ἀδύνατα, ταῦτ’ ἐστὶν ἃ ποιεῖ διαπορεῖν καὶ ζητεῖν πότερον τὸν ἄριστον νόμον ἄρχειν αἱρετώτερον ἢ τὸν ἄνδρα τὸν ἄριστον· περὶ ὧν γὰρ βουλεύονται νομοθετῆσαι τῶν ἀδυνάτων ἐστίν. οὐ τοίνυν τοῦτό γ’ ἀντιλέγουσιν, ὡς οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον ἄνθρωπον εἶναι τὸν κρινοῦντα περὶ τῶν τοιούτων, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οὐχ ἕνα μόνον ἀλλὰ πολλούς.

    But since some things can be covered by the laws and others cannot, it is the latter that make people raise the difficulty and ask whether it is preferable for the best law to rule or the best man. For the things people deliberate about are among those that can’t be legislated for. So they don’t deny that it must be a human being who judges such matters; they say only that it should not be one alone but many.

    κρίνει γὰρ ἕκαστος ἄρχων πεπαιδευμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καλῶς, ἄτοπον τ’ ἴσως ἂν εἶναι δόξειεν εἰ βέλτιον ἴδοι τις δυοῖν ὄμμασι καὶ δυσὶν ἀκοαῖς κρίνων καὶ πράττων δυσὶ ποσὶ καὶ χερσίν, ἢ πολλοὶ πολλοῖς· ἐπεὶ καὶ νῦν ὀφθαλμοὺς πολλοὺς οἱ μόναρχοι ποιοῦσιν αὑτῶν καὶ ὦτα καὶ χεῖρας καὶ πόδας· τοὺς γὰρ τῇ ἀρχῇ καὶ αὑτοῖς φίλους ποιοῦνται συνάρχους. μὴ φίλοι μὲν οὖν ὄντες οὐ ποιήσουσι κατὰ τὴν τοῦ μονάρχου προαίρεσιν· εἰ δὲ φίλοι κἀκείνου καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς, ὅ γε φίλος ἴσος καὶ ὅμοιος, ὥστ’ εἰ τούτους οἴεται δεῖν ἄρχειν, τοὺς ἴσους καὶ ὁμοίους ἄρχειν οἴεται δεῖν ὁμοίως. ἃ μὲν οὖν οἱ διαμφισβητοῦντες πρὸς τὴν βασιλείαν λέγουσι, σχεδὸν ταῦτ’ ἐστίν.

    For every official who has been educated by the law judges well. And it would perhaps seem odd if one person, judging with two eyes and two ears and acting with two feet and two hands, could see better than many people with many. Indeed, even now monarchs make many eyes and ears and hands and feet for themselves, since they make those who are friendly to their rule and to themselves into their co-rulers. Now if these are not friends, they will not act in line with the monarch’s decision; but if they are friends of both him and his rule—well, a friend is an equal and alike, so if he thinks these people should rule, he thinks that those who are equal and alike should rule just as he does. These, then, are roughly the arguments of those who dispute the case against kingship.

    When kingship is just

    Kingship suits only a people with a family or person of surpassing excellence.

    ἀλλ’ ἴσως ταῦτ’ ἐπὶ μὲν τινῶν ἔχει τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον, ἐπὶ δὲ τινῶν οὐχ οὕτως. ἔστι γάρ τι φύσει δεσποτικὸν καὶ ἄλλο βασιλευτικὸν καὶ ἄλλο πολιτικὸν καὶ δίκαιον καὶ συμφέρον ἄλλο ἄλλοις· τυραννικὸν δ’ οὐκ ἔστι κατὰ φύσιν, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων πολιτειῶν ὅσαι παρεκβάσεις εἰσί· ταῦτα γὰρ γίνεται παρὰ φύσιν. ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων 1288a γε φανερὸν ὡς ἐν μὲν τοῖς ὁμοίοις καὶ ἴσοις οὔτε συμφέρον ἐστὶν οὔτε δίκαιον ἕνα κύριον εἶναι πάντων, οὔτε μὴ νόμων ὄντων, ἀλλ’ ὡς αὐτὸν ὄντα νόμον, οὔτε νόμων ὄντων, οὔτε ἀγαθὸν ἀγαθῶν οὔτε μὴ ἀγαθῶν μὴ ἀγαθόν, οὐδ’ ἂν κατ’ ἀρετὴν ἀμείνων ᾖ, εἰ μὴ τρόπον τινά. τίς δ’ ὁ τρόπος, λεκτέον· εἴρηται δέ πως ἤδη καὶ πρότερον.

    But perhaps these things hold in this way for some people and not for others. For there is what is by nature suited to rule by a master, and another to rule by a king, and another to political rule; and what is just and advantageous differs for different people. But nothing is by nature suited to tyranny, or to any of the other constitutions that are deviations, for these come about contrary to nature. From what has been said, 1288a though, it is clear that among people who are alike and equal it is neither advantageous nor just for one person to be sovereign over all—whether there are no laws and he is himself, as it were, the law, or there are laws—nor for a good man to be sovereign over good men, nor one who isn’t good over those who aren’t good; nor even if he is superior in excellence, except in a certain way. What that way is must now be stated, though in a sense it has already been stated earlier.

    πρῶτον δὲ διοριστέον τί τὸ βασιλευτὸν καὶ τί τὸ ἀριστοκρατικὸν καὶ τί τὸ πολιτικόν. βασιλευτὸν μὲν οὖν τὸ τοιοῦτόν ἐστι πλῆθος ὃ πέφυκε φέρειν γένος ὑπερέχον κατ’ ἀρετὴν πρὸς ἡγεμονίαν πολιτικήν, ἀριστοκρατικὸν δὲ ὃ πέφυκε φέρειν πλῆθος ἄρχεσθαι δυνάμενον τὴν τῶν ἐλευθέρων ἀρχὴν ὑπὸ τῶν κατ’ ἀρετὴν ἡγεμονικῶν πρὸς πολιτικὴν ἀρχήν, πολιτικὸν δὲ ἐν ᾧ πέφυκεν ἐγγίνεσθαι πλῆθος πολεμικὸν δυνάμενον ἄρχεσθαι καὶ ἄρχειν κατὰ νόμον τὸν κατ’ ἀξίαν διανέμοντα τοῖς εὐπόροις τὰς ἀρχάς. ὅταν οὖν ἢ γένος ὅλον ἢ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἕνα τινὰ συμβῇ διαφέροντα γενέσθαι κατ’ ἀρετὴν τοσοῦτον ὥσθ’ ὑπερέχειν τὴν ἐκείνου τῆς τῶν ἄλλων πάντων, τότε δίκαιον τὸ γένος εἶναι τοῦτο βασιλικὸν καὶ κύριον πάντων, καὶ βασιλέα τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον.

    First we must determine what is suited to kingship, what to aristocracy and what to polity. Suited to kingship is a multitude of the kind that naturally produces a family surpassing in excellence with respect to political leadership. Suited to aristocracy is one that naturally produces a multitude capable of being ruled, with the rule appropriate to free people, by those whose excellence makes them fit to lead in political rule. Suited to polity is one in which there naturally arises a multitude fit for war, capable of ruling and being ruled under a law that distributes offices to the well-off according to merit. So when it happens that either a whole family, or even some one individual among the rest, becomes so outstanding in excellence that his excellence surpasses that of all the others, then it is just for this family to be royal and sovereign over all, and for this one man to be king.

    καθάπερ γὰρ εἴρηται πρότερον, οὐ μόνον οὕτως ἔχει κατὰ τὸ δίκαιον ὃ προφέρειν εἰώθασιν οἱ τὰς πολιτείας καθιστάντες, οἵ τε τὰς ἀριστοκρατικὰς καὶ οἱ τὰς ὀλιγαρχικὰς καὶ πάλιν οἱ τὰς δημοκρατικάς (πάντες γὰρ καθ’ ὑπεροχὴν ἀξιοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ ὑπεροχὴν οὐ τὴν αὐτήν), ἀλλὰ ⟨καὶ⟩ κατὰ τὸ πρότερον λεχθέν. οὔτε γὰρ κτείνειν ἢ φυγαδεύειν οὐδ’ ὀστρακίζειν δή που τὸν τοιοῦτον πρέπον ἐστίν, οὔτ’ ἀξιοῦν ἄρχεσθαι κατὰ μέρος· οὐ γὰρ πέφυκε τὸ μέρος ὑπερέχειν τοῦ παντός, τῷ δὲ τὴν τηλικαύτην ὑπερβολὴν ἔχοντι τοῦτο συμβέβηκεν. ὥστε λείπεται μόνον τὸ πείθεσθαι τῷ τοιούτῳ καὶ κύριον εἶναι μὴ κατὰ μέρος τοῦτον ἀλλ’ ἁπλῶς. περὶ μὲν οὖν βασιλείας, τίνας ἔχει διαφοράς, καὶ πότερον οὐ συμφέρει ταῖς πόλεσιν ἢ συμφέρει, καὶ τίσι, καὶ πῶς, διωρίσθω τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον.

    For, as was said earlier, this is so not only according to the kind of justice that those who establish constitutions usually put forward—whether aristocratic, oligarchic or, again, democratic ones (for they all claim rights on the basis of superiority, though not the same superiority)—but also according to what was said before. It is surely not fitting to kill such a person, or exile him, or ostracize him, nor to expect him to be ruled in turn. For it is not natural for the part to surpass the whole, and that is what has happened in the case of someone with so great a superiority. So the only remaining option is to obey such a person, and for him to be sovereign not in turn but without qualification. As for kingship, then—what varieties it has, whether it is advantageous for cities or not, for which ones and how—let this be our account.

    Toward the best constitution

    In the best city the good man and the good citizen coincide, and the inquiry turns to that city.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ τρεῖς φαμεν εἶναι τὰς ὀρθὰς πολιτείας, τούτων δ’ ἀναγκαῖον ἀρίστην εἶναι τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρίστων οἰκονομουμένην, τοιαύτη δ’ ἐστὶν ἐν ᾗ συμβέβηκεν ἢ ἕνα τινὰ συμπάντων ἢ γένος ὅλον ἢ πλῆθος ὑπερέχον εἶναι κατ’ ἀρετήν, τῶν μὲν ἄρχεσθαι δυναμένων τῶν δ’ ἄρχειν πρὸς τὴν αἱρετωτάτην ζωήν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς πρώτοις ἐδείχθη λόγοις ὅτι τὴν αὐτὴν ἀναγκαῖον ἀνδρὸς ἀρετὴν εἶναι καὶ πολίτου τῆς πόλεως τῆς ἀρίστης, φανερὸν ὅτι τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν ἀνήρ τε γίνεται σπουδαῖος καὶ πόλιν συστήσειεν ἄν τις ἀριστοκρατουμένην ἢ βασιλευομένην, ὥστ’ ἔσται 1288b καὶ παιδεία καὶ ἔθη ταὐτὰ σχεδὸν τὰ ποιοῦντα σπουδαῖον ἄνδρα καὶ τὰ ποιοῦντα πολιτικὸν καὶ βασιλικόν. διωρισμένων δὲ τούτων περὶ τῆς πολιτείας ἤδη πειρατέον λέγειν τῆς ἀρίστης, τίνα πέφυκε γίγνεσθαι τρόπον καὶ καθίστασθαι πῶς.

    We say there are three correct constitutions, and of these the best must be the one managed by the best people. Such is the constitution in which it happens that either one individual out of everyone, or a whole family, or a multitude surpasses in excellence, the ones able to be ruled and the others to rule with a view to the most choiceworthy life. And in our first discussions it was shown that in the best city the excellence of a man and of a citizen must be the same. It is clear, then, that a man becomes excellent in the same way and by the same means by which one would establish a city governed by an aristocracy or a king; so the 1288b education and habits that make a man excellent will be roughly the same as those that make him fit for politics and for kingship. With these points settled, we must now try to discuss the best constitution: in what way it naturally arises and how it is established.

    [ἀνάγκη δὴ τὸν μέλλοντα περὶ αὐτῆς ποιήσασθαι τὴν προσήκουσαν σκέψιν.]

    [So anyone who is going to conduct the appropriate inquiry into it must…]

    This incomplete sentence, bracketed by editors, reappears as the opening of Book VII.

    Book IV

    The varieties of actual constitutions and their elements.

    Chapter 1

    ἐν ἁπάσαις ταῖς τέχναις καὶ ταῖς ἐπιστήμαις ταῖς μὴ κατὰ μόριον γινομέναις, ἀλλὰ περὶ γένος ἕν τι τελείαις οὔσαις, μιᾶς ἐστι θεωρῆσαι τὸ περὶ ἕκαστον γένος ἁρμόττον, οἷον ἄσκησις σώματι ποία τε ποίῳ συμφέρει, καὶ τίς ἀρίστη (τῷ γὰρ κάλλιστα πεφυκότι καὶ κεχορηγημένῳ τὴν ἀρίστην ἀναγκαῖον ἁρμόττειν), καὶ τίς τοῖς πλείστοις μία πᾶσιν (καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο τῆς γυμναστικῆς ἔργον ἐστίν), ἔτι δ’ ἐάν τις μὴ τῆς ἱκνουμένης ἐπιθυμῇ μήθ’ ἕξεως μήτ’ ἐπιστήμης τῶν περὶ τὴν ἀγωνίαν, μηδὲν ἧττον τοῦ παιδοτρίβου καὶ τοῦ γυμναστικοῦ παρασκευάσαι γε καὶ ταύτην ἐστὶ τὴν δύναμιν. ὁμοίως δὲ τοῦτο καὶ περὶ ἰατρικὴν καὶ περὶ ναυπηγίαν καὶ ἐσθῆτα καὶ περὶ πᾶσαν ἄλλην τέχνην ὁρῶμεν συμβαῖνον.

    In all the crafts and sciences that are not partial but are complete with respect to some one kind of thing, it belongs to a single one to study what is fitting for each kind. For instance: what sort of exercise is beneficial for what sort of body, and which is best (for the best must suit the body that is finest by nature and best equipped); and which single exercise suits most bodies, all of them together (this too is the work of gymnastic training). Further, if someone does not want the condition or the knowledge proper to competition, it belongs no less to the trainer and the gymnastic expert to produce this level of capacity too. And we see the same thing happening in medicine, in shipbuilding, in the making of clothes and in every other craft.

    ὥστε δῆλον ὅτι καὶ πολιτείαν τῆς αὐτῆς ἐστιν ἐπιστήμης τὴν ἀρίστην θεωρῆσαι τίς ἐστι καὶ ποία τις ἂν οὖσα μάλιστ’ εἴη κατ’ εὐχὴν μηδενὸς ἐμποδίζοντος τῶν ἐκτός, καὶ τίς τίσιν ἁρμόττουσα (πολλοῖς γὰρ τῆς ἀρίστης τυχεῖν ἴσως ἀδύνατον, ὥστε τὴν κρατίστην τε ἁπλῶς καὶ τὴν ἐκ τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἀρίστην οὐ δεῖ λεληθέναι τὸν ἀγαθὸν νομοθέτην καὶ τὸν ὡς ἀληθῶς πολιτικόν), ἔτι δὲ τρίτην τὴν ἐξ ὑποθέσεως (δεῖ γὰρ καὶ τὴν δοθεῖσαν δύνασθαι θεωρεῖν, ἐξ ἀρχῆς τε πῶς ἂν γένοιτο, καὶ γενομένη τίνα τρόπον ἂν σῴζοιτο πλεῖστον χρόνον· λέγω δὲ οἷον εἴ τινι πόλει συμβέβηκε μήτε τὴν ἀρίστην πολιτεύεσθαι πολιτείαν, ἀχορήγητον δὲ εἶναι καὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων, μήτε τὴν ἐνδεχομένην ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων, ἀλλά τινα φαυλοτέραν), παρὰ πάντα δὲ ταῦτα τὴν μάλιστα πάσαις ταῖς πόλεσιν ἁρμόττουσαν δεῖ γνωρίζειν, ὥσθ’ οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν ἀποφαινομένων περὶ πολιτείας, καὶ εἰ τἆλλα λέγουσι καλῶς, τῶν γε χρησίμων διαμαρτάνουσιν.

    So it is clear that it belongs to the same science to study the best constitution—what it is and what it would be like if it were to be most as one would pray for, with nothing external standing in its way—and also which constitution suits which people. (For many, perhaps, cannot attain the best, so the good lawgiver and the true politician must not overlook either the best without qualification or the best given the circumstances.) Third, there is the constitution based on a hypothesis: one must also be able to study a given constitution, both how it might originally come into being and, once it exists, how it might be preserved for the longest time. I mean, for instance, if a city happens to be governed neither by the best constitution—being unequipped even with the necessities—nor by the best possible in its circumstances, but by some inferior one. Besides all these, one must know the constitution that best suits all cities. So most of those who have set out views about constitutions, even if they say other things well, miss what is useful.

    οὐ γὰρ μόνον τὴν ἀρίστην δεῖ θεωρεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν δυνατήν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὴν ῥᾴω καὶ κοινοτέραν ἁπάσαις· νῦν δ’ οἱ μὲν τὴν ἀκροτάτην καὶ δεομένην πολλῆς χορηγίας ζητοῦσι μόνον, οἱ δὲ μᾶλλον κοινήν τινα λέγοντες, τὰς ὑπαρχούσας ἀναιροῦντες πολιτείας, τὴν Λακωνικὴν 1289a ἤ τινα ἄλλην ἐπαινοῦσι· χρὴ δὲ τοιαύτην εἰσηγεῖσθαι τάξιν ἧς ῥᾳδίως ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων καὶ πεισθήσονται καὶ δυνήσονται κοινωνεῖν, ὡς ἔστιν οὐκ ἔλαττον ἔργον τὸ ἐπανορθῶσαι πολιτείαν ἢ κατασκευάζειν ἐξ ἀρχῆς, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ μεταμανθάνειν ἢ μανθάνειν ἐξ ἀρχῆς· διὸ πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ ταῖς ὑπαρχούσαις πολιτείαις δεῖ δύνασθαι βοηθεῖν τὸν πολιτικόν, καθάπερ ἐλέχθη καὶ πρότερον. τοῦτο δὲ ἀδύνατον ἀγνοοῦντα πόσα πολιτείας ἔστιν εἴδη. νῦν δὲ μίαν δημοκρατίαν οἴονταί τινες εἶναι καὶ μίαν ὀλιγαρχίαν· οὐκ ἔστι δὲ τοῦτ’ ἀληθές.

    For one must study not only the best constitution but also the possible one, and likewise the one that is easier and more widely shared by all. As it is, some seek only the highest, which needs a great deal of equipment, while others, though speaking of a more common one, do away with the existing constitutions and praise the Spartan 1289a or some other. What one should do is introduce an arrangement that people will easily be persuaded to accept and be able to take part in, given their existing circumstances; for it is no less a task to reform a constitution than to set one up from the beginning, just as unlearning something is no less a task than learning it from the beginning. That is why, in addition to what has been said, the politician must also be able to help existing constitutions, as was said earlier too. But this is impossible if he doesn’t know how many kinds of constitution there are. As it is, some people think there is one democracy and one oligarchy; but that is not true.

    ὥστε δεῖ τὰς διαφορὰς μὴ λανθάνειν τὰς τῶν πολιτειῶν, πόσαι, καὶ συντίθενται ποσαχῶς. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τῆς αὐτῆς φρονήσεως ταύτης καὶ νόμους τοὺς ἀρίστους ἰδεῖν καὶ τοὺς ἑκάστῃ τῶν πολιτειῶν ἁρμόττοντας. πρὸς γὰρ τὰς πολιτείας τοὺς νόμους δεῖ τίθεσθαι καὶ τίθενται πάντες, ἀλλ’ οὐ τὰς πολιτείας πρὸς τοὺς νόμους. πολιτεία μὲν γάρ ἐστι τάξις ταῖς πόλεσιν ἡ περὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, τίνα τρόπον νενέμηνται, καὶ τί τὸ κύριον τῆς πολιτείας καὶ τί τὸ τέλος ἑκάστης τῆς κοινωνίας ἐστίν· νόμοι δ’ οἱ κεχωρισμένοι τῶν δηλούντων τὴν πολιτείαν, καθ’ οὓς δεῖ τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἄρχειν καὶ φυλάττειν τοὺς παραβαίνοντας αὐτούς.

    So one must not overlook the varieties of the constitutions—how many there are, and in how many ways they are combined. And after that, it takes this same practical wisdom to see both the best laws and those that suit each of the constitutions. For laws should be laid down to suit constitutions, and all laws are, not constitutions to suit laws. A constitution is the arrangement of the offices in cities: how they have been distributed, what is sovereign in the constitution and what the end of each community is. Laws, distinct from what defines the constitution, are those by which the officials must rule and must guard against those who transgress them.

    ὥστε δῆλον ὅτι τὰς διαφορὰς ἀναγκαῖον καὶ τὸν ὁρισμὸν ἔχειν τῆς πολιτείας ἑκάστης καὶ πρὸς τὰς τῶν νόμων θέσεις· οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε τοὺς αὐτοὺς νόμους συμφέρειν ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις οὐδὲ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις πάσαις, εἴπερ δὴ πλείους καὶ μὴ μία δημοκρατία μηδὲ ὀλιγαρχία μόνον ἔστιν.

    So it is clear that one must grasp the varieties of each constitution, and how many there are, with a view to the enactment of laws as well. For the same laws cannot be advantageous to all oligarchies, or to all democracies, given that there are several kinds and not just one democracy or one oligarchy.

    Ranking the constitutions

    Tyranny is the worst deviation, oligarchy next, democracy the most moderate; the remaining tasks are set out.

    ἐπεὶ δ’ ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ μεθόδῳ περὶ τῶν πολιτειῶν διειλόμεθα τρεῖς μὲν τὰς ὀρθὰς πολιτείας, βασιλείαν ἀριστοκρατίαν πολιτείαν, τρεῖς δὲ τὰς τούτων παρεκβάσεις, τυραννίδα μὲν βασιλείας ὀλιγαρχίαν δὲ ἀριστοκρατίας δημοκρατίαν δὲ πολιτείας, καὶ περὶ μὲν ἀριστοκρατίας καὶ βασιλείας εἴρηται (τὸ γὰρ περὶ τῆς ἀρίστης πολιτείας θεωρῆσαι ταὐτὸ καὶ περὶ τούτων ἐστὶν εἰπεῖν τῶν ὀνομάτων· βούλεται γὰρ ἑκατέρα κατ’ ἀρετὴν συνεστάναι κεχορηγημένην), ἔτι δὲ τί διαφέρουσιν ἀλλήλων ἀριστοκρατία καὶ βασιλεία, καὶ πότε δεῖ βασιλείαν νομίζειν, διώρισται πρότερον, λοιπὸν περὶ πολιτείας διελθεῖν τῆς τῷ κοινῷ προσαγορευομένης ὀνόματι, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολιτειῶν, ὀλιγαρχίας τε καὶ δημοκρατίας καὶ τυραννίδος. φανερὸν μὲν οὖν καὶ τούτων τῶν παρεκβάσεων τίς χειρίστη καὶ δευτέρα τίς.

    In our first inquiry into constitutions we distinguished three correct constitutions—kingship, aristocracy and polity—and three deviations from them: tyranny from kingship, oligarchy from aristocracy and democracy from polity. Aristocracy and kingship have been discussed (for studying the best constitution is the same as discussing these names, since each aims to be established on the basis of excellence furnished with resources); and how aristocracy and kingship differ from each other, and when one should adopt kingship, has been determined earlier. It remains to go through the constitution called by the common name, polity, and the other constitutions: oligarchy, democracy and tyranny. Now it is clear which of these deviations is worst, and which second.

    ἀνάγκη γὰρ τὴν μὲν τῆς πρώτης καὶ θειοτάτης παρέκβασιν εἶναι χειρίστην, τὴν δὲ βασιλείαν ἀναγκαῖον ἢ τοὔνομα μόνον ἔχειν οὐκ 1289b οὖσαν, ἢ διὰ πολλὴν ὑπεροχὴν εἶναι τὴν τοῦ βασιλεύοντος· ὥστε τὴν τυραννίδα χειρίστην οὖσαν πλεῖστον ἀπέχειν πολιτείας, δεύτερον δὲ τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν (ἡ γὰρ ἀριστοκρατία διέστηκεν ἀπὸ ταύτης πολὺ τῆς πολιτείας), μετριωτάτην δὲ τὴν δημοκρατίαν. ἤδη μὲν οὖν τις ἀπεφήνατο καὶ τῶν πρότερον οὕτως, οὐ μὴν εἰς ταὐτὸ βλέψας ἡμῖν. ἐκεῖνος μὲν γὰρ ἔκρινε πασῶν μὲν οὐσῶν ἐπιεικῶν, οἷον ὀλιγαρχίας τε χρηστῆς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, χειρίστην δημοκρατίαν, φαύλων δὲ ἀρίστην· ἡμεῖς δὲ ὅλως ταύτας ἐξημαρτημένας εἶναί φαμεν, καὶ βελτίω μὲν ὀλιγαρχίαν ἄλλην ἄλλης οὐ καλῶς ἔχειν λέγειν, ἧττον δὲ φαύλην.

    For the deviation from the first and most divine constitution must be the worst. Kingship must either have the name only, not 1289b being a kingship in fact, or it must rest on the great superiority of the man who reigns; so tyranny, being the worst, is the furthest removed from a constitution, oligarchy second (for aristocracy is far removed from this constitution), and democracy the most moderate. Someone before us has already expressed this view, but he was not looking at the same thing we are. He judged that when all of them are decent—a good oligarchy, for instance, and so on—democracy is the worst, but when they are bad it is the best. We, by contrast, say that these are wholly mistaken, and that it is not right to call one oligarchy better than another, only less bad.

    The predecessor is Plato, in the Statesman (302e–303b).

    ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τῆς τοιαύτης κρίσεως ἀφείσθω τὰ νῦν· ἡμῖν δὲ πρῶτον μὲν διαιρετέον πόσαι διαφοραὶ τῶν πολιτειῶν, εἴπερ ἔστιν εἴδη πλείονα τῆς τε δημοκρατίας καὶ τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας, ἔπειτα τίς κοινοτάτη καὶ τίς αἱρετωτάτη μετὰ τὴν ἀρίστην πολιτείαν, κἂν εἴ τις ἄλλη τετύχηκεν ἀριστοκρατικὴ καὶ συνεστῶσα καλῶς, ἀλλ’ οὐ ταῖς πλείσταις ἁρμόττουσα πόλεσι, τίς ἐστιν, ἔπειτα καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τίς τίσιν αἱρετή (τάχα γὰρ τοῖς μὲν ἀναγκαία δημοκρατία μᾶλλον ὀλιγαρχίας, τοῖς δ’ αὕτη μᾶλλον ἐκείνης), μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τίνα τρόπον δεῖ καθιστάναι τὸν βουλόμενον ταύτας τὰς πολιτείας, λέγω δὲ δημοκρατίας τε καθ’ ἕκαστον εἶδος καὶ πάλιν ὀλιγαρχίας· τέλος δέ, πάντων τούτων ὅταν ποιησώμεθα συντόμως τὴν ἐνδεχομένην μνείαν, πειρατέον ἐπελθεῖν τίνες φθοραὶ καὶ τίνες σωτηρίαι τῶν πολιτειῶν καὶ κοινῇ καὶ χωρὶς ἑκάστης, καὶ διὰ τίνας αἰτίας ταῦτα μάλιστα γίνεσθαι πέφυκεν.

    But let us set aside that sort of judgment for now. We must first distinguish how many varieties of constitution there are, given that there are several kinds of democracy and of oligarchy. Next, which is the most common, and which the most choiceworthy after the best constitution; and if there happens to be some other one that is aristocratic and well constituted but not suited to most cities, which it is. Next, which of the others is choiceworthy for which people (for perhaps democracy is necessary for some rather than oligarchy, and for others the latter rather than the former). After that, in what way someone who wants to establish these constitutions should do so—I mean each kind of democracy and, again, of oligarchy. Finally, when we have briefly made what mention we can of all these, we must try to go over what destroys and what preserves constitutions, both in general and each one separately, and through what causes these things most naturally come about.

    Why there are many constitutions

    Cities have many parts, so constitutions differ in how power is distributed among them.

    τοῦ μὲν οὖν εἶναι πλείους πολιτείας αἴτιον ὅτι πάσης ἔστι μέρη πλείω πόλεως τὸν ἀριθμόν. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἐξ οἰκιῶν συγκειμένας πάσας ὁρῶμεν τὰς πόλεις, ἔπειτα πάλιν τούτου τοῦ πλήθους τοὺς μὲν εὐπόρους ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τοὺς δ’ ἀπόρους τοὺς δὲ μέσους, καὶ τῶν εὐπόρων δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀπόρων τὸ μὲν ὁπλιτικὸν τὸ δὲ ἄνοπλον. καὶ τὸν μὲν γεωργικὸν δῆμον ὁρῶμεν ὄντα, τὸν δ’ ἀγοραῖον, τὸν δὲ βάναυσον.

    The reason there are several constitutions is that every city has several parts. First, we see that all cities are made up of households. Next, of this multitude some must be well-off, some poor and some in the middle; and of the well-off and the poor, one part is heavily armed and the other unarmed. We also see that the people consists partly of farmers, partly of traders in the marketplace and partly of vulgar craftsmen.

    καὶ τῶν γνωρίμων εἰσὶ διαφοραὶ καὶ κατὰ τὸν πλοῦτον καὶ τὰ μεγέθη τῆς οὐσίας, οἷον ἱπποτροφίας (τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ ῥᾴδιον μὴ πλουτοῦντας ποιεῖν· διόπερ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων χρόνων ὅσαις πόλεσιν ἐν τοῖς ἵπποις ἡ δύναμις ἦν, ὀλιγαρχίαι παρὰ τούτοις ἦσαν· ἐχρῶντο δὲ πρὸς τοὺς πολέμους ἵπποις πρὸς τοὺς ἀστυγείτονας, οἷον Ἐρετριεῖς καὶ Χαλκιδεῖς καὶ Μάγνητες οἱ ἐπὶ Μαιάνδρῳ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολλοὶ περὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν)· ἔτι πρὸς ταῖς κατὰ πλοῦτον διαφοραῖς ἐστιν ἡ μὲν κατὰ γένος ἡ δὲ 1290a κατ’ ἀρετήν, κἂν εἴ τι δὴ τοιοῦτον ἕτερον εἴρηται πόλεως εἶναι μέρος ἐν τοῖς περὶ τὴν ἀριστοκρατίαν· ἐκεῖ γὰρ διείλομεν ἐκ πόσων μερῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐστὶ πᾶσα πόλις· τούτων γὰρ τῶν μερῶν ὁτὲ μὲν πάντα μετέχει τῆς πολιτείας ὁτὲ δ’ ἐλάττω ὁτὲ δὲ πλείω.

    Among the notables, too, there are differences according to wealth and the size of their property—for instance, in horse-breeding, which is not easy to do without being rich. (That is why in ancient times the cities whose strength lay in horses had oligarchies; they used horses in their wars against their neighbors, as did the Eretrians, the Chalcidians, the Magnesians on the Maeander and many others in Asia.) Further, in addition to differences in wealth there is difference by birth and 1290a by excellence, and anything else of this sort that was called a part of the city in the discussion of aristocracy; for there we distinguished how many necessary parts every city has. Of these parts, sometimes all share in the constitution, sometimes fewer, sometimes more.

    Eretria and Chalcis were rival cities on the island of Euboea; Magnesia on the Maeander was a Greek city in Asia Minor.

    φανερὸν τοίνυν ὅτι πλείους ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι πολιτείας, εἴδει διαφερούσας ἀλλήλων· καὶ γὰρ ταῦτ’ εἴδει διαφέρει τὰ μέρη σφῶν αὐτῶν. πολιτεία μὲν γὰρ ἡ τῶν ἀρχῶν τάξις ἐστί, ταύτας δὲ διανέμονται πάντες ἢ κατὰ τὴν δύναμιν τῶν μετεχόντων ἢ κατά τιν’ αὐτῶν ἰσότητα κοινήν, λέγω δ’ οἷον τῶν ἀπόρων ἢ τῶν εὐπόρων ἢ κοινήν τιν’ ἀμφοῖν. ἀναγκαῖον ἄρα πολιτείας εἶναι τοσαύτας ὅσαι περ τάξεις κατὰ τὰς ὑπεροχάς εἰσι καὶ κατὰ τὰς διαφορὰς τῶν μορίων.

    It is clear, then, that there must be several constitutions differing in kind from one another, since these parts too differ in kind from one another. For a constitution is the arrangement of the offices, and everyone distributes these either according to the power of those who share in them or according to some equality common to them—I mean, for instance, of the poor, or of the well-off, or some equality common to both. There must therefore be as many constitutions as there are arrangements according to the kinds of superiority and the differences of the parts.

    μάλιστα δὲ δοκοῦσιν εἶναι δύο, καθάπερ ἐπὶ τῶν πνευμάτων λέγεται τὰ μὲν βόρεια τὰ δὲ νότια, τὰ δ’ ἄλλα τούτων παρεκβάσεις, οὕτω καὶ τῶν πολιτειῶν δύο, δῆμος καὶ ὀλιγαρχία. τὴν γὰρ ἀριστοκρατίαν τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας εἶδος τιθέασιν ὡς οὖσαν ὀλιγαρχίαν τινά, καὶ τὴν καλουμένην πολιτείαν δημοκρατίαν, ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς πνεύμασι τὸν μὲν ζέφυρον τοῦ βορέου, τοῦ δὲ νότου τὸν εὖρον. ὁμοίως δ’ ἔχει καὶ περὶ τὰς ἁρμονίας, ὥς φασί τινες· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ τίθενται εἴδη δύο, τὴν δωριστὶ καὶ τὴν φρυγιστί, τὰ δ’ ἄλλα συντάγματα τὰ μὲν Δώρια τὰ δὲ Φρύγια καλοῦσιν.

    People think there are chiefly two. Just as with the winds some are called northerly and others southerly, and the rest are deviations from these, so too there are two constitutions, the rule of the people and oligarchy. For they count aristocracy as a kind of oligarchy, on the grounds that it is a sort of oligarchy, and what is called polity as a kind of democracy—just as among the winds they count the west wind as a kind of north wind and the east wind as a kind of south wind. It is the same with musical modes, as some say: there too they posit two kinds, the Dorian and the Phrygian, and call the other arrangements either Dorian or Phrygian.

    μάλιστα μὲν οὖν εἰώθασιν οὕτως ὑπολαμβάνειν περὶ τῶν πολιτειῶν· ἀληθέστερον δὲ καὶ βέλτιον ὡς ἡμεῖς διείλομεν, δυοῖν ἢ μιᾶς οὔσης τῆς καλῶς συνεστηκυίας τὰς ἄλλας εἶναι παρεκβάσεις, τὰς μὲν τῆς εὖ κεκραμένης [ἁρμονίας] τὰς δὲ τῆς ἀρίστης πολιτείας, ὀλιγαρχικὰς μὲν τὰς συντονωτέρας καὶ δεσποτικωτέρας, τὰς δ’ ἀνειμένας καὶ μαλακὰς δημοτικάς.

    This is chiefly how people are accustomed to think about constitutions. But it is truer and better to divide them as we did: there are one or two that are well constituted, and the others are deviations—some from the well-blended mode, others from the best constitution—the oligarchic ones being the more tightly strung and more like the rule of a master, the relaxed and soft ones democratic.

    Kinds of democracy

    Democracy is rule by the free and poor, and it has several kinds, down to rule by decree.

    οὐ δεῖ δὲ τιθέναι δημοκρατίαν, καθάπερ εἰώθασί τινες νῦν, ἁπλῶς οὕτως, ὅπου κύριον τὸ πλῆθος (καὶ γὰρ ἐν ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις καὶ πανταχοῦ τὸ πλέον μέρος κύριον), οὐδ’ ὀλιγαρχίαν, ὅπου κύριοι ὀλίγοι τῆς πολιτείας. εἰ γὰρ εἴησαν οἱ πάντες χίλιοι καὶ τριακόσιοι, καὶ τούτων οἱ χίλιοι πλούσιοι, καὶ μὴ μεταδιδοῖεν ἀρχῆς τοῖς τριακοσίοις καὶ πένησιν ἐλευθέροις οὖσι καὶ τἆλλα ὁμοίοις, οὐθεὶς ἂν φαίη δημοκρατεῖσθαι τούτους· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ εἰ πένητες ὀλίγοι μὲν εἶεν, κρείττους δὲ τῶν εὐπόρων πλειόνων ὄντων, οὐδεὶς ἂν ὀλιγαρχίαν προσαγορεύσειεν οὐδὲ τὴν τοιαύτην, εἰ τοῖς ἄλλοις οὖσι πλουσίοις μὴ μετείη τῶν τιμῶν.

    One should not posit democracy simply, in the way some people are now accustomed to, as where the multitude is sovereign (for in oligarchies too, and everywhere, the larger part is sovereign), nor oligarchy as where a few are sovereign over the constitution. For suppose there were thirteen hundred people in all, and a thousand of them were rich, and they gave no share in office to the three hundred poor who were free and otherwise like them: no one would say these people were governed democratically. Likewise, if the poor were few but stronger than the well-off, who were more numerous, no one would call that sort of constitution an oligarchy either, if the others, who were rich, had no share in honors.

    μᾶλλον τοίνυν λεκτέον ὅτι 1290b δῆμος μέν ἐστιν ὅταν οἱ ἐλεύθεροι κύριοι ὦσιν, ὀλιγαρχία δ’ ὅταν οἱ πλούσιοι, ἀλλὰ συμβαίνει τοὺς μὲν πολλοὺς εἶναι τοὺς δ’ ὀλίγους· ἐλεύθεροι μὲν γὰρ πολλοί, πλούσιοι δ’ ὀλίγοι. καὶ γὰρ ἂν εἰ κατὰ μέγεθος διενέμοντο τὰς ἀρχάς, ὥσπερ ἐν Αἰθιοπίᾳ φασί τινες, ἢ κατὰ κάλλος, ὀλιγαρχία ἦν ἄν· ὀλίγον γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος καὶ τὸ τῶν καλῶν καὶ τὸ τῶν μεγάλων.

    Rather, one should say that 1290b it is rule by the people when the free are sovereign, and oligarchy when the rich are; it just happens that the former are many and the latter few, since many are free but few are rich. For if offices were distributed by height, as some say happens in Ethiopia, or by beauty, it would be an oligarchy, since the number of the beautiful and of the tall is small.

    οὐ μὴν ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τούτοις μόνον ἱκανῶς ἔχει διωρίσθαι τὰς πολιτείας ταύτας· ἀλλ’ ἐπεὶ πλείονα μόρια καὶ τοῦ δήμου καὶ τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας εἰσίν, ἔτι διαληπτέον ὡς οὔτ’ ἂν οἱ ἐλεύθεροι ὀλίγοι ὄντες πλειόνων καὶ μὴ ἐλευθέρων ἄρχωσι, δῆμος, οἷον ἐν Ἀπολλωνίᾳ τῇ ἐν τῷ Ἰονίῳ καὶ ἐν Θήρᾳ (ἐν τούτων γὰρ ἑκατέρᾳ τῶν πόλεων ἐν ταῖς τιμαῖς ἦσαν οἱ διαφέροντες κατ’ εὐγένειαν καὶ πρῶτοι κατασχόντες τὰς ἀποικίας, ὀλίγοι ὄντες, πολλῶν), οὔτε ἂν οἱ πλούσιοι διὰ τὸ κατὰ πλῆθος ὑπερέχειν, δῆμος, οἷον ἐν Κολοφῶνι τὸ παλαιόν (ἐκεῖ γὰρ ἐκέκτηντο μακρὰν οὐσίαν οἱ πλείους πρὶν γενέσθαι τὸν πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς Λυδούς), ἀλλ’ ἔστι δημοκρατία μὲν ὅταν οἱ ἐλεύθεροι καὶ ἄποροι πλείους ὄντες κύριοι τῆς ἀρχῆς ὦσιν, ὀλιγαρχία δ’ ὅταν οἱ πλούσιοι καὶ εὐγενέστεροι ὀλίγοι ὄντες.

    Still, it isn’t adequate to distinguish these constitutions by these features alone either. Since there are several parts both of a democracy and of an oligarchy, we must further grasp that it is not rule by the people if the free, being few, rule over a majority who are not free—as in Apollonia on the Ionian Gulf and in Thera, where in each of these cities the honors were held by those who were outstanding in good birth and had been the first to settle the colonies, a few ruling over many. Nor is it rule by the people if the rich rule because they are superior in number, as in Colophon long ago, where the majority had acquired large properties before the war against the Lydians. Rather, it is democracy when the free and poor, being the majority, are sovereign over office, and oligarchy when the rich and better-born, being few, are.

    Apollonia (on the Adriatic, then called the Ionian Gulf) and Thera (modern Santorini) were Greek colonies; Colophon was a Greek city in Asia Minor, near the kingdom of Lydia.

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν πολιτεῖαι πλείους, καὶ δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν, εἴρηται· διότι δὲ πλείους τῶν εἰρημένων, καὶ τίνες καὶ διὰ τί, λέγωμεν ἀρχὴν λαβόντες τὴν εἰρημένην πρότερον. ὁμολογοῦμεν γὰρ οὐχ ἓν μέρος ἀλλὰ πλείω πᾶσαν ἔχειν πόλιν.

    That there are several constitutions, then, and for what reason, has been stated. Let us now say why there are more than those mentioned, which they are and why, taking as our starting point what was said before. For we agree that every city has not one part but several.

    ὥσπερ οὖν εἰ ζῴου προῃρούμεθα λαβεῖν εἴδη, πρῶτον ἂν ἀποδιωρίζομεν ἅπερ ἀναγκαῖον πᾶν ἔχειν ζῷον (οἷον ἔνιά τε τῶν αἰσθητηρίων καὶ τὸ τῆς τροφῆς ἐργαστικὸν καὶ δεκτικόν, οἷον στόμα καὶ κοιλίαν, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις, οἷς κινεῖται μορίοις ἕκαστον αὐτῶν)· εἰ δὲ τοσαῦτα εἴη μόνον, τούτων δ’ εἶεν διαφοραί (λέγω δ’ οἷον στόματός τινα πλείω γένη καὶ κοιλίας καὶ τῶν αἰσθητηρίων, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τῶν κινητικῶν μορίων), ὁ τῆς συζεύξεως τῆς τούτων ἀριθμὸς ἐξ ἀνάγκης ποιήσει πλείω γένη ζῴων (οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε ταὐτὸν ζῷον ἔχειν πλείους στόματος διαφοράς, ὁμοίως δὲ οὐδ’ ὤτων), ὥσθ’ ὅταν ληφθῶσι τούτων πάντες οἱ ἐνδεχόμενοι συνδυασμοί, ποιήσουσιν εἴδη ζῴου, καὶ τοσαῦτ’ εἴδη τοῦ ζῴου ὅσαι περ αἱ συζεύξεις τῶν ἀναγκαίων μορίων εἰσίν—τὸν αὐτὸν δὴ τρόπον καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων πολιτειῶν.

    Suppose we set out to grasp the kinds of animal. We would first mark off what every animal must have: for instance, some of the sense organs, the parts that work on and take in food, such as the mouth and stomach, and in addition the parts by which each of them moves. Now if there were only this many parts, but there were varieties of them—I mean, for instance, several types of mouth and stomach and sense organs, and also of the parts for locomotion—then the number of ways of combining these would necessarily produce several types of animal. (For the same animal cannot have several varieties of mouth, nor likewise of ears.) So when all the possible pairings of these have been taken, they will produce kinds of animal, and there will be as many kinds of animal as there are combinations of the necessary parts. It is the same way with the constitutions we have mentioned.

    καὶ γὰρ αἱ πόλεις οὐκ ἐξ ἑνὸς ἀλλ’ ἐκ πολλῶν σύγκεινται μερῶν, ὥσπερ εἴρηται πολλάκις. ἓν μὲν οὖν ἐστι τὸ περὶ τὴν τροφὴν πλῆθος, οἱ καλούμενοι γεωργοί, 1291a δεύτερον δὲ τὸ καλούμενον βάναυσον (ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο τὸ περὶ τὰς τέχνας ὧν ἄνευ πόλιν ἀδύνατον οἰκεῖσθαι· τούτων δὲ τῶν τεχνῶν τὰς μὲν ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὑπάρχειν δεῖ, τὰς δὲ εἰς τρυφὴν ἢ τὸ καλῶς ζῆν), τρίτον δὲ ⟨τὸ⟩ ἀγοραῖον (λέγω δ’ ἀγοραῖον τὸ περὶ τὰς πράσεις καὶ τὰς ὠνὰς καὶ τὰς ἐμπορίας καὶ καπηλείας διατρῖβον), τέταρτον δὲ τὸ θητικόν, πέμπτον δὲ γένος τὸ προπολεμῆσον, ὃ τούτων οὐθὲν ἧττόν ἐστιν ἀναγκαῖον ὑπάρχειν, εἰ μέλλουσι μὴ δουλεύσειν τοῖς ἐπιοῦσιν.

    For cities too are made up not of one part but of many, as has often been said. One is the multitude concerned with food, the so-called farmers. 1291a Second is what is called the vulgar class: this is the part concerned with the crafts without which a city cannot be lived in—some of these crafts must exist out of necessity, others for luxury or living finely. Third is the market class—by “market class” I mean those who spend their time buying and selling, in wholesale and retail trade. Fourth is the laboring class. The fifth type is the one that will fight in defense, which is no less necessary than these if the people are not to become slaves of those who attack them.

    μὴ γὰρ ἓν τῶν ἀδυνάτων ᾖ πόλιν ἄξιον εἶναι καλεῖν τὴν φύσει δούλην· αὐτάρκης γὰρ ἡ πόλις, τὸ δὲ δοῦλον οὐκ αὔταρκες. διόπερ ἐν τῇ Πολιτείᾳ κομψῶς τοῦτο, οὐχ ἱκανῶς δὲ εἴρηται. φησὶ γὰρ ὁ Σωκράτης ἐκ τεττάρων τῶν ἀναγκαιοτάτων πόλιν συγκεῖσθαι, λέγει δὲ τούτους ὑφάντην καὶ γεωργὸν καὶ σκυτοτόμον καὶ οἰκοδόμον· πάλιν δὲ προστίθησιν, ὡς οὐκ αὐτάρκων τούτων, χαλκέα καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις βοσκήμασιν, ἔτι δ’ ἔμπορόν τε καὶ κάπηλον· καὶ ταῦτα πάντα γίνεται πλήρωμα τῆς πρώτης πόλεως, ὡς τῶν ἀναγκαίων τε χάριν πᾶσαν πόλιν συνεστηκυῖαν, ἀλλ’ οὐ τοῦ καλοῦ μᾶλλον, ἴσον τε δεομένην σκυτέων τε καὶ γεωργῶν. τὸ δὲ προπολεμοῦν οὐ πρότερον ἀποδίδωσι μέρος πρὶν ἢ τῆς χώρας αὐξομένης καὶ τῆς τῶν πλησίον ἁπτομένης εἰς πόλεμον καταστῶσιν.

    For surely it is impossible for something that is by nature slavish to deserve the name of city, since a city is self-sufficient, and what is slavish is not self-sufficient. That is why this point is made cleverly, but not adequately, in the Republic. Socrates says that a city is made up of the four most necessary people, and he says they are a weaver, a farmer, a shoemaker and a builder. Then, as if these were not self-sufficient, he adds a smith, those in charge of the necessary livestock, and also a merchant and a retailer. All these together make up the complement of his first city—as if every city were constituted for the sake of necessities rather than of the fine, and needed shoemakers and farmers equally. He does not assign the part that fights in defense until the territory grows, encroaches on that of its neighbors, and they end up at war.

    The reference is to Plato’s Republic, 369b–374a.

    ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ ἐν τοῖς τέτταρσι καὶ τοῖς ὁποσοισοῦν κοινωνοῖς ἀναγκαῖον εἶναί τινα τὸν ἀποδώσοντα καὶ κρινοῦντα τὸ δίκαιον. εἴπερ οὖν καὶ ψυχὴν ἄν τις θείη ζῴου μόριον μᾶλλον ἢ σῶμα, καὶ πόλεων τὰ τοιαῦτα μᾶλλον θετέον τῶν εἰς τὴν ἀναγκαίαν χρῆσιν συντεινόντων, τὸ πολεμικὸν καὶ τὸ μετέχον δικαιοσύνης δικαστικῆς, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τὸ βουλευόμενον, ὅπερ ἐστὶ συνέσεως πολιτικῆς ἔργον. καὶ ταῦτ’ εἴτε κεχωρισμένως ὑπάρχει τισὶν εἴτε τοῖς αὐτοῖς, οὐθὲν διαφέρει πρὸς τὸν λόγον· καὶ γὰρ ὁπλιτεύειν καὶ γεωργεῖν συμβαίνει τοῖς αὐτοῖς πολλάκις. ὥστε εἴπερ καὶ ταῦτα καὶ ἐκεῖνα θετέα μόρια τῆς πόλεως, φανερὸν ὅτι τό γε ὁπλιτικὸν ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι μόριον τῆς πόλεως.

    But even among the four, or however many partners there are, there must be someone to assign and judge what is just. So if one would count the soul as more a part of an animal than the body, then in cities too one should count parts of this sort more than those that contribute to necessary uses: the warrior part, the part that shares in judicial justice and, in addition, the deliberative part, which is the work of political intelligence. Whether these belong to separate groups or to the same people makes no difference to the argument, for it often happens that the same people serve as heavy infantry and farm. So if both these and those are to be counted as parts of the city, it is clear that the heavy-armed part, at any rate, is a necessary part of the city.

    ἕβδομον δὲ τὸ ταῖς οὐσίαις λειτουργοῦν, ὃ καλοῦμεν εὐπόρους. ὄγδοον δὲ τὸ δημιουργικὸν καὶ τὸ περὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς λειτουργοῦν, εἴπερ ἄνευ ἀρχόντων ἀδύνατον εἶναι πόλιν. ἀναγκαῖον οὖν εἶναί τινας τοὺς δυναμένους ἄρχειν καὶ λειτουργοῦντας ἢ συνεχῶς ἢ κατὰ μέρος τῇ πόλει ταύτην τὴν λειτουργίαν. λοιπὰ δὲ περὶ ὧν τυγχάνομεν διωρικότες ἀρτίως, τὸ βουλευόμενον καὶ τὸ κρῖνον περὶ τῶν δικαίων τοῖς ἀμφισβητοῦσιν. εἴπερ οὖν ταῦτα δεῖ γινέσθαι ταῖς πόλεσι, καὶ καλῶς γενέσθαι καὶ δικαίως, 1291b ἀναγκαῖον καὶ μετέχοντας εἶναί τινας ἀρετῆς τῆς τῶν πολιτικῶν.

    The seventh is the part that serves the public with its property, those we call the well-off. The eighth is the part that holds magistracies and serves in the offices, since a city cannot exist without officials. There must therefore be some people who are able to rule and who perform this service for the city, either continuously or in turn. There remain the parts we happened to define just now, the deliberative part and the part that judges what is just for those in dispute. Now if these things must exist in cities, and exist finely and justly, 1291b there must also be some people who share in the excellence of politicians.

    Wealthy Greeks were required to perform “liturgies,” public services such as funding a warship or a festival chorus at their own expense.

    τὰς μὲν οὖν ἄλλας δυνάμεις τοῖς αὐτοῖς ὑπάρχειν ἐνδέχεσθαι δοκεῖ πολλοῖς, οἷον τοὺς αὐτοὺς εἶναι τοὺς προπολεμοῦντας καὶ γεωργοῦντας καὶ τεχνίτας, ἔτι δὲ τοὺς βουλευομένους τε καὶ κρίνοντας· ἀντιποιοῦνται δὲ καὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς πάντες, καὶ τὰς πλείστας ἀρχὰς ἄρχειν οἴονται δύνασθαι· ἀλλὰ πένεσθαι καὶ πλουτεῖν τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἀδύνατον. διὸ ταῦτα μέρη μάλιστα εἶναι δοκεῖ πόλεως, οἱ εὔποροι καὶ οἱ ἄποροι. ἔτι δὲ διὰ τὸ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ τοὺς μὲν ὀλίγους εἶναι τοὺς δὲ πολλοὺς ταῦτα ἐναντία μέρη φαίνεται τῶν τῆς πόλεως μορίων. ὥστε καὶ τὰς πολιτείας κατὰ τὰς ὑπεροχὰς τούτων καθιστᾶσι, καὶ δύο πολιτεῖαι δοκοῦσιν εἶναι, δημοκρατία καὶ ὀλιγαρχία.

    Many people think the other capacities can belong to the same people—that the same people can be defenders, farmers and craftsmen, and also those who deliberate and judge. Everyone lays claim to excellence, too, and thinks he is able to hold most offices. But the same people cannot be both poor and rich. That is why these seem to be the parts of the city above all, the well-off and the poor. Further, because for the most part the one group is few and the other many, these appear to be the opposing parts among the city’s parts. So people establish constitutions according to the superiority of one or the other, and there seem to be two constitutions, democracy and oligarchy.

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν εἰσι πολιτεῖαι πλείους, καὶ διὰ τίνας αἰτίας, εἴρηται πρότερον· ὅτι δὲ ἔστι καὶ δημοκρατίας εἴδη πλείω καὶ ὀλιγαρχίας, λέγωμεν. φανερὸν δὲ τοῦτο καὶ ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων. εἴδη γὰρ πλείω τοῦ τε δήμου καὶ τῶν λεγομένων γνωρίμων ἔστιν, οἷον δήμου μὲν εἴδη ἓν μὲν οἱ γεωργοί, ἕτερον δὲ τὸ περὶ τὰς τέχνας, ἄλλο δὲ τὸ ἀγοραῖον τὸ περὶ ὠνὴν καὶ πρᾶσιν διατρῖβον, ἄλλο δὲ τὸ περὶ τὴν θάλατταν, καὶ τούτου τὸ μὲν πολεμικὸν τὸ δὲ χρηματιστικὸν τὸ δὲ πορθμευτικὸν τὸ δ’ ἁλιευτικόν (πολλαχοῦ γὰρ ἕκαστα τούτων πολύοχλα, οἷον ἁλιεῖς μὲν ἐν Τάραντι καὶ Βυζαντίῳ, τριηρικὸν δὲ Ἀθήνησιν, ἐμπορικὸν δὲ ἐν Αἰγίνῃ καὶ Χίῳ, πορθμευτικὸν δ’ ἐν Τενέδῳ), πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τὸ χερνητικὸν καὶ τὸ μικρὰν ἔχον οὐσίαν ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαι σχολάζειν, ἔτι τὸ μὴ ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων [πολιτῶν] ἐλεύθερον, κἂν εἴ τι τοιοῦτον ἕτερον πλήθους εἶδος· τῶν δὲ γνωρίμων πλοῦτος εὐγένεια ἀρετὴ παιδεία καὶ τὰ τούτοις λεγόμενα κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν διαφοράν.

    That there are several constitutions, then, and for what reasons, has been stated earlier. Let us now say that there are also several kinds of democracy and oligarchy. This is clear from what has been said as well. For there are several kinds both of the people and of the so-called notables. Kinds of the people, for instance: one is the farmers; another the part concerned with crafts; another the market class that spends its time buying and selling; another the part connected with the sea, and of this, one section is naval, another commercial, another ferries passengers and another fishes. (In many places each of these is numerous—fishermen in Tarentum and Byzantium, for instance, the crews of triremes in Athens, merchants in Aegina and Chios, ferrymen in Tenedos.) In addition there are day laborers and those with so little property that they cannot have leisure; also those who are not free on both sides of their parentage; and any other kind of multitude of this sort. Among the notables, the kinds are wealth, good birth, excellence, education and the things spoken of under the same sort of difference.

    δημοκρατία μὲν οὖν ἐστι πρώτη μὲν ἡ λεγομένη μάλιστα κατὰ τὸ ἴσον. ἴσον γάρ φησιν ὁ νόμος ὁ τῆς τοιαύτης δημοκρατίας τὸ μηδὲν μᾶλλον ὑπερέχειν τοὺς ἀπόρους ἢ τοὺς εὐπόρους, μηδὲ κυρίους εἶναι ὁποτερουσοῦν, ἀλλ’ ὁμοίους ἀμφοτέρους. εἴπερ γὰρ ἐλευθερία μάλιστ’ ἔστιν ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ, καθάπερ ὑπολαμβάνουσί τινες, καὶ ἰσότης, οὕτως ἂν εἴη μάλιστα, κοινωνούτων ἁπάντων μάλιστα τῆς πολιτείας ὁμοίως. ἐπεὶ δὲ πλείων ὁ δῆμος, κύριον δὲ τὸ δόξαν τοῖς πλείοσιν, ἀνάγκη δημοκρατίαν εἶναι ταύτην.

    The first democracy is the one said to be based most of all on equality. For the law of such a democracy says that equality means the poor having no more superiority than the well-off, and neither group being sovereign, but both being alike. For if freedom and equality are found above all in democracy, as some suppose, this would be most so when everyone shares in the constitution most fully and alike. And since the people are the majority, and what the majority resolves is sovereign, this must be a democracy.

    ἓν μὲν οὖν εἶδος δημοκρατίας τοῦτο, τὸ τὰς ἀρχὰς ἀπὸ τιμημάτων εἴναι, βραχέων δὲ τούτων ὄντων· δεῖ δὲ τῷ κτωμένῳ ἐξουσίαν εἶναι μετέχειν καὶ τὸν ἀποβάλλοντα μὴ μετέχειν· 1292a ἕτερον εἶδος δημοκρατίας τὸ μετέχειν ἅπαντας τοὺς πολίτας ὅσοι ἀνυπεύθυνοι, ἄρχειν δὲ τὸν νόμον· ἕτερον δὲ εἶδος δημοκρατίας τὸ παντὶ μετεῖναι τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐὰν μόνον ᾖ πολίτης, ἄρχειν δὲ τὸν νόμον· ἕτερον δὲ εἶδος δημοκρατίας τἆλλα μὲν εἶναι ταὐτά, κύριον δ’ εἶναι τὸ πλῆθος καὶ μὴ τὸν νόμον. τοῦτο δὲ γίνεται ὅταν τὰ ψηφίσματα κύρια ᾖ ἀλλὰ μὴ ὁ νόμος· συμβαίνει δὲ τοῦτο διὰ τοὺς δημαγωγούς. ἐν μὲν γὰρ ταῖς κατὰ νόμον δημοκρατουμέναις οὐ γίνεται δημαγωγός, ἀλλ’ οἱ βέλτιστοι τῶν πολιτῶν εἰσιν ἐν προεδρίᾳ· ὅπου δ’ οἱ νόμοι μή εἰσι κύριοι, ἐνταῦθα γίνονται δημαγωγοί.

    This, then, is one kind of democracy. Another is where offices are based on property assessments, though these are low; a person who acquires the amount must be allowed to take part, and one who loses it must not. 1292a Another kind of democracy is where all the citizens who are not open to challenge share in office, but the law rules. Another kind of democracy is where everyone shares in the offices, provided only that he is a citizen, but the law rules. Another kind of democracy is the same in other respects, but the multitude is sovereign and not the law. This happens when decrees are sovereign and not the law, and it comes about because of the demagogues. In democracies governed according to law there is no demagogue; the best of the citizens hold the foremost place. But where the laws are not sovereign, demagogues arise.

    “Not open to challenge” probably means those whose descent qualifies them as citizens beyond dispute.

    μόναρχος γὰρ ὁ δῆμος γίνεται, σύνθετος εἷς ἐκ πολλῶν· οἱ γὰρ πολλοὶ κύριοί εἰσιν οὐχ ὡς ἕκαστος ἀλλὰ πάντες. Ὅμηρος δὲ ποίαν λέγει οὐκ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι πολυκοιρανίην, πότερον ταύτην ἢ ὅταν πλείους ὦσιν οἱ ἄρχοντες ὡς ἕκαστος, ἄδηλον. ὁ δ’ οὖν τοιοῦτος δῆμος, ἅτε μόναρχος ὤν, ζητεῖ μοναρχεῖν διὰ τὸ μὴ ἄρχεσθαι ὑπὸ νόμου, καὶ γίνεται δεσποτικός, ὥστε οἱ κόλακες ἔντιμοι, καὶ ἔστιν ὁ τοιοῦτος δῆμος ἀνάλογον τῶν μοναρχιῶν τῇ τυραννίδι. διότι καὶ τὸ ἦθος τὸ αὐτό, καὶ ἄμφω δεσποτικὰ τῶν βελτιόνων, καὶ τὰ ψηφίσματα ὥσπερ ἐκεῖ τὰ ἐπιτάγματα, καὶ ὁ δημαγωγὸς καὶ ὁ κόλαξ οἱ αὐτοὶ καὶ ἀνάλογον. καὶ μάλιστα δ’ ἑκάτεροι παρ’ ἑκατέροις ἰσχύουσιν, οἱ μὲν κόλακες παρὰ τοῖς τυράννοις, οἱ δὲ δημαγωγοὶ παρὰ τοῖς δήμοις τοῖς τοιούτοις.

    For the people become a monarch, one made up of many, since the many are sovereign not as individuals but all together. Which kind of “rule of many” Homer means when he says it is not good—this kind, or when there are several rulers acting as individuals—is unclear. At any rate, a people of this kind, being a monarch, seeks to rule as a monarch because it is not ruled by law, and it becomes like a master, so that flatterers are held in honor. Such a people is the counterpart of tyranny among monarchies. That is why their character is also the same: both lord it over the better sort, decrees are like the commands issued there, and the demagogue and the flatterer are the same, or counterparts. Each has the most power in his own sphere, flatterers with tyrants and demagogues with peoples of this kind.

    Homer, Iliad 2.204: “The rule of many is not good; let there be one ruler.”

    αἴτιοι δέ εἰσι τοῦ εἶναι τὰ ψηφίσματα κύρια ἀλλὰ μὴ τοὺς νόμους οὗτοι, πάντα ἀνάγοντες εἰς τὸν δῆμον· συμβαίνει γὰρ αὐτοῖς γίνεσθαι μεγάλοις διὰ τὸ τὸν μὲν δῆμον πάντων εἶναι κύριον, τῆς δὲ τοῦ δήμου δόξης τούτους· πείθεται γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος τούτοις. ἔτι δ’ οἱ ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ἐγκαλοῦντες τὸν δῆμόν φασι δεῖν κρίνειν, ὁ δὲ ἀσμένως δέχεται τὴν πρόκλησιν· ὥστε καταλύονται πᾶσαι αἱ ἀρχαί. εὐλόγως δὲ ἂν δόξειεν ἐπιτιμᾶν ὁ φάσκων τὴν τοιαύτην εἶναι δημοκρατίαν οὐ πολιτείαν. ὅπου γὰρ μὴ νόμοι ἄρχουσιν, οὐκ ἔστι πολιτεία. δεῖ γὰρ τὸν μὲν νόμον ἄρχειν πάντων τῶν δὲ καθ’ ἕκαστα τὰς ἀρχάς, καὶ ταύτην πολιτείαν κρίνειν.

    These people are responsible for decrees being sovereign rather than laws, since they refer everything to the people. They become great because the people are sovereign over everything, and they are sovereign over the people’s opinion, since the multitude obeys them. Further, those who bring charges against officials say that the people should judge, and the people gladly accept the invitation, so that all the offices are dissolved. It would seem reasonable to object that such a democracy is not a constitution at all. For where the laws do not rule, there is no constitution. The law should rule over everything, while the offices decide particular matters, and one should judge this to be a constitution.

    ὥστ’ εἴπερ ἐστὶ δημοκρατία μία τῶν πολιτειῶν, φανερὸν ὡς ἡ τοιαύτη κατάστασις, ἐν ᾗ ψηφίσμασι πάντα διοικεῖται, οὐδὲ δημοκρατία κυρίως· οὐθὲν γὰρ ἐνδέχεται ψήφισμα εἶναι καθόλου. τὰ μὲν οὖν τῆς δημοκρατίας εἴδη διωρίσθω τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον.

    So if democracy is one of the constitutions, it is clear that an arrangement of this kind, in which everything is administered by decrees, is not even a democracy in the strict sense, since no decree can be universal. Let the kinds of democracy, then, be distinguished in this way.

    Kinds of oligarchy

    Four kinds of oligarchy run from moderate property qualifications to hereditary dynasty.

    ὀλιγαρχίας δὲ εἴδη ἓν μὲν τὸ ἀπὸ τιμημάτων εἶναι τὰς ἀρχὰς τηλικούτων ὥστε τοὺς ἀπόρους μὴ μετέχειν, πλείους ὄντας, ἐξεῖναι δὲ τῷ κτωμένῳ μετέχειν τῆς πολιτείας, ἄλλο 1292b δέ, ὅταν ἀπὸ τιμημάτων μακρῶν ὦσιν αἱ ἀρχαὶ καὶ αἱρῶνται αὐτοὶ τοὺς ἐλλείποντας (ἂν μὲν οὖν ἐκ πάντων τούτων τοῦτο ποιῶσι, δοκεῖ τοῦτ’ εἶναι μᾶλλον ἀριστοκρατικόν, ἐὰν δὲ ἐκ τινῶν ἀφωρισμένων, ὀλιγαρχικόν)· ἕτερον δ’ εἶδος ὀλιγαρχίας, ὅταν παῖς ἀντὶ πατρὸς εἰσίῃ, τέταρτον δ’, ὅταν ὑπάρχῃ τε τὸ νῦν λεχθὲν καὶ ἄρχῃ μὴ ὁ νόμος ἀλλ’ οἱ ἄρχοντες. καὶ ἔστιν ἀντίστροφος αὕτη ἐν ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις ὥσπερ ἡ τυραννὶς ἐν ταῖς μοναρχίαις, καὶ περὶ ἧς τελευταίας εἴπαμεν δημοκρατίας ἐν ταῖς δημοκρατίαις· καὶ καλοῦσι δὴ τὴν τοιαύτην ὀλιγαρχίαν δυναστείαν.

    Of oligarchy, one kind is where offices are based on property assessments so high that the poor, though they are the majority, do not share in them, but anyone who acquires the amount may share in the constitution. Another 1292b is when offices are based on high property assessments and the officials themselves elect to fill vacancies. (If they do this from among all those qualified, it seems to be more aristocratic; if from certain designated people, oligarchic.) Another kind of oligarchy is when son succeeds father. A fourth is when what was just mentioned holds and it is not the law that rules but the officials. This is the counterpart among oligarchies to tyranny among monarchies, and to the democracy we mentioned last among democracies; and people call this sort of oligarchy a “dynasty.”

    ὀλιγαρχίας μὲν οὖν εἴδη τοσαῦτα καὶ δημοκρατίας· οὐ δεῖ δὲ λανθάνειν ὅτι πολλαχοῦ συμβέβηκεν ὥστε τὴν μὲν πολιτείαν τὴν κατὰ τοὺς νόμους μὴ δημοτικὴν εἶναι, διὰ δὲ τὸ ἔθος καὶ τὴν ἀγωγὴν πολιτεύεσθαι δημοτικῶς, ὁμοίως δὲ πάλιν παρ’ ἄλλοις τὴν μὲν κατὰ τοὺς νόμους εἶναι πολιτείαν δημοτικωτέραν, τῇ δ’ ἀγωγῇ καὶ τοῖς ἔθεσιν ὀλιγαρχεῖσθαι μᾶλλον. συμβαίνει δὲ τοῦτο μάλιστα μετὰ τὰς μεταβολὰς τῶν πολιτειῶν· οὐ γὰρ εὐθὺς μεταβαίνουσιν, ἀλλὰ ἀγαπῶσι τὰ πρῶτα μικρὰ πλεονεκτοῦντες παρ’ ἀλλήλων, ὥσθ’ οἱ μὲν νόμοι διαμένουσιν οἱ προϋπάρχοντες, κρατοῦσι δ’ οἱ μεταβαλόντες τὴν πολιτείαν.

    These, then, are the kinds of oligarchy and of democracy. But one should not overlook the fact that in many places it has come about that the constitution laid down by the laws is not democratic, yet it is run democratically because of custom and upbringing; and likewise, conversely, elsewhere the constitution laid down by the laws is more democratic, but through upbringing and customs it is run more oligarchically. This happens especially after constitutions change. For people don’t change over immediately; at first they are content with gaining small advantages over one another, so that the laws that existed before remain in force, while those who changed the constitution hold power.

    How the kinds arise

    The kinds of democracy and oligarchy arise from who has leisure and how property is spread.

    ὅτι δ’ ἔστι τοσαῦτα εἴδη δημοκρατίας καὶ ὀλιγαρχίας, ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν εἰρημένων φανερόν ἐστιν. ἀνάγκη γὰρ ἢ πάντα τὰ εἰρημένα μέρη τοῦ δήμου κοινωνεῖν τῆς πολιτείας, ἢ τὰ μὲν τὰ δὲ μή. ὅταν μὲν οὖν τὸ γεωργικὸν καὶ τὸ κεκτημένον μετρίαν οὐσίαν κύριον ᾖ τῆς πολιτείας, πολιτεύονται κατὰ νόμους (ἔχουσι γὰρ ἐργαζόμενοι ζῆν, οὐ δύνανται δὲ σχολάζειν, ὥστε τὸν νόμον ἐπιστήσαντες ἐκκλησιάζουσι τὰς ἀναγκαίας ἐκκλησίας), τοῖς δὲ ἄλλοις μετέχειν ἔξεστιν ὅταν κτήσωνται τὸ τίμημα τὸ διωρισμένον ὑπὸ τῶν νόμων· διὸ πᾶσι τοῖς κτησαμένοις ἔξεστι μετέχειν· ὅλως μὲν γὰρ τὸ μὲν μὴ ἐξεῖναι πᾶσιν ὀλιγαρχικόν, τὸ δὲ δὴ ἐξεῖναι σχολάζειν ἀδύνατον μὴ προσόδων οὐσῶν.

    That there are this many kinds of democracy and oligarchy is clear from what has been said itself. For either all the parts of the people we mentioned must share in the constitution, or some must and others not. When the farming class and those who own a moderate amount of property are sovereign over the constitution, they govern according to laws. For they can live by working, but they cannot have leisure; so they put the law in charge and hold only the assemblies that are necessary. The others may take part once they acquire the property assessment defined by the laws, which is why all who acquire it may take part. For, in general, for participation not to be open to everyone is oligarchic, but for everyone to be able to have leisure is impossible unless there are revenues.

    τοῦτο μὲν οὖν εἶδος ἓν δημοκρατίας διὰ ταύτας τὰς αἰτίας· ἕτερον δὲ εἶδος διὰ τὴν ἐχομένην διαίρεσιν· ἔστι γὰρ καὶ πᾶσιν ἐξεῖναι τοῖς ἀνυπευθύνοις κατὰ τὸ γένος, μετέχειν μέντοι δυναμένους σχολάζειν· διόπερ ἐν τῇ τοιαύτῃ δημοκρατίᾳ οἱ νόμοι ἄρχουσι, διὰ τὸ μὴ εἶναι πρόσοδον. τρίτον δ’ εἶδος τὸ πᾶσιν ἐξεῖναι, ὅσοι ἂν ἐλεύθεροι ὦσι, μετέχειν τῆς πολιτείας, μὴ μέντοι μετέχειν διὰ τὴν προειρημένην αἰτίαν, ὥστ’ ἀναγκαῖον καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ ἄρχειν τὸν νόμον. τέταρτον δὲ εἶδος δημοκρατίας 1293a ἡ τελευταία τοῖς χρόνοις ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι γεγενημένη. διὰ γὰρ τὸ μείζους γεγονέναι πολὺ τὰς πόλεις τῶν ἐξ ὑπαρχῆς καὶ προσόδων ὑπάρχειν εὐπορίας, μετέχουσι μὲν πάντες τῆς πολιτείας διὰ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τοῦ πλήθους, κοινωνοῦσι δὲ καὶ πολιτεύονται διὰ τὸ δύνασθαι σχολάζειν καὶ τοὺς ἀπόρους, λαμβάνοντας μισθόν.

    This, then, is one kind of democracy, for these reasons. Another kind arises from the next distinction. It is possible for participation to be open to everyone whose descent is not open to challenge, but for only those able to have leisure actually to take part. That is why in this sort of democracy the laws rule: because there are no revenues. A third kind is where all who are free may share in the constitution, but do not actually take part for the reason just given, so that in this one too the law must rule. The fourth kind of democracy 1293a is the one that has arisen in cities most recently. Because cities have become much larger than they were originally, and there are ample revenues available, everyone shares in the constitution because of the superior numbers of the multitude, and they take part and govern because even the poor can have leisure, since they receive pay.

    καὶ μάλιστα δὲ σχολάζει τὸ τοιοῦτον πλῆθος· οὐ γὰρ ἐμποδίζει αὐτοὺς οὐθὲν ἡ τῶν ἰδίων ἐπιμέλεια, τοὺς δὲ πλουσίους ἐμποδίζει, ὥστε πολλάκις οὐ κοινωνοῦσι τῆς ἐκκλησίας οὐδὲ τοῦ δικάζειν. διὸ γίνεται τὸ τῶν ἀπόρων πλῆθος κύριον τῆς πολιτείας, ἀλλ’ οὐχ οἱ νόμοι.

    This sort of multitude, in fact, has the most leisure of all. For looking after their private affairs doesn’t hinder them at all, whereas it does hinder the rich, so that they often take no part in the assembly or in the courts. That is why the multitude of the poor becomes sovereign over the constitution, and not the laws.

    τὰ μὲν οὖν τῆς δημοκρατίας εἴδη τοσαῦτα καὶ τοιαῦτα διὰ ταύτας τὰς ἀνάγκας ἐστίν, τάδε δὲ τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας· ὅταν μὲν πλείους ἔχωσιν οὐσίαν, ἐλάττω δὲ καὶ μὴ πολλὴν λίαν, τὸ τῆς πρώτης ὀλιγαρχίας εἶδός ἐστιν· ποιοῦσι γὰρ ἐξουσίαν μετέχειν τῷ κτωμένῳ, καὶ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος εἶναι τῶν μετεχόντων τοῦ πολιτεύματος ἀνάγκη μὴ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀλλὰ τὸν νόμον εἶναι κύριον (ὅσῳ γὰρ ἂν πλεῖον ἀπέχωσι τῆς μοναρχίας, καὶ μήτε τοσαύτην ἔχωσιν οὐσίαν ὥστε σχολάζειν ἀμελοῦντες μήθ’ οὕτως ὀλίγην ὥστε τρέφεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως, ἀνάγκη τὸν νόμον ἀξιοῦν αὐτοῖς ἄρχειν, ἀλλὰ μὴ αὐτούς)· ἐὰν δὲ δὴ ἐλάττους ὦσιν οἱ τὰς οὐσίας ἔχοντες ἢ οἱ τὸ πρότερον, πλείω δέ, τὸ τῆς δευτέρας ὀλιγαρχίας γίνεται εἶδος· μᾶλλον γὰρ ἰσχύοντες πλεονεκτεῖν ἀξιοῦσιν, διὸ αὐτοὶ μὲν αἱροῦνται ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων τοὺς εἰς τὸ πολίτευμα βαδίζοντας, διὰ δὲ τὸ μήπω οὕτως ἰσχυροὶ εἶναι ὥστ’ ἄνευ νόμου ἄρχειν τὸν νόμον τίθενται τοιοῦτον.

    These, then, are the kinds of democracy, their number and their character, arising from these necessities. The kinds of oligarchy are as follows. When a larger number of people have property, but less of it and not too much, this is the first kind of oligarchy. For they allow anyone who acquires the amount to take part; and because there is a large number of people sharing in the governing body, it must be the law and not human beings that is sovereign. (For the further they are from monarchy, and the more they have neither so much property that they can have leisure without attending to it nor so little that they need to be supported by the city, the more they must want the law to rule them, rather than ruling themselves.) But if those who have property are fewer than before, and have more of it, the second kind of oligarchy arises. Being stronger, they claim to have more; so they themselves choose from among the rest those who are to enter the governing body, but since they are not yet strong enough to rule without law, they lay down a law to this effect.

    ἐὰν δ’ ἐπιτείνωσι τῷ ἐλάττονες ὄντες μείζονας οὐσίας ἔχειν, ἡ τρίτη ἐπίδοσις γίνεται τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας, τὸ δι’ αὑτῶν μὲν τὰς ἀρχὰς ἔχειν, κατὰ νόμον δὲ τὸν κελεύοντα τῶν τελευτώντων διαδέχεσθαι τοὺς υἱεῖς. ὅταν δὲ ἤδη πολὺ ὑπερτείνωσι ταῖς οὐσίαις καὶ ταῖς πολυφιλίαις, ἐγγὺς ἡ τοιαύτη δυναστεία μοναρχίας ἐστίν, καὶ κύριοι γίνονται οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὁ νόμος· καὶ τὸ τέταρτον εἶδος τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας τοῦτ’ ἐστίν, ἀντίστροφον τῷ τελευταίῳ τῆς δημοκρατίας.

    If they tighten things further by being fewer and having larger properties, the third stage of oligarchy arises: they hold the offices themselves, but under a law requiring sons to succeed their fathers when they die. And when they come to far surpass others in their properties and their many connections, this sort of dynasty is close to monarchy, and it is human beings who become sovereign and not the law. This is the fourth kind of oligarchy, the counterpart of the last kind of democracy.

    Aristocracies

    Besides true aristocracy, some mixed constitutions that honor excellence are called aristocracies.

    ἔτι δ’ εἰσὶ δύο πολιτεῖαι παρὰ δημοκρατίαν τε καὶ ὀλιγαρχίαν, ὧν τὴν μὲν ἑτέραν λέγουσί τε πάντες καὶ εἴρηται τῶν τεττάρων πολιτειῶν εἶδος ἕν (λέγουσι δὲ τέτταρας μοναρχίαν ὀλιγαρχίαν δημοκρατίαν, τέταρτον δὲ τὴν καλουμένην ἀριστοκρατίαν)· πέμπτη δ’ ἐστὶν ἣ προσαγορεύεται τὸ κοινὸν ὄνομα πασῶν (πολιτείαν γὰρ καλοῦσιν), ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μὴ πολλάκις γίνεσθαι λανθάνει τοὺς πειρωμένους ἀριθμεῖν τὰ τῶν πολιτειῶν εἴδη, καὶ χρῶνται ταῖς τέτταρσι μόνον 1293b (ὥσπερ Πλάτων) ἐν ταῖς πολιτείαις.

    There are, further, two constitutions besides democracy and oligarchy. One of them everyone mentions, and it has been spoken of as one of the four kinds of constitution (people speak of four: monarchy, oligarchy, democracy and, fourth, what is called aristocracy). The fifth is the one called by the name common to them all, since they call it “constitution” or polity. But because it doesn’t occur often, it escapes the notice of those who try to enumerate the kinds of constitution, and they use only the four 1293b (as Plato does) in their works on constitutions.

    ἀριστοκρατίαν μὲν οὖν καλῶς ἔχει καλεῖν περὶ ἧς διήλθομεν ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λόγοις (τὴν γὰρ ἐκ τῶν ἀρίστων ἁπλῶς κατ’ ἀρετὴν πολιτείαν καὶ μὴ πρὸς ὑπόθεσίν τινα ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν μόνην δίκαιον προσαγορεύειν ἀριστοκρατίαν· ἐν μόνῃ γὰρ ἁπλῶς ὁ αὐτὸς ἀνὴρ καὶ πολίτης ἀγαθός ἐστιν, οἱ δ’ ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις ἀγαθοὶ πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν εἰσὶ τὴν αὑτῶν)· οὐ μὴν ἀλλ’ εἰσί τινες αἳ πρός τε τὰς ὀλιγαρχουμένας ἔχουσι διαφορὰς [καὶ καλοῦνται ἀριστοκρατίαι] καὶ πρὸς τὴν καλουμένην πολιτείαν. ὅπου γὰρ μὴ μόνον πλουτίνδην ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀριστίνδην αἱροῦνται τὰς ἀρχάς, αὕτη ἡ πολιτεία διαφέρει τε ἀμφοῖν καὶ ἀριστοκρατικὴ καλεῖται. καὶ γὰρ ἐν ταῖς μὴ ποιουμέναις κοινὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ἀρετῆς εἰσὶν ὅμως τινὲς οἱ εὐδοκιμοῦντες καὶ δοκοῦντες εἶναι ἐπιεικεῖς.

    Now it is right to give the name “aristocracy” to the constitution we went through in our first discussions. For only the constitution made up of those who are best, without qualification, in excellence—and not good men relative to some assumption—is justly called an aristocracy, since only in it is the same person a good man and a good citizen without qualification, whereas those who are good in the others are good relative to their own constitution. Still, there are some constitutions that differ both from those governed oligarchically and from what is called polity, and they are called aristocracies. For where offices are chosen not only on the basis of wealth but also on the basis of merit, this constitution differs from both and is called aristocratic. For even in cities that do not make excellence a common concern there are nonetheless some people of good repute who are thought to be decent.

    ὅπου οὖν ἡ πολιτεία βλέπει εἴς τε πλοῦτον καὶ ἀρετὴν καὶ δῆμον, οἷον ἐν Καρχηδόνι, αὕτη ἀριστοκρατική ἐστιν, καὶ ἐν αἷς εἰς τὰ δύο μόνον, οἷον ἡ Λακεδαιμονίων, εἴς τε ἀρετὴν καὶ δῆμον, καὶ ἔστι μίξις τῶν δύο τούτων, δημοκρατίας τε καὶ ἀρετῆς. ἀριστοκρατίας μὲν οὖν παρὰ τὴν πρώτην τὴν ἀρίστην πολιτείαν ταῦτα δύο εἴδη, καὶ τρίτον ὅσαι τῆς καλουμένης πολιτείας ῥέπουσι πρὸς τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν μᾶλλον.

    So where the constitution looks to wealth, excellence and the people, as in Carthage, it is aristocratic; and so also those that look to only two, as the Spartan constitution does, to excellence and the people, so that there is a mixture of these two, democracy and excellence. These, then, are two kinds of aristocracy besides the first, the best constitution; and a third is those forms of so-called polity that lean more toward oligarchy.

    Polity

    Polity is a mixture of oligarchy and democracy, of wealth and freedom.

    λοιπὸν δ’ ἐστὶν ἡμῖν περί τε τῆς ὀνομαζομένης πολιτείας εἰπεῖν καὶ περὶ τυραννίδος. ἐτάξαμεν δ’ οὕτως οὐκ οὖσαν οὔτε ταύτην παρέκβασιν οὔτε τὰς ἄρτι ῥηθείσας ἀριστοκρατίας, ὅτι τὸ μὲν ἀληθὲς πᾶσαι διημαρτήκασι τῆς ὀρθοτάτης πολιτείας, ἔπειτα καταριθμοῦνται μετὰ τούτων εἰσί τ’ αὐτῶν αὗται παρεκβάσεις ἅσπερ ἐν τοῖς κατ’ ἀρχὴν εἴπομεν. τελευταῖον δὲ περὶ τυραννίδος εὔλογόν ἐστι ποιήσασθαι μνείαν διὰ τὸ πασῶν ἥκιστα ταύτην εἶναι πολιτείαν, ἡμῖν δὲ τὴν μέθοδον εἶναι περὶ πολιτείας. δι’ ἣν μὲν οὖν αἰτίαν τέτακται τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον, εἴρηται· νῦν δὲ δεικτέον ἡμῖν περὶ πολιτείας. φανερωτέρα γὰρ ἡ δύναμις αὐτῆς διωρισμένων τῶν περὶ ὀλιγαρχίας καὶ δημοκρατίας. ἔστι γὰρ ἡ πολιτεία ὡς ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν μίξις ὀλιγαρχίας καὶ δημοκρατίας.

    It remains for us to discuss the so-called polity, and tyranny. We have placed polity here, though neither it nor the aristocracies just mentioned is a deviation, because in truth they have all fallen short of the most correct constitution, and so they are counted along with these, and these are deviations from them, as we said at the beginning. It is reasonable to mention tyranny last, because it is the least of all a constitution, and our inquiry is about constitutions. That is the reason, then, why things have been arranged in this way. Now we must set out our view of polity. Its character is clearer now that the matters concerning oligarchy and democracy have been determined. For polity is, to put it simply, a mixture of oligarchy and democracy.

    εἰώθασι δὲ καλεῖν τὰς μὲν ἀποκλινούσας [ὡς] πρὸς τὴν δημοκρατίαν πολιτείας, τὰς δὲ πρὸς τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν μᾶλλον ἀριστοκρατίας διὰ τὸ μᾶλλον ἀκολουθεῖν παιδείαν καὶ εὐγένειαν τοῖς εὐπορωτέροις. ἔτι δὲ δοκοῦσιν ἔχειν οἱ εὔποροι ὧν ἕνεκεν οἱ ἀδικοῦντες ἀδικοῦσιν· ὅθεν καὶ καλοὺς κἀγαθοὺς καὶ γνωρίμους τούτους προσαγορεύουσιν. ἐπεὶ οὖν ἡ ἀριστοκρατία βούλεται τὴν ὑπεροχὴν ἀπονέμειν τοῖς ἀρίστοις τῶν πολιτῶν, καὶ τὰς ὀλιγαρχίας εἶναί φασιν ἐκ τῶν καλῶν κἀγαθῶν μᾶλλον. 1294a δοκεῖ δ’ εἶναι τῶν ἀδυνάτων τὸ εὐνομεῖσθαι τὴν μὴ ἀριστοκρατουμένην πόλιν ἀλλὰ πονηροκρατουμένην, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἀριστοκρατεῖσθαι τὴν μὴ εὐνομουμένην. οὐκ ἔστι δὲ εὐνομία τὸ εὖ κεῖσθαι τοὺς νόμους, μὴ πείθεσθαι δέ.

    People are accustomed to call those that lean toward democracy polities, and those that lean more toward oligarchy aristocracies, because education and good birth tend to go along with the better-off. Further, the well-off are thought to have the things for whose sake wrongdoers do wrong; that is why people call them gentlemen and notables. So since aristocracy aims to assign superiority to the best of the citizens, people say that oligarchies too are made up more of gentlemen. 1294a And it seems impossible for a city governed not by the best but by the worst to be well governed, and likewise for a city that isn’t well governed to be an aristocracy. But being well governed is not a matter of the laws being well laid down if they are not obeyed.

    διὸ μίαν μὲν εὐνομίαν ὑποληπτέον εἶναι τὸ πείθεσθαι τοῖς κειμένοις νόμοις, ἑτέραν δὲ τὸ καλῶς κεῖσθαι τοὺς νόμους οἷς ἐμμένουσιν (ἔστι γὰρ πείθεσθαι καὶ κακῶς κειμένοις). τοῦτο δὲ ἐνδέχεται διχῶς· ἢ γὰρ τοῖς ἀρίστοις τῶν ἐνδεχομένων αὐτοῖς, ἢ τοῖς ἁπλῶς ἀρίστοις.

    So we must take good government to be, in one sense, obedience to the established laws, and in another, the laws that people abide by being finely laid down (for it is possible to obey laws that are badly laid down, too). This second can happen in two ways: people may obey the best laws possible for them, or the laws that are best without qualification.

    δοκεῖ δὲ ἀριστοκρατία μὲν εἶναι μάλιστα τὸ τὰς τιμὰς νενεμῆσθαι κατ’ ἀρετήν (ἀριστοκρατίας μὲν γὰρ ὅρος ἀρετή, ὀλιγαρχίας δὲ πλοῦτος, δήμου δ’ ἐλευθερία)· τὸ δ’ ὅ τι ἂν δόξῃ τοῖς πλείοσιν, ἐν πάσαις ὑπάρχει· καὶ γὰρ ἐν ὀλιγαρχίᾳ καὶ ἐν ἀριστοκρατίᾳ καὶ ἐν δήμοις, ὅ τι ἂν δόξῃ τῷ πλείονι μέρει τῶν μετεχόντων τῆς πολιτείας, τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ κύριον.

    Aristocracy is thought to consist above all in honors being distributed according to excellence; for the defining mark of aristocracy is excellence, of oligarchy wealth, and of rule by the people freedom. The principle that whatever the majority resolves prevails is present in them all: in oligarchy, in aristocracy and in democracies alike, whatever the larger part of those who share in the constitution resolves is sovereign.

    ἐν μὲν οὖν ταῖς πλείσταις πόλεσι τοῦτο τῆς πολιτείας εἶδος καλεῖται· μόνον γὰρ ἡ μίξις στοχάζεται τῶν εὐπόρων καὶ τῶν ἀπόρων, πλούτου καὶ ἐλευθερίας· (σχεδὸν γὰρ παρὰ τοῖς πλείστοις οἱ εὔποροι τῶν καλῶν κἀγαθῶν δοκοῦσι κατέχειν χώραν)· ἐπεὶ δὲ τρία ἐστὶ τὰ ἀμφισβητοῦντα τῆς ἰσότητος τῆς πολιτείας, ἐλευθερία πλοῦτος ἀρετή (τὸ γὰρ τέταρτον, ὃ καλοῦσιν εὐγένειαν, ἀκολουθεῖ τοῖς δυσίν· ἡ γὰρ εὐγένειά ἐστιν ἀρχαῖος πλοῦτος καὶ ἀρετή), φανερὸν ὅτι τὴν μὲν τοῖν δυοῖν μίξιν, τῶν εὐπόρων καὶ τῶν ἀπόρων, πολιτείαν λεκτέον, τὴν δὲ τῶν τριῶν ἀριστοκρατίαν μάλιστα τῶν ἄλλων παρὰ τὴν ἀληθινὴν καὶ πρώτην.

    Now in most cities this is the kind of constitution that is called polity, since the mixture aims only at the well-off and the poor, at wealth and freedom (for among most people the well-off are thought to occupy the place of gentlemen). But since there are three things that lay claim to equal standing in the constitution—freedom, wealth and excellence (the fourth, which they call good birth, goes along with the other two, since good birth is ancient wealth and excellence)—it is clear that the mixture of the two, of the well-off and the poor, should be called polity, and the mixture of the three should be called aristocracy more than any of the others, apart from the true and first one.

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἔστι καὶ ἕτερα πολιτείας εἴδη παρὰ μοναρχίαν τε καὶ δημοκρατίαν καὶ ὀλιγαρχίαν, εἴρηται, καὶ ποῖα ταῦτα, καὶ τί διαφέρουσιν ἀλλήλων αἵ τ’ ἀριστοκρατίαι καὶ αἱ πολιτεῖαι [τῆς ἀριστοκρατίας]· καὶ ὅτι οὐ πόρρω αὗται ἀλλήλων, φανερόν.

    It has been stated, then, that there are other kinds of constitution besides monarchy, democracy and oligarchy, and what they are, and how the aristocracies and the polities differ from each other; and it is clear that these are not far apart from each other.

    Mixing a polity

    Three ways of combining oligarchic and democratic arrangements produce a polity, as in Sparta.

    τίνα δὲ τρόπον γίνεται παρὰ δημοκρατίαν καὶ ὀλιγαρχίαν ἡ καλουμένη πολιτεία, καὶ πῶς αὐτὴν δεῖ καθιστάναι, λέγωμεν ἐφεξῆς τοῖς εἰρημένοις. ἅμα δὲ δῆλον ἔσται καὶ οἷς ὁρίζονται τὴν δημοκρατίαν καὶ τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν· ληπτέον γὰρ τὴν τούτων διαίρεσιν, εἶτα ἐκ τούτων ἀφ’ ἑκατέρας ὥσπερ σύμβολον λαμβάνοντας συνθετέον. εἰσὶ δὲ ὅροι τρεῖς τῆς συνθέσεως καὶ μίξεως.

    Next after what has been said, let us state how the so-called polity arises alongside democracy and oligarchy, and how it should be established. At the same time it will also be clear by what features people define democracy and oligarchy. For we must grasp the division between these, and then put the polity together from them, taking, as it were, a token from each. There are three guidelines for this combination and mixture.

    ἢ γὰρ ἀμφότερα ληπτέον ἃ ἑκάτεροι νομοθετοῦσιν, οἷον περὶ τοῦ δικάζειν (ἐν μὲν γὰρ ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις τοῖς εὐπόροις ζημίαν τάττουσιν ἂν μὴ δικάζωσι, τοῖς δ’ ἀπόροις οὐδένα μισθόν, ἐν δὲ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις τοῖς μὲν ἀπόροις μισθόν, τοῖς δ’ εὐπόροις οὐδεμίαν ζημίαν· κοινὸν δὲ καὶ μέσον τούτων ἀμφότερα ταῦτα, διὸ καὶ 1294b πολιτικόν, μέμεικται γὰρ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν)· εἷς μὲν οὖν οὗτος τοῦ συνδυασμοῦ τρόπος, ἕτερος δὲ τὸ ⟨τὸ⟩ μέσον λαμβάνειν ὧν ἑκάτεροι τάττουσιν, οἷον ἐκκλησιάζειν οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ τιμήματος οὐθενὸς ἢ μικροῦ πάμπαν, οἱ δ’ ἀπὸ μακροῦ τιμήματος, κοινὸν δέ γε οὐδέτερον, ἀλλὰ τὸ μέσον ἑκατέρου τίμημα τούτων. τρίτον δ’ ἐκ δυοῖν ταγμάτοιν, τὰ μὲν ἐκ τοῦ ὀλιγαρχικοῦ νόμου τὰ δ’ ἐκ τοῦ δημοκρατικοῦ.

    One may take both of the things that each side legislates—concerning jury service, for instance. In oligarchies they impose a fine on the well-off if they don’t serve on juries, and give no pay to the poor; in democracies they give pay to the poor and impose no fine on the well-off. What is common to them and in the middle is to do both, which is why it is 1294b characteristic of polity, since it is a mixture of both. This, then, is one way of combining them. Another is to take the middle between what each side prescribes: for instance, one side sets no property qualification, or a very small one, for attending the assembly, and the other a high one; what is common here is neither, but a property qualification midway between the two. A third is from two arrangements, taking some features from the oligarchic law and others from the democratic.

    λέγω δ’ οἷον δοκεῖ δημοκρατικὸν μὲν εἶναι τὸ κληρωτὰς εἶναι τὰς ἀρχάς, τὸ δ’ αἱρετὰς ὀλιγαρχικόν, καὶ δημοκρατικὸν μὲν τὸ μὴ ἀπὸ τιμήματος, ὀλιγαρχικὸν δὲ τὸ ἀπὸ τιμήματος· ἀριστοκρατικὸν τοίνυν καὶ πολιτικὸν τὸ ἐξ ἑκατέρας ἑκάτερον λαβεῖν, ἐκ μὲν τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας τὸ αἱρετὰς ποιεῖν τὰς ἀρχάς, ἐκ δὲ τῆς δημοκρατίας τὸ μὴ ἀπὸ τιμήματος.

    I mean, for instance, it is thought democratic for offices to be filled by lot and oligarchic for them to be elected, and democratic for them not to be based on property qualification and oligarchic for them to be so based. It is aristocratic and characteristic of polity, then, to take one feature from each: from oligarchy, making offices elective, and from democracy, not basing them on property qualification.

    ὁ μὲν οὖν τρόπος τῆς μίξεως οὗτος· τοῦ δ’ εὖ μεμεῖχθαι δημοκρατίαν καὶ ὀλιγαρχίαν ὅρος, ὅταν ἐνδέχηται λέγειν τὴν αὐτὴν πολιτείαν δημοκρατίαν καὶ ὀλιγαρχίαν. δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι τοῦτο πάσχουσιν οἱ λέγοντες διὰ τὸ μεμεῖχθαι καλῶς· πέπονθε δὲ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ μέσον, ἐμφαίνεται γὰρ ἑκάτερον ἐν αὐτῷ τῶν ἄκρων· ὅπερ συμβαίνει περὶ τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων πολιτείαν.

    This, then, is the way to mix them. The mark of democracy and oligarchy being well mixed is when it is possible to call the same constitution a democracy and an oligarchy. For clearly people speak this way because it has been finely mixed. And the middle has this feature too, since each of the extremes shows up in it. This is what happens with the Spartan constitution.

    πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐγχειροῦσι λέγειν ὡς δημοκρατίας οὔσης διὰ τὸ δημοκρατικὰ πολλὰ τὴν τάξιν ἔχειν, οἷον πρῶτον τὸ περὶ τὴν τροφὴν τῶν παίδων (ὁμοίως γὰρ οἱ τῶν πλουσίων τρέφονται τοῖς τῶν πενήτων, καὶ παιδεύονται τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον ὃν ἂν δύναιντο καὶ τῶν πενήτων οἱ παῖδες), ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐχομένης ἡλικίας, καὶ ὅταν ἄνδρες γένωνται, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον (οὐθὲν γὰρ διάδηλος ὁ πλούσιος καὶ ὁ πένης οὕτω) τὰ περὶ τὴν τροφὴν ταὐτὰ πᾶσιν ἐν τοῖς συσσιτίοις, καὶ τὴν ἐσθῆτα οἱ πλούσιοι τοιαύτην οἵαν ἄν τις παρασκευάσαι δύναιτο καὶ τῶν πενήτων ὁστισοῦν· ἔτι τὸ δύο τὰς μεγίστας ἀρχὰς τὴν μὲν αἱρεῖσθαι τὸν δῆμον, τῆς δὲ μετέχειν (τοὺς μὲν γὰρ γέροντας αἱροῦνται, τῆς δ’ ἐφορείας μετέχουσιν)· οἱ δ’ ὀλιχαρχίαν διὰ τὸ πολλὰ ἔχειν ὀλιγαρχικά, οἷον τὸ πάσας αἱρετὰς εἶναι καὶ μηδεμίαν κληρωτήν, καὶ ὀλίγους εἶναι κυρίους θανάτου καὶ φυγῆς, καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα πολλά.

    Many people try to describe it as a democracy because its arrangement has many democratic features. First, for instance, there is the upbringing of the children: the children of the rich are brought up in the same way as those of the poor, and educated in a way that the children of the poor could manage too. The same holds for the next age group, and when they become men it is the same again, for in this way there is nothing to distinguish rich from poor: the food is the same for everyone at the common messes, and the rich wear clothing of a kind that any of the poor could afford. Further, of the two highest offices, the people elect to one and share in the other: they elect the elders, and they share in the ephorate. Others call it an oligarchy because it has many oligarchic features—for instance, all offices are elected and none filled by lot, a few people have authority to impose death and exile, and many other such things.

    δεῖ δ’ ἐν τῇ πολιτείᾳ τῇ μεμειγμένῃ καλῶς ἀμφότερα δοκεῖν εἶναι καὶ μηδέτερον, καὶ σῴζεσθαι δι’ αὑτῆς καὶ μὴ ἔξωθεν, καὶ δι’ αὑτῆς μὴ τῷ πλείους ἔξωθεν εἶναι τοὺς βουλομένους (εἴη γὰρ ἂν καὶ πονηρᾷ πολιτείᾳ τοῦθ’ ὑπάρχον’ ἀλλὰ τῷ μηδ’ ἂν βούλεσθαι πολιτείαν ἑτέραν μηθὲν τῶν τῆς πόλεως μορίων ὅλως. τίνα μὲν οὖν τρόπον δεῖ καθιστάναι πολιτείαν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰς ὀνομαζομένας ἀριστοκρατίας, νῦν εἴρηται.

    In a finely mixed constitution it should seem to be both and neither. It should be preserved through itself and not from outside—and through itself not because those outside who want it preserved are the majority (for that could be true of a bad constitution too), but because no part of the city at all would even want a different constitution. How one should establish a polity, then, and likewise the so-called aristocracies, has now been stated.

    Tyranny

    Three kinds of tyranny are distinguished, the worst being unaccountable rule for the ruler’s own good.

    περὶ δὲ τυραννίδος ἦν ἡμῖν λοιπὸν εἰπεῖν, οὐχ ὡς ἐνούσης πολυλογίας περὶ αὐτήν, ἀλλ’ ὅπως λάβῃ τῆς μεθόδου τὸ μέρος, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ταύτην τίθεμεν τῶν πολιτειῶν τι μέρος. περὶ μὲν οὖν βασιλείας διωρίσαμεν ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λόγοις, ἐν οἷς περὶ τῆς μάλιστα λεγομένης βασιλείας ἐποιούμεθα τὴν σκέψιν, πότερον ἀσύμφορος ἢ συμφέρει ταῖς πόλεσιν, καὶ τίνα καὶ πόθεν δεῖ καθιστάναι, καὶ πῶς· τυραννίδος δ’ εἴδη δύο μὲν διείλομεν ἐν οἷς περὶ βασιλείας ἐπεσκοποῦμεν, διὰ τὸ τὴν δύναμιν ἐπαλλάττειν πως αὐτῶν καὶ πρὸς τὴν βασιλείαν, διὰ τὸ κατὰ νόμον εἶναι ἀμφοτέρας ταύτας τὰς ἀρχάς (ἔν τε γὰρ τῶν βαρβάρων τισὶν αἱροῦνται αὐτοκράτορας μονάρχους, καὶ τὸ παλαιὸν ἐν τοῖς ἀρχαίοις Ἕλλησιν ἐγίγνοντό τινες μόναρχοι τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον, οὓς ἐκάλουν αἰσυμνήτας), ἔχουσι δέ τινας πρὸς ἀλλήλας αὗται διαφοράς, ἦσαν δὲ διὰ μὲν τὸ κατὰ νόμον βασιλικαὶ καὶ διὰ τὸ μοναρχεῖν ἑκόντων, τυραννικαὶ δὲ διὰ τὸ δεσποτικῶς ἄρχειν καὶ κατὰ τὴν αὑτῶν γνώμην· τρίτον δὲ εἶδος τυραννίδος, ἥπερ μάλιστ’ εἶναι δοκεῖ τυραννίς, ἀντίστροφος οὖσα τῇ παμβασιλείᾳ.

    It remained for us to speak about tyranny—not that there is much to say about it, but so that it may have its share in our inquiry, since we count it too as one of the constitutions. We dealt with kingship in our first discussions, where we examined kingship in the fullest sense of the word: whether it is disadvantageous or advantageous for cities, whom one should establish as king, from where and how. While we were examining kingship, we distinguished two kinds of tyranny, because their character somehow overlaps with kingship too, since both these kinds of rule are in accordance with law. For among some non-Greeks they elect monarchs with absolute power, and in the old days among the ancient Greeks some people became monarchs in this way, whom they called aesymnetes. These differ from each other in certain ways, but they were kingly insofar as they were in accordance with law and ruled as monarchs over willing subjects, and tyrannical insofar as they ruled like masters and according to their own judgment. There is a third kind of tyranny, the one that seems to be tyranny above all, the counterpart of absolute kingship.

    τοιαύτην δ’ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τυραννίδα τὴν μοναρχίαν ἥτις ἀνυπεύθυνος ἄρχει τῶν ὁμοίων καὶ βελτιόνων πάντων πρὸς τὸ σφέτερον αὐτῆς συμφέρον, ἀλλὰ μὴ πρὸς τὸ τῶν ἀρχομένων. διόπερ ἀκούσιος· οὐθεὶς γὰρ ἑκὼν ὑπομένει τῶν ἐλευθέρων τὴν τοιαύτην ἀρχήν. τυραννίδος μὲν οὖν εἴδη ταῦτα καὶ τοσαῦτα διὰ τὰς εἰρημένας αἰτίας.

    Any monarchy that rules without being accountable over people who are all equal or better, with a view to its own advantage and not that of the ruled, must be a tyranny of this kind. That is why it is involuntary, for no free person willingly endures rule of this sort. These, then, are the kinds of tyranny and their number, for the reasons stated.

    The middle class

    The best constitution for most cities rests on a large middle class.

    Famous passage The middle classThe best practicable constitution rests on a large middle class, which keeps a city stable.

    τίς δ’ ἀρίστη πολιτεία καὶ τίς ἄριστος βίος ταῖς πλείσταις πόλεσι καὶ τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων, μήτε πρὸς ἀρετὴν συγκρίνουσι τὴν ὑπὲρ τοὺς ἰδιώτας, μήτε πρὸς παιδείαν ἣ φύσεως δεῖται καὶ χορηγίας τυχηρᾶς, μήτε πρὸς πολιτείαν τὴν κατ’ εὐχὴν γινομένην, ἀλλὰ βίον τε τὸν τοῖς πλείστοις κοινωνῆσαι δυνατὸν καὶ πολιτείαν ἧς τὰς πλείστας πόλεις ἐνδέχεται μετασχεῖν; καὶ γὰρ ἃς καλοῦσιν ἀριστοκρατίας, περὶ ὧν νῦν εἴπομεν, τὰ μὲν ἐξωτέρω πίπτουσι ταῖς πλείσταις τῶν πόλεων, τὰ δὲ γειτνιῶσι τῇ καλουμένῃ πολιτείᾳ (διὸ περὶ ἀμφοῖν ὡς μιᾶς λεκτέον). ἡ δὲ δὴ κρίσις περὶ ἁπάντων τούτων ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν στοιχείων ἐστίν.

    What is the best constitution, and what is the best life, for most cities and most people? That is, judging not by an excellence beyond the reach of ordinary people, nor by an education that needs natural gifts and resources that depend on luck, nor by the constitution one would pray for, but by a life that most people can share and a constitution most cities can attain? For the so-called aristocracies we have just spoken of fall in some respects beyond the reach of most cities, and in others border on what is called polity (which is why we should speak of both as one). And the judgment on all these matters rests on the same basic principles.

    εἰ γὰρ καλῶς ἐν τοῖς Ἠθικοῖς εἴρηται τὸ τὸν εὐδαίμονα βίον εἶναι τὸν κατ’ ἀρετὴν ἀνεμπόδιστον, μεσότητα δὲ τὴν ἀρετήν, τὸν μέσον ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι βίον βέλτιστον, ⟨τὸ⟩ τῆς ἑκάστοις ἐνδεχομένης τυχεῖν μεσότητος· τοὺς δὲ αὐτοὺς τούτους ὅρους ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι καὶ πόλεως ἀρετῆς καὶ κακίας καὶ πολιτείας· ἡ γὰρ πολιτεία 1295b βίος τίς ἐστι πόλεως. ἐν ἁπάσαις δὴ ταῖς πόλεσιν ἔστι τρία μέρη τῆς πόλεως, οἱ μὲν εὔποροι σφόδρα, οἱ δὲ ἄποροι σφόδρα, οἱ δὲ τρίτοι οἱ μέσοι τούτων. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ὁμολογεῖται τὸ μέτριον ἄριστον καὶ τὸ μέσον, φανερὸν ὅτι καὶ τῶν εὐτυχημάτων ἡ κτῆσις ἡ μέση βελτίστη πάντων.

    For if it was rightly said in the Ethics that the happy life is the life in accordance with excellence, unimpeded, and that excellence is a mean, then the middle life must be the best—the life of attaining the mean that is possible for each. And these same criteria must hold for the excellence and badness of a city and of a constitution, since the constitution 1295b is a sort of life of the city. Now in all cities there are three parts of the city: the very well-off, the very poor and, third, the middle class between them. Since it is agreed, then, that what is moderate and in the middle is best, it is clear that in the goods of fortune too a middling possession is the best of all.

    Aristotle refers to his Nicomachean Ethics.

    ῥᾴστη γὰρ τῷ λόγῳ πειθαρχεῖν, ὑπέρκαλον δὲ ἢ ὑπερίσχυρον ἢ ὑπερευγενῆ ἢ ὑπερπλούσιον ⟨ὄντα⟩, ἢ τἀναντία τούτοις, ὑπέρπτωχον ἢ ὑπερασθενῆ ἢ σφόδρα ἄτιμον, χαλεπὸν τῷ λόγῳ ἀκολουθεῖν· γίγνονται γὰρ οἱ μὲν ὑβρισταὶ καὶ μεγαλοπόνηροι μᾶλλον, οἱ δὲ κακοῦργοι καὶ μικροπόνηροι λίαν, τῶν δ’ ἀδικημάτων τὰ μὲν γίγνεται δι’ ὕβριν τὰ δὲ διὰ κακουργίαν. ἔτι δὲ ἥκισθ’ οὗτοι φυγαρχοῦσι καὶ σπουδαρχοῦσιν, ταῦτα δ’ ἀμφότερα βλαβερὰ ταῖς πόλεσιν. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οἱ μὲν ἐν ὑπεροχαῖς εὐτυχημάτων ὄντες, ἰσχύος καὶ πλούτου καὶ φίλων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τοιούτων, ἄρχεσθαι οὔτε βούλονται οὔτε ἐπίστανται (καὶ τοῦτ’ εὐθὺς οἴκοθεν ὑπάρχει παισὶν οὖσιν· διὰ γὰρ τὴν τρυφὴν οὐδ’ ἐν τοῖς διδασκαλείοις ἄρχεσθαι σύνηθες αὐτοῖς), οἱ δὲ καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ἐν ἐνδείᾳ τούτων ταπεινοὶ λίαν.

    For it is easiest to obey reason with such possessions. But someone who is exceedingly beautiful, or strong, or well-born, or rich—or the opposite, exceedingly poor, or weak, or utterly without honor—finds it hard to follow reason. The first sort tend to become arrogant and wicked on a grand scale, the second criminal and wicked in petty ways; and some wrongs are done out of arrogance, others out of criminality. Further, the middle class are the least likely either to shun office or to chase after it, both of which are harmful to cities. In addition, those who have an excess of the goods of fortune—strength, wealth, friends and other such things—neither want to be ruled nor know how. This starts right at home when they are children: because of their luxurious upbringing they don’t get used to being ruled even at school. Those who are in excessive need of these things, on the other hand, are too abject.

    ὥσθ’ οἱ μὲν ἄρχειν οὐκ ἐπίστανται, ἀλλ’ ἄρχεσθαι δουλικὴν ἀρχήν, οἱ δ’ ἄρχεσθαι μὲν οὐδεμίαν ἀρχήν, ἄρχειν δὲ δεσποτικὴν ἀρχήν. γίνεται οὖν δούλων καὶ δεσποτῶν πόλις, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐλευθέρων, καὶ τῶν μὲν φθονούντων τῶν δὲ καταφρονούντων· ἃ πλεῖστον ἀπέχει φιλίας καὶ κοινωνίας πολιτικῆς· ἡ γὰρ κοινωνία φιλικόν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁδοῦ βούλονται κοινωνεῖν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς. βούλεται δέ γε ἡ πόλις ἐξ ἴσων εἶναι καὶ ὁμοίων ὅτι μάλιστα, τοῦτο δ’ ὑπάρχει μάλιστα τοῖς μέσοις. ὥστ’ ἀναγκαῖον ἄριστα πολιτεύεσθαι ταύτην τὴν πόλιν ἐστὶν ἐξ ὧν φαμὲν φύσει τὴν σύστασιν εἶναι τῆς πόλεως. καὶ σῴζονται δ’ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν οὗτοι μάλιστα τῶν πολιτῶν.

    So the latter don’t know how to rule, only how to be ruled with the rule of a slave, while the former don’t know how to be ruled with any kind of rule, only how to rule with the rule of a master. The result is a city not of free people but of slaves and masters, the one group envious and the other contemptuous—which is the furthest thing from friendship and political community. For community involves friendship: people don’t want to share even a road with their enemies. But the city wants to be made up of people who are equal and alike as far as possible, and this is true above all of the middle class. So this city must be the best governed, the one made up of those we say are the natural constituents of a city. And these are also the citizens who are safest in cities.

    οὔτε γὰρ αὐτοὶ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ὥσπερ οἱ πένητες, ἐπιθυμοῦσιν, οὔτε τῆς τούτων ἕτεροι, καθάπερ τῆς τῶν πλουσίων οἱ πένητες ἐπιθυμοῦσιν· καὶ διὰ τὸ μήτ’ ἐπιβουλεύεσθαι μήτ’ ἐπιβουλεύειν ἀκινδύνως διάγουσιν. διὰ τοῦτο καλῶς ηὔξατο Φωκυλίδης πολλὰ μέσοισιν ἄριστα· μέσος θέλω ἐν πόλει εἶναι.

    For they neither covet the property of others, as the poor do, nor do others covet theirs, as the poor covet that of the rich. And since they neither are plotted against nor plot, they live out their lives free of danger. That is why Phocylides was right to pray: “Many things are best for those in the middle; in the middle I want to be in the city.”

    Phocylides of Miletus was a poet of the sixth century BC, known for moral maxims.

    δῆλον ἄρα ὅτι καὶ ἡ κοινωνία ἡ πολιτικὴ ἀρίστη ἡ διὰ τῶν μέσων, καὶ τὰς τοιαύτας ἐνδέχεται εὖ πολιτεύεσθαι πόλεις ἐν αἷς δὴ πολὺ τὸ μέσον καὶ κρεῖττον, μάλιστα μὲν ἀμφοῖν, εἰ δὲ μή, θατέρου μέρους· προστιθέμενον γὰρ ποιεῖ ῥοπὴν καὶ κωλύει γίνεσθαι τὰς ἐναντίας ὑπερβολάς. διόπερ εὐτυχία μεγίστη τοὺς πολιτευομένους οὐσίαν ἔχειν μέσην καὶ ἱκανήν, 1296a ὡς ὅπου οἱ μὲν πολλὰ σφόδρα κέκτηνται οἱ δὲ μηθέν, ἢ δῆμος ἔσχατος γίγνεται ἢ ὀλιγαρχία ἄκρατος, ἢ τυραννὶς δι’ ἀμφοτέρας τὰς ὑπερβολάς· καὶ γὰρ ἐκ δημοκρατίας τῆς νεανικωτάτης καὶ ἐξ ὀλιγαρχίας γίγνεται τυραννίς, ἐκ δὲ τῶν μέσων καὶ τῶν σύνεγγυς πολὺ ἧττον. τὴν δ’ αἰτίαν ὕστερον ἐν τοῖς περὶ τὰς μεταβολὰς τῶν πολιτειῶν ἐροῦμεν.

    It is clear, then, that the best political community is the one formed by the middle class, and that those cities can be well governed in which the middle class is large and stronger, preferably than both the other parts together, or if not, than either one of them. For when it joins one side, it tips the balance and prevents the opposing extremes from arising. That is why it is the greatest good fortune for those taking part in politics to have a middling and sufficient property, 1296a since where some possess a great deal and others nothing, there arises either extreme rule by the people or unmixed oligarchy, or tyranny as a result of both extremes. For tyranny arises from the most headstrong democracy and from oligarchy, but much less from middle constitutions and those close to them. We will state the reason later, in our discussion of changes in constitutions.

    ὅτι δ’ ἡ μέση βελτίστη, φανερόν· μόνη γὰρ ἀστασίαστος· ὅπου γὰρ πολὺ τὸ διὰ μέσου, ἥκιστα στάσεις καὶ διαστάσεις γίγνονται τῶν πολιτῶν. καὶ αἱ μεγάλαι πόλεις ἀστασιαστότεραι διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν, ὅτι πολὺ τὸ μέσον· ἐν δὲ ταῖς μικραῖς ῥᾴδιόν τε διαλαβεῖν εἰς δύο πάντας, ὥστε μηθὲν καταλιπεῖν μέσον, καὶ πάντες σχεδὸν ἄποροι ἢ εὔποροί εἰσι. καὶ αἱ δημοκρατίαι δὲ ἀσφαλέστεραι τῶν ὀλιγαρχιῶν εἰσι καὶ πολυχρονιώτεραι διὰ τοὺς μέσους (πλείους τε γάρ εἰσι καὶ μᾶλλον μετέχουσι τῶν τιμῶν ἐν ταῖς δημοκρατίαις ἢ ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις), ἐπεὶ ὅταν ἄνευ τούτων τῷ πλήθει ὑπερτείνωσιν οἱ ἄποροι, κακοπραγία γίνεται καὶ ἀπόλλυνται ταχέως.

    That the middle constitution is best is clear, since it alone is free of civil strife. Where the middle class is large, civil strife and divisions among the citizens are least likely to arise. Large cities are freer of civil strife for the same reason, because the middle class is large. In small cities, by contrast, it is easy to divide everyone into two groups, leaving nothing in the middle, and almost everyone is either poor or well-off. Democracies, too, are safer and longer-lasting than oligarchies because of the middle class, who are more numerous and have a greater share of honors in democracies than in oligarchies. For when the poor predominate in numbers without these people, things go badly and democracies are quickly destroyed.

    σημεῖον δὲ δεῖ νομίζειν καὶ τὸ τοὺς βελτίστους νομοθέτας εἶναι τῶν μέσων πολιτῶν· Σόλων τε γὰρ ἦν τούτων (δηλοῖ δ’ ἐκ τῆς ποιήσεως) καὶ Λυκοῦργος (οὐ γὰρ ἦν βασιλεύς) καὶ Χαρώνδας καὶ σχεδὸν οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν ἄλλων.

    One should also take it as a sign that the best lawgivers come from the middle class. Solon was one of them, as is clear from his poetry; so was Lycurgus, for he was not a king; and so were Charondas and nearly all the others.

    φανερὸν δ’ ἐκ τούτων καὶ διότι αἱ πλεῖσται πολιτεῖαι αἱ μὲν δημοκρατικαί εἰσιν αἱ δ’ ὀλιγαρχικαί. διὰ γὰρ τὸ ἐν ταύταις πολλάκις ὀλίγον εἶναι τὸ μέσον, αἰεὶ ὁπότεροι ἂν ὑπερέχωσιν, εἴθ’ οἱ τὰς οὐσίας ἔχοντες εἴθ’ ὁ δῆμος, οἱ τὸ μέσον ἐκβαίνοντες καθ’ αὑτοὺς ἄγουσι τὴν πολιτείαν, ὥστε ἢ δῆμος γίγνεται ἢ ὀλιγαρχία. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις διὰ τὸ στάσεις γίγνεσθαι καὶ μάχας πρὸς ἀλλήλους τῷ δήμῳ καὶ τοῖς εὐπόροις, ὁποτέροις ἂν μᾶλλον συμβῇ κρατῆσαι τῶν ἐναντίων, οὐ καθιστᾶσι κοινὴν πολιτείαν οὐδ’ ἴσην, ἀλλὰ τῆς νίκης ἆθλον τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τῆς πολιτείας λαμβάνουσιν, καὶ οἱ μὲν δημοκρατίαν οἱ δ’ ὀλιγαρχίαν ποιοῦσιν.

    It is clear from this, too, why most constitutions are either democratic or oligarchic. Because the middle class is often small in them, whichever side predominates, whether the property owners or the people, departs from the middle and draws the constitution toward itself, so that it becomes either rule by the people or oligarchy. In addition, because civil strife and fighting arise between the people and the well-off, whichever side happens to get the better of its opponents does not establish a constitution that is common or equal; rather, they take superiority in the constitution as the prize of victory, and the one side creates a democracy and the other an oligarchy.

    ἔτι δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐν ἡγεμονίᾳ γενομένων τῆς Ἑλλάδος πρὸς τὴν παρ’ αὑτοῖς ἑκάτεροι πολιτείαν ἀποβλέποντες οἱ μὲν δημοκρατίας ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι καθίστασαν οἱ δ’ ὀλιγαρχίας, οὐ πρὸς τὸ τῶν πόλεων συμφέρον σκοποῦντες ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ σφέτερον αὐτῶν, ὥστε διὰ ταύτας τὰς αἰτίας ἢ μηδέποτε τὴν μέσην γίνεσθαι πολιτείαν ἢ ὀλιγάκις καὶ παρ’ ὀλίγοις· εἷς γὰρ ἀνὴρ συνεπείσθη μόνος τῶν πρότερον ἐφ’ ἡγεμονίᾳ γενομένων ταύτην ἀποδοῦναι τὴν τάξιν, ἤδη δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ἔθος 1296b καθέστηκε μηδὲ βούλεσθαι τὸ ἴσον, ἀλλ’ ἢ ἄρχειν ζητεῖν ἢ κρατουμένους ὑπομένειν.

    Further, of those who came to hold the leadership of Greece, each looked to its own constitution and set up democracies in the cities or oligarchies, with an eye not to the cities’ advantage but to their own. So for these reasons the middle constitution either never arises or does so rarely and in few places. Among those who have held leadership in the past, only one man was ever persuaded to grant this arrangement. And by now it has become a habit 1296b among the people in the cities not even to want equality, but either to seek to rule or, if they are overpowered, to put up with it.

    The leading powers are Athens, which supported democracies, and Sparta, which supported oligarchies. Aristotle does not name the one man.

    τίς μὲν οὖν ἀρίστη πολιτεία, καὶ διὰ τίν’ αἰτίαν, ἐκ τούτων φανερόν· τῶν δ’ ἄλλων πολιτειῶν, ἐπειδὴ πλείους δημοκρατίας καὶ πλείους ὀλιγαρχίας φαμὲν εἶναι, ποίαν πρώτην θετέον καὶ δευτέραν καὶ τοῦτον δὴ τὸν τρόπον ἐχομένην τῷ τὴν μὲν εἶναι βελτίω τὴν δὲ χείρω, διωρισμένης τῆς ἀρίστης οὐ χαλεπὸν ἰδεῖν. ἀεὶ γὰρ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι βελτίω τὴν ἐγγύτατα ταύτης, χείρω δὲ τὴν ἀφεστηκυῖαν τοῦ μέσου πλεῖον, ἂν μὴ πρὸς ὑπόθεσιν κρίνῃ τις. λέγω δὲ τὸ πρὸς ὑπόθεσιν, ὅτι πολλάκις, οὔσης ἄλλης πολιτείας αἱρετωτέρας, ἐνίοις οὐδὲν κωλύει συμφέρειν ἑτέραν μᾶλλον εἶναι πολιτείαν.

    What the best constitution is, then, and for what reason, is clear from this. As for the others, since we say there are several democracies and several oligarchies, it is not hard to see, once the best has been determined, which should be placed first, which second and so on in order, according to whether one is better and another worse. For the one nearest to the best must always be better, and the one further removed from the middle worse—unless one is judging relative to a hypothesis. By “relative to a hypothesis” I mean that often, although one constitution is more choiceworthy, nothing prevents a different one from being more advantageous for some people.

    Constitutions to suit peoples

    Which constitution suits a city depends on the balance of quality and numbers among its parts.

    τίς δὲ πολιτεία τίσι καὶ ποία συμφέρει ποίοις, ἐχόμενόν ἐστι τῶν εἰρημένων διελθεῖν. ληπτέον δὴ πρῶτον περὶ πασῶν καθόλου ταὐτόν· δεῖ γὰρ κρεῖττον εἶναι τὸ βουλόμενον μέρος τῆς πόλεως τοῦ μὴ βουλομένου μένειν τὴν πολιτείαν. ἔστι δὲ πᾶσα πόλις ἔκ τε τοῦ ποιοῦ καὶ ποσοῦ. λέγω δὲ ποιὸν μὲν ἐλευθερίαν πλοῦτον παιδείαν εὐγένειαν, ποσὸν δὲ τὴν τοῦ πλήθους ὑπεροχήν. ἐνδέχεται δὲ τὸ μὲν ποιὸν ὑπάρχειν ἑτέρῳ μέρει τῆς πόλεως, ἐξ ὧν συνέστηκε μερῶν ἡ πόλις, ἄλλῳ δὲ μέρει τὸ ποσόν, οἷον πλείους τὸν ἀριθμὸν εἶναι τῶν γενναίων τοὺς ἀγεννεῖς ἢ τῶν πλουσίων τοὺς ἀπόρους, μὴ μέντοι τοσοῦτον ὑπερέχειν τῷ ποσῷ ὅσον λείπεται τῷ ποιῷ. διὸ ταῦτα πρὸς ἄλληλα συγκριτέον.

    Next after what has been said we must go through which constitution is advantageous for which people, and what kind for what kind. First we must grasp a general principle that holds for all of them: the part of the city that wants the constitution to remain must be stronger than the part that does not. Every city consists of quality and quantity. By quality I mean freedom, wealth, education and good birth; by quantity, the superiority of numbers. It is possible for quality to belong to one of the parts of which the city is made up and quantity to another: for instance, the low-born may be more numerous than the well-born, or the poor than the rich, yet not surpass them in quantity as much as they fall short in quality. So these must be weighed against each other.

    ὅπου μὲν οὖν ὑπερέχει τὸ τῶν ἀπόρων πλῆθος τὴν εἰρημένην ἀναλογίαν, ἐνταῦθα πέφυκεν εἶναι δημοκρατίαν, καὶ ἕκαστον εἶδος δημοκρατίας κατὰ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τοῦ δήμου ἑκάστου, οἷον ἐὰν μὲν τὸ τῶν γεωργῶν ὑπερτείνῃ πλῆθος, τὴν πρώτην δημοκρατίαν, ἐὰν δὲ τὸ τῶν βαναύσων καὶ μισθαρνούντων, τὴν τελευταίαν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰς ἄλλας τὰς μεταξὺ τούτων· ὅπου δὲ τὸ τῶν εὐπόρων καὶ γνωρίμων μᾶλλον ὑπερτείνει τῷ ποιῷ ἢ λείπεται τῷ ποσῷ, ἐνταῦθα ὀλιγαρχίαν, καὶ τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἕκαστον εἶδος κατὰ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τοῦ ὀλιγαρχικοῦ πλήθους.

    Where the number of the poor exceeds the proportion we mentioned, there it is natural for there to be democracy, and each kind of democracy according to the predominance of each kind of people. For instance, if the number of farmers predominates, the first democracy; if that of vulgar craftsmen and wage earners, the last; and likewise the others in between. But where the well-off and notable class exceeds in quality more than it falls short in quantity, there it is natural for there to be oligarchy, and in the same way each kind of oligarchy according to the predominance of the oligarchic multitude.

    δεῖ δ’ ἀεὶ τὸν νομοθέτην ἐν τῇ πολιτείᾳ προσλαμβάνειν τοὺς μέσους· ἄν τε γὰρ ὀλιγαρχικοὺς τοὺς νόμους τιθῇ, στοχάζεσθαι χρὴ τῶν μέσων, ἐάν τε δημοκρατικούς, προσάγεσθαι τοῖς νόμοις τούτους. ὅπου δὲ τὸ τῶν μέσων ὑπερτείνει πλῆθος ἢ συναμφοτέρων τῶν ἄκρων ἢ καὶ θατέρου μόνον, ἐνταῦθ’ ἐνδέχεται πολιτείαν εἶναι μόνιμον. οὐθὲν γὰρ φοβερὸν μή 1297a ποτε συμφωνήσωσιν οἱ πλούσιοι τοῖς πένησιν ἐπὶ τούτους· οὐδέποτε γὰρ ἅτεροι βουλήσονται δουλεύειν τοῖς ἑτέροις, κοινοτέραν δ’, ἂν ζητῶσιν, οὐδεμίαν εὑρήσουσιν ἄλλην ταύτης. ἐν μέρει γὰρ ἄρχειν οὐκ ἂν ὑπομείνειαν διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους· πανταχοῦ δὲ πιστότατος ὁ διαιτητής, διαιτητὴς δ’ ὁ μέσος. ὅσῳ δ’ ἂν ἄμεινον ἡ πολιτεία μειχθῇ, τοσούτῳ μονιμωτέρα.

    The lawgiver should always bring the middle class into the constitution. If he lays down oligarchic laws, he should aim at the middle class; if democratic ones, he should win them over by the laws. Where the number of the middle class outweighs both extremes together, or even just one of them, there a stable constitution is possible. For there is no fear that 1297a the rich will ever come to an agreement with the poor against them, since neither side will ever want to be slaves of the other, and if they look for a constitution more common to both, they will find none other than this. They would not put up with ruling in turn, because they distrust each other; and everywhere the most trusted person is the arbitrator, and the one in the middle is an arbitrator. The better mixed the constitution, the more stable it is.

    διαμαρτάνουσι δὲ πολλοὶ καὶ τῶν τὰς ἀριστοκρατικὰς βουλομένων ποιεῖν πολιτείας, οὐ μόνον ἐν τῷ πλεῖον νέμειν τοῖς εὐπόροις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ παρακρούεσθαι τὸν δῆμον. ἀνάγκη γὰρ χρόνῳ ποτὲ ἐκ τῶν ψευδῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀληθὲς συμβῆναι κακόν· αἱ γὰρ πλεονεξίαι τῶν πλουσίων ἀπολλύασι μᾶλλον τὴν πολιτείαν ἢ αἱ τοῦ δήμου.

    Many, even among those who want to create aristocratic constitutions, make a mistake not only in giving too much to the well-off, but also in deceiving the people. For in time, sooner or later, a genuine evil must come of false goods, since the grasping ways of the rich destroy the constitution more than those of the people.

    Constitutional devices

    Oligarchies and democracies use devices about the assembly, courts, and arms; a polity combines them.

    ἔστι δ’ ὅσα προφάσεως χάριν ἐν ταῖς πολιτείαις σοφίζονται πρὸς τὸν δῆμον πέντε τὸν ἀριθμόν, περὶ ἐκκλησίαν, περὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, περὶ δικαστήρια, περὶ ὅπλισιν, περὶ γυμνασίαν· περὶ ἐκκλησίαν μὲν τὸ ἐξεῖναι ἐκκλησιάζειν πᾶσι, ζημίαν δὲ ἐπικεῖσθαι τοῖς εὐπόροις ἐὰν μὴ ἐκκλησιάζωσιν, ἢ μόνοις ἢ μείζω πολλῷ, περὶ δὲ τὰς ἀρχὰς τὸ τοῖς μὲν ἔχουσι τίμημα μὴ ἐξεῖναι ἐξόμνυσθαι, τοῖς δ’ ἀπόροις ἐξεῖναι, καὶ περὶ τὰ δικαστήρια τοῖς μὲν εὐπόροις εἶναι ζημίαν ἂν μὴ δικάζωσι, τοῖς δ’ ἀπόροις ἄδειαν, ἢ τοῖς μὲν μεγάλην τοῖς δὲ μικράν, ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς Χαρώνδου νόμοις.

    The devices used in constitutions as pretexts against the people are five in number, concerning the assembly, the offices, the courts, arms and athletic training. Concerning the assembly: everyone is allowed to attend, but a fine is imposed on the well-off if they don’t attend, either on them alone or a much larger one. Concerning the offices: those who meet the property qualification are not allowed to decline office on oath, but the poor are. Concerning the courts: the well-off are fined if they don’t serve on juries, but the poor are exempt, or else the former are fined heavily and the latter lightly, as in the laws of Charondas.

    ἐνιαχοῦ δ’ ἔξεστι μὲν πᾶσιν ἀπογραψαμένοις ἐκκλησιάζειν καὶ δικάζειν, ἐὰν δὲ ἀπογραψάμενοι μήτ’ ἐκκλησιάζωσι μήτε δικάζωσιν, ἐπίκεινται μεγάλαι ζημίαι τούτοις, ἵνα διὰ μὲν τὴν ζημίαν φεύγωσι τὸ ἀπογράφεσθαι, διὰ δὲ τὸ μὴ ἀπογράφεσθαι μὴ δικάζωσι μηδ’ ἐκκλησιάζωσιν. τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον καὶ περὶ τοῦ ὅπλα κεκτῆσθαι καὶ τοῦ γυμνάζεσθαι νομοθετοῦσιν. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἀπόροις ἔξεστι μὴ κεκτῆσθαι, τοῖς δ’ εὐπόροις ἐπιζήμιον μὴ κεκτημένοις, κἂν μὴ γυμνάζωνται, τοῖς μὲν οὐδεμία ζημία, τοῖς δ’ εὐπόροις ἐπιζήμιον, ὅπως οἱ μὲν διὰ τὴν ζημίαν μετέχωσιν, οἱ δὲ διὰ τὸ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι μὴ μετέχωσιν. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὀλιγαρχικὰ σοφίσματα τῆς νομοθεσίας· ἐν δὲ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις πρὸς ταῦτ’ ἀντισοφίζονται. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἀπόροις μισθὸν πορίζουσιν ἐκκλησιάζουσι καὶ δικάζουσιν, τοῖς δ’ εὐπόροις οὐδεμίαν τάττουσι ζημίαν.

    In some places everyone who has registered may attend the assembly and serve on juries, but if after registering they don’t attend or serve, heavy fines are imposed on them. The aim is that the fine will make people avoid registering, and not being registered will keep them from serving on juries or attending the assembly. They legislate in the same way about owning arms and about athletic training. The poor are allowed not to own arms, but the well-off are fined if they don’t; and if they don’t train, there is no fine for the former, but the well-off are fined—so that the latter will take part because of the fine, and the former will not take part because they have nothing to fear. These, then, are oligarchic devices in legislation. In democracies they have counter-devices: they provide pay for the poor to attend the assembly and serve on juries, but impose no fine on the well-off.

    ὥστε φανερὸν ὅτι εἴ τις βούλεται μιγνύναι δικαίως, δεῖ τὰ παρ’ ἑκατέροις συνάγειν καὶ τοῖς μὲν μισθὸν πορίζειν τοῖς δὲ ζημίαν· οὕτω γὰρ ἂν κοινωνοῖεν ἅπαντες, ἐκείνως δ’ ἡ πολιτεία γίγνεται 1297b τῶν ἑτέρων μόνον. δεῖ δὲ τὴν πολιτείαν εἶναι μὲν ἐκ τῶν τὰ ὅπλα ἐχόντων μόνον· τοῦ δὲ τιμήματος τὸ πλῆθος ἁπλῶς μὲν ὁρισαμένους οὐκ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν τοσοῦτον ⟨δεῖν⟩ ὑπάρχειν, ἀλλὰ σκεψαμένους τὸ ποῖον ἐπιβάλλει μακρότατον ὥστε τοὺς μετέχοντας τῆς πολιτείας εἶναι πλείους τῶν μὴ μετεχόντων, τοῦτο τάττειν. ἐθέλουσι γὰρ οἱ πένητες καὶ μὴ μετέχοντες τῶν τιμῶν ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν, ἐὰν μήτε ὑβρίζῃ τις αὐτοὺς μήτε ἀφαιρῆται μηθὲν τῆς οὐσίας. ἀλλὰ τοῦτο οὐ ῥᾴδιον· οὐ γὰρ ἀεὶ συμβαίνει χαρίεντας εἶναι τοὺς μετέχοντας τοῦ πολιτεύματος.

    So it is clear that if one wants to mix them justly, one must combine what each side does, and provide pay for the one group and fines for the other. For in this way everyone would take part, whereas in the other ways the constitution comes to belong 1297b to one side only. The constitution should be made up only of those who bear arms. As for the size of the property qualification, it isn’t possible to lay down without qualification that it must be so much; one should look for the highest figure that still makes those who share in the constitution more numerous than those who don’t, and set that. For the poor are willing to keep quiet even without a share in honors, provided no one treats them with arrogance or takes away any of their property. But this isn’t easy, since those who share in the governing body don’t always happen to be gracious.

    καὶ εἰώθασι δέ, ὅταν πόλεμος ᾖ, ὀκνεῖν, ἂν μὴ λαμβάνωσι τροφήν, ἄποροι δὲ ὦσιν· ἐὰν δὲ πορίζῃ τις τροφήν, βούλονται πολεμεῖν.

    And when there is a war they tend to hang back, if they are poor and don’t receive rations; but if someone provides rations, they are willing to fight.

    ἔστι δὲ ἡ πολιτεία παρ’ ἐνίοις οὐ μόνον ἐκ τῶν ὁπλιτευόντων ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὡπλιτευκότων· ἐν Μαλιεῦσι δὲ ἡ μὲν πολιτεία ἦν ἐκ τούτων, τὰς δὲ ἀρχὰς ᾑροῦντο ἐκ τῶν στρατευομένων. καὶ ἡ πρώτη δὲ πολιτεία ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐγένετο μετὰ τὰς βασιλείας ἐκ τῶν πολεμούντων, ἡ μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐκ τῶν ἱππέων (τὴν γὰρ ἰσχὺν καὶ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν ἐν τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν ὁ πόλεμος εἶχεν· ἄνευ μὲν γὰρ συντάξεως ἄχρηστον τὸ ὁπλιτικόν, αἱ δὲ περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἐμπειρίαι καὶ τάξεις ἐν τοῖς ἀρχαίοις οὐχ ὑπῆρχον, ὥστ’ ἐν τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν εἶναι τὴν ἰσχύν), αὐξανομένων δὲ τῶν πόλεων καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ἰσχυσάντων μᾶλλον πλείους μετεῖχον τῆς πολιτείας· διόπερ ἃς νῦν καλοῦμεν πολιτείας, οἱ πρότερον ἐκάλουν δημοκρατίας· ἦσαν δὲ αἱ ἀρχαῖαι πολιτεῖαι εὐλόγως ὀλιγαρχικαὶ καὶ βασιλικαί.

    In some cities the constitution is made up not only of those serving as hoplites but also of those who have served. Among the Malians the citizen body was drawn from these, but they elected their officials from those on active service. The first constitution among the Greeks after the kingships was also drawn from those who did the fighting—at first from the cavalry. (War’s strength and superiority lay with the cavalry, since without organized formation heavy infantry is useless, and the people of ancient times had no experience or system of tactics for such things; so strength lay with the cavalry.) But as cities grew and those strong in arms gained more strength, more people came to share in the constitution. That is why what we now call polities, people in earlier times called democracies. And the ancient constitutions were, understandably, oligarchic and kingly.

    The Malians lived in central Greece, near Thermopylae.

    δι’ ὀλιγανθρωπίαν γὰρ οὐκ εἶχον πολὺ τὸ μέσον, ὥστ’ ὀλίγοι τε ὄντες τὸ πλῆθος καὶ κατὰ τὴν σύνταξιν φαῦλοι ὑπέμενον τὸ ἄρχεσθαι. διὰ τίνα μὲν οὖν εἰσιν αἰτίαν αἱ πολιτεῖαι πλείους, καὶ διὰ τί παρὰ τὰς λεγομένας ἕτεραι (δημοκρατία τε γὰρ οὐ μία τὸν ἀριθμόν ἐστι, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὁμοίως), ἔτι δὲ τίνες αἱ διαφοραὶ καὶ διὰ τίνα αἰτίαν συμβαίνει, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τίς ἀρίστη τῶν πολιτειῶν ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον εἰπεῖν, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ποία ποίοις ἁρμόττει τῶν πολιτειῶν, εἴρηται.

    For with their small populations they had no large middle class, and so, being few in number and poorly organized, they put up with being ruled. We have now stated why there are several constitutions, and why there are others besides those commonly named (for democracy is not one in number, and the same goes for the others); further, what their differences are and why they arise; and in addition, which constitution is best, speaking generally, and which of the other constitutions suits which kinds of people.

    The deliberative element

    The ways of assigning deliberation over war, laws, and audits differ by constitution.

    πάλιν δὲ καὶ κοινῇ καὶ χωρὶς περὶ ἑκάστης λέγωμεν περὶ τῶν ἐφεξῆς, λαβόντες ἀρχὴν τὴν προσήκουσαν αὐτῶν. ἔστι δὴ τρία μόρια τῶν πολιτειῶν πασῶν, περὶ ὧν δεῖ θεωρεῖν τὸν σπουδαῖον νομοθέτην ἑκάστῃ τὸ συμφέρον· ὧν ἐχόντων καλῶς ἀνάγκη τὴν πολιτείαν ἔχειν καλῶς, καὶ τὰς πολιτείας ἀλλήλων διαφέρειν ἐν τῷ διαφέρειν ἕκαστον τούτων. ἔστι δὲ τῶν τριῶν τούτων ἓν μὲν τί τὸ βουλευόμενον 1298a περὶ τῶν κοινῶν, δεύτερον δὲ τὸ περὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶ τίνας δεῖ καὶ τίνων εἶναι κυρίας, καὶ ποίαν τινὰ δεῖ γίνεσθαι τὴν αἵρεσιν αὐτῶν, τρίτον δέ τί τὸ δικάζον. κύριον δ’ ἐστὶ τὸ βουλευόμενον περὶ πολέμου καὶ εἰρήνης, καὶ συμμαχίας καὶ διαλύσεως, καὶ περὶ νόμων, καὶ περὶ θανάτου καὶ φυγῆς καὶ δημεύσεως, καὶ περὶ ἀρχῶν αἱρέσεως καὶ τῶν εὐθυνῶν.

    Let us speak again, both in general and about each constitution separately, about what comes next, taking the appropriate starting point. There are, then, three parts of all constitutions, and with respect to these the excellent lawgiver must consider what is advantageous for each constitution. When these are in good order the constitution is necessarily in good order, and constitutions differ from one another by differing in each of these. Of these three, one is the part that deliberates 1298a about common affairs; the second concerns the offices—that is, which offices there should be, what they should have authority over, and how they should be filled; and the third is the part that judges. The deliberative part has authority over war and peace, the making and breaking of alliances, laws, sentences of death, exile and confiscation, and the election of officials and their audits.

    ἀναγκαῖον δ’ ἤτοι πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις ἀποδίδοσθαι πάσας ταύτας τὰς κρίσεις ἢ τισὶ πάσας (οἷον ἀρχῇ τινὶ μιᾷ ἢ πλείοσιν, ἢ ἑτέραις ἑτέρας) ἢ τινὰς μὲν αὐτῶν πᾶσι τινὰς δὲ τισίν.

    Necessarily, either all these decisions are assigned to all the citizens, or all of them to some (for instance to a single office or to several, or different ones to different offices), or some of them to all and some to some.

    τὸ μὲν οὖν πάντας καὶ περὶ ἁπάντων δημοτικόν· τὴν τοιαύτην γὰρ ἰσότητα ζητεῖ ὁ δῆμος. εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ τρόποι τοῦ πάντας πλείους, εἷς μὲν τὸ κατὰ μέρος ἀλλὰ μὴ πάντας ἀθρόους (ὥσπερ ἐν τῇ πολιτείᾳ τῇ Τηλεκλέους ἐστὶ τοῦ Μιλησίου· καὶ ἐν ἄλλαις δὲ πολιτείαις βουλεύονται αἱ συναρχίαι συνιοῦσαι, εἰς δὲ τὰς ἀρχὰς βαδίζουσι πάντες κατὰ μέρος ἐκ τῶν φυλῶν καὶ τῶν μορίων τῶν ἐλαχίστων παντελῶς, ἕως ἂν διεξέλθῃ διὰ πάντων), συνιέναι δὲ μόνον περί τε νόμων θέσεως καὶ τῶν περὶ τῆς πολιτείας, καὶ τὰ παραγγελλόμενα ἀκουσομένους ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχόντων·

    For all to decide about everything is democratic, since this is the kind of equality the people seek. But there are several ways for all to take part. One is by turns rather than all together. (This is how it is in the constitution of Telecles of Miletus; and in other constitutions too the boards of officials meet together to deliberate, but everyone enters office by turns, from the tribes and the very smallest subdivisions, until it has gone through everyone.) The citizens then meet together only about the enactment of laws and matters concerning the constitution, and to hear the announcements of the officials.

    Telecles of Miletus is otherwise unknown.

    ἄλλος δὲ τρόπος τὸ πάντας ἀθρόους, συνιέναι δὲ μόνον πρός τε τὰς ἀρχαιρεσίας [αἱρησομένους] καὶ πρὸς τὰς νομοθεσίας καὶ περὶ πολέμου καὶ εἰρήνης καὶ πρὸς εὐθύνας, τὰ δ’ ἄλλα τὰς ἀρχὰς βουλεύεσθαι τὰς ἐφ’ ἑκάστοις τεταγμένας, αἱρετὰς οὔσας ἐξ ἁπάντων ἢ κληρωτάς· ἄλλος δὲ τρόπος τὸ περὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς εὐθύνας ἀπαντᾶν τοὺς πολίτας, καὶ περὶ πολέμου βουλευσομένους καὶ συμμαχίας, τὰ δ’ ἄλλα τὰς ἀρχὰς διοικεῖν αἱρετὰς οὔσας, ὅσας ἐνδέχεται, τοιαῦται δ’ εἰσὶν ὅσας ἄρχειν ἀναγκαῖον τοὺς ἐπισταμένους· τέταρτος δὲ τρόπος τὸ πάντας περὶ πάντων βουλεύεσθαι συνιόντας, τὰς δ’ ἀρχὰς περὶ μηθενὸς κρίνειν ἀλλὰ μόνον προανακρίνειν, ὅνπερ ἡ τελευταία δημοκρατία νῦν διοικεῖται τρόπον, ἣν ἀνάλογόν φαμεν εἶναι ὀλιγαρχίᾳ τε δυναστευτικῇ καὶ μοναρχίᾳ τυραννικῇ.

    Another way is for all to meet together, but only to elect officials, to legislate, to decide about war and peace, and to conduct audits, while the offices assigned to each area deliberate about everything else, these being chosen from all either by election or by lot. Another way is for the citizens to meet about the offices and the audits, and to deliberate about war and alliances, while the offices manage everything else, being elected wherever possible—and these are the offices that must be held by those with expert knowledge. A fourth way is for all to meet and deliberate about everything, while the offices decide nothing but only make preliminary examinations. This is how the final form of democracy is run nowadays—the one we say is analogous to dynastic oligarchy and tyrannical monarchy.

    οὗτοι μὲν οὖν οἱ τρόποι δημοκρατικοὶ πάντες, τὸ δὲ τινὰς περὶ πάντων ὀλιγαρχικόν. ἔχει δὲ καὶ τοῦτο διαφορὰς πλείους. ὅταν μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ τιμημάτων μετριωτέρων αἱρετοί τε ὦσι καὶ πλείους διὰ τὴν μετριότητα τοῦ τιμήματος, καὶ περὶ ὧν ὁ νόμος ἀπαγορεύει μὴ κινῶσιν ἀλλ’ ἀκολουθῶσι, καὶ ἐξῇ κτωμένῳ τὸ τίμημα μετέχειν, ὀλιγαρχία μὲν πολιτικὴ δέ ἐστιν ἡ τοιαύτη διὰ τὸ μετριάζειν· ὅταν δὲ μὴ πάντες τοῦ βουλεύεσθαι 1298b μετέχωσιν ἀλλ’ πρόκριτοι, κατὰ νόμον δ’ ἄρχωσιν ὥσπερ καὶ πρότερον, ὀλιγαρχικόν· ὅταν δὲ καὶ αἱρῶνται αὐτοὶ αὑτοὺς οἱ κύριοι τοῦ βουλεύεσθαι, καὶ ὅταν παῖς ἀντὶ πατρὸς εἰσίῃ καὶ κύριοι τῶν νόμων ὦσιν, ὀλιγαρχικὴν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τὴν τάξιν ταύτην.

    All these ways, then, are democratic. For some to deliberate about everything is oligarchic. This too has several varieties. When they are elected on the basis of fairly moderate property assessments, and there are many of them because the assessment is moderate, and they do not tamper with what the law forbids but follow it, and anyone who acquires the required property may take part, such an arrangement is an oligarchy, but one with the character of a polity, because of its moderation. When not everyone shares in deliberation 1298b but only people selected in advance, who nonetheless rule according to law as in the previous case, it is oligarchic. And when those with authority over deliberation choose themselves, and son succeeds father, and they have authority over the laws, this arrangement is necessarily oligarchic.

    ὅταν δὲ τινῶν τινές, οἷον πολέμου μὲν καὶ εἰρήνης καὶ εὐθυνῶν πάντες, τῶν δὲ ἄλλων ἄρχοντες, καὶ οὗτοι αἱρετοί, μὴ κληρωτοί, ἀριστοκρατία ἡ πολιτεία. ἐὰν δ’ ἐνίων μὲν αἱρετοὶ ἐνίων δὲ κληρωτοί, καὶ κληρωτοὶ ἢ ἁπλῶς ἢ ἐκ προκρίτων, ἢ κοινῇ αἱρετοὶ καὶ κληρωτοί, τὰ μὲν πολιτείας ἀριστοκρατικῆς ἐστι τούτων, τὰ δὲ πολιτείας αὐτῆς.

    When some decide some things—for instance, when all decide about war and peace and audits, while officials decide the rest, and these are elected, not chosen by lot—the constitution is an aristocracy. If for some matters the officials are elected and for others chosen by lot, and chosen by lot either simply or from a preselected list, or elected and chosen by lot jointly, then some of these arrangements belong to an aristocratic polity, others to polity itself.

    διῄρηται μὲν οὖν τὸ βουλευόμενον πρὸς τὰς πολιτείας τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον, καὶ διοικεῖ ἑκάστη πολιτεία κατὰ τὸν εἰρημένον διορισμόν· συμφέρει δὲ δημοκρατίᾳ τῇ μάλιστ’ εἶναι δοκούσῃ δημοκρατίᾳ νῦν (λέγω δὲ τοιαύτην ἐν ᾗ κύριος ὁ δῆμος καὶ τῶν νόμων ἐστίν) πρὸς τὸ βουλεύεσθαι βέλτιον τὸ αὐτὸ ποιεῖν ὅπερ ἐπὶ τῶν δικαστηρίων ἐν ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις (τάττουσι γὰρ ζημίαν τούτοις οὓς βούλονται δικάζειν, ἵνα δικάζωσιν, οἱ δὲ δημοτικοὶ μισθὸν τοῖς ἀπόροις), τοῦτο δὴ καὶ περὶ τὰς ἐκκλησίας ποιεῖν (βουλεύσονται γὰρ βέλτιον κοινῇ βουλευόμενοι πάντες, ὁ μὲν δῆμος μετὰ τῶν γνωρίμων, οὗτοι δὲ μετὰ τοῦ πλήθους), συμφέρει δὲ καὶ τὸ αἱρετοὺς εἶναι τοὺς βουλευομένους, ἢ κληρωτοὺς ἴσους ἐκ τῶν μορίων, συμφέρει δέ, κἂν ὑπερβάλλωσι πολὺ κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος οἱ δημοτικοὶ τῶν πολιτικῶν ἢ μὴ πᾶσι διδόναι μισθόν, ἀλλ’ ὅσοι σύμμετροι πρὸς τὸ τῶν γνωρίμων πλῆθος, ἢ ἀποκληροῦν τοὺς πλείους·

    This, then, is how the deliberative part is divided according to the constitutions, and each constitution manages it according to the distinction just stated. But for a democracy of the kind that is now thought most of all to be a democracy (I mean one in which the people have authority even over the laws), it is advantageous, for the sake of better deliberation, to do in the case of assemblies the same thing that is done with the courts in oligarchies. (There they fix a fine for those they want to sit as jurors, to make them sit, whereas democrats pay the poor.) For they will deliberate better if all deliberate together, the people with the notables and the notables with the multitude. It is also advantageous for those who deliberate to be elected, or chosen by lot in equal numbers from the parts of the city. And if the democratic element far outnumbers those qualified for political life, it is advantageous either not to give pay to all, but only to as many as balance the number of notables, or to eliminate the excess by lot.

    ἐν δὲ ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις ἢ προσαιρεῖσθαί τινας ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους, ἢ κατασκευάσαντας ἀρχεῖον οἷον ἐν ἐνίαις πολιτείαις ἐστὶν οὓς καλοῦσι προβούλους καὶ νομοφύλακας, περὶ τούτων χρηματίζειν περὶ ὧν ἂν οὗτοι προβουλεύσωσιν (οὕτω γὰρ μεθέξει ὁ δῆμος τοῦ βουλεύεσθαι, καὶ λύειν οὐθὲν δυνήσεται τῶν περὶ τὴν πολιτείαν), ἔτι ἢ ταὐτὰ ψηφίζεσθαι τὸν δῆμον ἢ μηθὲν ἐναντίον τοῖς εἰσφερομένοις, ἢ τῆς συμβουλῆς μὲν μεταδιδόναι πᾶσι, βουλεύεσθαι δὲ τοὺς ἄρχοντας.

    In oligarchies, on the other hand, it is advantageous either to co-opt some members from the multitude, or to set up an office such as exists in some constitutions under the name of “preliminary councillors” or “guardians of the law,” and to deal only with business on which these have deliberated in advance. (In this way the people will share in deliberation, but will not be able to overturn anything in the constitution.) Further, the people should either vote for the same measures, or for nothing contrary to what is brought before them; or everyone should be allowed to give advice, while the officials do the deliberating.

    καὶ τὸ ἀντικείμενον δὲ τοῦ ἐν ταῖς πολιτείαις γιγνομένου δεῖ ποιεῖν. ἀποψηφιζόμενον μὲν γὰρ κύριον δεῖ ποιεῖν τὸ πλῆθος, καταψηφιζόμενον δὲ μὴ κύριον, ἀλλ’ ἐπαναγέσθω πάλιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας. ἐν γὰρ ταῖς πολιτείαις ἀνεστραμμένως ποιοῦσιν· οἱ γὰρ ὀλίγοι ἀποψηφισάμενοι μὲν κύριοι, καταψηφισάμενοι δὲ οὐ κύριοι, ἀλλ’ ἐπανάγεται εἰς τοὺς πλείους 1299a αἰεί. περὶ μὲν οὖν τοῦ βουλευομένου καὶ τοῦ κυρίου [δεῖ] τῆς πολιτείας τοῦτον διωρίσθω τὸν τρόπον.

    One should also do the opposite of what happens in polities. The multitude should be made authoritative when it votes to acquit, but not when it votes to condemn; in that case the matter should be referred back to the officials. In polities they do the reverse: the few are authoritative when they vote to acquit, but not when they vote to condemn; the matter is referred instead to the majority 1299a every time. Let this, then, be how we determine the deliberative part, which is the part that has authority in the constitution.

    The offices

    Offices are classified by number, tenure, and method of appointment under each constitution.

    ἐχομένη δὲ τούτων ἐστὶν ἡ περὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς διαίρεσις. ἔχει γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο τὸ μόριον τῆς πολιτείας πολλὰς διαφοράς, πόσαι τε ἀρχαί, καὶ κύριαι τίνων, καὶ περὶ χρόνου, πόσος ἑκάστης ἀρχῆς (οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἑξαμήνους, οἱ δὲ δι’ ἐλάττονος, οἱ δ’ ἐνιαυσίας, οἱ δὲ πολυχρονιωτέρας ποιοῦσι τὰς ἀρχάς), καὶ πότερον εἶναι δεῖ τὰς ἀρχὰς ἀιδίους ἢ πολυχρονίους ἢ μηδέτερον ἀλλὰ πλεονάκις τοὺς αὐτούς, ἢ μὴ τὸν αὐτὸν δὶς ἀλλ’ ἅπαξ μόνον, ἔτι δὲ περὶ τὴν κατάστασιν τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐκ τίνων δεῖ γίνεσθαι καὶ ὑπὸ τίνων καὶ πῶς. περὶ πάντων γὰρ τούτων δεῖ δύνασθαι διελεῖν κατὰ πόσους ἐνδέχεται γενέσθαι τρόπους, κἄπειτα προσαρμόσαι ποίαις ποῖοι πολιτείαις συμφέρουσιν.

    Next to these comes the division concerning the offices. This part of the constitution too has many variations: how many offices there are, what they have authority over, and their duration—how long each office lasts (some make offices last six months, some less, some a year, some longer)—and whether offices should be held for life, or for a long period, or neither, but the same people may hold them several times, or the same person not twice but only once; and further, concerning the appointment of officials, from whom they should be drawn, by whom, and how. On all these points one must be able to distinguish in how many ways things can be arranged, and then match which kinds suit which kinds of constitution.

    ἔστι δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτο διορίσαι ῥᾴδιον, ποίας δεῖ καλεῖν ἀρχάς· πολλῶν γὰρ ἐπιστατῶν ἡ πολιτικὴ κοινωνία δεῖται, διόπερ οὐ πάντας οὔτε τοὺς αἱρετοὺς οὔτε τοὺς κληρωτοὺς ἄρχοντας θετέον, οἷον τοὺς ἱερεῖς πρῶτον (τοῦτο γὰρ ἕτερόν τι παρὰ τὰς πολιτικὰς ἀρχὰς θετέον)· ἔτι δὲ καὶ χορηγοὶ καὶ κήρυκες [δ’] αἱροῦνται καὶ πρεσβευταί. εἰσὶ δὲ αἱ μὲν πολιτικαὶ τῶν ἐπιμελειῶν, ἢ πάντων τῶν πολιτῶν πρός τινα πρᾶξιν, οἷον στρατηγὸς στρατευομένων, ἢ κατὰ μέρος, οἷον ὁ γυναικονόμος ἢ παιδονόμος· αἱ δ’ οἰκονομικαί (πολλάκις γὰρ αἱροῦνται σιτομέτρας)· αἱ δ’ ὑπηρετικαὶ καὶ πρὸς ἅς, ἂν εὐπορῶσι, τάττουσι δούλους. μάλιστα δ’ ὡς ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν ἀρχὰς λεκτέον ταύτας ὅσαις ἀποδέδοται βουλεύσασθαί τε περὶ τινῶν καὶ κρῖναι καὶ ἐπιτάξαι, καὶ μάλιστα τοῦτο· τὸ γὰρ ἐπιτάττειν ἀρχικώτερόν ἐστιν.

    Nor is it easy to determine which ought to be called offices. The political community needs many supervisors, so not all those who are elected or chosen by lot should be counted as officials—first of all the priests, for instance (this must be counted as something different from the political offices); and again, sponsors of choruses and heralds are elected, and ambassadors too. Some supervisory posts are political, concerned either with all the citizens in some activity—as a general has charge of those on campaign—or with a section of them, like the supervisor of women or of children; others concern household-type management (they often elect grain-measurers); others are menial, and to these, if the city is well off, they assign slaves. But, speaking simply, those are most properly to be called offices to which it has been assigned to deliberate about certain matters, to judge, and to give orders—and especially the last, since giving orders is most characteristic of ruling.

    A chorus sponsor (choregos) was a wealthy citizen who paid for training a chorus for a dramatic or religious festival.

    ἀλλὰ ταῦτα διαφέρει πρὸς μὲν τὰς χρήσεις οὐδὲν ὡς εἰπεῖν (οὐ γάρ πω κρίσις γέγονεν ἀμφισβητούντων περὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος), ἔχει δέ τιν’ ἄλλην διανοητικὴν πραγματείαν.

    This makes practically no difference in practice (no judgment has yet been given between people disputing over the name), though it does raise another, theoretical question.

    ποῖαι δ’ ἀρχαὶ καὶ πόσαι ἀναγκαῖαι εἰ ἔσται πόλις, καὶ ποῖαι ἀναγκαῖαι μὲν οὔ, χρήσιμοι δὲ πρὸς σπουδαίαν πολιτείαν, μᾶλλον ἄν τις ἀπορήσειε πρὸς ἅπασάν τε δὴ πολιτείαν καὶ δὴ καὶ τὰς μικρὰς πόλεις. ἐν μὲν γὰρ δὴ ταῖς μεγάλαις ἐνδέχεταί τε καὶ δεῖ μίαν τετάχθαι πρὸς ἓν ἔργον (πολλούς τε γὰρ εἰς τὰ ἀρχεῖα ἐνδέχεται βαδίζειν διὰ τὸ πολλοὺς εἶναι τοὺς πολίτας, ὥστε τὰς μὲν διαλείπειν πολὺν χρόνον τὰς δ’ ἅπαξ ἄρχειν, καὶ βέλτιον ἕκαστον ἔργον τυγχάνει τῆς ἐπιμελείας μονοπραγματούσης 1299b ἢ πολυπραγματούσης)· ἐν δὲ ταῖς μικραῖς ἀνάγκη συνάγειν εἰς ὀλίγους πολλὰς ἀρχάς (διὰ γὰρ ὀλιγανθρωπίαν οὐ ῥᾴδιόν ἐστι πολλοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς εἶναι· τίνες γὰρ οἱ τούτοις ἔσονται διαδεξόμενοι πάλιν;).

    What kinds and how many offices are necessary if there is to be a city at all, and which are not necessary but useful for an excellent constitution—this is a question one might raise about every constitution, and especially about small cities. In large cities it is both possible and necessary for one office to be assigned to one task. (Many people can enter the offices because the citizens are many, so that some offices come round again only after a long interval and others are held only once; and each task is better attended to when attention is given to one thing 1299b rather than to many.) In small cities, however, many offices must be concentrated in a few hands (with so small a population it is not easy for many to hold office—for who will there be to succeed them in turn?).

    δέονται δ’ ἐνίοτε τῶν αὐτῶν ἀρχῶν καὶ νόμων αἱ μικραὶ ταῖς μεγάλαις· πλὴν αἱ μὲν δέονται πολλάκις τῶν αὐτῶν, ταῖς δ’ ἐν πολλῷ χρόνῳ τοῦτο συμβαίνει, διόπερ οὐθὲν κωλύει πολλὰς ἐπιμελείας ἅμα προστάττειν (οὐ γὰρ ἐμποδιοῦσιν ἀλλήλαις), καὶ πρὸς τὴν ὀλιγανθρωπίαν ἀναγκαῖον τὰ ἀρχεῖα οἷον ὀβελισκολύχνια ποιεῖν. ἐὰν οὖν ἔχωμεν λέγειν πόσας ἀναγκαῖον ὑπάρχειν πάσῃ πόλει, καὶ πόσας οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον μὲν δεῖ δ’ ὑπάρχειν, ῥᾷον ἄν τις εἰδὼς ταῦτα συνίδοι ποίας ἁρμόττει συνάγειν ἀρχὰς εἰς μίαν ἀρχήν.

    Small cities sometimes need the same offices and laws as large ones, except that the large need them often, while for the small the need comes round only at long intervals. So nothing prevents assigning many duties to one person at once (they will not get in each other’s way), and, given the small population, the offices must be made like spit-lamps. If, then, we can say how many offices every city must have, and how many it need not have but should, anyone who knows this could more easily see which offices it is appropriate to combine into one.

    The “spit-lamp” (obeliskolychnion) was a soldier’s implement that served both as a roasting spit and as a lamp-holder.

    ἁρμόττει δὲ καὶ τοῦτο μὴ λεληθέναι, ποίων δεῖ κατὰ τόπον ἀρχεῖα πολλὰ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι καὶ ποίων πανταχοῦ μίαν ἀρχὴν εἶναι κυρίαν, οἷον εὐκοσμίας πότερον ἐν ἀγορᾷ μὲν ἀγορανόμον, ἄλλον δὲ κατ’ ἄλλον τόπον, ἢ πανταχοῦ τὸν αὐτόν· καὶ πότερον κατὰ τὸ πρᾶγμα δεῖ διαιρεῖν ἢ κατὰ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, λέγω δ’ οἷον ἕνα τῆς εὐκοσμίας, ἢ παίδων ἄλλον καὶ γυναικῶν· καὶ κατὰ τὰς πολιτείας δέ, πότερον διαφέρει καθ’ ἑκάστην καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν γένος ἢ οὐθέν, οἷον ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ καὶ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ καὶ ἀριστοκρατίᾳ καὶ μοναρχίᾳ πότερον αἱ αὐταὶ μέν εἰσιν ἀρχαὶ κύριαι, οὐκ ἐξ ἴσων δ’ οὐδ’ ἐξ ὁμοίων, ἀλλ’ ἑτέρων ἐν ἑτέραις, οἷον ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἀριστοκρατίαις ἐκ πεπαιδευμένων, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις ἐκ τῶν πλουσίων, ἐν δὲ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις ἐκ τῶν ἐλευθέρων, ἢ τυγχάνουσι μέν τινες οὖσαι καὶ κατ’ αὐτὰς τὰς διαφορὰς τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἔστι δ’ ὅπου συμφέρουσιν αἱ αὐταὶ καὶ ὅπου διαφέρουσαι (ἔνθα μὲν γὰρ ἁρμόττει μεγάλας ἔνθα δ’ εἶναι μικρὰς τὰς αὐτάς).

    It is also right not to overlook which matters should be supervised by many local offices and which by one office with authority everywhere. Take good order, for instance: should there be a market supervisor in the marketplace and a different official in each other place, or the same one everywhere? And should the division be made by task or by persons—I mean, for instance, one official for good order, or one for children and another for women? And with regard to the constitutions, too: does the kind of offices differ with each, or not at all? For instance, in democracy, oligarchy, aristocracy and monarchy, are the same offices authoritative, only not filled from equal or similar people but from different people in different constitutions—in aristocracies from the educated, in oligarchies from the rich, in democracies from the free? Or are there some offices that correspond to these very differences, while in some cases the same offices are advantageous and in others different ones (for in one place it suits the same offices to be large, in another small)?

    οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἴδιαί τινες εἰσίν, οἷον ἡ τῶν προβούλων· αὕτη γὰρ οὐ δημοκρατική. βουλὴ δὲ δημοτικόν· δεῖ μὲν γὰρ εἶναί τι τοιοῦτον ᾧ ἐπιμελὲς ἔσται τοῦ δήμου προβουλεύειν, ὅπως ἀσχολῶν ἔσται, τοῦτο δ’, ἐὰν ὀλίγοι τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὦσιν, ὀλιγαρχικόν· τοὺς δὲ προβούλους ὀλίγους ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τὸ πλῆθος, ὥστ’ ὀλιγαρχικόν. ἀλλ’ ὅπου ἄμφω αὗται αἱ ἀρχαί, οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐπὶ τοῖς βουλευταῖς· ὁ μὲν γὰρ βουλευτὴς δημοτικόν, ὁ δὲ πρόβουλος ὀλιγαρχικόν. καταλύεται δὲ καὶ τῆς βουλῆς ἡ δύναμις ἐν ταῖς τοιαύταις δημοκρατίαις ἐν 1300a αἷς αὐτὸς συνιὼν ὁ δῆμος χρηματίζει περὶ πάντων. τοῦτο δὲ συμβαίνειν εἴωθεν ὅταν εὐπορία τις ᾖ μισθοῦ τοῖς ἐκκλησιάζουσιν· σχολάζοντες γὰρ συλλέγονταί τε πολλάκις καὶ ἅπαντα αὐτοὶ κρίνουσιν.

    Still, some offices are peculiar to certain constitutions, such as that of the preliminary councillors; this is not democratic. A council, on the other hand, is democratic. There must be some such body whose task is to prepare business in advance for the people, so that the people can attend to their own work; and this, if its members are few, is oligarchic. The preliminary councillors must be few in number, so they are oligarchic. But where both these offices exist, the preliminary councillors are placed over the councillors; for a councillor is a democratic element, a preliminary councillor an oligarchic one. The power of the council is also undermined in those democracies in 1300a which the people meet in person and deal with everything. This usually happens when there is plenty of pay for those who attend the assembly; for having leisure, they meet often and decide everything themselves.

    παιδονόμος δὲ καὶ γυναικονόμος, καὶ εἴ τις ἄλλος ἄρχων κύριός ἐστι τοιαύτης ἐπιμελείας, ἀριστοκρατικόν, δημοκρατικὸν δ’ οὔ (πῶς γὰρ οἷόν τε κωλύειν ἐξιέναι τὰς τῶν ἀπόρων;), οὐδ’ ὀλιγαρχικόν (τρυφῶσι γὰρ αἱ τῶν ὀλιγαρχούντων).

    A supervisor of children and a supervisor of women, and any other official with authority over this sort of oversight, is aristocratic, not democratic (how could one stop the wives of the poor from going out?), nor oligarchic (for the wives of oligarchs live in luxury).

    ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τούτων ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον εἰρήσθω νῦν, περὶ δὲ τὰς τῶν ἀρχῶν καταστάσεις πειρατέον ἐξ ἀρχῆς διελθεῖν. εἰσὶ δ’ αἱ διαφοραὶ ἐν τρισὶν ὅροις, ὧν συντιθεμένων ἀναγκαῖον πάντας εἰλῆφθαι τοὺς τρόπους. ἔστι δὲ τῶν τριῶν τούτων ἓν μὲν τίνες οἱ καθιστάντες τὰς ἀρχάς, δεύτερον δὲ ἐκ τίνων, λοιπὸν δὲ τίνα τρόπον. ἑκάστου δὲ τῶν τριῶν τούτων διαφοραὶ τρεῖς εἰσιν.

    But let that be enough on these matters for now. We must try to go through the appointment of officials from the beginning. The differences lie in three factors, and by combining these all the ways must be covered. Of these three, one is who appoints to the offices, the second is from whom, and the last is in what manner. Each of these three has three variants.

    ἢ γὰρ πάντες οἱ πολῖται καθιστᾶσιν ἢ τινές, καὶ ἢ ἐκ πάντων ἢ ἐκ τινῶν ἀφωρισμένων (οἷον ἢ τιμήματι ἢ γένει ἢ ἀρετῇ ἤ τινι τοιούτῳ ἄλλῳ, ὥσπερ ἐν Μεγάροις ἐκ τῶν συγκατελθόντων καὶ συμμαχεσαμένων πρὸς τὸν δῆμον)· καὶ ταῦτα ἢ αἱρέσει ἢ κλήρῳ (πάλιν ταῦτα συνδυαζόμενα, λέγω δὲ τὰς μὲν τινὲς τὰς δὲ πάντες, καὶ τὰς μὲν ἐκ πάντων τὰς δ’ ἐκ τινῶν, καὶ τὰς μὲν αἱρέσει τὰς δὲ κλήρῳ).

    Either all the citizens appoint, or some; and either from all, or from some defined group (defined, for instance, by property assessment, by birth, by excellence, or some other such thing—as at Megara, from those who had returned from exile together and fought together against the people); and these either by election or by lot. And again these can be combined—I mean some offices appointed by some and others by all, some from all and others from some, and some by election and others by lot.

    τούτων δ’ ἑκάστης ἔσονται τῆς διαφορᾶς τρόποι τέσσαρες. ἢ γὰρ πάντες ἐκ πάντων αἱρέσει, ἢ πάντες ἐκ πάντων κλήρῳ—καί ἢ ἐξ ἁπάντων, ἢ ὡς ἀνὰ μέρος, οἷον κατὰ φυλὰς καὶ δήμους καὶ φατρίας, ἕως ἂν διέλθῃ διὰ πάντων τῶν πολιτῶν, ἢ ἀεὶ ἐξ ἁπάντων, —ἢ καὶ τὰ μὲν οὕτως τὰ δὲ ἐκείνως· πάλιν εἰ τινὲς οἱ καθιστάντες, ἢ ἐκ πάντων αἱρέσει ἢ ἐκ πάντων κλήρῳ, ἢ ἐκ τινῶν αἱρέσει ἢ ἐκ τινῶν κλήρῳ, ἢ τὰ μὲν οὕτως τὰ δὲ ἐκείνως, λέγω δὲ τὰ μὲν [ἐκ πάντων] αἱρέσει τὰ δὲ κληρῷ ⟨καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐκ τινῶν αἱρέσει τὰ δὲ κληρῷ⟩· ὥστε δώδεκα οἱ τρόποι γίνονται χωρὶς τῶν δύο συνδυασμῶν.

    For each of these variants there will be four modes. Either all appoint from all by election; or all from all by lot—and from all either as a whole, or by sections, for instance by tribes, demes and phratries, until it has gone through all the citizens, or always from the whole; or some offices one way and some the other. Again, if the appointers are some, they appoint either from all by election or from all by lot, or from some by election or from some by lot, or some offices one way and some the other—I mean some by election and some by lot, and some from some by election and others by lot. So there turn out to be twelve modes, apart from the two combinations.

    Demes were the local districts of a city’s territory.

    τούτων δ’ αἱ μὲν τρεῖς καταστάσεις δημοτικαί, τὸ πάντας ἐκ πάντων αἱρέσει ἢ κλήρῳ [γίνεσθαι] ἢ ἀμφοῖν, τὰς μὲν κλήρῳ τὰς δ’ αἱρέσει τῶν ἀρχῶν· τὸ δὲ μὴ πάντας ἅμα μὲν καθιστάναι, ἐξ ἁπάντων δ’ ἢ ἐκ τινῶν ἢ κλήρῳ ἢ αἱρέσει ἢ ἀμφοῖν, ἢ τὰς μὲν ἐκ πάντων τὰς δ’ ἐκ τινῶν ἀμφοῖν (τὸ δὲ ἀμφοῖν λέγω τὰς μὲν κλήρῳ τὰς δ’ αἱρέσει) πολιτικόν, καὶ τὸ τινὰς ἐκ πάντων ἢ αἱρέσει καθιστάναι ἢ κλήρῳ ἢ ἀμφοῖν (τὰς μὲν κλήρῳ τὰς δ’ αἱρέσει) ὀλιγαρχικόν· ὀλιγαρχικώτερον δὲ καὶ τὸ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν.

    Of these, three modes of appointment are democratic: for all to appoint from all by election, or by lot, or by both—some offices by lot and some by election. For not all to appoint at once, but to appoint from all or from some, by lot or by election or both, or some offices from all and others from some, by both (by “both” I mean some by lot and some by election), is characteristic of polity. For some to appoint from all, either by election or by lot or by both (some by lot, some by election), is oligarchic—though doing it by both is more oligarchic.

    τὸ δὲ τὰς μὲν ἐκ πάντων τὰς δ’ ἐκ τινῶν πολιτικὸν ἀριστοκρατικῶς, 1300b ἢ τὰς μὲν αἱρέσει τὰς δὲ κληρῷ, τὸ δὲ τινὰς ἐκ τινῶν ⟨αἱρέσει⟩ ὀλιγαρχικὸν καὶ τὸ τινὰς ἐκ τινῶν κλήρῳ (μὴ γινομένου δ’, ὁμοίως), καὶ τὸ τινὰς ἐκ τινῶν ἀμφοῖν. τὸ δὲ τινὰς ἐξ ἁπάντων τό τε ἐκ τινῶν αἱρέσει πάντας ἀριστοκρατικόν. οἱ μὲν οὖν τρόποι τῶν περὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς τοσοῦτοι τὸν ἀριθμόν εἰσι, καὶ διῄρηνται κατὰ τὰς πολιτείας οὕτως· τίνα δὲ τίσι συμφέρει καὶ πῶς δεῖ γίνεσθαι τὰς καταστάσεις, ἅμα ταῖς δυνάμεσι τῶν ἀρχῶν [καὶ] τίνες εἰσὶν ἔσται φανερόν. λέγω δὲ δύναμιν ἀρχῆς οἷον τὴν κυρίαν τῶν προσόδων καὶ τὴν κυρίαν τῆς φυλακῆς· ἄλλο γὰρ εἶδος δυνάμεως οἷον στρατηγίας καὶ τῆς τῶν περὶ τὴν ἀγορὰν συμβολαίων κυρίας.

    For some offices to be filled from all and others from some is characteristic of polity, of an aristocratic kind, 1300b or some by election and others by lot. For some to appoint from some by election is oligarchic, and so is for some to appoint from some by lot (even if this does not actually occur, it is oligarchic all the same), and for some to appoint from some by both. For some to appoint from all, and for all to appoint from some by election, is aristocratic. This, then, is the number of the modes concerning the offices, and this is how they are divided according to the constitutions. Which suit which, and how appointments ought to be made, will become clear together with what the powers of the offices are. By the power of an office I mean, for instance, authority over revenues or authority over the city’s defense; for the power of a generalship, say, is a different kind from that of the office with authority over contracts in the marketplace.

    The courts

    The kinds of courts and ways of appointing jurors are set out and matched to constitutions.

    λοιπὸν δὲ τῶν τριῶν τὸ δικαστικὸν εἰπεῖν. ληπτέον δὲ καὶ τούτων τοὺς τρόπους κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν. ἔστι δὲ διαφορὰ τῶν δικαστηρίων ἐν τρισὶν ὅροις, ἐξ ὧν τε καὶ περὶ ὧν καὶ πῶς. λέγω δὲ ἐξ ὧν μέν, πότερον ἐκ πάντων ἢ ἐκ τινῶν· περὶ ὧν δέ, πόσα εἴδη δικαστηρίων· τὸ δὲ πῶς, πότερον κλήρῳ ἢ αἱρέσει. πρῶτον οὖν διαιρείσθω πόσα εἴδη δικαστηρίων.

    The remaining one of the three is the judicial part. Here too we must take the modes on the same principle. The differences among courts lie in three factors: from whom, about what, and how. By “from whom” I mean whether from all or from some; by “about what,” how many kinds of courts there are; by “how,” whether by lot or by election. First, then, let us distinguish how many kinds of courts there are.

    ἔστι δὲ τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὀκτώ, ἓν μὲν εὐθυντικόν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴ τίς τι τῶν κοινῶν ἀδικεῖ, ἕτερον ὅσα εἰς τὴν πολιτείαν φέρει, τέταρτον καὶ ἄρχουσι καὶ ἰδιώταις ὅσα περὶ ζημιώσεων ἀμφισβητοῦσιν, πέμπτον τὸ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων συναλλαγμάτων καὶ ἐχόντων μέγεθος, καὶ παρὰ ταῦτα τό τε φονικὸν καὶ τὸ ξενικόν (φονικοῦ μὲν οὖν εἴδη, ἄν τ’ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς δικασταῖς ἄν τ’ ἐν ἄλλοις, περί τε τῶν ἐκ προνοίας καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀκουσίων, καὶ ὅσα ὁμολογεῖται μέν, ἀμφισβητεῖται δὲ περὶ τοῦ δικαίου, τέταρτον δὲ ὅσα τοῖς φεύγουσι φόνου ἐπὶ καθόδῳ ἐπιφέρεται, οἷον Ἀθήνησι λέγεται καὶ τὸ ἐν Φρεαττοῖ δικαστήριον· συμβαίνει δὲ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐν τῷ παντὶ χρόνῳ ὀλίγα καὶ ἐν ταῖς μεγάλαις πόλεσιν· τοῦ δὲ ξενικοῦ ἓν μὲν ξένοις πρὸς ξένους, ἄλλο δὲ ξένοις πρὸς ἀστούς), ἔτι δὲ παρὰ πάντα ταῦτα περὶ τῶν μικρῶν συναλλαγμάτων, ὅσα δραχμιαῖα καὶ πεντάδραχμα καὶ μικρῷ πλείονος.

    There are eight in number: one for audits; another for anyone who wrongs the public interest; another for matters that bear on the constitution; a fourth for officials and private individuals who dispute about penalties; a fifth concerning private contracts of some size; and besides these the homicide court and the court for foreigners. (There are kinds of homicide court—whether with the same jurors or with others—for premeditated killings, for involuntary ones, for cases where the act is admitted but its justice is disputed, and a fourth for charges brought against those exiled for homicide on their return, like the court at Phreatto, as it is called, at Athens; but such cases are few over the whole course of time, even in large cities. Of the court for foreigners, one kind is for foreigners against foreigners, another for foreigners against citizens.) And besides all these, there is one for small contracts, those involving one drachma, five drachmas, or a little more.

    The court “at Phreatto” sat by the shore at Piraeus; the exiled defendant pleaded from a boat so as not to set foot on Attic soil.

    δεῖ μὲν γὰρ καὶ περὶ τούτων γίνεσθαι κρίσιν, οὐκ ἐμπίπτει δὲ εἰς δικαστῶν πλῆθος.

    These too must be decided, but they do not come before a large body of jurors.

    ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τούτων ἀφείσθω καὶ τῶν φονικῶν καὶ τῶν ξενικῶν, περὶ δὲ τῶν πολιτικῶν λέγωμεν, περὶ ὧν μὴ γινομένων καλῶς διαστάσεις γίνονται καὶ τῶν πολιτειῶν αἱ κινήσεις. ἀνάγκη δ’ ἤτοι πάντας περὶ πάντων κρίνειν τῶν διῃρημένων αἱρέσει ἢ κλήρῳ, ἢ πάντας περὶ πάντων τὰ μὲν κλήρῳ τὰ δ’ αἱρέσει, ἢ περὶ ἐνίων τῶν αὐτῶν τοὺς μὲν κλήρῳ τοὺς δ’ 1301a αἱρετούς. οὗτοι μὲν οὖν οἱ τρόποι τέτταρες τὸν ἀριθμόν· τοσοῦτοι δ’ ἕτεροι καὶ οἱ κατὰ μέρος. πάλιν γὰρ ἐκ τινῶν καὶ οἱ δικάζοντες περὶ πάντων αἱρέσει, ἢ ἐκ τινῶν περὶ πάντων κλήρῳ, ἢ τὰ μὲν κλήρῳ τὰ δὲ αἱρέσει, ἢ ἔνια δικαστήρια περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐκ κληρωτῶν καὶ αἱρετῶν.

    But let us leave aside these, and the homicide and foreigners’ courts, and speak about the political courts; when these are not run well, divisions and upheavals of constitutions result. Necessarily, either all judge all the cases distinguished, being appointed by election or by lot; or all judge all cases, some being appointed by lot, some by election; or for some of the same cases some jurors are chosen by lot and others 1301a elected. These modes, then, are four in number; and there are as many again when appointment is partial. For again, the jurors may be drawn from some and judge all cases, by election; or be from some for all cases, by lot; or some be appointed by lot and some by election; or some courts dealing with the same cases may be made up of jurors both chosen by lot and elected.

    οὗτοι μὲν οὖν, ὥσπερ ἐλέχθησαν, οἱ τρόποι ἀντίστροφοι τοῖς εἰρημένοις· ἔτι δὲ τὰ αὐτὰ συνδυαζόμενα, λέγω δ’ οἷον τὰ μὲν ἐκ πάντων τὰ δ’ ἐκ τινῶν τὰ δ’ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν (οἷον εἰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ δικαστηρίου εἶεν οἱ μὲν ἐκ πάντων οἱ δ’ ἐκ τινῶν), καὶ ἢ κλήρῳ ἢ αἱρέσει ἢ ἀμφοῖν. ὅσους μὲν οὖν ἐνδέχεται τρόπους εἶναι τὰ δικαστήρια, εἴρηται· τούτων δὲ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα δημοτικά, ὅσα ἐκ πάντων περὶ πάντων, τὰ δὲ δεύτερα ὀλιγαρχικά, ὅσα ἐκ τινῶν περὶ πάντων, τὰ δὲ τρίτα ἀριστοκρατικὰ καὶ πολιτικά, ὅσα τὰ μὲν ἐκ πάντων τὰ δ’ ἐκ τινῶν.

    These modes, then, as stated, are the counterparts of those already mentioned. Further, the same can be combined—I mean, for instance, some from all, some from some, some from both (for instance, if in the same court some were from all and some from some), and either by lot or by election or by both. We have now said in how many ways courts can be constituted. Of these, the first kinds are democratic—those drawn from all and judging all matters; the second are oligarchic—those drawn from some and judging all matters; and the third are aristocratic and characteristic of polity—those drawn partly from all and partly from some.

    Book V

    Revolution: its causes and prevention.

    Chapter 1

    περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν ἄλλων ὧν προειλόμεθα σχεδὸν εἴρηται περὶ πάντων· ἐκ τίνων δὲ μεταβάλλουσιν αἱ πολιτεῖαι καὶ πόσων καὶ ποίων, καὶ τίνες ἑκάστης πολιτείας φθοραί, καὶ ἐκ ποίων εἰς ποίας μάλιστα μεθίστανται, ἔτι δὲ σωτηρίαι τίνες καὶ κοινῇ καὶ χωρὶς ἑκάστης εἰσίν, ἔτι δὲ διὰ τίνων ἂν μάλιστα σῴζοιτο τῶν πολιτειῶν ἑκάστη, σκεπτέον ἐφεξῆς τοῖς εἰρημένοις.

    We have now said practically everything about the other topics we set out to discuss. What we must consider next, following on from what has been said, is from what causes constitutions change, how many and of what kind these are; what destroys each constitution; from what kind into what kind they most often change; further, what preserves constitutions, both in general and each one separately; and further, by what means each constitution would best be preserved.

    δεῖ δὲ πρῶτον ὑπολαβεῖν τὴν ἀρχήν, ὅτι πολλαὶ γεγένηνται πολιτεῖαι πάντων μὲν ὁμολογούντων τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὸ κατ’ ἀναλογίαν ἴσον, τούτου δ’ ἁμαρτανόντων, ὥσπερ εἴρηται καὶ πρότερον. δῆμος μὲν γὰρ ἐγένετο ἐκ τοῦ ἴσους ὁτιοῦν ὄντας οἴεσθαι ἁπλῶς ἴσους εἶναι (ὅτι γὰρ ἐλεύθεροι πάντες ὁμοίως, ἁπλῶς ἴσοι εἶναι νομίζουσιν), ὀλιγαρχία δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνίσους ἕν τι ὄντας ὅλως εἶναι ἀνίσους ὑπολαμβάνειν (κατ’ οὐσίαν γὰρ ἄνισοι ὄντες ἁπλῶς ἄνισοι ὑπολαμβάνουσιν εἶναι). εἶτα οἱ μὲν ὡς ἴσοι ὄντες πάντων τῶν ἴσων ἀξιοῦσι μετέχειν· οἱ δ’ ὡς ἄνισοι ὄντες πλεονεκτεῖν ζητοῦσιν, τὸ γὰρ πλεῖον ἄνισον. ἔχουσι μὲν οὖν τι πᾶσαι δίκαιον, ἡμαρτημέναι δ’ ἁπλῶς εἰσιν. καὶ διὰ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν, ὅταν μὴ κατὰ τὴν ὑπόληψιν ἣν ἑκάτεροι τυγχάνουσιν ἔχοντες μετέχωσι τῆς πολιτείας, στασιάζουσιν.

    First we must take as our starting point that many constitutions have come into being because, while everyone agrees about justice—that it is proportional equality—they go wrong about it, as was also said earlier. Democracy arose from the belief that those who are equal in any respect are equal absolutely (because all are alike free, they think they are equal absolutely); oligarchy from supposing that those unequal in one respect are wholly unequal (being unequal in property, they suppose they are unequal absolutely). Then the one side, as equals, claim to share equally in everything; the other, as unequal, seek to have more, since “more” is unequal. All these constitutions, then, have some element of justice, but absolutely speaking they are mistaken. And that is why, when either side does not share in the constitution in accordance with the conception it happens to hold, they turn to civil strife.

    Civil strife (stasis) covers the whole range of factional conflict within a city, from party feuding to revolution and civil war.

    πάντων δὲ δικαιότατα μὲν ἂν στασιάζοιεν, ἥκιστα δὲ τοῦτο πράττουσιν, οἱ κατ’ ἀρετὴν διαφέροντες· 1301b μάλιστα γὰρ εὔλογον ἀνίσους ἁπλῶς εἶναι τούτους μόνον. εἰσὶ δέ τινες οἳ κατὰ γένος ὑπερέχοντες οὐκ ἀξιοῦσι τῶν ἴσων αὑτοὺς διὰ τὴν ἀνισότητα ταύτην· εὐγενεῖς γὰρ εἶναι δοκοῦσιν οἷς ὑπάρχει προγόνων ἀρετὴ καὶ πλοῦτος.

    Of all people, those outstanding in excellence would have the most justice on their side in stirring up strife, yet they are the least likely to do it; 1301b for they alone can most reasonably be regarded as unequal absolutely. There are also some who, being superior in birth, think themselves too good for merely equal shares because of this inequality; for people are thought to be well born who have ancestral excellence and wealth.

    ἀρχαὶ μὲν οὖν ὡς εἰπεῖν αὗται καὶ πηγαὶ τῶν στάσεών εἰσιν, ὅθεν στασιάζουσιν· διὸ καὶ αἱ μεταβολαὶ γίνονται διχῶς· ὁτὲ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν, ὅπως ἐκ τῆς καθεστηκυίας ἄλλην μεταστήσωσιν, οἷον ἐκ δημοκρατίας ὀλιγαρχίαν ἢ δημοκρατίαν ἐξ ὀλιγαρχίας, ἢ πολιτείαν καὶ ἀριστοκρατίαν ἐκ τούτων, ἢ ταύτας ἐξ ἐκείνων, ὁτὲ δ’ οὐ πρὸς τὴν καθεστηκυῖαν πολιτείαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν κατάστασιν προαιροῦνται τὴν αὐτήν, δι’ αὑτῶν δ’ εἶναι βούλονται ταύτην, οἷον τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν ἢ τὴν μοναρχίαν·

    These, then, are, so to speak, the origins and sources of strife, the things that lead people into strife. Hence changes also occur in two ways. Sometimes they are aimed at the constitution, to change the established one into another—for instance from democracy into oligarchy, or into democracy from oligarchy, or into polity and aristocracy from these, or into these from those. At other times they are not aimed at the established constitution: people choose to keep the same arrangement, but want it in their own hands—an oligarchy or a monarchy, for instance.

    ἔτι περὶ τοῦ μᾶλλον καὶ ἧττον, οἷον ἢ ὀλιγαρχίαν οὖσαν εἰς τὸ μᾶλλον ὀλιγαρχεῖσθαι ἢ εἰς τὸ ἧττον, ἢ δημοκρατίαν οὖσαν εἰς τὸ μᾶλλον δημοκρατεῖσθαι ἢ εἰς τὸ ἧττον, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν λοιπῶν πολιτειῶν, ἢ ἵνα ἐπιταθῶσιν ἢ ἀνεθῶσιν· ἔτι πρὸς τὸ μέρος τι κινῆσαι τῆς πολιτείας, οἷον ἀρχήν τινα καταστῆσαι ἢ ἀνελεῖν, ὥσπερ ἐν Λακεδαίμονί φασι Λύσανδρόν τινες ἐπιχειρῆσαι καταλῦσαι τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ Παυσανίαν τὸν βασιλέα τὴν ἐφορείαν, καὶ ἐν Ἐπιδάμνῳ δὲ μετέβαλεν ἡ πολιτεία κατὰ μόριον (ἀντὶ γὰρ τῶν φυλάρχων βουλὴν ἐποίησαν, εἰς δὲ τὴν ἡλιαίαν ἐπάναγκές ἐστιν ἔτι τῶν ἐν τῷ πολιτεύματι βαδίζειν τὰς ἀρχάς, ὅταν ἐπιψηφίζηται ἀρχή τις, ὀλιγαρχικὸν δὲ καὶ ὁ ἄρχων ὁ εἷς ἦν ἐν τῇ πολιτείᾳ ταύτῃ).

    Again, a change can be a matter of more and less: for instance, making an existing oligarchy more oligarchic or less, or an existing democracy more democratic or less, and similarly with the other constitutions, so as to tighten or loosen them. Again, it may aim at changing some part of the constitution, for instance to establish or abolish some office—as some say Lysander tried to abolish the kingship at Sparta, and King Pausanias the ephorate. At Epidamnus too the constitution changed in one part: they set up a council in place of the tribal chiefs; but it is still compulsory for the officials alone, of those in the citizen body, to attend the popular court whenever an office is put to the vote; and the single supreme official was also an oligarchic feature of that constitution.

    Lysander was the Spartan commander who won the Peloponnesian War (404 BC).

    πανταχοῦ γὰρ διὰ τὸ ἄνισον ἡ στάσις, οὐ μὴ τοῖς ἀνίσοις ὑπάρχει ἀνάλογον (ἀΐδιος γὰρ βασιλεία ἄνισος, ἐὰν ᾖ ἐν ἴσοις)· ὅλως γὰρ τὸ ἴσον ζητοῦντες στασιάζουσιν. ἔστι δὲ διττὸν τὸ ἴσον· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀριθμῷ τὸ δὲ κατ’ ἀξίαν ἐστίν. λέγω δὲ ἀριθμῷ μὲν τὸ πλήθει ἢ μεγέθει ταὐτὸ καὶ ἴσον, κατ’ ἀξίαν δὲ τὸ τῷ λόγῳ, οἷον ὑπερέχει κατ’ ἀριθμὸν μὲν ἴσῳ τὰ τρία τοῖν δυοῖν καὶ ταῦτα τοῦ ἑνός, λόγῳ δὲ τὰ τέτταρα τοῖν δυοῖν καὶ ταῦτα τοῦ ἑνός· ἴσον γὰρ μέρος τὰ δύο τῶν τεττάρων καὶ τὸ ἓν τοῖν δυοῖν· ἄμφω γὰρ ἡμίση.

    Everywhere, strife arises from inequality, where the unequal do not receive what is proportionate (a permanent kingship is unequal if it exists among equals); for in general it is in seeking equality that people turn to strife. Equality is twofold: numerical, and according to worth. By numerical I mean what is the same and equal in number or size; by according to worth, what is equal by ratio. For example, numerically three exceeds two by the same amount as two exceeds one; but by ratio four exceeds two as two exceeds one, since two is the same fraction of four as one is of two—both are halves.

    ὁμολογοῦντες δὲ τὸ ἁπλῶς εἶναι δίκαιον τὸ κατ’ ἀξίαν, διαφέρονται, καθάπερ ἐλέχθη πρότερον, οἱ μὲν ὅτι, ἐὰν κατὰ τὶ ἴσοι ὦσιν, ὅλως ἴσοι νομίζουσιν εἶναι, οἱ δ’ ὅτι, ἐὰν κατὰ τὶ ἄνισοι, πάντων ἀνίσων ἀξιοῦσιν ἑαυτούς. διὸ καὶ μάλιστα δύο γίνονται πολιτεῖαι, δῆμος καὶ ὀλιγαρχία· εὐγένεια γὰρ καὶ ἀρετὴ 1302a ἐν ὀλίγοις, ταῦτα δ’ ἐν πλείοσιν· εὐγενεῖς γὰρ καὶ ἀγαθοὶ οὐδαμοῦ ἑκατόν, εὔποροι δὲ πολλαχοῦ. τὸ δὲ ἁπλῶς πάντῃ καθ’ ἑκατέραν τετάχθαι τὴν ἰσότητα φαῦλον. φανερὸν δ’ ἐκ τοῦ συμβαίνοντος· οὐδεμία γὰρ μόνιμος ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων πολιτειῶν. τούτου δ’ αἴτιον ὅτι ἀδύνατον ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου καὶ τοῦ ἐν ἀρχῇ ἡμαρτημένου μὴ ἀπαντᾶν εἰς τὸ τέλος κακόν τι. διὸ δεῖ τὰ μὲν ἀριθμητικῇ ἰσότητι χρῆσθαι, τὰ δὲ τῇ κατ’ ἀξίαν.

    While agreeing that what is just absolutely is what accords with worth, they differ, as was said earlier: some because, if they are equal in some respect, they think themselves equal entirely; others because, if unequal in some respect, they claim an unequal share of everything. That is also why there come to be chiefly two constitutions, democracy and oligarchy. Good birth and excellence 1302a are found in few, the other qualities in more: nowhere are there a hundred well-born and good men, but in many places there are plenty of well-off people. But to arrange things simply and entirely according to either kind of equality is bad. This is clear from what happens: none of such constitutions lasts. The reason is that when there is an error at the first, at the beginning, it is impossible for something bad not to result in the end. So one should use numerical equality in some things, and equality according to worth in others.

    ὅμως δὲ ἀσφαλεστέρα καὶ ἀστασίαστος μᾶλλον ἡ δημοκρατία τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας. ἐν μὲν γὰρ ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις ἐγγίνονται δύο, ἥ τε πρὸς ἀλλήλους στάσις καὶ ἔτι ἡ πρὸς τὸν δῆμον, ἐν δὲ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις ἡ πρὸς τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν μόνον, αὐτῷ δὲ πρὸς αὑτόν, ὅ τι καὶ ἄξιον εἰπεῖν, οὐκ ἐγγίνεται τῷ δήμῳ στάσις· ἔτι δὲ ἡ ἐκ τῶν μέσων πολιτεία ἐγγυτέρω τοῦ δήμου ἢ [ἡ] τῶν ὀλίγων· ἥπερ ἐστὶν ἀσφαλεστάτη τῶν τοιούτων πολιτειῶν.

    Nevertheless democracy is safer and less prone to strife than oligarchy. In oligarchies two kinds of strife arise, the oligarchs’ strife with one another and also their strife with the people; in democracies there is only strife against the oligarchs, while no strife worth mentioning arises between the people and itself. Further, the constitution based on the middle class is closer to the people’s than to that of the few; and it is the safest of constitutions of this kind.

    The causes of civil strife

    Aristotle sets out the conditions, aims and occasions that lead people into civil strife.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ σκοποῦμεν ἐκ τίνων αἵ τε στάσεις γίνονται καὶ αἱ μεταβολαὶ περὶ τὰς πολιτείας, ληπτέον καθόλου πρῶτον τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς αἰτίας αὐτῶν. εἰσὶ δὴ σχεδὸν ὡς εἰπεῖν τρεῖς τὸν ἀριθμόν, ἃς διοριστέον καθ’ αὑτὰς τύπῳ πρῶτον. δεῖ γὰρ λαβεῖν πῶς τε ἔχοντες στασιάζουσι καὶ τίνων ἕνεκεν, καὶ τρίτον τίνες ἀρχαὶ γίνονται τῶν πολιτικῶν ταραχῶν καὶ τῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους στάσεων. τοῦ μὲν οὖν αὐτοὺς ἔχειν πως πρὸς τὴν μεταβολὴν αἰτίαν καθόλου μάλιστα θετέον περὶ ἧς ἤδη τυγχάνομεν εἰρηκότες.

    Since we are examining what gives rise to civil strife and to changes in constitutions, we must first grasp in general their origins and causes. They are, roughly speaking, three in number, and we must first define them in outline by themselves. We must grasp in what condition people turn to strife, for the sake of what, and third, what the origins are of political disturbances and of strife between citizens. The cause of people’s being disposed in some way toward change must be taken, in general and above all, to be the one we have already happened to speak about.

    οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἰσότητος ἐφιέμενοι στασιάζουσιν ἂν νομίζωσιν ἔλαττον ἔχειν ὄντες ἴσοι τοῖς πλεονεκτοῦσιν, οἱ δὲ τῆς ἀνισότητος καὶ τῆς ὑπεροχῆς ἂν ὑπολαμβάνωσιν ὄντες ἄνισοι μὴ πλέον ἔχειν ἀλλ’ ἴσον ἢ ἔλαττον (τούτων δ’ ἔστι μὲν ὀρέγεσθαι δικαίως, ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἀδίκως)· ἐλάττους τε γὰρ ὄντες ὅπως ἴσοι ὦσι στασιάζουσι, καὶ ἴσοι ὄντες ὅπως μείζους. πῶς μὲν οὖν ἔχοντες στασιάζουσιν, εἴρηται· περὶ ὧν δὲ στασιάζουσιν ἐστὶ κέρδος καὶ τιμὴ καὶ τἀναντία τούτοις. καὶ γὰρ ἀτιμίαν φεύγοντες καὶ ζημίαν, ἢ ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν ἢ τῶν φίλων, στασιάζουσιν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν. αἱ δ’ αἰτίαι καὶ ἀρχαὶ τῶν κινήσεων, ὅθεν αὐτοί τε διατίθενται τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον καὶ περὶ τῶν λεχθέντων, ἔστι μὲν ὡς τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἑπτὰ τυγχάνουσιν οὖσαι, ἔστι δ’ ὡς πλείους.

    Those who aim at equality turn to strife if they think they have less though they are equal to those who have more; and those who aim at inequality and superiority turn to strife if they suppose that, though unequal, they have not more but equal or less. (It is possible to desire these things justly, and also unjustly.) For those who are lesser turn to strife to become equal, and those who are equal, to become greater. That, then, is the condition in which people turn to strife. What they fight over is gain and honor and their opposites; for people engage in strife in cities to avoid dishonor and loss, either for themselves or for their friends. The causes and origins of the upheavals—which lead people to be disposed in the way described and about the things mentioned—are in one way seven in number, in another way more.

    ὧν δύο μέν ἐστι ταὐτὰ τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὡσαύτως· διὰ κέρδος γὰρ καὶ διὰ τιμὴν καὶ παροξύνονται πρὸς ἀλλήλους οὐχ ἵνα κτήσωνται σφίσιν αὐτοῖς, ὥσπερ εἴρηται πρότερον, ἀλλ’ ἑτέρους 1302b ὁρῶντες τοὺς μὲν δικαίως τοὺς δ’ ἀδίκως πλεονεκτοῦντας τούτων· ἔτι διὰ ὕβριν, διὰ φόβον, διὰ ὑπεροχήν, διὰ καταφρόνησιν, διὰ αὔξησιν τὴν παρὰ τὸ ἀνάλογον· ἔτι δὲ ἄλλον τρόπον δι’ ἐριθείαν, δι’ ὀλιγωρίαν, διὰ μικρότητα, διὰ ἀνομοιότητα.

    Two of them are the same as those mentioned, but not in the same way. For people are provoked against one another through gain and honor, not in order to acquire these for themselves, as was said before, but because they see others, 1302b some justly and some unjustly, getting more of them. Further, there is insolence, fear, preeminence, contempt, and disproportionate growth; and, in another way, electioneering, negligence, small changes, and dissimilarity.

    Insolence, fear, contempt and disproportion

    Each cause of strife is illustrated, from ostracism to mixed settlers and divided territory.

    Τούτων δὲ ὕβρις μὲν καὶ κέρδος τίνα ἔχουσι δύναμιν καὶ πῶς αἴτια, σχεδόν ἐστι φανερόν· ὑβριζόντων τε γὰρ τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ πλεονεκτούντων στασιάζουσι καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ πρὸς τὰς πολιτείας τὰς διδούσας τὴν ἐξουσίαν· ἡ δὲ πλεονεξία γίνεται ὁτὲ μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων ὁτὲ δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν κοινῶν. —δῆλον δὲ καὶ ἡ τιμή, καὶ τί δύναται καὶ πῶς αἰτία στάσεως· καὶ γὰρ αὐτοὶ ἀτιμαζόμενοι καὶ ἄλλους ὁρῶντες τιμωμένους στασιάζουσιν· ταῦτα δὲ ἀδίκως μὲν γίνεται ὅταν παρὰ τὴν ἀξίαν ἢ τιμῶνταί τινες ἢ ἀτιμάζωνται, δικαίως δὲ ὅταν κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν.

    Of these, it is fairly clear what force insolence and gain have and how they are causes. When those in office behave insolently and grasp for more, people turn to strife both against one another and against the constitutions that give those officials their power; and the grasping comes sometimes at the expense of private property, sometimes of public funds. It is plain too what force honor has and how it is a cause of strife: people turn to strife both when they themselves are dishonored and when they see others honored. This happens unjustly when people are honored or dishonored contrary to their worth, justly when it is in accordance with their worth.

    —δι’ ὑπεροχὴν δέ, ὅταν τις ᾖ τῇ δυνάμει μείζων (ἢ εἷς ἢ πλείους) ἢ κατὰ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ πολιτεύματος· γίνεσθαι γὰρ εἴωθεν ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων μοναρχία ἢ δυναστεία· διὸ ἐνιαχοῦ εἰώθασιν ὀστρακίζειν, οἷον ἐν Ἄργει καὶ Ἀθήνησιν· καίτοι βέλτιον ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁρᾶν ὅπως μὴ ἐνέσονται τοσοῦτον ὑπερέχοντες, ἢ ἐάσαντας γενέσθαι ἰᾶσθαι ὕστερον. —διὰ δὲ φόβον στασιάζουσιν οἵ τε ἠδικηκότες, δεδιότες μὴ δῶσι δίκην, καὶ οἱ μέλλοντες ἀδικεῖσθαι, βουλόμενοι φθάσαι πρὶν ἀδικηθῆναι, ὥσπερ ἐν Ῥόδῳ συνέστησαν οἱ γνώριμοι ἐπὶ τὸν δῆμον διὰ τὰς ἐπιφερομένας δίκας.

    Through preeminence, when someone—one person or more—has power too great for the city and for the power of the citizen body; for from such people a monarchy or a dynastic clique tends to arise. That is why in some places they practice ostracism, as at Argos and Athens. Yet it is better to see to it from the start that no one so preeminent arises, than to let them arise and heal the damage afterward. Through fear, people turn to strife both when they have done wrong, afraid of paying the penalty, and when they are about to be wronged, wanting to strike first—as at Rhodes, where the notables combined against the people because of the lawsuits being brought against them.

    —διὰ καταφρόνησιν δὲ καὶ στασιάζουσι καὶ ἐπιτίθενται, οἷον ἔν τε ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις, ὅταν πλείους ὦσιν οἱ μὴ μετέχοντες τῆς πολιτείας (κρείττους γὰρ οἴονται εἶναι), καὶ ἐν ταῖς δημοκρατίαις οἱ εὔποροι καταφρονήσαντες τῆς ἀταξίας καὶ ἀναρχίας, οἷον καὶ ἐν Θήβαις μετὰ τὴν ἐν Οἰνοφύτοις μάχην κακῶς πολιτευομένων ἡ δημοκρατία διεφθάρη, καὶ ἡ Μεγαρέων δι’ ἀταξίαν καὶ ἀναρχίαν ἡττηθέντων, καὶ ἐν Συρακούσαις πρὸ τῆς Γέλωνος τυραννίδος, καὶ ἐν Ῥόδῳ ὁ δῆμος πρὸ τῆς ἐπαναστάσεως.

    Through contempt, too, people turn to strife and make attacks: for instance in oligarchies, when those who have no share in the constitution are more numerous (for they think they are stronger), and in democracies, when the well-off come to despise the disorder and anarchy. So at Thebes, after the battle of Oenophyta, the democracy was destroyed because they were badly governed; so too the Megarian democracy, when they were defeated through disorder and anarchy; so at Syracuse before the tyranny of Gelon; and at Rhodes, the people before the uprising.

    At Oenophyta (457 BC) the Athenians defeated the Boeotians; Gelon became tyrant of Syracuse in 485 BC.

    γίνονται δὲ καὶ δι’ αὔξησιν τὴν παρὰ τὸ ἀνάλογον μεταβολαὶ τῶν πολιτειῶν. ὥσπερ γὰρ σῶμα ἐκ μερῶν σύγκειται καὶ δεῖ αὐξάνεσθαι ἀνάλογον ἵνα μένῃ ἡ συμμετρία, εἰ δὲ μή, φθείρεται, ὅταν ὁ μὲν ποὺς τεττάρων πηχῶν ᾖ τὸ δ’ ἄλλο σῶμα δυοῖν σπιθαμαῖν, ἐνίοτε δὲ κἂν εἰς ἄλλου ζῴου μεταβάλοι μορφήν, εἰ μὴ μόνον κατὰ τὸ ποσὸν ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὸ ποιὸν αὐξάνοιτο παρὰ τὸ ἀνάλογον, οὕτω καὶ πόλις σύγκειται 1303a ἐκ μερῶν, ὧν πολλάκις λανθάνει τι αὐξανόμενον, οἷον τὸ τῶν ἀπόρων πλῆθος ἐν ταῖς δημοκρατίαις καὶ πολιτείαις.

    Changes of constitution also arise through disproportionate growth. A body is made up of parts and must grow proportionately so that its symmetry is kept; otherwise it is ruined—when the foot is four cubits long and the rest of the body two spans—and sometimes it might even change into the shape of another animal, if it grew disproportionately not only in quantity but also in quality. In the same way a city too is made up 1303a of parts, one of which often grows without being noticed, for instance the number of the poor in democracies and polities.

    συμβαίνει δ’ ἐνίοτε τοῦτο καὶ διὰ τύχας, οἷον ἐν Τάραντι ἡττηθέντων καὶ ἀπολομένων πολλῶν γνωρίμων ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰαπύγων μικρὸν ὕστερον τῶν Μηδικῶν δημοκρατία ἐγένετο ἐκ πολιτείας, καὶ ἐν Ἄργει τῶν ἐν τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἀπολομένων ὑπὸ Κλεομένους τοῦ Λάκωνος ἠναγκάσθησαν παραδέξασθαι τῶν περιοίκων τινάς, καὶ ἐν Ἀθήναις ἀτυχούντων πεζῇ οἱ γνώριμοι ἐλάττους ἐγένοντο διὰ τὸ ἐκ καταλόγου στρατεύεσθαι ὑπὸ τὸν Λακωνικὸν πόλεμον. συμβαίνει δὲ τοῦτο καὶ ἐν ταῖς δημοκρατίαις, ἧττον δέ· πλειόνων γὰρ τῶν εὐπόρων γινομένων ἢ τῶν οὐσιῶν αὐξανομένων μεταβάλλουσιν εἰς ὀλιγαρχίας καὶ δυναστείας.

    This sometimes happens through chance events, too. At Tarentum, for instance, when many notables were defeated and killed by the Iapygians a little after the Persian Wars, the polity became a democracy. At Argos, when those who fell on the seventh had been killed by Cleomenes the Spartan, they were forced to admit some of the perioikoi to citizenship. And at Athens, when they met with disasters on land, the notables became fewer, because in the war against Sparta the soldiers were drawn from the muster roll. This happens in democracies too, though less often: when the well-off become more numerous or their properties grow, democracies change into oligarchies and dynastic cliques.

    The Argives were massacred by the Spartan king Cleomenes at Sepeia (c. 494 BC); perioikoi (“dwellers around”) were free but non-citizen inhabitants of the surrounding territory.

    —μεταβάλλουσι δ’ αἱ πολιτεῖαι καὶ ἄνευ στάσεως διά τε τὰς ἐριθείας, ὥσπερ ἐν Ἡραίᾳ (ἐξ αἱρετῶν γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο ἐποίησαν κληρωτάς, ὅτι ᾑροῦντο τοὺς ἐριθευομένους), καὶ δι’ ὀλιγωρίαν, ὅταν ἐάσωσιν εἰς τὰς ἀρχὰς τὰς κυρίας παριέναι τοὺς μὴ τῇ πολιτείᾳ φίλους, ὥσπερ ἐν Ὠρεῷ κατελύθη ἡ ὀλιγαρχία τῶν ἀρχόντων γενομένου Ἡρακλεοδώρου, ὃς ἐξ ὀλιγαρχίας πολιτείαν καὶ δημοκρατίαν κατεσκεύασεν. —ἔτι διὰ τὸ παρὰ μικρόν. λέγω δὲ παρὰ μικρόν, ὅτι πολλάκις λανθάνει μεγάλη γινομένη μετάβασις τῶν νομίμων, ὅταν παρορῶσι τὸ μικρόν, ὥσπερ ἐν Ἀμβρακίᾳ μικρὸν ἦν τὸ τίμημα, τέλος δ’ ἀπ’ οὐθενὸς ἦρχον, ὡς ἔγγιον ἢ μηθὲν διαφέρον τοῦ μηθὲν τὸ μικρόν.

    Constitutions also change without strife: through electioneering, as at Heraea (they switched from election to lot for this reason, because they kept electing those who canvassed); and through negligence, when people let those who are not friendly to the constitution into the authoritative offices—as at Oreus the oligarchy was overthrown when Heracleodorus became one of the officials, and he set up a polity and a democracy in place of the oligarchy. Also through small changes. By “small changes” I mean that often a large change in customs takes place unnoticed when people overlook something small—as at Ambracia the property qualification was small, and in the end people held office with none at all, on the ground that little is close to nothing, or no different from it.

    στασιωτικὸν δὲ καὶ τὸ μὴ ὁμόφυλον, ἕως ἂν συμπνεύσῃ· ὥσπερ γὰρ οὐδ’ ἐκ τοῦ τυχόντος πλήθους πόλις γίγνεται, οὕτως οὐδ’ ἐν τῷ τυχόντι χρόνῳ· διὸ ὅσοι ἤδη συνοίκους ἐδέξαντο ἢ ἐποίκους, οἱ πλεῖστοι διεστασίασαν· οἷον Τροιζηνίοις Ἀχαιοὶ συνῴκησαν Σύβαριν, εἶτα πλείους οἱ Ἀχαιοὶ γενόμενοι ἐξέβαλον τοὺς Τροιζηνίους, ὅθεν τὸ ἄγος συνέβη τοῖς Συβαρίταις· καὶ ἐν Θουρίοις Συβαρῖται τοῖς συνοικήσασιν (πλεονεκτεῖν γὰρ ἀξιοῦντες ὡς σφετέρας τῆς χώρας ἐξέπεσον)· καὶ Βυζαντίοις οἱ ἔποικοι ἐπιβουλεύοντες φωραθέντες ἐξέπεσον διὰ μάχης· καὶ Ἀντισσαῖοι τοὺς Χίων φυγάδας εἰσδεξάμενοι διὰ μάχης ἐξέβαλον· Ζαγκλαῖοι δὲ Σαμίους ὑποδεξάμενοι ἐξέπεσον αὐτοί· καὶ Ἀπολλωνιᾶται οἱ ἐν τῷ Εὐξείνῳ πόντῳ ἐποίκους ἐπαγαγόμενοι ἐστασίασαν· καὶ Συρακούσιοι μετὰ τὰ τυραννικὰ τοὺς ξένους 1303b καὶ τοὺς μισθοφόρους πολίτας ποιησάμενοι ἐστασίασαν καὶ εἰς μάχην ἦλθον· καὶ Ἀμφιπολῖται δεξάμενοι Χαλκιδέων ἐποίκους ἐξέπεσον ὑπὸ τούτων οἱ πλεῖστοι αὐτῶν.

    Difference of stock is also a cause of strife, until people come to breathe as one. For just as a city does not come from any chance multitude, neither does it come into being in any chance length of time. That is why most of those who have admitted people to settle with them or join them later have fallen into strife. For instance, the Achaeans settled Sybaris jointly with the Troezenians, and then, becoming more numerous, the Achaeans drove the Troezenians out—the source of the curse that fell on the Sybarites. And at Thurii the Sybarites fell out with those who had settled with them (claiming more on the ground that the land was theirs, they were expelled). At Byzantium the later settlers were caught plotting and driven out by force. The people of Antissa took in exiles from Chios and then drove them out by force. The Zanclaeans took in Samians and were themselves driven out. The people of Apollonia on the Black Sea fell into strife after bringing in new settlers. The Syracusans, after the period of the tyrants, made the foreigners 1303b and mercenaries citizens, fell into strife, and came to blows. And the people of Amphipolis took in settlers from Chalcis and most of them were driven out by these.

    στασιάζουσι δ’ ἐν μὲν ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις οἱ πολλοὶ ὡς ἀδικούμενοι, ὅτι οὐ μετέχουσι τῶν ἴσων, καθάπερ εἴρηται πρότερον, ἴσοι ὄντες, ἐν δὲ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις οἱ γνώριμοι, ὅτι μετέχουσι τῶν ἴσων οὐκ ἴσοι ὄντες. στασιάζουσι δὲ ἐνίοτε αἱ πόλεις καὶ διὰ τοὺς τόπους, ὅταν μὴ εὐφυῶς ἔχῃ ἡ χώρα πρὸς τὸ μίαν εἶναι πόλιν, οἷον ἐν Κλαζομεναῖς οἱ ἐπὶ Χύτρῳ πρὸς τοὺς ἐν νήσῳ, καὶ Κολοφώνιοι καὶ Νοτιεῖς· καὶ Ἀθήνησιν οὐχ ὁμοίως εἰσὶν ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον δημοτικοὶ οἱ τὸν Πειραιᾶ οἰκοῦντες τῶν τὸ ἄστυ. ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις αἱ διαβάσεις τῶν ὀχετῶν, καὶ τῶν πάνυ σμικρῶν, διασπῶσι τὰς φάλαγγας, οὕτως ἔοικε πᾶσα διαφορὰ ποιεῖν διάστασιν.

    In oligarchies it is the many who turn to strife, on the ground that they are wronged because they do not share equally although they are equal, as was said before; in democracies it is the notables, because they share equally although they are not equal. Cities sometimes fall into strife also because of their location, when the territory is not naturally suited to being a single city—for instance at Clazomenae, the people at Chytrum against those on the island, and the Colophonians and the Notians. At Athens too people are not alike: those who live in the Piraeus are more democratic than those in the town. For just as in war the crossing of ditches, even very small ones, breaks up the ranks of the phalanx, so, it seems, every difference makes a division.

    μεγίστη μὲν οὖν ἴσως διάστασις ἀρετὴ καὶ μοχθηρία, εἶτα πλοῦτος καὶ πενία, καὶ οὕτως δὴ ἑτέρα ἑτέρας μᾶλλον, ὧν μία καὶ ἡ εἰρημένη ἐστί.

    The greatest division is perhaps that between excellence and wickedness, then between wealth and poverty, and so on, one being greater than another; and one of these is the one just mentioned.

    Small occasions, great quarrels

    Private quarrels over love, marriage and inheritance grow into revolutions; force and deception overturn constitutions.

    Γίγνονται μὲν οὖν αἱ στάσεις οὐ περὶ μικρῶν ἀλλ’ ἐκ μικρῶν, στασιάζουσι δὲ περὶ μεγάλων. μάλιστα δὲ καὶ αἱ μικραὶ ἰσχύουσιν, ὅταν ἐν τοῖς κυρίοις γένωνται, οἷον συνέβη καὶ ἐν Συρακούσαις ἐν τοῖς ἀρχαίοις χρόνοις. μετέβαλε γὰρ ἡ πολιτεία ἐκ δύο νεανίσκων στασιασάντων τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ὄντων, περὶ ἐρωτικὴν αἰτίαν. θατέρου γὰρ ἀποδημοῦντος ἅτερος ὤν τὸν ἐρώμενον αὐτοῦ ὑπεποιήσατο, πάλιν δ’ ἐκεῖνος τούτῳ χαλεπήνας τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ ἀνέπεισεν ὡς αὑτὸν ἐλθεῖν· ὅθεν προσλαμβάνοντες τοὺς ἐν τῷ πολιτεύματι διεστασίασαν πάντας. διόπερ ἀρχομένων εὐλαβεῖσθαι δεῖ τῶν τοιούτων, καὶ διαλύειν τὰς τῶν ἡγεμόνων καὶ δυναμένων στάσεις· ἐν ἀρχῇ γὰρ γίνεται τὸ ἁμάρτημα, ἡ δ’ ἀρχὴ λέγεται ἥμισυ εἶναι παντός, ὥστε καὶ τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ μικρὸν ἁμάρτημα ἀνάλογόν ἐστι πρὸς τὰ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις μέρεσιν.

    Strife arises, then, not about small things but from small things; but what people fight about is large. And even small quarrels are especially powerful when they occur among those in authority, as happened at Syracuse in ancient times. The constitution there changed because two young men who held office fell out over a love affair. While one was away, the other, his companion, won over his beloved; the first, angry with him in turn, persuaded the other’s wife to come to him. From there they drew in those in the citizen body and split them all into factions. That is why one must guard against such things when they begin, and settle the quarrels of leaders and powerful people. For the error occurs at the beginning, and the beginning is said to be half of the whole; so even a small error at the beginning is proportionate to all the errors in the other parts.

    ὅλως δὲ αἱ τῶν γνωρίμων στάσεις συναπολαύειν ποιοῦσι καὶ τὴν ὅλην πόλιν, οἷον ἐν Ἑστιαίᾳ συνέβη μετὰ τὰ Μηδικά, δύο ἀδελφῶν περὶ τῆς πατρῴας νομῆς διενεχθέντων· ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἀπορώτερος, ὡς οὐκ ἀποφαίνοντος τὴν οὐσίαν οὐδὲ τὸν θησαυρὸν ὃν εὗρεν ὁ πατήρ, προσηγάγετο τοὺς δημοτικούς, ὁ δ’ ἕτερος ἔχων οὐσίαν πολλὴν τοὺς εὐπόρους. καὶ ἐν Δελφοῖς ἐκ κηδείας γενομένης διαφορᾶς ἀρχὴ πασῶν ἐγένετο τῶν στάσεων τῶν 1304a ὕστερον· ὁ μὲν γὰρ οἰωνισάμενός τι σύμπτωμα, ὡς ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν νύμφην, οὐ λαβὼν ἀπῆλθεν, οἱ δ’ ὡς ὑβρισθέντες ἐνέβαλον τῶν ἱερῶν χρημάτων θύοντος, κἄπειτα ὡς ἱερόσυλον ἀπέκτειναν.

    In general, the quarrels of the notables make the whole city suffer with them, as happened at Hestiaea after the Persian Wars, when two brothers quarreled over the division of their father’s estate. The poorer one, claiming that the other was not declaring the property or the treasure their father had found, drew the democratic party to his side, while the other, who had much property, drew in the well-off. And at Delphi a quarrel arising from a marriage was the beginning of all the later strife: 1304a the bridegroom, taking some mishap as a bad omen when he came for his bride, left without taking her; her family, regarding themselves as insulted, slipped some of the sacred valuables among his things while he was sacrificing, and then killed him as a temple robber.

    καὶ περὶ Μυτιλήνην δὲ ἐξ ἐπικλήρων στάσεως γενομένης πολλῶν ἐγένετο ἀρχὴ κακῶν καὶ τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς Ἀθηναίους, ἐν ᾧ Πάχης ἔλαβε τὴν πόλιν αὐτῶν· Τιμοφάνους γὰρ τῶν εὐπόρων τινὸς καταλιπόντος δύο θυγατέρας, ὁ περιωσθεὶς καὶ οὐ λαβὼν τοῖς υἱέσιν αὑτοῦ Δέξανδρος ἦρξε τῆς στάσεως καὶ τοὺς Ἀθηναίους παρώξυνε, πρόξενος ὢν τῆς πόλεως. καὶ ἐν Φωκεῦσιν ἐξ ἐπικλήρου στάσεως γενομένης περὶ Μνασέαν τὸν Μνάσωνος πατέρα καὶ Εὐθυκράτη τὸν Ὀνομάρχου, ἡ στάσις αὕτη ἀρχὴ τοῦ ἱεροῦ πολέμου κατέστη τοῖς Φωκεῦσιν. μετέβαλε δὲ καὶ ἐν Ἐπιδάμνῳ ἡ πολιτεία ἐκ γαμικῶν· ὑπομνηστευσάμενος γάρ τις θυγατέρα, ὡς ἐζημίωσεν αὐτὸν ὁ τοῦ ὑπομνηστευθέντος πατήρ, γενόμενος τῶν ἀρχόντων, ἅτερος συμπαρέλαβε τοὺς ἐκτὸς τῆς πολιτείας ὡς ἐπηρεασθείς.

    At Mytilene too, strife arising over heiresses was the beginning of many evils, including the war against the Athenians in which Paches captured their city. Timophanes, a wealthy man, left two daughters; Dexander, who was rebuffed and did not get them for his sons, started the strife and stirred up the Athenians, whose proxenos he was. And among the Phocians, when strife arose over an heiress involving Mnaseas, the father of Mnason, and Euthycrates, the father of Onomarchus, this strife became the beginning of the Sacred War for the Phocians. At Epidamnus too the constitution changed as a result of a marriage: a man had promised his daughter in marriage, and the father of the young man she was promised to, having become an official, fined him; the other, feeling that he had been insulted, took those outside the constitution as his allies.

    A proxenos was a citizen who looked after another city’s interests in his own.

    μεταβάλλουσι δὲ καὶ εἰς ὀλιγαρχίαν καὶ εἰς δῆμον καὶ εἰς πολιτείαν ἐκ τοῦ εὐδοκιμῆσαί τι ἢ αὐξηθῆναι ἢ ἀρχεῖον ἢ μόριον τῆς πόλεως, οἷον ἡ ἐν Ἀρείῳ πάγῳ βουλὴ εὐδοκιμήσασα ἐν τοῖς Μηδικοῖς ἔδοξε συντονωτέραν ποιῆσαι τὴν πολιτείαν, καὶ πάλιν ὁ ναυτικὸς ὄχλος γενόμενος αἴτιος τῆς περὶ Σαλαμῖνα νίκης καὶ διὰ ταύτης τῆς ἡγεμονίας διὰ τὴν κατὰ θάλατταν δύναμιν τὴν δημοκρατίαν ἰσχυροτέραν ἐποίησεν, καὶ ἐν Ἄργει οἱ γνώριμοι εὐδοκιμήσαντες περὶ τὴν ἐν Μαντινείᾳ μάχην τὴν πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους ἐπεχείρησαν καταλύειν τὸν δῆμον, καὶ ἐν Συρακούσαις ὁ δῆμος αἴτιος γενόμενος τῆς νίκης τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς Ἀθηναίους ἐκ πολιτείας εἰς δημοκρατίαν μετέβαλεν, καὶ ἐν Χαλκίδι Φόξον τὸν τύραννον μετὰ τῶν γνωρίμων ὁ δῆμος ἀνελὼν εὐθὺς εἴχετο τῆς πολιτείας, καὶ ἐν Ἀμβρακίᾳ πάλιν ὡσαύτως Περίανδρον συνεκβαλὼν τοῖς ἐπιθεμένοις ὁ δῆμος τὸν τύραννον εἰς ἑαυτὸν περιέστησε τὴν πολιτείαν.

    Constitutions also change into oligarchy, into democracy, and into polity when some office or part of the city gains prestige or grows. For instance, the Council of the Areopagus, having gained prestige during the Persian Wars, was thought to have made the constitution tighter; and again the naval crowd, having been responsible for the victory at Salamis, and through it for Athens’ leadership based on sea power, made the democracy stronger. At Argos the notables, having won prestige in the battle against the Spartans at Mantinea, tried to overthrow the people. At Syracuse the people, having been responsible for the victory in the war against the Athenians, changed the polity into a democracy. At Chalcis the people, together with the notables, did away with the tyrant Phoxus and at once took hold of the constitution. And again at Ambracia likewise, the people joined the conspirators in expelling the tyrant Periander and brought the constitution round to themselves.

    καὶ ὅλως δὴ δεῖ τοῦτο μὴ λανθάνειν, ὡς οἱ δυνάμεως αἴτιοι γενόμενοι, καὶ ἰδιῶται καὶ ἀρχαὶ καὶ φυλαὶ καὶ ὅλως μέρος καὶ ὁποινοῦν πλῆθος, στάσιν κινοῦσιν· ἢ γὰρ οἱ τούτοις φθονοῦντες τιμωμένοις ἄρχουσι τῆς στάσεως, ἢ οὗτοι διὰ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν οὐ θέλουσι μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ἴσων. κινοῦνται δ’ αἱ πολιτεῖαι καὶ ὅταν τἀναντία εἶναι δοκοῦντα μέρη τῆς πόλεως ἰσάζῃ 1304b ἀλλήλοις, οἷον οἱ πλούσιοι καὶ ὁ δῆμος, μέσον δ’ ᾖ μηθὲν ἢ μικρὸν πάμπαν· ἂν γὰρ πολὺ ὑπερέχῃ ὁποτερονοῦν τῶν μερῶν, πρὸς τὸ φανερῶς κρεῖττον τὸ λοιπὸν οὐ θέλει κινδυνεύειν. διὸ καὶ οἱ κατ’ ἀρετὴν διαφέροντες οὐ ποιοῦσι στάσιν ὡς εἰπεῖν· ὀλίγοι γὰρ γίγνονται πρὸς πολλούς.

    In general one must not overlook this: those who have been responsible for power—whether private individuals, offices, tribes, or in general any part or group whatever—set strife in motion. Either those who envy them for being honored start the strife, or they themselves, because of their preeminence, are unwilling to remain on equal terms. Constitutions are also disturbed when parts of the city that are thought to be opposed are evenly matched 1304b with each other—for instance the rich and the people—and there is no middle class, or only a very small one. For if either part is far superior, the rest is unwilling to take risks against what is clearly stronger. That is also why those outstanding in excellence practically never cause strife: they are few against many.

    καθόλου μὲν οὖν περὶ πάσας τὰς πολιτείας αἱ ἀρχαὶ καὶ αἰτίαι τῶν στάσεων καὶ τῶν μεταβολῶν τοῦτον ἔχουσι τὸν τρόπον· κινοῦσι δὲ τὰς πολιτείας ὁτὲ μὲν διὰ βίας ὁτὲ δὲ δι’ ἀπάτης, διὰ βίας μὲν ἢ εὐθὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἢ ὕστερον ἀναγκάζοντες. καὶ γὰρ ἡ ἀπάτη διττή. ὁτὲ μὲν γὰρ ἐξαπατήσαντες τὸ πρῶτον ἑκόντων μεταβάλλουσι τὴν πολιτείαν, εἶθ’ ὕστερον βίᾳ κατέχουσιν ἀκόντων, οἷον ἐπὶ τῶν Τετρακοσίων τὸν δῆμον ἐξηπάτησαν φάσκοντες τὸν βασιλέα χρήματα παρέξειν πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους, ψευσάμενοι δὲ κατέχειν ἐπειρῶντο τὴν πολιτείαν· ὁτὲ δὲ ἐξ ἀρχῆς τε πείσαντες καὶ ὕστερον πάλιν πεισθέντων ἑκόντων ἄρχουσιν αὐτῶν. ἁπλῶς μὲν οὖν περὶ πάσας τὰς πολιτείας ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων συμβέβηκε γίνεσθαι τὰς μεταβολάς.

    Such, then, in general, for all constitutions, are the origins and causes of strife and change. People overturn constitutions sometimes by force, sometimes by deception. By force, either right from the start or by compulsion later. Deception too is twofold. Sometimes, having first deceived people, they change the constitution with their consent, and later keep hold of it by force against their will—as under the Four Hundred they deceived the people by claiming that the Persian King would provide money for the war against the Spartans, and after lying, tried to keep hold of the constitution. At other times they persuade people at the start, and later persuade them again and rule them with their consent. Put simply, then, in all constitutions changes have come about from the causes mentioned.

    The Four Hundred were the oligarchs who seized power at Athens in 411 BC.

    How democracies fall

    Demagogues who attack the wealthy drive them to overthrow democracies, or become tyrants themselves.

    καθ’ ἕκαστον δ’ εἶδος πολιτείας ἐκ τούτων μερίζοντας τὰ συμβαίνοντα δεῖ θεωρεῖν. αἱ μὲν οὖν δημοκρατίαι μάλιστα μεταβάλλουσι διὰ τὴν τῶν δημαγωγῶν ἀσέλγειαν· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἰδίᾳ συκοφαντοῦντες τοὺς τὰς οὐσίας ἔχοντας συστρέφουσιν αὐτούς (συνάγει γὰρ καὶ τοὺς ἐχθίστους ὁ κοινὸς φόβος), τὰ δὲ κοινῇ τὸ πλῆθος ἐπάγοντες. καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἄν τις ἴδοι γιγνόμενον οὕτω. καὶ γὰρ ἐν Κῷ ἡ δημοκρατία μετέβαλε πονηρῶν ἐγγενομένων δημαγωγῶν (οἱ γὰρ γνώριμοι συνέστησαν)· καὶ ἐν Ῥόδῳ· μισθοφοράν τε γὰρ οἱ δημαγωγοὶ ἐπόριζον, καὶ ἐκώλυον ἀποδιδόναι τὰ ὀφειλόμενα τοῖς τριηράρχοις, οἱ δὲ διὰ τὰς ἐπιφερομένας δίκας ἠναγκάσθησαν συστάντες καταλῦσαι τὸν δῆμον.

    We must study what happens to each kind of constitution separately, dividing it up on this basis. Democracies change most of all through the recklessness of the demagogues. Sometimes, by bringing malicious prosecutions against the property owners individually, they make them band together (for a common fear unites even the bitterest enemies); at other times, they set the multitude on them publicly. One can see this happening in many cases. At Cos the democracy was overturned when wicked demagogues arose (for the notables combined); and at Rhodes, the demagogues provided pay, and prevented the payment of what was owed to the trierarchs, who, because of the lawsuits brought against them, were forced to combine and overthrow the people.

    Trierarchs were wealthy citizens required to fit out and command a warship at their own expense.

    κατελύθη δὲ καὶ ἐν Ἡρακλείᾳ ὁ δῆμος μετὰ τὸν ἀποικισμὸν εὐθὺς διὰ τοὺς δημαγωγούς· ἀδικούμενοι γὰρ ὑπ’ αὐτῶν οἱ γνώριμοι ἐξέπιπτον, ἔπειτα ἀθροισθέντες οἱ ἐκπίπτοντες καὶ κατελθόντες κατέλυσαν τὸν δῆμον. παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ ἡ ἐν Μεγάροις κατελύθη δημοκρατία· οἱ γὰρ δημαγωγοί, ἵνα χρήματα ἔχωσι δημεύειν, ἐξέβαλον πολλοὺς τῶν γνωρίμων, ἕως πολλοὺς ἐποίησαν τοὺς φεύγοντας, οἱ δὲ κατιόντες ἐνίκησαν μαχόμενοι τὸν δῆμον καὶ κατέστησαν τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν. συνέβη δὲ ταὐτὸν καὶ περὶ 1305a Κύμην ἐπὶ τῆς δημοκρατίας ἣν κατέλυσε Θρασύμαχος. σχεδὸν δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἄν τις ἴδοι θεωρῶν τὰς μεταβολὰς τοῦτον ἐχούσας τὸν τρόπον. ὁτὲ μὲν γάρ, ἵνα χαρίζωνται, ἀδικοῦντες τοὺς γνωρίμους συνιστᾶσιν, ἢ τὰς οὐσίας ἀναδάστους ποιοῦντες ἢ τὰς προσόδους ταῖς λειτουργίαις, ὁτὲ δὲ διαβάλλοντες, ἵν’ ἔχωσι δημεύειν τὰ κτήματα τῶν πλουσίων.

    At Heraclea too the democracy was overthrown right after the colony was founded, because of the demagogues. The notables, wronged by them, went into exile; then the exiles gathered, returned, and overthrew the people. The democracy at Megara was overthrown in much the same way. The demagogues, to have property to confiscate, drove many of the notables out, until they had made the exiles numerous; these returned, defeated the people in battle, and set up the oligarchy. The same thing happened at 1305a Cyme with the democracy that Thrasymachus overthrew. One can see, looking at other cases too, that changes generally follow this pattern. Sometimes, to curry favor, they wrong the notables and so make them band together—either by redistributing their property or by draining their incomes through public services; sometimes by slandering them, so as to be able to confiscate the possessions of the rich.

    ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἀρχαίων, ὅτε γένοιτο ὁ αὐτὸς δημαγωγὸς καὶ στρατηγός, εἰς τυραννίδα μετέβαλλον· σχεδὸν γὰρ οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν ἀρχαίων τυράννων ἐκ δημαγωγῶν γεγόνασιν. αἴτιον δὲ τοῦ τότε μὲν γίγνεσθαι νῦν δὲ μή, ὅτι τότε μὲν οἱ δημαγωγοὶ ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν στρατηγούντων (οὐ γάρ πω δεινοὶ ἦσαν λέγειν), νῦν δὲ τῆς ῥητορικῆς ηὐξημένης οἱ δυνάμενοι λέγειν δημαγωγοῦσι μέν, δι’ ἀπειρίαν δὲ τῶν πολεμικῶν οὐκ ἐπιτίθενται, πλὴν εἴ που βραχύ τι γέγονε τοιοῦτον. ἐγίγνοντο δὲ τυραννίδες πρότερον μᾶλλον ἢ νῦν καὶ διὰ τὸ μεγάλας ἀρχὰς ἐγχειρίζεσθαί τισιν, ὥσπερ ἐν Μιλήτῳ ἐκ τῆς πρυτανείας (πολλῶν γὰρ ἦν καὶ μεγάλων κύριος ὁ πρύτανις).

    In ancient times, whenever the same man became both demagogue and general, the constitution changed into a tyranny; for most of the ancient tyrants, roughly speaking, arose from demagogues. The reason it happened then but not now is that then the demagogues came from among the generals (for people were not yet skilled at speaking), whereas now, with the growth of rhetoric, those who are able speakers become demagogues, but through inexperience in warfare they do not make attempts at tyranny, except where something of the kind has happened briefly. Tyrannies also arose more often in the past than now because great offices were entrusted to certain people, as at Miletus arising from the office of prytanis (for the prytanis had authority over many important matters).

    ἔτι δὲ διὰ τὸ μὴ μεγάλας εἶναι τότε τὰς πόλεις, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀγρῶν οἰκεῖν τὸν δῆμον ἄσχολον ὄντα πρὸς τοῖς ἔργοις, οἱ προστάται τοῦ δήμου, ὅτε πολεμικοὶ γένοιντο, τυραννίδι ἐπετίθεντο. πάντες δὲ τοῦτο ἔδρων ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου πιστευθέντες, ἡ δὲ πίστις ἦν ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ πρὸς τοὺς πλουσίους, οἷον Ἀθήνησί τε Πεισίστρατος στασιάσας πρὸς τοὺς πεδιακούς, καὶ Θεαγένης ἐν Μεγάροις τῶν εὐπόρων τὰ κτήνη ἀποσφάξας, λαβὼν παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν ἐπινέμοντας, καὶ Διονύσιος κατηγορῶν Δαφναίου καὶ τῶν πλουσίων ἠξιώθη τῆς τυραννίδος, διὰ τὴν ἔχθραν πιστευθεὶς ὡς δημοτικὸς ὤν.

    Further, because cities were not large then, and the people lived out in the fields, busy with their work, the people’s champions, when they were warlike, would attempt tyranny. They all did this after winning the people’s trust, and the basis of that trust was their hostility toward the rich. So at Athens Pisistratus, by leading a faction against the men of the plain; so Theagenes at Megara, by slaughtering the flocks of the well-off, which he caught grazing beside the river; and Dionysius, by denouncing Daphnaeus and the rich, was judged fit for tyranny, trusted because of that enmity as a man of the people.

    Pisistratus was tyrant of Athens in the sixth century BC.

    μεταβάλλουσι δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῆς πατρίας δημοκρατίας εἰς τὴν νεωτάτην· ὅπου γὰρ αἱρεταὶ μὲν αἱ ἀρχαί, μὴ ἀπὸ τιμημάτων δέ, αἱρεῖται δὲ ὁ δῆμος, δημαγωγοῦντες οἱ σπουδαρχιῶντες εἰς τοῦτο καθιστᾶσιν ὥστε κύριον εἶναι τὸν δῆμον καὶ τῶν νόμων. ἄκος δὲ τοῦ μὴ γίγνεσθαι ἢ τοῦ γίγνεσθαι ἧττον τὸ τὰς φυλὰς φέρειν τοὺς ἄρχοντας, ἀλλὰ μὴ πάντα τὸν δῆμον. τῶν μὲν οὖν δημοκρατιῶν αἱ μεταβολαὶ γίγνονται πᾶσαι σχεδὸν διὰ ταύτας τὰς αἰτίας.

    Democracies also change from the traditional form into the newest one. Where offices are elective but without property qualifications, and the people elect, those eager for office, playing the demagogue, bring things to the point where the people have authority even over the laws. A remedy that prevents this, or makes it happen less, is for the tribes, rather than the whole people, to put forward the officials. The changes in democracies, then, practically all come about for these reasons.

    How oligarchies fall

    Oligarchies fall by wronging the people, through internal rivalry, extravagance, and reliance on mercenaries.

    αἱ δ’ ὀλιγαρχίαι μεταβάλλουσι διὰ δύο μάλιστα τρόπους τοὺς φανερωτάτους, ἕνα μὲν ἐὰν ἀδικῶσι τὸ πλῆθος· πᾶς γὰρ ἱκανὸς γίνεται προστάτης, μάλιστα δ’ ὅταν ἐξ αὐτῆς συμβῇ τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας γίνεσθαι τὸν ἡγεμόνα, καθάπερ ἐν Νάξῳ Λύγδαμις, ὃς καὶ ἐτυράννησεν ὕστερον τῶν 1305b Ναξίων. ἔχει δὲ καὶ ἡ ἐξ ἄλλων ἀρχὴ στάσεως διαφοράς.

    Oligarchies change chiefly in two ways, the most obvious ones. One is if they wrong the multitude; for then anyone at all is good enough as their champion, especially when the leader happens to come from the oligarchy itself, like Lygdamis at Naxos, who later actually became tyrant of the 1305b Naxians. Strife that begins from other quarters also has various forms.

    ὁτὲ μὲν γὰρ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν εὐπόρων, οὐ τῶν ὄντων δ’ ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς, γίγνεται κατάλυσις, ὅταν ὀλίγοι σφόδρα ὦσιν οἱ ἐν ταῖς τιμαῖς, οἷον ἐν Μασσαλίᾳ καὶ ἐν Ἴστρῳ καὶ ἐν Ἡρακλείᾳ καὶ ἐν ἄλλαις πόλεσι συμβέβηκεν· οἱ γὰρ μὴ μετέχοντες τῶν ἀρχῶν ἐκίνουν, ἕως μετέλαβον οἱ πρεσβύτεροι πρότερον τῶν ἀδελφῶν, ὕστερον δ’ οἱ νεώτεροι πάλιν· οὐ γὰρ ἄρχουσιν ἐνιαχοῦ μὲν ἅμα πατήρ τε καὶ υἱός, ἐνιαχοῦ δὲ ὁ πρεσβύτερος καὶ ὁ νεώτερος ἀδελφός· καὶ ἔνθα μὲν πολιτικωτέρα ἐγένετο ἡ ὀλιγαρχία, ἐν Ἴστρῳ δ’ εἰς δῆμον ἀπετελεύτησεν, ἐν Ἡρακλείᾳ δ’ ἐξ ἐλαττόνων εἰς ἑξακοσίους ἦλθεν·

    Sometimes the overthrow comes from the well-off themselves—those not in office—when the people holding honors are very few, as has happened at Massalia, at Istros, at Heraclea, and in other cities. Those who had no share in the offices kept agitating until first the elder brothers were admitted, and later the younger ones in turn. (In some places father and son may not hold office at the same time, and in others an elder and a younger brother may not.) In one case the oligarchy became more like a polity; at Istros it ended in democracy; at Heraclea it went from a smaller number to six hundred.

    μετέβαλε δὲ καὶ ἐν Κνίδῳ ἡ ὀλιγαρχία στασιασάντων τῶν γνωρίμων αὐτῶν πρὸς αὑτοὺς διὰ τὸ ὀλίγους μετέχειν καί, καθάπερ εἴρηται, εἰ πατήρ, υἱὸν μὴ μετέχειν, μηδ’ εἰ πλείους ἀδελφοί, ἀλλ’ ἢ τὸν πρεσβύτατον· ἐπιλαβόμενος γὰρ στασιαζόντων ὁ δῆμος, καὶ λαβὼν προστάτην ἐκ τῶν γνωρίμων, ἐπιθέμενος ἐκράτησεν, ἀσθενὲς γὰρ τὸ στασιάζον· καὶ ἐν Ἐρυθραῖς δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν Βασιλιδῶν ὀλιγαρχίας ἐν τοῖς ἀρχαίοις χρόνοις, καίπερ καλῶς ἐπιμελομένων τῶν ἐν τῇ πολιτείᾳ, ὅμως διὰ τὸ ὑπ’ ὀλίγων ἄρχεσθαι ἀγανακτῶν ὁ δῆμος μετέβαλε τὴν πολιτείαν.

    At Cnidus too the oligarchy changed when the notables fell into strife among themselves, because few shared in office and, as has been said, if a father took part his son could not, nor, if there were several brothers, any but the eldest. The people seized on their strife, took a champion from among the notables, attacked, and won—for a side divided by strife is weak. And at Erythrae, under the oligarchy of the Basilids in ancient times, although those in the constitution managed things well, the people nonetheless resented being ruled by a few and changed the constitution.

    κινοῦνται δ’ αἱ ὀλιγαρχίαι ἐξ αὑτῶν καὶ διὰ φιλονεικίαν δημαγωγούντων (ἡ δημαγωγία δὲ διττή, ἡ μὲν ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς ὀλίγοις—ἐγγίγνεται γὰρ δημαγωγὸς κἂν πάνυ ὀλίγοι ὦσιν, οἷον ἐν τοῖς Τριάκοντα Ἀθήνησιν οἱ περὶ Χαρικλέα ἴσχυσαν τοὺς Τριάκοντα δημαγωγοῦντες, καὶ ἐν τοῖς Τετρακοσίοις οἱ περὶ Φρύνιχον τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον— ἡ δ’ ὅταν τὸν ὄχλον δημαγωγῶσιν οἱ ἐν τῇ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ ὄντες, οἷον ἐν Λαρίσῃ οἱ πολιτοφύλακες διὰ τὸ αἱρεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς τὸν ὄχλον ἐδημαγώγουν, καὶ ἐν ὅσαις ὀλιγαρχίαις οὐχ οὗτοι αἱροῦνται τὰς ἀρχὰς ἐξ ὧν οἱ ἄρχοντές εἰσιν, ἀλλ’ αἱ μὲν ἀρχαὶ ἐκ τιμημάτων μεγάλων εἰσὶν ἢ ἑταιριῶν, αἱροῦνται δ’ οἱ ὁπλῖται ἢ ὁ δῆμος, ὅπερ ἐν Ἀβύδῳ συνέβαινεν, καὶ ὅπου τὰ δικαστήρια μὴ ἐκ τοῦ πολιτεύματός ἐστι—δημαγωγοῦντες γὰρ πρὸς τὰς κρίσεις μεταβάλλουσι τὴν πολιτείαν, ὅπερ καὶ ἐν Ἡρακλείᾳ ἐγένετο τῇ ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ—ἔτι δ’ ὅταν ἔνιοι εἰς ἐλάττους ἕλκωσι τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν· οἱ γὰρ τὸ ἴσον ζητοῦντες ἀναγκάζονται βοηθὸν ἐπαγαγέσθαι τὸν δῆμον).

    Oligarchies are also upset from within through the rivalry of those who play the demagogue. (Demagoguery is of two kinds. One occurs among the few themselves—for a demagogue can arise even when they are very few: among the Thirty at Athens, for instance, Charicles and his circle gained power by courting the Thirty, and among the Four Hundred, Phrynichus and his circle did the same. The other is when those in the oligarchy court the crowd—as at Larisa the guardians of the citizens courted the crowd because it elected them. It happens in all oligarchies where the offices are not elected by those from whose ranks the officials come, but the offices are filled from those with large property assessments or from the political clubs, while the hoplites or the people do the electing, as used to happen at Abydos; and where the courts are not drawn from the citizen body—for by courting the people over verdicts they change the constitution, as happened at Heraclea on the Black Sea; and further when some try to draw the oligarchy into fewer hands, for those who seek equality are forced to bring in the people to help them.)

    The Thirty were the oligarchs who ruled Athens after its defeat in 404–403 BC.

    γίνονται δὲ μεταβολαὶ τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας καὶ ὅταν ἀναλώσωσι τὰ ἴδια ζῶντες ἀσελγῶς· καὶ γὰρ οἱ τοιοῦτοι καινοτομεῖν ζητοῦσι, καὶ ἢ τυραννίδι ἐπιτίθενται αὐτοὶ ἢ 1306a κατασκευάζουσιν ἕτερον (ὥσπερ Ἱππαρῖνος Διονύσιον ἐν Συρακούσαις, καὶ ἐν Ἀμφιπόλει ᾧ ὄνομα ἦν Κλεότιμος τοὺς ἐποίκους τοὺς Χαλκιδέων ἤγαγε, καὶ ἐλθόντων διεστασίασεν αὐτοὺς πρὸς τοὺς εὐπόρους, καὶ ἐν Αἰγίνῃ ὁ τὴν πρᾶξιν τὴν πρὸς Χάρητα πράξας ἐνεχείρησε μεταβαλεῖν τὴν πολιτείαν διὰ τοιαύτην αἰτίαν)· ὁτὲ μὲν οὖν ἐπιχειροῦσί τι κινεῖν, ὁτὲ δὲ κλέπτουσι τὰ κοινά, ὅθεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς στασιάζουσιν ἢ οὗτοι ἢ οἱ πρὸς τούτους μαχόμενοι κλέπτοντας, ὅπερ ἐν Ἀπολλωνίᾳ συνέβη τῇ ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ. ὁμονοοῦσα δὲ ὀλιγαρχία οὐκ εὐδιάφθορος ἐξ αὑτῆς. σημεῖον δὲ ἡ ἐν Φαρσάλῳ πολιτεία· ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ ὀλίγοι ὄντες πολλῶν κύριοί εἰσι διὰ τὸ χρῆσθαι σφίσιν αὐτοῖς καλῶς.

    Changes in oligarchy also happen when its members squander their private means in dissolute living. Such people seek revolution, and either attempt a tyranny themselves or 1306a set someone else up—as Hipparinus did Dionysius at Syracuse; and at Amphipolis a man named Cleotimus brought in the settlers from Chalcis and, when they came, set them at odds with the well-off; and at Aegina the man who carried out the transaction with Chares tried to change the constitution for a reason of this kind. Sometimes, then, they try at once to stir up change; at other times they steal public funds, and then strife arises against them, either from these men themselves or from those who fight them for stealing—as happened at Apollonia on the Black Sea. But an oligarchy that is of one mind is not easily destroyed from within. Evidence of this is the constitution at Pharsalus: there, few as they are, they are masters of many, because they treat one another well.

    καταλύονται δὲ καὶ ὅταν ἐν τῇ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ ἑτέραν ὀλιγαρχίαν ἐμποιῶσιν. τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶν ὅταν τοῦ παντὸς πολιτεύματος ὀλίγου ὄντος τῶν μεγίστων ἀρχῶν μὴ μετέχωσιν οἱ ὀλίγοι πάντες, ὅπερ ἐν Ἤλιδι συνέβη ποτέ· τῆς πολιτείας γὰρ δι’ ὀλίγων οὔσης τῶν γερόντων ὀλίγοι πάμπαν ἐγίνοντο διὰ τὸ ἀιδίους εἶναι ἐνενήκοντα ὄντας, τὴν δ’ αἵρεσιν δυναστευτικὴν εἶναι καὶ ὁμοίαν τῇ τῶν ἐν Λακεδαίμονι γερόντων.

    Oligarchies are also overthrown when they create another oligarchy within the oligarchy. This happens when, though the whole citizen body is small, not all of the few share in the highest offices. This once happened at Elis. The constitution was in the hands of a few, and very few became members of the council of elders, because there were only ninety, holding office for life, and the election was dynastic, like that of the elders at Sparta.

    γίγνεται δὲ μεταβολὴ τῶν ὀλιγαρχιῶν καὶ ἐν πολέμῳ καὶ ἐν εἰρήνῃ, ἐν μὲν πολέμῳ διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν δῆμον ἀπιστίαν στρατιώταις ἀναγκαζομένων χρῆσθαι (ᾧ γὰρ ἂν ἐγχειρίσωσιν, οὗτος πολλάκις γίνεται τύραννος, ὥσπερ ἐν Κορίνθῳ Τιμοφάνης· ἂν δὲ πλείους, οὗτοι αὑτοῖς περιποιοῦνται δυναστείαν· ὁτὲ δὲ ταῦτα δεδιότες μεταδιδόασι τῷ πλήθει τῆς πολιτείας διὰ τὸ ἀναγκάζεσθαι τῷ δήμῳ χρῆσθαι)· ἐν δὲ τῇ εἰρήνῃ διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐγχειρίζουσι τὴν φυλακὴν στρατιώταις καὶ ἄρχοντι μεσιδίῳ, ὃς ἐνίοτε γίνεται κύριος ἀμφοτέρων, ὅπερ συνέβη ἐν Λαρίσῃ ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν Ἀλευαδῶν ἀρχῆς τῶν περὶ Σῖμον, καὶ ἐν Ἀβύδῳ ἐπὶ τῶν ἑταιριῶν ὧν ἦν μία ἡ Ἰφιάδου.

    Oligarchies also change both in war and in peace. In war, because distrust of the people forces them to use mercenaries. (The man they put in charge often becomes a tyrant, as Timophanes did at Corinth; and if they put several in charge, these secure a dynastic power for themselves; and sometimes, fearing this, they give the multitude a share in the constitution, because they are forced to make use of the people.) In peace, through distrust of one another, they hand over their protection to mercenaries and a neutral commander, who sometimes becomes master of both sides—as happened at Larisa under the rule of the Aleuadae, Simus and his circle, and at Abydos in the time of the political clubs, one of which was that of Iphiades.

    γίνονται δὲ στάσεις καὶ ἐκ τοῦ περιωθεῖσθαι ἑτέρους ὑφ’ ἑτέρων τῶν ἐν τῇ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ αὐτῶν καὶ καταστασιάζεσθαι κατὰ γάμους ἢ δίκας, οἷον ἐκ γαμικῆς μὲν αἰτίας αἱ εἰρημέναι πρότερον (καὶ τὴν ἐν Ἐρετρίᾳ δ’ ὀλιγαρχίαν τὴν τῶν ἱππέων Διαγόρας κατέλυσεν ἀδικηθεὶς περὶ γάμον), ἐκ δὲ δικαστηρίου κρίσεως ἡ ἐν Ἡρακλείᾳ στάσις ἐγένετο καὶ ἡ ἐν Θήβαις, ἐπ’ αἰτίᾳ μοιχείας δικαίως μὲν στασιαστικῶς δὲ ποιησαμένων τὴν κόλασιν τῶν μὲν ἐν Ἡρακλείᾳ κατ’ Εὐρυτίωνος, 1306b τῶν δ’ ἐν Θήβαις κατ’ Ἀρχίου (ἐφιλονείκησαν γὰρ αὐτοὺς οἱ ἐχθροὶ ὥστε δεθῆναι ἐν ἀγορᾷ ἐν τῷ κύφωνι). πολλαὶ δὲ καὶ διὰ τὸ ἄγαν δεσποτικὰς εἶναι τὰς ὀλιγαρχίας ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν τῇ πολιτείᾳ τινῶν δυσχερανάντων κατελύθησαν, ὥσπερ ἡ ἐν Κνίδῳ καὶ ἡ ἐν Χίῳ ὀλιγαρχία.

    Strife also arises when some members of the oligarchy itself are pushed aside by others and are attacked by faction over marriages or lawsuits. From causes connected with marriage there are the cases mentioned earlier (and Diagoras overthrew the oligarchy of the knights at Eretria after being wronged over a marriage). From a court verdict arose the strife at Heraclea and that at Thebes, when on a charge of adultery the punishment was inflicted justly but in a factional spirit—at Heraclea on Eurytion, 1306b at Thebes on Archias (their enemies pressed the matter so far that they were put in the pillory in the marketplace). Many oligarchies too have been overthrown because they were too despotic, by some within the constitution who resented it, like the oligarchies at Cnidus and at Chios.

    γίγνονται δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ συμπτώματος μεταβολαὶ καὶ τῆς καλουμένης πολιτείας καὶ τῶν ὀλιγαρχιῶν ἐν ὅσαις ἀπὸ τιμήματος βουλεύουσι καὶ δικάζουσι καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἀρχὰς ἄρχουσιν. πολλάκις γὰρ τὸ ταχθὲν πρῶτον τίμημα πρὸς τοὺς παρόντας καιρούς, ὥστε μετέχειν ἐν μὲν τῇ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ ὀλίγους ἐν δὲ τῇ πολιτείᾳ τοὺς μέσους, εὐετηρίας γιγνομένης δι’ εἰρήνην ἢ δι’ ἄλλην τιν’ εὐτυχίαν συμβαίνει πολλαπλασίου γίγνεσθαι τιμήματος ἀξίας τὰς αὐτὰς κτήσεις, ὥστε πάντας πάντων μετέχειν, ὁτὲ μὲν ἐκ προσαγωγῆς καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν γινομένης τῆς μεταβολῆς καὶ λανθανούσης, ὁτὲ δὲ καὶ θᾶττον.

    Changes also occur by accident, both in so-called polity and in those oligarchies where serving on the council, sitting on juries and holding the other offices depend on a property assessment. Often the assessment was first fixed to suit the circumstances of the time, so that in an oligarchy few would take part, and in a polity the middle class; but when prosperity comes through peace or some other good fortune, the same properties turn out to be worth many times the assessment, so that everyone takes part in everything. Sometimes the change comes gradually, little by little and unnoticed, and sometimes faster.

    αἱ μὲν οὖν ὀλιγαρχίαι μεταβάλλουσι καὶ στασιάζουσι διὰ τοιαύτας αἰτίας (ὅλως δὲ καὶ αἱ δημοκρατίαι καὶ αἱ ὀλιγαρχίαι ἐξίστανται ἐνίοτε οὐκ εἰς τὰς ἐναντίας πολιτείας ἀλλ’ εἰς τὰς ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ γένει, οἷον ἐκ τῶν ἐννόμων δημοκρατιῶν καὶ ὀλιγαρχιῶν εἰς τὰς κυρίους καὶ ἐκ τούτων εἰς ἐκείνας).

    Oligarchies, then, change and fall into strife for such reasons. (In general, both democracies and oligarchies sometimes turn not into the opposite constitutions but into those of the same kind—for instance, from law-abiding democracies and oligarchies into ones where the rulers are sovereign, and from these into those.)

    How aristocracies and polities fall

    Narrow honors, a bad mix of elements and gradual erosion undermine aristocracies and polities.

    ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἀριστοκρατίαις γίνονται αἱ στάσεις αἱ μὲν διὰ τὸ ὀλίγους τῶν τιμῶν μετέχειν, ὅπερ εἴρηται κινεῖν καὶ τὰς ὀλιγαρχίας, διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν ἀριστοκρατίαν ὀλιγαρχίαν εἶναί πως (ἐν ἀμφοτέραις γὰρ ὀλίγοι οἱ ἄρχοντες, οὐ μέντοι διὰ ταὐτὸν ὀλίγοι)· ἐπεὶ δοκεῖ γε διὰ ταῦτα καὶ ἡ ἀριστοκρατία ὀλιγαρχία εἶναι.

    In aristocracies strife arises partly because few share in honors—which has been said to upset oligarchies too, since aristocracy too is in a way an oligarchy (in both the rulers are few, though not few for the same reason). Indeed, it is for this reason that aristocracy is thought to be an oligarchy.

    μάλιστα δὲ τοῦτο συμβαίνειν ἀναγκαῖον ὅταν ᾖ τι πλῆθος τῶν πεφρονηματισμένων ὡς ὁμοίων κατ’ ἀρετήν, οἷον ἐν Λακεδαίμονι οἱ λεγόμενοι Παρθενίαι (ἑκ τῶν ὁμοίων γὰρ ἦσαν), οὓς φωράσαντες ἐπιβουλεύσαντας ἀπέστειλαν Τάραντος οἰκιστάς, ἢ ὅταν τινὲς ἀτιμάζωνται μεγάλοι ὄντες καὶ μηθενὸς ἥττους κατ’ ἀρετὴν ὑπό τινων ἐντιμοτέρων, οἷον Λύσανδρος ὑπὸ τῶν βασιλέων, ἢ ὅταν ἀνδρώδης τις ὢν μὴ μετέχῃ τῶν τιμῶν, οἷον Κινάδων ὁ τὴν ἐπ’ Ἀγησιλάου συστήσας ἐπίθεσιν ἐπὶ τοὺς Σπαρτιάτας· ἔτι ὅταν οἱ μὲν ἀπορῶσι λίαν οἱ δ’ εὐπορῶσιν (καὶ μάλιστα ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις τοῦτο γίνεται· συνέβη δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ἐν Λακεδαίμονι ὑπὸ τὸν Μεσηνιακὸν πόλεμον· δῆλον δὲ [καὶ τοῦτο] ἐκ τῆς Τυρταίου ποιήσεως τῆς καλουμένης 1307a Εὐνομίας· θλιβόμενοι γάρ τινες διὰ τὸν πόλεμον ἠξίουν ἀνάδαστον ποιεῖν τὴν χώραν)· ἔτι ἐάν τις μέγας ᾖ καὶ δυνάμενος ἔτι μείζων εἶναι, ἵνα μοναρχῇ, ὥσπερ ἐν Λακεδαίμονι δοκεῖ Παυσανίας ὁ στρατηγήσας κατὰ τὸν Μηδικὸν πόλεμον, καὶ ἐν Καρχηδόνι Ἄννων.

    This is bound to happen especially when there is a large group of people who are high-spirited on the ground that they are equal in excellence—as at Sparta the so-called Partheniae (who were descended from the Equals), whom the Spartans caught conspiring and sent away to found Tarentum; or when some men who are great, and inferior to no one in excellence, are dishonored by others more highly honored—as Lysander was by the kings; or when a man of courage has no share in honors, like Cinadon, who organized the attack on the Spartiates in the reign of Agesilaus. Again, when some are very poor and others well-off (this happens most in wartime; it happened at Sparta at the time of the Messenian War, as is clear from Tyrtaeus’ poem called 1307a Good Order, for some who were hard-pressed because of the war demanded that the land be redistributed). Again, when someone is great and capable of becoming still greater, so as to rule alone—as Pausanias, who commanded in the Persian War, seems to have done at Sparta, and Hanno at Carthage.

    The Equals (homoioi) were the full Spartan citizens; Tyrtaeus was a Spartan poet of the seventh century BC.

    λύονται δὲ μάλιστα αἵ τε πολιτεῖαι καὶ αἱ ἀριστοκρατίαι διὰ τὴν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ πολιτείᾳ τοῦ δικαίου παρέκβασιν. ἀρχὴ γὰρ τὸ μὴ μεμεῖχθαι καλῶς ἐν μὲν τῇ πολιτείᾳ δημοκρατίαν καὶ ὀλιγαρχίαν, ἐν δὲ τῇ ἀριστοκρατίᾳ ταῦτά τε καὶ τὴν ἀρετήν, μάλιστα δὲ τὰ δύο· λέγω δὲ τὰ δύο δῆμον καὶ ὀλιγαρχίαν. ταῦτα γὰρ αἱ πολιτεῖαί τε πειρῶνται μιγνύναι καὶ αἱ πολλαὶ τῶν καλουμένων ἀριστοκρατιῶν.

    Polities and aristocracies are overthrown chiefly through a departure from justice within the constitution itself. The origin lies in a bad mixture—in polity, of democracy and oligarchy; in aristocracy, of these and excellence, but especially of the two; by the two I mean democracy and oligarchy. For polities and most of the so-called aristocracies try to mix these.

    διαφέρουσι γὰρ τῶν ὀνομαζομένων πολιτειῶν αἱ ἀριστοκρατίαι τούτῳ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτ’ εἰσὶν αἱ μὲν ἧττον αἱ δὲ μᾶλλον μόνιμοι αὐτῶν· τὰς γὰρ ἀποκλινούσας μᾶλλον πρὸς τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν ἀριστοκρατίας καλοῦσιν, τὰς δὲ πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος πολιτείας· διόπερ ἀσφαλέστεραι αἱ τοιαῦται τῶν ἑτέρων εἰσίν· κρεῖττόν τε γὰρ τὸ πλεῖον, καὶ μᾶλλον ἀγαπῶσιν ἴσον ἔχοντες, οἱ δ’ ἐν ταῖς εὐπορίαις, ἂν ἡ πολιτεία διδῷ τὴν ὑπεροχήν, ὑβρίζειν ζητοῦσι καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν.

    Aristocracies differ from what are named polities in this respect, and because of it some of them are less and some more stable. Those that lean more toward oligarchy they call aristocracies, and those that lean toward the multitude polities. That is why the latter are safer than the former: the larger number is stronger, and people are more content when they have an equal share, whereas those who are prosperous, if the constitution gives them superiority, seek to be insolent and to grasp for more.

    ὅλως δ’ ἐφ’ ὁπότερον ἂν ἐγκλίνῃ ἡ πολιτεία, ἐπὶ τοῦτο μεθίσταται ἑκατέρων τὸ σφέτερον αὐξανόντων, οἷον ἡ μὲν πολιτεία εἰς δῆμον, ἀριστοκρατία δ’ εἰς ὀλιγαρχίαν· ἢ εἰς τἀναντία, οἷον ἡ μὲν ἀριστοκρατία εἰς δῆμον (ὡς ἀδικούμενοι γὰρ περισπῶσιν εἰς τοὐναντίον οἱ ἀπορώτεροι), αἱ δὲ πολιτεῖαι εἰς ὀλιγαρχίαν (μόνον γὰρ μόνιμον τὸ κατ’ ἀξίαν ἴσον καὶ τὸ ἔχειν τὰ αὑτῶν)· συνέβη δὲ τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν Θουρίοις. διὰ μὲν γὰρ τὸ ἀπὸ πλείονος τιμήματος εἶναι τὰς ἀρχὰς εἰς ἔλαττον μετέβη καὶ εἰς ἀρχεῖα πλείω, διὰ δὲ τὸ τὴν χώραν ὅλην τοὺς γνωρίμους συγκτήσασθαι παρὰ τὸν νόμον (ἡ γὰρ πολιτεία ὀλιγαρχικωτέρα ἦν, ὥστε ἐδύναντο πλεονεκτεῖν) ὁ δὲ δῆμος γυμνασθεὶς ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τῶν φρουρῶν ἐγένετο κρείττων, ἕως ἀφεῖσαν τῆς χώρας ὅσοι πλείω ἦσαν ἔχοντες.

    In general, whichever way the constitution leans, it shifts in that direction as each side increases its own—polity into democracy, aristocracy into oligarchy—or else into the opposites: aristocracy into democracy (for the poorer people, feeling wronged, drag it round to the opposite), and polities into oligarchy (for the only stable thing is equality according to worth, and people having what is their own). What I have described happened at Thurii. Because the offices were based on a rather high property assessment, the assessment was changed to a lower one and the offices were divided among more boards; and because the notables had bought up all the land against the law (for the constitution was rather oligarchic, so that they were able to grasp for more), the people, trained in the war, became stronger than the garrison troops, until those who had more land than was allowed gave it up.

    Aristotle’s sentence breaks off and restarts in the Greek; it is given here in its evident sense.

    ἔτι διὰ τὸ πάσας τὰς ἀριστοκρατικὰς πολιτείας ὀλιγαρχικὰς εἶναι μᾶλλον πλεονεκτοῦσιν οἱ γνώριμοι, οἷον καὶ ἐν Λακεδαίμονι εἰς ὀλίγους αἱ οὐσίαι ἔρχονται· καὶ ἔξεστι ποιεῖν ὅ τι ἂν θέλωσι τοῖς γνωρίμοις μᾶλλον, καὶ κηδεύειν ὅτῳ θέλουσιν, διὸ καὶ ἡ Λοκρῶν πόλις ἀπώλετο ἐκ τῆς πρὸς Διονύσιον κηδείας, ὃ ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ οὐκ ἂν ἐγένετο, οὐδ’ ἂν ἐν ἀριστοκρατίᾳ εὖ μεμειγμένῃ. μάλιστα δὲ λανθάνουσιν αἱ 1307b ἀριστοκρατίαι μεταβάλλουσαι τῷ λύεσθαι κατὰ μικρόν, ὅπερ εἴρηται ἐν τοῖς πρότερον καθόλου κατὰ πασῶν τῶν πολιτειῶν, ὅτι αἴτιον τῶν μεταβολῶν καὶ τὸ μικρόν ἐστιν· ὅταν γάρ τι προῶνται τῶν πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν, μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἄλλο μικρῷ μεῖζον εὐχερέστερον κινοῦσιν, ἕως ἂν πάντα κινήσωσι τὸν κόσμον. συνέβη δὲ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς Θουρίων πολιτείας.

    Further, because all aristocratic constitutions are oligarchic, the notables tend to grasp for more—at Sparta, for instance, property is passing into few hands. And the notables have more freedom to do whatever they like and to marry into any family they like; that is why the city of the Locrians was ruined by the marriage alliance with Dionysius, which would not have happened in a democracy, or in a well-mixed aristocracy. Most of all, 1307b aristocracies change unnoticed by being dissolved little by little—as was said earlier in general about all constitutions, that even a small thing can cause changes. For when people give up something bearing on the constitution, afterward they change something else a little larger more easily, until they have changed the whole order. This happened in the constitution of Thurii too.

    νόμου γὰρ ὄντος διὰ πέντε ἐτῶν στρατηγεῖν, γενόμενοί τινες πολεμικοὶ τῶν νεωτέρων καὶ παρὰ τῷ πλήθει τῶν φρουρῶν εὐδοκιμοῦντες, καταφρονήσαντες τῶν ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι καὶ νομίζοντες ῥᾳδίως κατασχήσειν, τοῦτον τὸν νόμον λύειν ἐπεχείρησαν πρῶτον, ὥστ’ ἐξεῖναι τοὺς αὐτοὺς συνεχῶς στρατηγεῖν, ὁρῶντες τὸν δῆμον αὐτοὺς χειροτονήσοντα προθύμως. οἱ δ’ ἐπὶ τούτῳ τεταγμένοι τῶν ἀρχόντων, οἱ καλούμενοι σύμβουλοι, ὁρμήσαντες τὸ πρῶτον ἐναντιοῦσθαι συνεπείσθησαν, ὑπολαμβάνοντες τοῦτον κινήσαντας τὸν νόμον ἐάσειν τὴν ἄλλην πολιτείαν, ὕστερον δὲ βουλόμενοι κωλύειν ἄλλων κινουμένων οὐκέτι πλέον ἐποίουν οὐθέν, ἀλλὰ μετέβαλεν ἡ τάξις πᾶσα τῆς πολιτείας εἰς δυναστείαν τῶν ἐπιχειρησάντων νεωτερίζειν.

    There was a law that one could serve as general only at intervals of five years. Some of the younger men, who had become good soldiers and were popular with the mass of the garrison troops, came to despise those in charge of affairs and, thinking they would easily get control, first tried to repeal this law so that the same men could serve as generals continuously, since they saw that the people would eagerly vote for them. The officials in charge of this matter, called the advisers, at first moved to oppose it but were won over, supposing that once these men had changed this law they would leave the rest of the constitution alone. Later, when they wanted to stop other changes, they could no longer do anything; and the whole order of the constitution turned into a dynastic regime of those who had set out to make innovations.

    πᾶσαι δ’ αἱ πολιτεῖαι λύονται ὁτὲ μὲν ἐξ αὑτῶν ὁτὲ δ’ ἔξωθεν, ὅταν ἐναντία πολιτεία ᾖ ἢ πλησίον ἢ πόρρω μὲν ἔχουσα δὲ δύναμιν. ὅπερ συνέβαινεν ἐπ’ Ἀθηναίων καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων· οἱ μὲν γὰρ Ἀθηναῖοι πανταχοῦ τὰς ὀλιγαρχίας, οἱ δὲ Λάκωνες τοὺς δήμους κατέλυον. ὅθεν μὲν οὖν αἱ μεταβολαὶ γίγνονται τῶν πολιτειῶν καὶ αἱ στάσεις, εἴρηται σχεδόν.

    All constitutions are destroyed sometimes from within, and sometimes from outside, when there is a constitution of the opposite kind either nearby or far away but powerful. This used to happen in the time of the Athenians and the Spartans: the Athenians overthrew oligarchies everywhere, the Spartans democracies. We have now said, more or less, what gives rise to changes in constitutions and to civil strife.

    Preserving constitutions

    Guarding small beginnings, adjusting property assessments and preventing profit from office keep constitutions stable.

    περὶ δὲ σωτηρίας καὶ κοινῇ καὶ χωρὶς ἑκάστης πολιτείας ἐχόμενόν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν. πρῶτον μὲν οὖν δῆλον ὅτι, εἴπερ ἔχομεν δι’ ὧν φθείρονται αἱ πολιτεῖαι, ἔχομεν καὶ δι’ ὧν σῴζονται· τῶν γὰρ ἐναντίων τἀναντία ποιητικά, φθορὰ δὲ σωτηρίᾳ ἐναντίον. ἐν μὲν οὖν ταῖς εὖ κεκραμέναις πολιτείαις, εἰπερ ἄλλο τι δεῖ τηρεῖν ὅπως μηθὲν παρανομῶσι, καὶ μάλιστα τὸ μικρὸν φυλάττειν· λανθάνει γὰρ παραδυομένη ἡ παρανομία, ὥσπερ τὰς οὐσίας τὸ μικρὸν δαπάνημα ἀναιρεῖ πολλάκις γινόμενον. λανθάνει γὰρ ἡ δαπάνη διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀθρόα γίγνεσθαι· παραλογίζεται γὰρ ἡ διάνοια ὑπ’ αὐτῶν, ὥσπερ ὁ σοφιστικὸς λόγος εἰ ἕκαστον μικρόν, καὶ πάντα· τοῦτο δ’ ἔστι μὲν ὥς, ἔστι δ’ ὡς οὔ· τὸ γὰρ ὅλον καὶ τὰ πάντα οὐ μικρόν, ἀλλὰ σύγκειται ἐκ μικρῶν.

    Next we must speak of preservation, both in general and for each constitution separately. First, it is clear that if we know what destroys constitutions, we also know what preserves them; for opposites produce opposites, and destruction is the opposite of preservation. In well-blended constitutions, then, if anything needs watching so that people do nothing against the law, it is above all small things that must be guarded against. For lawlessness creeps in unnoticed, just as small expenses, often repeated, eat up fortunes. The spending goes unnoticed because it does not happen all at once; the mind is misled by it, as by the sophistic argument “if each is small, then so are all.” This is true in one way and not in another: the whole, the total, is not small, but it is made up of small things.

    μίαν μὲν οὖν φυλακὴν ταύτην πρὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν δεῖ ποιεῖσθαι· ἔπειτα μὴ πιστεύειν τοῖς σοφίσματος χάριν 1308a πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος συγκειμένοις, ἐξελέγχεται γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν ἔργων (ποῖα δὲ λέγομεν τῶν πολιτειῶν σοφίσματα, πρότερον εἴρηται). ἔτι δ’ ὁρᾶν ὅτι ἔνιαι μένουσιν οὐ μόνον ἀριστοκρατίαι ἀλλὰ καὶ ὀλιγαρχίαι οὐ διὰ τὸ ἀσφαλεῖς εἶναι τὰς πολιτείας, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ εὖ χρῆσθαι τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς γινομένους καὶ τοῖς ἔξω τῆς πολιτείας καὶ τοῖς ἐν τῷ πολιτεύματι, τοὺς μὲν μὴ μετέχοντας τῷ μὴ ἀδικεῖν καὶ τῷ τοὺς ἡγεμονικοὺς αὐτῶν εἰσάγειν εἰς τὴν πολιτείαν καὶ τοὺς μὲν φιλοτίμους μὴ ἀδικεῖν εἰς ἀτιμίαν τοὺς δὲ πολλοὺς εἰς κέρδος, πρὸς αὑτοὺς δὲ καὶ τοὺς μετέχοντας τῷ χρῆσθαι ἀλλήλοις δημοτικῶς.

    This, then, is one precaution to take against the beginning of change. Next, one should not trust the devices contrived 1308a to trick the multitude, for they are shown up by the facts (what we mean by constitutional tricks was said earlier). Further, one should observe that some constitutions—not only aristocracies but oligarchies too—last not because the constitutions are secure, but because those who come into office treat well both those outside the constitution and those in the citizen body. They treat those who have no share well by not wronging them, and by bringing their natural leaders into the constitution, and by not wronging the ambitious in the matter of dishonor or the many in the matter of gain; and they treat themselves and those who share in the constitution well by dealing with one another democratically.

    ὃ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ πλήθους ζητοῦσιν οἱ δημοτικοί, τὸ ἴσον, τοῦτ’ ἐπὶ τῶν ὁμοίων οὐ μόνον δίκαιον ἀλλὰ καὶ συμφέρον ἐστίν. διὸ ἐὰν πλείους ὦσιν ἐν τῷ πολιτεύματι, πολλὰ συμφέρει τῶν δημοτικῶν νομοθετημάτων, οἷον τὸ ἑξαμήνους τὰς ἀρχὰς εἶναι, ἵνα πάντες οἱ ὅμοιοι μετέχωσιν· ἔστι γὰρ ὥσπερ δῆμος ἤδη οἱ ὅμοιοι (διὸ καὶ ἐν τούτοις ἐγγίγνονται δημαγωγοὶ πολλάκις, ὥσπερ εἴρηται πρότερον), ἔπειθ’ ἧττον εἰς δυναστείας ἐμπίπτουσιν αἱ ὀλιγαρχίαι καὶ ἀριστοκρατίαι (οὐ γὰρ ὁμοίως ῥᾴδιον κακουργῆσαι ὀλίγον χρόνον ἄρχοντας καὶ πολύν, ἐπεὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐν ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις καὶ δημοκρατίαις γίγνονται τυραννίδες· ἢ γὰρ οἱ μέγιστοι ἐν ἑκατέρᾳ ἐπιτίθενται τυραννίδι, ἔνθα μὲν οἱ δημαγωγοὶ ἔνθα δ’ οἱ δυνάσται, ἢ οἱ τὰς μεγίστας ἔχοντες ἀρχάς, ὅταν πολὺν χρόνον ἄρχωσιν).

    For the equality that democrats seek for the multitude is, among peers, not only just but also advantageous. So if there are many in the citizen body, many democratic institutions are advantageous, such as having offices last six months, so that all the peers may take part; for the peers are already like a people (which is why demagogues often arise even among them, as was said earlier). Then too, oligarchies and aristocracies fall less into dynastic rule. (It is not as easy to do mischief when holding office for a short time as for a long time; for it is from this cause that tyrannies arise in oligarchies and democracies: either the greatest men in each attempt tyranny—in the one the demagogues, in the other the dynasts—or those holding the greatest offices, when they hold them for a long time.)

    σῴζονται δ’ αἱ πολιτεῖαι οὐ μόνον διὰ τὸ πόρρω εἶναι τῶν διαφθειρόντων, ἀλλ’ ἐνίοτε καὶ διὰ τὸ ἐγγύς· φοβούμενοι γὰρ διὰ χειρῶν ἔχουσι μᾶλλον τὴν πολιτείαν. ὥστε δεῖ τοὺς τῆς πολιτείας φροντίζοντας φόβους παρασκευάζειν, ἵνα φυλάττωσι καὶ μὴ καταλύωσιν ὥσπερ νυκτερινὴν φυλακὴν τὴν τῆς πολιτείας τήρησιν, καὶ τὸ πόρρω ἐγγὺς ποιεῖν. ἔτι τὰς τῶν γνωρίμων φιλονεικίας καὶ στάσεις καὶ διὰ τῶν νόμων πειρᾶσθαι δεῖ φυλάττειν, καὶ τοὺς ἔξω τῆς φιλονεικίας ὄντας πρὶν παρειληφέναι καὶ αὐτούς, ὡς τὸ ἐν ἀρχῇ γινόμενον κακὸν γνῶναι οὐ τοῦ τυχόντος ἀλλὰ πολιτικοῦ ἀνδρός.

    Constitutions are preserved not only because they are far from what destroys them, but sometimes also because they are near it; for when afraid, people keep a firmer hold on the constitution. So those who care about the constitution should create alarms, so that people stay on guard and do not relax their watch over the constitution, as if it were a night watch, and should make what is far off seem near. Further, one must try to guard against the rivalries and quarrels of the notables, by means of the laws as well, and to protect those not yet involved in the rivalry before they too are drawn in; for to recognize an evil as it arises at the beginning is the work not of an ordinary person but of a statesman.

    πρὸς δὲ τὴν διὰ τὰ τιμήματα γιγνομένην μεταβολὴν ἐξ ὀλιγαρχίας καὶ πολιτείας, ὅταν συμβαίνῃ τοῦτο μενόντων μὲν τῶν αὐτῶν τιμημάτων εὐπορίας δὲ νομίσματος γιγνομένης, συμφέρει τοῦ τιμήματος ἐπισκοπεῖν τοῦ κοινοῦ τὸ πλῆθος πρὸς τὸ παρελθόν, ἐν ὅσαις μὲν πόλεσι τιμῶνται κατ’ ἐνιαυτόν, κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, 1308b ἐν δὲ ταῖς μείζοσι διὰ τριετηρίδος ἢ πενταετηρίδος, κἂν ᾖ πολλαπλάσιον ἢ πολλοστημόριον τοῦ πρότερον, ἐν ᾧ αἱ τιμήσεις κατέστησαν τῆς πολιτείας, νόμον εἶναι καὶ τὰ τιμήματα ἐπιτείνειν ἢ ἀνιέναι, ἐὰν μὲν ὑπερβάλλῃ, ἐπιτείνοντας κατὰ τὴν πολλαπλασίωσιν, ἐὰν δ’ ἐλλείπῃ, ἀνιέντας καὶ ἐλάττω ποιοῦντας τὴν τίμησιν. ἐν γὰρ ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις καὶ ταῖς πολιτείαις, μὴ ποιούντων οὕτως μὲν ἔνθα μὲν ὀλιγαρχίαν ἔνθα δὲ δυναστείαν γίνεσθαι συμβαίνει, ἐκείνως δὲ ἐκ μὲν πολιτείας δημοκρατίαν, ἐκ δ’ ὀλιγαρχίας πολιτείαν ἢ δῆμον.

    As for the change from oligarchy and polity that comes about because of the property assessments, when this happens because the assessments stay the same while money becomes plentiful, it is advantageous to review the total assessed wealth of the community in comparison with the past—in cities where assessment is annual, over that period, 1308b and in larger cities every third or fifth year—and if it is many times greater or many times smaller than before, when the qualifications for the constitution were set, there should be a law to tighten or relax the assessments too: tightening them in proportion to the increase if it has grown, and relaxing them and making the qualification smaller if it has fallen short. For in oligarchies and polities, if they do not do this, in the one case the result is oligarchy in one place and dynastic rule in another; in the other case, democracy arises from polity, and polity or democracy from oligarchy.

    κοινὸν δὲ καὶ ἐν δήμῳ καὶ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ [καὶ ἐν μοναρχίᾳ] καὶ πάσῃ πολιτείᾳ μήτ’ αὐξάνειν λίαν μηθένα παρὰ τὴν συμμετρίαν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον πειρᾶσθαι μικρὰς καὶ πολυχρονίους διδόναι τιμὰς ἢ ταχὺ μεγάλας (διαφθείρονται γάρ, καὶ φέρειν οὐ παντὸς ἀνδρὸς εὐτυχίαν), εἰ δὲ μή, μή τοί γ’ ἀθρόας δόντας ἀφαιρεῖσθαι πάλιν ἀθρόας, ἀλλ’ ἐκ προσαγωγῆς· καὶ μάλιστα μὲν πειρᾶσθαι τοῖς νόμοις οὕτω ῥυθμίζειν ὥστε μηδένα ἐγγίγνεσθαι πολὺ ὑπερέχοντα δυνάμει μήτε φίλων μήτε χρημάτων, εἰ δὲ μή, ἀποδημητικὰς ποιεῖσθαι τὰς παραστάσεις αὐτῶν.

    It is common to democracy, oligarchy and every constitution not to raise anyone too high out of proportion, but rather to try to give small honors over a long period than large ones quickly (for people are corrupted, and not every man can bear good fortune); and failing that, at least not to give honors all at once and then take them away all at once, but gradually. Above all, one should try so to regulate things by the laws that no one arises who is far superior in power, whether of friends or of money; failing that, to see that such people are removed by being sent abroad.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ διὰ τοὺς ἰδίους βίους νεωτερίζουσιν, δεῖ ἐμποιεῖν ἀρχήν τινα τὴν ἐποψομένην τοὺς ζῶντας ἀσυμφόρως πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν, ἐν μὲν δημοκρατίᾳ πρὸς τὴν δημοκρατίαν, ἐν δὲ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ πρὸς τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολιτειῶν ἑκάστῃ· καὶ τὸ εὐημεροῦν δὲ τῆς πόλεως ἀνὰ μέρος φυλάττεσθαι διὰ τὰς αὐτὰς αἰτίας· τούτου δ’ ἄκος τὸ αἰεὶ τοῖς ἀντικειμένοις μορίοις ἐγχειρίζειν τὰς πράξεις καὶ τὰς ἀρχάς (λέγω δ’ ἀντικεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐπιεικεῖς τῷ πλήθει, καὶ τοὺς ἀπόρους τοῖς εὐπόροις), καὶ τὸ πειρᾶσθαι ἢ συμμιγνύναι τὸ τῶν ἀπόρων πλῆθος καὶ τὸ τῶν εὐπόρων ἢ τὸ μέσον αὔξειν (τοῦτο γὰρ διαλύει τὰς διὰ τὴν ἀνισότητα στάσεις). μέγιστον δὲ ἐν πάσῃ πολιτείᾳ τὸ καὶ τοῖς νόμοις καὶ τῇ ἄλλῃ οἰκονομίᾳ οὕτω τετάχθαι ὥστε μὴ εἶναι τὰς ἀρχὰς κερδαίνειν.

    Since people also start revolutions because of their private lives, one should set up an office to watch over those who live in a way that is out of keeping with the constitution—in a democracy, with democracy; in an oligarchy, with oligarchy; and similarly for each of the other constitutions. For the same reasons one must guard against any one part of the city prospering at the expense of the rest. The remedy for this is always to entrust business and offices to the opposing parts (by opposing I mean the respectable as against the multitude, and the poor as against the well-off), and to try either to blend the mass of the poor with that of the well-off or to increase the middle class (for this dissolves strife caused by inequality). But the most important thing in every constitution is to have things so arranged, by the laws and the rest of the administration, that officials cannot make a profit from office.

    τοῦτο δὲ μάλιστα ἐν ταῖς ὀλιγαρχικαῖς δεῖ τηρεῖν. οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ἀγανακτοῦσιν εἰργόμενοι τοῦ ἄρχειν οἱ πολλοί, ἀλλὰ καὶ χαίρουσιν ἐάν τις ἐᾷ πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις σχολάζειν, ὥστ’ ἐὰν οἴωνται τὰ κοινὰ κλέπτειν τοὺς ἄρχοντας, τότε γ’ ἀμφότερα λυπεῖ, τό τε τῶν τιμῶν μὴ μετέχειν καὶ τὸ τῶν κερδῶν· μοναχῶς δὲ καὶ ἐνδέχεται ἅμα εἶναι δημοκρατίαν καὶ ἀριστοκρατίαν, εἰ τοῦτο κατασκευάσειέ τις. ἐνδέχοιτο γὰρ ἂν καὶ τοὺς 1309a γνωρίμους καὶ τὸ πλῆθος ἔχειν ἃ βούλονται ἀμφοτέρους.

    This must be watched especially in oligarchies. The many are not so resentful at being excluded from office—they are even glad if someone leaves them free to attend to their own affairs—but if they think the officials are stealing public funds, then both things hurt: not sharing in the honors and not sharing in the profits. Indeed, this is the only way democracy and aristocracy can exist together, if someone could bring it about; for then both the 1309a notables and the multitude could have what they want.

    τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐξεῖναι πᾶσιν ἄρχειν δημοκρατικόν, τὸ δὲ τοὺς γνωρίμους εἶναι ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ἀριστοκρατικόν, τοῦτο δ’ ἔσται ὅταν μὴ ᾖ κερδαίνειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν· οἱ γὰρ ἄποροι οὐ βουλήσονται ἄρχειν τῷ μηδὲν κερδαίνειν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις εἶναι μᾶλλον, οἱ δὲ εὔποροι δυνήσονται διὰ τὸ μηδενὸς προσδεῖσθαι τῶν κοινῶν· ὥστε συμβήσεται τοῖς μὲν ἀπόροις γίγνεσθαι εὐπόροις διὰ τὸ διατρίβειν πρὸς τοῖς ἔργοις, τοῖς δὲ γνωρίμοις μὴ ἄρχεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν τυχόντων. τοῦ μὲν οὖν μὴ κλέπτεσθαι τὰ κοινὰ ἡ παράδοσις γιγνέσθω τῶν χρημάτων παρόντων πάντων τῶν πολιτῶν, καὶ ἀντίγραφα κατὰ φατρίας καὶ λόχους καὶ φυλὰς τιθέσθωσαν· τοῦ δὲ ἀκερδῶς ἄρχειν τιμὰς εἶναι δεῖ νενομοθετημένας τοῖς εὐδοκιμοῦσιν.

    For everyone being allowed to hold office is democratic, while the notables holding the offices is aristocratic; and this will happen when there is no profit to be made from office. The poor will not want to hold office because there is no gain in it, but will rather attend to their own affairs, while the well-off will be able to hold office because they need nothing from public funds. So the result will be that the poor become well-off by spending their time at their work, and the notables are not ruled by just anyone. To prevent public funds from being stolen, let the handing over of the money take place in the presence of all the citizens, and let copies of the accounts be deposited with the phratries, the military companies and the tribes. And to ensure that officials hold office without profit, there must be honors established by law for those who earn a good reputation.

    δεῖ δ’ ἐν μὲν ταῖς δημοκρατίαις τῶν εὐπόρων φείδεσθαι, μὴ μόνον τῷ τὰς κτήσεις μὴ ποιεῖν ἀναδάστους, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τοὺς καρπούς, ὃ ἐν ἐνίαις τῶν πολιτειῶν λανθάνει γιγνόμενον, βέλτιον δὲ καὶ βουλομένους κωλύειν λειτουργεῖν τὰς δαπανηρὰς μὲν μὴ χρησίμους δὲ λειτουργίας, οἷον χορηγίας καὶ λαμπαδαρχίας καὶ ὅσαι ἄλλαι τοιαῦται· ἐν δ’ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ τῶν ἀπόρων ἐπιμέλειαν ποιεῖσθαι πολλήν, καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς ἀφ’ ὧν λήμματα ⟨ἔστι⟩ τούτοις ἀπονέμειν, κἄν τις ὑβρίσῃ τῶν εὐπόρων εἰς τούτους, μείζω τὰ ἐπιτίμια εἶναι ἢ ἂν σφῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰς κληρονομίας μὴ κατὰ δόσιν εἶναι ἀλλὰ κατὰ γένος, μηδὲ πλειόνων ἢ μιᾶς τὸν αὐτὸν κληρονομεῖν. οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ὁμαλώτεραι αἱ οὐσίαι εἶεν καὶ τῶν ἀπόρων εἰς εὐπορίαν ἂν καθίσταιντο πλείους.

    In democracies the well-off must be spared: not only should their properties not be redistributed, but not their incomes either, as happens unnoticed in some constitutions; and it is better to prevent them, even if they are willing, from undertaking public services that are expensive but useless, such as sponsoring choruses, torch races, and the like. In an oligarchy, on the other hand, one must take great care of the poor, and assign them the offices that bring some income; and if any of the well-off commits an outrage against them, the penalties should be greater than for outrages among themselves; and inheritances should pass not by bequest but by kinship, and no one should inherit more than one estate. In this way properties would be more equal, and more of the poor would become well-off.

    συμφέρει δὲ καὶ ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ καὶ ἐν ὀλιγαρχίᾳ τῶν ἄλλων ἢ ἰσότητα ἢ προεδρίαν νέμειν τοῖς ἧττον κοινωνοῦσι τῆς πολιτείας, ἐν μὲν δήμῳ τοῖς εὐπόροις, ἐν δ’ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ τοῖς ἀπόροις, πλὴν ὅσαι ἀρχαὶ κύριαι τῆς πολιτείας, ταύτας δὲ τοῖς ἐκ τῆς πολιτείας ἐγχειρίζειν μόνοις ἢ πλείοσιν.

    It is also advantageous, in both democracy and oligarchy, to give either equality or precedence in other matters to those who have less share in the constitution—in a democracy to the well-off, in an oligarchy to the poor—except for the offices with authority over the constitution; these should be entrusted only, or mostly, to those who belong to the constitution.

    Loyalty, the mean, and education for the constitution

    Officials need loyalty, ability and justice; constitutions last through moderation and suitable education.

    τρία δέ τινα χρὴ ἔχειν τοὺς μέλλοντας ἄρξειν τὰς κυρίας ἀρχάς, πρῶτον μὲν φιλίαν πρὸς τὴν καθεστῶσαν πολιτείαν, ἔπειτα δύναμιν μεγίστην τῶν ἔργων τῆς ἀρχῆς, τρίτον δ’ ἀρετὴν καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐν ἑκάστῃ πολιτείᾳ τὴν πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν (εἰ γὰρ μὴ ταὐτὸν τὸ δίκαιον κατὰ πάσας τὰς πολιτείας, ἀνάγκη καὶ τῆς δικαιοσύνης εἶναι διαφοράς). ἔχει δ’ ἀπορίαν, ὅταν μὴ συμβαίνῃ ταῦτα πάντα περὶ τὸν αὐτόν, πῶς χρὴ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν αἵρεσιν· 1309b οἷον εἰ στρατηγικὸς μέν τις εἴη, πονηρὸς δὲ καὶ μὴ τῇ πολιτείᾳ φίλος, ὁ δὲ δίκαιος καὶ φίλος, πῶς δεῖ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν αἵρεσιν;

    Those who are to hold the sovereign offices must have three qualities: first, loyalty to the established constitution; second, the greatest capacity for the work of the office; third, excellence and justice of the kind suited to each constitution (for if what is just is not the same under all constitutions, there must also be different kinds of justice). When these qualities do not all belong to the same person, there is a difficulty about how the choice should be made. 1309b Suppose, for example, that one man is a good general but a bad man and no friend to the constitution, while another is just and loyal: how should one choose?

    ἔοικε δὲ δεῖν βλέπειν εἰς δύο, τίνος πλεῖον μετέχουσι πάντες καὶ τίνος ἔλαττον· διὸ ἐν στρατηγίᾳ μὲν εἰς τὴν ἐμπειρίαν μᾶλλον τῆς ἀρετῆς (ἔλαττον γὰρ στρατηγίας μετέχουσι, τῆς δ’ ἐπιεικείας πλεῖον), ἐν δὲ φυλακῇ καὶ ταμιείᾳ τἀναντία (πλείονος γὰρ ἀρετῆς δεῖται ἢ ὅσην οἱ πολλοὶ ἔχουσιν, ἡ δὲ ἐπιστήμη κοινὴ πᾶσιν).

    It seems one must look to two things: which quality everyone has more of, and which less. So in choosing a general one should look to experience rather than excellence, since people share less in generalship and more in decency. In choosing a guardian or a treasurer, the opposite: these posts need more excellence than most people have, while the knowledge involved is common to all.

    ἀπορήσειε δ’ ἄν τις, ἂν δύναμις ὑπάρχῃ καὶ τῆς πολιτείας φιλία, τί δεῖ τῆς ἀρετῆς; ποιήσει γὰρ τὰ συμφέροντα καὶ τὰ δύο. ἢ ὅτι ἐνδέχεται τοὺς τὰ δύο ταῦτα ἔχοντας ἀκρατεῖς εἶναι, ὥστε καθάπερ καὶ αὑτοῖς οὐχ ὑπηρετοῦσιν εἰδότες καὶ φιλοῦντες αὑτούς, οὕτω καὶ πρὸς τὸ κοινὸν οὐθὲν κωλύει ἔχειν ἐνίους; ἁπλῶς δέ, ὅσα ἐν τοῖς νόμοις ὡς συμφέροντα λέγομεν ταῖς πολιτείαις, ἅπαντα ταῦτα σῴζει τὰς πολιτείας, καὶ τὸ πολλάκις εἰρημένον μέγιστον στοιχεῖον, τὸ τηρεῖν ὅπως κρεῖττον ἔσται τὸ βουλόμενον τὴν πολιτείαν πλῆθος τοῦ μὴ βουλομένου. παρὰ πάντα δὲ ταῦτα δεῖ μὴ λανθάνειν, ὃ νῦν λανθάνει τὰς παρεκβεβηκυίας πολιτείας, τὸ μέσον· πολλὰ γὰρ τῶν δοκούντων δημοτικῶν λύει τὰς δημοκρατίας καὶ τῶν ὀλιγαρχικῶν τὰς ὀλιγαρχίας.

    Someone might raise the question: if a man has capacity and loyalty to the constitution, what need is there of excellence as well? Those two will be enough for him to do what is beneficial. Or is it that people who have both can still lack self-control, so that, just as they fail to serve their own interests although they know them and love themselves, nothing prevents some of them from behaving in the same way toward the common interest? In general, all the provisions in laws that we describe as beneficial to constitutions preserve those constitutions, and so does the most important principle, which has often been stated: to see to it that the part of the population that wants the constitution is stronger than the part that does not. Besides all this, one must not lose sight of what the deviant constitutions now lose sight of: the mean. For many measures that seem democratic destroy democracies, and many that seem oligarchic destroy oligarchies.

    οἱ δ’ οἰόμενοι ταύτην εἶναι μίαν ἀρετὴν ἕλκουσιν εἰς τὴν ὑπερβολήν, ἀγνοοῦντες ὅτι, καθάπερ ῥὶς ἔστι παρεκβεβηκυῖα μὲν τὴν εὐθύτητα τὴν καλλίστην πρὸς τὸ γρυπὸν ἢ τὸ σιμόν, ἀλλ’ ὅμως ἔτι καλὴ καὶ χάριν ἔχουσα πρὸς τὴν ὄψιν, οὐ μὴν ἀλλ’ ἐὰν ἐπιτείνῃ τις ἔτι μᾶλλον εἰς τὴν ὑπερβολήν, πρῶτον μὲν ἀποβαλεῖ τὴν μετριότητα τοῦ μορίου, τέλος δ’ οὕτως ὥστε μηδὲ ῥῖνα ποιήσει φαίνεσθαι διὰ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν καὶ τὴν ἔλλειψιν τῶν ἐναντίων, τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον ἔχει καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων μορίων, συμβαίνει δὴ τοῦτο καὶ περὶ τὰς [ἄλλας] πολιτείας. καὶ γὰρ ὀλιγαρχίαν καὶ δημοκρατίαν ἔστιν ὥστ’ ἔχειν ἱκανῶς, καίπερ ἐξεστηκυίας τῆς βελτίστης τάξεως· ἐὰν δέ τις ἐπιτείνῃ μᾶλλον ἑκατέραν αὐτῶν, πρῶτον μὲν χείρω ποιήσει τὴν πολιτείαν, τέλος δ’ οὐδὲ πολιτείαν.

    Those who think that this defining feature is the one and only excellence push it to excess. They do not see that a nose may deviate from the most beautiful straightness toward the hooked or the snub and still be beautiful and pleasing to look at; but if someone exaggerates it still further toward the extreme, first he will destroy the proportion of the feature, and in the end he will make it not look like a nose at all, because it has too much of one opposite and too little of the other. The same holds for the other features, and it happens with constitutions too. An oligarchy or a democracy can be adequate even though it has departed from the best arrangement; but if someone intensifies either of them further, first he will make the constitution worse, and in the end it will not be a constitution at all.

    διὸ δεῖ τοῦτο μὴ ἀγνοεῖν τὸν νομοθέτην καὶ τὸν πολιτικόν, ποῖα σῴζει τῶν δημοτικῶν καὶ ποῖα φθείρει τὴν δημοκρατίαν, καὶ ποῖα τῶν ὀλιγαρχικῶν τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν. οὐδετέραν μὲν γὰρ ἐνδέχεται αὐτῶν εἶναι καὶ διαμένειν ἄνευ τῶν εὐπόρων καὶ τοῦ πλήθους, ἀλλ’ ὅταν ὁμαλότης γένηται τῆς οὐσίας ἄλλην ἀνάγκη εἶναι ταύτην τὴν πολιτείαν, 1310a ὥστε φθείροντες τοῖς καθ’ ὑπεροχὴν νόμοις φθείρουσι τὰς πολιτείας.

    That is why the lawgiver and the statesman must not be ignorant of which democratic measures preserve a democracy and which destroy it, and which oligarchic measures preserve or destroy an oligarchy. For neither of them can exist and endure without both the well-off and the multitude; when property becomes equal, the constitution must become a different one. 1310a So when they destroy one of these groups with laws that go to extremes, they destroy their constitutions.

    ἁμαρτάνουσι δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς δημοκρατίαις καὶ ἐν ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις, ἐν μὲν ταῖς δημοκρατίαις οἱ δημαγωγοί, ὅπου τὸ πλῆθος κύριον τῶν νόμων· δύο γὰρ ποιοῦσιν ἀεὶ τὴν πόλιν, μαχόμενοι τοῖς εὐπόροις, δεῖ δὲ τοὐναντίον αἰεὶ δοκεῖν λέγειν ὑπὲρ εὐπόρων, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις ὑπὲρ τοῦ δήμου τοὺς ὀλιγαρχικούς, καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους ἐναντίους ἢ νῦν ὀμνύναι τοὺς ὀλιγαρχικούς· νῦν μὲν γὰρ ἐν ἐνίαις ὀμνύουσι καὶ τῷ δήμῳ κακόνους ἔσομαι καὶ βουλεύσω ὅ τι ἂν ἔχω κακόν, χρὴ δὲ καὶ ὑπολαμβάνειν καὶ ὑποκρίνεσθαι τοὐναντίον, ἐπισημαινομένους ἐν τοῖς ὅρκοις ὅτι οὐκ ἀδικήσω τὸν δῆμον.

    Mistakes are made in both democracies and oligarchies. In democracies the demagogues make them, where the multitude is sovereign over the laws: they always split the city in two by fighting the well-off, whereas they ought always to seem to speak on behalf of the well-off. In oligarchies, likewise, the oligarchs ought to seem to speak on behalf of the people, and they should swear oaths opposite to the ones they swear now. At present, in some oligarchies, they swear, “I will be hostile to the people and will plan whatever harm I can against them.” They ought instead to take and to act the opposite part, declaring in their oaths, “I will not wrong the people.”

    μέγιστον δὲ πάντων τῶν εἰρημένων πρὸς τὸ διαμένειν τὰς πολιτείας, οὗ νῦν ὀλιγωροῦσι πάντες, τὸ παιδεύεσθαι πρὸς τὰς πολιτείας. ὄφελος γὰρ οὐθὲν τῶν ὠφελιμωτάτων νόμων καὶ συνδεδοξασμένων ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν πολιτευομένων, εἰ μὴ ἔσονται εἰθισμένοι καὶ πεπαιδευμένοι ἐν τῇ πολιτείᾳ, εἰ μὲν οἱ νόμοι δημοτικοί, δημοτικῶς, εἰ δ’ ὀλιγαρχικοί, ὀλιγαρχικῶς. εἴπερ γὰρ ἔστιν ἐφ’ ἑνὸς ἀκρασία, ἔστι καὶ ἐπὶ πόλεως. ἔστι δὲ τὸ πεπαιδεῦσθαι πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν οὐ τοῦτο, τὸ ποιεῖν οἷς χαίρουσιν οἱ ὀλιγαρχοῦντες ἢ οἱ δημοκρατίαν βουλόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οἷς δυνήσονται οἱ μὲν ὀλιγαρχεῖν οἱ δὲ δημοκρατεῖσθαι.

    But the most important of all the things we have mentioned for making constitutions last, and one that everyone now neglects, is education suited to the constitution. The most beneficial laws, even laws approved by all the citizens, are of no use unless people are habituated and educated in the constitution—democratically if the laws are democratic, oligarchically if they are oligarchic. For if there is lack of self-control in an individual, there is also lack of self-control in a city. And being educated for the constitution does not mean doing what pleases the oligarchs or those who want democracy, but doing what will enable the ones to run an oligarchy and the others to govern themselves democratically.

    νῦν δ’ ἐν μὲν ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις οἱ τῶν ἀρχόντων υἱοὶ τρυφῶσιν, οἱ δὲ τῶν ἀπόρων γίγνονται γεγυμνασμένοι καὶ πεπονηκότες, ὥστε καὶ βούλονται μᾶλλον καὶ δύνανται νεωτερίζειν· ἐν δὲ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις ταῖς μάλιστα εἶναι δοκούσαις δημοκρατικαῖς τοὐναντίον τοῦ συμφέροντος καθέστηκεν, αἴτιον δὲ τούτου ὅτι κακῶς ὁρίζονται τὸ ἐλεύθερον. δύο γάρ ἐστιν οἷς ἡ δημοκρατία δοκεῖ ὡρίσθαι, τῷ τὸ πλεῖον εἶναι κύριον καὶ τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ· τὸ μὲν γὰρ δίκαιον ἴσον δοκεῖ εἶναι, ἴσον δ’ ὅ τι ἂν δόξῃ τῷ πλήθει, τοῦτ’ εἶναι κύριον, ἐλεύθερον δὲ [καὶ ἴσον] τὸ ὅ τι ἂν βούληταί τις ποιεῖν· ὥστε ζῇ ἐν ταῖς τοιαύταις δημοκρατίαις ἕκαστος ὡς βούλεται, καὶ εἰς ὃ χρῄζων, ὡς φησὶν Εὐριπίδης· τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶ φαῦλον· οὐ γὰρ δεῖ οἴεσθαι δουλείαν εἶναι τὸ ζῆν πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν, ἀλλὰ σωτηρίαν.

    As things are, in oligarchies the sons of the rulers live in luxury, while the sons of the poor are hardened by exercise and toil, so that they are both more willing and more able to start a revolution. And in the democracies that are thought most democratic, the opposite of what is beneficial has become established. The reason is that they define freedom badly. There are two things by which democracy is thought to be defined: the sovereignty of the majority, and freedom. What is just is thought to be what is equal; what is equal, that whatever the multitude decides is sovereign; and freedom, doing whatever one wants. So in democracies of this kind everyone lives as he likes, “for whatever end he craves,” as Euripides says. But this is bad. One should not think that living in accordance with the constitution is slavery; it is one’s preservation.

    ἐξ ὧν μὲν οὖν αἱ πολιτεῖαι μεταβάλλουσι καὶ φθείρονται, καὶ διὰ τίνων σῴζονται καὶ διαμένουσιν, ὡς ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν τοσαῦτά ἐστιν.

    These, then, broadly speaking, are the causes from which constitutions change and are destroyed, and the means through which they are preserved and endure.

    How monarchies are destroyed

    Kingship and tyranny differ in origin; outrage, fear and contempt drive attacks on monarchs.

    λείπεται δ’ ἐπελθεῖν καὶ περὶ μοναρχίας, ἐξ ὧν τε φθείρεται καὶ δι’ ὧν σῴζεσθαι πέφυκεν. σχεδὸν δὲ παραπλήσια 1310b τοῖς εἰρημένοις περὶ τὰς πολιτείας ἐστὶ καὶ τὰ συμβαίνοντα περὶ τὰς βασιλείας καὶ τὰς τυραννίδας. ἡ μὲν γὰρ βασιλεία κατὰ τὴν ἀριστοκρατίαν ἐστίν, ἡ δὲ τυραννὶς ἐξ ὀλιγαρχίας τῆς ὑστάτης σύγκειται καὶ δημοκρατίας· διὸ δὴ καὶ βλαβερωτάτη τοῖς ἀρχομένοις ἐστίν, ἅτε ἐκ δυοῖν συγκειμένη κακῶν καὶ τὰς παρεκβάσεις καὶ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἔχουσα τὰς παρ’ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν πολιτειῶν.

    It remains to go through monarchy as well: the causes by which it is destroyed and the means by which it is naturally preserved. What happens to kingships and tyrannies is roughly similar 1310b to what we have said about constitutions. Kingship corresponds to aristocracy, while tyranny is compounded of the most extreme oligarchy and democracy. That is exactly why it is the most harmful to its subjects: it is made up of two bad constitutions and has the deviations and errors of both.

    ὑπάρχει δ’ ἡ γένεσις εὐθὺς ἐξ ἐναντίων ἑκατέρᾳ τῶν μοναρχιῶν· ἡ μὲν γὰρ βασιλεία πρὸς βοήθειαν τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ δήμου τοῖς ἐπιεικέσι γέγονεν, καὶ καθίσταται βασιλεὺς ἐκ τῶν ἐπιεικῶν καθ’ ὑπεροχὴν ἀρετῆς ἢ πράξεων τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς, ἢ καθ’ ὑπεροχὴν τοιούτου γένους, ὁ δὲ τύραννος ἐκ τοῦ δήμου καὶ τοῦ πλήθους ἐπὶ τοὺς γνωρίμους, ὅπως ὁ δῆμος ἀδικῆται μηδὲν ὑπ’ αὐτῶν. φανερὸν δ’ ἐκ τῶν συμβεβηκότων. σχεδὸν γὰρ οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν τυράννων γεγόνασιν ἐκ δημαγωγῶν ὡς εἰπεῖν, πιστευθέντες ἐκ τοῦ διαβάλλειν τοὺς γνωρίμους.

    The two kinds of monarchy originate from directly opposite sources. Kingship arose to protect the decent against the people, and a king is appointed from among the decent on the basis of superiority in excellence, or in the actions that come from excellence, or on the basis of the superiority of a family of that kind. The tyrant, by contrast, is set up from the people and the multitude against the notables, so that the people may suffer no wrong from them. This is clear from what has happened: nearly all tyrants, one might say, began as demagogues, who won people’s trust by slandering the notables.

    αἱ μὲν γὰρ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον κατέστησαν τῶν τυραννίδων, ἤδη τῶν πόλεων ηὐξημένων, αἱ δὲ πρὸ τούτων ἐκ [τε] τῶν βασιλέων παρεκβαινόντων τὰ πάτρια καὶ δεσποτικωτέρας ἀρχῆς ὀρεγομένων, αἱ δὲ ἐκ τῶν αἱρετῶν ἐπὶ τὰς κυρίας ἀρχάς (τὸ γὰρ ἀρχαῖον οἱ δῆμοι καθίστασαν πολυχρονίους τὰς δημιουργίας καὶ τὰς θεωρίας), αἱ δ’ ἐκ τῶν ὀλιγαρχιῶν, αἱρουμένων ἕνα τινὰ κύριον ἐπὶ τὰς μεγίστας ἀρχάς.

    Some tyrannies were established in this way when cities had already grown large. Others, earlier, arose from kings who overstepped ancestral custom and reached for a more despotic rule; others from men elected to the sovereign offices (for in the old days peoples appointed their magistrates and sacred envoys for long terms); and others from oligarchies that chose a single man as sovereign over the greatest offices.

    πᾶσι γὰρ ὑπῆρχε τοῖς τρόποις τούτοις τὸ κατεργάζεσθαι ῥᾳδίως, εἰ μόνον βουληθεῖεν, διὰ τὸ δύναμιν προϋπάρχειν τοῖς μὲν βασιλικῆς ἀρχῆς τοῖς δὲ τὴν τῆς τιμῆς· οἷον Φείδων μὲν περὶ Ἄργος καὶ ἕτεροι τύραννοι κατέστησαν βασιλείας ὑπαρχούσης, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὴν Ἰωνίαν καὶ Φάλαρις ἐκ τῶν τιμῶν, Παναίτιος δ’ ἐν Λεοντίνοις καὶ Κύψελος ἐν Κορίνθῳ καὶ Πεισίστρατος Ἀθήνησι καὶ Διονύσιος ἐν Συρακούσαις καὶ ἕτεροι τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἐκ δημαγωγίας. καθάπερ οὖν εἴπομεν, ἡ βασιλεία τέτακται κατὰ τὴν ἀριστοκρατίαν. κατ’ ἀξίαν γάρ ἐστιν, ἢ κατ’ ἰδίαν ἀρετὴν ἢ κατὰ γένος, ἢ κατ’ εὐεργεσίας, ἢ κατὰ ταῦτά τε καὶ δύναμιν.

    In all these ways it was easy to succeed, if only they wanted to, because they already had power—some the power of kingly rule, others that of high office. Thus Pheidon at Argos and other tyrants established themselves where there was already a kingship; the tyrants in Ionia and Phalaris rose from high offices; and Panaetius at Leontini, Cypselus at Corinth, Pisistratus at Athens, Dionysius at Syracuse and others rose in the same way from demagoguery. As we said, then, kingship is ranked with aristocracy. For it is based on merit—either individual excellence or family, or benefactions, or these together with power.

    ἅπαντες γὰρ εὐεργετήσαντες ἢ δυνάμενοι τὰς πόλεις ἢ τὰ ἔθνη εὐεργετεῖν ἐτύγχανον τῆς τιμῆς ταύτης, οἱ μὲν κατὰ πόλεμον κωλύσαντες δουλεύειν, ὥσπερ Κόδρος, οἱ δ’ ἐλευθερώσαντες, ὥσπερ Κῦρος, ἢ κτίσαντες ἢ κτησάμενοι χώραν, ὥσπερ οἱ Λακεδαιμονίων βασιλεῖς καὶ Μακεδόνων καὶ Μολοττῶν. βούλεται δ’ ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶναι φύλαξ, ὅπως οἱ 1311a μὲν κεκτημένοι τὰς οὐσίας μηθὲν ἄδικον πάσχωσιν, ὁ δὲ δῆμος μὴ ὑβρίζηται μηθέν· ἡ δὲ τυραννίς, ὥσπερ εἴρηται πολλάκις, πρὸς οὐδὲν ἀποβλέπει κοινόν, εἰ μὴ τῆς ἰδίας ὠφελείας χάριν. ἔστι δὲ σκοπὸς τυραννικὸς μὲν τὸ ἡδύ, βασιλικὸς δὲ τὸ καλόν. διὸ καὶ τῶν πλεονεκτημάτων τὰ μὲν χρήματα τυραννικὰ, τὰ δ’ εἰς τιμὴν βασιλικὰ μᾶλλον· καὶ φυλακὴ βασιλικὴ μὲν πολιτική, τυραννικὴ δὲ διὰ ξένων.

    For all who obtained this honor had benefited, or were able to benefit, their cities or peoples: some by saving them from enslavement in war, like Codrus; others by setting them free, like Cyrus; or by founding a city or acquiring territory, like the kings of the Spartans, the Macedonians and the Molossians. The king aims to be a guardian, so that 1311a those who own property suffer no injustice and the people suffer no abuse. Tyranny, as has often been said, looks to nothing common except for the sake of its own private benefit. The tyrant’s aim is pleasure, the king’s the fine. That is why, among the advantages they seek, money belongs to the tyrant, while what brings honor belongs rather to the king; and a king’s guard is made up of citizens, a tyrant’s of foreigners.

    Codrus was the legendary last king of Athens, who gave his life to save the city from invaders; Cyrus the Great freed the Persians from the Medes.

    ὅτι δ’ ἡ τυραννὶς ἔχει κακὰ καὶ τὰ τῆς δημοκρατίας καὶ τὰ τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας, φανερόν· ἐκ μὲν ὀλιγαρχίας τὸ τὸ τέλος εἶναι πλοῦτον (οὕτω γὰρ καὶ διαμένειν ἀναγκαῖον μόνως τήν τε φυλακὴν καὶ τὴν τρυφήν), καὶ τὸ τῷ πλήθει μηδὲν πιστεύειν (διὸ καὶ τὴν παραίρεσιν ποιοῦνται τῶν ὅπλων), καὶ τὸ κακοῦν τὸν ὄχλον καὶ τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἄστεως ἀπελαύνειν καὶ διοικίζειν ἀμφοτέρων κοινόν, καὶ τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας καὶ τῆς τυραννίδος· ἐκ δημοκρατίας δὲ τὸ πολεμεῖν τοῖς γνωρίμοις καὶ διαφθείρειν λάθρᾳ καὶ φανερῶς καὶ φυγαδεύειν ὡς ἀντιτέχνους καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐμποδίους. ἐκ γὰρ τούτων συμβαίνει γίγνεσθαι καὶ τὰς ἐπιβουλάς, τῶν μὲν ἄρχειν αὐτῶν βουλομένων, τῶν δὲ μὴ δουλεύειν.

    That tyranny has the evils of both democracy and oligarchy is plain. From oligarchy it takes making wealth its end (for only in this way can the guard and the luxury be maintained), and trusting the multitude in nothing (which is why tyrants disarm them); and ill-treating the common crowd, driving them out of the town and scattering them is common to both, oligarchy and tyranny alike. From democracy it takes waging war on the notables, destroying them secretly and openly, and exiling them as rivals and obstacles to its rule. For it is from the notables that plots arise, some of them wanting to rule themselves, others not wanting to be slaves.

    Famous passage Cutting the tallest earsPeriander’s silent advice to a fellow tyrant: do away with anyone who stands out.

    ὅθεν καὶ τὸ Περιάνδρου πρὸς Θρασύβουλον συμβούλευμά ἐστιν, ἡ τῶν ὑπερεχόντων σταχύων κόλουσις, ὡς δέον αἰεὶ τοὺς ὑπερέχοντας τῶν πολιτῶν ἀναιρεῖν. καθάπερ οὖν σχεδὸν ἐλέχθη, τὰς αὐτὰς ἀρχὰς δεῖ νομίζειν περί τε τὰς πολιτείας εἶναι τῶν μεταβολῶν καὶ περὶ τὰς μοναρχίας· διά τε γὰρ ἀδικίαν καὶ διὰ φόβον καὶ διὰ καταφρόνησιν ἐπιτίθενται πολλοὶ τῶν ἀρχομένων ταῖς μοναρχίαις, τῆς δὲ ἀδικίας μάλιστα δι’ ὕβριν, ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ διὰ τὴν τῶν ἰδίων στέρησιν.

    Hence also Periander’s advice to Thrasybulus, the cutting down of the ears of grain that stood out, meaning that one must always do away with the outstanding citizens. As was roughly said, then, one must consider the sources of change to be the same for constitutions and for monarchies. Many subjects attack monarchies because of injustice, fear and contempt; and, among forms of injustice, most of all because of outrage, but sometimes also because they have been deprived of their property.

    Herodotus tells the story with the roles of Periander and Thrasybulus reversed.

    ἔστι δὲ καὶ τὰ τέλη ταὐτά, καθάπερ κἀκεῖ, καὶ περὶ τὰς τυραννίδας καὶ τὰς βασιλείας· μέγεθος γὰρ ὑπάρχει πλούτου καὶ τιμῆς τοῖς μονάρχοις, ὧν ἐφίενται πάντες. τῶν δ’ ἐπιθέσεων αἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ σῶμα γίγνονται τῶν ἀρχόντων, αἱ δ’ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν. αἱ μὲν οὖν δι’ ὕβριν ἐπὶ τὸ σῶμα. τῆς δ’ ὕβρεως οὔσης πολυμεροῦς, ἕκαστον αὐτῶν αἴτιον γίγνεται τῆς ὀργῆς· τῶν δ’ ὀργιζομένων σχεδὸν οἱ πλεῖστοι τιμωρίας χάριν ἐπιτίθενται, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὑπεροχῆς.

    The ends, too, are the same for tyrannies and kingships as they were for constitutions: monarchs have great wealth and honor, and these are what everyone desires. Of attacks, some are aimed at the person of the rulers, others at their rule. Those caused by outrage are aimed at the person. Outrage takes many forms, and each of them becomes a cause of anger; and most people who act in anger attack for the sake of revenge, not of superiority.

    οἷον ἡ μὲν τῶν Πεισιστρατιδῶν διὰ τὸ προπηλακίσαι μὲν τὴν Ἁρμοδίου ἀδελφὴν ἐπηρεάσαι δ’ Ἁρμόδιον (ὁ μὲν γὰρ Ἁρμόδιος διὰ τὴν ἀδελφήν, ὁ δὲ Ἀριστογείτων διὰ τὸν Ἁρμόδιον), ἐπεβούλευσαν δὲ καὶ Περιάνδρῳ τῷ ἐν Ἀμβρακίᾳ τυράννῳ διὰ τὸ συμπίνοντα μετὰ 1311b τῶν παιδικῶν ἐρωτῆσαι αὐτὸν εἰ ἤδη ἐξ αὐτοῦ κύει· ἡ δὲ Φιλίππου ὑπὸ Παυσανίου διὰ τὸ ἐᾶσαι ὑβρισθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ Ἄτταλον, καὶ ἡ Ἀμύντου τοῦ μικροῦ ὑπὸ Δέρδα διὰ τὸ καυχήσασθαι εἰς τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἡ τοῦ εὐνούχου Εὐαγόρᾳ τῷ Κυπρίῳ· διὰ γὰρ τὸ τὴν γυναῖκα παρελέσθαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπέκτεινεν ὡς ὑβρισμένος. πολλαὶ δ’ ἐπιθέσεις γεγένηνται καὶ διὰ τὸ εἰς τὸ σῶμα αἰσχῦναι τῶν μονάρχων τινάς.

    For example, the attack on the Pisistratids came about because they insulted Harmodius’ sister and treated Harmodius with contempt (Harmodius acted because of his sister, and Aristogeiton because of Harmodius). There was a plot against Periander, the tyrant of Ambracia, because while drinking with 1311b his beloved he asked the boy whether he was pregnant by him yet. Pausanias’ attack on Philip came about because Philip allowed him to be outraged by Attalus and his circle; Derdas’ attack on Amyntas the Little because Amyntas boasted of having enjoyed Derdas in his youth; and the eunuch’s attack on Evagoras of Cyprus: he killed him, feeling outraged, because Evagoras’ son had taken his wife away from him. Many attacks have also happened because certain monarchs have sexually disgraced others.

    The Pisistratids, Hippias and Hipparchus, were the sons of Pisistratus; Harmodius and Aristogeiton killed Hipparchus in 514 BC. Philip is Philip II of Macedon, murdered in 336 BC.

    οἷον καὶ ἡ Κραταίου εἰς Ἀρχέλαον· αἰεὶ γὰρ βαρέως εἶχε πρὸς τὴν ὁμιλίαν, ὥστε ἱκανὴ καὶ ἐλάττων ⟨ἂν⟩ ἐγένετο πρόφασις—ἢ διότι τῶν θυγατέρων οὐδεμίαν ἔδωκεν ὁμολογήσας αὐτῷ, ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν προτέραν, κατεχόμενος ὑπὸ πολέμου πρὸς Σίρραν καὶ Ἀρράβαιον, ἔδωκε τῷ βασιλεῖ τῷ τῆς Ἐλιμείας, τὴν δὲ νεωτέραν τῷ υἱεῖ Ἀμύντᾳ, οἰόμενος οὕτως ἂν ἐκεῖνον ἥκιστα διαφέρεσθαι καὶ τὸν ἐκ τῆς Κλεοπάτρας· ἀλλὰ τῆς γε ἀλλοτριότητος ὑπῆρχεν ἀρχὴ τὸ βαρέως φέρειν πρὸς τὴν ἀφροδισιαστικὴν χάριν. συνεπέθετο δὲ καὶ Ἑλλανοκράτης ὁ Λαρισαῖος διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν· ὡς γὰρ χρώμενος αὐτοῦ τῇ ἡλικίᾳ οὐ κατῆγεν ὑποσχόμενος, δι’ ὕβριν καὶ οὐ δι’ ἐρωτικὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ᾤετο εἶναι τὴν γεγενημένην ὁμιλίαν.

    An example is Crataeus’ attack on Archelaus. He had always resented the relationship, so that even a smaller pretext would have been enough—or perhaps it was because Archelaus had promised him one of his daughters and gave him neither, but instead, hard pressed by his war against Sirras and Arrabaeus, gave the elder to the king of Elimeia and the younger to his son Amyntas, thinking that this would make Amyntas least likely to quarrel with his son by Cleopatra. But the start of the estrangement, at any rate, was his resentment at providing sexual favors. Hellanocrates of Larisa joined in the attack for the same reason: Archelaus had enjoyed his youth but had not restored him from exile as he promised, so Hellanocrates thought the relationship had come about through outrage and not through erotic desire.

    Archelaus, king of Macedon, was assassinated in 399 BC.

    Πύθων δὲ καὶ Ἡρακλείδης οἱ Αἴνιοι Κότυν διέφθειραν τῷ πατρὶ τιμωροῦντες, Ἀδάμας δ’ ἀπέστη Κότυος διὰ τὸ ἐκτμηθῆναι παῖς ὢν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, ὡς ὑβρισμένος.

    Python and Heraclides of Aenus killed Cotys to avenge their father, and Adamas revolted from Cotys because Cotys had had him castrated as a boy, and he felt outraged.

    Cotys was king of Thrace, assassinated in 360/359 BC.

    πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ διὰ τὸ εἰς τὸ σῶμα αἰκισθῆναι πληγαῖς ὀργισθέντες οἱ μὲν διέφθειραν, οἱ δ’ ἐνεχείρησαν ὡς ὑβρισθέντες, καὶ τῶν περὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ βασιλικὰς δυναστείας. οἷον ἐν Μυτιλήνῃ τοὺς Πενθιλίδας Μεγακλῆς περιιόντας καὶ τύπτοντας ταῖς κορύναις ἐπιθέμενος μετὰ τῶν φίλων ἀνεῖλεν, καὶ ὕστερον Σμέρδης Πενθίλον πληγὰς λαβὼν καὶ παρὰ τῆς γυναικὸς ἐξελκυσθεὶς διέφθειρεν. καὶ τῆς Ἀρχελάου δ’ ἐπιθέσεως Δεκάμνιχος ἡγεμὼν ἐγένετο, παροξύνων τοὺς ἐπιθεμένους πρῶτος· αἴτιον δὲ τῆς ὀργῆς ὅτι αὐτὸν ἐξέδωκε μαστιγῶσαι Εὐριπίδῃ τῷ ποιητῇ· ὁ δ’ Εὐριπίδης ἐχαλέπαινεν εἰπόντος τι αὐτοῦ εἰς δυσωδίαν τοῦ στόματος. καὶ ἄλλοι δὲ πολλοὶ διὰ τοιαύτας αἰτίας οἱ μὲν ἀνῃρέθησαν οἱ δ’ ἐπεβουλεύθησαν.

    Many others, too, enraged at being physically abused with blows and feeling outraged, have killed or tried to kill people in office or members of royal dynasties. For example, at Mytilene, when the Penthilidae went around striking people with clubs, Megacles and his friends attacked and killed them; and later Smerdis, who had been beaten and dragged away from his wife, killed Penthilus. Decamnichus, too, became leader of the attack on Archelaus, being the first to stir up the attackers. The cause of his anger was that Archelaus had handed him over to the poet Euripides to be flogged; Euripides was angry because Decamnichus had said something about his bad breath. And many others have been killed or plotted against for such reasons.

    The Penthilidae were the ruling clan of Mytilene on Lesbos.

    ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ διὰ φόβον· ἓν γάρ τι τοῦτο τῶν αἰτίων ἦν, ὥσπερ καὶ περὶ τὰς πολιτείας καὶ περὶ τὰς μοναρχίας· οἷον Ξέρξην Ἀρταπάνης φοβούμενος τὴν διαβολὴν τὴν περὶ Δαρεῖον, ὅτι ἐκρέμασεν οὐ κελεύσαντος Ξέρξου, ἀλλ’ οἰόμενος συγγνώσεσθαι ὡς ἀμνημονοῦντα διὰ τὸ δειπνεῖν. αἱ δὲ διὰ 1312a καταφρόνησιν, ὥσπερ Σαρδανάπαλλον ἰδών τις ξαίνοντα μετὰ τῶν γυναικῶν (εἰ ἀληθῆ ταῦτα οἱ μυθολογοῦντες λέγουσιν· εἰ δὲ μὴ ἐπ’ ἐκείνου, ἀλλ’ ἐπ’ ἄλλου γε ἂν γένοιτο τοῦτο ἀληθές), καὶ Διονυσίῳ τῷ ὑστέρῳ Δίων ἐπέθετο διὰ τὸ καταφρονεῖν, ὁρῶν τούς τε πολίτας οὕτως ἔχοντας καὶ αὐτὸν ἀεὶ μεθύοντα. καὶ τῶν φίλων δέ τινες ἐπιτίθενται διὰ καταφρόνησιν· διὰ γὰρ τὸ πιστεύεσθαι καταφρονοῦσιν ὡς λήσοντες.

    Fear works in the same way; it was one of the causes, in monarchies as in constitutions. For example, Artapanes attacked Xerxes because he feared the accusation over Darius: he had hanged Darius without Xerxes’ order, thinking Xerxes would forgive him, since he had been at dinner and would not remember. Other attacks come from 1312a contempt, as when someone saw Sardanapallus carding wool with the women (if what the storytellers say is true—and if not of him, it could well be true of someone else); and Dion attacked Dionysius the Younger out of contempt, seeing that the citizens felt the same way and that Dionysius himself was always drunk. Even some of a monarch’s friends attack him out of contempt: because they are trusted, they despise him, thinking they will not be found out.

    Sardanapallus was a legendary last king of Assyria, a byword for luxury and effeminacy.

    καὶ οἱ οἰόμενοι δύνασθαι κατασχεῖν τὴν ἀρχὴν τρόπον τινὰ διὰ τὸ καταφρονεῖν ἐπιτίθενται· ὡς δυνάμενοι γὰρ καὶ καταφρονοῦντες τοῦ κινδύνου διὰ τὴν δύναμιν ἐπιχειροῦσι ῥᾳδίως, ὥσπερ οἱ στρατηγοῦντες τοῖς μονάρχοις, οἷον Κῦρος Ἀστυάγει καὶ τοῦ βίου καταφρονῶν καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως διὰ τὸ τὴν μὲν δύναμιν ἐξηργηκέναι αὐτὸν δὲ τρυφᾶν, καὶ Σεύθης ὁ Θρᾷξ Ἀμαδόκῳ στρατηγὸς ὤν. οἱ δὲ καὶ διὰ πλείω τούτων ἐπιτίθενται, οἷον καὶ καταφρονοῦντες καὶ διὰ κέρδος, ὥσπερ Ἀριοβαρζάνῃ Μιθριδάτης μάλιστα δὲ διὰ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν ἐγχειροῦσιν οἱ τὴν φύσιν μὲν θρασεῖς, τιμὴν δ’ ἔχοντες πολεμικὴν παρὰ τοῖς μονάρχοις· ἀνδρεία γὰρ δύναμιν ἔχουσα θράσος ἐστίν, δι’ ἃς ἀμφοτέρας, ὡς ῥᾳδίως κρατήσοντες, ποιοῦνται τὰς ἐπιθέσεις.

    Those who think they can seize power also attack, in a way, out of contempt: because they have power and, because of it, despise the danger, they readily make the attempt. So it is with generals against their monarchs—Cyrus, for example, against Astyages, whose way of life and power he despised because Astyages’ power had grown idle while he himself lived in luxury; and Seuthes the Thracian against Amadocus, whose general he was. Others attack for more than one of these reasons, for instance both from contempt and for gain, as Mithridates did against Ariobarzanes. Those who make the attempt mainly for this reason are men bold by nature who hold military honors under the monarchs; for courage that has power is boldness, and it is because of both that they make their attacks, expecting to win easily.

    τῶν δὲ διὰ φιλοτιμίαν ἐπιτιθεμένων ἕτερος τρόπος ἔστι τῆς αἰτίας παρὰ τοὺς εἰρημένους πρότερον. οὐ γὰρ ὥσπερ ἔνιοι τοῖς τυράννοις ἐπιχειροῦσιν ὁρῶντες κέρδη τε μεγάλα καὶ τιμὰς μεγάλας οὔσας αὐτοῖς, οὕτω καὶ τῶν διὰ φιλοτιμίαν ἐπιτιθεμένων ἕκαστος προαιρεῖται κινδυνεύειν· ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν διὰ τὴν εἰρημένην αἰτίαν, οὗτοι δ’ ὥσπερ κἂν ἄλλης τινὸς γενομένης πράξεως περιττῆς καὶ δι’ ἣν ὀνομαστοὶ γίγνονται καὶ γνώριμοι τοῖς ἄλλοις, οὕτω καὶ τοῖς μονάρχοις ἐγχειροῦσιν, οὐ κτήσασθαι βουλόμενοι μοναρχίαν ἀλλὰ δόξαν. οὐ μὴν ἀλλ’ ἐλάχιστοί γε τὸν ἀριθμόν εἰσιν οἱ διὰ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν ὁρμῶντες· ὑποκεῖσθαι γὰρ δεῖ τὸ τοῦ σωθῆναι μηδὲν φροντίζειν, ἂν μὴ μέλλῃ κατασχήσειν τὴν πρᾶξιν.

    Among those who attack out of ambition, the cause works in a different way from those mentioned before. Some attack tyrants because they see the great gains and great honors the tyrants have; but it is not in this way that each of those who attack out of ambition chooses to run the risk. The former act for the reason stated; the latter attack monarchs just as they would undertake any other extraordinary deed that would make them famous and known to others, wanting to acquire not a monarchy but glory. Still, those who set out for this reason are very few in number, for it must be taken for granted that they care nothing for their own survival if they are not going to succeed in the deed.

    οἷς ἀκολουθεῖν μὲν δεῖ τὴν Δίωνος ὑπόληψιν, οὐ ῥᾴδιον δ’ αὐτὴν ἐγγενέσθαι πολλοῖς· ἐκεῖνος γὰρ μετ’ ὀλίγων ἐστράτευσεν ἐπὶ Διονύσιον οὕτως ἔχειν φάσκων ὡς ὅποι περ ἂν δύνηται προελθεῖν, ἱκανὸν αὑτῷ τοσοῦτον μετασχεῖν τῆς πράξεως, οἷον εἰ μικρὸν ἐπιβάντα τῆς γῆς εὐθὺς συμβαίη τελευτῆσαι τοῦτον καλῶς ἔχειν αὑτῷ τὸν θάνατον.

    They must follow Dion’s way of thinking, but it is not easy for many to have it. Dion marched against Dionysius with a few men, saying that this was how he felt: however far he managed to advance, it would be enough for him to have taken that much part in the undertaking; if, for instance, he should die as soon as he set foot on land, that death would be a fine one for him.

    Dion, brother-in-law of Dionysius the Elder and an associate of Plato, sailed against Dionysius the Younger of Syracuse in 357 BC.

    φθείρεται δὲ τυραννὶς ἕνα μὲν τρόπον, ὥσπερ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἑκάστη πολιτειῶν, ἔξωθεν, 1312b ἐὰν ἐναντία τις ᾖ πολιτεία κρείττων (τὸ μὲν γὰρ βούλεσθαι δῆλον ὡς ὑπάρξει διὰ τὴν ἐναντιότητα τῆς προαιρέσεως· ἃ δὲ βούλονται, δυνάμενοι πράττουσι πάντες), ἐναντίαι δ’ αἱ πολιτεῖαι, δῆμος μὲν τυραννίδι καθ’ Ἡσίοδον ὡς κεραμεὺς κεραμεῖ (καὶ γὰρ ἡ δημοκρατία ἡ τελευταία τυραννίς ἐστιν), βασιλεία δὲ καὶ ἀριστοκρατία διὰ τὴν ἐναντιότητα τῆς πολιτείας (διὸ Λακεδαιμόνιοι πλείστας κατέλυσαν τυραννίδας καὶ Συρακούσιοι κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ὃν ἐπολιτεύοντο καλῶς)· ἕνα δ’ ἐξ αὑτῆς, ὅταν οἱ μετέχοντες στασιάζωσιν, ὥσπερ ἡ τῶν περὶ Γέλωνα καὶ νῦν ἡ τῶν περὶ Διονύσιον, ἡ μὲν Γέλωνος Θρασυβούλου τοῦ Ἱέρωνος ἀδελφοῦ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ Γέλωνος δημαγωγοῦντος καὶ πρὸς ἡδονὰς ὁρμῶντος, ἵν’ αὐτὸς ἄρχῃ, τῶν δὲ οἰκείων συστησάντων ἵνα μὴ ἡ τυραννὶς ὅλως καταλυθῇ ἀλλὰ Θρασύβουλος, οἱ δὲ συστάντες αὐτῶν, ὡς καιρὸν ἔχοντες, ἐξέβαλον ἅπαντας αὐτούς· Διονύσιον δὲ Δίων στρατεύσας, κηδεστὴς ὢν καὶ προσλαβὼν τὸν δῆμον, ἐκεῖνον ἐκβαλὼν διεφθάρη.

    A tyranny is destroyed in one way, like each of the other constitutions, from outside, 1312b if there is an opposed constitution that is stronger. (The wish will clearly be there because of the opposition in their principles, and everyone does what they wish when they can.) The opposed constitutions are democracy, opposed to tyranny as “potter to potter,” in Hesiod’s phrase (for the extreme democracy is a tyranny), and kingship and aristocracy, because their constitution is the opposite. That is why the Spartans overthrew a great many tyrannies, as did the Syracusans during the period when they were well governed. In another way a tyranny is destroyed from within, when those who share in it fall into faction. This happened to the tyranny of Gelon’s family, and in our own day to that of Dionysius. In Gelon’s case, Thrasybulus, the brother of Hiero, courted Gelon’s son like a demagogue and pushed him toward pleasures so that he himself might rule; the family banded together so that not the tyranny as a whole would be overthrown but only Thrasybulus; but those who had joined them, seeing their opportunity, drove them all out. Dion, who was related to Dionysius by marriage, marched against him, won the people over, drove him out, and was then killed.

    Hesiod, Works and Days 25: “potter is angry with potter,” that is, rivalry is sharpest between those of the same kind.

    δύο δὲ οὐσῶν αἰτιῶν δι’ ἃς μάλιστ’ ἐπιτίθενται ταῖς τυραννίσι, μίσους καὶ καταφρονήσεως, θάτερον μὲν ἀεὶ τούτων ὑπάρχει τοῖς τυράννοις, τὸ μῖσος, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ καταφρονεῖσθαι πολλαὶ γίνονται τῶν καταλύσεων. σημεῖον δέ· τῶν μὲν γὰρ κτησαμένων οἱ πλεῖστοι καὶ διεφύλαξαν τὰς ἀρχάς, οἱ δὲ παραλαβόντες εὐθὺς ὡς εἰπεῖν ἀπολλύασι πάντες. ἀπολαυστικῶς γὰρ ζῶντες εὐκαταφρόνητοί τε γίνονται καὶ πολλοὺς καιροὺς παραδιδόασι τοῖς ἐπιτιθεμένοις. μόριον δέ τι τοῦ μίσους καὶ τὴν ὀργὴν δεῖ τιθέναι· τρόπον γάρ τινα τῶν αὐτῶν αἰτία γίνεται πράξεων.

    There are two causes, above all, for which people attack tyrannies: hatred and contempt. One of these, hatred, is always present for tyrants; but many overthrows come from their being held in contempt. Here is evidence: most of those who won their rule also kept it, whereas those who inherited it lose it almost at once, one might say, every one of them. Living a life of enjoyment, they become easy to despise and give their attackers many opportunities. Anger too should be counted as a part of hatred, since in a way it is the cause of the same actions.

    πολλάκις δὲ καὶ πρακτικώτερον τοῦ μίσους· συντονώτερον γὰρ ἐπιτίθενται διὰ τὸ μὴ χρῆσθαι λογισμῷ τὸ πάθος (μάλιστα δὲ συμβαίνει τοῖς θυμοῖς ἀκολουθεῖν διὰ τὴν ὕβριν, δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν ἥ τε τῶν Πεισιστρατιδῶν κατελύθη τυραννὶς καὶ πολλαὶ τῶν ἄλλων), ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον τὸ μῖσος· ἡ μὲν γὰρ ὀργὴ μετὰ λύπης πάρεστιν, ὥστε οὐ ῥᾴδιον λογίζεσθαι, ἡ δ’ ἔχθρα ἄνευ λύπης.

    It is often even more effective than hatred, since angry people attack more intensely, because the passion does not use reasoning. (People are especially apt to follow their anger because of outrage; this was the cause of the overthrow of the Pisistratids’ tyranny and of many others.) Hatred, however, reasons more; for anger comes with pain, which makes it hard to reason, while enmity comes without pain.

    ὡς δὲ ἐν κεφαλαίοις εἰπεῖν, ὅσας αἰτίας εἰρήκαμεν τῆς τε ὀλιγαρχίας τῆς ἀκράτου καὶ τελευταίας καὶ τῆς δημοκρατίας τῆς ἐσχάτης, τοσαύτας καὶ τῆς τυραννίδος θετέον· καὶ γὰρ αὗται τυγχάνουσιν οὖσαι διαιρεταὶ τυραννίδες. βασιλεία δ’ ὑπὸ μὲν τῶν ἔξωθεν ἥκιστα φθείρεται, διὸ καὶ πολυχρόνιός ἐστιν· ἐξ αὐτῆς δ’ αἱ πλεῖσται φθοραὶ συμβαίνουσιν. φθείρεται δὲ κατὰ δύο τρόπους, ἕνα μὲν 1313a στασιασάντων τῶν μετεχόντων τῆς βασιλείας, ἄλλον δὲ τρόπον τυραννικώτερον πειρωμένων διοικεῖν, ὅταν εἶναι κύριοι πλειόνων ἀξιῶσι καὶ παρὰ τὸν νόμον. οὐ γίγνονται δ’ ἔτι βασιλεῖαι νῦν, ἀλλ’ ἄν περ γίγνωνται, μοναρχίαι, τυραννίδες μᾶλλον, διὰ τὸ τὴν βασιλείαν ἑκούσιον μὲν ἀρχὴν εἶναι, μειζόνων δὲ κυρίαν, πολλοὺς δ’ εἶναι τοὺς ὁμοίους, καὶ μηδένα διαφέροντα τοσοῦτον ὥστε ἀπαρτίζειν πρὸς τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τὸ ἀξίωμα τῆς ἀρχῆς.

    To put it summarily, all the causes we have given for the destruction of unmixed, extreme oligarchy and of the last kind of democracy should be counted as causes for tyranny as well; for these are in fact tyrannies divided among many. Kingship, by contrast, is least destroyed from outside, which is why it is long-lasting; most of its destructions come from within. It is destroyed in two ways: one 1313a when those who share in the kingship fall into faction, the other when kings try to govern more like tyrants, claiming to be sovereign over more things, even against the law. Kingships no longer arise nowadays; if monarchies do arise, they are rather tyrannies. For kingship is rule over willing subjects and sovereign over greater matters, and there are many people of similar standing, with none so outstanding as to measure up to the greatness and dignity of the office.

    ὥστε διὰ μὲν τοῦτο ἑκόντες οὐχ ὑπομένουσιν· ἂν δὲ δι’ ἀπάτης ἄρξῃ τις ἢ βίας, ἤδη δοκεῖ τοῦτο εἶναι τυραννίς. ἐν δὲ ταῖς κατὰ γένος βασιλείαις τιθέναι δεῖ τῆς φθορᾶς αἰτίαν πρὸς ταῖς εἰρημέναις καὶ τὸ γίνεσθαι πολλοὺς εὐκαταφρονήτους, καὶ τὸ δύναμιν μὴ κεκτημένους τυραννικὴν ἀλλὰ βασιλικὴν τιμὴν ὑβρίζειν· ῥᾳδία γὰρ ἐγίνετο ἡ κατάλυσις· μὴ βουλομένων γὰρ εὐθὺς οὐκ ἔσται βασιλεύς, ἀλλὰ τύραννος καὶ μὴ βουλομένων. φθείρονται μὲν οὖν αἱ μοναρχίαι διὰ ταύτας καὶ τοιαύτας ἑτέρας αἰτίας.

    So for this reason people do not willingly submit; and if someone rules by deceit or force, that is at once thought to be tyranny. In hereditary kingships one must also count as a cause of destruction, besides those mentioned, the fact that many of the kings become contemptible, and that, though they possess not tyrannical power but only kingly honor, they commit outrages. Overthrow then used to be easy: once the subjects are unwilling, the king will at once no longer be king, whereas a tyrant is a tyrant even over the unwilling. Monarchies, then, are destroyed through these causes and others like them.

    How kingships and tyrannies are preserved

    Kingships last by limiting their power; tyrants survive by repression or by acting like a good king.

    σῴζονται δὲ δῆλον ὡς ἁπλῶς μὲν εἰπεῖν ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων, ὡς δὲ καθ’ ἕκαστον τῷ τὰς μὲν βασιλείας ἄγειν ἐπὶ τὸ μετριώτερον. ὅσῳ γὰρ ἂν ἐλαττόνων ὦσι κύριοι, πλείω χρόνον ἀναγκαῖον μένειν πᾶσαν τὴν ἀρχήν· αὐτοί τε γὰρ ἧττον γίγνονται δεσποτικοὶ καὶ τοῖς ἤθεσιν ἴσοι μᾶλλον, καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχομένων φθονοῦνται ἧττον. διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ ἡ περὶ Μολοττοὺς πολὺν χρόνον βασιλεία διέμεινεν, καὶ ἡ Λακεδαιμονίων διὰ τὸ ἐξ ἀρχῆς τε εἰς δύο μέρη διαιρεθῆναι τὴν ἀρχήν, καὶ πάλιν Θεοπόμπου μετριάσαντος τοῖς τε ἄλλοις καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐφόρων ἀρχὴν ἐπικαταστήσαντος· τῆς γὰρ δυνάμεως ἀφελὼν ηὔξησε τῷ χρόνῳ τὴν βασιλείαν, ὥστε τρόπον τινὰ ἐποίησεν οὐκ ἐλάττον’ ἀλλὰ μείζον’ αὐτήν.

    They are preserved, clearly, speaking generally, by the opposite causes; and, taking each kind in turn, kingships are preserved by being brought toward greater moderation. The fewer things kings are sovereign over, the longer their whole rule must last: they themselves become less despotic and more equal in character to their subjects, and they are less envied by them. This is why the kingship among the Molossians lasted a long time, and the Spartan one too—both because from the beginning the office was divided into two, and again because Theopompus moderated it in various ways, in particular by setting up the office of the ephors over it. By taking away from its power he increased the kingship’s duration, so that in a way he made it not smaller but greater.

    Theopompus was a Spartan king of the eighth century BC.

    ὅπερ καὶ πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα ἀποκρίνασθαί φασιν αὐτόν, εἰποῦσαν εἰ μηδὲν αἰσχύνεται τὴν βασιλείαν ἐλάττω παραδιδοὺς τοῖς υἱέσιν ἢ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς παρέλαβεν· οὐ δῆτα φάναι· παραδίδωμι γὰρ πολυχρονιωτέραν.

    This, they say, was his reply when his wife asked whether he was not ashamed to hand the kingship down to his sons smaller than he had received it from his father: “Not at all,” he said, “for I am handing it down longer-lasting.”

    αἱ δὲ τυραννίδες σῴζονται κατὰ δύο τρόπους τοὺς ἐναντιωτάτους, ὧν ἅτερός ἐστιν ὁ παραδεδομένος καὶ καθ’ ὃν διοικοῦσιν οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν τυράννων τὴν ἀρχήν. τούτων δὲ τὰ πολλά φασι καταστῆσαι Περίανδρον τὸν Κορίνθιον· πολλὰ δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῆς Περσῶν ἀρχῆς ἔστι τοιαῦτα λαβεῖν.

    Tyrannies are preserved in two ways that are completely opposed. One of them is the traditional way, the one in which most tyrants administer their rule. Periander of Corinth is said to have instituted most of its features, and many such things can also be found in the Persian empire.

    Famous passage The arts of the tyrantAristotle catalogs how tyrants keep power: sowing distrust, keeping subjects poor and busy, and crushing independent spirits.

    ἔστι δὲ τά τε πάλαι λεχθέντα πρὸς σωτηρίαν, ὡς οἷόν τε, τῆς τυραννίδος, τὸ τοὺς ὑπερέχοντας κολούειν καὶ τοὺς φρονηματίας ἀναιρεῖν, καὶ μήτε συσσίτια ἐᾶν μήτε ἑταιρίαν μήτε παιδείαν μήτε ἄλλο μηθὲν τοιοῦτον, ἀλλὰ πάντα 1313b φυλάττειν ὅθεν εἴωθε γίγνεσθαι δύο, φρόνημά τε καὶ πίστις, καὶ μήτε σχολὰς μήτε ἄλλους συλλόγους ἐπιτρέπειν γίγνεσθαι σχολαστικούς, καὶ πάντα ποιεῖν ἐξ ὧν ὅτι μάλιστα ἀγνῶτες ἀλλήλοις ἔσονται πάντες (ἡ γὰρ γνῶσις πίστιν ποιεῖ μᾶλλον πρὸς ἀλλήλους)· καὶ τὸ τοὺς ἐπιδημοῦντας αἰεὶ φανεροὺς εἶναι καὶ διατρίβειν περὶ θύρας (οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ἥκιστα λανθάνοιεν τί πράττουσι, καὶ φρονεῖν ἂν ἐθίζοιντο μικρὸν αἰεὶ δουλεύοντες)·

    These include the measures mentioned long ago for preserving a tyranny as far as possible: cutting down those who stand out and doing away with the high-spirited; allowing no common meals, no clubs, no education, or anything else of the kind, but guarding 1313b against everything from which two things usually arise, high spirit and mutual trust; not permitting leisure groups or any other gatherings for leisured discussion, and doing everything to keep everyone as unknown to one another as possible (for acquaintance creates more trust in one another); making the people in town always visible and having them spend their time at the palace doors (for in this way what they are doing would least escape notice, and by always acting as slaves they would grow used to thinking small);

    καὶ τἆλλα ὅσα τοιαῦτα Περσικὰ καὶ βάρβαρα τυραννικά ἐστιν (πάντα γὰρ ταὐτὸν δύναται)· καὶ τὸ μὴ λανθάνειν πειρᾶσθαι ὅσα τυγχάνει τις λέγων ἢ πράττων τῶν ἀρχομένων, ἀλλ’ εἶναι κατασκόπους, οἷον περὶ Συρακούσας αἱ ποταγωγίδες καλούμεναι, καὶ οὓς ὠτακουστὰς ἐξέπεμπεν Ἱέρων, ὅπου τις εἴη συνουσία καὶ σύλλογος (παρρησιάζονταί τε γὰρ ἧττον, φοβούμενοι τοὺς τοιούτους, κἂν παρρησιάζωνται, λανθάνουσιν ἧττον)· καὶ τὸ διαβάλλειν ἀλλήλοις καὶ συγκρούειν καὶ φίλους φίλοις καὶ τὸν δῆμον τοῖς γνωρίμοις καὶ τοὺς πλουσίους ἑαυτοῖς.

    and all the other Persian and non-Greek practices of this kind, which are tyrannical (for they all have the same effect); and trying to let nothing the subjects happen to say or do go unnoticed, but keeping spies, like the women called “informers” at Syracuse, and the eavesdroppers whom Hiero used to send wherever there was a meeting or gathering (for people speak less freely when they fear such men, and if they do speak freely, they are less likely to escape notice); and setting people against one another with slander and making them clash—friends with friends, the people with the notables, and the rich among themselves.

    καὶ τὸ πένητας ποιεῖν τοὺς ἀρχομένους τυραννικόν, ὅπως μήτε φυλακὴ τρέφηται καὶ πρὸς τῷ καθ’ ἡμέραν ὄντες ἄσχολοι ὦσιν ἐπιβουλεύειν. παράδειγμα δὲ τούτου αἵ τε πυραμίδες αἱ περὶ Αἴγυπτον καὶ τὰ ἀναθήματα τῶν Κυψελιδῶν καὶ τοῦ Ὀλυμπίου ἡ οἰκοδόμησις ὑπὸ τῶν Πεισιστρατιδῶν, καὶ τῶν περὶ Σάμον ἔργα Πολυκράτεια (πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα δύναται ταὐτόν, ἀσχολίαν καὶ πενίαν τῶν ἀρχομένων)· καὶ ἡ εἰσφορὰ τῶν τελῶν, οἷον ἐν Συρακούσαις (ἐν πέντε γὰρ ἔτεσιν ἐπὶ Διονυσίου τὴν οὐσίαν ἅπασαν εἰσενηνοχέναι συνέβαινεν). ἔστι δὲ καὶ πολεμοποιὸς ὁ τύραννος, ὅπως δὴ ἄσχολοί τε ὦσι καὶ ἡγεμόνος ἐν χρείᾳ διατελῶσιν ὄντες. καὶ ἡ μὲν βασιλεία σῴζεται διὰ τῶν φίλων, τυραννικὸν δὲ τὸ μάλιστ’ ἀπιστεῖν τοῖς φίλοις, ὡς βουλομένων μὲν πάντων δυναμένων δὲ μάλιστα τούτων.

    It is also tyrannical to make the subjects poor, so that no guard can be maintained and they are so busy with their daily needs that they have no leisure to plot. Examples of this are the pyramids of Egypt, the dedications of the Cypselids, the building of the temple of Olympian Zeus by the Pisistratids, and the works of Polycrates at Samos (all these have the same effect, keeping the subjects busy and poor); and the levying of taxes, as at Syracuse, where under Dionysius the citizens ended up paying in their entire property within five years. The tyrant is also a warmonger, so that people will be kept busy and constantly in need of a leader. And whereas a kingship is preserved by its friends, it is characteristic of a tyrant to distrust his friends most of all, on the grounds that everyone wants to overthrow him, but these above all are able to.

    καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν δημοκρατίαν δὲ γιγνόμενα τὴν τελευταίαν τυραννικὰ πάντα, γυναικοκρατία τε περὶ τὰς οἰκίας, ἵν’ ἐξαγγέλλωσι κατὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν, καὶ δούλων ἄνεσις διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν· οὔτε γὰρ ἐπιβουλεύουσιν οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες τοῖς τυράννοις, εὐημεροῦντάς τε ἀναγκαῖον εὔνους εἶναι καὶ ταῖς τυραννίσι καὶ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις· καὶ γὰρ ὁ δῆμος εἶναι βούλεται μόναρχος. διὸ καὶ ὁ κόλαξ παρ’ ἀμφοτέροις ἔντιμος, παρὰ μὲν τοῖς δήμοις ὁ δημαγωγός (ἔστι γὰρ ὁ δημαγωγὸς τοῦ δήμου κόλαξ), παρὰ δὲ τοῖς τυράννοις οἱ ταπεινῶς ὁμιλοῦντες, 1314a ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἔργον κολακείας. καὶ γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο πονηρόφιλον ἡ τυραννίς· κολακευόμενοι γὰρ χαίρουσιν, τοῦτο δ’ οὐδ’ ἂν εἷς ποιήσειε φρόνημα ἔχων ἐλεύθερον, ἀλλὰ φιλοῦσιν οἱ ἐπιεικεῖς, ἢ οὐ κολακεύουσιν.

    The things that happen in the extreme democracy are also all tyrannical: the dominance of women in the household, so that they will inform against their husbands, and license for slaves, for the same reason. For slaves and women do not plot against tyrants, and if they are doing well, they are bound to be well disposed both to tyrannies and to democracies; for the people too wants to be a monarch. That is why the flatterer is honored under both: under democracies, the demagogue (for the demagogue is the people’s flatterer), and under tyrants, those who associate with them obsequiously, 1314a which is the work of flattery. This is also why tyranny loves the base: tyrants enjoy being flattered, and no one with a free spirit would do that; decent people are friends, or at least they do not flatter.

    καὶ χρήσιμοι οἱ πονηροὶ εἰς τὰ πονηρά· ἥλῳ γὰρ ὁ ἧλος, ὥσπερ ἡ παροιμία. καὶ τὸ μηδενὶ χαίρειν σεμνῷ μηδ’ ἐλευθέρῳ τυραννικόν (αὑτὸν γὰρ εἶναι μόνον ἀξιοῖ τοιοῦτον ὁ τύραννος, ὁ δ’ ἀντισεμνυνόμενος καὶ ἐλευθεριάζων ἀφαιρεῖται τὴν ὑπεροχὴν καὶ τὸ δεσποτικὸν τῆς τυραννίδος· μισοῦσιν οὖν ὥσπερ καταλύοντας τὴν ἀρχήν)· καὶ τὸ χρῆσθαι συσσίτοις καὶ συνημερευταῖς ξενικοῖς μᾶλλον ἢ πολιτικοῖς τυραννικόν, ὡς τοὺς μὲν πολεμίους τοὺς δ’ οὐκ ἀντιποιουμένους—ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τυραννικὰ μὲν καὶ σωτήρια τῆς ἀρχῆς, οὐθὲν δ’ ἐλλείπει μοχθηρίας. ἔστι δ’ ὡς εἰπεῖν πάντα ταῦτα περιειλημμένα τρισὶν εἴδεσιν.

    And the base are useful for base purposes: “nail drives out nail,” as the proverb says. It is also tyrannical to take no pleasure in anyone dignified or free-spirited. The tyrant claims that he alone is such, and anyone who displays a rival dignity and free spirit takes away the tyranny’s superiority and its despotic character; so tyrants hate such people as subverting their rule. It is also tyrannical to have foreigners rather than citizens as dinner companions and daily associates, since the citizens are enemies while the foreigners make no rival claim. These and similar practices are tyrannical and preserve the rule, but there is no depravity they fall short of. All of them, one might say, fall under three headings.

    στοχάζεται γὰρ ἡ τυραννὶς τριῶν, ἑνὸς μὲν τοῦ μικρὰ φρονεῖν τοὺς ἀρχομένους (οὐθενὶ γὰρ ἂν μικρόψυχος ἐπιβουλεύσειεν), δευτέρου δὲ τοῦ διαπιστεῖν ἀλλήλοις (οὐ καταλύεται γὰρ πρότερον τυραννὶς πρὶν ἢ πιστεύσωσί τινες ἑαυτοῖς· διὸ καὶ τοῖς ἐπιεικέσι πολεμοῦσιν ὡς βλαβεροῖς πρὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐ μόνον διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀξιοῦν ἄρχεσθαι δεσποτικῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὸ πιστοὺς καὶ ἑαυτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις εἶναι καὶ μὴ καταγορεύειν μήτε ἑαυτῶν μήτε τῶν ἄλλων)· τρίτον δ’ ἀδυναμία τῶν πραγμάτων (οὐθεὶς γὰρ ἐπιχειρεῖ τοῖς ἀδυνάτοις, ὥστε οὐδὲ τυραννίδα καταλύειν μὴ δυνάμεως ὑπαρχούσης).

    For tyranny aims at three things. First, that its subjects think small (for a small-minded person would plot against no one). Second, that they distrust one another (for a tyranny is not overthrown until some people trust one another; that is also why tyrants make war on the decent as harmful to their rule, not only because they refuse to be ruled despotically, but also because they are loyal both to one another and to others, and do not inform on each other or on others). Third, that they are powerless to act (for no one attempts the impossible, so no one tries to overthrow a tyranny either without having power).

    εἰς οὓς μὲν οὖν ὅρους ἀνάγεται τὰ βουλεύματα τῶν τυράννων, οὗτοι τρεῖς τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες· πάντα γὰρ ἀναγάγοι τις ἂν τὰ τυραννικὰ πρὸς ταύτας τὰς ὑποθέσεις, τὰ μὲν ὅπως μὴ πιστεύωσιν ἀλλήλοις, τὰ δ’ ὅπως μὴ δύνωνται, τὰ δ’ ὅπως μικρὸν φρονῶσιν.

    These, then, are the three aims to which the policies of tyrants reduce. All tyrannical measures could be traced back to these principles: some aim at keeping people from trusting one another, some at keeping them powerless, some at making them think small.

    ὁ μὲν οὖν εἷς τρόπος δι’ οὗ γίγνεται σωτηρία ταῖς τυραννίσι τοιοῦτός ἐστιν· ὁ δ’ ἕτερος σχεδὸν ἐξ ἐναντίας ἔχει τοῖς εἰρημένοις τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν. ἔστι δὲ λαβεῖν αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς φθορᾶς τῆς τῶν βασιλειῶν. ὥσπερ γὰρ τῆς βασιλείας εἷς τρόπος τῆς φθορᾶς τὸ ποιεῖν τὴν ἀρχὴν τυραννικωτέραν, οὕτω τῆς τυραννίδος σωτηρία τὸ ποιεῖν αὐτὴν βασιλικωτέραν, ἓν φυλάττοντα μόνον, τὴν δύναμιν, ὅπως ἄρχῃ μὴ μόνον βουλομένων ἀλλὰ καὶ μὴ βουλομένων. προϊέμενος γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο προΐεται καὶ τὸ τυραννεῖν. ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν ὥσπερ ὑπόθεσιν δεῖ μένειν, τὰ δ’ ἄλλα τὰ μὲν ποιεῖν τὰ δὲ δοκεῖν ὑποκρινόμενον τὸ βασιλικὸν καλῶς.

    This, then, is one way in which tyrannies are preserved. The other goes about it in almost the opposite way to what has been described. It can be understood from the way kingships are destroyed. Just as one way of destroying a kingship is to make the rule more tyrannical, so a tyranny is preserved by making it more kingly, as long as the tyrant holds on to one thing only, power, so that he rules not only willing subjects but unwilling ones too; for if he gives this up, he gives up being a tyrant as well. This must remain as a fixed assumption; but for the rest, he should do some things and seem to do others, playing the part of the king well.

    πρῶτον μὲν [τοῦ] δοκεῖν 1314b φροντίζειν τῶν κοινῶν, μήτε δαπανῶντα ⟨εἰς⟩ δωρεὰς τοιαύτας ἐφ’ αἷς τὰ πλήθη χαλεπαίνουσιν, ὅταν ἀπ’ αὐτῶν μὲν λαμβάνωσιν ἐργαζομένων καὶ πονούντων γλίσχρως, διδῶσι δ’ ἑταίραις καὶ ξένοις καὶ τεχνίταις ἀφθόνως, λόγον τε ἀποδιδόντα τῶν λαμβανομένων καὶ δαπανωμένων, ὅπερ ἤδη πεποιήκασί τινες τῶν τυράννων (οὕτω γὰρ ἄν τις διοικῶν οἰκονόμος ἀλλ’ οὐ τύραννος εἶναι δόξειεν· οὐ δεῖ δὲ φοβεῖσθαι μή ποτε ἀπορήσῃ χρημάτων κύριος ὢν τῆς πόλεως· ἀλλὰ τοῖς γ’ ἐκτοπίζουσι τυράννοις ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκείας καὶ συμφέρει τοῦτο μᾶλλον ἢ καταλιπεῖν ἀθροίσαντας· ἧττον γὰρ ἂν οἱ φυλάττοντες ἐπιτιθεῖντο τοῖς πράγμασιν, εἰσὶ δὲ φοβερώτεροι τῶν τυράννων τοῖς ἀποδημοῦσιν οἱ φυλάττοντες τῶν πολιτῶν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ συναποδημοῦσιν, οἱ δὲ ὑπομένουσιν)· ἔπειτα τὰς εἰσφορὰς καὶ τὰς λειτουργίας δεῖ φαίνεσθαι τῆς τε οἰκονομίας ἕνεκα συνάγοντα, κἄν ποτε δεηθῇ χρῆσθαι πρὸς τοὺς πολεμικοὺς καιρούς, ὅλως τε αὑτὸν παρασκευάζειν φύλακα καὶ ταμίαν ὡς κοινῶν ἀλλὰ μὴ ὡς ἰδίων· καὶ φαίνεσθαι μὴ χαλεπὸν ἀλλὰ σεμνόν, ἔτι δὲ τοιοῦτον ὥστε μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον αἰδεῖσθαι· τούτου μέντοι τυγχάνειν οὐ ῥᾴδιον ὄντα εὐκαταφρόνητον, διὸ δεῖ κἂν μὴ τῶν ἄλλων ἀρετῶν ἐπιμέλειαν ποιῆται ἀλλὰ τῆς πολεμικῆς, καὶ δόξαν ἐμποιεῖν περὶ αὑτοῦ τοιαύτην·

    First, he should seem to 1314b take care of public funds, not spending them on gifts of the kind that anger the masses, when money is taken from them as they work and toil in hardship and then handed out lavishly to courtesans, foreigners and craftsmen. He should also render accounts of what he receives and spends, as some tyrants have already done (for by governing in this way he would seem to be a household manager and not a tyrant; and he need not fear ever running short of money while he is master of the city. Indeed, for tyrants who go abroad, away from home, this is actually more advantageous than leaving behind money they have amassed, since those guarding it would be less likely to make an attempt on power; and to tyrants who travel abroad, the guards are more to be feared than the citizens, since the citizens travel with him while the guards stay behind). Next, he should be seen to collect taxes and public services for the sake of administration, and in case he should ever need them in time of war; and in general he should present himself as guardian and treasurer of funds that are common, not his own. He should appear not harsh but dignified, and moreover such that those who meet him feel not fear but rather respect. This, however, is not easy to achieve if he is easy to despise; so even if he takes no care of the other excellences, he must take care of military excellence and create a reputation of that kind for himself.

    ἔτι δὲ μὴ μόνον αὐτὸν φαίνεσθαι μηδένα τῶν ἀρχομένων ὑβρίζοντα, μήτε νέον μήτε νέαν, ἀλλὰ μηδ’ ἄλλον μηδένα τῶν περὶ αὐτόν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰς οἰκείας ἔχειν γυναῖκας πρὸς τὰς ἄλλας, ὡς καὶ διὰ γυναικῶν ὕβρεις πολλαὶ τυραννίδες ἀπολώλασιν· περί τε τὰς ἀπολαύσεις τὰς σωματικὰς τοὐναντίον ποιεῖν ἢ νῦν τινες τῶν τυράννων ποιοῦσιν (οὐ γὰρ μόνον εὐθὺς ἕωθεν τοῦτο δρῶσιν, καὶ συνεχῶς πολλὰς ἡμέρας, ἀλλὰ καὶ φαίνεσθαι τοῖς ἄλλοις βούλονται τοῦτο πράττοντες, ἵν’ ὡς εὐδαίμονας καὶ μακαρίους θαυμάσωσιν), ἀλλὰ μάλιστα μὲν μετριάζειν τοῖς τοιούτοις, εἰ δὲ μή, τό γε φαίνεσθαι τοῖς ἄλλοις διαφεύγειν (οὔτε γὰρ εὐεπίθετος οὔτ’ εὐκαταφρόνητος ὁ νήφων, ἀλλ’ ὁ μεθύων, οὐδ’ ὁ ἄγρυπνος, ἀλλ’ ὁ καθεύδων)· τοὐναντίον τε ποιητέον τῶν πάλαι λεχθέντων σχεδὸν πάντων (κατασκευάζειν γὰρ δεῖ καὶ κοσμεῖν τὴν πόλιν ὡς ἐπίτροπον ὄντα καὶ μὴ τύραννον)· ἔτι δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς φαίνεσθαι ἀεὶ σπουδάζοντα διαφερόντως (ἧττόν τε γὰρ φοβοῦνται τὸ παθεῖν τι παράνομον ὑπὸ τῶν τοιούτων, 1315a ἐὰν δεισιδαίμονα νομίζωσιν εἶναι τὸν ἄρχοντα καὶ φροντίζειν τῶν θεῶν, καὶ ἐπιβουλεύουσιν ἧττον ὡς συμμάχους ἔχοντι καὶ τοὺς θεούς), δεῖ δὲ ἄνευ ἀβελτερίας φαίνεσθαι τοιοῦτον· τούς τε ἀγαθοὺς περί τι γιγνομένους τιμᾶν οὕτως ὥστε μὴ νομίζειν ἄν ποτε τιμηθῆναι μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τῶν πολιτῶν αὐτονόμων ὄντων, καὶ τὰς μὲν τοιαύτας τιμὰς ἀπονέμειν αὐτόν, τὰς δὲ κολάσεις δι’ ἑτέρων ἀρχόντων καὶ δικαστηρίων.

    Further, not only must he himself be seen to commit no outrage against any of his subjects, young man or young woman, but neither must anyone else around him; and the women of his household should behave in the same way toward other women, since many tyrannies have been lost through outrages committed by women. As for bodily pleasures, he should do the opposite of what some tyrants do now (for they not only indulge in them from dawn onward and continuously for days on end, but also want others to see them doing it, so that they will admire them as happy and blessed). Rather, he should above all be moderate in such things, or if not, at least avoid being seen by others; for it is not the sober man who is easy to attack or despise, but the drunk, and not the wakeful man, but the sleeper. He must do the opposite of nearly all the things mentioned earlier: he should build up and adorn the city as if he were its steward and not a tyrant. Further, he should always be seen to be exceptionally earnest about the gods; for people are less afraid of suffering anything unlawful from such men 1315a if they think their ruler god-fearing and mindful of the gods, and they plot against him less, thinking he has even the gods as allies. But he must appear so without foolishness. He should honor those who prove good at something in such a way that they would think they could never be more honored by citizens living under their own laws; and he should award such honors himself, but inflict punishments through other officials and courts.

    κοινὴ δὲ φυλακὴ πάσης μοναρχίας τὸ μηθένα ποιεῖν ἕνα μέγαν, ἀλλ’ εἴπερ, πλείους (τηρήσουσι γὰρ ἀλλήλους), ἐὰν δ’ ἄρα τινὰ δέῃ ποιῆσαι μέγαν, μή τοι τό γε ἦθος θρασύν (ἐπιθετικώτατον γὰρ τὸ τοιοῦτον ἦθος περὶ πάσας τὰς πράξεις), κἂν τῆς δυνάμεώς τινα δοκῇ παραλύειν, ἐκ προσαγωγῆς τοῦτο δρᾶν καὶ μὴ πᾶσαν ἀθρόαν ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν. ἔτι δὲ πάσης μὲν ὕβρεως εἴργεσθαι, παρὰ πάσας δὲ δυεῖν, τῆς τε εἰς τὰ σώματα κολάσεως καὶ τῆς εἰς τὴν ἡλικίαν. μάλιστα δὲ ταύτην ποιητέον τὴν εὐλάβειαν περὶ τοὺς φιλοτίμους· τὴν μὲν γὰρ εἰς τὰ χρήματα ὀλιγωρίαν οἱ φιλοχρήματοι φέρουσι βαρέως, τὴν δ’ εἰς ἀτιμίαν οἵ τε φιλότιμοι καὶ οἱ ἐπιεικεῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων.

    A safeguard common to every monarchy is to make no single man great, but, if anyone, several (for they will keep watch on one another); and if it is necessary to make someone great, at least not someone of bold character (for such a character is the readiest to make an attempt in every sort of action); and if it seems right to strip someone of his power, to do it gradually, and not take away all his authority at once. Further, he should refrain from every kind of outrage, and above all from two: physical punishment, and sexual outrage against the young. He should take this precaution especially with the ambitious; for while lovers of money take slights to their property hard, it is slights to their honor that the ambitious and decent people take hard.

    διόπερ ἢ μὴ χρῆσθαι δεῖ τοῖς τοιούτοις, ἢ τὰς μὲν κολάσεις πατρικῶς φαίνεσθαι ποιούμενον καὶ μὴ δι’ ὀλιγωρίαν, τὰς δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἡλικίαν ὁμιλίας δι’ ἐρωτικὰς αἰτίας ἀλλὰ μὴ δι’ ἐξουσίαν, ὅλως δὲ τὰς δοκούσας ἀτιμίας ἐξωνεῖσθαι μείζοσι τιμαῖς. τῶν δ’ ἐπιχειρούντων ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ σώματος διαφθορὰν οὗτοι φοβερώτατοι καὶ δέονται πλείστης φυλακῆς ὅσοι μὴ προαιροῦνται περιποιεῖσθαι τὸ ζῆν διαφθείραντες. διὸ μάλιστα εὐλαβεῖσθαι δεῖ τοὺς ὑβρίζεσθαι νομίζοντας ἢ αὑτοὺς ἢ ὧν κηδόμενοι τυγχάνουσιν· ἀφειδῶς γὰρ ἑαυτῶν ἔχουσιν οἱ διὰ θυμὸν ἐπιχειροῦντες, καθάπερ καὶ Ἡράκλειτος εἶπε, χαλεπὸν φάσκων εἶναι θυμῷ μάχεσθαι, ψυχῆς γὰρ ὠνεῖσθαι.

    Therefore he should either not treat such people in this way at all, or be seen to inflict punishment like a father and not out of contempt, and to have relations with the young out of erotic love and not because of his power; and in general he should buy off apparent dishonors with greater honors. Of those who make attempts on his life, the most dangerous, and those who need to be guarded against most, are those who do not care about saving their own lives once they have killed him. That is why he must be most on guard against those who think that they themselves, or those they care about, have been outraged. For those who act from anger do not spare themselves, as Heraclitus too said, claiming that anger is hard to fight, for it buys what it wants at the price of the soul.

    ἐπεὶ δ’ αἱ πόλεις ἐκ δύο συνεστήκασι μορίων, ἔκ τε τῶν ἀπόρων ἀνθρώπων καὶ τῶν εὐπόρων, μάλιστα μὲν ἀμφοτέρους ὑπολαμβάνειν δεῖ σῴζεσθαι διὰ τὴν ἀρχήν, καὶ τοὺς ἑτέρους ὑπὸ τῶν ἑτέρων ἀδικεῖσθαι μηδέν, ὁπότεροι δ’ ἂν ὦσι κρείττους, τούτους ἰδίους μάλιστα ποιεῖσθαι τῆς ἀρχῆς, ὡς, ἂν ὑπάρξῃ τοῦτο τοῖς πράγμασιν, οὔτε δούλων ἐλευθέρωσιν ἀνάγκη ποιεῖσθαι τὸν τύραννον οὔτε ὅπλων παραίρεσιν· ἱκανὸν γὰρ θάτερον μέρος πρὸς τῇ δυνάμει προστιθέμενον ὥστε κρείττους εἶναι τῶν ἐπιτιθεμένων. περίεργον δὲ τὸ λέγειν καθ’ ἕκαστον τῶν τοιούτων· ὁ γὰρ σκοπὸς φανερός, ὅτι δεῖ μὴ τυραννικὸν 1315b ἀλλ’ οἰκονόμον καὶ βασιλικὸν εἶναι φαίνεσθαι τοῖς ἀρχομένοις καὶ μὴ σφετεριστὴν ἀλλ’ ἐπίτροπον, καὶ τὰς μετριότητας τοῦ βίου διώκειν, μὴ τὰς ὑπερβολάς, ἔτι δὲ τοὺς μὲν γνωρίμους καθομιλεῖν, τοὺς δὲ πολλοὺς δημαγωγεῖν.

    Since cities are made up of two parts, the poor and the well-off, it is best that both should believe they owe their safety to his rule, and that neither should suffer any wrong from the other; but whichever of the two is stronger, he should attach them especially to his rule. If this is secured, the tyrant need neither free slaves nor disarm the citizens; for one part added to his power is enough to make them stronger than their attackers. It is superfluous to discuss each such point in detail; the aim is plain: he must appear to his subjects not a tyrant 1315b but a household manager and a king, not one who takes things for himself but a steward; he must pursue moderation in his way of life, not excess; and further, he must keep company with the notables while courting the many.

    ἐκ γὰρ τούτων ἀναγκαῖον οὐ μόνον τὴν ἀρχὴν εἶναι καλλίω καὶ ζηλωτοτέραν τῷ βελτιόνων ἄρχειν καὶ μὴ τεταπεινωμένων μηδὲ μισούμενον καὶ φοβούμενον διατελεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν εἶναι πολυχρονιωτέραν, ἔτι δ’ αὐτὸν διακεῖσθαι κατὰ τὸ ἦθος ἤτοι καλῶς πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἢ ἡμίχρηστον ὄντα, καὶ μὴ πονηρὸν ἀλλ’ ἡμιπόνηρον.

    For as a result of these things, not only will his rule necessarily be finer and more enviable, because he rules better people who have not been humbled and does not go on being hated and feared, but his rule will also be longer-lasting; and further, he himself will be disposed in character either finely toward excellence, or half-good—not wicked but half-wicked.

    The longest tyrannies, and Plato on revolution

    Aristotle lists the most durable tyrannies and criticizes the account of change in Plato’s Republic.

    καίτοι πασῶν ὀλιγοχρονιώταται τῶν πολιτειῶν εἰσιν ὀλιγαρχία καὶ τυραννίς. πλεῖστον γὰρ ἐγένετο χρόνον ἡ περὶ Σικυῶνα τυραννίς, ἡ τῶν Ὀρθαγόρου παίδων καὶ αὐτοῦ Ὀρθαγόρου· ἔτη δ’ αὕτη διέμεινεν ἑκατόν. τούτου δ’ αἴτιον ὅτι τοῖς ἀρχομένοις ἐχρῶντο μετρίως καὶ πολλὰ τοῖς νόμοις ἐδούλευον, καὶ διὰ τὸ πολεμικὸς γενέσθαι Κλεισθένης οὐκ ἦν εὐκαταφρόνητος, καὶ τὰ πολλὰ ταῖς ἐπιμελείαις ἐδημαγώγουν. λέγεται γοῦν Κλεισθένης τὸν ἀποκρίναντα τῆς νίκης αὐτὸν ὡς ἐστεφάνωσεν· ἔνιοι δ’ εἰκόνα φασὶν εἶναι τοῦ κρίναντος οὕτως τὸν ἀνδριάντα τὸν ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ καθήμενον. φασὶ δὲ καὶ Πεισίστρατον ὑπομεῖναί ποτε προσκληθέντα δίκην εἰς Ἄρειον πάγον.

    And yet oligarchy and tyranny are the shortest-lived of all constitutions. The longest-lived tyranny was the one at Sicyon, that of the sons of Orthagoras and of Orthagoras himself; it lasted a hundred years. The reason is that they treated their subjects moderately and in many matters were subject to the laws; Cleisthenes, being a warrior, was not easy to despise; and for the most part they won over the people by looking after them. It is said, at any rate, that Cleisthenes put a crown on the man who judged that he had not won a contest; and some say that the seated statue in the marketplace is a likeness of the man who judged that way. It is also said that Pisistratus once submitted to a summons to stand trial before the Areopagus.

    δευτέρα δὲ ἡ περὶ Κόρινθον ἡ τῶν Κυψελιδῶν· καὶ γὰρ αὕτη διετέλεσεν ἔτη τρία καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ ἓξ μῆνας· Κύψελος μὲν γὰρ ἐτυράννησεν ἔτη τριάκοντα, Περίανδρος δὲ τετταράκοντα καὶ τέτταρα, Ψαμμίτιχος δ’ ὁ Γορδίου τρία ἔτη. τὰ δ’ αἴτια ταὐτὰ καὶ ταύτης· ὁ μὲν γὰρ Κύψελος δημαγωγὸς ἦν καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν διετέλεσεν ἀδορυφόρητος, Περίανδρος δ’ ἐγένετο μὲν τυραννικός, ἀλλὰ πολεμικός. τρίτη δ’ ἡ τῶν Πεισιστρατιδῶν Ἀθήνησιν. οὐκ ἐγένετο δὲ συνεχής· δὶς γὰρ ἔφυγε Πεισίστρατος τυραννῶν· ὥστ’ ἐν ἔτεσι τριάκοντα καὶ τρισὶν ἑπτακαίδεκα ἔτη τούτων ἐτυράννησεν, ὀκτωκαίδεκα δὲ οἱ παῖδες, ὥστε τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο ἔτη τριάκοντα καὶ πέντε. τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν ἡ περὶ Ἱέρωνα καὶ Γέλωνα περὶ Συρακούσας.

    Second is the tyranny of the Cypselids at Corinth, which lasted seventy-three years and six months: Cypselus was tyrant for thirty years, Periander for forty-four, and Psammetichus son of Gordias for three. The causes were the same in this case too: Cypselus was a popular leader and throughout his rule went without a bodyguard, while Periander, though tyrannical, was a warrior. Third is that of the Pisistratids at Athens. It was not continuous, for Pisistratus was driven into exile twice while tyrant, so that in thirty-three years he was tyrant for seventeen, and his sons for eighteen, so that the total came to thirty-five years. Of the rest, there is the tyranny of Hiero and Gelon at Syracuse.

    The reign lengths given add up to seventy-seven years, not seventy-three and a half; the figures in the text are probably corrupt.

    ἔτη δ’ οὐδ’ αὕτη πολλὰ διέμεινεν, ἀλλὰ τὰ σύμπαντα δυεῖν δέοντα εἴκοσι· Γέλων μὲν γὰρ ἑπτὰ τυραννήσας τῷ ὀγδόῳ τὸν βίον ἐτελεύτησεν, δέκα δ’ Ἱέρων, Θρασύβουλος δὲ τῷ ἑνδεκάτῳ μηνὶ ἐξέπεσεν. αἱ δὲ πολλαὶ τῶν τυραννίδων ὀλιγοχρόνιαι πᾶσαι γεγόνασι παντελῶς.

    It too did not last many years, only eighteen in all: Gelon was tyrant for seven years and died in the eighth, Hiero reigned ten, and Thrasybulus was driven out in the eleventh month. Most tyrannies have all been very short-lived indeed.

    τὰ μὲν οὖν περὶ τὰς πολιτείας καὶ τὰ περὶ τὰς μοναρχίας, ἐξ ὧν τε φθείρονται καὶ πάλιν σῴζονται, σχεδὸν 1316a εἴρηται περὶ πάντων. ἐν δὲ τῇ Πολιτείᾳ λέγεται μὲν περὶ τῶν μεταβολῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Σωκράτους, οὐ μέντοι λέγεται καλῶς. τῆς τε γὰρ ἀρίστης πολιτείας καὶ πρώτης οὔσης οὐ λέγει τὴν μεταβολὴν ἰδίως.

    As for constitutions and monarchies, then, the causes by which they are destroyed and in turn preserved have now been discussed 1316a almost completely. In the Republic, Socrates discusses changes of constitution, but he does not discuss them well. For he gives no change specific to the best constitution, the first one.

    φησὶ γὰρ αἴτιον εἶναι τὸ μὴ μένειν μηθὲν ἀλλ’ ἔν τινι περιόδῳ μεταβάλλειν, ἀρχὴν δ’ εἶναι τούτων ὧν ἐπίτριτος πυθμὴν πεμπάδι συζυγεὶς δύο ἁρμονίας παρέχεται, λέγων ὅταν ὁ τοῦ διαγράμματος ἀριθμὸς τούτου γένηται στερεός, ὡς τῆς φύσεώς ποτε φυούσης φαύλους καὶ κρείττους τῆς παιδείας, τοῦτο μὲν οὖν αὐτὸ λέγων ἴσως οὐ κακῶς (ἐνδέχεται γὰρ εἶναί τινας οὓς παιδευθῆναι καὶ γενέσθαι σπουδαίους ἄνδρας ἀδύνατον), ἀλλ’ αὕτη τί ἂν ἴδιος εἴη μεταβολὴ τῆς ὑπ’ ἐκείνου λεγομένης ἀρίστης πολιτείας μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν ἄλλων πασῶν καὶ τῶν γιγνομένων πάντων; καὶ διά γε τοῦ χρόνου, δι’ ὃν λέγει πάντα μεταβάλλειν, καὶ τὰ μὴ ἅμα ἀρξάμενα γίγνεσθαι ἅμα μεταβάλλει, οἷον εἰ τῇ προτέρᾳ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγένετο τῆς τροπῆς, ἅμα ἄρα μεταβάλλει;

    He says the cause is that nothing stays the same, but everything changes in a certain cycle, and that the origin lies in those numbers whose “base of four to three, joined with five, yields two harmonies”—meaning when the number of this figure becomes solid—on the grounds that nature sometimes produces people who are bad and beyond the reach of education. In saying this much he is perhaps not wrong (for there may be some people whom it is impossible to educate and make into excellent men). But why would this be a change peculiar to what he calls the best constitution, rather than to all the others and to everything that comes into being? And do even things that did not begin to come into being at the same time change at the same time, because of the time through which, he says, everything changes? If something came into being the day before the turning point, for instance, does it change at the same time?

    Aristotle quotes the deliberately obscure “nuptial number” of Plato’s Republic (546b–c), which fixes the period after which the ideal city begins to decline.

    πρὸς δὲ τούτοις διὰ τίν’ αἰτίαν ἐκ ταύτης εἰς τὴν Λακωνικὴν μεταβάλλει; πλεονάκις γὰρ εἰς τὴν ἐναντίαν μεταβάλλουσι πᾶσαι αἱ πολιτεῖαι ἢ τὴν σύνεγγυς. ὁ δ’ αὐτὸς λόγος καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων μεταβολῶν. ἐκ γὰρ τῆς Λακωνικῆς, φησί, μεταβάλλει εἰς τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν, ἐκ δὲ ταύτης εἰς δημοκρατίαν, εἰς τυραννίδα δὲ ἐκ δημοκρατίας. καίτοι καὶ ἀνάπαλιν μεταβάλλουσιν, οἷον ἐκ δήμου εἰς ὀλιγαρχίαν, καὶ μᾶλλον ἢ εἰς μοναρχίαν.

    Besides, for what reason does it change from this constitution into the Spartan one? For all constitutions change more often into their opposite than into the one next to them. The same argument applies to the other changes too. He says the Spartan constitution changes into oligarchy, oligarchy into democracy, and democracy into tyranny. Yet changes also go the other way, for example from democracy into oligarchy, and more often than into monarchy.

    ἔτι δὲ τυραννίδος οὐ λέγει οὔτ’ εἰ ἔσται μεταβολὴ οὔτ’ εἰ μὴ ἔσται, ⟨οὔτ’ εἰ ἔσται⟩ διὰ τίν’ αἰτίαν καὶ εἰς ποίαν πολιτείαν, τούτου δ’ αἴτιον ὅτι οὐ ῥᾳδίως ἂν εἶχε λέγειν· ἀόριστον γάρ, ἐπεὶ κατ’ ἐκεῖνον δεῖ εἰς τὴν πρώτην καὶ τὴν ἀρίστην· οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ἐγίγνετο συνεχὲς καὶ κύκλος. ἀλλὰ μεταβάλλει καὶ εἰς τυραννίδα τυραννίς, ὥσπερ ἡ Σικυῶνος ἐκ τῆς Μύρωνος εἰς τὴν Κλεισθένους, καὶ εἰς ὀλιγαρχίαν, ὥσπερ ἡ ἐν Χαλκίδι ἡ Ἀντιλέοντος, καὶ εἰς δημοκρατίαν, ὥσπερ ἡ τῶν Γέλωνος ἐν Συρακούσαις, καὶ εἰς ἀριστοκρατίαν, ὥσπερ ἡ Χαρίλλου ἐν Λακεδαίμονι, [καὶ ἐν Καρχηδόνι].

    Further, about tyranny he does not say whether there will be a change or not, nor, if there will be, for what reason and into what constitution. The reason is that he could not easily have said: it is left undetermined, since on his view it should change into the first and best constitution, for that way there would be a continuous cycle. But tyranny also changes into tyranny, as at Sicyon from Myron’s tyranny to Cleisthenes’; into oligarchy, like Antileon’s at Chalcis; into democracy, like that of Gelon’s family at Syracuse; and into aristocracy, like Charillus’ at Sparta, and at Carthage.

    καὶ εἰς τυραννίδα μεταβάλλει ἐξ ὀλιγαρχίας, ὥσπερ ἐν Σικελίᾳ σχεδὸν αἱ πλεῖσται τῶν ἀρχαίων, ἐν Λεοντίνοις εἰς τὴν Παναιτίου τυραννίδα καὶ ἐν Γέλᾳ εἰς τὴν Κλεάνδρου καὶ ἐν Ῥηγίῳ εἰς τὴν Ἀναξιλάου καὶ ἐν ἄλλαις πολλαῖς πόλεσιν ὡσαύτως. ἄτοπον δὲ καὶ τὸ οἴεσθαι εἰς ὀλιγαρχίαν διὰ τοῦτο μεταβάλλειν ὅτι φιλοχρήματοι καὶ χρηματισταὶ οἱ 1316b ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὅτι οἱ πολὺ ὑπερέχοντες ταῖς οὐσίαις οὐ δίκαιον οἴονται εἶναι ἴσον μετέχειν τῆς πόλεως τοὺς κεκτημένους μηθὲν τοῖς κεκτημένοις· ἐν πολλαῖς τε ὀλιγαρχίαις οὐκ ἔξεστι χρηματίζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ νόμοι εἰσὶν οἱ κωλύοντες, ἐν Καρχηδόνι δὲ δημοκρατουμένῃ χρηματίζονται καὶ οὔπω μεταβεβλήκασιν.

    And constitutions change from oligarchy into tyranny, as did most of the ancient ones in Sicily, roughly speaking: at Leontini into the tyranny of Panaetius, at Gela into that of Cleander, at Rhegium into that of Anaxilaus, and similarly in many other cities. It is also strange to think that change into oligarchy happens because those 1316b in office are money-lovers and money-makers, and not because those who far exceed others in property think it unjust for those who own nothing to have an equal share in the city with those who own property. In many oligarchies, moreover, making money is not permitted; there are laws that prevent it. At Carthage, on the other hand, which is governed democratically, they do make money, and they have not yet changed their constitution.

    ἄτοπον δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι δύο πόλεις εἶναι τὴν ὀλιγαρχικήν, πλουσίων καὶ πενήτων. τί γὰρ αὕτη μᾶλλον τῆς Λακωνικῆς πέπονθεν ἢ ὁποιασοῦν ἄλλης, οὗ μὴ πάντες κέκτηνται ἴσα ἢ μὴ πάντες ὁμοίως εἰσὶν ἀγαθοὶ ἄνδρες; οὐδενὸς δὲ πενεστέρου γενομένου ἢ πρότερον οὐδὲν ἧττον μεταβάλλουσιν εἰς δῆμον ἐξ ὀλιγαρχίας, ἂν γένωνται πλείους οἱ ἄποροι, καὶ ἐκ δήμου εἰς ὀλιγαρχίαν, ἐὰν κρεῖττον ᾖ τοῦ πλήθους τὸ εὔπορον καὶ οἱ μὲν ἀμελῶσιν οἱ δὲ προσέχωσι τὸν νοῦν. πολλῶν τε οὐσῶν αἰτιῶν δι’ ὧν γίγνονται αἱ μεταβολαί, οὐ λέγει ἀλλ’ ἢ μίαν, ὅτι ἀσωτευόμενοι κατατοκιζόμενοι γίγνονται πένητες, ὡς ἐξ ἀρχῆς πλουσίων ὄντων πάντων ἢ τῶν πλείστων.

    It is also strange to say that the oligarchic city is two cities, one of the rich and one of the poor. Why is this more true of it than of the Spartan constitution, or of any other where not everyone owns an equal amount or not everyone is equally good? And even if no one has become poorer than before, cities change nonetheless from oligarchy to democracy if the poor become more numerous, and from democracy to oligarchy if the well-off are stronger than the multitude and the one side is careless while the other pays attention. And although there are many causes through which changes come about, he mentions only one: that people become poor by living extravagantly and being ruined by interest payments, as though all or most of them had been rich to begin with.

    τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶ ψεῦδος· ἀλλ’ ὅταν μὲν τῶν ἡγεμόνων τινὲς ἀπολέσωσι τὰς οὐσίας, καινοτομοῦσιν, ὅταν δὲ τῶν ἄλλων, οὐθὲν γίγνεται δεινόν, καὶ μεταβάλλουσιν οὐθὲν μᾶλλον οὐδὲ τότε εἰς δῆμον ἢ εἰς ἄλλην πολιτείαν. ἔτι δὲ κἂν τιμῶν μὴ μετέχωσιν, κἂν ἀδικῶνται ἠ ὑβρίζωνται, στασιάζουσι καὶ μεταβάλλουσι τὰς πολιτείας, κἂν μὴ καταδαπανήσωσι τὴν οὐσίαν, διὰ τὸ ἐξεῖναι ὅ τι ἂν βούλωνται ποιεῖν· οὗ αἰτίαν τὴν ἄγαν ἐλευθερίαν εἶναί φησιν. πλειόνων δ’ οὐσῶν ὀλιγαρχιῶν καὶ δημοκρατιῶν, ὡς μιᾶς οὔσης ἑκατέρας λέγει τὰς μεταβολὰς ὁ Σωκράτης.

    But this is false. When some of the leaders lose their property, they stir up innovations; but when others do, nothing terrible happens, and even then the change is no more into democracy than into any other constitution. Further, people form factions and change constitutions if they do not share in honors, or if they are wronged or outraged, even if they have not squandered their property through being free to do whatever they like—the cause of which, he says, is too much freedom. And although there are several kinds of oligarchy and democracy, Socrates discusses their changes as though there were only one of each.

    Book VI

    Organizing democracies and oligarchies.

    Chapter 1

    πόσαι μὲν οὖν διαφοραὶ καὶ τίνες τοῦ τε βουλευτικοῦ καὶ κυρίου τῆς πολιτείας καὶ τῆς περὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς τάξεως καὶ περὶ δικαστηρίων, καὶ ποία πρὸς ποίαν συντέτακται πολιτείαν, ἔτι δὲ περὶ φθορᾶς τε καὶ σωτηρίας τῶν πολιτειῶν, ἐκ ποίων τε γίνεται καὶ διὰ τίνας αἰτίας, εἴρηται πρότερον· ἐπεὶ δὲ τετύχηκεν εἴδη πλείω δημοκρατίας ὄντα καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὁμοίως πολιτειῶν, ἅμα τε περὶ ἐκείνων εἴ τι λοιπόν, οὐ χεῖρον ἐπισκέψασθαι, καὶ τὸν οἰκεῖον καὶ τὸν συμφέροντα τρόπον ἀποδοῦναι πρὸς ἑκάστην. ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν τῶν εἰρημένων ἐπισκεπτέον πάντων 1317a τῶν τρόπων· ταῦτα γὰρ συνδυαζόμενα ποιεῖ τὰς πολιτείας ἐπαλλάττειν, ὥστε ἀριστοκρατίας τε ὀλιγαρχικὰς εἶναι καὶ πολιτείας δημοκρατικωτέρας.

    We have already discussed how many varieties there are, and what they are, of the deliberative or sovereign element of the constitution, of the arrangement of offices, and of courts; which variety is fitted to which constitution; and further, the destruction and preservation of constitutions—from what sources and for what causes they come about. But since there happen to be several forms of democracy, and likewise of the other constitutions, it would be no bad thing to examine at the same time anything that remains to be said about them, and to assign to each the mode of organization that is proper and beneficial to it. We must also examine the combinations of all the 1317a modes of organization we have mentioned; for when these are paired together they make constitutions overlap, so that there are oligarchic aristocracies and polities that lean toward democracy.

    λέγω δὲ τοὺς συνδυασμοὺς οὓς δεῖ μὲν ἐπισκοπεῖν, οὐκ ἐσκεμμένοι δ’ εἰσὶ νῦν, οἷον ἂν τὸ μὲν βουλευόμενον καὶ τὸ περὶ τὰς ἀρχαιρεσίας ὀλιγαρχικῶς ᾖ συντεταγμένον, τὰ δὲ περὶ τὰ δικαστήρια ἀριστοκρατικῶς, ἢ ταῦτα μὲν καὶ τὸ περὶ τὸ βουλευόμενον ὀλιγαρχικῶς, ἀριστοκρατικῶς δὲ τὸ περὶ τὰς ἀρχαιρεσίας, ἢ κατ’ ἄλλον τινὰ τρόπον μὴ πάντα συντεθῇ τὰ τῆς πολιτείας οἰκεῖα.

    I mean the combinations that ought to be examined but have not been examined so far: for example, if the deliberative body and the election of officials are organized oligarchically, but the courts aristocratically; or if these and the deliberative body are organized oligarchically, but elections aristocratically; or if in some other way not all the elements proper to the constitution are put together.

    ποία μὲν οὖν δημοκρατία πρὸς ποίαν ἁρμόττει πόλιν, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ποία τῶν ὀλιγαρχιῶν ποίῳ πλήθει, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν δὲ πολιτειῶν τίς συμφέρει τίσιν, εἴρηται πρότερον· ὅμως δ’ ἐπεὶ δεῖ γενέσθαι δῆλον μὴ μόνον ποία τούτων τῶν πολιτειῶν ἀρίστη ταῖς πόλεσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πῶς δεῖ κατασκευάζειν καὶ ταύτας καὶ τὰς ἄλλας, ἐπέλθωμεν συντόμως. καὶ πρῶτον περὶ δημοκρατίας εἴπωμεν· ἅμα γὰρ καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀντικειμένης πολιτείας φανερόν, αὕτη δ’ ἐστὶν ἣν καλοῦσί τινες ὀλιγαρχίαν. ληπτέον δὲ πρὸς ταύτην τὴν μέθοδον πάντα τὰ δημοτικὰ καὶ τὰ δοκοῦντα ταῖς δημοκρατίαις ἀκολουθεῖν· ἐκ γὰρ τούτων συντιθεμένων τὰ τῆς δημοκρατίας εἴδη γίνεσθαι συμβαίνει, καὶ πλείους δημοκρατίας μιᾶς εἶναι καὶ διαφόρους.

    Which democracy suits which city, and likewise which oligarchy suits which population, and which of the remaining constitutions benefits which people, has been said before. Still, since it must be made clear not only which of these constitutions is best for cities but also how to set up both these and the others, let us go through this briefly. And let us discuss democracy first; at the same time the constitution opposed to it will also become clear, the one some people call oligarchy. For this inquiry we must take all the features that are democratic and that are thought to go with democracies; for it is from the combining of these that the forms of democracy arise, and that there turn out to be more democracies than one, and different ones.

    δύο γάρ εἰσιν αἰτίαι δι’ ἅσπερ αἱ δημοκρατίαι πλείους εἰσί, πρῶτον μὲν ἡ λεχθεῖσα πρότερον, ὅτι διάφοροι οἱ δῆμοι (γίνεται γὰρ τὸ μὲν γεωργικὸν πλῆθος, τὸ δὲ βάναυσον καὶ θητικόν· ὧν τοῦ πρώτου τῷ δευτέρῳ προσλαμβανομένου, καὶ τοῦ τρίτου πάλιν τοῖς ἀμφοτέροις, οὐ μόνον διαφέρει τῷ βελτίω καὶ χείρω γίνεσθαι τὴν δημοκρατίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ μὴ τὴν αὐτήν), δευτέρα δὲ περὶ ἧς νῦν λέγομεν. τὰ γὰρ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις ἀκολουθοῦντα καὶ δοκοῦντ’ εἶναι τῆς πολιτείας οἰκεῖα ταύτης ποιεῖ συντιθέμενα τὰς δημοκρατίας ἑτέρας· τῇ μὲν γὰρ ἐλάττω, τῇ δ’ ἀκολουθήσει πλείονα, τῇ δ’ ἅπαντα ταῦτα. χρήσιμον δ’ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν γνωρίζειν πρός τε τὸ κατασκευάζειν ἣν ἄν τις αὐτῶν τύχῃ βουλόμενος, καὶ πρὸς τὰς διορθώσεις.

    There are two reasons why there are several democracies. The first is the one mentioned before: peoples differ. For there is a farming population, and a population of vulgar craftsmen and of laborers; and when the first is added to the second, and the third in turn to both, the democracy differs not only in becoming better or worse but in not being the same democracy. The second reason is the one we are now discussing. The features that go with democracies and are thought proper to this constitution make democracies different when they are combined: one will have fewer of them, another more, another all. It is useful to know each of them, both for setting up whichever of them one happens to want and for reforming them.

    ζητοῦσι μὲν γὰρ οἱ τὰς πολιτείας καθιστάντες ἅπαντα τὰ οἰκεῖα συναγαγεῖν πρὸς τὴν ὑπόθεσιν, ἁμαρτάνουσι δὲ τοῦτο ποιοῦντες, καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς περὶ τὰς φθορὰς καὶ τὰς σωτηρίας τῶν πολιτειῶν εἴρηται πρότερον. νυνὶ δὲ τὰ ἀξιώματα καὶ τὰ ἤθη καὶ ὧν ἐφίενται λέγωμεν.

    Those who set up constitutions try to gather together all the features proper to the basic principle, but they go wrong in doing so, as was said earlier in the discussion of the destruction and preservation of constitutions. Let us now discuss the claims of democracies, their characters, and what they aim at.

    Freedom, the principle of democracy

    Democracy rests on freedom: ruling and being ruled in turn, and living as one likes.

    Famous passage Freedom and democracyDemocracy’s principle is freedom: ruling and being ruled in turn, and living as one likes.

    ὑπόθεσις μὲν οὖν τῆς δημοκρατικῆς πολιτείας ἐλευθερία (τοῦτο γὰρ λέγειν εἰώθασιν, ὡς ἐν μόνῃ τῇ πολιτείᾳ 1317b ταύτῃ μετέχοντας ἐλευθερίας· τούτου γὰρ στοχάζεσθαί φασι πᾶσαν δημοκρατίαν)· ἐλευθερίας δὲ ἓν μὲν τὸ ἐν μέρει ἄρχεσθαι καὶ ἄρχειν. καὶ γὰρ τὸ δίκαιον τὸ δημοτικὸν τὸ ἴσον ἔχειν ἐστὶ κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ἀλλὰ μὴ κατ’ ἀξίαν, τούτου δ’ ὄντος τοῦ δικαίου τὸ πλῆθος ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι κύριον, καὶ ὅ τι ἂν δόξῃ τοῖς πλείοσι, τοῦτ’ εἶναι τέλος καὶ τοῦτ’ εἶναι τὸ δίκαιον· φασὶ γὰρ δεῖν ἴσον ἔχειν ἕκαστον τῶν πολιτῶν· ὥστε ἐν ταῖς δημοκρατίαις συμβαίνει κυριωτέρους εἶναι τοὺς ἀπόρους τῶν εὐπόρων· πλείους γάρ εἰσι, κύριον δὲ τὸ τοῖς πλείοσι δόξαν.

    The basic principle of the democratic constitution is freedom. (People commonly say this, implying that only in this constitution 1317b do people share in freedom; for this, they say, is what every democracy aims at.) One element of freedom is ruling and being ruled in turn. For democratic justice is having equality according to number, not according to merit; and if this is what is just, the multitude must be sovereign, and whatever the majority decides must be final and must be what is just. For they say that each citizen must have an equal share. So in democracies it turns out that the poor are more sovereign than the well-off, since they are more numerous, and what the majority decides is sovereign.

    ἓν μὲν οὖν τῆς ἐλευθερίας σημεῖον τοῦτο, ὃν τίθενται πάντες οἱ δημοτικοὶ τῆς πολιτείας ὅρον· ἓν δὲ τὸ ζῆν ὡς βούλεταί τις. τοῦτο γὰρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἔργον εἶναί φασιν, εἴπερ τοῦ δουλεύοντος τὸ ζῆν μὴ ὡς βούλεται. τῆς μὲν οὖν δημοκρατίας ὅρος οὗτος δεύτερος· ἐντεῦθεν δ’ ἐλήλυθε τὸ μὴ ἄρχεσθαι, μάλιστα μὲν ὑπὸ μηθενός, εἰ δὲ μή, κατὰ μέρος, καὶ συμβάλλεται ταύτῃ πρὸς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τὴν κατὰ τὸ ἴσον.

    This, then, is one mark of freedom, which all democrats lay down as the defining principle of the constitution. Another is living as one likes. For this, they say, is the function of freedom, since not living as one likes is the mark of a slave. This is the second defining principle of democracy. From it has come the demand not to be ruled—preferably by no one, or, failing that, only in turn; and in this way it contributes to freedom based on equality.

    τούτων δ’ ὑποκειμένων καὶ τοιαύτης οὔσης τῆς ἀρχῆς τὰ τοιαῦτα δημοτικά· τὸ αἱρεῖσθαι τὰς ἀρχὰς πάντας ἐκ πάντων, τὸ ἄρχειν πάντας μὲν ἑκάστου ἕκαστον δ’ ἐν μέρει πάντων, τὸ κληρωτὰς εἶναι τὰς ἀρχὰς ἢ πάσας ἢ ὅσαι μὴ ἐμπειρίας δέονται καὶ τέχνης, τὸ μὴ ἀπὸ τιμήματος μηθενὸς εἶναι τὰς ἀρχὰς ἢ ὅτι μικροτάτου, τὸ μὴ δὶς τὸν αὐτὸν ἄρχειν μηδεμίαν ἢ ὀλιγάκις ἢ ὀλίγας ἔξω τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον, τὸ ὀλιγοχρονίους εἶναι τὰς ἀρχὰς ἢ πάσας ἢ ὅσας ἐνδέχεται, τὸ δικάζειν πάντας καὶ ἐκ πάντων, καὶ περὶ πάντων, ἢ περὶ τῶν πλείστων καὶ τῶν μεγίστων καὶ τῶν κυριωτάτων, οἷον περὶ εὐθυνῶν καὶ πολιτείας καὶ τῶν ἰδίων συναλλαγμάτων, τὸ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν κυρίαν εἶναι πάντων ἢ τῶν μεγίστων, ἀρχὴν δὲ μηδεμίαν μηθενὸς ἢ ὅτι ὀλιγίστων, ἢ τῶν μεγίστων βουλὴν κυρίαν (τῶν δ’ ἀρχῶν δημοτικώτατον βουλή, ὅπου μὴ μισθοῦ εὐπορία πᾶσιν·

    With these as the foundations, and this being the nature of its principle, the following features are democratic: electing officials from all by all; all ruling each, and each in turn ruling all; filling offices by lot, either all of them or those that do not require experience and skill; having no property qualification for office, or as small a one as possible; no one holding the same office twice, or only rarely, or holding only a few offices, apart from military ones; short terms of office, either for all or for as many as possible; all serving as jurors, drawn from all, and judging all matters, or most of them and the greatest and most important, such as the audits of officials, the constitution and private contracts; the assembly being sovereign over everything, or over the greatest matters, and no office sovereign over anything, or over as little as possible—or else a council being sovereign over the greatest matters (the council is the most democratic of offices where there is not plenty of pay for everyone;

    ἐνταῦθα γὰρ ἀφαιροῦνται καὶ ταύτης τῆς ἀρχῆς τὴν δύναμιν· εἰς αὑτὸν γὰρ ἀνάγει τὰς κρίσεις πάσας ὁ δῆμος εὐπορῶν μισθοῦ, καθάπερ εἴρηται πρότερον ἐν τῇ μεθόδῳ τῇ πρὸ ταύτης), ἔπειτα τὸ μισθοφορεῖν μάλιστα μὲν πάντας, ἐκκλησίαν δικαστήρια ἀρχάς, εἰ δὲ μή, τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰ δικαστήρια καὶ ⟨τὴν⟩ βουλὴν καὶ τὰς ἐκκλησίας τὰς κυρίας, ἢ τῶν ἀρχῶν ἃς ἀνάγκη συσσιτεῖν μετ’ ἀλλήλων.

    for where there is, even this office is stripped of its power, since a people well supplied with pay draws all decisions to itself, as was said earlier in the inquiry before this one); next, pay for public service—ideally for everyone, in the assembly, the courts and the offices, or failing that, for the offices, the courts, the council and the sovereign assemblies, or for those offices whose holders must take their meals together.

    ἔτι ἐπειδὴ ὀλιγαρχία καὶ γένει καὶ πλούτῳ καὶ παιδείᾳ ὁρίζεται, τὰ δημοτικὰ δοκεῖ τἀναντία τούτων εἶναι, ἀγένεια πενία βαναυσία· ἔτι δὲ τῶν ἀρχῶν τὸ μηδεμίαν ἀίδιον εἶναι, 1318a ἐὰν δέ τις καταλειφθῇ ἐξ ἀρχαίας μεταβολῆς, τό γε περιαιρεῖσθαι τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῆς καὶ ἐξ αἱρετῶν κληρωτοὺς ποιεῖν. τὰ μὲν οὖν κοινὰ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις ταῦτ’ ἐστί· συμβαίνει δ’ ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου τοῦ ὁμολογουμένου εἶναι δημοκρατικοῦ (τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶ τὸ ἴσον ἔχειν ἅπαντας κατ’ ἀριθμόν) ἡ μάλιστ’ εἶναι δοκοῦσα δημοκρατία καὶ δῆμος. ἴσον γὰρ τὸ μηθὲν μᾶλλον ἄρχειν τοὺς ἀπόρους ἢ τοὺς εὐπόρους, μηδὲ κυρίους εἶναι μόνους ἀλλὰ πάντας ἐξ ἴσου [κατ’ ἀριθμόν]· οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ὑπάρχειν νομίζοιεν τήν τ’ ἰσότητα τῇ πολιτείᾳ καὶ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν.

    Further, since oligarchy is defined by birth, wealth and education, the democratic features are thought to be their opposites: low birth, poverty and vulgar occupations. Further, as regards offices, none should be held for life, 1318a and if any has survived from some ancient change of constitution, its power should at least be curtailed, and it should be filled by lot instead of by election. These, then, are the features common to democracies. From the kind of justice agreed to be democratic—that is, everyone having equality according to number—comes what is thought to be democracy and rule by the people in the fullest sense. For equality means that the poor rule no more than the well-off and are not alone sovereign, but all are sovereign equally, according to number; for in this way people would think that both equality and freedom belong to the constitution.

    Democratic equality

    Aristotle proposes a way of deciding that weighs both numbers and property.

    τὸ δὲ μετὰ τοῦτο ἀπορεῖται πῶς ἕξουσι τὸ ἴσον, πότερον δεῖ τὰ τιμήματα διελεῖν χιλίοις τὰ τῶν πεντακοσίων καὶ τοὺς χιλίους ἴσον δύνασθαι τοῖς πεντακοσίοις, ἢ οὐχ οὕτω δεῖ τιθέναι τὴν κατὰ τοῦτο ἰσότητα, ἀλλὰ διελεῖν μὲν οὕτως, ἔπειτα ἐκ τῶν πεντακοσίων ἴσους λαβόντα καὶ ἐκ τῶν χιλίων, τούτους κυρίους εἶναι τῶν αἱρέσεων καὶ τῶν δικαστηρίων. πότερον οὖν αὕτη ἡ πολιτεία δικαιοτάτη κατὰ τὸ δημοτικὸν δίκαιον, ἢ μᾶλλον ἡ κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος; φασὶ γὰρ οἱ δημοτικοὶ τοῦτο δίκαιον ὅ τι ἂν δόξῃ τοῖς πλείοσιν, οἱ δ’ ὀλιγαρχικοὶ ὅ τι ἂν δόξῃ τῇ πλείονι οὐσίᾳ· κατὰ πλῆθος γὰρ οὐσίας φασὶ κρίνεσθαι δεῖν.

    The next difficulty is how they will achieve equality. Should the property assessments be divided so that the property of five hundred equals that of a thousand, and the thousand have power equal to the five hundred? Or should equality on this basis not be set up in that way, but rather the division be made like this, and then an equal number be taken from the five hundred and from the thousand, and these be sovereign over elections and courts? Is this constitution, then, the most just by the standard of democratic justice, or rather the one based on numbers? For the democrats say that what is just is whatever the majority decides, while the oligarchs say it is whatever the greater amount of property decides; for they say decisions should be made according to the quantity of property.

    ἔχει δ’ ἀμφότερα ἀνισότητα καὶ ἀδικίαν· εἰ μὲν γὰρ ὅ τι ἂν οἱ ὀλίγοι, τυραννίς (καὶ γὰρ ἐὰν εἷς ἔχῃ πλείω τῶν ἄλλων εὐπόρων, κατὰ τὸ ὀλιγαρχικὸν δίκαιον ἄρχειν δίκαιος μόνος), εἰ δ’ ὅ τι ἂν οἱ πλείους κατ’ ἀριθμόν, ἀδικήσουσι δημεύοντες τὰ τῶν πλουσίων καὶ ἐλαττόνων, καθάπερ εἴρηται πρότερον.

    Both views involve inequality and injustice. If it is whatever the few decide, that is tyranny (for if one man has more than the other well-off people, then by oligarchic justice it is just for him alone to rule). If it is whatever the numerical majority decides, they will do injustice by confiscating the property of the rich minority, as was said before.

    τίς ἂν οὖν εἴη ἰσότης ἣν ὁμολογήσουσιν ἀμφότεροι, σκεπτέον ἐξ ὧν ὁρίζονται δικαίων ἀμφότεροι. λέγουσι γὰρ ὡς ὅ τι ἂν δόξῃ τοῖς πλείοσι τῶν πολιτῶν, τοῦτ’ εἶναι δεῖ κύριον· ἔστω δὴ τοῦτο, μὴ μέντοι πάντως, ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ δύο μέρη τετύχηκεν ἐξ ὧν ἡ πόλις, πλούσιοι καὶ πένητες, ὅ τι ἂν ἀμφοτέροις δόξῃ ἢ τοῖς πλείοσι, τοῦτο κύριον ἔστω, ἐὰν δὲ τἀναντία δόξῃ, ὅ τι ἂν οἱ πλείους καὶ ὧν τὸ τίμημα πλεῖον· οἷον, εἰ οἱ μὲν δέκα οἱ δὲ εἴκοσιν, ἔδοξε δὲ τῶν μὲν πλουσίων τοῖς ἓξ τῶν δ’ ἀπορωτέρων τοῖς πεντεκαίδεκα, προσγεγένηνται τοῖς μὲν πένησι τέτταρες τῶν πλουσίων, τοῖς δὲ πλουσίοις πέντε τῶν πενήτων· ὁποτέρων οὖν τὸ τίμημα ὑπερτείνει συναριθμουμένων ἀμφοτέρων ἑκατέροις, τοῦτο κύριον.

    What sort of equality both sides would agree on, then, must be examined in light of the definitions of justice that both give. They say that whatever the majority of the citizens decides must be sovereign. Let this be granted, though not without qualification. Since the city happens to consist of two parts, the rich and the poor, let whatever both decide, or a majority of both, be sovereign; but if they decide opposite things, let the decision of those who are more numerous and whose assessed property is greater prevail. For example, suppose there are ten rich and twenty poor, and six of the rich have voted one way and fifteen of the poorer the other; then four of the rich have joined the poor, and five of the poor have joined the rich. Whichever side’s assessed property is greater, when the property of both classes on each side is added up—that decision is sovereign.

    ἐὰν δὲ ἴσοι συμπέσωσι, κοινὴν εἶναι ταύτην νομιστέον ἀπορίαν ὥσπερ νῦν ἐὰν δίχα ἡ ἐκκλησία γένηται ἢ τὸ δικαστήριον· ἢ 1318b γὰρ ἀποκληρωτέον ἢ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον ποιητέον. ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τοῦ ἴσου καὶ τοῦ δικαίου, κἂν ᾖ πάνυ χαλεπὸν εὑρεῖν τὴν ἀλήθειαν περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅμως ῥᾷον τυχεῖν ἢ συμπεῖσαι τοὺς δυναμένους πλεονεκτεῖν· ἀεὶ γὰρ ζητοῦσι τὸ ἴσον καὶ τὸ δίκαιον οἱ ἥττους, οἱ δὲ κρατοῦντες οὐδὲν φροντίζουσιν.

    If the two sides come out equal, this must be regarded as a difficulty shared with the present situation, when the assembly or the court is split down the middle; 1318b one must either draw lots or do something else of the kind. As for equality and justice, even if it is very hard to find the truth about them, it is still easier to hit on it than to persuade those who have the power to take more than their share. For it is always the weaker who seek equality and justice, while the stronger give them no thought.

    The best democracy: a farming people

    A democracy of farmers and herdsmen is best; the extreme democracy is hardest to sustain.

    δημοκρατιῶν δ’ οὐσῶν τεττάρων βελτίστη μὲν ἡ πρώτη τάξει, καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων ἐλέχθη λόγοις· ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἀρχαιοτάτη πασῶν αὕτη. λέγω δὲ πρώτην ὥσπερ ἄν τις διέλοι τοὺς δήμους. βέλτιστος γὰρ δῆμος ὁ γεωργικός ἐστιν, ὥστε καὶ ποιεῖν ἐνδέχεται δημοκρατίαν ὅπου ζῇ τὸ πλῆθος ἀπὸ γεωργίας ἢ νομῆς. διὰ μὲν γὰρ τὸ μὴ πολλὴν οὐσίαν ἔχειν ἄσχολος, ὥστε μὴ πολλάκις ἐκκλησιάζειν διὰ δὲ τὸ ἔχειν τἀναγκαῖα πρὸς τοῖς ἔργοις διατρίβουσι καὶ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων οὐκ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν, ἀλλ’ ἥδιον αὐτοῖς τὸ ἐργάζεσθαι τοῦ πολιτεύεσθαι καὶ ἄρχειν, ὅπου ἂν μὴ ᾖ λήμματα μεγάλα ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν. οἱ γὰρ πολλοὶ μᾶλλον ὀρέγονται τοῦ κέρδους ἢ τῆς τιμῆς.

    Of the four democracies, the best is the first in order, as was said in the discussions before these; it is also the oldest of all. I call it first in the sense in which one would divide the kinds of people. The best people is a farming people, so that it is possible to create a democracy wherever the multitude lives by farming or herding. Because they do not have much property, they have no leisure, so that they do not often attend the assembly; and because they have the necessities, they spend their time at their work and do not covet other people’s property. Working is more pleasant to them than taking part in politics and holding office, where there are no great profits to be had from office; for most people desire gain more than honor.

    σημεῖον δέ· καὶ γὰρ τὰς ἀρχαίας τυραννίδας ὑπέμενον καὶ τὰς ὀλιγαρχίας ὑπομένουσιν, ἐάν τις αὐτοὺς ἐργάζεσθαι μὴ κωλύῃ μηδ’ ἀφαιρῆται μηθέν· ταχέως γὰρ οἱ μὲν πλουτοῦσιν αὐτῶν οἱ δ’ οὐκ ἀποροῦσιν. ἔτι δὲ τὸ κυρίους εἶναι τοῦ ἑλέσθαι καὶ εὐθύνειν ἀναπληροῖ τὴν ἔνδειαν, εἴ τι φιλοτιμίας ἔχουσιν, ἐπεὶ παρ’ ἐνίοις δήμοις, κἂν μὴ μετέχωσι τῆς αἱρέσεως τῶν ἀρχῶν ἀλλά τινες αἱρετοὶ κατὰ μέρος ἐκ πάντων, ὥσπερ ἐν Μαντινείᾳ, τοῦ δὲ βουλεύεσθαι κύριοι ὦσιν, ἱκανῶς ἔχει τοῖς πολλοῖς· καὶ δεῖ νομίζειν καὶ τοῦτ’ εἶναι σχῆμά τι δημοκρατίας, ὥσπερ ἐν Μαντινείᾳ ποτ’ ἦν.

    Here is evidence: they used to put up with the old tyrannies, and they put up with oligarchies, as long as no one prevents them from working or takes anything away from them; for some of them quickly grow rich, and the others at least are not poor. Further, being sovereign over elections and audits makes up for any lack, if they have any ambition. Among some peoples, even if they do not share in electing officials—certain men chosen in turn from all do that, as at Mantinea—as long as they are sovereign over deliberation, the many are satisfied. And this too should be regarded as a form of democracy, as it once was at Mantinea.

    διὸ δὴ καὶ συμφέρον ἐστὶ τῇ πρότερον ῥηθείσῃ δημοκρατίᾳ καὶ ὑπάρχειν εἴωθεν, αἱρεῖσθαι μὲν τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ εὐθύνειν καὶ δικάζειν πάντας, ἄρχειν δὲ τὰς μεγίστας αἱρετοὺς καὶ ἀπὸ τιμημάτων, τὰς μείζους ἀπὸ μειζόνων, ἢ καὶ ἀπὸ τιμημάτων μὲν μηδεμίαν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς δυναμένους. ἀνάγκη δὲ πολιτευομένους οὕτω πολιτεύεσθαί καλῶς (αἱ τε γὰρ ἀρχαὶ ἀεὶ διὰ τῶν βελτίστων ἔσονται, τοῦ δήμου βουλομένου καὶ τοῖς ἐπιεικέσιν οὐ φθονοῦντος), καὶ τοῖς ἐπιεικέσι καὶ γνωρίμοις ἀρκοῦσαν εἶναι ταύτην τὴν τάξιν· ἄρξονται γὰρ οὐχ ὑπ’ ἄλλων χειρόνων, καὶ ἄρξουσι δικαίως διὰ τὸ τῶν εὐθυνῶν εἶναι κυρίους ἑτέρους. τὸ γὰρ ἐπανακρέμασθαι, καὶ μὴ πᾶν ἐξεῖναι ποιεῖν ὅ τι ἂν δόξῃ, συμφέρον ἐστίν· ἡ γὰρ ἐξουσία τοῦ πράττειν ὅ τι ἂν ἐθέλῃ τις οὐ δύναται φυλάττειν τὸ ἐν 1319a ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φαῦλον.

    That is why it is beneficial for the democracy just mentioned, and customary in it, for everyone to elect officials, audit them and sit on juries, but for the greatest offices to be held by men who are elected and meet a property qualification, the greater offices requiring greater qualifications; or else for no office to depend on property, but for those who are capable to hold them. People governed in this way are bound to be governed well (for the offices will always be in the hands of the best, with the people willing and not envious of the decent), and this arrangement is bound to satisfy the decent and notable; for they will not be ruled by others who are worse, and they will rule justly because others are sovereign over their audits. For to be answerable to others, and not be permitted to do whatever one thinks fit, is beneficial; the license to do whatever one wants cannot guard against the baseness in 1319a every human being.

    ὥστε ἀναγκαῖον συμβαίνειν ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὠφελιμώτατον ἐν ταῖς πολιτείαις, ἄρχειν τοὺς ἐπιεικεῖς ἀναμαρτήτους ὄντας, μηδὲν ἐλαττουμένου τοῦ πλήθους.

    So the result is necessarily what is most beneficial in constitutions: the decent rule without going wrong, and the multitude loses nothing.

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν αὕτη τῶν δημοκρατιῶν ἀρίστη, φανερόν, καὶ διὰ τίν’ αἰτίαν, ὅτι διὰ τὸ ποιόν τινα εἶναι τὸν δῆμον· πρὸς δὲ τὸ κατασκευάζειν γεωργὸν τὸν δῆμον τῶν τε νόμων τινὲς τῶν παρὰ πολλοῖς κειμένων τὸ ἀρχαῖον χρήσιμοι πάντως, ἢ τὸ ὅλως μὴ ἐξεῖναι κεκτῆσθαι πλείω γῆν μέτρου τινὸς ἢ ἀπό τινος τόπου πρὸς τὸ ἄστυ καὶ τὴν πόλιν (ἦν δὲ τό γε ἀρχαῖον ἐν πολλαῖς πόλεσι νενομοθετημένον μηδὲ πωλεῖν ἐξεῖναι τοὺς πρώτους κλήρους· ἔστι δὲ καὶ ὃν λέγουσιν Ὀξύλου νόμον εἶναι τοιοῦτόν τι δυνάμενος, τὸ μὴ δανείζειν εἴς τι μέρος τῆς ὑπαρχούσης ἑκάστῳ γῆς), νῦν δὲ δεῖ διορθοῦν καὶ τῷ Ἀφυταίων νόμῳ, πρὸς γὰρ ὃ λέγομέν ἐστι χρήσιμος· ἐκεῖνοι γάρ, καίπερ ὄντες πολλοὶ κεκτημένοι δὲ γῆν ὀλίγην, ὅμως πάντες γεωργοῦσιν· τιμῶνται γὰρ οὐχ ὅλας τὰς κτήσεις, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τηλικαῦτα μόρια διαιροῦντες ὥστ’ ἔχειν ὑπερβάλλειν ταῖς τιμήσεσι καὶ τοὺς πένητας.

    That this is the best of the democracies is clear, and also why: it is because its people is of a certain kind. For making the people a farming people, some of the laws established in many places in the old days are thoroughly useful: either prohibiting outright the ownership of more land than a certain amount, or of more than a certain amount within a certain distance of the town and the city. (In the old days, at any rate, many cities had legislation forbidding even the sale of the original allotments; and there is the so-called law of Oxylus, which has a similar effect, forbidding lending against a certain portion of each person’s land.) Now, however, one should also correct matters using the law of the Aphytaeans, for it is useful for our purpose. Though they are many and own little land, they all nonetheless farm, since they are assessed not on their whole holdings but by dividing them into portions small enough that even the poor can exceed the assessment.

    Oxylus was the legendary founding king of Elis in the western Peloponnese; Aphytis was a city in Chalcidice.

    μετὰ δὲ τὸ γεωργικὸν πλῆθος βέλτιστος δῆμός ἐστιν ὅπου νομεῖς εἰσι καὶ ζῶσιν ἀπὸ βοσκημάτων· πολλὰ γὰρ ἔχει τῇ γεωργίᾳ παραπλησίως, καὶ τὰ πρὸς τὰς πολεμικὰς πράξεις μάλισθ’ οὗτοι γεγυμνασμένοι τὰς ἕξεις καὶ χρήσιμοι τὰ σώματα καὶ δυνάμενοι θυραυλεῖν. τὰ δ’ ἄλλα πλήθη πάντα σχεδόν, ἐξ ὧν αἱ λοιπαὶ δημοκρατίαι συνεστᾶσι, πολλῷ φαυλότερα τούτων· ὁ γὰρ βίος φαῦλος, καὶ οὐθὲν ἔργον μετ’ ἀρετῆς ὧν μεταχειρίζεται τὸ πλῆθος τό τε τῶν βαναύσων καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀγοραίων ἀνθρώπων καὶ τὸ θητικόν, ἔτι δὲ διὰ τὸ περὶ τὴν ἀγορὰν καὶ τὸ ἄστυ κυλίεσθαι πᾶν τὸ τοιοῦτον γένος ὡς εἰπεῖν ῥᾳδίως ἐκκλησιάζει· οἱ δὲ γεωργοῦντες διὰ τὸ διεσπάρθαι κατὰ τὴν χώραν οὔτ’ ἀπαντῶσιν οὔθ’ ὁμοίως δέονται τῆς συνόδου ταύτης.

    After a farming population, the best people is found where there are herdsmen who live off their flocks. Their life has much in common with farming, and for military action they are especially well trained in their habits, physically fit and able to live in the open. Almost all the other multitudes, of which the remaining democracies are composed, are far inferior to these; for their way of life is base, and none of the work that the multitude of vulgar craftsmen, market traders and laborers engages in involves excellence. Further, because this whole class of people circulates around the marketplace and the town, they attend the assembly easily, one might say; whereas the farmers, being scattered over the countryside, neither meet together nor feel the same need for this kind of gathering.

    ὅπου δὲ καὶ συμβαίνει τὴν χώραν τὴν θέσιν ἔχειν τοιαύτην ὥστε [τὴν χώραν] πολὺ τῆς πόλεως ἀπηρτῆσθαι, ῥᾴδιον καὶ δημοκρατίαν ποιεῖσθαι χρηστὴν καὶ πολιτείαν· ἀναγκάζεται γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος ἐπὶ τῶν ἀγρῶν ποιεῖσθαι τὰς ἀποικίας, ὥστε δεῖ, κἂν ἀγοραῖος ὄχλος ᾖ, μὴ ποιεῖν ἐν ταῖς δημοκρατίαις ἐκκλησίας ἄνευ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν χώραν πλήθους. πῶς μὲν οὖν δεῖ κατασκευάζειν τὴν βελτίστην καὶ πρώτην δημοκρατίαν, εἴρηται· φανερὸν δὲ καὶ πῶς τὰς ἄλλας. ἑπομένως γὰρ δεῖ παρεκβαίνειν 1319b καὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἀεὶ πλῆθος χωρίζειν. τὴν δὲ τελευταίαν, διὰ τὸ πάντας κοινωνεῖν, οὔτε πάσης ἐστὶ πόλεως φέρειν, οὔτε ῥᾴδιον διαμένειν μὴ τοῖς νόμοις καὶ τοῖς ἔθεσιν εὖ συγκειμένην (ἃ δὲ φθείρειν συμβαίνει καὶ ταύτην καὶ τὰς ἄλλας πολιτείας, εἴρηται πρότερον τὰ πλεῖστα σχεδόν).

    Where the land happens to be so situated that the countryside lies far from the city, it is easy to create both a good democracy and a polity; for the multitude is forced to make its homes out in the fields, so that even if there is a market crowd, one should not hold assemblies in democracies without the multitude from the countryside. How the best and first democracy should be set up, then, has been said; it is also clear how the others should be. One should deviate step by step, 1319b always excluding the worse multitude. The last democracy, because everyone takes part in it, is not something every city can bear, nor can it easily endure unless its laws and customs are well arranged. (What destroys both this and the other constitutions has been said before, for the most part.)

    πρὸς δὲ τὸ καθιστάναι ταύτην τὴν δημοκρατίαν καὶ τὸν δῆμον ποιεῖν ἰσχυρὸν εἰώθασιν οἱ προεστῶτες προσλαμβάνειν ὡς πλείστους καὶ ποιεῖν πολίτας μὴ μόνον τοὺς γνησίους ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς νόθους καὶ τοὺς ἐξ ὁποτερουοῦν πολίτου, λέγω δὲ οἷον πατρὸς ἢ μητρός· ἅπαν γὰρ οἰκεῖον τοῦτο τῷ τοιούτῳ δήμῳ μᾶλλον. εἰώθασι μὲν οὖν οἱ δημαγωγοὶ κατασκευάζειν οὕτω, δεῖ μέντοι προσλαμβάνειν μέχρι ἂν ὑπερτείνῃ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν γνωρίμων καὶ τῶν μέσων, καὶ τούτου μὴ πέρα προβαίνειν· ὑπερβάλλοντες γὰρ ἀτακτοτέραν τε ποιοῦσι τὴν πολιτείαν, καὶ τοὺς γνωρίμους πρὸς τὸ χαλεπῶς ὑπομένειν τὴν δημοκρατίαν παροξύνουσι μᾶλλον, ὅπερ συνέβη τῆς στάσεως αἴτιον γενέσθαι περὶ Κυρήνην· ὀλίγον μὲν γὰρ πονηρὸν παρορᾶται, πολὺ δὲ γινόμενον ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς μᾶλλόν ἐστιν.

    To establish this kind of democracy and make the people strong, its leaders usually add as many people as possible, and make citizens not only of the legitimate but also of the illegitimate and of those with a citizen on either side—I mean father or mother; for all this is especially congenial to a people of this kind. Demagogues usually go about things this way. But one should add people only up to the point where the multitude outnumbers the notables and the middle class, and not go beyond it; for when they exceed this, they make the constitution more disorderly and provoke the notables still more to find democracy hard to bear—which is what caused the civil strife at Cyrene. A little badness is overlooked, but when it becomes large, it is more in plain view.

    Cyrene was a Greek city on the coast of north Africa, in modern Libya.

    ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα κατασκευάσματα χρήσιμα πρὸς τὴν δημοκρατίαν τὴν τοιαύτην, οἷς Κλεισθένης τε Ἀθήνησιν ἐχρήσατο βουλόμενος αὐξῆσαι τὴν δημοκρατίαν, καὶ περὶ Κυρήνην οἱ τὸν δῆμον καθιστάντες. φυλαί τε γὰρ ἕτεραι ποιητέαι πλείους καὶ φατρίαι, καὶ τὰ τῶν ἰδίων ἱερῶν συνακτέον εἰς ὀλίγα καὶ κοινά, καὶ πάντα σοφιστέον ὅπως ἂν ὅτι μάλιστα ἀναμειχθῶσι πάντες ἀλλήλοις, αἱ δὲ συνήθειαι διαζευχθῶσιν αἱ πρότερον. ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὰ τυραννικὰ κατασκευάσματα δημοτικὰ δοκεῖ πάντα, λέγω δ’ οἷον ἀναρχία τε δούλων (αὕτη δ’ ἂν εἴη μέχρι του συμφέρουσα) καὶ γυναικῶν καὶ παίδων, καὶ τὸ ζῆν ὅπως τις βούλεται παρορᾶν· πολὺ γὰρ ἔσται τὸ τῇ τοιαύτῃ πολιτείᾳ βοηθοῦν· ἥδιον γὰρ τοῖς πολλοῖς τὸ ζῆν ἀτάκτως ἢ τὸ σωφρόνως.

    Further, measures of the kind that Cleisthenes used at Athens when he wanted to strengthen the democracy, and that those who established the democracy at Cyrene used, are useful for a democracy of this sort. More new tribes and brotherhoods should be created, private religious rites should be combined into a few public ones, and every device should be contrived to mix everyone together with everyone else as much as possible and break up their previous associations. Further, the measures of tyrants all seem democratic too—I mean, for example, lack of control over slaves (which may be beneficial up to a point), and over women and children, and letting everyone live as he likes. For a constitution of this kind will have plenty of support, since for most people it is more pleasant to live without discipline than moderately.

    This is Cleisthenes of Athens (not the tyrant of Sicyon mentioned earlier), who reorganized the citizen body into ten new tribes in 508/507 BC.

    Keeping democracies stable

    Democracies last by curbing confiscations and giving the poor lasting prosperity.

    ἔστι δὲ [ἔργον] τοῦ νομοθέτου καὶ τῶν βουλομένων συνιστάναι τινὰ τοιαύτην πολιτείαν οὐ τὸ καταστῆσαι μέγιστον ἔργον οὐδὲ μόνον, ἀλλ’ ὅπως σῴζηται μᾶλλον· μίαν γὰρ ἢ δύο ἢ τρεῖς ἡμέρας οὐ χαλεπὸν μεῖναι πολιτευομένους ὁπωσοῦν. διὸ δεῖ, περὶ ὧν τεθεώρηται πρότερον, τίνες σωτηρίαι καὶ φθοραὶ τῶν πολιτειῶν, ἐκ τούτων πειρᾶσθαι κατασκευάζειν τὴν ἀσφάλειαν, εὐλαβουμένους μὲν τὰ φθείροντα, τιθεμένους δὲ τοιούτους νόμους, καὶ τοὺς ἀγράφους καὶ τοὺς γεγραμμένους, 1320a οἳ περιλήψονται μάλιστα τὰ σῴζοντα τὰς πολιτείας, καὶ μὴ νομίζειν τοῦτ’ εἶναι δημοτικὸν μηδ’ ὀλιγαρχικὸν ὃ ποιήσει τὴν πόλιν ὅτι μάλιστα δημοκρατεῖσθαι ἢ ὀλιγαρχεῖσθαι, ἀλλ’ ὃ πλεῖστον χρόνον. οἱ δὲ νῦν δημαγωγοὶ χαριζόμενοι τοῖς δήμοις πολλὰ δημεύουσι διὰ τῶν δικαστηρίων.

    For the lawgiver and those who wish to establish a constitution of this sort, setting it up is not the greatest task, nor the only one; the task is rather to see that it is preserved. For it is not hard for people to last one, two or three days under any constitution whatever. So one must draw on what was studied earlier, the means of preservation and the causes of destruction of constitutions, and from these try to secure stability, guarding against what destroys and enacting laws, both unwritten and written, 1320a that will best comprise what preserves constitutions. And one must not think that what is democratic or oligarchic is whatever will make the city as democratic or as oligarchic as possible, but whatever will make it so for the longest time. Demagogues nowadays, to gratify the people, confiscate a great deal of property through the courts.

    διὸ δεῖ πρὸς ταῦτα ἀντιπράττειν τοὺς κηδομένους τῆς πολιτείας, νομοθετοῦντας μηδὲν εἶναι δημόσιον τῶν καταδικαζομένων καὶ φερόμενον πρὸς τὸ κοινόν, ἀλλ’ ἱερόν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀδικοῦντες οὐθὲν ἧττον εὐλαβεῖς ἔσονται (ζημιώσονται γὰρ ὁμοίως), ὁ δ’ ὄχλος ἧττον καταψηφιεῖται τῶν κρινομένων, λήψεσθαι μηδὲν μέλλων. ἔτι δὲ τὰς γινομένας δημοσίας δίκας ὡς ὀλιγίστας αἰεὶ ποιεῖν, μεγάλοις ἐπιτιμίοις τοὺς εἰκῇ γραφομένους κωλύοντας· οὐ γὰρ τοὺς δημοτικοὺς ἀλλὰ τοὺς γνωρίμους εἰώθασιν εἰσάγειν, δεῖ δὲ καὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πολιτείᾳ πάντας μάλιστα μὲν εὔνους εἶναι τοὺς πολίτας, εἰ δὲ μή, μή τοί γε ὡς πολεμίους νομίζειν τοὺς κυρίους.

    That is why those who care about the constitution must counteract this by making it law that nothing confiscated from the condemned is to become public property and go to the treasury, but is to be consecrated to the gods. Wrongdoers will be no less careful, since they will be punished just the same, while the crowd will be less inclined to condemn defendants, since it stands to gain nothing. Further, public lawsuits should always be kept as few as possible, by deterring those who bring charges recklessly with heavy penalties; for they usually prosecute not ordinary people but the notables. In this constitution too, ideally all the citizens should be well disposed to it, or failing that, they should at least not regard those in power as their enemies.

    ἐπεὶ δ’ αἱ τελευταῖαι δημοκρατίαι πολυάνθρωποί τέ εἰσι καὶ χαλεπὸν ἐκκλησιάζειν ἀμίσθους, τοῦτο δ’ ὅπου πρόσοδοι μὴ τυγχάνουσιν οὖσαι πολέμιον τοῖς γνωρίμοις (ἁπό τε γὰρ εἰσφορᾶς καὶ δημεύσεως ἀναγκαῖον γίνεσθαι καὶ δικαστηρίων φαύλων, ἃ πολλὰς ἤδη δημοκρατίας ἀνέτρεψεν), ὅπου μὲν οὖν πρόσοδοι μὴ τυγχάνουσιν οὖσαι, δεῖ ποιεῖν ὀλίγας ἐκκλησίας, καὶ δικαστήρια πολλῶν μὲν ὀλίγας δ’ ἡμέρας (τοῦτο γὰρ φέρει μὲν καὶ πρὸς τὸ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τοὺς πλουσίους τὰς δαπάνας κἂν οἱ μὲν εὔποροι μὴ λαμβάνωσι δικαστικόν, οἱ δ’ ἄποροι, φέρει δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸ κρίνεσθαι τὰς δίκας πολὺ βέλτιον· οἱ γὰρ εὔποροι πολλὰς μὲν ἡμέρας οὐκ ἐθέλουσιν ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων ἀπεῖναι, βραχὺν δὲ χρόνον ἐθέλουσιν), ὅπου δ’ εἰσὶ πρόσοδοι, μὴ ποιεῖν ὃ νῦν οἱ δημαγωγοὶ ποιοῦσιν (τὰ γὰρ περιόντα νέμουσιν· λαμβάνουσι δὲ ἅμα καὶ πάλιν δέονται τῶν αὐτῶν· ὁ τετρημένος γάρ ἐστι πίθος ἡ τοιαύτη βοήθεια τοῖς ἀπόροις).

    The last democracies are populous, and it is hard for people to attend the assembly without pay; and this, where there happen to be no public revenues, is hostile to the notables, since the pay must come from a property tax, confiscations and corrupt courts, which have already overthrown many democracies. Where there happen to be no revenues, then, one should hold few assemblies, and courts with many jurors but sitting for few days. This helps the rich not to fear the expense, even if the well-off take no jury pay and only the poor do; and it also helps cases to be judged much better, since the well-off are unwilling to be away from their private affairs for many days, but are willing for a short time. Where there are revenues, one should not do what demagogues do now: they distribute the surplus, and people take it and at the same time need the same again, for this sort of help for the poor is the proverbial leaky jar.

    ἀλλὰ δεῖ τὸν ἀληθινῶς δημοτικὸν ὁρᾶν ὅπως τὸ πλῆθος μὴ λίαν ἄπορον ᾖ· τοῦτο γὰρ αἴτιον τοῦ μοχθηρὰν εἶναι τὴν δημοκρατίαν. τεχναστέον οὖν ὅπως ἂν εὐπορία γένοιτο χρόνιος. ἐπεὶ δὲ συμφέρει τοῦτο καὶ τοῖς εὐπόροις, τὰ μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν προσόδων γινόμενα συναθροίζοντας ἀθρόα χρὴ διανέμειν τοῖς ἀπόροις, μάλιστα μὲν εἴ τις δύναται τοσοῦτον ἀθροίζων ὅσον εἰς γηδίου κτῆσιν, εἰ δὲ μή, πρὸς ἀφορμὴν ἐμπορίας καὶ 1320b γεωργίας, καί, εἰ μὴ πᾶσι δυνατόν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ φυλὰς ἤ τι μέρος ἕτερον ἐν μέρει διανέμειν, ἐν δὲ τούτῳ πρὸς τὰς ἀναγκαίας συνόδους τοὺς εὐπόρους εἰσφέρειν τὸν μισθόν, ἀφειμένους τῶν ματαίων λειτουργιῶν. τοιοῦτον δέ τινα τρόπον Καρχηδόνιοι πολιτευόμενοι φίλον κέκτηνται τὸν δῆμον· ἀεὶ γάρ τινας ἐκπέμποντες τοῦ δήμου πρὸς τὰς περιοικίδας ποιοῦσιν εὐπόρους.

    But the truly democratic statesman must see to it that the multitude is not too poor, since that is what makes a democracy bad. So one must contrive to bring about lasting prosperity. And since this benefits the well-off too, what comes in from the revenues should be gathered together and distributed to the poor in lump sums—ideally, if one can collect that much, enough to buy a small plot of land, or failing that, to give them a start in trade or 1320b farming. If this is not possible for everyone, the distribution should be made in turn by tribes or some other division; meanwhile the well-off should contribute pay for the necessary meetings, and be released from useless public services. By governing in some such way, the Carthaginians have kept the people friendly; for they are always sending some of the people out to the dependent towns and so making them well-off.

    χαριέντων δ’ ἐστὶ καὶ νοῦν ἐχόντων γνωρίμων καὶ διαλαμβάνοντας τοὺς ἀπόρους ἀφορμὰς διδόντας τρέπειν ἐπ’ ἐργασίας. καλῶς δ’ ἔχει μιμεῖσθαι καὶ τὰ Ταραντίνων. ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ κοινὰ ποιοῦντες τὰ κτήματα τοῖς ἀπόροις ἐπὶ τὴν χρῆσιν εὔνουν παρασκευάζουσι τὸ πλῆθος· ἔτι δὲ τὰς ἀρχὰς πάσας ἐποίησαν διττάς, τὰς μὲν αἱρετὰς τὰς δὲ κληρωτάς, τὰς μὲν κληρωτὰς ὅπως ὁ δῆμος αὐτῶν μετέχῃ, τὰς δ’ αἱρετὰς ἵνα πολιτεύωνται βέλτιον. ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι. καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀρχῆς μερίζοντας τοὺς μὲν κληρωτοὺς τοὺς δ’ αἱρετούς. πῶς μὲν οὖν δεῖ τὰς δημοκρατίας κατασκευάζειν, εἴρηται.

    It is also the mark of gracious and sensible notables to divide up the poor among themselves and set them to work by giving them a start. It is good, too, to imitate the practice of the Tarentines. By making their property common to the poor for their use, they keep the multitude well disposed. Further, they made all their offices double, some elected and some chosen by lot: by lot so that the people may share in them, by election so that the city may be better governed. This can also be done by dividing the same office between some who are chosen by lot and some who are elected. How democracies should be set up, then, has been said.

    Tarentum (modern Taranto) was a wealthy Greek city in southern Italy.

    Organizing oligarchies

    Oligarchies are built from features opposite to democracy’s and need good order to survive.

    σχεδὸν δὲ καὶ περὶ τὰς ὀλιγαρχίας πῶς δεῖ φανερὸν ἐκ τούτων. ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων γὰρ δεῖ συνάγειν ἑκάστην ὀλιγαρχίαν, πρὸς τὴν ἐναντίαν δημοκρατίαν ἀναλογιζόμενον, τὴν μὲν εὔκρατον μάλιστα τῶν ὀλιγαρχιῶν καὶ πρώτην— αὕτη δ’ ἐστὶν ἡ σύνεγγυς τῇ καλουμένῃ πολιτείᾳ, ⟨ἐν⟩ ᾗ δεῖ τὰ τιμήματα διαιρεῖν, τὰ μὲν ἐλάττω τὰ δὲ μείζω ποιοῦντας, ἐλάττω μὲν ἀφ’ ὧν τῶν ἀναγκαίων μεθέξουσιν ἀρχῶν, μείζω δ’ ἀφ’ ὧν τῶν κυριωτέρων· τῷ τε κτωμένῳ τὸ τίμημα μετέχειν ἐξεῖναι τῆς πολιτείας, τοσούτου εἰσαγομένου τοῦ δήμου πλήθους διὰ τοῦ τιμήματος μεθ’ οὗ κρείττονες ἔσονται τῶν μὴ μετεχόντων· ἀεὶ δὲ δεῖ παραλαμβάνειν ἐκ τοῦ βελτίονος δήμου τοὺς κοινωνούς. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὴν ἐχομένην ὀλιγαρχίαν ἐπιτείνοντας δεῖ μικρὸν κατασκευάζειν.

    From this it is also more or less clear how oligarchies should be set up. One should assemble each oligarchy from the opposite features, reasoning by analogy with the opposite democracy. Take the best-blended and first of the oligarchies—the one close to what is called polity. In it one should divide the property qualifications, making some lower and some higher: lower ones for sharing in the necessary offices, higher ones for the more authoritative. Anyone who acquires the qualifying amount should be permitted to share in the constitution, and enough of the people should be admitted through the qualification that, with them, those who share in it will be stronger than those who do not; and the partners should always be taken from the better part of the people. The next oligarchy should be set up in the same way, tightening it a little.

    τῇ δ’ ἀντικειμένῃ τῇ τελευταίᾳ δημοκρατίᾳ, τῇ δυναστικωτάτῃ καὶ τυραννικωτάτῃ τῶν ὀλιγαρχιῶν, ὅσῳ περ χειρίστη, τοσούτῳ δεῖ πλείονος φυλακῆς. ὥσπερ γὰρ τὰ μὲν εὖ σώματα διακείμενα πρὸς ὑγίειαν καὶ πλοῖα τὰ πρὸς ναυτιλίαν καλῶς ἔχοντα τοῖς πλωτῆρσιν ἐπιδέχεται πλείους ἁμαρτίας ὥστε μὴ φθείρεσθαι δι’ αὐτάς, τὰ δὲ νοσερῶς ἔχοντα τῶν σωμάτων καὶ τὰ τῶν πλοίων ἐκλελυμένα καὶ πλωτήρων τετυχηκότα φαύλων οὐδὲ τὰς μικρὰς δύναται φέρειν ἁμαρτίας, οὕτω καὶ τῶν πολιτειῶν αἱ χείρισται πλείστης δέονται 1321a φυλακῆς. τὰς μὲν οὖν δημοκρατίας ὅλως ἡ πολυανθρωπία σῴζει (τοῦτο γὰρ ἀντίκειται πρὸς τὸ δίκαιον τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν)· τὴν δ’ ὀλιγαρχίαν δῆλον ὅτι τοὐναντίον ἀπὸ τῆς εὐταξίας δεῖ τυγχάνειν τῆς σωτηρίας.

    The oligarchy opposite to the last democracy, the most dynastic and tyrannical of oligarchies, needs guarding all the more, the worse it is. Bodies in good condition for health, and ships well fitted out with crews for sailing, can tolerate more mistakes without being destroyed by them, while sickly bodies, and ships whose timbers have come loose and which have bad crews, cannot bear even small mistakes; in the same way the worst constitutions need the most 1321a guarding. Democracies, in general, are preserved by a large population (for this stands opposed to justice based on merit); an oligarchy, clearly, must win its preservation from the opposite, good order.

    Oligarchy and military power

    Kinds of armed force shape oligarchies, which should admit some of the people and attach costs to high office.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ τέτταρα μὲν ἔστι μέρη μάλιστα τοῦ πλήθους, γεωργικὸν βαναυσικὸν ἀγοραῖον θητικόν, τέτταρα δὲ τὰ χρήσιμα πρὸς πόλεμον, ἱππικὸν ὁπλιτικὸν ψιλὸν ναυτικόν, ὅπου μὲν συμβέβηκε τὴν χώραν εἶναι ἱππάσιμον, ἐνταῦθα μὲν εὐφυῶς ἔχει κατασκευάζειν τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν ἰσχυράν (ἡ γὰρ σωτηρία τοῖς οἰκοῦσι διὰ ταύτης ἐστὶ τῆς δυνάμεως, αἱ δ’ ἱπποτροφίαι τῶν μακρὰς οὐσίας κεκτημένων εἰσίν), ὅπου δ’ ὁπλῖτιν, τὴν ἐχομένην ὀλιγαρχίαν (τὸ γὰρ ὁπλιτικὸν τῶν εὐπόρων ἐστὶ μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν ἀπόρων), ἡ δὲ ψιλὴ δύναμις καὶ ναυτικὴ δημοκρατικὴ πάμπαν. νῦν μὲν οὖν ὅπου τοιοῦτον πολὺ πλῆθος ἔστιν, ὅταν διαστῶσι, πολλάκις ἀγωνίζονται χεῖρον· δεῖ δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο φάρμακον παρὰ τῶν πολεμικῶν λαμβάνειν στρατηγῶν, οἳ συνδυάζουσι πρὸς τὴν ἱππικὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν ὁπλιτικὴν τὴν ἁρμόττουσαν τῶν ψιλῶν.

    There are four main parts of the multitude—farmers, vulgar craftsmen, traders and laborers—and four kinds of force useful in war—cavalry, heavy infantry, light-armed troops and navy. Where the land happens to be suited to horses, conditions are naturally favorable for setting up a powerful oligarchy (for the inhabitants’ safety depends on this force, and horse-breeding belongs to those who own large estates); where it suits heavy infantry, the next kind of oligarchy (for heavy infantry belongs to the well-off rather than the poor); while light-armed and naval forces are wholly democratic. As things are, where there is a large multitude of this kind, when the two sides fall out the oligarchs often fare worse in the fighting. The remedy for this should be taken from skilled generals, who combine with their cavalry and heavy infantry a suitable force of light-armed troops.

    ταύτῃ δ’ ἐπικρατοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς διαστάσεσιν οἱ δῆμοι τῶν εὐπόρων· ψιλοὶ γὰρ ὄντες πρὸς ἱππικὴν καὶ ὁπλιτικὴν ἀγωνίζονται ῥᾳδίως.

    It is in this way that the people get the better of the well-off in civil conflicts: being light-armed, they fight easily against cavalry and heavy infantry.

    τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐκ τούτων καθιστάναι ταύτην τὴν δύναμιν ἐφ’ ἑαυτούς ἐστι καθιστάναι, δεῖ δὲ διῃρημένης τῆς ἡλικίας, καὶ τῶν μὲν ὄντων πρεσβυτέρων τῶν δὲ νέων, ἔτι μὲν ὄντας νέους τοὺς αὐτῶν υἱεῖς διδάσκεσθαι τὰς κούφας καὶ τὰς ψιλὰς ἐργασίας, ἐκκεκριμένους δὲ ἐκ παίδων ἀθλητὰς εἶναι αὐτοὺς τῶν ἔργων· τὴν δὲ μετάδοσιν γίνεσθαι τῷ πλήθει τοῦ πολιτεύματος ἤτοι καθάπερ εἴρηται πρότερον, τοῖς τὸ τίμημα κτωμένοις, ἢ καθάπερ Θηβαίοις, ἀποσχομένοις χρόνον τινὰ τῶν βαναύσων ἔργων, ἢ καθάπερ ἐν Μασσαλίᾳ κρίσιν ποιουμένους τῶν ἀξίων τῶν ἐν τῷ πολιτεύματι καὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν. ἔτι δὲ καὶ ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ταῖς κυριωτάταις, ἃς δεῖ τοὺς ἐν τῇ πολιτείᾳ κατέχειν, δεῖ προσκεῖσθαι λειτουργίας, ἵν’ ἑκὼν ὁ δῆμος μὴ μετέχῃ καὶ συγγνώμην ἔχῃ τοῖς ἄρχουσιν ὡς μισθὸν πολὺν διδοῦσι τῆς ἀρχῆς.

    So to establish this force from among these people is to establish it against oneself. Rather, since the population is divided by age into older and younger, the oligarchs should have their own sons taught light-armed, unencumbered exercises while they are still young, and once they have been selected out of the boys, they should themselves be trained competitors in these exercises. The multitude should be given a share in the governing body either, as was said before, when they acquire the property qualification; or, as at Thebes, when they have abstained from vulgar work for a certain time; or, as at Massalia, by selecting those who are worthy, whether inside or outside the governing body. Further, the most authoritative offices, which must be held by those within the constitution, should have public services attached to them, so that the people will be willing not to share in them and will forgive the officials, as paying a high price for office.

    Massalia is modern Marseille, a Greek colony in southern Gaul.

    ἁρμόττει δὲ θυσίας τε εἰσιόντας ποιεῖσθαι μεγαλοπρεπεῖς καὶ κατασκευάζειν τι τῶν κοινῶν, ἵνα τῶν περὶ τὰς ἑστιάσεις μετέχων ὁ δῆμος καὶ τὴν πόλιν ὁρῶν κοσμουμένην τὰ μὲν ἀναθήμασι τὰ δὲ οἰκοδομήμασιν ἄσμενος ὁρᾷ μένουσαν τὴν πολιτείαν· συμβήσεται δὲ καὶ τοῖς γνωρίμοις εἶναι μνημεῖα τῆς δαπάνης. ἀλλὰ τοῦτο νῦν οἱ περὶ τὰς ὀλιγαρχίας οὐ ποιοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον· τὰ λήμματα γὰρ ζητοῦσιν οὐχ ἧττον ἢ τὴν τιμήν. διόπερ εὖ ἔχει λέγειν 1321b ταύτας εἶναι δημοκρατίας μικράς. πῶς μὲν οὖν χρὴ καθιστάναι τὰς δημοκρατίας καὶ τὰς ὀλιγαρχίας, διωρίσθω τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον.

    It is also fitting for them, on entering office, to offer magnificent sacrifices and to build some public work, so that the people, sharing in the feasts and seeing the city adorned with dedications and buildings, are glad to see the constitution endure. It will also turn out that the notables have memorials of their expenditure. But those involved in oligarchies nowadays don’t do this; they do the opposite, since they seek profit no less than honor. That is why one may well say 1321b that these are democracies in miniature. So let this be our account of how democracies and oligarchies should be established.

    The necessary offices

    Aristotle surveys the offices a city needs, from market supervisors to generals, auditors and priests.

    ἀκόλουθον δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἐστὶ τὸ διῃρῆσθαι καλῶς τὰ περὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, πόσαι καὶ τίνες καὶ τίνων, καθάπερ εἴρηται καὶ πρότερον. τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἀναγκαίων ἀρχῶν χωρὶς ἀδύνατον εἶναι πόλιν, τῶν δὲ πρὸς εὐταξίαν καὶ κόσμον ἀδύνατον οἰκεῖσθαι καλῶς. ἔτι δ’ ἀναγκαῖον ἐν μὲν ταῖς μικραῖς ἐλάττους εἶναι τὰς ἀρχάς, ἐν δὲ ταῖς μεγάλαις πλείους, ὥσπερ τυγχάνει πρότερον εἰρημένον· ποίας οὖν ἁρμόττει συνάγειν καὶ ποίας χωρίζειν, δεῖ μὴ λανθάνειν. πρώτη μὲν οὖν ἐπιμέλεια τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἡ περὶ τὴν ἀγοράν, ἐφ’ ᾗ δεῖ τινα ἀρχὴν εἶναι τὴν ἐφορῶσαν περί τε τὰ συμβόλαια καὶ τὴν εὐκοσμίαν· σχεδὸν γὰρ ἀναγκαῖον πάσαις ταῖς πόλεσι τὰ μὲν ὠνεῖσθαι τὰ δὲ πωλεῖν πρὸς τὴν ἀλλήλων ἀναγκαίαν χρείαν, καὶ τοῦτ’ ἐστὶν ὑπογυιότατον πρὸς αὐτάρκειαν, δι’ ἣν δοκοῦσιν εἰς μίαν πολιτείαν συνελθεῖν.

    Following on what has been said is to distinguish properly the matters concerning offices: how many there are, which they are, and what they deal with, as was also said before. Without the necessary offices a city cannot exist, and without those concerned with good order and decorum it cannot be well managed. Further, small cities must have fewer offices and large ones more, as it happens was said before; so we must not overlook which offices it is fitting to combine and which to keep separate. First among the necessary concerns, then, is the supervision of the marketplace, over which there must be an office to oversee contracts and good order. For practically every city has to buy some things and sell others to meet people’s necessary needs of one another, and this is the most immediate means to self-sufficiency, for the sake of which people seem to have come together into a single constitution.

    ἑτέρα δὲ ἐπιμέλεια ταύτης ἐχομένη καὶ σύνεγγυς ἡ τῶν περὶ τὸ ἄστυ δημοσίων καὶ ἰδίων, ὅπως εὐκοσμία ᾖ, καὶ τῶν πιπτόντων οἰκοδομημάτων καὶ ὁδῶν σωτηρία καὶ διόρθωσις, καὶ τῶν ὁρίων τῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ὅπως ἀνεγκλήτως ἔχωσιν, καὶ ὅσα τούτοις ἄλλα τῆς ἐπιμελείας ὁμοιότροπα. καλοῦσι δ’ ἀστυνομίαν οἱ πλεῖστοι τὴν τοιαύτην ἀρχήν, ἔχει δὲ μόρια πλείω τὸν ἀριθμόν, ὧν ἑτέρους ἐφ’ ἕτερα καθιστᾶσιν ἐν ταῖς πολυανθρωποτέραις πόλεσιν, οἷον τειχοποιοὺς καὶ κρηνῶν ἐπιμελητὰς καὶ λιμένων φύλακας. ἄλλη δ’ ἀναγκαία τε καὶ παραπλησία ταύτῃ· περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν μὲν γάρ, ἀλλὰ περὶ τὴν χώραν ἐστὶ καὶ [τὰ] περὶ τὰ ἔξω τοῦ ἄστεως· καλοῦσι δὲ τοὺς ἄρχοντας τούτους οἱ μὲν ἀγρονόμους οἱ δ’ ὑλωρούς.

    Another concern, connected with this one and close to it, is the supervision of public and private property in the town, so that there is good order; the preservation and repair of buildings and roads that are falling into ruin; and of the boundaries between people’s properties, so that there are no disputes; and all the other concerns of a similar kind. Most people call this sort of office the city-wardenship. It has several divisions, and in more populous cities different officials are appointed to different parts of it—for instance, wall-builders, supervisors of springs, and harbor guards. Another office is both necessary and closely similar to this one: it deals with the same matters, but for the countryside and the areas outside the town. Some call these officials country-wardens, others forest-wardens.

    αὗται μὲν οὖν ἐπιμέλειαί εἰσι τούτων τρεῖς, ἄλλη δ’ ἀρχὴ πρὸς ἣν αἱ πρόσοδοι τῶν κοινῶν ἀναφέρονται, παρ’ ὧν φυλαττόντων μερίζονται πρὸς ἑκάστην διοίκησιν· καλοῦσι δ’ ἀποδέκτας τούτους καὶ ταμίας. ἑτέρα δ’ ἀρχὴ πρὸς ἣν ἀναγράφεσθαι δεῖ τά τε ἴδια συμβόλαια καὶ τὰς κρίσεις τὰς ἐκ τῶν δικαστηρίων· παρὰ δὲ τοῖς αὐτοῖς τούτοις καὶ τὰς γραφὰς τῶν δικῶν γίνεσθαι δεῖ καὶ τὰς εἰσαγωγάς. ἐνιαχοῦ μὲν οὖν μερίζουσι καὶ ταύτην εἰς πλείους, ἔστι δ’ οὗ μία κυρία τούτων πάντων· καλοῦνται δὲ ἱερομνήμονες καὶ ἐπιστάται καὶ μνήμονες καὶ τούτοις ἄλλα ὀνόματα σύνεγγυς.

    These, then, are three offices concerned with these matters. Another is the office to which the public revenues are delivered; its holders keep them and distribute them to each branch of administration. These officials are called receivers and treasurers. Another office is the one with which private contracts and the verdicts of the courts must be registered; with these same officials the filing of lawsuits and their introduction into court must also take place. In some places this office too is divided among several people, while elsewhere a single office has authority over all these matters. Its holders are called sacred recorders, overseers, recorders, and other names close to these.

    μετὰ δὲ ταύτην ἐχομένη μὲν ἀναγκαιοτάτη δὲ σχεδὸν καὶ χαλεπωτάτη τῶν ἀρχῶν ἐστιν ἡ περὶ τὰς πράξεις τῶν καταδικασθέντων καὶ τῶν προτιθεμένων 1322a κατὰ τὰς ἐγγραφὰς καὶ περὶ τὰς φυλακὰς τῶν σωμάτων. χαλεπὴ μὲν οὖν ἐστι διὰ τὸ πολλὴν ἔχειν ἀπέχθειαν, ὥστε ὅπου μὴ μεγάλα ἔστι κερδαίνειν, οὔτ’ ἄρχειν ὑπομένουσιν αὐτὴν οὔθ’ ὑπομείναντες ἐθέλουσι πράττειν κατὰ τοὺς νόμους· ἀναγκαία δ’ ἐστίν, ὅτι οὐδὲν ὄφελος γίνεσθαι μὲν δίκας περὶ τῶν δικαίων, ταύτας δὲ μὴ λαμβάνειν τέλος, ὥστ’ εἰ μὴ γιγνομένων κοινωνεῖν ἀδύνατον ἀλλήλοις, καὶ πράξεων μὴ γιγνομένων.

    Next after this, and closely connected with it, is perhaps the most necessary and the most difficult of the offices: the one concerned with exacting penalties from those who have been condemned, and from those posted 1322a on the lists of public debtors, and with the custody of prisoners. It is difficult because it incurs a great deal of hatred, so that where there is no large profit to be made, people will neither consent to hold it nor, having consented, be willing to act in accordance with the laws. But it is necessary, because there is no benefit in having lawsuits about people’s rights if the verdicts are not carried out. So if people cannot live in community with one another when there are no lawsuits, neither can they when penalties are not exacted.

    διὸ βέλτιον μὴ μίαν εἶναι ταύτην τὴν ἀρχήν, ἀλλ’ ἄλλους ἐξ ἄλλων δικαστηρίων, καὶ περὶ τὰς προθέσεις τῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων ὡσαύτως πειρᾶσθαι διαιρεῖν, ἔτι δ’ ἔνια πράττεσθαι καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς τάς τε ἄλλας καὶ τὰς τῶν ἔνων μᾶλλον τὰς νέας, καὶ τὰς τῶν ἐνεστώτων ἑτέρας καταδικασάσης ἑτέραν εἶναι τὴν πραττομένην, οἷον ἀστυνόμους τὰς παρὰ τῶν ἀγορανόμων, τὰς δὲ παρὰ τούτων ἑτέρους. ὅσῳ γὰρ ἂν ἐλάττων ἀπέχθεια ἐνῇ τοῖς πραττομένοις, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον λήψονται τέλος αἱ πράξεις· τὸ μὲν οὖν τοὺς αὐτοὺς εἶναι τοὺς καταδικάσαντας καὶ πραττομένους ἀπέχθειαν ἔχει διπλῆν, τὸ δὲ περὶ πάντων τοὺς αὐτοὺς πολεμίους πᾶσιν ποιεῖ. πολλαχοῦ δὲ δὴ διῄρηται καὶ ἡ φυλάττουσα πρὸς τὴν πραττομένην, οἷον Ἀθήνησιν ἡ τῶν Ἕνδεκα καλουμένων. διὸ βέλτιον καὶ ταύτην χωρίζειν, καὶ τὸ σόφισμα ζητεῖν καὶ περὶ ταύτην.

    It is better, therefore, that this should not be a single office, but that different people, drawn from different courts, should carry it out; and one should try to divide up the posting of those registered as debtors in the same way. Further, some penalties should be exacted by the other offices as well, and those imposed by outgoing officials should rather be exacted by the new ones; and where sitting officials have imposed a penalty, one office should condemn and a different one exact—for instance, the city-wardens should exact the penalties imposed by the market-wardens, and other officials those imposed by the city-wardens. For the less hatred attaches to those who exact penalties, the more fully the penalties will be carried out. When the same people both condemn and exact, the hatred is doubled; and when the same people do so in every case, it makes them enemies of everyone. In many places, too, the office that guards prisoners is kept separate from the one that exacts penalties—at Athens, for example, the office of the so-called Eleven. So it is better to separate this office too, and to look for some clever device in its case as well.

    The Eleven: the Athenian officials in charge of the prison and of carrying out executions.

    ἀναγκαία μὲν γάρ ἐστιν οὐχ ἧττον τῆς εἰρημένης, συμβαίνει δὲ τοὺς μὲν ἐπιεικεῖς φεύγειν μάλιστα ταύτην τὴν ἀρχήν, τοὺς δὲ μοχθηροὺς οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς ποιεῖν κυρίους· αὐτοὶ γὰρ δέονται φυλακῆς μᾶλλον ἄλλων ἢ φυλάττειν ἄλλους δύνανται. διὸ δεῖ μὴ μίαν ἀποτεταγμένην ἀρχὴν εἶναι πρὸς αὐτούς, μηδὲ συνεχῶς τὴν αὐτήν, ἀλλὰ τῶν τε νέων, ὅπου τις ἐφήβων ἢ φρουρῶν ἔστι τάξις, καὶ τῶν ἀρχῶν δεῖ κατὰ μέρη ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ἑτέρους.

    For it is no less necessary than the one just mentioned, but it happens that decent people especially avoid this office, while it is not safe to put bad people in charge of it, since they themselves need guarding more than they are able to guard others. So there should not be one office assigned to guarding prisoners, nor the same one continuously. Instead, different people should take charge of it in turn—drawn from the young men, where there is an organization of ephebes or garrison troops, and from the officials.

    Ephebes: young men of about eighteen to twenty doing their military training and service.

    ταύτας μὲν οὖν τὰς ἀρχὰς ὡς ἀναγκαιοτάτας θετέον εἶναι πρώτας, μετὰ δὲ ταύτας τὰς ἀναγκαίας μὲν οὐθὲν ἧττον, ἐν σχήματι δὲ μείζονι τεταγμένας· καὶ γὰρ ἐμπειρίας καὶ πίστεως δέονται πολλῆς. τοιαῦται δ’ εἶεν ἂν αἵ τε περὶ τὴν φυλακὴν τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ὅσαι τάττονται πρὸς τὰς πολεμικὰς χρείας. δεῖ δὲ καὶ ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ ἐν πολέμῳ πυλῶν τε καὶ τειχῶν φυλακῆς ὁμοίως ἐπιμελητὰς εἶναι καὶ ἐξετάσεως καὶ συντάξεως τῶν πολιτῶν. ἔνθα μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ πᾶσι τούτοις ἀρχαὶ πλείους εἰσίν, ἔνθα δ’ ἐλάττους, οἷον ἐν ταῖς μικραῖς πόλεσι μία περὶ πάντων. καλοῦσι δὲ στρατηγοὺς καὶ πολεμάρχους 1322b τοὺς τοιούτους.

    These offices, then, must be ranked first, as the most necessary. After them come offices that are no less necessary but are ranked at a higher level of dignity, since they require much experience and trustworthiness. Such would be the offices concerned with guarding the city and those assigned to military needs. Both in peace and in war there must be officials to supervise the guarding of gates and walls, and the inspection and marshaling of the citizens. In some places there are several offices for all these functions, in others fewer—in small cities, for instance, a single one for all of them. Officials of this kind are called generals and 1322b polemarchs.

    Polemarchs: literally “war-leaders,” a title for military commanders in many Greek cities.

    ἔτι δὲ κἂν ὦσιν ἱππεῖς ἢ ψιλοὶ ἢ τοξόται ἢ ναυτικόν, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτων ἑκάστων ἐνίοτε καθίσταται ἀρχή, αἳ καλοῦνται ναυαρχίαι καὶ ἱππαρχίαι καὶ ταξιαρχίαι, καὶ κατὰ μέρος δὲ αἱ ὑπὸ ταύτας τριηραρχίαι καὶ λοχαγίαι καὶ φυλαρχίαι καὶ ὅσα τούτων μόρια. τὸ δὲ πᾶν ἕν τι τούτου ἐστὶν εἶδος, ἐπιμελείας πολεμικῶν.

    Further, if there are cavalry, light-armed troops, archers, or a navy, an office is sometimes set up over each of these too. These are called the admiralty, the cavalry command, and the infantry command, and, in turn, the subordinate commands of trierarchs, company captains, and tribal cavalry commanders, with all their subdivisions. But the whole of this is one kind of thing: the supervision of military affairs.

    περὶ μὲν οὖν ταύτην τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔχει τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔνιαι τῶν ἀρχῶν, εἰ καὶ μὴ πᾶσαι, διαχειρίζουσι πολλὰ τῶν κοινῶν, ἀναγκαῖον ἑτέραν εἶναι τὴν ληψομένην λογισμὸν καὶ προσευθυνοῦσαν, αὐτὴν μηθὲν διαχειρίζουσαν ἕτερον· καλοῦσι δὲ τούτους οἱ μὲν εὐθύνους οἱ δὲ λογιστὰς οἱ δ’ ἐξεταστὰς οἱ δὲ συνηγόρους. παρὰ πάσας δὲ ταύτας τὰς ἀρχὰς ἡ μάλιστα κυρία πάντων ἐστίν· ἡ γὰρ αὐτὴ πολλάκις ἔχει τὸ τέλος καὶ τὴν εἰσφοράν, ἢ προκάθηται τοῦ πλήθους, ὅπου κύριός ἐστιν ὁ δῆμος· δεῖ γὰρ εἶναι τὸ συνάγον τὸ κύριον κύριον τῆς πολιτείας. καλεῖται δὲ ἔνθα μὲν πρόβουλοι διὰ τὸ προβουλεύειν, ὅπου δὲ πλῆθός ἐστι, βουλὴ μᾶλλον.

    That is how things stand with this office. Since some offices, if not all, handle a great deal of public money, there must be another office to receive their accounts and audit them, which itself handles nothing else. Some call these officials examiners, others accountants, others auditors, others advocates. Besides all these offices there is the one that has the most authority over everything. For the same office often has control over both the final decision and the introduction of proposals, or presides over the multitude where the people is sovereign; for the body that convenes the sovereign body must itself be sovereign in the constitution. In some places it is called the preliminary council, because it deliberates in advance; but where there is a popular multitude, it is rather called the council.

    αἱ μὲν οὖν πολιτικαὶ τῶν ἀρχῶν σχεδὸν τοσαῦταί τινές εἰσιν· ἄλλο δ’ εἶδος ἐπιμελείας ἡ περὶ τοὺς θεούς, οἷον ἱερεῖς τε καὶ ἐπιμεληταὶ τῶν περὶ τὰ ἱερὰ τοῦ σῴζεσθαί τε τὰ ὑπάρχοντα καὶ ἀνορθοῦσθαι τὰ πίπτοντα τῶν οἰκοδομημάτων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα τέτακται πρὸς τοὺς θεούς. συμβαίνει δὲ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ταύτην ἐνιαχοῦ μὲν εἶναι μίαν, οἷον ἐν ταῖς μικραῖς πόλεσιν, ἐνιαχοῦ δὲ πολλὰς καὶ κεχωρισμένας τῆς ἱερωσύνης, οἷον ἱεροποιοὺς καὶ ναοφύλακας καὶ ταμίας τῶν ἱερῶν χρημάτων. ἐχομένη δὲ ταύτης ἡ πρὸς τὰς θυσίας ἀφωρισμένη τὰς κοινὰς πάσας, ὅσας μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ἀποδίδωσιν ὁ νόμος, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τῆς κοινῆς ἑστίας ἔχουσι τὴν τιμήν· καλοῦσι δ’ οἱ μὲν ἄρχοντας τούτους οἱ δὲ βασιλεῖς οἱ δὲ πρυτάνεις.

    These, then, are roughly the political offices. Another kind of supervision concerns the gods: for instance, priests, and supervisors of matters concerning the temples—the preservation of existing buildings and the restoration of those falling into ruin—and of everything else assigned to the gods. In some places this supervision is a single office, as in small cities; in others there are many, separate from the priesthood—for instance, supervisors of sacrifices, temple guardians, and treasurers of sacred funds. Connected with this is the office set apart for all the public sacrifices that the law does not assign to the priests, but whose honor derives from the common hearth of the city. Some call these officials archons, others kings, others prytaneis.

    Archons, kings, prytaneis: titles of magistrates with religious duties; at Athens, for example, the “king archon” oversaw the ancestral rites.

    αἱ μὲν οὖν ἀναγκαῖαι ἐπιμέλειαί εἰσι περὶ τούτων, ὡς εἰπεῖν συγκεφαλαιωσαμένους, περί τε τὰ δαιμόνια καὶ τὰ πολεμικὰ καὶ περὶ τὰς προσόδους καὶ τὰ ἀναλισκόμενα, καὶ περὶ ἀγορὰν καὶ περὶ τὸ ἄστυ καὶ λιμένας καὶ τὴν χώραν, ἔτι περὶ τὰ δικαστήρια, καὶ συναλλαγμάτων ἀναγραφὰς καὶ πράξεις καὶ φυλακὰς καὶ ἐπὶ λογισμούς τε καὶ ἐξετάσεις καὶ προσευθύνας τῶν ἀρχόντων, καὶ τέλος αἳ περὶ τὸ βουλευόμενόν εἰσι περὶ τῶν κοινῶν· ἴδιαι δὲ ταῖς σχολαστικωτέραις καὶ μᾶλλον εὐημερούσαις πόλεσιν, ἔτι δὲ φροντιζούσαις εὐκοσμίας, γυναικονομία νομοφυλακία παιδονομία 1323a γυμνασιαρχία, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις περὶ ἀγῶνας ἐπιμέλεια γυμνικοὺς καὶ Διονυσιακούς, κἂν εἴ τινας ἑτέρας συμβαίνει τοιαύτας γίνεσθαι θεωρίας.

    To sum up, then, the necessary kinds of supervision concern: religious matters and military matters; revenues and expenditures; the marketplace, the town, the harbors, and the countryside; further, the courts, the registration of transactions, the exaction of penalties, and the custody of prisoners; the auditing, inspection, and examination of officials; and, finally, the offices concerned with deliberating about public affairs. Peculiar to cities that have more leisure and are more prosperous, and that also care about decorum, are the supervision of women, guardianship of the laws, supervision of children, 1323a and management of the gymnasia; and in addition to these, the supervision of athletic and Dionysiac contests and of any other such public spectacles there may happen to be.

    τούτων δ’ ἔνιαι φανερῶς εἰσιν οὐ δημοτικαὶ τῶν ἀρχῶν, οἷον γυναικονομία καὶ παιδονομία· τοῖς γὰρ ἀπόροις ἀνάγκη χρῆσθαι καὶ γυναιξὶ καὶ παισὶν ὥσπερ ἀκολούθοις διὰ τὴν ἀδουλίαν. τριῶν δ’ οὐσῶν ἀρχῶν καθ’ ἃς αἱροῦνταί τινες ἀρχὰς τὰς κυρίους, νομοφυλάκων προβούλων βουλῆς, οἱ μὲν νομοφύλακες ἀριστοκρατικόν, ὀλιγαρχικὸν δ’ οἱ πρόβουλοι, βουλὴ δὲ δημοτικόν. περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν ἀρχῶν, ὡς ἐν τύπῳ, σχεδὸν εἴρηται περὶ πασῶν.

    Some of these offices are plainly not democratic—for instance, the supervision of women and of children; for the poor have no choice but to use their wives and children as attendants, since they have no slaves. Of the three offices under which some cities choose their sovereign officials—guardians of the law, preliminary councilors, and a council—the guardians of the law are an aristocratic feature, the preliminary councilors oligarchic, and a council democratic. So much, then, for a sketch covering practically all the offices.

    Book VII

    The best life and the ideal city.

    Chapter 1

    περὶ δὲ πολιτείας ἀρίστης τὸν μέλλοντα ποιήσασθαι τὴν προσήκουσαν ζήτησιν ἀνάγκη διορίσασθαι πρῶτον τίς αἱρετώτατος βίος. ἀδήλου γὰρ ὄντος τούτου καὶ τὴν ἀρίστην ἀναγκαῖον ἄδηλον εἶναι πολιτείαν· ἄριστα γὰρ πράττειν προσήκει τοὺς ἄριστα πολιτευομένους ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτοῖς, ἐὰν μή τι γίγνηται παράλογον. διὸ δεῖ πρῶτον ὁμολογεῖσθαι τίς ὁ πᾶσιν ὡς εἰπεῖν αἱρετώτατος βίος, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο πότερον κοινῇ καὶ χωρὶς ὁ αὐτὸς ἢ ἕτερος. νομίσαντας οὖν ἱκανῶς πολλὰ λέγεσθαι καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἐξωτερικοῖς λόγοις περὶ τῆς ἀρίστης ζωῆς, καὶ νῦν χρηστέον αὐτοῖς. ὡς ἀληθῶς γὰρ πρός γε μίαν διαίρεσιν οὐδεὶς ἀμφισβητήσειεν ἂν ὡς οὐ, τριῶν οὐσῶν μερίδων, τῶν τε ἐκτὸς καὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ σώματι καὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, πάντα ταῦτα ὑπάρχειν τοῖς μακαρίοις χρή.

    Anyone who is going to conduct a proper inquiry into the best constitution must first determine what the most choiceworthy life is. For as long as this is unclear, the best constitution must be unclear too, since it is fitting that those who live under the best constitution their circumstances allow should fare best, unless something unexpected happens. So we must first agree on what life is most choiceworthy for practically everyone, and after that whether the same life is most choiceworthy in common and for individuals, or a different one. Now, since we think that much of what is said about the best life in our popular discussions is adequate, we should make use of it here too. For truly, with regard to one division at least, no one would dispute that, of the three classes of goods—external goods, goods of the body, and goods of the soul—all of them ought to belong to those who are blessed.

    “Popular discussions” (exōterikoi logoi): accounts meant for a wider audience than Aristotle’s own school.

    οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἂν φαίη μακάριον τὸν μηθὲν μόριον ἔχοντα ἀνδρείας μηδὲ σωφροσύνης μηδὲ δικαιοσύνης μηδὲ φρονήσεως, ἀλλὰ δεδιότα μὲν τὰς παραπετομένας μυίας, ἀπεχόμενον δὲ μηθενός, ἂν ἐπιθυμήσῃ τοῦ φαγεῖν ἢ πιεῖν, τῶν ἐσχάτων, ἕνεκα δὲ τεταρτημορίου διαφθείροντα τοὺς φιλτάτους [φίλους], ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν διάνοιαν οὕτως ἄφρονα καὶ διεψευσμένον ὥσπερ τι παιδίον ἢ μαινόμενον. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν λεγόμενα [ὥσπερ] πάντες ἂν συγχωρήσειαν, διαφέρονται δ’ ἐν τῷ ποσῷ καὶ ταῖς ὑπεροχαῖς. τῆς μὲν γὰρ ἀρετῆς ἔχειν ἱκανὸν εἶναι νομίζουσιν ὁποσονοῦν, πλούτου δὲ καὶ χρημάτων καὶ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης καὶ πάντων τῶν τοιούτων εἰς ἄπειρον ζητοῦσι τὴν ὑπερβολήν.

    No one would call a person blessed who has no share of courage, moderation, justice, or practical wisdom, but is afraid of the flies buzzing past him, stops at nothing, however extreme, when he wants something to eat or drink, ruins his dearest friends for the sake of a quarter-obol, and is just as senseless and deluded in his thinking as a child or someone out of his mind. But while everyone would agree with these claims once they are stated, people differ about the amount and the degrees of superiority. They think it enough to have any amount of excellence at all, but they pursue wealth, property, power, reputation, and all such things to an unlimited excess.

    ἡμεῖς δὲ αὐτοῖς ἐροῦμεν ὅτι ῥᾴδιον μὲν περὶ τούτων καὶ διὰ τῶν ἔργων λαμβάνειν τὴν πίστιν, ὁρῶντας ὅτι κτῶνται καὶ φυλάττουσιν οὐ τὰς ἀρετὰς τοῖς ἐκτὸς ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖνα ταύταις, 1323b καὶ τὸ ζῆν εὐδαιμόνως, εἴτ’ ἐν τῷ χαίρειν ἐστὶν εἴτ’ ἐν ἀρετῇ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις εἴτ’ ἐν ἀμφοῖν, ὅτι μᾶλλον ὑπάρχει τοῖς τὸ ἦθος μὲν καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν κεκοσμημένοις εἰς ὑπερβολήν, περὶ δὲ τὴν ἔξω κτῆσιν τῶν ἀγαθῶν μετριάζουσιν, ἢ τοῖς ἐκεῖνα μὲν κεκτημένοις πλείω τῶν χρησίμων, ἐν δὲ τούτοις ἐλλείπουσιν· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὸν λόγον σκοπουμένοις εὐσύνοπτόν ἐστιν.

    We, however, will tell them that it is easy to become convinced about these matters from the facts as well, when we see that people do not acquire and keep the excellences by means of external goods, but external goods by means of the excellences; 1323b and that living happily—whether for human beings it consists in enjoyment, or in excellence, or in both—belongs more to those who are cultivated to an exceptional degree in character and thought but moderate in their acquisition of external goods, than to those who possess more of those goods than is useful but are deficient in these. Not only that: the matter is also easy to see if one considers it by argument.

    τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἐκτὸς ἔχει πέρας, ὥσπερ ὄργανόν τι, (πᾶν τε τὸ χρήσιμον εἴς τι), ὧν τὴν ὑπερβολὴν ἢ βλάπτειν ἀναγκαῖον ἢ μηθὲν ὄφελος εἶναι τοῖς ἔχουσιν, τῶν δὲ περὶ ψυχὴν ἕκαστον ἀγαθῶν, ὅσῳ περ ἂν ὑπερβάλλῃ, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον χρήσιμον εἶναι, εἰ δεῖ καὶ τούτοις ἐπιλέγειν μὴ μόνον τὸ καλὸν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ χρήσιμον. ὅλως τε δῆλον ὡς ἀκολουθεῖν φήσομεν τὴν διάθεσιν τὴν ἀρίστην ἑκάστου πράγματος πρὸς ἄλληλα κατὰ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν ἥνπερ εἴληχε ταῦτα ὧν φαμεν αὐτὰς εἶναι διαθέσεις [ταύτας]. ὥστ’ εἴπερ ἐστὶν ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τῆς κτήσεως καὶ τοῦ σώματος τιμιώτερον καὶ ἁπλῶς καὶ ἡμῖν, ἀνάγκη καὶ τὴν διάθεσιν τὴν ἀρίστην ἑκάστου ἀνάλογον τούτων ἔχειν.

    For external goods have a limit, like any tool (and everything useful is useful for something), and an excess of them must either harm their possessors or be of no benefit to them; whereas each of the goods of the soul is the more useful the more it exceeds—if one should apply to these goods not only the word “fine” but also “useful.” And in general it is clear that we will say that the best condition of each thing stands to that of another in accordance with the same superiority that the things themselves, whose conditions we say these are, have over each other. So if the soul is more precious than both property and the body, both without qualification and for us, the best condition of each must stand in the same proportion as they do.

    ἔτι δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς ἕνεκεν ταῦτα πέφυκεν αἱρετὰ καὶ δεῖ πάντας αἱρεῖσθαι τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐκείνων ἕνεκεν τὴν ψυχήν.

    Further, it is for the sake of the soul that these things are by nature choiceworthy, and that everyone of good sense ought to choose them—not the soul for their sake.

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἑκάστῳ τῆς εὐδαιμονίας ἐπιβάλλει τοσοῦτον ὅσον περ ἀρετῆς καὶ φρονήσεως καὶ τοῦ πράττειν κατὰ ταύτας, ἔστω συνωμολογημένον ἡμῖν, μάρτυρι τῷ θεῷ χρωμένοις, ὃς εὐδαίμων μέν ἐστι καὶ μακάριος, δι’ οὐθὲν δὲ τῶν ἐξωτερικῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀλλὰ δι’ αὑτὸν αὐτὸς καὶ τῷ ποιός τις εἶναι τὴν φύσιν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὴν εὐτυχίαν τῆς εὐδαιμονίας διὰ ταῦτ’ ἀναγκαῖον ἑτέραν εἶναι (τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἐκτὸς ἀγαθῶν τῆς ψυχῆς αἴτιον ταὐτόματον καὶ ἡ τύχη, δίκαιος δ’ οὐδεὶς οὐδὲ σώφρων ἀπὸ τύχης οὐδὲ διὰ τὴν τύχην ἐστίν)· ἐχόμενον δ’ ἐστὶ καὶ τῶν αὐτῶν λόγων δεόμενον καὶ πόλιν εὐδαίμονα τὴν ἀρίστην εἶναι καὶ πράττουσαν καλῶς.

    Let us take it as agreed, then, that each person has just as much happiness as he has excellence and practical wisdom and action in accordance with them. We can call on god as a witness to this: he is happy and blessed, but not because of any external good; rather, because of himself and because he is of a certain nature. This is also why good fortune must be different from happiness; for the cause of goods external to the soul is chance and fortune, but no one is just or moderate from fortune or because of fortune. Following from this, and depending on the same arguments, is that the best city is the one that is happy and does well.

    ἀδύνατον δὲ καλῶς πράττειν τοῖς μὴ τὰ καλὰ πράττουσιν· οὐθὲν δὲ καλὸν ἔργον οὔτ’ ἀνδρὸς οὔτε πόλεως χωρὶς ἀρετῆς καὶ φρονήσεως· ἀνδρεία δὲ πόλεως καὶ δικαιοσύνη καὶ φρόνησις τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει δύναμιν καὶ μορφὴν ὧν μετασχὼν ἕκαστος τῶν ἀνθρώπων λέγεται δίκαιος καὶ φρόνιμος καὶ σώφρων. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ταῦτα μὲν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἔστω πεφροιμιασμένα τῷ λόγῳ· οὔτε γὰρ μὴ θιγγάνειν αὐτῶν δυνατόν, οὔτε πάντας τοὺς οἰκείους ἐπεξελθεῖν ἐνδέχεται λόγους, ἑτέρας γάρ ἐστιν ἔργον σχολῆς ταῦτα· νῦν δὲ ὑποκείσθω τοσοῦτον, ὅτι βίος μὲν ἄριστος, καὶ χωρὶς ἑκάστῳ καὶ κοινῇ ταῖς πόλεσιν, ὁ μετ’ ἀρετῆς κεχορηγημένης 1324a ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὥστε μετέχειν τῶν κατ’ ἀρετὴν πράξεων, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἀμφισβητοῦντας, ἐάσαντας ἐπὶ τῆς νῦν μεθόδου, διασκεπτέον ὕστερον, εἴ τις τοῖς εἰρημένοις τυγχάνει μὴ πειθόμενος.

    It is impossible for those who do not do fine things to do well; and there is no fine deed, either of a man or of a city, without excellence and practical wisdom. The courage, justice, and practical wisdom of a city have the same power and form as the qualities by sharing in which each human being is called just, practically wise, and moderate. But let this much serve as a preface to our discussion. It is impossible not to touch on these matters, yet it is not possible to go through all the arguments proper to them—that is a task for another occasion. For now let us take this much as our basis: that the best life, both for each individual separately and for cities in common, is the life of excellence equipped 1324a with enough resources to take part in the actions that accord with excellence. As for those who dispute this, we must set them aside for the present inquiry and consider them later, if anyone happens to be unpersuaded by what has been said.

    The political life and the life of conquest

    Is the political life best for a person, and should a city aim at ruling its neighbors?

    πότερον δὲ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι φατέον ἑνός τε ἑκάστου τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ πόλεως ἢ μὴ τὴν αὐτήν, λοιπόν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν. φανερὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο. πάντες γὰρ ἂν ὁμολογήσειαν εἶναι τὴν αὐτήν. ὅσοι γὰρ ἐν πλούτῳ τὸ ζῆν εὖ τίθενται ἐφ’ ἑνός, οὗτοι καὶ τὴν πόλιν ὅλην, ἐὰν ᾖ πλουσία, μακαρίζουσιν· ὅσοι τε τὸν τυραννικὸν βίον μάλιστα τιμῶσιν, οὗτοι καὶ πόλιν τὴν πλείστων ἄρχουσαν εὐδαιμονεστάτην ἂν εἶναι φαῖεν· εἴ τέ τις τὸν ἕνα δι’ ἀρετὴν ἀποδέχεται, καὶ πόλιν εὐδαιμονεστέραν φήσει τὴν σπουδαιοτέραν.

    It remains to say whether we should declare the happiness of each individual human being to be the same as that of a city or not. This too is evident: everyone would agree that it is the same. Those who place living well in wealth in the case of an individual also call the whole city blessed if it is rich; those who honor the tyrant’s life above all would say that the city that rules over the most people is happiest; and if someone approves of an individual because of his excellence, he will also say that the more excellent city is happier.

    ἀλλὰ ταῦτ’ ἤδη δύο ἐστὶν ἃ δεῖται σκέψεως, ἓν μὲν πότερος αἱρετώτερος βίος, ὁ διὰ τοῦ συμπολιτεύεσθαι καὶ κοινωνεῖν πόλεως ἢ μᾶλλον ὁ ξενικὸς καὶ τῆς πολιτικῆς κοινωνίας ἀπολελυμένος, ἔτι δὲ τίνα πολιτείαν θετέον καὶ ποίαν διάθεσιν πόλεως ἀρίστην, εἴτε πᾶσιν ὄντος αἱρετοῦ ⟨τοῦ⟩ κοινωνεῖν πόλεως εἴτε καὶ τισὶ μὲν μὴ τοῖς δὲ πλείστοις. ἐπεὶ δὲ τῆς πολιτικῆς διανοίας καὶ θεωρίας τοῦτ’ ἐστὶν ἔργον, ἀλλ’ οὐ τὸ περὶ ἕκαστον αἱρετόν, ἡμεῖς δὲ ταύτην προῃρήμεθα νῦν τὴν σκέψιν, ἐκεῖνο μὲν πάρεργον ἂν εἴη, τοῦτο δὲ ἔργον τῆς μεθόδου ταύτης.

    But there are now two questions that need investigation. One is which life is more choiceworthy: the life of taking part in politics along with others and sharing in a city, or rather the life of a foreigner, released from the political community. The other is which constitution and what arrangement of the city we should regard as best—whether sharing in a city is choiceworthy for everyone, or not for some but for most. Since it is the task of political thought and study to consider this second question, and not what is choiceworthy for each individual, and this is the inquiry we have now chosen, the first question would be a side issue, while the second is the task of this inquiry.

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι πολιτείαν ἀρίστην ταύτην ⟨τὴν⟩ τάξιν καθ’ ἣν κἂν ὁστισοῦν ἄριστα πράττοι καὶ ζῴη μακαρίως, φανερόν ἐστιν· ἀμφισβητεῖται δὲ παρ’ αὐτῶν τῶν ὁμολογούντων τὸν μετ’ ἀρετῆς εἶναι βίον αἱρετώτατον πότερον ὁ πολιτικὸς καὶ πρακτικὸς βίος αἱρετὸς ἢ μᾶλλον ὁ πάντων τῶν ἐκτὸς ἀπολελυμένος, οἷον θεωρητικός τις, ὃν μόνον τινές φασιν εἶναι φιλόσοφον. σχεδὸν γὰρ τούτους τοὺς δύο βίους τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ φιλοτιμότατοι πρὸς ἀρετὴν φαίνονται προαιρούμενοι, καὶ τῶν προτέρων καὶ τῶν νῦν· λέγω δὲ δύο τόν τε πολιτικὸν καὶ τὸν φιλόσοφον. διαφέρει δὲ οὐ μικρὸν ποτέρως ἔχει τὸ ἀληθές· ἀνάγκη γὰρ τόν γε εὖ φρονοῦντα πρὸς τὸν βελτίω σκοπὸν συντάττεσθαι, καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἕκαστον καὶ κοινῇ τὴν πολιτείαν.

    That the best constitution must be the arrangement under which anyone at all would do best and live blessedly is evident. But even among those who agree that the life accompanied by excellence is most choiceworthy, there is dispute whether the political and practical life is choiceworthy, or rather the life released from all external things—a life of contemplation, say, which some claim is the only life for a philosopher. For these are roughly the two lives that the people most ambitious for excellence, in earlier times and now, appear to choose: I mean the political life and the philosophical. And it makes no small difference which way the truth lies; for the person of good sense must direct himself toward the better goal—each individual human being, and the constitution in common.

    νομίζουσι δ’ οἱ μὲν τὸ τῶν πέλας ἄρχειν δεσποτικῶς μὲν γιγνόμενον μετ’ ἀδικίας τινὸς εἶναι τῆς μεγίστης, πολιτικῶς δὲ τὸ μὲν ἄδικον οὐκ ἔχειν, ἐμπόδιον δὲ ἔχειν τῇ περὶ αὐτὸν εὐημερίᾳ· τούτων δ’ ὥσπερ ἐξ ἐναντίας ἕτεροι τυγχάνουσι δοξάζοντες· μόνον γὰρ ἀνδρὸς τὸν πρακτικὸν εἶναι βίον καὶ πολιτικόν, ἐφ’ ἑκάστης γὰρ ἀρετῆς οὐκ εἶναι πράξεις μᾶλλον τοῖς ἰδιώταις 1324b ἢ τοῖς τὰ κοινὰ πράττουσι καὶ πολιτευομένοις. οἱ μὲν οὖν οὕτως ὑπολαμβάνουσιν, οἱ δὲ τὸν δεσποτικὸν καὶ τυραννικὸν τρόπον τῆς πολιτείας εἶναι μόνον εὐδαίμονά φασιν. παρ’ ἐνίοις δὲ καὶ τῆς πολιτείας οὗτος ὅρος καὶ τῶν νόμων ὅπως δεσπόζωσι τῶν πέλας.

    Some think that ruling over one’s neighbors, if it is done in the manner of a master, involves injustice of the gravest kind, and if it is done politically, involves no injustice but does get in the way of one’s own well-being. Others hold views that are, so to speak, the opposite of these: they think that the practical and political life is the only life for a man, since the actions that express each excellence are no more open to private individuals 1324b than to those who engage in public affairs and politics. Some, then, take this view; others say that only the despotic and tyrannical form of constitution is happy. And among some peoples this is actually the defining aim of the constitution and the laws: that they may rule as masters over their neighbors.

    διὸ καὶ τῶν πλείστων νομίμων χύδην ὡς εἰπεῖν κειμένων παρὰ τοῖς πλείστοις, ὅμως εἴ πού τι πρὸς ἓν οἱ νόμοι βλέπουσι, τοῦ κρατεῖν στοχάζονται πάντες, ὥσπερ ἐν Λακεδαίμονι καὶ Κρήτῃ πρὸς τοὺς πολέμους συντέτακται σχεδὸν ἥ τε παιδεία καὶ τὸ τῶν νόμων πλῆθος· ἔτι δ’ ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι πᾶσι τοῖς δυναμένοις πλεονεκτεῖν ἡ τοιαύτη τετίμηται δύναμις, οἷον ἐν Σκύθαις καὶ Πέρσαις καὶ Θρᾳξὶ καὶ Κελτοῖς.

    That is why, although most customary laws among most peoples lie about in a jumble, so to speak, still, where laws do look to a single thing, they all aim at domination—as in Sparta and Crete, where both the education and the bulk of the laws are organized, more or less, for war. Further, among all the nations that are able to aggrandize themselves, this sort of power is held in honor—for instance, among the Scythians, Persians, Thracians, and Celts.

    ἐν ἐνίοις γὰρ καὶ νόμοι τινές εἰσι παροξύνοντες πρὸς τὴν ἀρετὴν ταύτην, καθάπερ ἐν Καρχηδόνι φασὶ τὸν ἐκ τῶν κρίκων κόσμον λαμβάνειν ὅσας ἂν στρατεύσωνται στρατείας· ἦν δέ ποτε καὶ περὶ Μακεδονίαν νόμος τὸν μηθένα ἀπεκταγκότα πολέμιον ἄνδρα περιεζῶσθαι τὴν φορβειάν· ἐν δὲ Σκύθαις οὐκ ἐξῆν πίνειν ἐν ἑορτῇ τινι σκύφον περιφερόμενον τῷ μηθένα ἀπεκταγκότι πολέμιον· ἐν δὲ τοῖς Ἴβηρσιν, ἔθνει πολεμικῷ, τοσούτους τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὀβελίσκους καταπηγνύουσι περὶ τὸν τάφον ὅσους ἂν διαφθείρῃ τῶν πολεμίων· καὶ ἕτερα δὴ παρ’ ἑτέροις ἔστι τοιαῦτα πολλά, τὰ μὲν νόμοις κατειλημμένα τὰ δὲ ἔθεσιν.

    Among some there are even laws that spur people on to this kind of excellence. At Carthage, they say, men receive an ornament of rings for each campaign they have served on; and there was once a law in Macedonia that a man who had not killed an enemy had to wear a halter in place of a belt. Among the Scythians, a man who had not killed an enemy was not allowed to drink from the cup passed around at a certain festival; and among the Iberians, a warlike people, they fix as many spikes around a man’s tomb as the number of enemies he has killed. And there are many other such practices among other peoples, some established by laws, others by custom.

    καίτοι δόξειεν ἂν ἄγαν ἄτοπον ἴσως εἶναι τοῖς βουλομένοις ἐπισκοπεῖν, εἰ τοῦτ’ ἐστὶν ἔργον τοῦ πολιτικοῦ, τὸ δύνασθαι θεωρεῖν ὅπως ἄρχῃ καὶ δεσπόζῃ τῶν πλησίον, καὶ βουλομένων καὶ μὴ βουλομένων. πῶς γὰρ ἂν εἴη τοῦτο πολιτικὸν ἢ νομοθετικόν, ὅ γε μηδὲ νόμιμόν ἐστιν; οὐ νόμιμον δὲ τὸ μὴ μόνον δικαίως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀδίκως ἄρχειν, κρατεῖν δ’ ἔστι καὶ μὴ δικαίως. ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδ’ ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις ἐπιστήμαις τοῦτο ὁρῶμεν· οὔτε γὰρ τοῦ ἰατροῦ οὔτε τοῦ κυβερνήτου ἔργον ἐστὶ τὸ ἢ πεῖσαι ἢ βιάσασθαι τοῦ μὲν τοὺς θεραπευομένους τοῦ δὲ τοὺς πλωτῆρας.

    Yet it would perhaps seem utterly absurd to anyone willing to reflect on it if the work of the statesman were to be able to figure out how to rule and master his neighbors, whether they are willing or not. How could that be a matter of politics or legislation, when it is not even lawful? And it is not lawful to rule not only justly but also unjustly—and one can dominate even without justice. Nor do we see this in the other sciences: it is not the work of the doctor or of the ship’s pilot to persuade or to force, respectively, his patients or his passengers.

    ἀλλ’ ἐοίκασιν οἱ πολλοὶ τὴν δεσποτικὴν πολιτικὴν οἴεσθαι εἶναι, καὶ ὅπερ αὑτοῖς ἕκαστοι οὔ φασιν εἶναι δίκαιον οὐδὲ συμφέρον, τοῦτ’ οὐκ αἰσχύνονται πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἀσκοῦντες· αὐτοὶ μὲν γὰρ παρ’ αὑτοῖς τὸ δικαίως ἄρχειν ζητοῦσι, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἄλλους οὐδὲν μέλει τῶν δικαίων. ἄτοπον δὲ εἰ μὴ φύσει τὸ μὲν δεσποστόν ἐστι τὸ δὲ οὐ δεσποστόν, ὥστε εἴπερ ἔχει τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον, οὐ δεῖ πάντων πειρᾶσθαι δεσπόζειν, ἀλλὰ τῶν δεσποστῶν, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ θηρεύειν ἐπὶ θοίνην ἢ θυσίαν ἀνθρώπους, ἀλλὰ τὸ πρὸς τοῦτο θηρευτόν· ἔστι δὲ θηρευτὸν ὃ ἂν ἄγριον ᾖ ἐδεστὸν ζῷον.

    But most people seem to think that mastery is statesmanship, and they are not ashamed to practice toward others what each of them says is neither just nor advantageous for themselves. Among themselves they seek just rule, but where others are concerned they care nothing for what is just. But this is absurd, unless by nature some things are fit to be mastered and others are not. So if that is how things stand, one should not try to master everyone, but only those fit to be mastered—just as one should not hunt human beings for a feast or a sacrifice, but only what is fit to be hunted for that purpose; and what is fit to be hunted is any wild animal that is edible.

    ἀλλὰ μὴν εἴη γ’ ἂν καὶ 1325a καθ’ ἑαυτὴν μία πόλις εὐδαίμων, ἣ πολιτεύεται δηλονότι καλῶς, εἴπερ ἐνδέχεται πόλιν οἰκεῖσθαί που καθ’ ἑαυτὴν νόμοις χρωμένην σπουδαίοις, ἧς τῆς πολιτείας ἡ σύνταξις οὐ πρὸς πόλεμον οὐδὲ πρὸς τὸ κρατεῖν ἔσται τῶν πολεμίων· μηθὲν γὰρ ὑπαρχέτω τοιοῦτον. δῆλον ἄρα ὅτι πάσας τὰς πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον ἐπιμελείας καλὰς μὲν θετέον, οὐχ ὡς τέλος δὲ πάντων ἀκρότατον, ἀλλ’ ἐκείνου χάριν ταύτας. τοῦ δὲ νομοθέτου τοῦ σπουδαίου ἐστὶ τὸ θεάσασθαι πόλιν καὶ γένος ἀνθρώπων καὶ πᾶσαν ἄλλην κοινωνίαν, ζωῆς ἀγαθῆς πῶς μεθέξουσι καὶ τῆς ἐνδεχομένης αὐτοῖς εὐδαιμονίας. διοίσει μέντοι τῶν ταττομένων ἔνια νομίμων· καὶ τοῦτο τῆς νομοθετικῆς ἐστιν ἰδεῖν, ἐάν τινες ὑπάρχωσι γειτνιῶντες, ποῖα πρὸς ποίους ἀσκητέον ἢ πῶς τοῖς καθήκουσι πρὸς ἑκάστους χρηστέον.

    And yet a single city could also be happy 1325a on its own—one that is, obviously, well governed—if it is possible for a city to be settled somewhere by itself and to live under excellent laws. The structure of its constitution will not be directed toward war or toward dominating enemies, since we are to suppose there is nothing of that kind. It is clear, then, that all concerns with war should be regarded as fine, but not as the highest end of all; they are for the sake of that end. It is the work of the excellent lawgiver to consider how a city, a people, and every other community will share in the good life and in the happiness open to them. Some of the laws laid down will differ, however; and it also belongs to legislative science to see, if there are neighbors, what sorts of practices should be cultivated toward what sorts of people, or how to adopt the appropriate practices toward each.

    ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν κἂν ὕστερον τύχοι τῆς προσηκούσης σκέψεως, πρὸς τί τέλος δεῖ τὴν ἀρίστην πολιτείαν συντείνειν·

    But this question—what end the best constitution should aim at—may well receive its proper consideration later.

    The active life and the life of thought

    The best life is active, but self-contained thought is the most complete kind of activity.

    πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ὁμολογοῦντας μὲν τὸν μετ’ ἀρετῆς εἶναι βίον αἱρετώτατον, διαφερομένους δὲ περὶ τῆς χρήσεως αὐτοῦ, λεκτέον ἡμῖν πρὸς ἀμφοτέρους αὐτούς (οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀποδοκιμάζουσι τὰς πολιτικὰς ἀρχάς, νομίζοντες τὸν τοῦ ἐλευθέρου βίον ἕτερόν τινα εἶναι τοῦ πολιτικοῦ καὶ πάντων αἱρετώτατον, οἱ δὲ τοῦτον ἄριστον· ἀδύνατον γὰρ τὸν μηθὲν πράττοντα πράττειν εὖ, τὴν δ’ εὐπραγίαν καὶ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν εἶναι ταὐτόν) ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἀμφότεροι λέγουσιν ὀρθῶς τὰ δὲ οὐκ ὀρθῶς, οἱ μὲν ὅτι ὁ τοῦ ἐλευθέρου βίος τοῦ δεσποτικοῦ ἀμείνων. τοῦτο γὰρ ἀληθές· οὐθὲν γὰρ τό γε δούλῳ ᾗ δοῦλος χρῆσθαι σεμνόν· ἡ γὰρ ἐπίταξις ἡ περὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων οὐδενὸς μετέχει τῶν καλῶν.

    To those who agree that the life accompanied by excellence is most choiceworthy but disagree about how it is to be exercised, we must address both sides. Some reject political offices, thinking that the life of a free person is different from the political life and most choiceworthy of all; others think the political life is best, since it is impossible for someone who does nothing to do well, and doing well and happiness are the same thing. We must tell them that each side is partly right and partly wrong. The first side is right that the life of a free person is better than that of a master. That is true: there is nothing dignified in using a slave as a slave, for giving orders about necessities has no share in anything fine.

    τὸ μέντοι νομίζειν πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν εἶναι δεσποτείαν οὐκ ὀρθόν· οὐ γὰρ ἔλαττον διέστηκεν ἡ τῶν ἐλευθέρων ἀρχὴ τῆς τῶν δούλων ἢ αὐτὸ τὸ φύσει ἐλεύθερον τοῦ φύσει δούλου. διώρισται δὲ περὶ αὐτῶν ἱκανῶς ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λόγοις. τὸ δὲ μᾶλλον ἐπαινεῖν τὸ ἀπρακτεῖν τοῦ πράττειν οὐκ ἀληθές· ἡ γὰρ εὐδαιμονία πρᾶξίς ἐστιν, ἔτι δὲ πολλῶν καὶ καλῶν τέλος ἔχουσιν αἱ τῶν δικαίων καὶ σωφρόνων πράξεις.

    But it is not correct to think that all rule is the rule of a master. Rule over free people differs from rule over slaves no less than the naturally free differs from the natural slave; these matters were adequately distinguished in our first discussions. And it is not true to praise inaction above action; for happiness is action, and the actions of just and moderate people have as their end the achievement of many fine things.

    καίτοι τάχ’ ἂν ὑπολάβοι τις τούτων οὕτω διωρισμένων ὅτι τὸ κύριον εἶναι πάντων ἄριστον· οὕτω γὰρ ἂν πλείστων καὶ καλλίστων κύριος εἴη πράξεων. ὥστε οὐ δεῖν τὸν δυνάμενον ἄρχειν παριέναι τῷ πλησίον, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἀφαιρεῖσθαι, καὶ μήτε πατέρα παίδων μήτε παῖδας πατρὸς μήθ’ ὅλως φίλον φίλου μηθένα ὑπόλογον ποιεῖσθαι μηδὲ πρὸς τοῦτο φροντίζειν· τὸ γὰρ ἄριστον αἱρετώτατον, τὸ δ’ εὖ πράττειν ἄριστον. τοῦτο μὲν οὖν ἀληθῶς ἴσως λέγουσιν, εἴπερ 1325b ὑπάρξει τοῖς ἀποστεροῦσι καὶ βιαζομένοις τὸ τῶν ὄντων αἱρετώτατον· ἀλλ’ ἴσως οὐχ οἷόν τε ὑπάρχειν, ἀλλ’ ὑποτίθενται τοῦτο ψεῦδος. οὐ γὰρ ἔτι καλὰς τὰς πράξεις ἐνδέχεται εἶναι τῷ μὴ διαφέροντι τοσοῦτον ὅσον ἀνὴρ γυναικὸς ἢ πατὴρ τέκνων ἢ δεσπότης δούλων· ὥστε ὁ παραβαίνων οὐθὲν ἂν τηλικοῦτον κατορθώσειεν ὕστερον ὅσον ἤδη παρεκβέβηκε τῆς ἀρετῆς.

    Yet someone might perhaps suppose, given these distinctions, that having authority over everyone is best, since that way one would have authority over the greatest number of the finest actions. So, on this view, someone who is able to rule should not give way to his neighbor but rather take power from him, and a father should take no account of his children, nor children of their father, nor in general any friend of a friend, nor give this any thought; for the best is most choiceworthy, and doing well is best. Now perhaps what they say would be true if 1325b the most choiceworthy thing there is will belong to those who rob and use force. But perhaps it cannot belong to them, and this assumption is false. For a person’s actions can no longer be fine if he does not surpass others as much as a husband surpasses his wife, a father his children, or a master his slaves. So someone who transgresses could never later achieve anything great enough to make up for how far he has already departed from excellence.

    τοῖς γὰρ ὁμοίοις τὸ καλὸν καὶ τὸ δίκαιον ἐν τῷ ἐν μέρει, τοῦτο γὰρ ἴσον καὶ ὅμοιον· τὸ δὲ μὴ ἴσον τοῖς ἴσοις καὶ τὸ μὴ ὅμοιον τοῖς ὁμοίοις παρὰ φύσιν, οὐδὲν δὲ τῶν παρὰ φύσιν καλόν. διὸ κἂν ἄλλος τις ᾖ κρείττων κατ’ ἀρετὴν καὶ κατὰ δύναμιν τὴν πρακτικὴν τῶν ἀρίστων, τούτῳ καλὸν ἀκολουθεῖν καὶ τούτῳ πείθεσθαι δίκαιον. δεῖ δ’ οὐ μόνον ἀρετὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ δύναμιν ὑπάρχειν, καθ’ ἣν ἔσται πρακτικός. ἀλλ’ εἰ ταῦτα λέγεται καλῶς καὶ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν εὐπραγίαν θετέον, καὶ κοινῇ πάσης πόλεως ἂν εἴη καὶ καθ’ ἕκαστον ἄριστος βίος ὁ πρακτικός.

    For among those who are similar, the fine and the just consist in taking turns, since that is what is equal and similar; and to give what is unequal to equals and what is dissimilar to similars is contrary to nature, and nothing contrary to nature is fine. That is why, if there is someone else who is superior in excellence and in the capacity to carry out the best actions, it is fine to follow him and just to obey him. But he must have not only excellence but also the capacity that will make him effective in action. If these things are well said, and happiness is to be regarded as doing well, then the practical life would be the best life both for every city in common and for each individual.

    ἀλλὰ τὸν πρακτικὸν οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι πρὸς ἑτέρους, καθάπερ οἴονταί τινες, οὐδὲ τὰς διανοίας εἶναι μόνας ταύτας πρακτικάς, τὰς τῶν ἀποβαινόντων χάριν γιγνομένας ἐκ τοῦ πράττειν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον τὰς αὐτοτελεῖς καὶ τὰς αὑτῶν ἕνεκεν θεωρίας καὶ διανοήσεις· ἡ γὰρ εὐπραξία τέλος, ὥστε καὶ πρᾶξίς τις. μάλιστα δὲ καὶ πράττειν λέγομεν κυρίως καὶ τῶν ἐξωτερικῶν πράξεων τοὺς ταῖς διανοίαις ἀρχιτέκτονας. ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδ’ ἀπρακτεῖν ἀναγκαῖον τὰς καθ’ αὑτὰς πόλεις ἱδρυμένας καὶ ζῆν οὕτω προῃρημένας· ἐνδέχεται γὰρ κατὰ μέρη καὶ τοῦτο συμβαίνειν· πολλαὶ γὰρ κοινωνίαι πρὸς ἄλληλα τοῖς μέρεσι τῆς πόλεώς εἰσιν. ὁμοίως δὲ τοῦτο ὑπάρχει καὶ καθ’ ἑνὸς ὁτουοῦν τῶν ἀνθρώπων· σχολῇ γὰρ ἂν ὁ θεὸς εἶχε καλῶς καὶ πᾶς ὁ κόσμος, οἷς οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐξωτερικαὶ πράξεις παρὰ τὰς οἰκείας τὰς αὐτῶν.

    But the practical life need not be directed toward others, as some think, nor are only those thoughts practical that are pursued for the sake of the results of acting. Much more practical are the kinds of contemplation and thinking that are complete in themselves and pursued for their own sake. For doing well is the end, and so it too is a kind of action; and those whom we say act in the most authoritative sense, even in the case of external actions, are the master builders who direct them by their thinking. Nor, again, need cities that are situated on their own and have chosen to live that way be inactive, since activity can take place among their parts: the parts of a city have many kinds of community with one another. The same holds for any single human being too. Otherwise god and the whole universe could hardly be in a fine condition, since they have no external actions besides their own proper ones.

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν τὸν αὐτὸν βίον ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τὸν ἄριστον ἑκάστῳ τε τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ κοινῇ ταῖς πόλεσι καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, φανερόν ἐστιν.

    It is evident, then, that the best life must be the same both for each human being and for cities and human beings in common.

    The size of the ideal city

    The best city is the largest self-sufficient population that can be taken in at a single view.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ πεφροιμίασται τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα περὶ αὐτῶν, καὶ περὶ τὰς ἄλλας πολιτείας ἡμῖν τεθεώρηται πρότερον, ἀρχὴ τῶν λοιπῶν εἰπεῖν πρῶτον ποίας τινὰς δεῖ τὰς ὑποθέσεις εἶναι περὶ τῆς μελλούσης κατ’ εὐχὴν συνεστάναι πόλεως. οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε πολιτείαν γενέσθαι τὴν ἀρίστην ἄνευ συμμέτρου χορηγίας. διὸ δεῖ πολλὰ προϋποτεθεῖσθαι καθάπερ εὐχομένους, εἶναι μέντοι μηθὲν τούτων ἀδύνατον· λέγω δὲ οἷον περί τε πλήθους πολιτῶν καὶ χώρας. ὥσπερ γὰρ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις δημιουργοῖς, οἷον ὑφάντῃ καὶ ναυπηγῷ, δεῖ τὴν 1326a ὕλην ὑπάρχειν ἐπιτηδείαν οὖσαν πρὸς τὴν ἐργασίαν (ὅσῳ γὰρ ἂν αὕτη τυγχάνῃ παρεσκευασμένη βέλτιον, ἀνάγκη καὶ τὸ γιγνόμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τέχνης εἶναι κάλλιον), οὕτω καὶ τῷ πολιτικῷ καὶ τῷ νομοθέτῃ δεῖ τὴν οἰκείαν ὕλην ὑπάρχειν ἐπιτηδείως ἔχουσαν.

    What has now been said about these matters is by way of preface, and we have already studied the other constitutions earlier. So the starting point for the rest is first to say what the presuppositions should be for the city that is to be established as we would pray for it. For the best constitution cannot come into being without commensurate resources. So we must presuppose many things as if praying for them—though none of them should be impossible. I mean, for instance, the number of citizens and the territory. For just as other craftsmen, such as a weaver or a shipbuilder, must have 1326a material suitable for their work (the better prepared it is, the finer the product of the craft is bound to be), so too the statesman and the lawgiver must have their proper material in a suitable condition.

    ἔστι δὲ πολιτικῆς χορηγίας πρῶτον τό τε πλῆθος τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πόσους τε καὶ ποίους τινὰς ὑπάρχειν δεῖ φύσει, καὶ κατὰ τὴν χώραν ὡσαύτως, πόσην τε εἶναι καὶ ποίαν τινὰ ταύτην. οἴονται μὲν οὖν οἱ πλεῖστοι προσήκειν μεγάλην εἶναι τὴν εὐδαίμονα πόλιν· εἰ δὲ τοῦτ’ ἀληθές, ἀγνοοῦσι ποία μεγάλη καὶ ποία μικρὰ πόλις. κατ’ ἀριθμοῦ γὰρ πλῆθος τῶν ἐνοικούντων κρίνουσι τὴν μεγάλην, δεῖ δὲ μᾶλλον μὴ εἰς τὸ πλῆθος εἰς δὲ δύναμιν ἀποβλέπειν. ἔστι γάρ τι καὶ πόλεως ἔργον, ὥστε τὴν δυναμένην τοῦτο μάλιστ’ ἀποτελεῖν, ταύτην οἰητέον εἶναι μεγίστην, οἷον Ἱπποκράτην οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀλλ’ ἰατρὸν εἶναι μείζω φήσειεν ἄν τις τοῦ διαφέροντος κατὰ τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ σώματος.

    The first of the political resources is the population: how many human beings there should be, and of what sort by nature; and likewise with the territory: how large and of what sort it should be. Now most people think that a happy city must be large. But even if that is true, they don’t know what sort of city is large and what sort is small. They judge a large city by the number of its inhabitants, but one should look not to number but to capacity. For a city too has a certain function, so the city best able to fulfill it should be regarded as the largest—just as one would say that Hippocrates is greater, not as a human being but as a doctor, than someone who exceeds him in bodily size.

    Hippocrates of Cos: the most famous physician of the fifth century BC.

    οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ κἂν εἰ δεῖ κρίνειν πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος ἀποβλέποντας, οὐ κατὰ τὸ τυχὸν πλῆθος τοῦτο ποιητέον (ἀναγκαῖον γὰρ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ἴσως ὑπάρχειν καὶ δούλων ἀριθμὸν πολλῶν καὶ μετοίκων καὶ ξένων), ἀλλ’ ὅσοι πόλεώς εἰσι μέρος καὶ ἐξ ὧν συνίσταται πόλις οἰκείων μορίων· ἡ γὰρ τούτων ὑπεροχὴ τοῦ πλήθους μεγάλης πόλεως σημεῖον, ἐξ ἧς δὲ βάναυσοι μὲν ἐξέρχονται πολλοὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὁπλῖται δὲ ὀλίγοι, ταύτην ἀδύνατον εἶναι μεγάλην· οὐ γὰρ ταὐτὸν μεγάλη τε πόλις καὶ πολυάνθρωπος.

    Still, even if one should judge by looking to the number, one should not go by any chance multitude (for cities must perhaps contain a large number of slaves, resident foreigners, and visitors), but only by those who are a part of the city—the proper parts of which a city is composed. A preponderance of these in number is a sign of a large city; but a city from which many vulgar craftsmen go out to war, but few hoplites, cannot be large. For a large city and a populous one are not the same.

    ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τοῦτό γε ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, ὅτι χαλεπόν, ἴσως δ’ ἀδύνατον, εὐνομεῖσθαι τὴν λίαν πολυάνθρωπον· τῶν γοῦν δοκουσῶν πολιτεύεσθαι καλῶς οὐδεμίαν ὁρῶμεν οὖσαν ἀνειμένην πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος. τοῦτο δὲ δῆλον καὶ διὰ τῆς τῶν λόγων πίστεως. ὅ τε γὰρ νόμος τάξις τίς ἐστι, καὶ τὴν εὐνομίαν ἀναγκαῖον εὐταξίαν εἶναι, ὁ δὲ λίαν ὑπερβάλλων ἀριθμὸς οὐ δύναται μετέχειν τάξεως· θείας γὰρ δὴ τοῦτο δυνάμεως ἔργον, ἥτις καὶ τόδε συνέχει τὸ πᾶν.

    Moreover, this too is evident from the facts: it is difficult, perhaps impossible, for an excessively populous city to be well governed. At any rate, of the cities reputed to be well governed, we see none that is lax about the size of its population. This is also clear from argument. Law is a kind of order, and good government must be good order; but an excessively large number cannot share in order—that would be the work of a divine power, the kind that holds this whole universe together.

    διὸ καὶ πόλιν ἧς μετὰ μεγέθους ὁ λεχθεὶς ὅρος ὑπάρχει, ταύτην εἶναι καλλίστην ἀναγκαῖον· ἐπεὶ τό γε καλὸν ἐν πλήθει καὶ μεγέθει εἴωθε γίνεσθαι, ἀλλ’ ἔστι τι καὶ πόλεως μεγέθους μέτρον, ὥσπερ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πάντων, ζῴων φυτῶν ὀργάνων· καὶ γὰρ τούτων ἕκαστον οὔτε λίαν μικρὸν οὔτε κατὰ μέγεθος ὑπερβάλλον ἕξει τὴν αὑτοῦ δύναμιν, ἀλλ’ ὁτὲ μὲν ὅλως ἐστερημένον ἔσται τῆς φύσεως ὁτὲ δὲ φαύλως ἔχον, οἷον πλοῖον σπιθαμιαῖον μὲν οὐκ ἔσται πλοῖον ὅλως, οὐδὲ δυοῖν σταδίοιν, εἰς δὲ τὶ μέγεθος ἐλθὸν ὁτὲ 1326b μὲν διὰ σμικρότητα φαύλην ποιήσει τὴν ναυτιλίαν, ὁτὲ δὲ διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολήν· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ πόλις ἡ μὲν ἐξ ὀλίγων λίαν οὐκ αὐτάρκης (ἡ δὲ πόλις αὔταρκες), ἡ δὲ ἐκ πολλῶν ἄγαν ἐν μὲν τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις αὐτάρκης ὥσπερ ⟨δ’⟩ ἔθνος, ἀλλ’ οὐ πόλις· πολιτείαν γὰρ οὐ ῥᾴδιον ὑπάρχειν· τίς γὰρ στρατηγὸς ἔσται τοῦ λίαν ὑπερβάλλοντος πλήθους, ἢ τίς κῆρυξ μὴ Στεντόρειος;

    Hence the finest city must be the one that combines size with the limit just mentioned. For beauty usually lies in number and magnitude; but there is also a measure of size for a city, as for everything else—animals, plants, tools. None of these will have its proper capacity if it is either too small or excessively large; sometimes it will be wholly deprived of its nature, sometimes it will be in poor condition. A ship a span long, for instance, will not be a ship at all, nor will one two stades long; and when it reaches a certain size, sometimes 1326b its smallness will make it sail badly, sometimes its excessive size. Similarly, a city made up of too few people is not self-sufficient (whereas a city is something self-sufficient), while one made up of far too many is self-sufficient in necessities, like a nation, but is not a city, since it is not easy for it to have a constitution. Who will be general of an excessively large multitude? Or who will be its herald, unless he has the voice of Stentor?

    Stentor: a herald in the Iliad whose voice was as loud as fifty men’s. A stade was about 600 feet.

    διὸ πρώτην μὲν εἶναι πόλιν ἀναγκαῖον τὴν ἐκ τοσούτου πλήθους ὃ πρῶτον πλῆθος αὔταρκες πρὸς τὸ εὖ ζῆν ἐστι κατὰ τὴν πολιτικὴν κοινωνίαν· ἐνδέχεται δὲ καὶ τὴν ταύτης ὑπερβάλλουσαν κατὰ πλῆθος εἶναι μείζω πόλιν, ἀλλὰ τοῦτ’ οὐκ ἔστιν, ὥσπερ εἴπομεν, ἀόριστον. τίς δ’ ἐστὶν ὁ τῆς ὑπερβολῆς ὅρος, ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἰδεῖν ῥᾴδιον. εἰσὶ γὰρ αἱ πράξεις τῆς πόλεως τῶν μὲν ἀρχόντων τῶν δ’ ἀρχομένων, ἄρχοντος δ’ ἐπίταξις καὶ κρίσις ἔργον· πρὸς δὲ τὸ κρίνειν περὶ τῶν δικαίων καὶ πρὸς τὸ τὰς ἀρχὰς διανέμειν κατ’ ἀξίαν ἀναγκαῖον γνωρίζειν ἀλλήλους, ποῖοί τινές εἰσι, τοὺς πολίτας, ὡς ὅπου τοῦτο μὴ συμβαίνει γίγνεσθαι, φαύλως ἀνάγκη γίγνεσθαι τὰ περὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς κρίσεις. περὶ ἀμφότερα γὰρ οὐ δίκαιον αὐτοσχεδιάζειν, ὅπερ ἐν τῇ πολυανθρωπίᾳ τῇ λίαν ὑπάρχει φανερῶς.

    So the first city must be one made up of a population large enough to be the smallest number self-sufficient for living well in a political community. It is possible for a city that exceeds this in number to be a greater city, but, as we said, this is not unlimited. What the limit of the excess is can easily be seen from the facts. The actions of a city are those of the rulers and those of the ruled, and the work of a ruler is to give orders and to judge. To judge about matters of justice and to distribute offices according to merit, the citizens must know one another and what sort of people they are; where this does not happen, things are bound to go badly with offices and judgments. It is unjust to improvise about either—which is plainly what happens in an excessively large population.

    ἔτι δὲ ξένοις καὶ μετοίκοις ῥᾴδιον μεταλαμβάνειν τῆς πολιτείας· οὐ γὰρ χαλεπὸν τὸ λανθάνειν διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τοῦ πλήθους. δῆλον τοίνυν ὡς οὗτός ἐστι πόλεως ὅρος ἄριστος, ἡ μεγίστη τοῦ πλήθους ὑπερβολὴ πρὸς αὐτάρκειαν ζωῆς εὐσύνοπτος. περὶ μὲν οὖν μεγέθους πόλεως διωρίσθω τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον.

    Further, it is easy for foreigners and resident aliens to share in the constitution, since it is not hard to escape notice when the population is so excessively large. It is clear, then, that the best limit for a city is this: the largest population, for self-sufficiency of life, that can be taken in at a single view. Let this be our account of the size of a city.

    The territory

    The territory should be self-sufficient, defensible and large enough for a life of leisure.

    παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς χώρας ἔχει. περὶ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ ποίαν τινά, δῆλον ὅτι τὴν αὐταρκεστάτην πᾶς τις ἂν ἐπαινέσειεν (τοιαύτην δ’ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τὴν παντοφόρον· τὸ γὰρ πάντα ὑπάρχειν καὶ δεῖσθαι μηθενὸς αὔταρκες)· πλήθει δὲ καὶ μεγέθει τοσαύτην ὥστε δύνασθαι τοὺς οἰκοῦντας ζῆν σχολάζοντας ἐλευθερίως ἅμα καὶ σωφρόνως. τοῦτον δὲ τὸν ὅρον εἰ καλῶς ἢ μὴ καλῶς λέγομεν, ὕστερον ἐπισκεπτέον ἀκριβέστερον, ὅταν ὅλως περὶ κτήσεως καὶ τῆς περὶ τὴν οὐσίαν εὐπορίας συμβαίνῃ ποιεῖσθαι μνείαν, πῶς δεῖ καὶ τίνα τρόπον ἔχειν πρὸς τὴν χρῆσιν αὐτῆς· πολλαὶ γὰρ περὶ τὴν σκέψιν ταύτην εἰσὶν ἀμφισβητήσεις διὰ τοὺς ἕλκοντας ἐφ’ ἑκατέραν τοῦ βίου τὴν ὑπερβολήν, τοὺς μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν γλισχρότητα τοὺς δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν τρυφήν.

    The same holds, roughly, for the territory. As for what sort it should be, clearly everyone would praise the most self-sufficient; and such a territory must be one that produces everything, since to have everything and need nothing is self-sufficiency. In extent and size it should be large enough that its inhabitants can live a life of leisure, liberally and at the same time moderately. Whether we are right or wrong to set this limit must be examined more precisely later, when we come to discuss property in general and wealth in possessions—how and in what way one should be disposed toward their use. For there are many disputes about this question, owing to those who pull toward one or the other extreme of life, some toward stinginess, others toward luxury.

    τὸ δ’ εἶδος τῆς χώρας οὐ χαλεπὸν εἰπεῖν (δεῖ δ’ ἔνια πείθεσθαι καὶ τοῖς περὶ τὴν στρατηγίαν ἐμπείροις), ὅτι χρὴ μὲν τοῖς πολεμίοις εἶναι δυσέμβολον αὐτοῖς δ’ εὐέξοδον. 1327a ἔτι δ’ ὥσπερ τὸ πλῆθος τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων εὐσύνοπτον ἔφαμεν εἶναι δεῖν, οὕτω καὶ τὴν χώραν· τὸ δ’ εὐσύνοπτον τὸ εὐβοήθητον εἶναι τὴν χώραν ἐστίν. τῆς δὲ πόλεως τὴν θέσιν εἰ χρὴ ποιεῖν κατ’ εὐχήν, πρός τε τὴν θάλατταν προσήκει κεῖσθαι καλῶς πρός τε τὴν χώραν. εἷς μὲν ⟨οὖν⟩ ὁ λεχθεὶς ὅρος (δεῖ γὰρ πρὸς τὰς ἐκβοηθείας κοινὴν εἶναι τῶν τόπων ἁπάντων)· ὁ δὲ λοιπὸς πρὸς τὰς τῶν γινομένων καρπῶν παραπομπάς, ἔτι δὲ τῆς περὶ ξύλα ὕλης, κἂν εἴ τινα ἄλλην ἐργασίαν ἡ χώρα τυγχάνοι κεκτημένη τοιαύτην εὐπαρακόμιστον.

    The configuration of the territory is not hard to state (though on some points one must also take the advice of those experienced in generalship): it should be difficult for enemies to invade and easy for the inhabitants to march out of. 1327a Further, just as we said that the population should be easy to take in at a glance, so should the territory; and a territory easy to take in at a glance is one that is easy to defend. As for the site of the city, if it is to be as we would pray for, it should be well situated with regard both to the sea and to the territory. One criterion is the one already mentioned: the city should be accessible from every part of the territory for sending out help. The other is that the crops produced should be easy to transport to it, as well as timber, and any other such material for working that the territory may happen to have.

    The city and the sea

    Access to the sea and a navy are useful if trade and sailors are kept in their place.

    περὶ δὲ τῆς πρὸς τὴν θάλατταν κοινωνίας, πότερον ὠφέλιμος ταῖς εὐνομουμέναις πόλεσιν ἢ βλαβερά, πολλὰ τυγχάνουσιν ἀμφισβητοῦντες· τό τε γὰρ ἐπιξενοῦσθαί τινας ἐν ἄλλοις τεθραμμένους νόμοις ἀσύμφορον εἶναί φασι πρὸς τὴν εὐνομίαν, καὶ τὴν πολυανθρωπίαν· γίνεσθαι μὲν γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ χρῆσθαι τῇ θαλάττῃ διαπέμποντας καὶ δεχομένους ἐμπόρων πλῆθος, ὑπεναντίαν δ’ εἶναι πρὸς τὸ πολιτεύεσθαι καλῶς. ὅτι μὲν οὖν, εἰ ταῦτα μὴ συμβαίνει, βέλτιον καὶ πρὸς ἀσφάλειαν καὶ πρὸς εὐπορίαν τῶν ἀναγκαίων μετέχειν τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν χώραν τῆς θαλάττης, οὐκ ἄδηλον. καὶ γὰρ πρὸς τὸ ῥᾷον φέρειν τοὺς πολέμους εὐβοηθήτους εἶναι δεῖ κατ’ ἀμφότερα τοὺς σωθησομένους, καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν, καὶ πρὸς τὸ βλάψαι τοὺς ἐπιτιθεμένους, εἰ μὴ κατ’ ἄμφω δυνατόν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ θάτερον ὑπάρξει μᾶλλον ἀμφοτέρων μετέχουσιν.

    Concerning communication with the sea, there is much dispute whether it is beneficial or harmful to well-governed cities. People say that having visitors who have been brought up under other laws is detrimental to good government, and so is a large population. For this arises, they say, from using the sea to send out and receive a crowd of merchants, and it runs contrary to good government. Well, if these consequences do not follow, it is clear that it is better, both for security and for a good supply of necessities, for the city and its territory to have access to the sea. For to bear wars more easily, those who are to be kept safe must be easy to assist both ways, by land and by sea; and to harm attackers, if one cannot do so both ways, one will be better able to do so one way if one has access to both.

    ὅσα τ’ ἂν μὴ τυγχάνῃ παρ’ αὑτοῖς ὄντα, δέξασθαι ταῦτα, καὶ τὰ πλεονάζοντα τῶν γιγνομένων ἐκπέμψασθαι τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐστίν. αὑτῇ γὰρ ἐμπορικήν, ἀλλ’ οὐ τοῖς ἄλλοις, δεῖ εἶναι τὴν πόλιν· οἱ δὲ παρέχοντες σφᾶς αὐτοὺς πᾶσιν ἀγορὰν προσόδου χάριν ταῦτα πράττουσιν· ἣν δὲ μὴ δεῖ πόλιν τοιαύτης μετέχειν πλεονεξίας, οὐδ’ ἐμπόριον δεῖ κεκτῆσθαι τοιοῦτον.

    Also, importing what they happen not to have at home, and exporting the surplus of what they produce, are among the necessities. For a city should be a trading city for its own benefit, not for others’. Those who make themselves a market for everyone do so for the sake of revenue; but a city that ought not to share in that kind of profiteering ought not to have that sort of trading post either.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ νῦν ὁρῶμεν πολλαῖς ὑπάρχοντα καὶ χώραις καὶ πόλεσιν ἐπίνεια καὶ λιμένας εὐφυῶς κείμενα πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, ὥστε μήτε τὸ αὐτὸ νέμειν ἄστυ μήτε πόρρω λίαν, ἀλλὰ κρατεῖσθαι τείχεσι καὶ τοιούτοις ἄλλοις ἐρύμασι, φανερὸν ὡς εἰ μὲν ἀγαθόν τι συμβαίνει γίνεσθαι διὰ τῆς κοινωνίας αὐτῶν, ὑπάρξει τῇ πόλει τοῦτο τὸ ἀγαθόν, εἰ δέ τι βλαβερόν, φυλάξασθαι ῥᾴδιον τοῖς νόμοις φράζοντας καὶ διορίζοντας τίνας οὐ δεῖ καὶ τίνας ἐπιμίσγεσθαι δεῖ πρὸς ἀλλήλους.

    We see even now that many territories and cities have ports and harbors conveniently situated in relation to the city, so that they neither form part of the same town nor are too far away, but are commanded by walls and other such fortifications. It is evident, then, that if some good comes from communication through them, the city will have it, and if something harmful, it is easy to guard against it by laws stating and defining who must and who must not mix with one another.

    περὶ δὲ τῆς ναυτικῆς δυνάμεως, ὅτι μὲν βέλτιστον ὑπάρχειν μέχρι τινὸς πλήθους, οὐκ ἄδηλον (oὐ γὰρ 1327b μόνον αὑτοῖς ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πλησίον τισὶ δεῖ καὶ φοβεροὺς εἶναι καὶ δύνασθαι βοηθεῖν, ὥσπερ κατὰ γῆν, καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν)· περὶ δὲ πλήθους ἤδη καὶ μεγέθους τῆς δυνάμεως ταύτης πρὸς τὸν βίον ἀποσκεπτέον τῆς πόλεως. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἡγεμονικὸν καὶ πολιτικὸν ζήσεται βίον, ἀναγκαῖον καὶ ταύτην τὴν δύναμιν ὑπάρχειν πρὸς τὰς πράξεις σύμμετρον. τὴν δὲ πολυανθρωπίαν τὴν γιγνομένην περὶ τὸν ναυτικὸν ὄχλον οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον ὑπάρχειν ταῖς πόλεσιν· οὐθὲν γὰρ αὐτοὺς μέρος εἶναι δεῖ τῆς πόλεως. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐπιβατικὸν ἐλεύθερον καὶ τῶν πεζευόντων ἐστίν, ὃ κύριόν ἐστι καὶ κρατεῖ τῆς ναυτιλίας· πλήθους δὲ ὑπάρχοντος περιοίκων καὶ τῶν τὴν χώραν γεωργούντων, ἀφθονίαν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι καὶ ναυτῶν.

    As for naval power, it is clear that it is best to have it up to a certain size (for a city should be formidable, and able to help, not 1327b only for itself but also for some of its neighbors, by sea as well as by land). As for the number and size of this force, one must look to the city’s way of life. If it is going to live a life of leadership and politics, it must have this power too, in proportion to its activities. But the large population that comes with the mass of sailors need not be present in cities, since these people should be no part of the city. The marines are free and belong to the infantry; it is they who are in authority and command the ship. And if there is a large number of perioikoi and of those who farm the land, there is bound to be an abundance of sailors as well.

    ὁρῶμεν δὲ τοῦτο καὶ νῦν ὑπάρχον τισίν, οἷον τῇ πόλει τῶν Ἡρακλεωτῶν· πολλὰς γὰρ ἐκπληροῦσι τριήρεις, κεκτημένοι τῷ μεγέθει πόλιν ἑτέρων ἐμμελεστέραν.

    We see this even now in some cases—for instance, the city of the Heracleots: they man many triremes, though the city they possess is more modest in size than others.

    Probably Heraclea on the southern coast of the Black Sea.

    περὶ μὲν οὖν χώρας καὶ λιμένων τῶν πόλεων καὶ θαλάττης καὶ περὶ τῆς ναυτικῆς δυνάμεως ἔστω διωρισμένα τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον· περὶ δὲ τοῦ πολιτικοῦ πλήθους, τίνα μὲν ὅρον ὑπάρχειν χρή, πρότερον εἴπομεν, ποίους δέ τινας τὴν φύσιν εἶναι δεῖ, νῦν λέγωμεν.

    Let this, then, be our account of the territory, the harbors of cities, the sea, and naval power. As for the citizen body, we said earlier what its limit should be; let us now say what sort of people they should be by nature.

    The nature of the citizens

    Citizens should be both spirited and intelligent, as Aristotle says the Greeks are.

    Famous passage Greeks between Europe and AsiaAristotle’s notorious claim that climate gives Greeks both spirit and intelligence, fitting them to rule.

    σχεδὸν δὴ κατανοήσειεν ἄν τις τοῦτό γε, βλέψας ἐπί τε τὰς πόλεις τὰς εὐδοκιμούσας τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ πρὸς πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην, ὡς διείληπται τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ψυχροῖς τόποις ἔθνη καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν Εὐρώπην θυμοῦ μέν ἐστι πλήρη, διανοίας δὲ ἐνδεέστερα καὶ τέχνης, διόπερ ἐλεύθερα μὲν διατελεῖ μᾶλλον, ἀπολίτευτα δὲ καὶ τῶν πλησίον ἄρχειν οὐ δυνάμενα· τὰ δὲ περὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν διανοητικὰ μὲν καὶ τεχνικὰ τὴν ψυχήν, ἄθυμα δέ, διόπερ ἀρχόμενα καὶ δουλεύοντα διατελεῖ· τὸ δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων γένος, ὥσπερ μεσεύει κατὰ τοὺς τόπους, οὕτως ἀμφοῖν μετέχει. καὶ γὰρ ἔνθυμον καὶ διανοητικόν ἐστιν· διόπερ ἐλεύθερόν τε διατελεῖ καὶ βέλτιστα πολιτευόμενον καὶ δυνάμενον ἄρχειν πάντων, μιᾶς τυγχάνον πολιτείας.

    One could get a fair idea of this by looking at the Greek cities that are well regarded and at the whole inhabited world, and how it is divided among the nations. The nations in cold places, and those in Europe, are full of spirit but somewhat lacking in thought and skill; that is why they remain comparatively free but lack political organization and are unable to rule their neighbors. Those in Asia are intelligent and skillful in soul but lack spirit; that is why they remain ruled and enslaved. The Greek race, just as it lies in the middle geographically, shares in both: it is both spirited and intelligent. That is why it remains free, is best governed, and would be able to rule everyone if it happened to form a single constitution.

    Spirit (thumos): the passionate, assertive element of the soul, source of anger and courage.

    τὴν αὐτὴν δ’ ἔχει διαφορὰν καὶ τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔθνη πρὸς ἄλληλα· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἔχει τὴν φύσιν μονόκωλον, τὰ δὲ εὖ κέκραται πρὸς ἀμφοτέρας τὰς δυνάμεις ταύτας. φανερὸν τοίνυν ὅτι δεῖ διανοητικούς τε εἶναι καὶ θυμοειδεῖς τὴν φύσιν τοὺς μέλλοντας εὐαγώγους ἔσεσθαι τῷ νομοθέτῃ πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν. ὅπερ γάρ φασί τινες δεῖν ὑπάρχειν τοῖς φύλαξι, τὸ φιλητικοὺς μὲν εἶναι τῶν γνωρίμων πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἀγνῶτας ἀγρίους, ὁ θυμός ἐστιν ὁ ποιῶν τὸ φιλητικόν· αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς 1328a δύναμις ᾗ φιλοῦμεν. σημεῖον δέ· πρὸς γὰρ τοὺς συνήθεις καὶ φίλους ὁ θυμὸς αἴρεται μᾶλλον ἢ πρὸς τοὺς ἀγνῶτας, ὀλιγωρεῖσθαι νομίσας. διὸ καὶ Ἀρχίλοχος προσηκόντως τοῖς φίλοις ἐγκαλῶν διαλέγεται πρὸς τὸν θυμόν· σὺ γὰρ δὴ παρὰ φίλων ἀπάγχεαι.

    The Greek nations also differ from one another in the same way: some have a one-sided nature, while others are well blended with respect to both these capacities. It is evident, then, that those who are going to be easily guided toward excellence by the lawgiver should be both intelligent and spirited by nature. Some say that the guardians should be affectionate toward those they know and fierce toward strangers; but it is spirit that produces affection, since it is the capacity 1328a of the soul by which we love. A sign of this: spirit is roused more against intimates and friends than against strangers when it thinks itself slighted. That is why Archilochus, fittingly, when reproaching his friends, addresses his own spirit: “For it’s by your friends that you are choked.”

    The guardians allude to Plato’s Republic. Archilochus: a Greek poet of the seventh century BC.

    καὶ τὸ ἄρχον δὲ καὶ τὸ ἐλεύθερον ἀπὸ τῆς δυνάμεως ταύτης ὑπάρχει πᾶσιν· ἀρχικὸν γὰρ καὶ ἀήττητον ὁ θυμός. οὐ καλῶς δ’ ἔχει λέγειν χαλεποὺς εἶναι πρὸς τοὺς ἀγνῶτας· πρὸς οὐθένα γὰρ εἶναι χρὴ τοιοῦτον, οὐδέ εἰσιν οἱ μεγαλόψυχοι τὴν φύσιν ἄγριοι, πλὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας. τοῦτο δὲ μᾶλλον ἔτι πρὸς τοὺς συνήθεις πάσχουσιν, ὅπερ εἴρηται πρότερον, ἂν ἀδικεῖσθαι νομίσωσιν. καὶ τοῦτο συμβαίνει κατὰ λόγον· παρ’ οἷς γὰρ ὀφείλεσθαι τὴν εὐεργεσίαν ὑπολαμβάνουσι, πρὸς τῷ βλάβει καὶ ταύτης ἀποστερεῖσθαι νομίζουσιν· ὅθεν εἴρηται χαλεποὶ πόλεμοι γὰρ ἀδελφῶν καὶ οἵ τοι πέρᾳ στέρξαντες, οἵδε καὶ πέρᾳ / μισοῦσιν.

    Both ruling and freedom come to everyone from this capacity, for spirit is commanding and unconquerable. But it is not well said that they should be harsh toward strangers; one should not be like that toward anyone, and people who are great-souled are not fierce by nature, except toward wrongdoers. And they feel this still more toward their intimates, as was said before, if they think they have been wronged. This happens with good reason: where they think a benefit is owed to them, they consider themselves deprived of it on top of the harm done. Hence the sayings “For wars between brothers are harsh” and “Those who loved beyond measure / also hate beyond measure.”

    The first line is a fragment of Euripides; the source of the second is unknown.

    περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν πολιτευομένων, πόσους τε ὑπάρχειν δεῖ καὶ ποίους τινὰς τὴν φύσιν, ἔτι δὲ τὴν χώραν πόσην τέ τινα καὶ ποίαν τινά, διώρισται σχεδόν (οὐ γὰρ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀκρίβειαν δεῖ ζητεῖν διά τε τῶν λόγων καὶ τῶν γιγνομένων διὰ τῆς αἰσθήσεως).

    Concerning those who take part in the constitution, then—how many there should be and of what sort by nature—and also the territory, how large and of what sort, we have pretty much reached our determinations (for one should not seek the same precision in theoretical discussions as in what comes to us through perception).

    What a city needs, and what is part of it

    Aristotle lists the functions a city requires: food, crafts, arms, wealth, worship and judgment.

    ἐπεὶ δ’ ὥσπερ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν κατὰ φύσιν συνεστώτων οὐ ταῦτά ἐστι μόρια τῆς ὅλης συστάσεως ὧν ἄνευ τὸ ὅλον οὐκ ἂν εἴη, δῆλον ὡς οὐδὲ πόλεως μέρη θετέον ὅσα ταῖς πόλεσιν ἀναγκαῖον ὑπάρχειν, οὐδ’ ἄλλης κοινωνίας οὐδεμιᾶς ἐξ ἧς ἕν τι τὸ γένος (ἓν γάρ τι καὶ κοινὸν εἶναι δεῖ καὶ ταὐτὸ τοῖς κοινωνοῖς, ἄν τε ἴσον ἄν τε ἄνισον μεταλαμβάνωσιν)· οἷον εἴτε τροφὴ τοῦτό ἐστιν εἴτε χώρας πλῆθος εἴτ’ ἄλλο τι τῶν τοιούτων ἐστίν.

    In other things composed by nature, the things without which the whole could not exist are not parts of the whole composition. So it is clear that we should not regard as parts of a city all the things that cities must have—nor of any other community from which some single kind of thing results (for there must be some one thing that is common to the partners and the same for all of them, whether they share in it equally or unequally)—whether this is food, or an amount of land, or something else of that kind.

    ὅταν δ’ ᾖ τὸ μὲν τούτου ἕνεκεν τὸ δ’ οὗ ἕνεκεν, οὐθέν [ἔν] γε τούτοις κοινὸν ἀλλ’ ἢ τῷ μὲν ποιῆσαι τῷ δὲ λαβεῖν· λέγω δ’ οἷον ὀργάνῳ τε παντὶ πρὸς τὸ γιγνόμενον ἔργον καὶ τοῖς δημιουργοῖς· οἰκίᾳ γὰρ πρὸς οἰκοδόμον οὐθέν ἐστιν ὃ γίγνεται κοινόν, ἀλλ’ ἔστι τῆς οἰκίας χάριν ἡ τῶν οἰκοδόμων τέχνη. διὸ κτήσεως μὲν δεῖ ταῖς πόλεσιν, οὐδὲν δ’ ἐστὶν ἡ κτῆσις μέρος τῆς πόλεως· πολλὰ δ’ ἔμψυχα μέρη τῆς κτήσεώς ἐστιν· ἡ δὲ πόλις κοινωνία τίς ἐστι τῶν ὁμοίων, ἕνεκεν δὲ ζωῆς τῆς ἐνδεχομένης ἀρίστης.

    But when one thing is for the sake of something and the other is that for the sake of which, they have nothing in common, except that the one produces and the other receives. I mean, for instance, any tool, and the craftsmen, in relation to the work produced: there is nothing that comes to be in common between a house and a builder; rather, the builders’ craft is for the sake of the house. So cities need property, but property is no part of the city—though many parts of property are living things. The city is a community of similar people, for the sake of the best life possible.

    ἐπεὶ δ’ ἐστὶν εὐδαιμονία τὸ ἄριστον, αὕτη δὲ ἀρετῆς ἐνέργεια καὶ χρῆσίς τις τέλειος, συμβέβηκε δὲ οὕτως ὥστε τοὺς μὲν ἐνδέχεσθαι μετέχειν αὐτῆς τοὺς δὲ μικρὸν ἢ μηδέν, δῆλον ὡς τοῦτ’ αἴτιον τοῦ γίγνεσθαι πόλεως εἴδη καὶ διαφορὰς καὶ πολιτείας πλείους· ἄλλον γὰρ τρόπον καὶ δι’ 1328b ἄλλων ἕκαστοι τοῦτο θηρεύοντες τούς τε βίους ἑτέρους ποιοῦνται καὶ τὰς πολιτείας. ἐπισκεπτέον δὲ καὶ πόσα ταυτί ἐστιν ὧν ἄνευ πόλις οὐκ ἂν εἴη· καὶ γὰρ ἃ λέγομεν εἶναι μέρη πόλεως ἐν τούτοις ἂν εἴη, διὸ ἀναγκαῖον ὑπάρχειν. ληπτέον τοίνυν τῶν ἔργων τὸν ἀριθμόν· ἐκ τούτων γὰρ ἔσται δῆλον.

    Since happiness is the best thing, and it is an activity and a complete exercise of excellence, and it has turned out that some people can share in it while others can do so only a little or not at all, this is clearly the reason why there come to be different kinds and varieties of cities and a plurality of constitutions. For each people pursues happiness in a different way and by 1328b different means, and so they make their ways of life and their constitutions different. We must also consider how many there are of these things without which a city could not exist; for what we call the parts of a city would be among them, which is why they must be present. We must therefore take stock of the number of functions, since from these it will become clear.

    πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ὑπάρχειν δεῖ τροφήν, ἔπειτα τέχνας (πολλῶν γὰρ ὀργάνων δεῖται τὸ ζῆν), τρίτον δὲ ὅπλα (τοὺς γὰρ κοινωνοῦντας ἀναγκαῖον καὶ ἐν αὑτοῖς ἔχειν ὅπλα πρός τε τὴν ἀρχήν, τῶν ἀπειθούντων χάριν, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἔξωθεν ἀδικεῖν ἐπιχειροῦντας), ἔτι χρημάτων τινὰ εὐπορίαν, ὅπως ἔχωσι καὶ πρὸς τὰς καθ’ αὑτοὺς χρείας καὶ πρὸς ⟨τὰς⟩ πολεμικάς, πέμπτον δὲ καὶ πρῶτον τὴν περὶ τὸ θεῖον ἐπιμέλειαν, ἣν καλοῦσιν ἱερατείαν, ἕκτον δὲ τὸν ἀριθμὸν καὶ πάντων ἀναγκαιότατον κρίσιν περὶ τῶν συμφερόντων καὶ τῶν δικαίων τῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους.

    First, there must be food; next, crafts (for life needs many tools); third, arms (for those who share in the community must have arms among themselves too, both to maintain rule, because of those who disobey, and against those from outside who try to do them wrong); further, a certain abundance of money, so that they have it both for their own needs and for the needs of war; fifth—and first—the care of the divine, which they call priesthood; and sixth in number, and most necessary of all, judgment about what is advantageous and what is just in people’s dealings with one another.

    τὰ μὲν οὖν ἔργα ταῦτ’ ἐστὶν ὧν δεῖται πᾶσα πόλις ὡς εἰπεῖν (ἡ γὰρ πόλις πλῆθός ἐστιν οὐ τὸ τυχὸν ἀλλὰ πρὸς ζωὴν αὔταρκες, ὥς φαμεν, ἐὰν δέ τι τυγχάνῃ τούτων ἐκλεῖπον, ἀδύνατον ἁπλῶς αὐτάρκη τὴν κοινωνίαν εἶναι ταύτην)· ἀνάγκη τοίνυν κατὰ τὰς ἐργασίας ταύτας συνεστάναι πόλιν· δεῖ ἄρα γεωργῶν τ’ εἶναι πλῆθος, οἳ παρασκευάσουσι τὴν τροφήν, καὶ τεχνίτας, καὶ τὸ μάχιμον, καὶ τὸ εὔπορον, καὶ ἱερεῖς, καὶ κριτὰς τῶν ἀναγκαίων καὶ συμφερόντων.

    These, then, are the functions that practically every city needs (for a city is not just any multitude but one self-sufficient for life, as we say, and if any of these happens to be lacking, it is impossible for this community to be self-sufficient without qualification). So a city must be organized in accordance with these functions. There must therefore be a multitude of farmers to provide the food, and craftsmen, and the fighting element, and the well-off, and priests, and judges of what is necessary and advantageous.

    Who should be citizens

    Citizens serve as soldiers when young, rulers when older and priests in old age; laborers are excluded.

    διωρισμένων δὲ τούτων λοιπὸν σκέψασθαι πότερον πᾶσι κοινωνητέον πάντων τούτων (ἐνδέχεται γὰρ τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἅπαντας εἶναι καὶ γεωργοὺς καὶ τεχνίτας καὶ τοὺς βουλευομένους καὶ δικάζοντας), ἢ καθ’ ἕκαστον ἔργον τῶν εἰρημένων ἄλλους ὑποθετέον, ἢ τὰ μὲν ἴδια τὰ δὲ κοινὰ τούτων ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἐστίν. οὐκ ἐν πάσῃ δὲ ταὐτὸ πολιτείᾳ. καθάπερ γὰρ εἴπομεν, ἐνδέχεται καὶ πάντας κοινωνεῖν πάντων καὶ μὴ πάντας πάντων ἀλλὰ τινὰς τινῶν. ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ ποιεῖ τὰς πολιτείας ἑτέρας· ἐν μὲν γὰρ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις μετέχουσι πάντες πάντων, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις τοὐναντίον.

    With these distinctions made, it remains to consider whether everyone should share in all of these (for it is possible for the same people all to be farmers and craftsmen and those who deliberate and judge), or whether we should assume different people for each of the functions mentioned, or whether some of them are necessarily private and others common. It is not the same in every constitution. For, as we said, it is possible for all to share in all, or for not all to share in all but some in some. That is precisely what makes constitutions different: in democracies all share in all, and in oligarchies the opposite.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ τυγχάνομεν σκοποῦντες περὶ τῆς ἀρίστης πολιτείας, αὕτη δ’ ἐστὶ καθ’ ἣν ἡ πόλις ἂν εἴη μάλιστ’ εὐδαίμων, τὴν δ’ εὐδαιμονίαν ὅτι χωρὶς ἀρετῆς ἀδύνατον ὑπάρχειν εἴρηται πρότερον, φανερὸν ἐκ τούτων ὡς ἐν τῇ κάλλιστα πολιτευομένῃ πόλει καὶ τῇ κεκτημένῃ δικαίους ἄνδρας ἁπλῶς, ἀλλὰ μὴ πρὸς τὴν ὑπόθεσιν, οὔτε βάναυσον βίον οὔτ’ ἀγοραῖον δεῖ ζῆν τοὺς πολίτας (ἀγεννὴς γὰρ ὁ τοιοῦτος βίος καὶ πρὸς ἀρετὴν ὑπεναντίος), οὐδὲ δὴ γεωργοὺς εἶναι τοὺς μέλλοντας 1329a ἔσεσθαι (δεῖ γὰρ σχολῆς καὶ πρὸς τὴν γένεσιν τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ πρὸς τὰς πράξεις τὰς πολιτικάς).

    We are investigating the best constitution, and this is the one under which the city would be happiest; and it was said earlier that happiness cannot exist without excellence. It is evident from this that in the city governed most finely—the one that possesses men who are just without qualification, not just relative to some presupposition—the citizens should not live the life of vulgar craftsmen or of traders (such a life is ignoble and opposed to excellence). Nor should those who are going 1329a to be citizens be farmers (for leisure is needed both for the development of excellence and for political activities).

    ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τὸ πολεμικὸν καὶ τὸ βουλευόμενον περὶ τῶν συμφερόντων καὶ κρῖνον περὶ τῶν δικαίων ἐνυπάρχει καὶ μέρη φαίνεται τῆς πόλεως μάλιστα ὄντα, πότερον ἕτερα καὶ ταῦτα θετέον ἢ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀποδοτέον ἄμφω; φανερὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο, διότι τρόπον μέν τινα τοῖς αὐτοῖς τρόπον δέ τινα καὶ ἑτέροις. ᾗ μὲν γὰρ ἑτέρας ἀκμῆς ἑκάτερον τῶν ἔργων, καὶ τὸ μὲν δεῖται φρονήσεως τὸ δὲ δυνάμεως, ἑτέροις· ᾗ δὲ τῶν ἀδυνάτων ἐστὶ τοὺς δυναμένους βιάζεσθαι καὶ κωλύειν, τούτους ὑπομένειν ἀρχομένους ἀεί, ταύτῃ δὲ τοῖς αὐτοῖς. οἱ γὰρ τῶν ὅπλων κύριοι καὶ ⟨τοῦ⟩ μένειν ἢ μὴ μένειν κύριοι τὴν πολιτείαν.

    Since the military element, and the element that deliberates about what is advantageous and judges about what is just, are also present, and appear to be parts of the city in the fullest sense, should these too be regarded as distinct, or should both be assigned to the same people? This too is evident: in one way to the same people, in another way to different ones. Insofar as each of these functions belongs to a different prime of life, and one requires practical wisdom and the other strength, to different people. But insofar as it is impossible for those who are able to use force and resist to put up with always being ruled, to the same people. For those who control the arms also control whether the constitution survives or not.

    λείπεται τοίνυν τοῖς αὐτοῖς μὲν ἀμφοτέροις ἀποδιδόναι τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην, μὴ ἅμα δέ, ἀλλ’ ὥσπερ πέφυκεν ἡ μὲν δύναμις ἐν νεωτέροις, ἡ δὲ φρόνησις ἐν πρεσβυτέροις εἶναὶ, ἔοικεν οὕτως ἀμφοῖν νενεμῆσθαι συμφέρειν καὶ δίκαιόν ἐστιν· ἔχει γὰρ αὕτη ἡ διαίρεσις τὸ κατ’ ἀξίαν. ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τὰς κτήσεις δεῖ εἶναι περὶ τούτους. ἀναγκαῖον γὰρ εὐπορίαν ὑπάρχειν τοῖς πολίταις, πολῖται δὲ οὗτοι. τὸ γὰρ βάναυσον οὐ μετέχει τῆς πόλεως, οὐδ’ ἄλλο οὐθὲν γένος ὃ μὴ τῆς ἀρετῆς δημιουργόν ἐστιν. τοῦτο δὲ δῆλον ἐκ τῆς ὑποθέσεως· τὸ μὲν γὰρ εὐδαιμονεῖν ἀναγκαῖον ὑπάρχειν μετὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς, εὐδαίμονα δὲ πόλιν οὐκ εἰς μέρος τι βλέψαντας δεῖ λέγειν αὐτῆς, ἀλλ’ εἰς πάντας τοὺς πολίτας.

    It remains, then, to assign this constitution to the same people for both functions, but not at the same time. Rather, just as by nature strength is found in younger people and practical wisdom in older ones, it seems both advantageous and just to distribute the functions between them in this way, since this division accords with merit. Moreover, the property too must belong to these people. For the citizens must be well off, and these are the citizens. The vulgar class has no share in the city, nor does any other class that is not a producer of excellence. This is clear from our presupposition: happiness must go together with excellence, and one should call a city happy not by looking at some part of it but at all its citizens.

    φανερὸν δὲ καὶ ὅτι δεῖ τὰς κτήσεις εἶναι τούτων, εἴπερ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τοὺς γεωργοὺς δούλους ἢ βαρβάρους περιοίκους. λοιπὸν δ’ ἐκ τῶν καταριθμηθέντων τὸ τῶν ἱερέων γένος. φανερὰ δὲ καὶ ἡ τούτων τάξις. οὔτε γὰρ γεωργὸν οὔτε βάναυσον ἱερέα καταστατέον (ὑπὸ γὰρ τῶν πολιτῶν πρέπει τιμᾶσθαι τοὺς θεούς)· ἐπεὶ δὲ διῄρηται τὸ πολιτικὸν εἰς δύο μέρη, τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ τό τε ὁπλιτικὸν καὶ τὸ βουλευτικόν, πρέπει δὲ τήν τε θεραπείαν ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ τὴν ἀνάπαυσιν ἔχειν περὶ αὐτοὺς τοὺς διὰ τὸν χρόνον ἀπειρηκότας, τούτοις ἂν εἴη τὰς ⟨περὶ αὐτοὺς⟩ ἱερωσύνας ἀποδοτέον.

    It is also evident that the property must belong to them, if the farmers must be slaves or non-Greek perioikoi. Of the groups we listed, what remains is the class of priests. Their place too is evident. Neither a farmer nor a vulgar craftsman should be appointed priest, since it is fitting for the gods to be honored by citizens. And since the citizen body has been divided into two parts, namely the armed and the deliberative, and it is fitting that those who have retired because of their age should render worship to the gods and find their rest in their service, it is to these that the priesthoods should be assigned.

    ὧν μὲν τοίνυν ἄνευ πόλις οὐ συνίσταται καὶ ὅσα μέρη πόλεως, εἴρηται (γεωργοὺς μὲν γὰρ καὶ τεχνίτας καὶ πᾶν τὸ θητικὸν ἀναγκαῖον [ὑπάρχειν] ταῖς πόλεσιν, μέρη δὲ τῆς πόλεως τό τε ὁπλιτικὸν καὶ βουλευτικόν), καὶ κεχώρισται δὴ τούτων ἕκαστον, τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ τὸ δὲ κατὰ μέρος.

    We have now said what a city cannot be constituted without, and what the parts of a city are: farmers, craftsmen, and the whole class of hired laborers are necessary to cities, while the parts of the city are the armed and the deliberative elements; and each of these is separate from the others, the one permanently, the other by turns.

    Ancient precedents and the division of land

    Class divisions and common meals are ancient; the land is split into public and private portions.

    ἔοικε δὲ οὐ νῦν οὐδὲ νεωστὶ τοῦτ’ εἶναι γνώριμον τοῖς περὶ πολιτείας φιλοσοφοῦσιν, ὅτι δεῖ διῃρῆσθαι χωρὶς κατὰ γένη 1329b τὴν πόλιν καὶ τό τε μάχιμον ἕτερον εἶναι καὶ τὸ γεωργοῦν. ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ τε γὰρ ἔχει τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον ἔτι καὶ νῦν, τά τε περὶ τὴν Κρήτην, τὰ μὲν οὖν περὶ Αἴγυπτον Σεσώστριος, ὥς φασιν, οὕτω νομοθετήσαντος, Μίνω δὲ τὰ περὶ Κρήτην. ἀρχαία δὲ ἔοικεν εἶναι καὶ τῶν συσσιτίων ἡ τάξις, τὰ μὲν περὶ Κρήτην γενόμενα περὶ τὴν Μίνω βασιλείαν, τὰ δὲ περὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν πολλῷ παλαιότερα τούτων.

    It seems that it is not now, or recently, that this has become known to those who philosophize about constitutions: that the city should be divided into separate classes 1329b and the fighting class kept distinct from the farming one. In Egypt things are still arranged that way even now, and in Crete too; Sesostris, they say, legislated this way for Egypt, and Minos for Crete. The institution of common meals also seems to be ancient: in Crete it arose during the reign of Minos, but in Italy it is far older than that.

    Sesostris: a legendary lawgiving king of Egypt.

    φασὶ γὰρ οἱ λόγιοι τῶν ἐκεῖ κατοικούντων Ἰταλόν τινα γενέσθαι βασιλέα τῆς Οἰνωτρίας, ἀφ’ οὗ τό τε ὄνομα μεταβαλόντας Ἰταλοὺς ἀντ’ Οἰνωτρῶν κληθῆναι καὶ τὴν ἀκτὴν ταύτην τῆς Εὐρώπης Ἰταλίαν τοὔνομα λαβεῖν, ὅση τετύχηκεν ἐντὸς οὖσα τοῦ κόλπου τοῦ Σκυλλητικοῦ καὶ τοῦ Λαμητικοῦ· ἀπέχει δὲ ταῦτα ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων ὁδὸν ἡμισείας ἡμέρας. τοῦτον δὴ λέγουσι τὸν Ἰταλὸν νομάδας τοὺς Οἰνωτροὺς ὄντας ποιῆσαι γεωργούς, καὶ νόμους ἄλλους τε αὐτοῖς θέσθαι καὶ τὰ συσσίτια καταστῆσαι πρῶτον· διὸ καὶ νῦν ἔτι τῶν ἀπ’ ἐκείνου τινὲς χρῶνται τοῖς συσσιτίοις καὶ τῶν νόμων ἐνίοις. ᾤκουν δὲ τὸ μὲν πρὸς τὴν Τυρρηνίαν Ὀπικοὶ καὶ πρότερον καὶ νῦν καλούμενοι τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν Αὔσονες, τὸ δὲ πρὸς τὴν Ἰαπυγίαν καὶ τὸν Ἰόνιον Χῶνες, τὴν καλουμένην Σύρτιν· ἦσαν δὲ καὶ οἱ Χῶνες Οἰνωτροὶ τὸ γένος.

    The learned among the inhabitants there say that a certain Italus became king of Oenotria, and that from him they changed their name and were called Itali instead of Oenotrians, and that this promontory of Europe took the name Italy—the part lying between the Scylletic and Lametic gulfs, which are half a day’s journey apart. This Italus, they say, turned the Oenotrians from nomads into farmers, gave them various laws, and was the first to establish common meals. That is why even now some of his descendants still use common meals and some of his laws. The region toward Tyrrhenia was inhabited by the Opici, who both formerly and now bear the name Ausonians; the region toward Iapygia and the Ionian Sea, the so-called Siritis, by the Chones, who were also Oenotrians by descent.

    Oenotria: the toe of southern Italy (modern Calabria). Tyrrhenia is Etruria; Iapygia, the heel of Italy.

    ἡ μὲν οὖν τῶν συσσιτίων τάξις ἐντεῦθεν γέγονε πρῶτον, ὁ δὲ χωρισμὸς ὁ κατὰ γένος τοῦ πολιτικοῦ πλήθους ἐξ Αἰγύπτου· πολὺ γὰρ ὑπερτείνει τοῖς χρόνοις τὴν Μίνω βασιλείαν ἡ Σεσώστριος. σχεδὸν μὲν οὖν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα δεῖ νομίζειν εὑρῆσθαι πολλάκις ἐν τῷ πολλῷ χρόνῳ, μᾶλλον δ’ ἀπειράκις. τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἀναγκαῖα τὴν χρείαν διδάσκειν εἰκὸς αὐτήν, τὰ δ’ εἰς εὐσχημοσύνην καὶ περιουσίαν ὑπαρχόντων ἤδη τούτων εὔλογον λαμβάνειν τὴν αὔξησιν· ὥστε καὶ τὰ περὶ τὰς πολιτείας οἴεσθαι δεῖ τὸν αὐτὸν ἔχειν τρόπον. ὅτι δὲ πάντα ἀρχαῖα, σημεῖον τὰ περὶ Αἴγυπτόν ἐστιν· οὗτοι γὰρ ἀρχαιότατοι μὲν δοκοῦσιν εἶναι, νόμων δὲ τετυχήκασιν ⟨ἀεὶ⟩ καὶ τάξεως πολιτικῆς. διὸ δεῖ τοῖς μὲν εὑρημένοις ἱκανῶς χρῆσθαι, τὰ δὲ παραλελειμμένα πειρᾶσθαι ζητεῖν.

    The institution of common meals, then, originated there first, while the division of the citizen body by classes came from Egypt; for the reign of Sesostris long predates that of Minos. We should suppose, roughly, that other things too have been discovered many times over in the long course of time—or rather countless times. For it is likely that need itself teaches what is necessary, and that once this is in place, things contributing to refinement and abundance should reasonably develop. So we must suppose that the same holds for constitutional arrangements too. That all these things are ancient is shown by the case of Egypt: the Egyptians are reputed to be the most ancient people, yet they have always had laws and a political order. So we should make adequate use of what has been discovered, and try to seek out what has been neglected.

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν δεῖ τὴν χώραν εἶναι τῶν ὅπλα κεκτημένων καὶ τῶν τῆς πολιτείας μετεχόντων, εἴρηται πρότερον, καὶ διότι τοὺς γεωργοῦντας αὐτῶν ἑτέρους εἶναι δεῖ, καὶ πόσην τινὰ χρὴ καὶ ποίαν εἶναι τὴν χώραν· περὶ δὲ τῆς διανομῆς καὶ τῶν γεωργούντων, τίνας καὶ ποίους εἶναι χρή, λεκτέον πρῶτον, ἐπειδὴ οὔτε κοινήν φαμεν εἶναι δεῖν τὴν 1330a κτῆσιν ὥσπερ τινὲς εἰρήκασιν, ἀλλὰ τῇ χρήσει φιλικῶς γινομένῃ κοινήν, οὔτ’ ἀπορεῖν οὐθένα τῶν πολιτῶν τροφῆς. περὶ συσσιτίων τε συνδοκεῖ πᾶσι χρήσιμον εἶναι ταῖς εὖ κατεσκευασμέναις πόλεσιν ὑπάρχειν· δι’ ἣν δ’ αἰτίαν συνδοκεῖ καὶ ἡμῖν, ὕστερον ἐροῦμεν. δεῖ δὲ τούτων κοινωνεῖν πάντας τοὺς πολίτας, οὐ ῥᾴδιον δὲ τοὺς ἀπόρους ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων τε εἰσφέρειν τὸ συντεταγμένον καὶ διοικεῖν τὴν ἄλλην οἰκίαν.

    It was said earlier that the land should belong to those who possess arms and share in the constitution, and why those who farm it should be different from them, and how large and of what sort the territory should be. We must now first discuss the distribution of land and the farmers—who they should be and of what sort. For we say that property should not be common, 1330a as some have said, but should become common in use, in a friendly way, and that no citizen should lack sustenance. As for common meals, everyone agrees that it is useful for well-organized cities to have them; why we too agree, we will say later. All the citizens should share in them; but it is not easy for the poor both to contribute the assessed amount from their private means and to manage the rest of their household.

    ἔτι δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς δαπανήματα κοινὰ πάσης τῆς πόλεώς ἐστιν. ἀναγκαῖον τοίνυν εἰς δύο μέρη διῃρῆσθαι τὴν χώραν, καὶ τὴν μὲν εἶναι κοινὴν τὴν δὲ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν, καὶ τούτων ἑκατέραν διῃρῆσθαι δίχα πάλιν, τῆς μὲν κοινῆς τὸ μὲν ἕτερον μέρος εἰς τὰς πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς λειτουργίας τὸ δὲ ἕτερον εἰς τὴν τῶν συσσιτίων δαπάνην, τῆς δὲ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν τὸ ἕτερον μέρος τὸ πρὸς τὰς ἐσχατιάς, τὸ δὲ ἕτερον πρὸς πόλιν, ἵνα δύο κλήρων ἑκάστῳ νεμηθέντων ἀμφοτέρων τῶν τόπων πάντες μετέχωσιν. τό τε γὰρ ἴσον οὕτως ἔχει καὶ τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὸ πρὸς τοὺς ἀστυγείτονας πολέμους ὁμονοητικώτερον. ὅπου γὰρ μὴ τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον, οἱ μὲν ὀλιγωροῦσι τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ὁμόρους ἔχθρας, οἱ δὲ λίαν φροντίζουσι καὶ παρὰ τὸ καλόν.

    Further, expenses relating to the gods are common to the whole city. So the territory must be divided into two parts, one public and the other private, and each of these divided in two again. Of the public land, one part should go to the service of the gods and the other to the expense of the common meals; of the private land, one part should be near the frontier and the other near the city, so that, with two lots assigned to each person, everyone shares in both locations. That way there is equality and justice, and greater unanimity about wars with neighbors. For where things are not arranged this way, some make light of hostility with the neighboring peoples, while others worry about it too much and beyond what is fine.

    διὸ παρ’ ἐνίοις νόμος ἐστὶ τοὺς γειτνιῶντας τοῖς ὁμόροις μὴ συμμετέχειν βουλῆς τῶν πρὸς αὐτοὺς πολέμων, ὡς διὰ τὸ ἴδιον οὐκ ἂν δυναμένους βουλεύσασθαι καλῶς. τὴν μὲν οὖν χώραν ἀνάγκη διῃρῆσθαι τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον διὰ τὰς προειρημένας αἰτίας· τοὺς δὲ γεωργήσοντας μάλιστα μέν, εἰ δεῖ κατ’ εὐχήν, δούλους εἶναι, μήτε ὁμοφύλων πάντων μήτε θυμοειδῶν (οὕτω γὰρ ἂν πρός τε τὴν ἐργασίαν εἶεν χρήσιμοι καὶ πρὸς τὸ μηδὲν νεωτερίζειν ἀσφαλεῖς), δεύτερον δὲ βαρβάρους περιοίκους παραπλησίους τοῖς εἰρημένοις τὴν φύσιν, τούτων δὲ τοὺς μὲν ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις εἶναι [ἰδίους] τῶν κεκτημένων τὰς οὐσίας, τοὺς δ’ ἐπὶ τῇ κοινῇ γῇ κοινούς. τίνα δὲ δεῖ τρόπον χρῆσθαι δούλοις, καὶ διότι βέλτιον πᾶσι τοῖς δούλοις ἆθλον προκεῖσθαι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, ὕστερον ἐροῦμεν.

    That is why in some places there is a law that those whose land borders on neighboring peoples may not take part in deliberation about wars against them, on the grounds that their private interest would keep them from deliberating well. The territory, then, must be divided in this way for the reasons stated. Those who are to farm it should ideally, if we are to have what we would pray for, be slaves—not all of the same stock, and not spirited (that way they would be useful for work and safe from attempting revolution); and second best, non-Greek perioikoi similar in nature to those just described. Of these, those on private land should belong privately to the owners of the estates, and those on public land should be public. How slaves should be treated, and why it is better for all slaves to have their freedom held out as a reward, we will say later.

    The site of the city and its walls

    The city needs a healthy, defensible site, good water, mixed street plans and walls.

    τὴν δὲ πόλιν ὅτι μὲν δεῖ κοινὴν εἶναι τῆς ἠπείρου τε καὶ τῆς θαλάττης καὶ τῆς χώρας ἁπάσης ὁμοίως ἐκ τῶν ἐνδεχομένων, εἴρηται πρότερον· αὐτῆς δὲ προσάντη τὴν θέσιν εὔχεσθαι δεῖ κατατυγχάνειν πρὸς τέτταρα βλέποντας, πρῶτον μὲν ὡς ἀναγκαῖον πρὸς ὑγίειαν (αἵ τε γὰρ πρὸς ἕω τὴν ἔγκλισιν ἔχουσαι καὶ πρὸς τὰ πνεύματα τὰ πνέοντα ἀπὸ τῆς ἀνατολῆς ὑγιεινότεραι, δεύτερον δ’ ⟨αἱ⟩ κατὰ βορέαν· εὐχείμεροι γὰρ αὗται μᾶλλον)· τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν 1330b πρὸς τὸ τὰς πολιτικὰς πράξεις καὶ πολεμικὰς καλῶς ἔχει.

    That the city should, as far as possible, have access alike to the mainland, the sea, and the whole territory has been said earlier. As for its own site, we should pray that it be on a slope, looking to four considerations. First, as something necessary, health: cities that slope toward the east, and toward the winds that blow from the sunrise, are healthier; second, those that face north, since these are better in winter. Among the remaining considerations, 1330b it should be well situated for political and military activities.

    πρὸς μὲν οὖν τὰς πολεμικὰς αὐτοῖς μὲν εὐέξοδον εἶναι χρή, τοῖς δ’ ἐναντίοις δυσπρόσοδον καὶ δυσπερίληπτον, ὑδάτων τε καὶ ναμάτων μάλιστα μὲν ὑπάρχειν πλῆθος οἰκεῖον, εἰ δὲ μή, τοῦτό γε εὕρηται διὰ τοῦ κατασκευάζειν ὑποδοχὰς ὀμβρίοις ὕδασιν ἀφθόνους καὶ μεγάλας, ὥστε μηδέποτε ὑπολείπειν εἰργομένους τῆς χώρας διὰ πόλεμον· ἐπεὶ δὲ δεῖ περὶ ὑγιείας φροντίζειν τῶν ἐνοικούντων, τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ κεῖσθαι τὸν τόπον ἔν τε τοιούτῳ καὶ πρὸς τοιοῦτον καλῶς, δεύτερον δὲ ὕδασιν ὑγιεινοῖς χρῆσθαι, καὶ τούτου τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ἔχειν μὴ παρέργως. οἷς γὰρ πλείστοις χρώμεθα πρὸς τὸ σῶμα καὶ πλειστάκις, ταῦτα πλεῖστον συμβάλλεται πρὸς τὴν ὑγίειαν· ἡ δὲ τῶν ὑδάτων καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος δύναμις τοιαύτην ἔχει τὴν φύσιν.

    For military activities, it should be easy for the inhabitants to march out of but hard for their opponents to approach and to surround. It should ideally have its own plentiful supply of water and springs; but failing that, a way has been found: constructing large and plentiful cisterns for rainwater, so that water never runs short when the inhabitants are cut off from the countryside by war. And since one must take thought for the health of the inhabitants, and this depends, first, on the place being well situated in a healthy spot and facing a healthy direction, and second, on using healthy water, this too must be attended to seriously. For the things we use most and most often for the body contribute most to health; and water and air have this sort of effect.

    διόπερ ἐν ταῖς εὖ φρονούσαις δεῖ διωρίσθαι πόλεσιν, ἐὰν μὴ πάνθ’ ὅμοια μηδ’ ἀφθονία τοιούτων ᾖ ναμάτων, χωρὶς τά τε εἰς τροφὴν ὕδατα καὶ τὰ πρὸς τὴν ἄλλην χρείαν.

    That is why in cities with good sense, if not all water is equally good and there is no abundance of such springs, drinking water should be kept separate from water for other uses.

    περὶ δὲ τόπων ἐρυμνῶν οὐ πάσαις ὁμοίως ἔχει τὸ συμφέρον ταῖς πολιτείαις· οἷον ἀκρόπολις ὀλιγαρχικὸν καὶ μοναρχικόν, δημοκρατικὸν δ’ ὁμαλότης, ἀριστοκρατικὸν δὲ οὐδέτερον, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἰσχυροὶ τόποι πλείους. ἡ δὲ τῶν ἰδίων οἰκήσεων διάθεσις ἡδίων μὲν νομίζεται καὶ χρησιμωτέρα πρὸς τὰς ἄλλας πράξεις, ἂν εὔτομος ᾖ καὶ κατὰ τὸν νεώτερον καὶ τὸν Ἱπποδάμειον τρόπον, πρὸς δὲ τὰς πολεμικὰς ἀσφαλείας τοὐναντίον ὡς εἶχον κατὰ τὸν ἀρχαῖον χρόνον· δυσείσοδος γὰρ ἐκείνη τοῖς ξενικοῖς καὶ δυσεξερεύνητος τοῖς ἐπιτιθεμένοις. διὸ δεῖ τούτων ἀμφοτέρων μετέχειν (ἐνδέχεται γάρ, ἄν τις οὕτως κατασκευάζῃ καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς γεωργοῖς ἃς καλοῦσί τινες τῶν ἀμπέλων συστάδας), καὶ τὴν μὲν ὅλην μὴ ποιεῖν πόλιν εὔτομον, κατὰ μέρη δὲ καὶ τόπους· οὕτω γὰρ καὶ πρὸς ἀσφάλειαν καὶ πρὸς κόσμον ἕξει καλῶς.

    As for fortified positions, what is advantageous is not the same for all constitutions. An acropolis, for instance, suits oligarchy and monarchy; level ground suits democracy; and neither suits aristocracy, but rather a number of strongholds. The layout of private houses is thought pleasanter and more useful for other activities if it is well laid out in straight streets in the newer, Hippodamian style; but for security in war the opposite is better, as things were in ancient times, since that arrangement was hard for foreign troops to get into and hard for attackers to find their way around. So a city should have both. This is possible if one lays out the houses the way some farmers plant what they call “clusters” of vines; and one should not lay out the whole city in straight streets, but only certain parts and districts. That way it will be well arranged both for security and for beauty.

    περὶ δὲ τειχῶν, οἱ μὴ φάσκοντες δεῖν ἔχειν τὰς τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀντιποιουμένας πόλεις λίαν ἀρχαίως ὑπολαμβάνουσιν, καὶ ταῦθ’ ὁρῶντες ἐλεγχομένας ἔργῳ τὰς ἐκείνως καλλωπισαμένας. ἔστι δὲ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ὁμοίους καὶ μὴ πολὺ τῷ πλήθει διαφέροντας οὐ καλὸν τὸ πειρᾶσθαι σῴζεσθαι διὰ τῆς τῶν τειχῶν ἐρυμνότητος· ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ συμβαίνειν ἐνδέχεται πλείω τὴν ὑπεροχὴν γίγνεσθαι τῶν ἐπιόντων τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης τῆς ἐν τοῖς ὀλίγοις ἀρετῆς, εἰ δεῖ σῴζεσθαι καὶ μὴ πάσχειν κακῶς μηδὲ ὑβρίζεσθαι, τὴν ἀσφαλεστάτην ἐρυμνότητα τῶν τειχῶν οἰητέον εἶναι πολεμικωτάτην, 1331a ἄλλως τε καὶ νῦν εὑρημένων τῶν περὶ τὰ βέλη καὶ τὰς μηχανὰς εἰς ἀκρίβειαν πρὸς τὰς πολιορκίας.

    As for walls, those who say that cities laying claim to excellence should not have them hold a very old-fashioned view—and this when they see that the cities that prided themselves on that have been refuted by events. Against those who are similar and not much superior in number, it is not fine to try to save oneself by the strength of one’s walls. But since it can happen that the superiority of the attackers is too great for human excellence, present in a few, to withstand, then, if the city is to be saved and not suffer harm or outrage, one must regard the strongest fortification of walls as the most warlike measure, 1331a especially now that projectiles and siege engines have been developed to such precision.

    Chiefly an allusion to Sparta, which long prided itself on having no walls.

    ὅμοιον γὰρ τὸ τείχη μὴ περιβάλλειν ταῖς πόλεσιν ἀξιοῦν καὶ τὸ τὴν χώραν εὐέμβολον ζητεῖν καὶ περιαιρεῖν τοὺς ὀρεινοὺς τόπους, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ταῖς οἰκήσεσι ταῖς ἰδίαις μὴ περιβάλλειν τοίχους ὡς ἀνάνδρων ἐσομένων τῶν κατοικούντων. ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδὲ τοῦτό γε δεῖ λανθάνειν, ὅτι τοῖς μὲν περιβεβλημένοις τείχη περὶ τὴν πόλιν ἔξεστιν ἀμφοτέρως χρῆσθαι ταῖς πόλεσιν, καὶ ὡς ἐχούσαις τείχη καὶ ὡς μὴ ἐχούσαις, τοῖς δὲ μὴ κεκτημένοις οὐκ ἔξεστιν. εἰ δὴ τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον, οὐχ ὅτι τείχη μόνον περιβλητέον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτων ἐπιμελητέον, ὅπως καὶ πρὸς κόσμον ἔχῃ τῇ πόλει πρεπόντως καὶ πρὸς τὰς πολεμικὰς χρείας, τάς τε ἄλλας καὶ τὰς νῦν ἐπεξευρημένας.

    For to demand that cities not be surrounded by walls is like wanting the territory to be easy to invade and removing its mountainous areas—or, similarly, like not putting walls around private houses, on the grounds that their inhabitants will become cowardly. Nor should we overlook this: those who have walls around their city can treat their cities in both ways, as walled and as unwalled, whereas those who have none cannot. If so, not only should walls be built, but care should also be taken that they be a fitting ornament for the city and suited to military needs, both the others and those newly devised.

    ὥσπερ γὰρ τοῖς ἐπιτιθεμένοις ἐπιμελές ἐστι δι’ ὧν τρόπων πλεονεκτήσουσιν, οὕτω τὰ μὲν εὕρηται τὰ δὲ δεῖ ζητεῖν καὶ φιλοσοφεῖν καὶ τοὺς φυλαττομένους· ἀρχὴν γὰρ οὐδ’ ἐπιχειροῦσιν ἐπιτίθεσθαι τοῖς εὖ παρεσκευασμένοις.

    For just as attackers take care to find ways of gaining the advantage, so too some means have been discovered, and others the defenders must seek out and think up; for people do not even attempt to attack those who are well prepared in the first place.

    Marketplaces, temples and guardhouses

    Aristotle lays out a free marketplace, a trading market, temples and guardhouses.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ δεῖ τὸ μὲν πλῆθος τῶν πολιτῶν ἐν συσσιτίοις κατανενεμῆσθαι, τὰ δὲ τείχη διειλῆφθαι φυλακτηρίοις καὶ πύργοις κατὰ τόπους ἐπικαίρους, δῆλον ὡς ταῦτα προκαλεῖται παρασκευάζειν ἔνια τῶν συσσιτίων ἐν τούτοις τοῖς φυλακτηρίοις. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν δὴ τοῦτον ἄν τις διακοσμήσειε τὸν τρόπον· τὰς δὲ τοῖς θείοις ἀποδεδομένας οἰκήσεις καὶ τὰ κυριώτατα τῶν ἀρχείων συσσίτια ἁρμόττει τόπον ἐπιτήδειόν τε ἔχειν καὶ τὸν αὐτόν, ὅσα μὴ τῶν ἱερῶν ὁ νόμος ἀφορίζει χωρὶς ἤ τι μαντεῖον ἄλλο πυθόχρηστον. εἴη δ’ ἂν τοιοῦτος ὁ τόπος ὅστις ἐπιφάνειάν τε ἔχει πρὸς τὴν τῆς θέσεως ἀρετὴν ἱκανῶς καὶ πρὸς τὰ γειτνιῶντα μέρη τῆς πόλεως ἐρυμνοτέρως.

    Since the citizen body must be distributed among common meals, and the walls divided at suitable places by guardhouses and towers, it is clear that these circumstances invite us to set up some of the common meals in these guardhouses. These things, then, might be arranged in this way. The dwellings assigned to the gods and the common meals of the most authoritative offices should have a suitable location, and the same one—except for those temples that the law, or some oracle from Delphi, sets apart. Such a place would be one conspicuous enough for the excellence of its position, and better fortified in relation to the neighboring parts of the city.

    πρέπει δ’ ὑπὸ μὲν τοῦτον τὸν τόπον τοιαύτης ἀγορᾶς εἶναι κατασκευὴν οἵαν καὶ περὶ Θετταλίαν νομίζουσιν ἣν ἐλευθέραν καλοῦσιν, αὕτη δ’ ἐστὶν ἣν δεῖ καθαρὰν εἶναι τῶν ὠνίων πάντων, καὶ μήτε βάναυσον μήτε γεωργὸν μήτ’ ἄλλον μηδένα τοιοῦτον παραβάλλειν μὴ καλούμενον ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχόντων. εἴη δ’ ἂν εὔχαρις ὁ τόπος, εἰ καὶ τὰ γυμνάσια τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἔχοι τὴν τάξιν ἐνταῦθα· πρέπει γὰρ διῃρῆσθαι κατὰ τὰς ἡλικίας καὶ τοῦτον τὸν κόσμον, καὶ παρὰ μὲν τοῖς νεωτέροις ἄρχοντάς τινας διατρίβειν, τοὺς δὲ πρεσβυτέρους παρὰ τοῖς ἄρχουσιν· ἡ γὰρ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τῶν ἀρχόντων παρουσία μάλιστα ἐμποιεῖ τὴν ἀληθινὴν αἰδῶ καὶ τὸν τῶν ἐλευθέρων 1331b φόβον.

    Below this place it is fitting to lay out a marketplace of the kind they have in Thessaly, which they call the “free” marketplace. This is one that must be kept clear of all goods for sale, and no vulgar craftsman, farmer, or anyone else of that sort may enter it unless summoned by the officials. The place would be pleasant if the gymnasia of the older men were located there too. For this ornament too should be divided by ages: some officials should spend their time among the younger men, while the older men spend theirs among the officials. For the presence of officials before people’s eyes, above all, instills true respect and the fear befitting free 1331b people.

    τὴν δὲ τῶν ὠνίων ἀγορὰν ἑτέραν τε δεῖ ταύτης εἶναι καὶ χωρίς, ἔχουσαν τόπον εὐσυνάγωγον τοῖς τε ἀπὸ τῆς θαλάττης πεμπομένοις καὶ τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς χώρας πᾶσιν.

    The marketplace for goods should be different from this one and separate, in a location convenient for collecting everything sent from the sea and from the countryside.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ προεστὸς διαιρεῖται τῆς πόλεως εἰς ἱερεῖς καὶ εἰς ἄρχοντας, πρέπει καὶ τῶν ἱερέων συσσίτια περὶ τὴν τῶν ἱερῶν οἰκοδομημάτων ἔχειν τὴν τάξιν. τῶν δ’ ἀρχείων ὅσα περὶ τὰ συμβόλαια ποιεῖται τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, περί τε γραφὰς δικῶν καὶ τὰς κλήσεις καὶ τὴν ἄλλην τὴν τοιαύτην διοίκησιν, ἔτι δὲ περὶ τὴν ἀγορανομίαν καὶ τὴν καλουμένην ἀστυνομίαν, πρὸς ἀγορᾷ μὲν δεῖ καὶ συνόδῳ τινὶ κοινῇ κατεσκευάσθαι, τοιοῦτος δ’ ὁ περὶ τὴν ἀναγκαίαν ἀγοράν ἐστι τόπος· ἐνσχολάζειν μὲν γὰρ τὴν ἄνω τίθεμεν, ταύτην δὲ πρὸς τὰς ἀναγκαίας πράξεις.

    Since the leading element of the city is divided into priests and officials, it is fitting that the priests’ common meals too be located near the sacred buildings. Of the offices, those that supervise contracts, the filing of lawsuits, summonses, and other such administration, and also market supervision and what is called city supervision, should be established near a marketplace and some common meeting place; and the area around the marketplace for necessities is such a place. For we assign the upper marketplace to leisure, and this one to necessary activities.

    μεμιμῆσθαι δὲ χρὴ τὴν εἰρημένην τάξιν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν χώραν· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ τοῖς ἄρχουσιν οὓς καλοῦσιν οἱ μὲν ὑλωροὺς οἱ δὲ ἀγρονόμους καὶ φυλακτήρια καὶ συσσίτια πρὸς φυλακὴν ἀναγκαῖον ὑπάρχειν, ἔτι δὲ ἱερὰ κατὰ τὴν χώραν εἶναι νενεμημένα, τὰ μὲν θεοῖς τὰ δὲ ἥρωσιν. ἀλλὰ τὸ διατρίβειν νῦν ἀκριβολογουμένους καὶ λέγοντας περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἀργόν ἐστιν· οὐ γὰρ χαλεπόν ἐστι τὰ τοιαῦτα νοῆσαι, ἀλλὰ ποιῆσαι μᾶλλον· τὸ μὲν γὰρ λέγειν εὐχῆς ἔργον ἐστί, τὸ δὲ συμβῆναι τύχης. διὸ περὶ μὲν τῶν τοιούτων τό γε ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἀφείσθω τὰ νῦν.

    The same arrangement should also be imitated in the countryside. There too the officials whom some call forest-wardens and others country-wardens must have guardhouses and common meals for defense, and there should also be temples distributed throughout the countryside, some to gods and some to heroes. But it is idle to spend time now going into precise detail and discussing such matters. It is not hard to think of such things, but rather to carry them out: talking about them is a matter of prayer, but their coming about is a matter of fortune. So let us leave any further discussion of such matters aside for now.

    Happiness and the making of good citizens

    Happiness is the complete exercise of excellence; people become good through nature, habit and reason.

    περὶ δὲ τῆς πολιτείας αὐτῆς, ἐκ τίνων καὶ ποίων δεῖ συνεστάναι τὴν μέλλουσαν ἔσεσθαι πόλιν μακαρίαν καὶ πολιτεύσεσθαι καλῶς, λεκτέον. ἐπεὶ δὲ δύ’ ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς γίγνεται τὸ εὖ πᾶσι, τούτοιν δ’ ἐστὶν ἓν μὲν ἐν τῷ τὸν σκοπὸν κεῖσθαι καὶ τὸ τέλος τῶν πράξεων ὀρθῶς, ἓν δὲ τὰς πρὸς τὸ τέλος φερούσας πράξεις εὑρίσκειν (ἐνδέχεται γὰρ ταῦτα καὶ διαφωνεῖν ἀλλήλοις καὶ συμφωνεῖν· ἐνίοτε γὰρ ὁ μὲν σκοπὸς ἔκκειται καλῶς, ἐν δὲ τῷ πράττειν τοῦ τυχεῖν αὐτοῦ διαμαρτάνουσιν, ὁτὲ δὲ τῶν μὲν πρὸς τὸ τέλος πάντων ἐπιτυγχάνουσιν, ἀλλὰ τὸ τέλος ἔθεντο φαῦλον, ὁτὲ δὲ ἑκατέρου διαμαρτάνουσιν, οἷον περὶ ἰατρικήν·

    We must now discuss the constitution itself: of what and of what sort of people the city must be composed if it is going to be blessed and well governed. There are two things on which everyone’s well-being depends: one is that the target and end of actions be rightly set; the other, finding the actions that lead to that end. (These can either conflict or agree with each other. Sometimes the target is well set, but people fail to achieve it in their actions; at other times they succeed in everything that leads to the end, but have set a bad end; and sometimes they fail in both, as in medicine:

    Chapter 13

    οὔτε γὰρ ποῖόν τι δεῖ τὸ ὑγιαῖνον εἶναι σῶμα κρίνουσιν ἐνίοτε καλῶς, οὔτε πρὸς τὸν ὑποκείμενον αὐτοῖς ὅρον τυγχάνουσι τῶν ποιητικῶν· δεῖ δ’ ἐν ταῖς τέχναις καὶ ἐπιστήμαις ταῦτα ἀμφότερα κρατεῖσθαι, τὸ τέλος καὶ τὰς εἰς τὸ τέλος πράξεις), ὅτι μὲν οὖν τοῦ τε εὖ ζῆν καὶ τῆς εὐδαιμονίας ἐφίενται πάντες, φανερόν, ἀλλὰ τούτων τοῖς μὲν ἐξουσία τυγχάνει τοῖς δὲ οὔ, διά τινα τύχην ἢ φύσιν (δεῖται γὰρ καὶ χορηγίας 1332a τινὸς τὸ ζῆν καλῶς, τούτου δὲ ἐλάττονος μὲν τοῖς ἄμεινον διακειμένοις, πλείονος δὲ τοῖς χεῖρον), οἱ δ’ εὐθὺς οὐκ ὀρθῶς ζητοῦσι τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν, ἐξουσίας ὑπαρχούσης.

    sometimes doctors do not judge well what a healthy body should be like, nor do they hit on the means productive of the goal they have set themselves. In the arts and sciences both must be mastered: the end and the actions leading to the end.) Now it is evident that everyone aims at living well and at happiness; but some have the opportunity for them and others do not, owing to fortune or nature (for living finely also requires some 1332a equipment—less for those in a better condition, more for those in a worse); while others, though they have the opportunity, go about seeking happiness wrongly from the start.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ προκείμενόν ἐστι τὴν ἀρίστην πολιτείαν ἰδεῖν, αὕτη δ’ ἐστὶ καθ’ ἣν ἄριστ’ ἂν πολιτεύοιτο πόλις, ἄριστα δ’ ἂν πολιτεύοιτο καθ’ ἣν εὐδαιμονεῖν μάλιστα ἐνδέχεται τὴν πόλιν, δῆλον ὅτι τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν δεῖ, τί ἐστι, μὴ λανθάνειν.

    Since our purpose is to see the best constitution, and this is the one under which a city would be best governed, and a city would be best governed under the constitution under which it can be happiest, clearly we must not overlook what happiness is.

    φαμὲν δὲ (καὶ διωρίσμεθα ἐν τοῖς Ἠθικοῖς, εἴ τι τῶν λόγων ἐκείνων ὄφελος) ἐνέργειαν εἶναι καὶ χρῆσιν ἀρετῆς τελείαν, καὶ ταύτην οὐκ ἐξ ὑποθέσεως ἀλλ’ ἁπλῶς. λέγω δ’ ἐξ ὑποθέσεως τἀναγκαῖα, τὸ δ’ ἁπλῶς τὸ καλῶς· οἷον τὰ περὶ τὰς δικαίας πράξεις, αἱ δίκαιαι τιμωρίαι καὶ κολάσεις ἀπ’ ἀρετῆς μέν εἰσιν, ἀναγκαῖαι δέ, καὶ τὸ καλῶς ἀναγκαίως ἔχουσιν (αἱρετώτερον μὲν γὰρ μηδενὸς δεῖσθαι τῶν τοιούτων μήτε τὸν ἄνδρα μήτε τὴν πόλιν), αἱ δ’ ἐπὶ τὰς τιμὰς καὶ τὰς εὐπορίας ἁπλῶς εἰσι κάλλισται πράξεις. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἕτερον κακοῦ τινὸς ἀναίρεσίς ἐστιν, αἱ τοιαῦται δὲ πράξεις τοὐναντίον· κατασκευαὶ γὰρ ἀγαθῶν εἰσι καὶ γεννήσεις.

    We say—and we have defined it in the Ethics, if those discussions are of any use—that it is a complete activity and exercise of excellence, and this not conditionally but without qualification. By “conditionally” I mean what is necessary, and by “without qualification” what is fine. For example, in the case of just actions, just penalties and punishments spring from excellence, but they are necessary, and they are fine only in a necessary way (it would be more choiceworthy if neither individual nor city needed anything of the kind); whereas actions aimed at honors and prosperity are the finest actions without qualification. For the former are the removal of some evil, whereas actions of this kind are the opposite: they are the provision and creation of goods.

    χρήσαιτο δ’ ἂν ὁ σπουδαῖος ἀνὴρ καὶ πενίᾳ καὶ νόσῳ καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις τύχαις ταῖς φαύλαις καλῶς· ἀλλὰ τὸ μακάριον ἐν τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἐστίν (καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο διώρισται κατὰ τοὺς ἠθικοὺς λόγους, ὅτι τοιοῦτός ἐστιν ὁ σπουδαῖος, ᾧ διὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἀγαθά ἐστι τὰ ἁπλῶς ἀγαθά, δῆλον δ’ ὅτι καὶ τὰς χρήσεις ἀναγκαῖον σπουδαίας καὶ καλὰς εἶναι ταύτας ἁπλῶς)· διὸ καὶ νομίζουσιν ἄνθρωποι τῆς εὐδαιμονίας αἴτια τὰ ἐκτὸς εἶναι τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ὥσπερ εἰ τοῦ κιθαρίζειν λαμπρὸν καὶ καλῶς αἰτιῷντο τὴν λύραν μᾶλλον τῆς τέχνης.

    The excellent man would deal finely with poverty, disease, and other bad fortune; but blessedness lies in their opposites. (This too was defined in our ethical discussions: the excellent person is the sort for whom, because of his excellence, the things that are good without qualification are good; and clearly his uses of them must also be excellent and fine without qualification.) That is why people think that external goods are the causes of happiness—as if one were to credit a brilliant and fine performance on the kithara to the instrument rather than to the skill.

    ἀναγκαῖον τοίνυν ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων τὰ μὲν ὑπάρχειν, τὰ δὲ παρασκευάσαι τὸν νομοθέτην. διὸ κατατυχεῖν εὐχόμεθα τῇ τῆς πόλεως συστάσει ὧν ἡ τύχη κυρία (κυρίαν γὰρ ὑπάρχειν τίθεμεν)· τὸ δὲ σπουδαίαν εἶναι τὴν πόλιν οὐκέτι τύχης ἔργον ἀλλ’ ἐπιστήμης καὶ προαιρέσεως. ἀλλὰ μὴν σπουδαία γε πόλις ἐστὶ τῷ τοὺς πολίτας τοὺς μετέχοντας τῆς πολιτείας εἶναι σπουδαίους· ἡμῖν δὲ πάντες οἱ πολῖται μετέχουσι τῆς πολιτείας. τοῦτ’ ἄρα σκεπτέον, πῶς ἀνὴρ γίνεται σπουδαῖος. καὶ γὰρ εἰ πάντας ἐνδέχεται σπουδαίους εἶναι, μὴ καθ’ ἕκαστον δὲ τῶν πολιτῶν, οὕτως αἱρετώτερον· ἀκολουθεῖ γὰρ τῷ καθ’ ἕκαστον καὶ τὸ πάντας. ἀλλὰ μὴν ἀγαθοί γε καὶ σπουδαῖοι γίγνονται διὰ τριῶν. τὰ τρία δὲ ταῦτά ἐστι φύσις ἔθος λόγος.

    From what has been said, then, some things must be present already and others must be provided by the lawgiver. That is why we pray that the city’s composition be fortunate in the things over which fortune has authority (for we assume it does have authority over them); but the city’s being excellent is no longer a matter of fortune but of knowledge and decision. Now a city is excellent through its citizens who share in the constitution being excellent; and in our city all the citizens share in the constitution. So we must consider how a man becomes excellent. For even if it were possible for all to be excellent without each of the citizens being so individually, the latter is more choiceworthy, since all being excellent follows from each being so. Now people become good and excellent through three things. These three are nature, habit, and reason.

    καὶ γὰρ φῦναι δεῖ πρῶτον, οἷον ἄνθρωπον ἀλλὰ μὴ τῶν ἄλλων τι ζῴων· εἶτα καὶ ποιόν τινα τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχήν. ἔνια δὲ οὐθὲν ὄφελος 1332b φῦναι· τὰ γὰρ ἔθη μεταβαλεῖν ποιεῖ· ἔνια γὰρ εἶσι, διὰ τῆς φύσεως ἐπαμφοτερίζοντα, διὰ τῶν ἐθῶν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ βέλτιον. τὰ μὲν οὖν ἄλλα τῶν ζῴων μάλιστα μὲν τῇ φύσει ζῇ, μικρὰ δ’ ἔνια καὶ τοῖς ἔθεσιν, ἄνθρωπος δὲ καὶ λόγῳ· μόνος γὰρ ἔχει λόγον· ὥστε δεῖ ταῦτα συμφωνεῖν ἀλλήλοις. πολλὰ γὰρ παρὰ τοὺς ἐθισμοὺς καὶ τὴν φύσιν πράττουσι διὰ τὸν λόγον, ἐὰν πεισθῶσιν ἄλλως ἔχειν βέλτιον. τὴν μὲν τοίνυν φύσιν οἵους εἶναι δεῖ τοὺς μέλλοντας εὐχειρώτους ἔσεσθαι τῷ νομοθέτῃ, διωρίσμεθα πρότερον· τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν ἔργον ἤδη παιδείας. τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἐθιζόμενοι μανθάνουσι τὰ δ’ ἀκούοντες.

    For first one must be born—as a human being, say, and not some other animal; and then with a certain sort of body and soul. But with some qualities it is no use 1332b being born, since habits change them: there are some that are by nature capable of going either way, and through habits they are turned toward the worse or the better. The other animals live mostly by nature, and some a little by habits too; but a human being lives also by reason, since he alone has reason. So these three must be in harmony with one another. For people do many things contrary to their habits and nature because of reason, if they are persuaded that some other way is better. What sort of nature those who are to be easily shaped by the lawgiver should have, we have determined earlier; the rest is now the work of education. For people learn some things by habituation and others by listening.

    Ruling in turn, and war for the sake of peace

    Citizens rule and are ruled by turns, and education must aim at peace and leisure, not conquest.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ πᾶσα πολιτικὴ κοινωνία συνέστηκεν ἐξ ἀρχόντων καὶ ἀρχομένων, τοῦτο δὴ σκεπτέον, εἰ ἑτέρους εἶναι δεῖ τοὺς ἄρχοντας καὶ τοὺς ἀρχομένους ἢ τοὺς αὐτοὺς διὰ βίου· δῆλον γὰρ ὡς ἀκολουθεῖν δεήσει καὶ τὴν παιδείαν κατὰ τὴν διαίρεσιν ταύτην.

    Since every political community is composed of rulers and ruled, we must consider whether rulers and ruled should be different people or the same throughout life; for clearly education too will have to follow this division.

    εἰ μὲν τοίνυν εἴησαν τοσοῦτον διαφέροντες ἅτεροι τῶν ἄλλων ὅσον τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἥρωας ἡγούμεθα τῶν ἀνθρώπων διαφέρειν, εὐθὺς πρῶτον κατὰ τὸ σῶμα πολλὴν ἔχοντες ὑπερβολήν, εἶτα κατὰ τὴν ψυχήν, ὥστε ἀναμφισβήτητον εἶναι καὶ φανερὰν τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τοῖς ἀρχομένοις τὴν τῶν ἀρχόντων, δῆλον ὅτι βέλτιον ἀεὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς τοὺς μὲν ἄρχειν τοὺς δ’ ἄρχεσθαι καθάπαξ· ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦτ’ οὐ ῥᾴδιον λαβεῖν οὐδ’ ἔστιν ὥσπερ ἐν Ἰνδοῖς φησι Σκύλαξ εἶναι τοὺς βασιλέας τοσοῦτον διαφέροντας τῶν ἀρχομένων, φανερὸν ὅτι διὰ πολλὰς αἰτίας ἀναγκαῖον πάντας ὁμοίως κοινωνεῖν τοῦ κατὰ μέρος ἄρχειν καὶ ἄρχεσθαι. τό τε γὰρ ἴσον ταὐτὸν τοῖς ὁμοίοις, καὶ χαλεπὸν μένειν τὴν πολιτείαν τὴν συνεστηκυῖαν παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον.

    Now if one group differed from the others as much as we believe gods and heroes differ from human beings—having, first of all, a great superiority in body, and then in soul—so that the superiority of the rulers was indisputable and evident to the ruled, it would clearly be better for the same people always to rule and the others always to be ruled, once and for all. But since this is not easy to find, and there are no kings so different from their subjects as Scylax says there are among the Indians, it is evident that for many reasons everyone must share alike in ruling and being ruled in turn. For equality means the same for those who are similar, and it is hard for a constitution established contrary to justice to last.

    Scylax of Caryanda: a Greek explorer who sailed down the Indus for the Persian king Darius in the late sixth century BC.

    μετὰ γὰρ τῶν ἀρχομένων ὑπάρχουσι νεωτερίζειν βουλόμενοι πάντες οἱ κατὰ τὴν χώραν, τοσούτους τε εἶναι τοὺς ἐν τῷ πολιτεύματι τὸ πλῆθος ὥστ’ εἶναι κρείττους πάντων τούτων ἕν τι τῶν ἀδυνάτων ἐστίν. ἀλλὰ μὴν ὅτι γε δεῖ τοὺς ἄρχοντας διαφέρειν τῶν ἀρχομένων, ἀναμφισβήτητον. πῶς οὖν ταῦτ’ ἔσται καὶ πῶς μεθέξουσι, δεῖ σκέψασθαι τὸν νομοθέτην. εἴρηται δὲ πρότερον περὶ αὐτοῦ. ἡ γὰρ φύσις δέδωκε τὴν διαίρεσιν ποιήσασα αὐτὸ τὸ γένει ταὐτὸ τὸ μὲν νεώτερον τὸ δὲ πρεσβύτερον, ὧν τοῖς μὲν ἄρχεσθαι πρέπει τοῖς δ’ ἄρχειν· ἀγανακτεῖ δὲ οὐδεὶς καθ’ ἡλικίαν ἀρχόμενος, οὐδὲ νομίζει εἶναι κρείττων, ἄλλως τε καὶ μέλλων ἀντιλαμβάνειν τοῦτον τὸν ἔρανον ὅταν τύχῃ τῆς ἱκνουμένης ἡλικίας.

    For all those in the countryside side with the ruled in wanting revolution, and for those within the governing body to be so numerous as to be stronger than all of these is an impossibility. And yet that rulers must differ from the ruled is beyond dispute. How this is to happen, then, and how they are to share in rule, is something the lawgiver must consider. We have spoken of it before. Nature has supplied the distinction by making what is the same in kind partly younger and partly older; it is fitting for the younger to be ruled and the older to rule. No one resents being ruled on account of age, or thinks himself better than his rulers, especially when he is going to get back his contribution in turn once he reaches the proper age.

    ἔστι μὲν ἄρα ὡς τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἄρχειν καὶ ἄρχεσθαι φατέον, ἔστι δὲ ὡς ἑτέρους. ὥστε καὶ τὴν 1333a παιδείαν ἔστιν ὡς τὴν αὐτὴν ἀναγκαῖον, ἔστιδ’ ὡς ἑτέραν εἶναι. τὸν [τε] γὰρ μέλλοντα καλῶς ἄρχειν ἀρχθῆναί φασι δεῖν πρῶτον. (ἔστι δὲ ἀρχή, καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις εἴρηται λόγοις, ἡ μὲν τοῦ ἄρχοντος χάριν ἡ δὲ τοῦ ἀρχομένου. τούτων δὲ τὴν μὲν δεσποτικὴν εἶναί φαμεν, τὴν δὲ τῶν ἐλευθέρων. διαφέρει δ’ ἔνια τῶν ἐπιταττομένων οὐ τοῖς ἔργοις ἀλλὰ τῷ τίνος ἕνεκα.

    So in one sense we must say that the same people rule and are ruled, and in another sense different people. Hence 1333a education too must in one sense be the same and in another sense different. For people say that whoever is going to rule well must first be ruled. (Rule, as was said in our first discussions, is of two kinds: one is for the sake of the ruler, the other for the sake of the ruled. The first we call the rule of a master, the second rule over free people. Some of the tasks that are commanded differ not in the work itself but in what it is done for.

    διὸ πολλὰ τῶν εἶναι δοκούντων διακονικῶν ἔργων καὶ τῶν νέων τοῖς ἐλευθέροις καλὸν διακονεῖν· πρὸς γὰρ τὸ καλὸν καὶ τὸ μὴ καλὸν οὐχ οὕτω διαφέρουσιν αἱ πράξεις καθ’ αὑτὰς ὡς ἐν τῷ τέλει καὶ τῷ τίνος ἕνεκεν.) ἐπεὶ δὲ πολίτου καὶ ἄρχοντος τὴν αὐτὴν ἀρετὴν εἶναί φαμεν καὶ τοῦ ἀρίστου ἀνδρός, τὸν δ’ αὐτὸν ἀρχόμενόν τε δεῖν γίγνεσθαι πρότερον καὶ ἄρχοντα ὕστερον, τοῦτ’ ἂν εἴη τῷ νομοθέτῃ πραγματευτέον, ὅπως ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ γίγνωνται, καὶ διὰ τίνων ἐπιτηδευμάτων, καὶ τί τὸ τέλος τῆς ἀρίστης ζωῆς.

    That is why many tasks thought to be menial can be fine for free young people to perform: actions in themselves do not differ so much in being fine or not fine as in their end and in what they are done for.) Since we say that the excellence of a citizen and ruler is the same as that of the best man, and that the same person must first be ruled and later rule, the lawgiver would have to work out how men become good, through what practices, and what the end of the best life is.

    διῄρηται δὲ δύο μέρη τῆς ψυχῆς, ὧν τὸ μὲν ἔχει λόγον καθ’ αὑτό, τὸ δ’ οὐκ ἔχει μὲν καθ’ αὑτὸ λόγῳ δ’ ὑπακούειν δυνάμενον· ὧν φαμεν τὰς ἀρετὰς εἶναι καθ’ ἃς ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς λέγεταί πως. τούτων δὲ ἐν ποτέρῳ μᾶλλον τὸ τέλος, τοῖς μὲν οὕτω διαιροῦσιν ὡς ἡμεῖς φαμεν οὐκ ἄδηλον πῶς λεκτέον. αἰεὶ γὰρ τὸ χεῖρον τοῦ βελτίονός ἐστιν ἕνεκεν, καὶ τοῦτο φανερὸν ὁμοίως ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ τοῖς κατὰ φύσιν· βέλτιον δὲ τὸ λόγον ἔχον. διῄρηταί τε διχῇ, καθ’ ὅνπερ εἰώθαμεν τρόπον διαιρεῖν· ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρακτικός ἐστι λόγος ὁ δὲ θεωρητικός. ὡσαύτως οὖν ἀνάγκη διῃρῆσθαι καὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος δηλονότι.

    The soul is divided into two parts: one has reason in itself, while the other does not have it in itself but is able to obey reason. To these belong, we say, the excellences in virtue of which a man is called good in some way. In which of the two the end lies more is not unclear, for those who divide the soul as we do. For the worse is always for the sake of the better, and this is evident alike in what comes about by craft and in what comes about by nature; and the part that has reason is the better. It in turn is divided in two, in the way we usually divide it: reason is either practical or theoretical. So this part too must clearly be divided in the same way.

    καὶ τὰς πράξεις δ’ ἀνάλογον ἐροῦμεν ἔχειν, καὶ δεῖ τὰς τοῦ φύσει βελτίονος αἱρετωτέρας εἶναι τοῖς δυναμένοις τυγχάνειν ἢ πασῶν ἢ τοῖν δυοῖν· αἰεὶ γὰρ ἑκάστῳ τοῦθ’ αἱρετώτατον οὗ τυχεῖν ἔστιν ἀκροτάτου. διῄρηται δὲ καὶ πᾶς ὁ βίος εἰς ἀσχολίαν καὶ σχολὴν καὶ εἰς πόλεμον καὶ εἰρήνην, καὶ τῶν πρακτῶν τὰ μὲν εἰς τὰ ἀναγκαῖα καὶ χρήσιμα τὰ δὲ εἰς τὰ καλά. περὶ ὧν ἀνάγκη τὴν αὐτὴν αἵρεσιν εἶναι καὶ τοῖς τῆς ψυχῆς μέρεσι καὶ ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτῶν, πόλεμον μὲν εἰρήνης χάριν, ἀσχολίαν δὲ σχολῆς, τὰ δ’ ἀναγκαῖα καὶ χρήσιμα τῶν καλῶν ἕνεκεν. πρὸς πάντα μὲν τοίνυν τῷ πολιτικῷ βλέποντι νομοθετητέον, καὶ κατὰ τὰ μέρη τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ κατὰ τὰς πράξεις αὐτῶν, μᾶλλον δὲ πρὸς τὰ βελτίω καὶ τὰ τέλη.

    We will say that actions correspond to these parts, and that the actions of the part that is naturally better must be more choiceworthy for those who are able to attain either all of them or two. For to each person that is always most choiceworthy which is the highest it is possible for him to attain. All of life, too, is divided into work and leisure, and into war and peace; and of the things we do, some aim at what is necessary and useful, others at what is fine. Here the same preference must hold as for the parts of the soul and their actions: war for the sake of peace, work for the sake of leisure, and necessary and useful things for the sake of fine ones. The statesman, then, must legislate with an eye to all of these, both to the parts of the soul and to their actions, but more to the better things and to the ends.

    τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον καὶ περὶ τοὺς βίους καὶ τὰς τῶν πραγμάτων αἱρέσεις· δεῖ μὲν γὰρ ἀσχολεῖν δύνασθαι καὶ πολεμεῖν, 1333b μᾶλλον δ’ εἰρήνην ἄγειν καὶ σχολάζειν, καὶ τἀναγκαῖα καὶ τὰ χρήσιμα δὲ πράττειν, τὰ δὲ καλὰ δεῖ μᾶλλον. ὥστε πρὸς τούτους τοὺς σκοποὺς καὶ παῖδας ἔτι ὄντας παιδευτέον καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἡλικίας, ὅσαι δέονται παιδείας.

    The same holds for ways of life and for choices of what to do. One must be able to work and to wage war, 1333b but still more to live in peace and at leisure; and to do what is necessary and useful, but still more what is fine. So it is with these aims in view that people must be educated, both while they are still children and at the other ages that need education.

    οἱ δὲ νῦν ἄριστα δοκοῦντες πολιτεύεσθαι τῶν Ἑλλήνων, καὶ τῶν νομοθετῶν οἱ ταύτας καταστήσαντες τὰς πολιτείας, οὔτε πρὸς τὸ βέλτιστον τέλος φαίνονται συντάξαντες τὰ περὶ τὰς πολιτείας οὔτε πρὸς πάσας τὰς ἀρετὰς τοὺς νόμους καὶ τὴν παιδείαν, ἀλλὰ φορτικῶς ἀπέκλιναν πρὸς τὰς χρησίμους εἶναι δοκούσας καὶ πλεονεκτικωτέρας. παραπλησίως δὲ τούτοις καὶ τῶν ὕστερόν τινες γραψάντων ἀπεφήναντο τὴν αὐτὴν δόξαν· ἐπαινοῦντες γὰρ τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων πολιτείαν ἄγανται τοῦ νομοθέτου τὸν σκοπόν, ὅτι πάντα πρὸς τὸ κρατεῖν καὶ πρὸς πόλεμον ἐνομοθέτησεν. ἃ καὶ κατὰ τὸν λόγον ἐστὶν εὐέλεγκτα καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις ἐξελήλεγκται νῦν.

    But those Greeks who are now thought to have the best constitutions, and the lawgivers who established those constitutions, evidently did not arrange their constitutions with a view to the best end, nor their laws and education with a view to all the excellences; instead they vulgarly veered toward those that seemed useful and more likely to bring gain. Some later writers have expressed the same opinion in much the same way: praising the Spartan constitution, they admire the lawgiver’s aim, because he framed all his laws for conquest and war. These views are easy to refute by argument, and events have now refuted them too.

    ὥσπερ γὰρ οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ζηλοῦσι τὸ πολλῶν δεσπόζειν, ὅτι πολλὴ χορηγία γίγνεται τῶν εὐτυχημάτων, οὕτω καὶ Θίβρων ἀγάμενος φαίνεται τὸν τῶν Λακώνων νομοθέτην, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἕκαστος τῶν γραφόντων περὶ τῆς πολιτείας αὐτῶν, ὅτι διὰ τὸ γεγυμνάσθαι πρὸς τοὺς κινδύνους πολλῶν ἦρχον· καίτοι δῆλον ὡς ἐπειδὴ νῦν γε οὐκέτι ὑπάρχει τοῖς Λάκωσι τὸ ἄρχειν, οὐκ εὐδαίμονες, οὐδ’ ὁ νομοθέτης ἀγαθός. ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο γελοῖον, εἰ μένοντες ἐν τοῖς νόμοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ μηδενὸς ἐμποδίζοντος πρὸς τὸ χρῆσθαι τοῖς νόμοις, ἀποβεβλήκασι τὸ ζῆν καλῶς. οὐκ ὀρθῶς δ’ ὑπολαμβάνουσιν οὐδὲ περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἣν δεῖ τιμῶντα φαίνεσθαι τὸν νομοθέτην· τοῦ γὰρ δεσποτικῶς ἄρχειν ἡ τῶν ἐλευθέρων ἀρχὴ καλλίων καὶ μᾶλλον μετ’ ἀρετῆς.

    Just as most people envy mastery over many, because it supplies good fortune in abundance, so Thibron evidently admires the Spartan lawgiver, as does each of the others who write about their constitution, because training for danger enabled them to rule over many. Yet clearly, now that the Spartans no longer hold their empire, they are not happy, nor was their lawgiver good. And it is ridiculous that, though they have kept to his laws and nothing prevents them from using those laws, they have lost the fine life. Nor do these writers have the right idea about the kind of rule the lawgiver should be seen to honor: rule over free people is finer than rule like a master’s, and more bound up with excellence.

    Thibron: otherwise unknown as a writer; possibly the Spartan commander of that name in the 390s BC.

    ἔτι δὲ οὐ διὰ τοῦτο δεῖ τὴν πόλιν εὐδαίμονα νομίζειν καὶ τὸν νομοθέτην ἐπαινεῖν, ὅτι κρατεῖν ἤσκησεν ἐπὶ τὸ τῶν πέλας ἄρχειν· ταῦτα γὰρ μεγάλην ἔχει βλάβην. δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι καὶ τῶν πολιτῶν τῷ δυναμένῳ τοῦτο πειρατέον διώκειν, ὅπως δύνηται τῆς οἰκείας πόλεως ἄρχειν· ὅπερ ἐγκαλοῦσιν οἱ Λάκωνες Παυσανίᾳ τῷ βασιλεῖ, καίπερ ἔχοντι τηλικαύτην τιμήν.

    Further, a city should not be thought happy, nor its lawgiver praised, because he trained it to conquer so as to rule its neighbors; for this does great harm. Clearly it implies that any citizen who is able to should also try to achieve this very thing—to be able to rule his own city. That is exactly what the Spartans accused King Pausanias of, even though he held so great an honor.

    Pausanias: Spartan regent who commanded the Greeks at Plataea (479 BC) and was later accused of plotting to seize power.

    οὔτε δὴ πολιτικὸς τῶν τοιούτων λόγων καὶ νόμων οὐθεὶς οὔτε ὠφέλιμος οὔτε ἀληθής ἐστιν. ταὐτὰ γὰρ ἄριστα καὶ ἰδίᾳ καὶ κοινῇ, τόν τε νομοθέτην ἐμποιεῖν δεῖ ταῦτα ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων· τήν τε τῶν πολεμικῶν ἄσκησιν οὐ τούτου χάριν δεῖ μελετᾶν, ἵνα καταδουλώσωνται τοὺς ἀναξίους, ἀλλ’ ἵνα πρῶτον μὲν αὐτοὶ μὴ δουλεύσωσιν ἑτέροις, ἔπειτα ὅπως ζητῶσι τὴν ἡγεμονίαν τῆς 1334a ὠφελείας ἕνεκα τῶν ἀρχομένων, ἀλλὰ μὴ πάντων δεσποτείας· τρίτον δὲ τὸ δεσπόζειν τῶν ἀξίων δουλεύειν. ὅτι δὲ δεῖ τὸν νομοθέτην μᾶλλον σπουδάζειν ὅπως καὶ τὴν περὶ τὰ πολεμικὰ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην νομοθεσίαν τοῦ σχολάζειν ἕνεκεν τάξῃ καὶ τῆς εἰρήνης, μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λόγοις. αἱ γὰρ πλεῖσται τῶν τοιούτων πόλεων πολεμοῦσαι μὲν σῴζονται, κατακτησάμεναι δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀπόλλυνται.

    No argument or law of this kind, then, is statesmanlike, beneficial or true. The same things are best for individuals and for communities, and it is these that the lawgiver must instill in people’s souls. Training for war should be practiced not in order to enslave those who do not deserve it, but, first, so that they themselves are not enslaved to others; second, so that they may seek leadership 1334a for the benefit of those they lead, not mastery over everyone; and third, so as to be masters of those who deserve to be slaves. That the lawgiver should rather strive to arrange his legislation on military matters, as on everything else, for the sake of leisure and peace, the facts bear witness to the arguments. Most cities of this kind survive while they are at war but perish once they have won their empire.

    τὴν γὰρ βαφὴν ἀνιᾶσιν, ὥσπερ ὁ σίδηρος, εἰρήνην ἄγοντες. αἴτιος δ’ ὁ νομοθέτης οὐ παιδεύσας δύνασθαι σχολάζειν.

    Like iron, they lose their temper when they are at peace. The lawgiver is to blame, for not educating them to be able to use leisure.

    The excellences of leisure

    A city needs courage for work and philosophy for leisure; education starts with body and appetite.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ τέλος εἶναι φαίνεται καὶ κοινῇ καὶ ἰδίᾳ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ὅρον ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τῷ τε ἀρίστῳ ἀνδρὶ καὶ τῇ ἀρίστῃ πολιτείᾳ, φανερὸν ὅτι δεῖ τὰς εἰς τὴν σχολὴν ἀρετὰς ὑπάρχειν· τέλος γάρ, ὥσπερ εἴρηται πολλάκις, εἰρήνη μὲν πολέμου σχολὴ δ’ ἀσχολίας. χρήσιμοι δὲ τῶν ἀρετῶν εἰσι πρὸς τὴν σχολὴν καὶ διαγωγὴν ὧν τε ἐν τῇ σχολῇ τὸ ἔργον καὶ ὧν ἐν τῇ ἀσχολίᾳ. δεῖ γὰρ πολλὰ τῶν ἀναγκαίων ὑπάρχειν ὅπως ἐξῇ σχολάζειν· διὸ σώφρονα τὴν πόλιν εἶναι προσήκει καὶ ἀνδρείαν καὶ καρτερικήν· κατὰ γὰρ τὴν παροιμίαν, οὐ σχολὴ δούλοις, οἱ δὲ μὴ δυνάμενοι κινδυνεύειν ἀνδρείως δοῦλοι τῶν ἐπιόντων εἰσίν.

    Since human beings evidently have the same end both communally and individually, and the best man and the best constitution must have the same standard, it is clear that the excellences that serve leisure must be present. For, as has often been said, peace is the end of war, and leisure the end of work. The excellences useful for leisure and its cultivated pastime are both those whose work is done in leisure and those whose work is done in work. For many necessities must be available before one can be at leisure. That is why a city should be moderate, courageous and able to endure: as the proverb says, “No leisure for slaves,” and those who cannot face danger courageously are the slaves of whoever attacks them.

    ἀνδρείας μὲν οὖν καὶ καρτερίας δεῖ πρὸς τὴν ἀσχολίαν, φιλοσοφίας δὲ πρὸς τὴν σχολήν, σωφροσύνης δὲ καὶ δικαιοσύνης ἐν ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς χρόνοις, καὶ μᾶλλον εἰρήνην ἄγουσι καὶ σχολάζουσιν· ὁ μὲν γὰρ πόλεμος ἀναγκάζει δικαίους εἶναι καὶ σωφρονεῖν, ἡ δὲ τῆς εὐτυχίας ἀπόλαυσις καὶ τὸ σχολάζειν μετ’ εἰρήνης ὑβριστὰς ποιεῖ μᾶλλον. πολλῆς οὖν δεῖ δικαιοσύνης καὶ πολλῆς σωφροσύνης τοὺς ἄριστα δοκοῦντας πράττειν καὶ πάντων τῶν μακαριζομένων ἀπολαύοντας, οἷον εἴ τινές εἰσιν, ὥσπερ οἱ ποιηταί φασιν, ἐν μακάρων νήσοις· μάλιστα γὰρ οὗτοι δεήσονται φιλοσοφίας καὶ σωφροσύνης καὶ δικαιοσύνης, ὅσῳ μᾶλλον σχολάζουσιν ἐν ἀφθονίᾳ τῶν τοιούτων ἀγαθῶν. διότι μὲν οὖν τὴν μέλλουσαν εὐδαιμονήσειν καὶ σπουδαίαν ἔσεσθαι πόλιν τούτων δεῖ τῶν ἀρετῶν μετέχειν, φανερόν.

    Courage and endurance, then, are needed for work, philosophy for leisure, and moderation and justice at both times, but more for those who are at peace and at leisure. For war compels people to be just and moderate, whereas the enjoyment of good fortune and leisure in peacetime tends rather to make them arrogant. Much justice and much moderation, then, are needed by those who seem to be faring best and who enjoy everything thought blessed—if there are any such people, as the poets say, in the Islands of the Blessed. These above all will need philosophy, moderation and justice, the more so as they live at leisure amid an abundance of such goods. It is clear, then, why the city that is to be happy and excellent must share in these excellences.

    Islands of the Blessed: in Greek myth, the paradise at the edge of the world where favored heroes live after death.

    αἰσχροῦ γὰρ ὄντος μὴ δύνασθαι χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς, ἔτι μᾶλλον τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι ἐν τῷ σχολάζειν χρῆσθαι, ἀλλ’ ἀσχολοῦντας μὲν καὶ πολεμοῦντας φαίνεσθαι ἀγαθούς, εἰρήνην δ’ ἄγοντας καὶ σχολάζοντας ἀνδραποδώδεις. διὸ δεῖ μὴ καθάπερ ἡ Λακεδαιμονίων πόλις τὴν ἀρετὴν ἀσκεῖν. ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ οὐ ταύτῃ διαφέρουσι τῶν ἄλλων, 1334b τῷ μὴ νομίζειν ταὐτὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις μέγιστα τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἀλλὰ τῷ γίνεσθαι ταῦτα μᾶλλον διὰ τινὸς ἀρετῆς· ἐπεὶ δὲ μείζω τε ἀγαθὰ ταῦτα καὶ τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν τὴν τούτων ἢ τὴν τῶν ἀρετῶν . καὶ ὅτι δι’ αὑτήν, φανερὸν ἐκ τούτων· πῶς δὲ καὶ διὰ τίνων ἔσται, τοῦτο δὴ θεωρητέον.

    For if it is shameful to be unable to use good things, it is still more shameful to be unable to use them at leisure—to appear good when at work and at war, but servile when at peace and at leisure. So excellence should not be cultivated in the way the Spartan city cultivates it. It is not in this that the Spartans differ from others, 1334b in not regarding the same things as the greatest goods, but in thinking these are to be won through one particular excellence. But since these goods, and the enjoyment of them, are greater than the enjoyment of the excellences … [gap in the text] … and that excellence is to be pursued for its own sake is clear from this. How and by what means it will come about—that is what we must now consider.

    Some words are lost here; they probably said that the Spartans pursued excellence only as a means to external goods, whereas it should be pursued for its own sake.

    τυγχάνομεν δὴ διῃρημένοι πρότερον ὅτι φύσεως καὶ ἔθους καὶ λόγου δεῖ. τούτων δὲ ποίους μέν τινας εἶναι χρὴ τὴν φύσιν, διώρισται πρότερον, λοιπὸν δὲ θεωρῆσαι πότερον παιδευτέοι τῷ λόγῳ πρότερον ἢ τοῖς ἔθεσιν. ταῦτα γὰρ δεῖ πρὸς ἄλληλα συμφωνεῖν συμφωνίαν τὴν ἀρίστην· ἐνδέχεται γὰρ διημαρτηκέναι τὸν λόγον τῆς βελτίστης ὑποθέσεως, καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐθῶν ὁμοίως ἦχθαι.

    We have in fact already distinguished that three things are needed: nature, habit and reason. Of these, what sort of nature people should have has been determined earlier; it remains to consider whether they should be educated first through reason or through habits. These must be in harmony with each other, and in the best harmony; for it is possible for reason to have missed the best principle, and for people to have been led astray in the same way through their habits.

    φανερὸν δὴ τοῦτό γε πρῶτον μέν, καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις, ὡς ἡ γένεσις ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἐστι καὶ τὸ τέλος ἀπό τινος ἀρχῆς ἄλλου τέλους, ὁ δὲ λόγος ἡμῖν καὶ ὁ νοῦς τῆς φύσεως τέλος, ὥστε πρὸς τούτους τὴν γένεσιν καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐθῶν δεῖ παρασκευάζειν μελέτην· ἔπειτα ὥσπερ ψυχὴ καὶ σῶμα δύ’ ἐστίν, οὕτω καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ὁρῶμεν δύο μέρη, τό τε ἄλογον καὶ τὸ λόγον ἔχον, καὶ τὰς ἕξεις τὰς τούτων δύο τὸν ἀριθμόν, ὧν τὸ μέν ἐστιν ὄρεξις τὸ δὲ νοῦς, ὥσπερ δὲ τὸ σῶμα πρότερον τῇ γενέσει τῆς ψυχῆς, οὕτω καὶ τὸ ἄλογον τοῦ λόγον ἔχοντος. φανερὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο· θυμὸς γὰρ καὶ βούλησις, ἔτι δὲ ἐπιθυμία, καὶ γενομένοις εὐθὺς ὑπάρχει τοῖς παιδίοις, ὁ δὲ λογισμὸς καὶ ὁ νοῦς προϊοῦσιν ἐγγίγνεσθαι πέφυκεν.

    This much at least is clear. First, as in other things, coming into being starts from a beginning, and the end that comes from a certain beginning is itself directed to another end; and reason and intellect are the end of our nature, so that the process of coming into being and the training of habits must be arranged with a view to these. Second, just as soul and body are two, so we see that the soul too has two parts, the non-rational and that which has reason, and that their states are two in number, desire and intellect. And just as the body is prior in coming into being to the soul, so the non-rational part is prior to the part that has reason. This too is evident: spirit and wish, and appetite as well, are present in children right from birth, whereas reasoning and intellect naturally arise in them as they grow.

    διὸ πρῶτον μὲν τοῦ σώματος τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι προτέραν ἢ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς, ἔπειτα τὴν τῆς ὀρέξεως, ἕνεκα μέντοι τοῦ νοῦ τὴν τῆς ὀρέξεως, τὴν δὲ τοῦ σώματος τῆς ψυχῆς.

    That is why care of the body must come first, before care of the soul, and next care of desire; but care of desire is for the sake of intellect, and care of the body for the sake of the soul.

    Marriage and childbearing

    Aristotle sets ages for marriage and rules for pregnancy, the number of children and fidelity.

    εἴπερ οὖν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς τὸν νομοθέτην ὁρᾶν δεῖ ὅπως βέλτιστα τὰ σώματα γένηται τῶν τρεφομένων, πρῶτον μὲν ἐπιμελητέον περὶ τὴν σύζευξιν, πότε καὶ ποίους τινὰς ὄντας χρὴ ποιεῖσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους τὴν γαμικὴν ὁμιλίαν. δεῖ δ’ ἀποβλέποντα νομοθετεῖν ταύτην τὴν κοινωνίαν πρὸς αὐτούς τε καὶ τὸν τοῦ ζῆν χρόνον, ἵνα συγκαταβαίνωσι ταῖς ἡλικίαις ἐπὶ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν καὶ μὴ διαφωνῶσιν αἱ δυνάμεις τοῦ μὲν ἔτι δυναμένου γεννᾶν τῆς δὲ μὴ δυναμένης, ἢ ταύτης μὲν τοῦ δ’ ἀνδρὸς μή (ταῦτα γὰρ ποιεῖ καὶ στάσεις πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ διαφοράς)·

    If, then, the lawgiver must see from the outset that the bodies of those being reared turn out as good as possible, he must first attend to marriage: when, and with what qualities, people should enter into married union with each other. In legislating for this partnership he should look both to the couple themselves and to their span of life, so that they arrive together at the same stage of life and their capacities are not out of tune—the husband still able to beget children and the wife unable, or she able and he not (for this produces quarrels and disagreements between them);

    Chapter 16

    ἔπειτα καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῶν τέκνων διαδοχήν, δεῖ γὰρ οὔτε λίαν ὑπολείπεσθαι ταῖς ἡλικίαις τὰ τέκνα τῶν πατέρων (ἀνόνητος γὰρ τοῖς μὲν πρεσβυτέροις ἡ χάρις παρὰ τῶν τέκνων, ἡ δὲ παρὰ τῶν 1335a πατέρων βοήθεια τοῖς τέκνοις), οὔτε λίαν πάρεγγυς εἶναι (πολλὴν γὰρ ἔχει δυσχέρειαν· ἥ τε γὰρ αἰδὼς ἧττον ὑπάρχει τοῖς τοιούτοις ὥσπερ ἡλικιώταις καὶ περὶ τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἐγκληματικὸν τὸ πάρεγγυς)· ἔτι δ’, ὅθεν ἀρχόμενοι δεῦρο μετέβημεν, ὅπως τὰ σώματα τῶν γεννωμένων ὑπάρχῃ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ νομοθέτου βούλησιν.

    and then he should look to the succession of children. Children should not lag too far behind their fathers in age (for then the old get no benefit from their children’s gratitude, nor the children from their 1335a fathers’ help), nor be too close to them in age (this causes much difficulty: there is less respect between people who are nearly contemporaries, and the closeness in age leads to complaints in the running of the household); and further, to return to where we began this digression, he should see that the bodies of the children born accord with his wishes.

    σχεδὸν δὴ πάντα ταῦτα συμβαίνει κατὰ μίαν ἐπιμέλειαν. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ὥρισται τέλος τῆς γεννήσεως ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον εἰπεῖν ἀνδράσι μὲν ὁ τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα ἐτῶν ἀριθμὸς ἔσχατος, πεντήκοντα δὲ γυναιξί, δεῖ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς συζεύξεως κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν εἰς τοὺς χρόνους καταβαίνειν τούτους. ἔστι δ’ ὁ τῶν νέων συνδυασμὸς φαῦλος πρὸς τὴν τεκνοποιίαν· ἐν γὰρ πᾶσι ζῴοις ἀτελῆ τὰ τῶν νέων ἔκγονα, καὶ θηλυτόκα μᾶλλον καὶ μικρὰ τὴν μορφήν, ὥστ’ ἀναγκαῖον ταὐτὸ τοῦτο συμβαίνειν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. τεκμήριον δέ· ἐν ὅσαις γὰρ τῶν πόλεων ἐπιχωριάζεται τὸ νέους συζευγνύναι καὶ νέας, ἀτελεῖς καὶ μικροὶ τὰ σώματά εἰσιν.

    Nearly all these aims can be met by attending to one thing. Since the end of procreation is set, speaking generally, at seventy years at the outside for men and at fifty for women, the start of their union should be timed so that in age they reach these points together. The mating of young people is bad for producing children: in all animals the offspring of the young are imperfect, more often female, and small in form, so the same must necessarily happen with human beings too. There is evidence for this: in all the cities where it is the local custom for young men and young women to marry, people are imperfect and small in body.

    ἔτι δὲ ἐν τοῖς τόκοις αἱ νέαι πονοῦσί τε μᾶλλον καὶ διαφθείρονται πλείους· διὸ καὶ τὸν χρησμὸν γενέσθαι τινές φασι διὰ τοιαύτην αἰτίαν τοῖς Τροιζηνίοις, ὡς πολλῶν διαφθειρομένων διὰ τὸ γαμίσκεσθαι τὰς νεωτέρας, ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς τὴν τῶν καρπῶν κομιδήν. ἔτι δὲ καὶ πρὸς σωφροσύνην συμφέρει τὰς ἐκδόσεις ποιεῖσθαι πρεσβυτέραις· ἀκολαστότεραι γὰρ εἶναι δοκοῦσι νέαι χρησάμεναι ταῖς συνουσίαις.

    Further, young women suffer more in childbirth and more of them die. That is why some say the oracle was given to the people of Troezen for this very reason—that many were dying because girls were married too young—and that it had nothing to do with harvesting crops. Moreover, it also helps toward moderation to give daughters in marriage when they are older; for women who have sexual intercourse young are thought to be more licentious.

    Troezen: a city in the northeastern Peloponnese. The oracle reportedly told its people, “Do not plough a young furrow.”

    καὶ τὰ τῶν ἀρρένων δὲ σώματα βλάπτεσθαι δοκεῖ πρὸς τὴν αὔξησιν, ἐὰν ἔτι τοῦ σπέρματος αὐξανομένου ποιῶνται τὴν συνουσίαν· καὶ γὰρ τούτου τις ὡρισμένος χρόνος, ὃν οὐχ ὑπερβαίνει πληθύον ἔτι, ⟨ἢ μικρόν⟩· διὸ τὰς μὲν ἁρμόττει περὶ τὴν τῶν ὀκτωκαίδεκα ἐτῶν ἡλικίαν συζευγνύναι, τοὺς δ’ ἑπτὰ καὶ τριάκοντα ἢ μικρόν πρότερον·ἐν τοσούτῳ γὰρ ἀκμάζουσί τε τοῖς σώμασιν ἡ σύζευξις ἔσται, καὶ πρὸς τὴν παῦλαν τῆς τεκνοποιίας συγκαταβήσεται τοῖς χρόνοις εὐκαίρως· ἔτι δὲ ἡ διαδοχὴ τῶν τέκνων τοῖς μὲν ἀρχομένοις ἔσται τῆς ἀκμῆς, ἐὰν γίγνηται κατὰ λόγον εὐθὺς ἡ γένεσις, τοῖς δὲ ἤδη καταλελυμένης τῆς ἡλικίας πρὸς τὸν τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα ἐτῶν ἀριθμόν.

    The bodies of males too are thought to be harmed in their growth if they have intercourse while their seed is still growing; for this too has a fixed time, after which it no longer increases, or only a little. So it is fitting for women to marry at about eighteen and men at thirty-seven or a little before. At such ages their union will take place when their bodies are in their prime, and they will reach the end of childbearing together at the right time. Moreover, the children will succeed their parents at the beginning of their own prime, if they are born promptly as one would expect, when the parents’ vigor has already declined toward the age of seventy.

    περὶ μὲν οὖν τοῦ πότε δεῖ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν σύζευξιν εἴρηται, τοῖς δὲ περὶ τὴν ὥραν χρόνοις δεῖ χρῆσθαι οἷς οἱ πολλοὶ χρῶνται, καλῶς καὶ νῦν ὁρίσαντες χειμῶνος τὴν συναυλίαν ποιεῖσθαι ταύτην. δεῖ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὺς ἤδη θεωρεῖν πρὸς τὴν τεκνοποιίαν τά τε παρὰ τῶν ἰατρῶν λεγόμενα καὶ τὰ παρὰ τῶν φυσικῶν· οἵ τε γὰρ ἰατροὶ τοὺς καιροὺς τῶν σωμάτων ἱκανῶς λέγουσι, 1335b καὶ περὶ τῶν πνευμάτων οἱ φυσικοί, τὰ βόρεια τῶν νοτίων ἐπαινοῦντες μᾶλλον. ποίων δέ τινων τῶν σωμάτων ὑπαρχόντων μάλιστ’ ἂν ὄφελος εἴη τοῖς γεννωμένοις, ἐπιστήσασι μὲν μᾶλλον λεκτέον ἐν τοῖς περὶ τῆς παιδονομίας, τύπῳ δὲ ἱκανὸν εἰπεῖν καὶ νῦν.

    So much for when marriage should take place. As for the season, we should follow the practice of most people, who rightly, even now, set winter as the time to begin living together. The couple should also themselves study, with a view to having children, what doctors and natural philosophers say. The doctors say enough about the right bodily condition, 1335b and the natural philosophers about winds, praising north winds over south. What bodily condition in the parents would most benefit the offspring must be discussed more fully in our treatment of the supervision of children; but it is enough to say something in outline now.

    οὔτε γὰρ ἡ τῶν ἀθλητῶν χρήσιμος ἕξις πρὸς πολιτικὴν εὐεξίαν οὐδὲ πρὸς ὑγίειαν καὶ τεκνοποιίαν, οὔτε ἡ θεραπευτικὴ καὶ κακοπονητικὴ λίαν, ἀλλ’ ἡ μέση τούτων. πεπονημένην μὲν οὖν ἔχειν δεῖ τὴν ἕξιν, πεπονημένην δὲ πόνοις μὴ βιαίοις, μηδὲ πρὸς ἕνα μόνον, ὥσπερ ἡ τῶν ἀθλητῶν ἕξις, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὰς τῶν ἐλευθερίων πράξεις. ὁμοίως δὲ δεῖ ταῦτα ὑπάρχειν ἀνδράσι καὶ γυναιξίν.

    The athlete’s condition is not useful for a citizen’s fitness, nor for health and procreation, and neither is a condition that needs too much tending and is too unfit for exertion; what is useful is the one in between. The condition should be exercised, then, but by exertions that are not violent, and not directed to one thing only, like the athlete’s condition, but to the activities of free people. And this should apply alike to men and to women.

    χρὴ δὲ καὶ τὰς ἐγκύους ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τῶν σωμάτων, μὴ ῥᾳθυμούσας μηδ’ ἀραιᾷ τροφῇ χρωμένας. τοῦτο δὲ ῥᾴδιον τῷ νομοθέτῃ ποιῆσαι προστάξαντι καθ’ ἡμέραν τινὰ ποιεῖσθαι πορείαν πρὸς θεῶν ἀποθεραπείαν τῶν εἰληχότων τὴν περὶ τῆς γενέσεως τιμήν. τὴν μέντοι διάνοιαν τοὐναντίον τῶν σωμάτων ῥᾳθυμοτέρως ἁρμόττει διάγειν· ἀπολαύοντα γὰρ φαίνεται τὰ γεννώμενα τῆς ἐχούσης ὥσπερ τὰ φυόμενα τῆς γῆς. περὶ δὲ ἀποθέσεως καὶ τροφῆς τῶν γιγνομένων ἔστω νόμος μηδὲν πεπηρωμένον τρέφειν, διὰ δὲ πλῆθος τέκνων ἡ τάξις τῶν ἐθῶν κωλύῃ μηθὲν ἀποτίθεσθαι τῶν γιγνομένων· ὁρισθῆναι δὲ δεῖ τῆς τεκνοποιίας τὸ πλῆθος, ἐὰν δέ τισι γίγνηται παρὰ ταῦτα συνδυασθέντων, πρὶν αἴσθησιν ἐγγενέσθαι καὶ ζωὴν ἐμποιεῖσθαι δεῖ τὴν ἄμβλωσιν· τὸ γὰρ ὅσιον καὶ τὸ μὴ διωρισμένον τῇ αἰσθήσει καὶ τῷ ζῆν ἔσται.

    Pregnant women too must take care of their bodies, not being idle and not eating a meager diet. The lawgiver can easily bring this about by requiring them to make a journey every day to worship the gods whose office is to preside over birth. Their minds, however, unlike their bodies, it is fitting to keep rather relaxed; for the unborn evidently draw on the mother as plants draw on the earth. As for the exposure and rearing of children, let there be a law that no disabled child be reared; but where the established customs forbid exposing any child merely because of their number, there must be a limit set on the number of children; and if any couple conceive beyond this limit, abortion must be induced before sensation and life have begun. For what is permissible and what is not will be marked off by sensation and life.

    Exposure: abandoning a newborn to die or be taken in by others, a practice accepted in many Greek cities.

    ἐπεὶ δ’ ἡ μὲν ἀρχὴ τῆς ἡλικίας ἀνδρὶ καὶ γυναικὶ διώρισται, πότε ἄρχεσθαι χρὴ τῆς συζεύξεως, καὶ πόσον χρόνον λειτουργεῖν ἁρμόττει πρὸς τεκνοποιίαν ὡρίσθω. τὰ γὰρ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἔκγονα, καθάπερ τὰ τῶν νεωτέρων, ἀτελῆ γίγνεται καὶ τοῖς σώμασι καὶ ταῖς διανοίαις, τὰ δὲ τῶν γεγηρακότων ἀσθενῆ· διὸ κατὰ τὴν τῆς διανοίας ἀκμήν. αὕτη δ’ ἐστὶν ἐν τοῖς πλείστοις ἥνπερ τῶν ποιητῶν τινες εἰρήκασιν οἱ μετροῦντες ταῖς ἑβδομάσι τὴν ἡλικίαν, περὶ τὸν χρόνον τὸν τῶν πεντήκοντα ἐτῶν. ὥστε τέτταρσιν ἢ πέντε ἔτεσιν ὑπερβάλλοντα τὴν ἡλικίαν ταύτην ἀφεῖσθαι δεῖ τῆς εἰς τὸ φανερὸν γεννήσεως· τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν ὑγιείας χάριν ἤ τινος ἄλλης τοιαύτης αἰτίας φαίνεσθαι δεῖ ποιουμένους τὴν ὁμιλίαν.

    Since the age at which man and woman should begin their union has been determined, let us also determine how long they should serve the city by having children. The offspring of older parents, like those of too young ones, turn out imperfect in body and in mind, and those of the aged are weak. So the limit should be set by the prime of the mind. In most people this comes, as some of the poets who measure life in periods of seven years have said, at around the age of fifty. So when they are four or five years past this age they should be released from producing children openly; for the rest of their lives they should be seen to have intercourse only for the sake of health or for some other such reason.

    The poets: chiefly Solon, whose elegy divides a man’s life into ten periods of seven years.

    περὶ δὲ τῆς πρὸς ἄλλην ἢ πρὸς ἄλλον, ἔστω μὲν ἁπλῶς μὴ καλὸν ἁπτόμενον φαίνεσθαι μηδαμῇ μηδαμῶς, ὅταν ᾖ καὶ προσαγορευθῇ πόσις· περὶ δὲ τὸν χρόνον τὸν τῆς τεκνοποιίας 1336a ἐάν τις φαίνηται τοιοῦτόν τι δρῶν, ἀτιμίᾳ ζημιούσθω πρεπούσῃ πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν.

    As for relations with another woman or another man, let it be regarded as simply dishonorable to be seen engaging in them at all, in any way, so long as one is a husband and is called one. If anyone is found doing such a thing during the time for having children, 1336a let him be punished with a loss of civic honor suited to the offense.

    Infancy and early childhood

    Children up to seven need suitable diet, exercise and play, and protection from shameful talk and sights.

    γενομένων δὲ τῶν τέκνων οἴεσθαι δεῖ μεγάλην εἶναι διαφορὰν πρὸς τὴν τῶν σωμάτων δύναμιν τὴν τροφήν, ὁποία τις ἂν ᾖ. φαίνεται δὲ διά τε τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων ἐπισκοποῦσι, καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν οἷς ἐπιμελές ἐστιν ἄγειν εἰς τὴν πολεμικὴν ἕξιν, ἡ τοῦ γάλακτος πλήθουσα τροφὴ μάλιστ’ οἰκεία τοῖς σώμασιν, ⟨ἡ⟩ ἀοινοτέρα δὲ διὰ τὰ νοσήματα. ἔτι δὲ καὶ κινήσεις ὅσας ἐνδέχεται ποιεῖσθαι τηλικούτων συμφέρει. πρὸς δὲ τὸ μὴ διαστρέφεσθαι τὰ μέλη δι’ ἁπαλότητα χρῶνται καὶ νῦν ἔνια τῶν ἐθνῶν ὀργάνοις τισὶ μηχανικοῖς, ἃ τὸ σῶμα ποιεῖ τῶν τοιούτων ἀστραβές. συμφέρει δ’ εὐθὺς καὶ πρὸς τὰ ψύχη συνεθίζειν ἐκ μικρῶν παίδων· τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ πρὸς ὑγίειαν καὶ πρὸς πολεμικὰς πράξεις εὐχρηστότατον.

    Once children are born, one must recognize that the kind of nourishment they receive makes a great difference to their bodily strength. It is clear from looking at other animals, and at the peoples who make it their concern to develop a warlike condition, that a diet rich in milk is best suited to the body, and one with little wine, because of illnesses. It is also beneficial for children of that age to make as many movements as they can. To keep their limbs from being bent out of shape because they are so soft, some peoples even now use certain mechanical devices that keep such children’s bodies straight. It is beneficial too to accustom them to cold from early childhood; this is most useful both for health and for military activities.

    διὸ παρὰ πολλοῖς ἐστι τῶν βαρβάρων ἔθος τοῖς μὲν εἰς ποταμὸν ἀποβάπτειν τὰ γιγνόμενα ψυχρόν, τοῖς δὲ σκέπασμα μικρὸν ἀμπίσχειν, οἷον Κελτοῖς. πάντα γὰρ ὅσα δυνατὸν [ἐθίζειν] εὐθὺς ἀρχομένων βέλτιον ἐθίζειν μέν, ἐκ προσαγωγῆς δ’ ἐθίζειν· εὐφυὴς δ’ ἡ τῶν παίδων ἕξις διὰ θερμότητα πρὸς τὴν τῶν ψυχρῶν ἄσκησιν.

    That is why many non-Greeks have the custom of dipping newborns in a cold river, or, as the Celts do, of dressing them in only a light covering. For whatever children can be habituated to, it is better to habituate them to it from the very start, but to do so gradually; and because of its warmth, children’s constitution is naturally suited to training against cold.

    περὶ μὲν οὖν τὴν πρώτην συμφέρει ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τοιαύτην τε καὶ τὴν ταύτῃ παραπλησίαν· τὴν δ’ ἐχομένην ταύτης ἡλικίαν μέχρι πέντε ἐτῶν, ἣν οὔτε πω πρὸς μάθησιν καλῶς ἔχει προσάγειν οὐδεμίαν οὔτε πρὸς ἀναγκαίους πόνους, ὅπως μὴ τὴν αὔξησιν ἐμποδίζωσιν, δεῖ τοσαύτης τυγχάνειν κινήσεως ὥστε διαφεύγειν τὴν ἀργίαν τῶν σωμάτων· ἣν χρὴ παρασκευάζειν καὶ δι’ ἄλλων πράξεων καὶ διὰ τῆς παιδιᾶς. δεῖ δὲ καὶ τὰς παιδιὰς εἶναι μήτε ἀνελευθέρους μήτε ἐπιπόνους μήτε ἀνειμένας. καὶ περὶ λόγων δὲ καὶ μύθων, ποίους τινὰς ἀκούειν δεῖ τοὺς τηλικούτους, ἐπιμελὲς ἔστω τοῖς ἄρχουσιν οὓς καλοῦσι παιδονόμους. πάντα γὰρ δεῖ τὰ τοιαῦτα προοδοποιεῖν πρὸς τὰς ὕστερον διατριβάς· διὸ τὰς παιδιὰς εἶναι δεῖ τὰς πολλὰς μιμήσεις τῶν ὕστερον σπουδαζομένων.

    In this first stage, then, it is beneficial to give this kind of care and care like it. In the next stage, up to five years old, when it is not good to direct them to any study or to compulsory exertions, so as not to hinder their growth, they should get enough movement to avoid physical sluggishness; this should be provided through various activities, and through play. Their games should be neither unworthy of free people nor strenuous nor slack. As for the stories and tales children of this age should hear, let this be the concern of the officials called Supervisors of Children. All such things should pave the way for their later pursuits; that is why most of their games should be imitations of what they will take seriously later.

    Supervisors of Children: paidonomoi, officials found in some Greek cities, including Sparta.

    τὰς δὲ διατάσεις τῶν παίδων καὶ κλαυθμοὺς οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἀπαγορεύουσιν οἱ κωλύοντες ἐν τοῖς νόμοις· συμφέρουσι γὰρ πρὸς αὔξησιν· γίγνεται γὰρ τρόπον τινὰ γυμνασία τοῖς σώμασιν· ἡ γὰρ τοῦ πνεύματος κάθεξις ποιεῖ τὴν ἰσχὺν τοῖς πονοῦσιν, ὃ συμβαίνει καὶ τοῖς παιδίοις διατεινομένοις.

    Those who in the Laws forbid children’s straining and crying are wrong to prohibit them; these help growth, since they are in a way exercise for the body. For holding the breath gives strength to those who are exerting themselves, and this is just what happens with children when they strain.

    Plato, Laws 792a, where the Athenian recommends keeping infants from crying.

    ἐπισκεπτέον δὲ τοῖς παιδονόμοις τὴν τούτων διαγωγήν, τήν τ’ ἄλλην καὶ ὅπως ὅτι ἥκιστα μετὰ δούλων ἔσται. ταύτην γὰρ τὴν ἡλικίαν, 1336b καὶ μέχρι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐτῶν, ἀναγκαῖον οἴκοι τὴν τροφὴν ἔχειν. εὔλογον οὖν ἀπολαύειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀκουσμάτων καὶ τῶν ὁραμάτων ἀνελευθερίαν καὶ τηλικούτους ὄντας. ὅλως μὲν οὖν αἰσχρολογίαν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, ὥσπερ ἄλλο τι, δεῖ τὸν νομοθέτην ἐξορίζειν (ἐκ τοῦ γὰρ εὐχερῶς λέγειν ὁτιοῦν τῶν αἰσχρῶν γίνεται καὶ τὸ ποιεῖν σύνεγγυς)· μάλιστα μὲν οὖν ἐκ τῶν νέων, ὅπως μήτε λέγωσι μήτε ἀκούωσι μηδὲν τοιοῦτον· ἐὰν δέ τις φαίνηταί τι λέγων ἢ πράττων τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων, τὸν μὲν ἐλεύθερον μὲν μήπω δὲ κατακλίσεως ἠξιωμένον ἐν τοῖς συσσιτίοις ἀτιμίαις κολάζειν καὶ πληγαῖς, τὸν δὲ πρεσβύτερον τῆς ἡλικίας ταύτης ἀτιμίαις ἀνελευθέροις ἀνδραποδωδίας χάριν.

    The Supervisors of Children must oversee how children spend their time, in general and especially so that they spend as little of it as possible with slaves. For at this age, 1336b up to seven, they must be brought up at home, so it is reasonable to expect that even at so young an age they will pick up unfree ways from what they hear and see. The lawgiver should banish shameful talk from the city altogether, as much as anything (for speaking lightly of anything shameful soon leads to doing it), and above all from the young, so that they neither say nor hear anything of the kind. If anyone is found saying or doing anything forbidden, a free person not yet admitted to reclining at the common meals should be punished with disgrace and beatings, and one older than this with the kind of disgrace unfit for free people, because of his slavish conduct.

    Being allowed to recline at the common meals marked a young man’s coming of age.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ λέγειν τι τῶν τοιούτων ἐξορίζομεν, φανερὸν ὅτι καὶ τὸ θεωρεῖν ἢ γραφὰς ἢ λόγους ἀσχήμονας. ἐπιμελὲς μὲν οὖν ἔστω τοῖς ἄρχουσι μηθέν, μήτε ἄγαλμα μήτε γραφήν, εἶναι τοιούτων πράξεων μίμησιν, εἰ μὴ παρά τισι θεοῖς τοιούτοις οἷς καὶ τὸν τωθασμὸν ἀποδίδωσιν ὁ νόμος. πρὸς δὲ τούτους ἀφίησιν ὁ νόμος τοὺς τὴν ἡλικίαν ἔχοντας ἔτι τὴν ἱκνουμένην καὶ ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν καὶ τέκνων καὶ γυναικῶν τιμαλφεῖν τοὺς θεούς· τοὺς δὲ νεωτέρους οὔτ’ ἰάμβων οὔτε κωμῳδίας θεατὰς ἐατέον, πρὶν ἢ τὴν ἡλικίαν λάβωσιν ἐν ᾗ καὶ κατακλίσεως ὑπάρξει κοινωνεῖν ἤδη καὶ μέθης, καὶ τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων γιγνομένης βλάβης ἀπαθεῖς ἡ παιδεία ποιήσει πάντως.

    Since we are banishing the speaking of anything of this kind, clearly we are also banishing the viewing of indecent pictures or stories. So let the officials take care that no statue or painting represents such actions, except in the worship of certain gods to whom the law grants even ribaldry. For these gods, the law allows those who have reached the suitable age to pay honor on behalf of themselves, their children and their wives. The young should not be allowed to watch iambic lampoons or comedy until they reach the age at which they may now take part in reclining at meals and drinking, by which time their education will have made them wholly immune to the harm that comes from such things.

    Iambic lampoons: iamboi, a genre of mocking and often obscene verse.

    νῦν μὲν οὖν ἐν παραδρομῇ τοῦτον πεποιήμεθα τὸν λόγον· ὕστερον δ’ ἐπιστήσαντας δεῖ διορίσαι μᾶλλον, εἴτε μὴ δεῖ πρῶτον εἴτε δεῖ διαπορήσαντας, καὶ πῶς δεῖ· κατὰ δὲ τὸν παρόντα καιρὸν ἐμνήσθημεν ὡς ἀναγκαῖον. ἴσως γὰρ οὐ κακῶς ἔλεγε τὸ τοιοῦτον Θεόδωρος ὁ τῆς τραγῳδίας ὑποκριτής· οὐθενὶ γὰρ πώποτε παρῆκεν ἑαυτοῦ προεισάγειν, οὐδὲ τῶν εὐτελῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ὡς οἰκειουμένων τῶν θεατῶν ταῖς πρώταις ἀκοαῖς· συμβαίνει δὲ ταὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ πρὸς τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὁμιλίας καὶ πρὸς τὰς τῶν πραγμάτων· πάντα γὰρ στέργομεν τὰ πρῶτα μᾶλλον. διὸ δεῖ τοῖς νέοις πάντα ποιεῖν ξένα τὰ φαῦλα, μάλιστα δ’ αὐτῶν ὅσα ἔχει ἢ μοχθηρίαν ἢ δυσμένειαν. διελθόντων δὲ τῶν πέντε ἐτῶν τὰ δύο μέχρι τῶν ἑπτὰ δεῖ θεωροὺς ἤδη γίγνεσθαι τῶν μαθήσεων ἃς δεήσει μανθάνειν αὐτούς.

    For now we have discussed this in passing. Later we must stop and define it more precisely, first raising the question whether it should be so or not, and how. For the present we have mentioned it as far as was necessary. Perhaps Theodorus, the tragic actor, was not wrong in what he used to say on this sort of point: he never let anyone go on stage before him, not even one of the cheap actors, because audiences take to what they hear first. The same thing happens in our dealings with people and with things: we always like best what comes first. That is why everything bad must be kept foreign to the young, above all whatever involves wickedness or malice. When the first five years are over, for the two years up to seven they should now become spectators of the lessons they will have to learn.

    Theodorus: one of the most celebrated tragic actors of the fourth century BC.

    δύο δ’ εἰσὶν ἡλικίαι πρὸς ἃς ἀναγκαῖον διῃρῆσθαι τὴν παιδείαν, πρὸς τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ μέχρι ἥβης καὶ πάλιν μετὰ πρὸς τὴν ἀφ’ ἥβης μέχρι τῶν ἑνὸς καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτῶν. οἱ γὰρ ταῖς ἑβδομάσι διαιροῦντες τὰς ἡλικίας ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ λέγουσιν οὐ 1337a κακῶς, δεῖ δὲ τῇ διαιρέσει τῆς φύσεως ἐπακολουθεῖν· πᾶσα γὰρ τέχνη καὶ παιδεία τὸ προσλεῖπον βούλεται τῆς φύσεως ἀναπληροῦν. πρῶτον μὲν οὖν σκεπτέον εἰ ποιητέον τάξιν τινὰ περὶ τοὺς παῖδας, ἔπειτα πότερον συμφέρει κοινῇ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν αὐτῶν ἢ κατ’ ἴδιον τρόπον (ὃ γίγνεται καὶ νῦν ἐν ταῖς πλείσταις τῶν πόλεων), τρίτον δὲ ποίαν τινὰ δεῖ ταύτην ⟨εἶναι⟩.

    There are two ages by which education must be divided: from seven to puberty, and then again from puberty to twenty-one. Those who divide ages into periods of seven years are for the most part not 1337a wrong, but one should follow nature’s own division; for every craft and all education aim to fill in what nature leaves lacking. First, then, we must consider whether there should be some regulation concerning children; next, whether it is better for their supervision to be public or private (as happens even now in most cities); and third, what sort of supervision it should be.

    Book VIII

    The education of the young.

    Chapter 1

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν τῷ νομοθέτῃ μάλιστα πραγματευτέον περὶ τὴν τῶν νέων παιδείαν, οὐδεὶς ἂν ἀμφισβητήσειε· καὶ γὰρ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν οὐ γιγνόμενον τοῦτο βλάπτει τὰς πολιτείας· δεῖ γὰρ πρὸς ἑκάστην παιδεύεσθαι, τὸ γὰρ ἦθος τῆς πολιτείας ἑκάστης τὸ οἰκεῖον καὶ φυλάττειν εἴωθε τὴν πολιτείαν καὶ καθίστησιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς, οἷον τὸ μὲν δημοκρατικὸν δημοκρατίαν τὸ δ’ ὀλιγαρχικὸν ὀλιγαρχίαν· ἀεὶ δὲ τὸ βέλτιον ἦθος βελτίονος αἴτιον πολιτείας.

    No one would dispute that the lawgiver must be especially concerned with the education of the young. Where this does not happen in cities, it harms their constitutions. People must be educated to suit each constitution; for the character proper to each constitution usually preserves it and establishes it in the first place—the democratic character democracy, the oligarchic character oligarchy. And a better character always produces a better constitution.

    ἔτι δὲ πρὸς πάσας δυνάμεις καὶ τέχνας ἔστιν ἃ δεῖ προπαιδεύεσθαι καὶ προεθίζεσθαι πρὸς τὰς ἑκάστων ἐργασίας, ὥστε δῆλον ὅτι καὶ πρὸς τὰς τῆς ἀρετῆς πράξεις· ἐπεὶ δ’ ἓν τὸ τέλος τῇ πόλει πάσῃ, φανερὸν ὅτι καὶ τὴν παιδείαν μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι πάντων, καὶ ταύτης τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν εἶναι κοινὴν καὶ μὴ κατ’ ἰδίαν, ὃν τρόπον νῦν ἕκαστος ἐπιμελεῖται τῶν αὑτοῦ τέκνων ἰδίᾳ τε καὶ μάθησιν ἰδίαν, ἣν ἂν δόξῃ, διδάσκων. δεῖ δὲ τῶν κοινῶν κοινὴν ποιεῖσθαι καὶ τὴν ἄσκησιν. ἅμα δὲ οὐδὲ χρὴ νομίζειν αὐτὸν αὑτοῦ τινα εἶναι τῶν πολιτῶν, ἀλλὰ πάντας τῆς πόλεως, μόριον γὰρ ἕκαστος τῆς πόλεως· ἡ δ’ ἐπιμέλεια πέφυκεν ἑκάστου μορίου βλέπειν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὅλου ἐπιμέλειαν.

    Further, for every capacity and craft there are things in which people must be educated and habituated beforehand for their respective work; so clearly this holds for the actions of excellence too. And since the whole city has a single end, it is evident that education must be one and the same for all, and that its supervision must be public and not private, in the way each person now looks after his own children privately and teaches them whatever private lessons he sees fit. Training in what is common should itself be common. At the same time, no citizen should think he belongs to himself; rather, all belong to the city, since each is a part of the city, and the care of each part naturally looks to the care of the whole.

    ἐπαινέσειε δ’ ἄν τις κατὰ τοῦτο Λακεδαιμονίους· καὶ γὰρ πλείστην ποιοῦνται σπουδὴν περὶ τοὺς παῖδας καὶ κοινῇ ταύτην.

    One might praise the Spartans in this respect: they take the greatest pains over their children, and do so in common.

    What the young should learn

    Free people should learn useful subjects only so far as these do not make them vulgar.

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν νομοθετητέον περὶ παιδείας καὶ ταύτην κοινὴν ποιητέον, φανερόν· τίς δ’ ἔσται ἡ παιδεία καὶ πῶς χρὴ παιδεύεσθαι, δεῖ μὴ λανθάνειν. νῦν γὰρ ἀμφισβητεῖται περὶ τῶν ἔργων. οὐ γὰρ ταὐτὰ πάντες ὑπολαμβάνουσι δεῖν μανθάνειν τοὺς νέους οὔτε πρὸς ἀρετὴν οὔτε πρὸς τὸν βίον τὸν ἄριστον, οὐδὲ φανερὸν πότερον πρὸς τὴν διάνοιαν πρέπει μᾶλλον ἢ πρὸς τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἦθος· ἔκ τε τῆς ἐμποδὼν παιδείας ταραχώδης ἡ σκέψις καὶ δῆλον οὐδὲν πότερον ἀσκεῖν δεῖ τὰ χρήσιμα πρὸς τὸν βίον ἢ τὰ τείνοντα πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἢ τὰ περιττά (πάντα γὰρ εἴληφε ταῦτα κριτάς 1337b τινας)· περί τε τῶν πρὸς ἀρετὴν οὐθέν ἐστιν ὁμολογούμενον (καὶ γὰρ τὴν ἀρετὴν οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν εὐθὺς πάντες τιμῶσιν, ὥστ’ εὐλόγως διαφέρονται καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἄσκησιν αὐτῆς).

    That there must be legislation about education, and that education must be common, is clear. But what education is to be, and how people should be educated, must not be overlooked. At present there is disagreement about what its tasks are. Not everyone thinks the young should learn the same things, either for excellence or for the best life, nor is it clear whether education should be aimed more at the intellect or at the character of the soul. The education current around us makes the inquiry confused, and it is not at all clear whether one should practice what is useful for life, or what leads to excellence, or what is out of the ordinary; for each of these has won some 1337b supporters. And about what leads to excellence nothing is agreed: to begin with, people do not all value the same excellence, so it is natural that they differ about how to practice it too.

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν τὰ ἀναγκαῖα δεῖ διδάσκεσθαι τῶν χρησίμων, οὐκ ἄδηλον· ὅτι δὲ οὐ πάντα, διῃρημένων τῶν τε ἐλευθερίων ἔργων καὶ τῶν ἀνελευθερίων φανερόν, καὶ ὅτι τῶν τοιούτων δεῖ μετέχειν ὅσα τῶν χρησίμων ποιήσει τὸν μετέχοντα μὴ βάναυσον. βάναυσον δ’ ἔργον εἶναι δεῖ τοῦτο νομίζειν καὶ τέχνην ταύτην καὶ μάθησιν, ὅσαι πρὸς τὰς χρήσεις καὶ τὰς πράξεις τὰς τῆς ἀρετῆς ἄχρηστον ἀπεργάζονται τὸ σῶμα τῶν ἐλευθέρων [ἢ τὴν ψυχὴν] ἢ τὴν διάνοιαν. διὸ τάς τε τοιαύτας τέχνας ὅσαι τὸ σῶμα παρασκευάζουσι χεῖρον διακεῖσθαι βαναύσους καλοῦμεν, καὶ τὰς μισθαρνικὰς ἐργασίας· ἄσχολον γὰρ ποιοῦσι τὴν διάνοιαν καὶ ταπεινήν. ἔστι δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐλευθερίων ἐπιστημῶν μέχρι μὲν τινὸς ἐνίων μετέχειν οὐκ ἀνελεύθερον, τὸ δὲ προσεδρεύειν λίαν πρὸς ἀκρίβειαν ἔνοχον ταῖς εἰρημέναις βλάβαις.

    That the necessary ones among useful things should be taught is not unclear; but clearly not all of them, since the tasks of free people and those of the unfree are distinct, and one should take part only in such useful things as will not make the participant vulgar. A task, craft or study should be regarded as vulgar if it renders the body or the mind of free people useless for the practice and activities of excellence. That is why we call vulgar the crafts that put the body in a worse condition, and also wage-earning work; for they leave the mind without leisure and degraded. Even among the sciences worthy of free people, it is not unworthy of a free person to take part in some of them up to a point, but to apply oneself to them too assiduously, to reach precision, is liable to the harms just mentioned.

    ἔχει δὲ πολλὴν διαφορὰν καὶ τὸ τίνος ἕνεκεν πράττει τις ἢ μανθάνει· τὸ μὲν γὰρ αὑτοῦ χάριν ἢ φίλων ἢ δι’ ἀρετὴν οὐκ ἀνελεύθερον, ὁ δὲ ταὐτὸ τοῦτο πράττων δι’ ἄλλους πολλάκις θητικὸν καὶ δουλικὸν δόξειεν ἂν πράττειν.

    It also makes a great difference for what purpose one does or learns something. To do it for one’s own sake, or for one’s friends, or for the sake of excellence is not unworthy of a free person; but someone doing the very same thing for others would often seem to be acting like a hired laborer or a slave.

    αἱ μὲν οὖν καταβεβλημέναι νῦν μαθήσεις, καθάπερ ἐλέχθη πρότερον, ἐπαμφοτερίζουσιν· ἔστι δὲ τέτταρα σχεδὸν ἃ παιδεύειν εἰώθασι,

    The subjects now established, as was said before, point both ways. There are roughly four things customarily taught:

    Music and the use of leisure

    Music belongs in education as a cultivated pastime for leisure, not as something useful.

    Famous passage Leisure as the aim of lifeEducation must prepare citizens to use leisure well, which Aristotle calls the first principle of everything.

    γράμματα καὶ γυμναστικὴν καὶ μουσικὴν καὶ τέταρτον ἔνιοι γραφικήν, τὴν μὲν γραμματικὴν καὶ γραφικὴν ὡς χρησίμους πρὸς τὸν βίον οὔσας καὶ πολυχρήστους, τὴν δὲ γυμναστικὴν ὡς συντείνουσαν πρὸς ἀνδρείαν· τὴν δὲ μουσικὴν ἤδη διαπορήσειεν ἄν τις. νῦν μὲν γὰρ ὡς ἡδονῆς χάριν οἱ πλεῖστοι μετέχουσιν αὐτῆς· οἱ δ’ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἔταξαν ἐν παιδείᾳ διὰ τὸ τὴν φύσιν αὐτὴν ζητεῖν, ὅπερ πολλάκις εἴρηται, μὴ μόνον ἀσχολεῖν ὀρθῶς ἀλλὰ καὶ σχολάζειν δύνασθαι καλῶς. αὕτη γὰρ ἀρχὴ πάντων μία· καὶ πάλιν εἴπωμεν περὶ αὐτῆς. εἰ δ’ ἄμφω μὲν δεῖ, μᾶλλον δὲ αἱρετὸν τὸ σχολάζειν τῆς ἀσχολίας καὶ τέλος, ζητητέον ὅ τι δεῖ ποιοῦντας σχολάζειν. οὐ γὰρ δὴ παίζοντας· τέλος γὰρ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τοῦ βίου τὴν παιδιὰν ἡμῖν.

    reading and writing, gymnastics, music, and, fourth, as some add, drawing. Reading and writing and drawing are taught as useful for life and useful in many ways, gymnastics as contributing to courage. But about music one might well raise a question. Nowadays most people take part in it for pleasure; but those who originally gave it a place in education did so because nature itself seeks, as has often been said, not only to work rightly but also to be able to use leisure finely. For this is the one first principle of everything—let us speak of it once more. If both are needed, but leisure is more choiceworthy than work and is its end, we must ask what we should do when we are at leisure. Certainly not play; for then play would have to be the end of our life.

    εἰ δὲ τοῦτο ἀδύνατον, καὶ μᾶλλον ἐν ταῖς ἀσχολίαις χρηστέον ταῖς παιδιαῖς (ὁ γὰρ πονῶν δεῖται τῆς ἀναπαύσεως, ἡ δὲ παιδιὰ χάριν ἀναπαύσεώς ἐστιν· τὸ δ’ ἀσχολεῖν συμβαίνει μετὰ πόνου καὶ συντονίας), διὰ τοῦτο δεῖ παιδιὰς εἰσάγεσθαι καιροφυλακοῦντας τὴν χρῆσιν, ὡς προσάγοντας φαρμακείας χάριν. ἄνεσις γὰρ ἡ τοιαύτη κίνησις τῆς ψυχῆς, 1338a καὶ διὰ τὴν ἡδονὴν ἀνάπαυσις. τὸ δὲ σχολάζειν ἔχειν αὐτὸ δοκεῖ τὴν ἡδονὴν καὶ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν καὶ τὸ ζῆν μακαρίως. τοῦτο δ’ οὐ τοῖς ἀσχολοῦσιν ὑπάρχει ἀλλὰ τοῖς σχολάζουσιν· ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἀσχολῶν ἕνεκα τινος ἀσχολεῖ τέλους ὡς οὐχ ὑπάρχοντος, ἡ δ’ εὐδαιμονία τέλος ἐστίν, ἣν οὐ μετὰ λύπης ἀλλὰ μεθ’ ἡδονῆς οἴονται πάντες εἶναι.

    If that is impossible, and play should rather be used during work (for someone who toils needs rest, and play is for the sake of rest, while working involves toil and strain), then we should bring in play, carefully watching for the right times to use it, applying it as a kind of medicine. For such movement of the soul is relaxation, 1338a and because of its pleasure it is rest. But leisure seems to contain in itself pleasure, happiness and the blessed life. This belongs not to those who are working but to those at leisure: one who works does so for the sake of some end he does not yet have, whereas happiness is an end, and everyone thinks it comes not with pain but with pleasure.

    ταύτην μέντοι τὴν ἡδονὴν οὐκέτι τὴν αὐτὴν τιθέασιν, ἀλλὰ καθ’ ἑαυτοὺς ἕκαστος καὶ τὴν ἕξιν τὴν αὑτῶν, ὁ δ’ ἄριστος τὴν ἀρίστην καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν καλλίστων. ὥστε φανερὸν ὅτι δεῖ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐν τῇ διαγωγῇ [σχολὴν] μανθάνειν ἄττα καὶ παιδεύεσθαι, καὶ ταῦτα μὲν τὰ παιδεύματα καὶ ταύτας τὰς μαθήσεις ἑαυτῶν εἶναι χάριν, τὰς δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἀσχολίαν ὡς ἀναγκαίας καὶ χάριν ἄλλων.

    People no longer agree, however, that this pleasure is the same; each sets it according to himself and his own state of character, and the best person sets the best pleasure, the one that arises from the finest things. So it is clear that there are some things one must learn and be educated in for the cultivated pastime of leisure, and that these subjects and these studies are for their own sake, whereas those for work are studied as necessary and for the sake of other things.

    διὸ καὶ τὴν μουσικὴν οἱ πρότερον εἰς παιδείαν ἔταξαν οὐχ ὡς ἀναγκαῖον (oὐδὲν γὰρ ἔχει τοιοῦτον), οὐδ’ ὡς χρήσιμον (ὥσπερ τὰ γράμματα πρὸς χρηματισμὸν καὶ πρὸς οἰκονομίαν καὶ πρὸς μάθησιν καὶ πρὸς πολιτικὰς πράξεις πολλάς, δοκεῖ δὲ καὶ γραφικὴ χρήσιμος εἶναι πρὸς τὸ κρίνειν τὰ τῶν τεχνιτῶν ἔργα κάλλιον), οὐδ’ αὖ καθάπερ ἡ γυμναστικὴ πρὸς ὑγίειαν καὶ ἀλκήν (οὐδέτερον γὰρ τούτων ὁρῶμεν γιγνόμενον ἐκ τῆς μουσικῆς)· λείπεται τοίνυν πρὸς τὴν ἐν τῇ σχολῇ διαγωγήν, εἰς ὅπερ καὶ φαίνονται παράγοντες αὐτήν. ἣν γὰρ οἴονται διαγωγὴν εἶναι τῶν ἐλευθέρων, ἐν ταύτῃ τάττουσιν. διόπερ Ὅμηρος οὕτως ἐποίησεν ἀλλ’ οἶον μέν ἐστι καλεῖν ἐπὶ δαῖτα θαλείην, καὶ οὕτω προειπὼν ἑτέρους τινὰς οἳ καλέουσιν ἀοιδόν φησίν, ὅ κεν τέρπῃσιν ἅπαντας.

    That is why our predecessors gave music a place in education not as something necessary (it has nothing of that kind), nor as useful (as reading and writing are useful for making money, managing a household, learning and many political activities, and drawing too is thought useful for judging the works of craftsmen better), nor again, like gymnastics, for health and strength (for we see neither of these resulting from music). It remains, then, that it is for the cultivated pastime of leisure, which is evidently what they introduce it for. They place it in what they consider the pastime of free people. That is why Homer wrote, “But the one it is right to invite to the rich feast,” and, after naming certain others first, “who invite the singer,” he says, “who will delight all.”

    Loosely quoted from the Odyssey (17.382–385); the first line is not in our text of Homer.

    καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις δέ φησιν ⟨ὁ⟩ Ὀδυσσεὺς ταύτην ἀρίστην εἶναι διαγωγήν, ὅταν εὐφραινομένων τῶν ἀνθρώπων δαιτυμόνες δ’ ἀνὰ δώματ’ ἀκουάζωνται ἀοιδοῦ / ἥμενοι ἑξείης.

    And elsewhere Odysseus says that this is the best pastime, when people are enjoying themselves and “the banqueters throughout the hall listen to the singer, / sitting in their rows.”

    ὅτι μὲν τοίνυν ἔστι παιδεία τις ἣν οὐχ ὡς χρησίμην παιδευτέον τοὺς υἱεῖς οὐδ’ ὡς ἀναγκαίαν ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐλευθέριον καὶ καλήν, φανερόν ἐστιν· πότερον δὲ μία τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἢ πλείους, καὶ τίνες αὗται καὶ πῶς, ὕστερον λεκτέον περὶ αὐτῶν. νῦν δὲ τοσοῦτον ἡμῖν εἶναι πρὸ ὁδοῦ γέγονεν, ὅτι καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἀρχαίων ἔχομέν τινα μαρτυρίαν ἐκ τῶν καταβεβλημένων παιδευμάτων· ἡ γὰρ μουσικὴ τοῦτο ποιεῖ δῆλον.

    It is clear, then, that there is a kind of education in which sons should be educated not because it is useful or necessary but because it is worthy of free people and fine. Whether it is one in number or several, and what they are and how they are to be taught, must be discussed later. For now we have got this far, that we also have some testimony from the ancients, drawn from the established subjects: music makes this plain.

    ἔτι δὲ καὶ τῶν χρησίμων ὅτι δεῖ τινα παιδεύεσθαι τοὺς παῖδας οὐ μόνον διὰ τὸ χρήσιμον, οἷον τὴν τῶν γραμμάτων μάθησιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὸ πολλὰς ἐνδέχεσθαι γίγνεσθαι δι’ αὐτῶν μαθήσεις ἑτέρας, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὴν γραφικὴν οὐχ ἵνα ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις ὠνίοις μὴ διαμαρτάνωσιν ἀλλ’ ὦσιν ἀνεξαπάτητοι πρὸς τὴν τῶν σκευῶν 1338b ὠνήν τε καὶ πρᾶσιν, μᾶλλον δ’ ὅτι ποιεῖ θεωρητικὸν τοῦ περὶ τὰ σώματα κάλλους. τὸ δὲ ζητεῖν πανταχοῦ τὸ χρήσιμον ἥκιστα ἁρμόττει τοῖς μεγαλοψύχοις καὶ τοῖς ἐλευθερίοις. ἐπεὶ δὲ φανερὸν πρότερον τοῖς ἔθεσιν ἢ τῷ λόγῳ παιδευτέον εἶναι, καὶ περὶ τὸ σῶμα πρότερον ἢ τὴν διάνοιαν, δῆλον ἐκ τούτων ὅτι παραδοτέον τοὺς παῖδας γυμναστικῇ καὶ παιδοτριβικῇ· τούτων γὰρ ἡ μὲν ποιάν τινα ποιεῖ τὴν ἕξιν τοῦ σώματος, ἡ δὲ τὰ ἔργα.

    Further, children should be taught some of the useful subjects not only because they are useful, like learning to read and write, but also because many other studies become possible through them. So too with drawing: not so that they won’t go wrong in their private purchases and won’t be cheated in the buying 1338b and selling of goods, but rather because it makes them observant of the beauty of bodies. To look everywhere for what is useful is least suited to the great-souled and the free. Since it is evident that education must come through habits before reason, and must concern the body before the mind, it is clear from this that children must be handed over to gymnastics and to the trainer: the first produces a certain condition of the body, the second its performance.

    Gymnastics

    Physical training should aim at the fine, not the brutish, and must not overstrain the young.

    νῦν μὲν οὖν αἱ μάλιστα δοκοῦσαι τῶν πόλεων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τῶν παίδων αἱ μὲν ἀθλητικὴν ἕξιν ἐμποιοῦσι, λωβώμεναι τά τε εἴδη καὶ τὴν αὔξησιν τῶν σωμάτων, οἱ δὲ Λάκωνες ταύτην μὲν οὐχ ἥμαρτον τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, θηριώδεις δ’ ἀπεργάζονται τοῖς πόνοις, ὡς τοῦτο πρὸς ἀνδρείαν μάλιστα συμφέρον. καίτοι, καθάπερ εἴρηται πολλάκις, οὔτε πρὸς μίαν οὔτε πρὸς μάλιστα ταύτην βλέποντα ποιητέον τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν· εἰ δὲ καὶ πρὸς ταύτην, οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἐξευρίσκουσιν. οὔτε γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ζῴοις οὔτε ἐπὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν ὁρῶμεν τὴν ἀνδρείαν ἀκολουθοῦσαν τοῖς ἀγριωτάτοις, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον τοῖς ἡμερωτέροις καὶ λεοντώδεσιν ἤθεσιν.

    At present, of the cities thought to take most care of their children, some instill an athletic condition, damaging the form and growth of their bodies; the Spartans have not made this mistake, but they make their children brutish through hard exertions, on the view that this is most conducive to courage. Yet, as has often been said, the care should not look to one excellence only, or to this one above all; and even if it does look to this, they do not achieve even that. For neither among the other animals nor among peoples do we see courage going with the most savage, but rather with gentler, lion-like characters.

    πολλὰ δ’ ἔστι τῶν ἐθνῶν ἃ πρὸς τὸ κτείνειν καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀνθρωποφαγίαν εὐχερῶς ἔχει, καθάπερ τῶν περὶ τὸν Πόντον Ἀχαιοί τε καὶ Ἡνίοχοι καὶ τῶν ἠπειρωτικῶν ἐθνῶν ἕτερα, τὰ μὲν ὁμοίως τούτοις τὰ δὲ μᾶλλον, ἃ λῃστρικὰ μέν ἐστιν, ἀνδρείας δ’ οὐ μετειλήφασιν. ἔτι δ’ αὐτοὺς τοὺς Λάκωνας ἴσμεν, ἕως μὲν αὐτοὶ προσήδρευον ταῖς φιλοπονίαις, ὑπερέχοντας τῶν ἄλλων, νῦν δὲ κἀν τοῖς γυμνικοῖς ἀγῶσι κἀν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς λειπομένους ἑτέρων· οὐ γὰρ τῷ τοὺς νέους γυμνάζειν τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον διέφερον, ἀλλὰ μόνον τῷ πρὸς μὴ ἀσκοῦντας ἀσκεῖν.

    There are many peoples that are quite ready to kill and to eat human flesh, such as the Achaeans and Heniochi around the Black Sea, and some of the peoples of the mainland, some as much as these and some more so; they are given to banditry, but have no share in courage. Again, we know that the Spartans themselves, so long as they alone persisted in hard training, were superior to others, but now they fall behind others in both athletic and military contests. They did not excel because they trained their young in this way, but only because they trained against people who did not train.

    Achaeans and Heniochi: tribes of the eastern Black Sea coast, not the Achaeans of Greece.

    ὥστε τὸ καλὸν ἀλλ’ οὐ τὸ θηριῶδες δεῖ πρωταγωνιστεῖν· οὐδὲ γὰρ λύκος οὐδ’ ⟨οὐδὲν⟩ τῶν ἄλλων θηρίων τι ἀγωνίσαιτο ἂν οὐθένα καλὸν κίνδυνον, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἀνὴρ ἀγαθός, οἱ δὲ λίαν εἰς ταῦτα ἀνέντες τοὺς παῖδας, καὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἀπαιδαγωγήτους ποιήσαντες, βαναύσους κατεργάζονται κατά γε τὸ ἀληθές, πρὸς ἕν τε μόνον ἔργον τῆς πολιτικῆς χρησίμους ποιήσαντες, καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο χεῖρον, ὥς φησιν ὁ λόγος, ἑτέρων. δεῖ δὲ οὐκ ἐκ τῶν προτέρων ἔργων κρίνειν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν νῦν· ἀνταγωνιστὰς γὰρ τῆς παιδείας νῦν ἔχουσι, πρότερον δ’ οὐκ εἶχον.

    So it is the fine, not the brutish, that should play the leading part. No wolf or any other wild animal would face a fine danger; a good man would. Those who let their children go too far in these exercises, and leave them untutored in the necessary things, make them truly vulgar, rendering them useful to statesmanship for one task only, and even for that, as the argument shows, worse than others. One should judge the Spartans not by their former achievements but by their present ones; for now they have rivals in education, whereas before they had none.

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν χρηστέον τῇ γυμναστικῇ, καὶ πῶς χρηστέον, ὁμολογούμενόν ἐστιν (μέχρι μὲν γὰρ ἥβης κουφότερα γυμνάσια προσοιστέον, τὴν βίαιον τροφὴν καὶ τοὺς πρὸς ἀνάγκην πόνους ἀπείργοντας, ἵνα μηθὲν ἐμπόδιον ᾖ πρὸς τὴν αὔξησιν· σημεῖον γὰρ οὐ 1339a μικρὸν ὅτι δύνανται τοῦτο παρασκευάζειν, ἐν γὰρ τοῖς Ὀλυμπιονίκαις δύο τις ἂν ἢ τρεῖς εὕροι τοὺς αὐτοὺς νενικηκότας ἄνδρας τε καὶ παῖδας, διὰ τὸ νέους ἀσκοῦντας ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τὴν δύναμιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀναγκαίων γυμνασίων· ὅταν δ’ ἀφ’ ἥβης ἔτη τρία πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις μαθήμασι γένωνται, τότε ἁρμόττει καὶ τοῖς πόνοις καὶ ταῖς ἀναγκοφαγίαις καταλαμβάνειν τὴν ἐχομένην ἡλικίαν· ἅμα γὰρ τῇ τε διανοίᾳ καὶ τῷ σώματι διαπονεῖν οὐ δεῖ, τοὐναντίον γὰρ ἑκάτερος ἀπεργάζεσθαι πέφυκε τῶν πόνων, ἐμποδίζων ὁ μὲν τοῦ σώματος πόνος τὴν διάνοιαν ὁ δὲ ταύτης τὸ σῶμα).

    That gymnastics must be used, then, and how it must be used, is agreed. (Until puberty lighter exercises should be applied, excluding forced diets and compulsory exertions, so that nothing hinders growth. There is no 1339a small sign that these can produce this effect: among Olympic victors one would find only two or three who won both as men and as boys, because training in youth robbed them of their strength through compulsory exercises. But when they have spent three years after puberty on their other studies, it is then fitting to occupy the following period of life with exertions and compulsory diets. For one should not work hard with mind and body at the same time; each kind of exertion naturally has the opposite effect, bodily exertion hindering the mind, and mental exertion the body.)

    What music is for

    Music serves play, character and cultivated pastime, and its melodies and rhythms shape the soul.

    περὶ δὲ μουσικῆς ἔνια μὲν διηπορήκαμεν τῷ λόγῳ καὶ πρότερον, καλῶς δ’ ἔχει καὶ νῦν ἀναλαβόντας αὐτὰ προαγαγεῖν, ἵνα ὥσπερ ἐνδόσιμον γένηται τοῖς λόγοις οὓς ἄν τις εἴπειεν ἀποφαινόμενος περὶ αὐτῆς. οὔτε γὰρ τίνα ἔχει δύναμιν ῥᾴδιον περὶ αὐτῆς διελεῖν, οὔτε τίνος δεῖ χάριν μετέχειν αὐτῆς, πότερον παιδιᾶς ἕνεκα καὶ ἀναπαύσεως, καθάπερ ὕπνου καὶ μέθης (ταῦτα γὰρ καθ’ αὑτὰ μὲν οὐδὲ τῶν σπουδαίων, ἀλλ’ ἡδέα, καὶ ἀναπαύει μέριμναν, ὥς φησιν Εὐριπίδης· διὸ καὶ τάττουσιν αὐτὴν καὶ χρῶνται πᾶσι τούτοις ὁμοίως, ὕπνῳ καὶ μέθῃ καὶ μουσικῇ· τιθέασι δὲ καὶ τὴν ὄρχησιν ἐν τούτοις), ἢ μᾶλλον οἰητέον πρὸς ἀρετήν τι τείνειν τὴν μουσικήν, ὡς δυναμένην, καθάπερ ἡ γυμναστικὴ τὸ σῶμα ποιόν τι παρασκευάζει, καὶ τὴν μουσικὴν τὸ ἦθος ποιόν τι ποιεῖν, ἐθίζουσαν δύνασθαι χαίρειν ὀρθῶς, ἢ πρὸς διαγωγήν τι συμβάλλεται καὶ πρὸς φρόνησιν (καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο τρίτον θετέον τῶν εἰρημένων).

    About music we have already raised some questions in our discussion, but it is good to take them up again now and carry them further, to give a sort of keynote for the arguments one might put forward in declaring one’s views on it. It is not easy to determine what power music has, nor for what purpose one should take part in it—whether for play and relaxation, like sleep and drinking (these are not in themselves serious things, but pleasant, and they “put an end to care,” as Euripides says; that is why people class music with them and use all of them alike, sleep, drinking and music, and they put dancing among them too); or whether we should rather think that music tends toward excellence, since, just as gymnastics gives the body a certain quality, music can give character a certain quality, accustoming people to be able to enjoy things rightly; or whether it contributes to cultivated pastime and to practical wisdom (for this must be set down as the third of the options mentioned).

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν δεῖ τοὺς νέους μὴ παιδιᾶς ἕνεκα παιδεύειν, οὐκ ἄδηλον (οὐ γὰρ παίζουσι μανθάνοντες· μετὰ λύπης γὰρ ἡ μάθησις)· ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδὲ διαγωγήν γε παισὶν ἁρμόττει καὶ ταῖς ἡλικίαις ἀποδιδόναι ταῖς τοιαύταις (οὐθενὶ γὰρ ἀτελεῖ προσήκει τέλος). ἀλλ’ ἴσως ἂν δόξειεν ἡ τῶν παίδων σπουδὴ παιδιᾶς εἶναι χάριν ἀνδράσι γενομένοις καὶ τελειωθεῖσιν. ἀλλ’ εἰ τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον, τίνος ἂν ἕνεκα δέοι μανθάνειν αὐτούς, ἀλλὰ μή, καθάπερ οἱ τῶν Περσῶν καὶ Μήδων βασιλεῖς, δι’ ἄλλων αὐτὸ ποιούντων μεταλαμβάνειν τῆς ἡδονῆς καὶ τῆς μαθήσεως; καὶ γὰρ ἀναγκαῖον βέλτιον ἀπεργάζεσθαι τοὺς αὐτὸ τοῦτο πεποιημένους ἔργον καὶ τέχνην τῶν τοσοῦτον χρόνον ἐπιμελουμένων ὅσον πρὸς μάθησιν μόνον. εἰ δὲ δεῖ τὰ τοιαῦτα διαπονεῖν αὐτούς, καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν τῶν ὄψων πραγματείαν αὐτοὺς ἂν δέοι παρασκευάζειν· ἀλλ’ ἄτοπον.

    It is clear that the young should not be educated for the sake of play (for they are not playing while they learn; learning comes with pain). Nor, again, is it fitting to assign cultivated pastime to children and to those of that age; for an end does not suit anything that is incomplete. But perhaps it might be thought that children’s serious effort is for the sake of their play once they have become men and are complete. But if that is so, why should they learn music themselves, rather than share in its pleasure and learning through others performing it, like the kings of the Persians and Medes? For those who have made this very thing their work and craft must perform it better than those who have practiced it only long enough to learn. And if they must labor at such things themselves, then they would also have to prepare their own fine dishes—which is absurd.

    τὴν δ’ αὐτὴν ἀπορίαν ἔχει καὶ εἰ δύναται τὰ ἤθη βελτίω ποιεῖν· ταῦτα γὰρ τί δεῖ μανθάνειν αὐτούς, ἀλλ’ 1339b οὐχ ἑτέρων ἀκούοντας ὀρθῶς τε χαίρειν καὶ δύνασθαι κρίνειν, ὥσπερ οἱ Λάκωνες; ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ οὐ μανθάνοντες ὅμως δύνανται κρίνειν ὀρθῶς, ὥς φασι, τὰ χρηστὰ καὶ τὰ μὴ χρηστὰ τῶν μελῶν. ὁ δ’ αὐτὸς λόγος κἂν εἰ πρὸς εὐημερίαν καὶ διαγωγὴν ἐλευθέριον χρηστέον αὐτῇ· τί δεῖ μανθάνειν αὐτούς, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἑτέρων χρωμένων ἀπολαύειν; σκοπεῖν δ’ ἔξεστι τὴν ὑπόληψιν ἣν ἔχομεν περὶ τῶν θεῶν· οὐ γὰρ ὁ Ζεὺς αὐτὸς ἀείδει καὶ κιθαρίζει τοῖς ποιηταῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ βαναύσους καλοῦμεν τοὺς τοιούτους καὶ τὸ πράττειν οὐκ ἀνδρὸς μὴ μεθύοντος ἢ παίζοντος.

    The same difficulty arises if music can make characters better: why must they learn it themselves, rather than 1339b enjoy it rightly and be able to judge it by listening to others, like the Spartans? For the Spartans, without learning it, are still able, so they say, to judge correctly which melodies are good and which are not. The same argument applies if music is to be used for well-being and for a pastime worthy of free people: why must they learn it themselves, rather than enjoy it when others perform? We can consider the conception we have of the gods: in the poets Zeus does not himself sing and play the lyre. On the contrary, we call such performers vulgar, and think performing is not for a man unless he is drunk or joking.

    ἀλλ’ ἴσως περὶ μὲν τούτων ὕστερον ἐπισκεπτέον· ἡ δὲ πρώτη ζήτησίς ἐστι πότερον οὐ θετέον εἰς παιδείαν τὴν μουσικὴν ἢ θετέον, καὶ τί δύναται τῶν διαπορηθέντων τριῶν, πότερον παιδείαν ἢ παιδιὰν ἢ διαγωγήν. εὐλόγως δ’ εἰς πάντα τάττεται καὶ φαίνεται μετέχειν.

    But perhaps these matters should be considered later. The first question is whether music should be given a place in education or not, and which of the three things we raised questions about it can achieve—education, play or pastime. It is reasonable to place it under all three, and it seems to share in them all.

    ἥ τε γὰρ παιδιὰ χάριν ἀναπαύσεώς ἐστι, τὴν δ’ ἀνάπαυσιν ἀναγκαῖον ἡδεῖαν εἶναι (τῆς γὰρ διὰ τῶν πόνων λύπης ἰατρεία τίς ἐστιν), καὶ τὴν διαγωγὴν ὁμολογουμένως δεῖ μὴ μόνον ἔχειν τὸ καλὸν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἡδονήν (τὸ γὰρ εὐδαιμονεῖν ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων τούτων ἐστίν)· τὴν δὲ μουσικὴν πάντες εἶναί φαμεν τῶν ἡδίστων, καὶ ψιλὴν οὖσαν καὶ μετὰ μελῳδίας (φησὶ γοῦν καὶ Μουσαῖος εἶναι “βροτοῖς ἥδιστον ἀείδειν”· διὸ καὶ εἰς τὰς συνουσίας καὶ διαγωγὰς εὐλόγως παραλαμβάνουσιν αὐτὴν ὡς δυναμένην εὐφραίνειν), ὥστε καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἄν τις ὑπολάβοι παιδεύεσθαι δεῖν αὐτὴν τοὺς νεωτέρους.

    Play is for the sake of relaxation, and relaxation must be pleasant (for it is a kind of cure for the pain that comes from exertion); and cultivated pastime, it is agreed, must involve not only the fine but also pleasure (for happiness is made up of both). And we all say that music is among the most pleasant things, whether on its own or with singing (Musaeus, at any rate, says that “singing is sweetest for mortals”; that is why people reasonably bring it into their gatherings and pastimes, since it can cheer them). So from this too one might suppose that the young should be educated in it.

    Musaeus: a legendary early poet and singer, associated with Orpheus.

    ὅσα γὰρ ἀβλαβῆ τῶν ἡδέων, οὐ μόνον ἁρμόττει πρὸς τὸ τέλος ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀνάπαυσιν· ἐπεὶ δ’ ἐν μὲν τῷ τέλει συμβαίνει τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὀλιγάκις γίγνεσθαι, πολλάκις δὲ ἀναπαύονται καὶ χρῶνται ταῖς παιδιαῖς οὐχ ὅσον ἐπὶ πλέον ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν ἡδονήν, χρήσιμον ἂν εἴη διαναπαύειν ἐν ταῖς ἀπὸ ταύτης ἡδοναῖς.

    For harmless pleasures are suited not only to the end but also to relaxation. And since people rarely attain the end, but often relax and use amusements not only for some further purpose but also for the pleasure, it would be useful to let them rest now and then in the pleasures that come from music.

    συμβέβηκε δὲ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ποιεῖσθαι τὰς παιδιὰς τέλος· ἔχει γὰρ ἴσως ἡδονήν τινα καὶ τὸ τέλος, ἀλλ’ οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν, ζητοῦντες δὲ ταύτην λαμβάνουσιν ὡς ταύτην ἐκείνην, διὰ τὸ τῷ τέλει τῶν πράξεων ἔχειν ὁμοίωμά τι. τό τε γὰρ τέλος οὐθενὸς τῶν ἐσομένων χάριν αἱρετόν, καὶ αἱ τοιαῦται τῶν ἡδονῶν οὐθενός εἰσι τῶν ἐσομένων ἕνεκεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν γεγονότων, οἷον πόνων καὶ λύπης. δι’ ἣν μὲν οὖν αἰτίαν ζητοῦσι τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν γίγνεσθαι διὰ τούτων τῶν ἡδονῶν, ταύτην εἰκότως ἄν τις ὑπολάβοι τὴν αἰτίαν· περὶ δὲ τοῦ κοινωνεῖν τῆς μουσικῆς, ⟨ὅτι⟩ οὐ διὰ ταύτην μόνην, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὸ χρήσιμον εἶναι πρὸς τὰς ἀναπαύσεις, ὡς ἔοικεν.

    But people happen to make amusements their end. For the end too perhaps involves a certain pleasure, though not just any pleasure; and in seeking this pleasure they take the other for it, because it bears a certain resemblance to the end of their actions. For the end is not chosen for the sake of anything that will come later, and pleasures of this kind are not for the sake of anything to come but for what has already happened, such as toil and pain. This, then, one might reasonably suppose, is the reason why people seek to find happiness through these pleasures. But as for taking part in music, it is not for this reason alone, but also, it seems, because music is useful for relaxation.

    οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ ζητητέον μή ποτε 1340a τοῦτο μὲν συμβέβηκε, τιμιωτέρα δ’ αὐτῆς ἡ φύσις ἐστὶν ἢ κατὰ τὴν εἰρημένην χρείαν, καὶ δεῖ μὴ μόνον τῆς κοινῆς ἡδονῆς μετέχειν ἀπ’ αὐτῆς, ἧς ἔχουσι πάντες αἴσθησιν (ἔχει γὰρ ἡ μουσική τιν’ ἡδονὴν φυσικήν, διὸ πάσαις ἡλικίαις καὶ πᾶσιν ἤθεσιν ἡ χρῆσις αὐτῆς ἐστι προσφιλής), ἀλλ’ ὁρᾶν εἴ πῃ καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἦθος συντείνει καὶ πρὸς τὴν ψυχήν. τοῦτο δ’ ἂν εἴη δῆλον, εἰ ποιοί τινες τὰ ἤθη γιγνόμεθα δι’ αὐτῆς. ἀλλὰ μὴν ὅτι γιγνόμεθα ποιοί τινες, φανερὸν διὰ πολλῶν μὲν καὶ ἑτέρων, οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ καὶ διὰ τῶν Ὀλύμπου μελῶν· ταῦτα γὰρ ὁμολογουμένως ποιεῖ τὰς ψυχὰς ἐνθουσιαστικάς, ὁ δ’ ἐνθουσιασμὸς τοῦ περὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἤθους πάθος ἐστίν.

    Nevertheless we must ask whether this is not 1340a incidental, and whether the nature of music is more valuable than the use we have mentioned, so that one should not only share in the common pleasure it gives, which everyone perceives (for music has a natural pleasure, which is why its use is welcome to all ages and all characters), but also see whether it somehow bears on character and on the soul. This would be clear if we come to be of a certain character through it. That we do is evident from many other things, and not least from the melodies of Olympus; for these, as everyone agrees, make souls ecstatic, and ecstasy is an affection of the character of the soul.

    Olympus: a legendary Phrygian musician, credited with the earliest melodies for the pipes.

    ἔτι δὲ ἀκροώμενοι τῶν μιμήσεων γίγνονται πάντες συμπαθεῖς, καὶ χωρὶς τῶν ῥυθμῶν καὶ τῶν μελῶν αὐτῶν.

    Moreover, everyone who listens to imitations comes to share the feelings they express, even apart from rhythms and melodies themselves.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ συμβέβηκεν εἶναι τὴν μουσικὴν τῶν ἡδέων, τὴν δ’ ἀρετὴν περὶ τὸ χαίρειν ὀρθῶς καὶ φιλεῖν καὶ μισεῖν, δεῖ δηλονότι μανθάνειν καὶ συνεθίζεσθαι μηθὲν οὕτως ὡς τὸ κρίνειν ὀρθῶς καὶ τὸ χαίρειν τοῖς ἐπιεικέσιν ἤθεσι καὶ ταῖς καλαῖς πράξεσιν· ἔστι δὲ ὁμοιώματα μάλιστα παρὰ τὰς ἀληθινὰς φύσεις ἐν τοῖς ῥυθμοῖς καὶ τοῖς μέλεσιν ὀργῆς καὶ πραότητος, ἔτι δ’ ἀνδρείας καὶ σωφροσύνης καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐναντίων τούτοις καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἠθικῶν (δῆλον δὲ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων· μεταβάλλομεν γὰρ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀκροώμενοι τοιούτων)· ὁ δ’ ἐν τοῖς ὁμοίοις ἐθισμὸς τοῦ λυπεῖσθαι καὶ χαίρειν ἐγγύς ἐστι τῷ πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν τὸν αὐτὸν ἔχειν τρόπον (οἷον εἴ τις χαίρει τὴν εἰκόνα τινὸς θεώμενος μὴ δι’ ἄλλην αἰτίαν ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν μορφὴν αὐτήν, ἀναγκαῖον τούτῳ καὶ αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου τὴν θεωρίαν, οὗ τὴν εἰκόνα θεωρεῖ, ἡδεῖαν εἶναι).

    Since music happens to be one of the pleasant things, and excellence is concerned with enjoying, loving and hating rightly, clearly nothing should be learned and made habitual so much as judging rightly and enjoying decent characters and fine actions. In rhythms and melodies there are likenesses, very close to their true natures, of anger and gentleness, and of courage and moderation and all their opposites, and of the other traits of character (this is clear from experience: our souls change when we listen to such things). And habituation to feeling pain and pleasure at likenesses is close to having the same response to the real things (for example, if someone enjoys looking at an image of something for no other reason than its form itself, he must also find it pleasant to look at the very thing whose image he is looking at).

    συμβέβηκε δὲ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐν μὲν τοῖς ἄλλοις μηδὲν ὑπάρχειν ὁμοίωμα τοῖς ἤθεσιν, οἷον ἐν τοῖς ἁπτοῖς καὶ τοῖς γευστοῖς, ἀλλ’ ἐν τοῖς ὁρατοῖς ἠρέμα (σχήματα γὰρ ἔστι τοιαῦτα, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ μικρόν, κοὐ πάντες τῆς τοιαύτης αἰσθήσεως κοινωνοῦσιν· ἔτι δὲ οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα ὁμοιώματα τῶν ἠθῶν, ἀλλὰ σημεῖα μᾶλλον τὰ γιγνόμενα σχήματα καὶ χρώματα τῶν ἠθῶν, καὶ ταῦτ’ ἐστὶν ἐπίσημα ἐν τοῖς πάθεσιν· οὐ μὴν ἀλλ’ ὅσον διαφέρει καὶ περὶ τὴν τούτων θεωρίαν, δεῖ μὴ τὰ Παύσωνος θεωρεῖν τοὺς νέους, ἀλλὰ τὰ Πολυγνώτου κἂν εἴ τις ἄλλος τῶν γραφέων ἢ τῶν ἀγαλματοποιῶν ἐστιν ἠθικός), ἐν δὲ τοῖς μέλεσιν αὐτοῖς ἔστι μιμήματα τῶν ἠθῶν (καὶ τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ φανερόν·

    Among the other objects of perception there happens to be no likeness of character—in objects of touch and taste, for example—though there is a faint one in objects of sight (for shapes are of this kind, but only to a small degree, and not everyone shares in this kind of perception; besides, these are not likenesses of character, but rather the shapes and colors that arise are signs of character, and these appear on the body in states of emotion. Still, insofar as there is a difference even in viewing these, the young should not look at the works of Pauson but at those of Polygnotus, or of any other painter or sculptor who portrays character); but in melodies themselves there are imitations of character (and this is evident:

    Polygnotus: fifth-century BC painter admired for depicting character; Pauson was known for caricature.

    εὐθὺς γὰρ ἡ τῶν ἁρμονιῶν διέστηκε φύσις, ὥστε ἀκούοντας ἄλλως διατίθεσθαι καὶ μὴ τὸν αὐτὸν ἔχειν τρόπον πρὸς ἑκάστην αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς μὲν ἐνίας ὀδυρτικωτέρως 1340b καὶ συνεστηκότως μᾶλλον, οἷον πρὸς τὴν μιξολυδιστὶ καλουμένην, πρὸς δὲ τὰς μαλακωτέρως τὴν διάνοιαν, οἷον πρὸς τὰς ἀνειμένας, μέσως δὲ καὶ καθεστηκότως μάλιστα πρὸς ἑτέραν, οἷον δοκεῖ ποιεῖν ἡ δωριστὶ μόνη τῶν ἁρμονιῶν, ἐνθουσιαστικοὺς δ’ ἡ φρυγιστί.

    from the outset the natures of the modes differ, so that listeners are affected differently and do not respond in the same way to each of them. To some they respond in a more mournful 1340b and constrained way, such as the one called Mixolydian; to others with a softer frame of mind, such as the relaxed modes; to another in a moderate and settled way above all, as the Dorian alone of the modes seems to do; while the Phrygian makes people ecstatic.

    Modes: harmoniai, types of scale or tuning, each felt to have its own character.

    ταῦτα γὰρ καλῶς λέγουσιν οἱ περὶ τὴν παιδείαν ταύτην πεφιλοσοφηκότες· λαμβάνουσι γὰρ τὰ μαρτύρια τῶν λόγων ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων). τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον ἔχει καὶ τὰ περὶ τοὺς ῥυθμούς (οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἦθος ἔχουσι στασιμώτερον οἱ δὲ κινητικόν, καὶ τούτων οἱ μὲν φορτικωτέρας ἔχουσι τὰς κινήσεις οἱ δὲ ἐλευθεριωτέρας). ἐκ μὲν οὖν τούτων φανερὸν ὅτι δύναται ποιόν τι τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἦθος ἡ μουσικὴ παρασκευάζειν, εἰ δὲ τοῦτο δύναται ποιεῖν, δῆλον ὅτι προσακτέον καὶ παιδευτέον ἐν αὐτῇ τοὺς νέους. ἔστι δὲ ἁρμόττουσα πρὸς τὴν φύσιν τὴν τηλικαύτην ἡ διδασκαλία τῆς μουσικῆς· οἱ μὲν γὰρ νέοι διὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν ἀνήδυντον οὐθὲν ὑπομένουσιν ἑκόντες, ἡ δὲ μουσικὴ φύσει τῶν ἡδυσμένων ἐστίν.

    Those who have studied this kind of education philosophically say this well, for they draw the evidence for their arguments from the facts themselves.) The same holds for rhythms (some have a more steady character, others a more moving one, and of the latter some have more vulgar movements, others movements more worthy of free people). From all this it is clear that music can give the character of the soul a certain quality; and if it can do this, clearly the young must be directed to it and educated in it. Instruction in music suits a nature of that age: because of their age the young will not willingly put up with anything unsweetened, and music is by nature one of the sweetened things.

    καί τις ἔοικε συγγένεια ταῖς ἁρμονίαις καὶ τοῖς ῥυθμοῖς εἶναι· διὸ πολλοί φασι τῶν σοφῶν οἱ μὲν ἁρμονίαν εἶναι τὴν ψυχήν, οἱ δ’ ἔχειν ἁρμονίαν.

    There also seems to be a kind of kinship between us and modes and rhythms; that is why many of the wise say that the soul is a harmony, others that it has a harmony.

    Learning to perform

    The young should play music themselves, but not to a professional standard and not on the pipes.

    πότερον δὲ δεῖ μανθάνειν αὐτοὺς ᾄδοντάς τε καὶ χειρουργοῦντας ἢ μή, καθάπερ ἠπορήθη πρότερον, νῦν λεκτέον οὐκ ἄδηλον δὴ ὅτι πολλὴν ἔχει διαφορὰν πρὸς τὸ γίγνεσθαι ποιούς τινας, ἐάν τις αὐτὸς κοινωνῇ τῶν ἔργων· ἓν γάρ τι τῶν ἀδυνάτων ἢ χαλεπῶν ἐστι μὴ κοινωνήσαντας τῶν ἔργων κριτὰς γενέσθαι σπουδαίους. ἅμα δὲ καὶ δεῖ τοὺς παῖδας ἔχειν τινὰ διατριβήν, καὶ τὴν Ἀρχύτου πλαταγὴν οἴεσθαι γενέσθαι καλῶς, ἣν διδόασι τοῖς παιδίοις, ὅπως χρώμενοι ταύτῃ μηδὲν καταγνύωσι τῶν κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν· οὐ γὰρ δύναται τὸ νέον ἡσυχάζειν. αὕτη μὲν οὖν ἐστι τοῖς νηπίοις ἁρμόττουσα τῶν παιδίων, ἡ δὲ παιδεία πλαταγὴ τοῖς μείζοσι τῶν νέων.

    Whether they should learn by singing and playing themselves or not, as was raised earlier, must now be discussed. Clearly it makes a great difference to acquiring a certain character if one takes part in the performance oneself; it is one of the impossible, or at least difficult, things for those who have not taken part to become good judges. At the same time children must have something to occupy them, and we should think the rattle of Archytas, which people give to little children so that by using it they won’t break anything in the house, was a fine invention; for the young cannot keep still. This rattle suits infants, and education is the rattle for older children.

    Archytas: fourth-century BC philosopher, mathematician and statesman of Tarentum in southern Italy.

    ὅτι μὲν οὖν παιδευτέον τὴν μουσικὴν οὕτως ὥστε καὶ κοινωνεῖν τῶν ἔργων, φανερὸν ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων· τὸ δὲ πρέπον καὶ τὸ μὴ πρέπον ταῖς ἡλικίαις οὐ χαλεπὸν διορίσαι, καὶ λῦσαι πρὸς τοὺς φάσκοντας βάναυσον εἶναι τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν.

    That they should be taught music in such a way as to take part in performance, then, is clear from these considerations. It is not hard to determine what is and is not fitting for different ages, and to answer those who say that the pursuit is vulgar.

    πρῶτον μὲν γάρ, ἐπεὶ τοῦ κρίνειν χάριν μετέχειν δεῖ τῶν ἔργων, διὰ τοῦτο χρὴ νέους μὲν ὄντας χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἔργοις, πρεσβυτέρους δὲ γενομένους τῶν μὲν ἔργων ἀφεῖσθαι, δύνασθαι δὲ τὰ καλὰ κρίνειν καὶ χαίρειν ὀρθῶς διὰ τὴν μάθησιν τὴν γενομένην ἐν τῇ νεότητι· περὶ δὲ τῆς ἐπιτιμήσεως ἥν τινες ἐπιτιμῶσιν ὡς ποιούσης τῆς μουσικῆς βαναύσους, οὐ χαλεπὸν λῦσαι σκεψαμένους μέχρι τε πόσου τῶν ἔργων κοινωνητέον τοῖς πρὸς ἀρετὴν 1341a παιδευομένοις πολιτικήν, καὶ ποίων μελῶν καὶ ποίων ῥυθμῶν κοινωνητέον, ἔτι δὲ ἐν ποίοις ὀργάνοις τὴν μάθησιν ποιητέον, καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο διαφέρειν εἰκός. ἐν τούτοις γὰρ ἡ λύσις ἐστὶ τῆς ἐπιτιμήσεως· οὐδὲν γὰρ κωλύει τρόπους τινὰς τῆς μουσικῆς ἀπεργάζεσθαι τὸ λεχθέν.

    First, since one should take part in performing for the sake of judging, they should practice performing while young, and when they are older give up performing but be able to judge fine things and enjoy them rightly thanks to what they learned in youth. As for the criticism some make, that music makes people vulgar, it is not hard to answer by considering to what extent those being educated for political 1341a excellence should take part in performance, what melodies and what rhythms they should take part in, and further on what instruments they should do their learning—for this too is likely to make a difference. The answer to the criticism lies here; for nothing prevents certain kinds of music from producing the effect mentioned.

    φανερὸν τοίνυν ὅτι δεῖ τὴν μάθησιν αὐτῆς μήτε ἐμποδίζειν πρὸς τὰς ὕστερον πράξεις, μήτε τὸ σῶμα ποιεῖν βάναυσον καὶ ἄχρηστον πρὸς τὰς πολεμικὰς καὶ πολιτικὰς ἀσκήσεις, πρὸς μὲν τὰς χρήσεις ἤδη πρὸς δὲ τὰς χρήσεις ὕστερον.

    Clearly, then, learning music should neither hinder later activities nor make the body vulgar and useless for military and civic training, whether for use now or for use later.

    συμβαίνοι δ’ ἂν περὶ τὴν μάθησιν, εἰ μήτε τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀγῶνας τοὺς τεχνικοὺς συντείνοντα διαπονοῖεν, μήτε τὰ θαυμάσια καὶ περιττὰ τῶν ἔργων, ἃ νῦν ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τοὺς ἀγῶνας ἐκ δὲ τῶν ἀγώνων εἰς τὴν παιδείαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ μὴ τοιαῦτα μέχρι περ ἂν δύνωνται χαίρειν τοῖς καλοῖς μέλεσι καὶ ῥυθμοῖς, καὶ μὴ μόνον τῷ κοινῷ τῆς μουσικῆς, ὥσπερ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἔνια ζῴων, ἔτι δὲ καὶ πλῆθος ἀνδραπόδων καὶ παιδίων. δῆλον δὲ ἐκ τούτων καὶ ποίοις ὀργάνοις χρηστέον.

    This would be achieved in learning if they did not labor at what leads to professional competitions, nor at the astonishing and extravagant feats that have now entered the competitions and have passed from the competitions into education, but practiced even what is not of that kind only until they are able to enjoy fine melodies and rhythms, and not merely the common element in music, which even some of the other animals enjoy, as well as the mass of slaves and children. From this it is also clear what instruments should be used.

    οὔτε γὰρ αὐλοὺς εἰς παιδείαν ἀκτέον οὔτ’ ἄλλο τι τεχνικὸν ὄργανον, οἷον κιθάραν κἂν εἴ τι τοιοῦτον ἕτερον ἔστιν, ἀλλ’ ὅσα ποιήσει αὐτῶν ἀκροατὰς ἀγαθοὺς ἢ τῆς μουσικῆς παιδείας ἢ τῆς ἄλλης· ἔτι δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ αὐλὸς ἠθικὸν ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ὀργιαστικόν, ὥστε πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους αὐτῷ καιροὺς χρηστέον ἐν οἷς ἡ θεωρία κάθαρσιν μᾶλλον δύναται ἢ μάθησιν. προσθῶμεν δὲ ὅτι συμβέβηκεν ἐναντίον αὐτῷ πρὸς παιδείαν καὶ τὸ κωλύειν τῷ λόγῳ χρῆσθαι τὴν αὔλησιν. διὸ καλῶς ἀπεδοκίμασαν αὐτοῦ οἱ πρότερον τὴν χρῆσιν ἐκ τῶν νέων καὶ τῶν ἐλευθέρων, καίπερ χρησάμενοι τὸ πρῶτον αὐτῷ. σχολαστικώτεροι γὰρ γιγνόμενοι διὰ τὰς εὐπορίας καὶ μεγαλοψυχότεροι πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν, ἔτι τε πρότερον καὶ μετὰ τὰ Μηδικὰ φρονηματισθέντες ἐκ τῶν ἔργων, πάσης ἥπτοντο μαθήσεως, οὐδὲν διακρίνοντες ἀλλ’ ἐπιζητοῦντες.

    Pipes should not be brought into education, nor any other professional instrument, such as the kithara or anything else like it, but only such instruments as will make them good listeners, whether in musical education or in the rest of their education. Besides, the pipe is not expressive of character but rather orgiastic, so it should be used on the kind of occasions where watching produces catharsis rather than learning. Let us add that it also happens to be opposed to education in that playing the pipe prevents the use of speech. That is why earlier generations rightly rejected its use by the young and the free, even though they had used it at first. For having more leisure because of their wealth, and being more high-minded about excellence, and being filled with pride because of their achievements both before and after the Persian Wars, they took up every kind of learning, not discriminating but seeking out everything.

    Pipe: the aulos, a reed instrument usually played in pairs, often misleadingly called a flute.

    διὸ καὶ τὴν αὐλητικὴν ἤγαγον πρὸς τὰς μαθήσεις. καὶ γὰρ ἐν Λακεδαίμονί τις χορηγὸς αὐτὸς ηὔλησε τῷ χορῷ, καὶ περὶ Ἀθήνας οὕτως ἐπεχωρίασεν ὥστε σχεδὸν οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν ἐλευθέρων μετεῖχον αὐτῆς· δῆλον δὲ ἐκ τοῦ πίνακος ὃν ἀνέθηκε Θράσιππος Ἐκφαντίδῃ χορηγήσας. ὕστερον δ’ ἀπεδοκιμάσθη διὰ τῆς πείρας αὐτῆς, βέλτιον δυναμένων κρίνειν τὸ πρὸς ἀρετὴν καὶ τὸ μὴ πρὸς ἀρετὴν συντεῖνον· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ πολλὰ τῶν ὀργάνων τῶν ἀρχαίων, οἷον πηκτίδες καὶ βάρβιτοι καὶ τὰ πρὸς ἡδονὴν συντείνοντα τοῖς ἀκούουσι τῶν χρωμένων, ἑπτάγωνα καὶ τρίγωνα καὶ 1341b σαμβῦκαι, καὶ πάντα τὰ δεόμενα χειρουργικῆς ἐπιστήμης. εὐλόγως δ’ ἔχει καὶ τὸ περὶ τῶν αὐλῶν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχαίων μεμυθολογημένον. φασὶ γὰρ δὴ τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν εὑροῦσαν ἀποβαλεῖν τοὺς αὐλούς.

    That is why they brought pipe-playing among their studies too. At Sparta a chorus-sponsor played the pipe for his chorus himself, and at Athens it became so much the local fashion that nearly the majority of free men took part in it; this is clear from the plaque Thrasippus dedicated when he sponsored the chorus of Ecphantides. Later it was rejected through experience itself, once people were better able to judge what leads to excellence and what does not. So likewise were many of the old instruments, such as the pektis and barbitos, and those that serve the pleasure of those who hear the players, the heptagon, the trigon and 1341b sambuca, and all that require manual dexterity. There is good sense too in the story the ancients tell about the pipes: they say that Athena invented the pipes and then threw them away.

    Ecphantides was an early comic poet.

    οὐ κακῶς μὲν οὖν ἔχει φάναι καὶ διὰ τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην τοῦ προσώπου τοῦτο ποιῆσαι δυσχεράνασαν τὴν θεόν· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον εἰκὸς ὅτι πρὸς τὴν διάνοιαν οὐθέν ἐστιν ἡ παιδεία τῆς αὐλήσεως, τῇ δὲ Ἀθηνᾷ τὴν ἐπιστήμην περιτίθεμεν καὶ τὴν τέχνην.

    It is not a bad account to say that the goddess did this because she was annoyed at how playing disfigured her face. Still, it is more likely that it was because education in pipe-playing does nothing for the mind, while we attribute knowledge and craft to Athena.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ τῶν τε ὀργάνων καὶ τῆς ἐργασίας ἀποδοκιμάζομεν τὴν τεχνικὴν παιδείαν (τεχνικὴν δὲ τίθεμεν τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἀγῶνας· ἐν ταύτῃ γὰρ ὁ πράττων οὐ τῆς αὑτοῦ μεταχειρίζεται χάριν ἀρετῆς, ἀλλὰ τῆς τῶν ἀκουόντων ἡδονῆς, καὶ ταύτης φορτικῆς, διόπερ οὐ τῶν ἐλευθέρων κρίνομεν εἶναι τὴν ἐργασίαν, ἀλλὰ θητικωτέραν· καὶ βαναύσους δὴ συμβαίνει γίγνεσθαι· πονηρὸς γὰρ ὁ σκοπὸς πρὸς ὃν ποιοῦνται τὸ τέλος· ὁ γὰρ θεατὴς φορτικὸς ὢν μεταβάλλειν εἴωθε τὴν μουσικήν, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας τοὺς πρὸς αὐτὸν μελετῶντας αὐτούς τε ποιούς τινας ποιεῖ καὶ τὰ σώματα διὰ τὰς κινήσεις),

    Since we reject professional education in instruments and in performance (and by professional we mean the kind aimed at competitions; in this the performer takes part not for the sake of his own excellence but for the pleasure of his listeners, and a vulgar pleasure at that; that is why we judge the performance to be not for free people but more like hired labor. And the performers do in fact become vulgar, since the aim at which they direct their end is base: the spectator, being vulgar himself, tends to change the music, so that he gives a certain character both to the professionals who perform with him in view and to their bodies, through the movements they make),

    Modes, rhythms and catharsis

    All modes have uses, including catharsis, but education needs the Dorian and other modes of character.

    σκεπτέον δή τι περί τε τὰς ἁρμονίας καὶ τοὺς ῥυθμούς, καὶ πρὸς παιδείαν πότερον πάσαις χρηστέον ταῖς ἁρμονίαις καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ῥυθμοῖς ἢ διαιρετέον, ἔπειτα τοῖς πρὸς παιδείαν διαπονοῦσι πότερον τὸν αὐτὸν διορισμὸν θήσομεν ἢ [τρίτον] δεῖ τινα ἕτερον. ἐπεὶ δὴ τὴν μὲν μουσικὴν ὁρῶμεν διὰ μελοποιίας καὶ ῥυθμῶν οὖσαν, τούτων δ’ ἑκάτερον οὐ δεῖ λεληθέναι τίνα δύναμιν ἔχει πρὸς παιδείαν, καὶ πότερον προαιρετέον μᾶλλον τὴν εὐμελῆ μουσικὴν ἢ τὴν εὔρυθμον, νομίσαντες οὖν πολλὰ καλῶς λέγειν περὶ τούτων τῶν τε νῦν μουσικῶν ἐνίους καὶ τῶν ἐκ φιλοσοφίας ὅσοι τυγχάνουσιν ἐμπείρως ἔχοντες τῆς περὶ τὴν μουσικὴν παιδείας, τὴν μὲν καθ’ ἕκαστον ἀκριβολογίαν ἀποδώσομεν ζητεῖν τοῖς βουλομένοις παρ’ ἐκείνων, νῦν δὲ νομικῶς διέλωμεν, τοὺς τύπους μόνον εἰπόντες περὶ αὐτῶν.

    we must consider something about modes and rhythms, and whether all modes and all rhythms should be used for education or a distinction must be made; and then whether we shall lay down the same distinction for those who labor at music for the sake of education, or some other one. Since we see that music consists of melody-making and rhythms, and we must not overlook what power each of these has for education, or whether one should prefer music that is good in melody or music that is good in rhythm, and since we think that some of today’s musicians, and those from philosophy who happen to be experienced in musical education, say much that is good on these matters, we will leave the detailed treatment of each point to those who want to seek it from them; for now let us make distinctions in the manner of a lawgiver, stating only the outlines.

    Famous passage Music and catharsisMusic purges pity, fear and ecstasy, a passage central to debates over Aristotle’s idea of catharsis.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ τὴν διαίρεσιν ἀποδεχόμεθα τῶν μελῶν ὡς διαιροῦσί τινες τῶν ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ, τὰ μὲν ἠθικὰ τὰ δὲ πρακτικὰ τὰ δ’ ἐνθουσιαστικὰ τιθέντες, καὶ τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τὴν φύσιν ⟨τὴν⟩ πρὸς ἕκαστα τούτων οἰκείαν, ἄλλην πρὸς ἄλλο μέρος, τιθέασι, φαμὲν δ’ οὐ μιᾶς ἕνεκεν ὠφελείας τῇ μουσικῇ χρῆσθαι δεῖν ἀλλὰ καὶ πλειόνων χάριν (καὶ γὰρ παιδείας ἕνεκεν καὶ καθάρσεως—τί δὲ λέγομεν τὴν κάθαρσιν, νῦν μὲν ἁπλῶς, πάλιν δ’ ἐν τοῖς περὶ ποιητικῆς ἐροῦμεν σαφέστερον—τρίτον δὲ πρὸς διαγωγὴν πρὸς ἄνεσίν τε καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῆς συντονίας ἀνάπαυσιν), 1342a φανερὸν ὅτι χρηστέον μὲν πάσαις ταῖς ἁρμονίαις, οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον πάσαις χρηστέον, ἀλλὰ πρὸς μὲν τὴν παιδείαν ταῖς ἠθικωτάταις, πρὸς δὲ ἀκρόασιν ἑτέρων χειρουργούντων καὶ ταῖς πρακτικαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐνθουσιαστικαῖς.

    We accept the division of melodies that some in philosophy make, classing some as melodies of character, some as melodies of action and some as ecstatic, and assigning a mode naturally suited to each of these, one mode to each class. And we say that music should be used not for a single benefit but for several (for education and for catharsis—what we mean by catharsis we will state simply for now, and again more clearly in our treatment of poetry—and third, for pastime, for relaxation and rest from strain). 1342a So it is clear that all the modes should be used, but not all in the same way: for education, the modes most expressive of character, and for listening to others perform, the modes of action and the ecstatic modes as well.

    Catharsis: literally “purification” or “purging.” The promised fuller treatment is not in our text of the Poetics.

    ὃ γὰρ περὶ ἐνίας συμβαίνει πάθος ψυχὰς ἰσχυρῶς, τοῦτο ἐν πάσαις ὑπάρχει, τῷ δὲ ἧττον διαφέρει καὶ τῷ μᾶλλον, οἷον ἔλεος καὶ φόβος, ἔτι δ’ ἐνθουσιασμός· καὶ γὰρ ὑπὸ ταύτης τῆς κινήσεως κατοκώχιμοί τινές εἰσιν, ἐκ τῶν δ’ ἱερῶν μελῶν ὁρῶμεν τούτους, ὅταν χρήσωνται τοῖς ἐξοργιάζουσι τὴν ψυχὴν μέλεσι, καθισταμένους ὥσπερ ἰατρείας τυχόντας καὶ καθάρσεως· ταὐτὸ δὴ τοῦτο ἀναγκαῖον πάσχειν καὶ τοὺς ἐλεήμονας καὶ τοὺς φοβητικοὺς καὶ τοὺς ὅλως παθητικούς, τοὺς ἄλλους καθ’ ὅσον ἐπιβάλλει τῶν τοιούτων ἑκάστῳ, καὶ πᾶσι γίγνεσθαί τινα κάθαρσιν καὶ κουφίζεσθαι μεθ’ ἡδονῆς.

    For the emotion that affects some souls strongly exists in all, differing only in degree—pity and fear, for example, and ecstasy too. Some people are prone to be possessed by this agitation, and we see them, under the influence of sacred melodies, when they use melodies that stir the soul to frenzy, settling down as though they had received medical treatment and catharsis. The same must happen to those prone to pity or fear and to emotional people generally, and to others to the extent that each is subject to such emotions; all undergo a kind of catharsis and are relieved with pleasure.

    ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰ μέλη τὰ πρακτικὰ παρέχει χαρὰν ἀβλαβῆ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· διὸ ταῖς μὲν τοιαύταις ἁρμονίαις καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις μέλεσιν θετέον τοὺς τὴν θεατρικὴν μουσικὴν μεταχειριζομένους ἀγωνιστάς· ἐπεὶ δ’ ὁ θεατὴς διττός, ὁ μὲν ἐλεύθερος καὶ πεπαιδευμένος, ὁ δὲ φορτικὸς ἐκ βαναύσων καὶ θητῶν καὶ ἄλλων τοιούτων συγκείμενος, ἀποδοτέον ἀγῶνας καὶ θεωρίας καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις πρὸς ἀνάπαυσιν· εἰσὶ δὲ ὥσπερ αὐτῶν αἱ ψυχαὶ παρεστραμμέναι τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἕξεως—οὕτω καὶ τῶν ἁρμονιῶν παρεκβάσεις εἰσὶ καὶ τῶν μελῶν τὰ σύντονα καὶ παρακεχρωσμένα, ποιεῖ δὲ τὴν ἡδονὴν ἑκάστοις τὸ κατὰ φύσιν οἰκεῖον, διόπερ ἀποδοτέον ἐξουσίαν τοῖς ἀγωνιζομένοις πρὸς τὸν θεατὴν τὸν τοιοῦτον τοιούτῳ τινὶ χρῆσθαι τῷ γένει τῆς μουσικῆς. πρὸς δὲ παιδείαν, ὥσπερ εἴρηται, τοῖς ἠθικοῖς τῶν μελῶν χρηστέον καὶ ταῖς ἁρμονίαις ταῖς τοιαύταις.

    Similarly, melodies of action too provide people with harmless delight. That is why those who perform theatrical music in competition should be assigned such modes and such melodies. But since spectators are of two kinds, one free and educated, the other coarse, made up of vulgar craftsmen, hired laborers and the like, contests and spectacles must also be provided for the latter, for their relaxation. Just as their souls are distorted from their natural state, so too there are deviant modes, and melodies that are high-strung and over-colored; and each person takes pleasure in what is naturally akin to him. So performers competing before a spectator of this kind must be allowed to use this kind of music. But for education, as has been said, the melodies of character and the corresponding modes should be used.

    τοιαύτη δ’ ἡ δωριστί, καθάπερ εἴπομεν πρότερον· δέχεσθαι δὲ δεῖ κἄν τινα ἄλλην ἡμῖν δοκιμάζωσιν οἱ κοινωνοὶ τῆς ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ διατριβῆς καὶ τῆς περὶ τὴν μουσικὴν παιδείας. ὁ δ’ ἐν τῇ Πολιτείᾳ Σωκράτης οὐ καλῶς τὴν φρυγιστὶ μόνην καταλείπει μετὰ τῆς δωριστί, καὶ ταῦτα ἀποδοκιμάσας 1342b τῶν ὀργάνων τὸν αὐλόν. ἔχει γὰρ τὴν αὐτὴν δύναμιν ἡ φρυγιστὶ τῶν ἁρμονιῶν ἥνπερ αὐλὸς ἐν τοῖς ὀργάνοις· ἄμφω γὰρ ὀργιαστικὰ καὶ παθητικά· [δηλοῖ δ’ ἡ ποίησις]. πᾶσα γὰρ βακχεία καὶ πᾶσα ἡ τοιαύτη κίνησις μάλιστα τῶν ὀργάνων ἐστὶν ἐν τοῖς αὐλοῖς, τῶν δ’ ἁρμονιῶν ἐν τοῖς φρυγιστὶ μέλεσι λαμβάνει ταῦτα τὸ πρέπον. ⟨δηλοῖ δ’ ἡ ποίησις,⟩ οἷον ὁ διθύραμβος ὁμολογουμένως εἶναι δοκεῖ Φρύγιον.

    The Dorian is of this kind, as we said earlier; but we should also accept any other mode that those who share in philosophical study and in musical education approve for us. Socrates in the Republic is wrong to keep only the Phrygian along with the Dorian, especially since he rejected 1342b the pipe among instruments. For the Phrygian has the same power among the modes as the pipe among instruments: both are orgiastic and emotional. All Bacchic frenzy and every agitation of that kind is expressed above all by the pipes among instruments, and among the modes it finds its fitting expression in Phrygian melodies. Poetry shows this: the dithyramb, for example, is agreed by all to be Phrygian.

    The passage is in Plato’s Republic, Book 3 (398e–399e).

    καὶ τούτου πολλὰ παραδείγματα λέγουσιν οἱ περὶ τὴν σύνεσιν ταύτην, ἄλλα τε καὶ ὅτι Φιλόξενος ἐγχειρήσας ἐν τῇ δωριστὶ ποιῆσαι [διθύραμβον] τοὺς Μύσους οὐχ οἷός τ’ ἦν, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως αὐτῆς ἐξέπεσεν εἰς τὴν φρυγιστὶ τὴν προσήκουσαν ἁρμονίαν πάλιν. περὶ δὲ τῆς δωριστὶ πάντες ὁμολογοῦσιν ὡς στασιμωτάτης οὔσης καὶ μάλιστα ἦθος ἐχούσης ἀνδρεῖον. ἔτι δὲ ἐπεὶ τὸ μέσον μὲν τῶν ὑπερβολῶν ἐπαινοῦμεν καὶ χρῆναι διώκειν φαμέν, ἡ δὲ δωριστὶ ταύτην ἔχει τὴν φύσιν πρὸς τὰς ἄλλας ἁρμονίας, φανερὸν ὅτι τὰ Δώρια μέλη πρέπει παιδεύεσθαι μᾶλλον τοῖς νεωτέροις.

    Experts in this field cite many examples of this, among others that Philoxenus tried to compose his Mysians in the Dorian mode and could not, but was driven by the very nature of the thing back into the Phrygian, the mode appropriate to it. As for the Dorian, everyone agrees that it is the steadiest and has the most courageous character. Further, since we praise the mean between extremes and say it should be pursued, and the Dorian has this nature relative to the other modes, it is clear that Dorian melodies are more fitting for the education of the young.

    Philoxenus: of Cythera, a leading poet of dithyrambs (choral songs to Dionysus), c. 435–380 BC.

    εἰσὶ δὲ δύο σκοποί, τό τε δυνατὸν καὶ τὸ πρέπον· καὶ γὰρ τὰ δυνατὰ δεῖ μεταχειρίζεσθαι μᾶλλον καὶ τὰ πρέποντα ἑκάστους. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ταῦτα ὡρισμένα ταῖς ἡλικίαις, οἷον τοῖς ἀπειρηκόσι διὰ χρόνον οὐ ῥᾴδιον ᾄδειν τὰς συντόνους ἁρμονίας, ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀνειμένας ἡ φύσις ὑποβάλλει τοῖς τηλικούτοις. διὸ καλῶς ἐπιτιμῶσι καὶ τοῦτο Σωκράτει τῶν περὶ τὴν μουσικήν τινες, ὅτι τὰς ἀνειμένας ἁρμονίας ἀποδοκιμάσειεν εἰς τὴν παιδίαν, ὡς μεθυστικὰς λαμβάνων αὐτάς, οὐ κατὰ τὴν τῆς μέθης δύναμιν, βακχευτικὸν γὰρ ἥ γε μέθη ποιεῖ μᾶλλον, ἀλλ’ ἀπειρηκυίας.

    There are two aims, the possible and the fitting; for each group of people should take up above all what is possible for them and what is fitting for them. These too are determined by age: for example, those worn out by time cannot easily sing the high-strung modes, but nature suggests the relaxed ones to people of that age. That is why some musical experts rightly criticize Socrates on this point too, for rejecting the relaxed modes for education on the ground that they are intoxicating—not in the sense of the effect of drunkenness (for drunkenness rather produces Bacchic frenzy) but because they are weary.

    ὥστε καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐσομένην ἡλικίαν, τὴν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, δεῖ καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἁρμονιῶν ἅπτεσθαι καὶ τῶν μελῶν τῶν τοιούτων, ἔτι δ’ εἴ τίς ἐστι τοιαύτη τῶν ἁρμονιῶν ἣ πρέπει τῇ τῶν παίδων ἡλικίᾳ διὰ τὸ δύνασθαι κόσμον τ’ ἔχειν ἅμα καὶ παιδείαν, οἷον ἡ λυδιστὶ φαίνεται πεπονθέναι μάλιστα τῶν ἁρμονιῶν. δῆλον οὖν ὅτι τούτους ὅρους τρεῖς ποιητέον εἰς τὴν παιδείαν, τό τε μέσον καὶ τὸ δυνατὸν καὶ τὸ πρέπον.

    So with a view to the age to come, that of older people, one should also take up such modes and such melodies; and further, any mode that suits the age of children because it can combine orderliness with education, as the Lydian seems to do above all the modes. Clearly, then, these three standards should be set for education: the mean, the possible and the fitting.